PACIFICORP /OR/
SC 14D1, 1997-06-30
ELECTRIC & OTHER SERVICES COMBINED
Previous: PACIFIC ENTERPRISES INC, 11-K, 1997-06-30
Next: PARKER HANNIFIN CORP, 11-K, 1997-06-30



<PAGE>
 
                  ------------------------------------------
                                 UNITED STATES
                      SECURITIES AND EXCHANGE COMMISSION
                            WASHINGTON, D.C. 20549
                  ------------------------------------------
 
                                SCHEDULE 14D-1
                            Tender Offer Statement
      Pursuant to Section 14(d)(1) of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934
 
                             THE ENERGY GROUP PLC
                           (Name of Subject Company)
                            PACIFICORP ACQUISITIONS
                                  PACIFICORP
                                   (Bidders)
 
                        ORDINARY SHARES OF 10P EACH AND
        AMERICAN DEPOSITARY SHARES, EACH REPRESENTING 4 ORDINARY SHARES
                 AND EVIDENCED BY AMERICAN DEPOSITARY RECEIPTS
                        (Title of Class of Securities)
                                  292691 10 2
                     (CUSIP Number of Class of Securities)
 
                              RICHARD T. O'BRIEN
                                  PACIFICORP
                     PORT OF PORTLAND BUILDING, SUITE 1600
                               700 NE MULTNOMAH
                            PORTLAND, OREGON 97232
                                (503) 731-2000
  (Name, Address and Telephone Number of Person Authorized to Receive Notices
                    and Communications on Behalf of Bidder)
 
                                   Copy to:
 
                              STUART W. CHESTLER
                                STOEL RIVES LLP
                        900 SW FIFTH AVENUE, SUITE 2300
                          PORTLAND, OREGON 97204-1268
                                (503) 294-9500
 
                           CALCULATION OF FILING FEE
 
        Transaction Valuation*                  Amount of Filing Fee*
            $1,772,980,363                            $354,596
 
*  For the purposes of calculating the filing fee only. The transaction
   valuation is based upon the purchase of 38,456,633 American Depositary
   Shares of The Energy Group PLC (each representing four Ordinary Shares) and
   500,000 Ordinary Shares of 10p each of The Energy Group PLC held by U.S.
   residents at (Pounds)6.90 per Ordinary Share in cash and the multiplication
   of such aggregate purchase price by the currency exchange rate of
   (Pounds)1 = U.S.$1.665 (such currency exchange rate being derived from The
   Wall Street Journal dated June 27, 1997). Such number of American
   Depositary Shares represents all American Depositary Shares outstanding as
   of June 27, 1997, and such number of Ordinary Shares exceeds the estimate
   by The Energy Group PLC of the aggregate number of outstanding Ordinary
   Shares held by United States residents.
 
[_]Check box if any part of the fee is offset as provided by Rule 0-11(a)(2)
   and identify the filing with which the offsetting fee was previously paid.
   Identify the previous filing by registration statement number, or the Form
   or Schedule and the date of its filing.
 
                  Amount Previously Paid: ..................
                  Form or Registration No.: ................
                  Filing Party: ............................
                  Date Filed: ..............................
<PAGE>
 
                                     14D-1
 
- --------------------------------------------------------------------------------
 1. Name of Reporting Person
 
    PacifiCorp Acquisitions
- --------------------------------------------------------------------------------
 
 2. Check the Appropriate Box if a Member of a Group                   (a) [_]
                                                                       (b) [_]
 
- --------------------------------------------------------------------------------
 
 3. SEC Use Only
- --------------------------------------------------------------------------------
 
 4. Sources of Funds AF, BK
- --------------------------------------------------------------------------------
 
 5. Check Box if Disclosure of Legal Proceedings is Required Pursuant to   [_]
    Items 2(e) or 2(f)
 
- --------------------------------------------------------------------------------
 
 6. Citizenship or Place of Organization
    England and Wales
 
- --------------------------------------------------------------------------------
 
 7. Aggregate Amount Beneficially Owned by Each Reporting Person
    None (0)
- --------------------------------------------------------------------------------
 
 8. Check Box if the Aggregate Amount in Row (7) Excludes Certain Shares   [_]
- --------------------------------------------------------------------------------
 
 9. Percent of Class Represented by Amount in Row (7)
    None (0)
- --------------------------------------------------------------------------------
 
10. Type of Reporting Person
    CO
 
- --------------------------------------------------------------------------------

                                       2
<PAGE>
 
                                     14D-1
 
- --------------------------------------------------------------------------------
 1. Name of Reporting Person
 
    PacifiCorp
- --------------------------------------------------------------------------------
 
 2. Check the Appropriate Box if a Member of a Group                   (a) [_]
                                                                       (b) [_]
 
- --------------------------------------------------------------------------------
 
 3. SEC Use Only
- --------------------------------------------------------------------------------
 
 4. Sources of Funds BK
- --------------------------------------------------------------------------------
 
 5. Check Box if Disclosure of Legal Proceedings is Required Pursuant to   [_]
    Items 2(e) or 2(f)
 
- --------------------------------------------------------------------------------
 
 6. Citizenship or Place of Organization
    Oregon
 
- --------------------------------------------------------------------------------
 
 7. Aggregate Amount Beneficially Owned by Each Reporting Person
    None (0)
- --------------------------------------------------------------------------------
 
 8. Check Box if the Aggregate Amount in Row (7) Excludes Certain Shares   [_]
- --------------------------------------------------------------------------------
 
 9. Percent of Class Represented by Amount in Row (7)
    None (0)
- --------------------------------------------------------------------------------
 
10. Type of Reporting Person
    CO
 
- --------------------------------------------------------------------------------

                                       3
<PAGE>
 
ITEM 1. SECURITY AND SUBJECT COMPANY
 
  (a) The name of the subject company is The Energy Group PLC ("The Energy
Group") and the address of its principal executive offices is 117 Piccadilly,
London W1V 9FJ, England.
 
  (b) This Statement relates to the offer (the "Offer") by PacifiCorp
Acquisitions, an unlimited company organized and registered in England and
Wales and an indirect wholly owned subsidiary of PacifiCorp, an Oregon
corporation, to purchase all of the outstanding (a) ordinary shares of 10p
each ("Energy Group Shares") of The Energy Group and (b) American Depositary
Shares ("Energy Group ADSs") of The Energy Group each representing four Energy
Group Shares and evidenced by American Depositary Receipts. The Energy Group
Shares and the Energy Group ADSs are collectively referred to herein as the
"Energy Group Securities". The Offer is subject to the terms and conditions
set forth in the offer to purchase dated June 30, 1997 (the "Offer to
Purchase") (a copy of which is filed as Exhibit (a)(1) hereto) and the related
Letter of Transmittal for the Energy Group ADSs (a copy of which is filed as
Exhibit (a)(2) hereto) and Form of Acceptance, Authority and Election for the
Energy Group Shares (a copy of which is filed as Exhibit (a)(3) hereto).
Information concerning the number of outstanding Energy Group Shares is set
forth under the caption "Sources of Information and Bases of Calculation" in
Appendix V to the Offer to Purchase and is incorporated herein by reference.
Information concerning the consideration being offered therefor and the
conversion thereof from pounds sterling to US dollars is set forth under the
captions "The Offer" and "Settlement--Currency of Consideration" in the Letter
from Goldman Sachs International contained in the Offer to Purchase.
 
  (c) The information set forth under the caption "Stock Exchange quotations,
market price data and principal purchases" in Appendix V to the Offer to
Purchase is incorporated herein by reference.
 
ITEM 2. IDENTITY AND BACKGROUND
 
  (a)-(d) and (g) This Statement is filed by PacifiCorp and PacifiCorp
Acquisitions. Information concerning the principal business, the address of
the principal office and place of organization of each of PacifiCorp and
PacifiCorp Acquisitions is set forth under the captions "Information on the
PacifiCorp Group" in the Letter from Goldman Sachs International contained in
the Offer to Purchase and "Registered/Principal Offices" and "Nature of
Business of PacifiCorp Acquisitions and PacifiCorp" in Appendix IV to the
Offer to Purchase and is incorporated herein by reference. Information
concerning the name, business address, present principal occupation or
employment and citizenship of each director and executive officer of
PacifiCorp and PacifiCorp Acquisitions as well as information concerning the
material occupations, positions, offices or employments during the last five
years of such persons is set forth under the caption "Directors and Executive
Officers of PacifiCorp Acquisitions and PacifiCorp" in Appendix IV to the
Offer to Purchase and is incorporated herein by reference.
 
  (e) and (f) During the last five years, neither PacifiCorp nor PacifiCorp
Acquisitions, nor any person listed in Appendix IV to the Offer to Purchase,
has been either (i) convicted in a criminal proceeding (excluding traffic
violations or similar misdemeanors), or (ii) a party to a civil proceeding of
a judicial or administrative body of competent jurisdiction and as a result of
such proceeding was or is subject to a judgment, decree or final order
enjoining future violations of, or prohibiting activities subject to, federal
or state securities laws or finding any violation of such law.
 
ITEM 3. PAST CONTACTS, TRANSACTIONS OR NEGOTIATIONS WITH THE SUBJECT COMPANY
 
  (a) To the best of PacifiCorp's and PacifiCorp Acquisitions' knowledge,
there have been no transactions with The Energy Group required to be set forth
in this Item.
 
  (b) The information set forth under the caption "Background of the Offer" in
Appendix V to the Offer to Purchase is incorporated herein by reference.
 
                                       4
<PAGE>
 
ITEM 4.SOURCE AND AMOUNT OF FUNDS OR OTHER CONSIDERATION
 
  (a)-(c) The information set forth under the caption "Financing Arrangements"
in Appendix V to the Offer to Purchase is incorporated herein by reference.
 
ITEM 5.PURPOSE OF THE TENDER OFFER AND PLANS OR PROPOSALS OF THE BIDDER
 
  (a)-(g) The information set forth under the caption "Background to and
reasons for the Offer" in the Letter from the Chairman of The Energy Group
contained in the Offer to Purchase, "Terms and Conditions of the Offer" and
"Directors, management and employees" in the Letter from Goldman Sachs
International contained in the Offer to Purchase and "Background to the
Offer", "Financing arrangements", "Compulsory acquisition", "Certain
consequences of the Offer" and "Legal and regulatory matters" in Appendix V to
the Offer to Purchase is incorporated herein by reference.
 
ITEM 6.INTEREST IN SECURITIES OF THE SUBJECT COMPANY
 
  (a) The information set forth under the caption "Shareholdings and dealings"
in Appendix V to the Offer to Purchase is incorporated herein by reference.
 
  (b) Not applicable.
 
ITEM 7. CONTRACTS, ARRANGEMENTS, UNDERSTANDINGS OR RELATIONSHIPS WITH RESPECT
        TO THE SUBJECT COMPANY'S SECURITIES
 
  The information set forth under the captions "Rule 10b-13 Exemption" on page
2 of the Offer to Purchase, "Recommendation of the Offer" in the Letter from
the Chairman of The Energy Group contained in the Offer to Purchase as well as
the information set forth under the captions "Irrevocable undertakings",
"Background to the Offer", "Shareholdings and dealings" and "Stock Exchange
quotations, market price data and principal purchases" in Appendix V to the
Offer to Purchase is incorporated herein by reference. Except as set forth
under those captions, neither PacifiCorp nor PacifiCorp Acquisitions, nor to
the best knowledge of PacifiCorp or PacifiCorp Acquisitions, any of the
persons listed under the caption "Directors and Executive Officers of
PacifiCorp Acquisitions and PacifiCorp" in Appendix IV to the Offer to
Purchase, has any contract, arrangement, understanding or relationship
(whether or not legally enforceable) with any other person with respect to any
Energy Group Securities (including, but not limited to, any contract,
arrangement, understanding or relationship concerning the transfer or the
voting of any such securities, joint ventures, loan or option arrangements,
puts or calls, guaranties of loans, guaranties against loss, or the giving or
withholding of proxies).
 
ITEM 8.PERSONS RETAINED, EMPLOYED OR TO BE COMPENSATED
 
  The information set forth under the caption "Fees and expenses" in Appendix
V to the Offer to Purchase is incorporated herein by reference.
 
ITEM 9.FINANCIAL STATEMENTS OF CERTAIN BIDDERS
 
  The information set forth under the caption "Financial statements" in
Appendix IV to the Offer to Purchase is incorporated herein by reference.
 
ITEM 10.ADDITIONAL INFORMATION
 
  (a) and (e) Not applicable.
 
  (b) and (c) The information set forth under the caption "Legal and
regulatory matters" in Appendix V to the Offer to Purchase is incorporated
herein by reference.
 
  (d) The information set forth under the caption "Certain consequences of the
Offer--Margin Securities" in Appendix V to the Offer to Purchase is
incorporated herein by reference.
 
                                       5
<PAGE>
 
  (f) The information set forth in the Offer to Purchase, the Letter of
Transmittal and the Form of Acceptance, Authority and Election, to the extent
not otherwise incorporated herein by reference, is incorporated herein by
reference.
 
ITEM 11.MATERIAL TO BE FILED AS EXHIBITS
 
  (a)(1) Offer to Purchase dated June 30, 1997.
 
    (2) Form of Letter of Transmittal.
 
    (3) Form of Acceptance, Authority and Election Relating to the Offer.
 
    (4) Form of Notice of Guaranteed Delivery.
 
    (5) Form of Letter to Brokers, Dealers, Commercial Banks, Trust Companies
  and Other Nominees from Goldman, Sachs & Co.
 
    (6) Form of Letter to Clients for Use by Brokers, Dealers, Commercial
  Banks, Trust Companies and Other Nominees.
 
    (7) Guidelines for Certification of Taxpayer Identification Number on
  Substitute Form W-9.
 
    (8) Text of press announcement issued by PacifiCorp and The Energy Group
  dated June 13, 1997.
 
    (9) Text of press release of PacifiCorp dated June 13, 1997.
 
    (10) Summary advertisement published in the U.S. dated June 30, 1997.
 
    (11) Newspaper advertisement published in the U.K. dated June 30, 1997.
 
  (b)(1) Credit Agreement, dated as of June 12, 1997, as amended and restated
   as of June 27, 1997, among PacifiCorp Holdings, Inc., the Lenders named
   therein, Citibank, N.A., as Paying Agent and Issuing Bank, Citicorp USA,
   Inc., as Collateral Agent, and Citicorp Securities, Inc., Goldman Sachs
   Credit Partners L.P. and J.P. Morgan Securities Inc., as Arrangers.
 
    (2) Bridge Loan Agreement, dated as of June 12, 1997, among PacifiCorp
  EnergyCo, as Borrower, PacifiCorp Group Holdings Company, as Guarantor, the
  Lenders named therein, Goldman Sachs Credit Partners L.P., Morgan Guaranty
  Trust Company of New York and Citibank, N.A., as Arrangers, and Citibank,
  N.A., as Paying Agent.
 
    (3) Credit Agreement, dated as of June 12, 1997, as amended and restated
  June 27, 1997, among PacifiCorp Powercoal, LLC, the Lenders named therein,
  Morgan Guaranty Trust Company of New York, as Paying Agent, Collateral
  Agent, Issuing Bank and Swingline Lender, and Citicorp Securities, Inc.,
  Goldman Sachs Credit Partners L.P. and J.P. Morgan Securities, Inc., as
  Arrangers.
 
    (4) Facilities Agreement, dated as of June 13, 1997, among PacifiCorp
  Services Limited, PacifiCorp Finance (UK) Limited and PacifiCorp
  Acquisitions, as Guarantors, PacifiCorp Acquisitions, as Borrower,
  Citibank, N.A., Goldman Sachs International and J.P. Morgan Securities
  Ltd., as Arrangers, Citibank, N.A., Goldman Sachs Credit Partners L.P. and
  Morgan Guaranty Trust Company of New York, as Original Banks, Citibank
  International PLC, as Facility Agent, and Citibank, N.A., as Security
  Agent.
 
    (5) Debenture, dated June 13, 1997, among PacifiCorp Services Limited,
  PacifiCorp Finance (UK) Limited, and PacifiCorp Acquisitions, as Chargors,
  and Citibank, N.A., as Security Agent.
 
  (c) Form of Irrevocable Undertaking executed by certain directors of The
Energy Group.
 
  (d) Not applicable.
 
  (e) Not applicable.
 
  (f) The Offer to Purchase, the Letter of Transmittal and the Form of
Acceptance, Authority and Election Relating to the Offer are incorporated
herein by reference.
 
                                       6
<PAGE>
 
                                  SIGNATURES
 
  After due inquiry and to the best of its knowledge and belief, each of the
undersigned certifies that the information set forth in this Statement is
true, complete and correct.
 
Date: June 30, 1997
 
                                          PacifiCorp Acquisitions
 
                                          By /s/ W. E. PERESSINI
                                            ------------------------------------
                                            NAME  W. E. PERESSINI
                                            TITLE Deputy Chief Financial Officer
 
                                          PacifiCorp
 
                                          By /s/ W. E. PERESSINI
                                            ------------------------------------
                                            NAME   W. E. PERESSINI
                                            TITLE  Vice President and Treasurer
 
 
 
                                       7
<PAGE>
 
                                 EXHIBIT INDEX
 
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
 Exhibit Number                           Description of Document
 --------------                           -----------------------
<S>             <C> 
    (a)(1)      Offer to Purchase dated June 30, 1997
    (a)(2)      Form of Letter of Transmittal
    (a)(3)      Form of Acceptance, Authority and Election Relating to the Offer
    (a)(4)      Form of Notice of Guaranteed Delivery
    (a)(5)      Form of Letter to Brokers, Dealers, Commercial Banks, Trust Companies and
                Other Nominees from Goldman, Sachs & Co.
    (a)(6)      Form of Letter to Clients for Use by Brokers, Dealers, Commercial Banks,
                Trust Companies and Other Nominees
    (a)(7)      Guidelines for Certification of Taxpayer Identification Number of
                Substitute Form
                W-9
    (a)(8)      Text of press announcement issued by PacifiCorp and The Energy Group dated
                June 13, 1997
    (a)(9)      Text of press release of PacifiCorp dated June 13, 1997
    (a)(10)     Summary advertisement published in the U.S. dated June 30, 1997
    (a)(11)     Newspaper advertisement published in the U.K. dated June 30, 1997

    (b)(1)      Credit Agreement, dated as of June 12, 1997, as amended and
                restated as of June 27, 1997, among PacifiCorp Holdings, Inc.,
                the Lenders named therein, Citibank, N.A., as Paying Agent and
                Issuing Bank, Citicorp USA, Inc., as Collateral Agent, and
                Citicorp Securities, Inc., Goldman Sachs Credit Partners L.P.
                and J.P. Morgan Securities Inc., as Arrangers

    (b)(2)      Bridge Loan Agreement, dated as of June 12, 1997, among
                PacifiCorp EnergyCo, as Borrower, PacifiCorp Group Holdings
                Company, as Guarantor, the Lenders named therein, Goldman Sachs
                Credit Partners L.P., Morgan Guaranty Trust Company of New York
                and Citibank, N.A., as Arrangers, and Citibank, N.A., as Paying
                Agent
 
    (b)(3)      Credit Agreement, dated as of June 12, 1997, as amended and
                restated June 27, 1997, among PacifiCorp Powercoal, LLC, the
                Lenders named therein, Morgan Guaranty Trust Company of New
                York, as Paying Agent, Collateral Agent, Issuing Bank and
                Swingline Lender, and Citicorp Securities, Inc., Goldman Sachs
                Credit Partners L.P. and J.P. Morgan Securities, Inc., as
                Arrangers

    (b)(4)      Facilities Agreement, dated as of June 13, 1997, among
                PacifiCorp Services Limited, PacifiCorp Finance (UK) Limited and
                PacifiCorp Acquisitions, as Guarantors, PacifiCorp Acquisitions,
                as Borrower, Citibank, N.A., Goldman Sachs International and
                J.P. Morgan Securities Ltd., as Arrangers, Citibank, N.A.,
                Goldman Sachs Credit Partners L.P. and Morgan Guaranty Trust
                Company of New York, as Original Banks, Citibank International
                PLC, as Facility Agent, and Citibank, N.A., as Security Agent

    (b)(5)      Debenture, dated June 13, 1997, among PacifiCorp Services
                Limited, PacifiCorp Finance (UK) Limited, and PacifiCorp
                Acquisitions, as Chargors, and Citibank, N.A., as Security Agent
 
    (c)         Form of Irrevocable Undertaking executed by certain directors of The
                Energy Group
    (d)         Not applicable
    (e)         Not applicable
    (f)         The Offer to Purchase, the Letter of Transmittal and the Form of
                Acceptance, Authority and Election Relating to the Offer are
                incorporated herein by reference
</TABLE>
 
                                       8

<PAGE>
 
 
                       [LOGO OF PACIFICORP APPEARS HERE]
 
                             RECOMMENDED CASH OFFER
 
                                      FOR
 
                              THE ENERGY GROUP PLC
<PAGE>
 
                                   PACIFICORP
 
                             RECOMMENDED CASH OFFER
 
                                      for
 
                              THE ENERGY GROUP PLC
 
                        690 PENCE PER ENERGY GROUP SHARE
                       (Pounds)27.60 PER ENERGY GROUP ADS
 
  .   plus retention of right to receive a dividend of 5.5 pence (net)
      per Energy Group Share to be paid on 4 July 1997
 
  .   including the dividend referred to above, represents:
 
              .   a premium of approximately 24 per cent. to the price of
                  an Energy Group Share on 9 June 1997 (the day
                  immediately prior to the talks announcement made by The
                  Energy Group) and
 
              .   a premium of approximately 31 per cent. to the price of
                  an Energy Group Share on 13 May 1997 (the date one month
                  before the Offer was announced)
 
  .   includes a Loan Note Alternative
 
  IF YOU HAVE ANY QUESTIONS ON THE OFFER, PLEASE CALL THE SHAREHOLDER
  HELPLINES ON 0345 573 838 (UK) OR 1-800-733-8481 EXT. 475 (US). IF YOU
  HAVE ANY QUESTIONS REGARDING THE ACCEPTANCE FORM, PLEASE CALL THE UK
  RECEIVING AGENT ON 0181 639 2166 OR THE US DEPOSITARY ON 1-800-733-8481
  EXT. 475.
<PAGE>
 
OFFER TO PURCHASE DATED 30 JUNE 1997
 
THIS DOCUMENT IS IMPORTANT AND REQUIRES YOUR IMMEDIATE ATTENTION.
 
WHEN CONSIDERING WHAT ACTION YOU SHOULD TAKE, YOU ARE RECOMMENDED IMMEDIATELY
TO SEEK YOUR OWN FINANCIAL ADVICE FROM YOUR STOCKBROKER, BANK MANAGER,
SOLICITOR, ACCOUNTANT OR OTHER INDEPENDENT FINANCIAL ADVISER AUTHORISED UNDER
THE FINANCIAL SERVICES ACT 1986.
 
If you have sold or otherwise transferred all your Energy Group Securities,
please send this document, together with the accompanying documents (but NOT
the Form of Acceptance if it is personalised), as soon as possible, to the
purchaser or transferee, or to the stockbroker, bank or other agent through
whom the sale or transfer was effected for onward transmission to the
purchaser or transferee. HOWEVER, SUCH DOCUMENTS SHOULD NOT BE FORWARDED OR
TRANSMITTED IN OR INTO CANADA, AUSTRALIA OR JAPAN.
 
Goldman Sachs International, which is regulated in the United Kingdom by The
Securities and Futures Authority Limited, is acting for PacifiCorp
Acquisitions and PacifiCorp and for no one else in connection with the Offer
and will not be responsible to anyone other than PacifiCorp Acquisitions and
PacifiCorp for providing the protections afforded to its customers or for
giving advice in relation to the Offer. Goldman Sachs International is acting
through Goldman, Sachs & Co. for the purposes of making the Offer in and into
the United States.
 
Lazard and Morgan Stanley & Co. Limited, which are regulated in the United
Kingdom by The Securities and Futures Authority Limited, are acting for The
Energy Group and for no one else in connection with the Offer and will not be
responsible to anyone other than The Energy Group for providing the
protections afforded to their customers or for giving advice in relation to
the Offer.
 
- -------------------------------------------------------------------------------
 
                       [LOGO OF PACIFICORP APPEARS HERE]
 
                            RECOMMENDED CASH OFFER
 
                                      by
 
                          GOLDMAN SACHS INTERNATIONAL
 
                                 ON BEHALF OF
 
                            PACIFICORP ACQUISITIONS
 
                    A WHOLLY-OWNED SUBSIDIARY OF PACIFICORP
 
                                      for
 
                             THE ENERGY GROUP PLC
 
- -------------------------------------------------------------------------------
 
A letter of recommendation from the Chairman of The Energy Group is set out on
pages 5 to 7 of this document.
 
The Initial Offer Period will expire at 3.00 p.m. (London time), 10.00 a.m.
(New York City time) on 29 July 1997, unless extended. At the conclusion of
the Initial Offer Period, including any extension thereof, if all the
Conditions of the Offer have been satisfied, fulfilled or, where permitted,
waived, the Offer will be extended for a Subsequent Offer Period of at least
14 calendar days. Holders of Energy Group Securities will have withdrawal
rights during the Initial Offer Period, including any extension thereof, but
not during the Subsequent Offer Period.
 
COMPLETED ACCEPTANCE FORMS SHOULD BE RETURNED AS SOON AS POSSIBLE, BUT, IN ANY
EVENT, SO AS TO BE RECEIVED BY NO LATER THAN 3.00 P.M. (LONDON TIME), 10.00
A.M. (NEW YORK CITY TIME) ON 29 JULY 1997. THE PROCEDURE FOR ACCEPTANCE OF THE
OFFER IS SET OUT ON PAGES 14 TO 17 OF THIS DOCUMENT AND IN THE ACCOMPANYING
ACCEPTANCE FORM.
 
The Offer is not being made, directly or indirectly, in or into Canada,
Australia or Japan. Accordingly, neither this document nor Acceptance Forms
are to be mailed or otherwise distributed or sent in or into Canada, Australia
or Japan.
 
The Loan Notes to be issued pursuant to the Offer have not been, and will not
be, registered under the United States Securities Act of 1933, as amended, or
under any relevant securities laws of any state or district of the United
States, will not be the subject of a prospectus under the securities laws of
any province of Canada and will not be registered under any relevant
securities laws of any other country. The Loan Notes are not being offered,
sold or delivered, directly or indirectly, in or into the United States,
Canada, Australia or Japan.
<PAGE>
 
                      APPLICABLE DISCLOSURE REQUIREMENTS
 
  The Offer is made for securities of a UK company and, while the Offer is
subject to UK and US disclosure requirements, US investors should be aware
that this document has been prepared in accordance with UK format and style,
which differs from US format and style. In particular, the Appendices to this
document contain information concerning the Offer responsive to US disclosure
requirements that may be material and has not been summarised elsewhere. In
addition, the summary financial statements of The Energy Group herein have
been prepared in accordance with UK GAAP, and thus may not be comparable to
financial statements of US companies.
 
                     REDUCTION OF THE ACCEPTANCE CONDITION
 
  The Offer is conditional, amongst other things, on valid acceptances being
received (and not, where permitted, withdrawn) by the Initial Closing Date in
respect of not less than 90 per cent. in nominal value of Energy Group
Securities to which the Offer relates, or such lesser percentage as PacifiCorp
Acquisitions may decide, provided that such Condition (the "Acceptance
Condition") shall not be satisfied unless PacifiCorp Acquisitions and its
wholly-owned subsidiaries shall have acquired or agreed to acquire, whether
pursuant to the Offer or otherwise, Energy Group Securities carrying in the
aggregate more than 50 per cent. of the voting rights then exercisable at
general meetings of The Energy Group. PacifiCorp Acquisitions expects that it
will reduce the percentage of Energy Group Securities required to satisfy the
Acceptance Condition at some time prior to all the Conditions being satisfied,
fulfilled or, where permitted, waived. At least five Business Days prior to
any such reduction, PacifiCorp Acquisitions will announce that it has reserved
the right so to reduce the Acceptance Condition. PacifiCorp Acquisitions will
not make such an announcement unless PacifiCorp Acquisitions believes there is
a significant possibility that sufficient Energy Group Securities will be
tendered to permit the Acceptance Condition to be satisfied at such reduced
level. Holders of Energy Group Securities who are not willing to accept the
Offer if the Acceptance Condition is reduced to the minimum permitted level
should either not accept the Offer until the Subsequent Offer Period or be
prepared to withdraw their acceptances promptly following an announcement by
PacifiCorp Acquisitions of its reservation of the right to reduce the
Acceptance Condition.
 
                             RULE 10B-13 EXEMPTION
 
  In accordance with normal UK practice, PacifiCorp Acquisitions or its
nominees or brokers (acting as agents for PacifiCorp Acquisitions) or another
subsidiary of PacifiCorp may make certain purchases of Energy Group Securities
outside the United States during the period in which the Offer remains open
for acceptance and affiliates of Goldman Sachs International and Morgan
Stanley will continue to act as market makers for Energy Group Shares on the
London Stock Exchange pursuant to relief granted by the SEC staff from Rule
10b-13 under the Exchange Act. For further details on this relief, see
paragraph 3 of Appendix V ("Stock Exchange quotations, market price data and
principal purchases") below.
 
                          OFFER IN THE UNITED STATES
 
  The Offer is being made in the United States by Goldman Sachs International
acting through Goldman, Sachs & Co. References in this document to the Offer
being made by Goldman Sachs International should be read accordingly.
 
                          CONVERSION INTO US DOLLARS
 
  Holders of Energy Group Shares may receive US dollars instead of pounds
sterling on the basis described in paragraph 15(f) of the letter from Goldman
Sachs International included in this document. Holders of Energy Group ADSs
evidenced by Energy Group ADRs, unless they elect to receive pounds sterling,
will receive US dollars on the basis described in the same paragraph. The
attention of all holders of Energy Group Securities is drawn to the
description in that paragraph of the mechanism for converting pounds sterling
into US dollars and of the exchange rate risks attached thereto.
 
                                       2
<PAGE>
 
                             FINANCIAL INFORMATION
 
  The extracts from the consolidated financial statements of, and other
information relating to PacifiCorp appearing in this document are presented in
US dollars and have been prepared in accordance with US GAAP. US GAAP differs
in certain respects from UK GAAP.
 
                                RULE 8 NOTICES
 
  Any person who, alone or acting together with any other person(s) pursuant
to any agreement or any understanding (whether formal or informal) to acquire
or control securities of The Energy Group, owns or controls, or becomes the
owner or controller, directly or indirectly, of one per cent. or more of any
class of securities of The Energy Group is generally required under the
provisions of Rule 8 of the City Code to notify the London Stock Exchange and
the Panel of every dealing in such securities during the Initial Offer Period.
Dealings by The Energy Group or their respective "associates" (within the
meaning of the City Code) in any class of securities of The Energy Group
during the Initial Offer Period must also be so disclosed. Please consult your
financial adviser immediately if you believe this Rule may be applicable to
you.
 
 
                                       3
<PAGE>
 
                               TABLE OF CONTENTS
 
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                                         PAGE
                                                                         -----
<S>                                                                      <C>
Letter from the Chairman of The Energy Group............................     5
Letter from Goldman Sachs International.................................     9
Appendix I: Conditions and Further Terms of the Offer...................   I-1
  Part A: Conditions of the Offer.......................................   I-1
  Part B: Further Terms of the Offer....................................   I-6
   1. Acceptance Period.................................................   I-6
   2. Announcements.....................................................   I-7
   3. Rights of withdrawal..............................................   I-8
   4. The Loan Note Alternative.........................................  I-10
   5. Effects of elections..............................................  I-10
   6. Revisions of the Offer and/or the Loan Note Alternative...........  I-10
   7. General...........................................................  I-11
   8. Overseas shareholders.............................................  I-12
   9. Procedures for tendering Energy Group ADSs........................  I-14
  10. Procedures for tendering Energy Group Shares......................  I-17
  11. Forms of Acceptance...............................................  I-20
  12. Certain provisions concerning acceptances.........................  I-24
  13. Substitute Acceptance Forms.......................................  I-25
  14. Settlement........................................................  I-25
  15. Currency of consideration.........................................  I-25
Appendix II: Summary of the Terms of the Loan Notes.....................  II-1
Appendix III: Financial and Other Information on the TEG Group.......... III-1
Appendix IV: Financial and Other Information on PacifiCorp Acquisitions
 and PacifiCorp.........................................................  IV-1
Appendix V: Additional Information......................................   V-1
   1. Responsibility....................................................   V-1
   2. Directors.........................................................   V-1
   3. Stock Exchange quotations, market price data and principal pur-
   chases...............................................................   V-1
   4. Shareholdings and dealings........................................   V-2
   5. Irrevocable undertakings..........................................   V-8
   6. Service agreements of the directors of The Energy Group and re-
   lated matters........................................................   V-8
   7. Other information.................................................  V-10
   8. Material contracts................................................  V-11
   9. Background to the Offer...........................................  V-13
  10. Financing arrangements............................................  V-15
  11. Compulsory acquisition............................................  V-20
  12. Certain consequences of the Offer.................................  V-20
  13. Legal and regulatory matters......................................  V-21
  14. United Kingdom taxation...........................................  V-24
  15. United States federal income taxation.............................  V-26
  16. Fees and expenses.................................................  V-27
  17. Sources of information and bases of calculation...................  V-28
  18. Documents available for inspection................................  V-29
Appendix VI: Definitions................................................  VI-1
</TABLE>
 
                                       4
<PAGE>
 
                 LETTER FROM THE CHAIRMAN OF THE ENERGY GROUP
 
 
                  [LOGO OF THE ENERGY GROUP PLC APPEARS HERE]
                                                               117 Piccadilly
                                                               London W1V 9FJ
 
 
                                                                    30 June
                                                                    1997
 
To holders of Energy Group Securities and, for information only, to the
members of the Energy Group Share Schemes
 
Dear shareholder or ADS holder,
 
  RECOMMENDED CASH OFFER ON BEHALF OF PACIFICORP ACQUISITIONS FOR THE ENERGY
                                     GROUP
 
  On 13 June 1997, your board and the board of PacifiCorp announced the terms
of a recommended cash offer for The Energy Group to be made on behalf of
PacifiCorp Acquisitions, a wholly-owned subsidiary of PacifiCorp. I wrote to
you with details of that announcement on 16 June 1997. This letter sets out
the background to the Offer and the reasons why your board is recommending all
holders of Energy Group Securities to accept the Offer. The formal Offer,
which is subject to the conditions set out in Part A of Appendix I to this
document, is contained in the letter from Goldman Sachs International on pages
9 to 20 of this document.
 
1. TERMS OF THE OFFER
 
  The Offer (excluding the dividend referred to below) values the equity of
The Energy Group at approximately (Pounds)3,659 million (assuming the exercise
in full of all outstanding options and the vesting of all outstanding awards
under the Energy Group Share Schemes). Including the dividend referred to
below, the Offer represents a premium of approximately 31 per cent. to the
Closing Price of 529.5 pence per Energy Group Share on 13 May 1997, the
Business Day one month before the announcement of the Offer on 13 June 1997
and a premium of approximately 24 per cent. to the Closing Price of 561.5
pence per Energy Group Share on 9 June 1997, the last Business Day before the
announcement by The Energy Group that it was involved in talks with PacifiCorp
in relation to the Offer.
 
  The Offer is being made on the following basis:
 
  FOR EACH ENERGY GROUP SHARE          690 PENCE; AND
 
 
  FOR EACH ENERGY GROUP ADS            (Pounds)27.60
 
  In addition, holders of Energy Group Shares on the register of members at
the close of business on 27 June 1997 will retain the right to receive the
dividend of 5.5 pence (net) per Energy Group Share which was announced on 13
June 1997 and is to be paid on 4 July 1997. This dividend will be paid in US
dollars to holders of Energy Group ADSs in accordance with the terms of the
Deposit Agreement.
 
 
                                       5
<PAGE>
 
  As an alternative to some or all of the cash consideration receivable under
the Offer, holders of Energy Group Shares who accept the Offer (apart from US
citizens or residents and certain other overseas persons) may elect to receive
Loan Notes instead of cash on the following basis:
 
  FOR EVERY (Pounds)1 OF CASH CONSIDERATION
                                       (Pounds)1 NOMINAL OF LOAN NOTES
 
  A summary of the tax effects for holders of Energy Group Shares resident for
tax purposes in the UK who accept the Offer is set out in paragraph 14 of
Appendix V ("United Kingdom taxation") below. A summary of the tax effects for
holders of Energy Group Securities who are citizens or residents of the US, US
domestic corporations or otherwise taxed as United States residents is set out
in paragraph 15 of Appendix V ("United States federal income taxation") below.
 
2. BACKGROUND TO AND REASONS FOR THE OFFER
 
  On our demerger from Hanson in February 1997, we stated that it was our
intention to establish The Energy Group as a leading international energy
business, building on our operations across the value chain in the UK, North
America and Australia. The Energy Group has pursued this strategy and
investigated a number of acquisition and investment opportunities. On 16 April
1997, we announced an agreement with the Hindusthan Development Corporation to
develop a (Pounds)580 million 500 megawatt power station and lignite mine in
the state of Rajasthan, India. On 20 May 1997, we announced the completion of
the acquisition of Citizens Power LLC, one of the leading power marketers in
the US and a pioneer of this activity. On 13 June 1997, we announced our
results for the six months ended 31 March 1997, which demonstrate the steady
progress that The Energy Group has made. These results are set out in Appendix
III below.
 
  The combination of The Energy Group and PacifiCorp will create a group with
the scale and scope of operations to compete more effectively in international
energy markets. The combined entity will also benefit from the skills we have
acquired from operating in the deregulated energy environment in the UK. The
Offer price recognises The Energy Group's potential contribution to the
combined entity, which reflects the progress that has been made since the
Demerger. Your board believes that the combination will allow The Energy
Group's stated strategy to be pursued within a larger group and that it is in
the best interests of both customers and employees of The Energy Group.
 
  In considering the Offer, your board compared the benefits to shareholders
of realising an immediate premium on their investment with the benefits to
them of remaining as shareholders in The Energy Group as an independent
company. Following such consideration and taking into account the advice of
its financial advisers as described below, your board unanimously agreed to
recommend the Offer.
 
3. DIRECTORS, MANAGEMENT AND EMPLOYEES
 
  PacifiCorp Acquisitions has given assurances to the board of The Energy
Group that the existing employment rights, including pension rights, of all
directors, management and employees of the TEG Group, will be fully
safeguarded. Your attention is also drawn to paragraph 9 of the accompanying
letter from Goldman Sachs International.
 
4. ACTION TO BE TAKEN TO ACCEPT THE OFFER
 
  The procedure for acceptance of the Offer is set out on pages 15 to 18 of
this document and in the Acceptance Form. The Initial Closing Date will be
3.00 p.m. (London time), 10.00 a.m. (New York City time), on 29 July 1997,
unless extended.
 
5. HELPLINES FOR THE OFFER
 
  IF YOU HAVE ANY QUESTIONS ON THE OFFER, PLEASE CALL THE SHAREHOLDER
HELPLINES ON 0345 573838 (UK) OR 1-800-733-8481 EXT. 475 (US). IF YOU HAVE ANY
QUESTIONS REGARDING THE ACCEPTANCE FORM, PLEASE CALL THE UK RECEIVING AGENT ON
0181 639 2166 OR THE US DEPOSITARY ON 1-800-733-8481 EXT. 475.
 
                                       6
<PAGE>
 
6. RECOMMENDATION OF THE OFFER
 
  The board of The Energy Group, which has been so advised by Lazard and
Morgan Stanley, its financial advisers, considers the terms of the Offer to be
fair and reasonable. In providing advice to the board of The Energy Group,
Lazard and Morgan Stanley have taken account of the board's commercial
assessment of the Offer. Accordingly, the directors of The Energy Group
unanimously recommend all holders of Energy Group Shares and Energy Group ADSs
to accept the Offer, as they have irrevocably undertaken to do in respect of
their personal holdings of 116,385 Energy Group Shares and 1,550 Energy Group
ADSs.
 
                               Yours faithfully,
 
                                DEREK C. BONHAM
                                   Chairman
 
 
 
 
      Registered in England and Wales No. 3257256. Registered Office: 117
                          Piccadilly, London WIV 9FJ
 
                                       7
<PAGE>
 
 
 
 
                      [This page intentionally left blank]
 
                                       8
<PAGE>
 
- -------------------------------------------------------------------------------
 
Goldman Sachs International, Peterborough Court, 133 Fleet Street,
London EC4A 2BB, England Tel: 0171-774 1000,
Telex: 94015777, Cable: goldsachs london

                     [LOGO OF GOLDMAN SACHS APPEARS HERE]

- -------------------------------------------------------------------------------
 
                                                                   30 June 1997
 
To holders of Energy Group Securities and, for information only, to
participants in the Energy Group Share Schemes
 
Dear Sir/Madam
 
 RECOMMENDED CASH OFFER BY GOLDMAN SACHS INTERNATIONAL ON BEHALF OF PACIFICORP
                       ACQUISITIONS FOR THE ENERGY GROUP
 
1.INTRODUCTION
 
  On 13 June 1997, the boards of PacifiCorp and The Energy Group announced the
terms of a recommended cash offer to be made by Goldman Sachs International on
behalf of PacifiCorp Acquisitions for all issued and to be issued Energy Group
Securities. This letter contains the formal Offer. Your attention is drawn to
the letter from the Chairman of The Energy Group, which contains the
recommendation of the directors of The Energy Group, set out on pages 5 to 7
of this document.
 
  The Offer and this document are subject to the applicable requirements of
both the UK City Code and US federal securities laws.
 
2.THE OFFER
 
  On behalf of PacifiCorp Acquisitions, we hereby offer to purchase, upon the
terms and subject to the Conditions set out in this document and in the
relevant Acceptance Form, all outstanding Energy Group Securities, for 690
pence in cash per Energy Group Share and (Pounds)27.60 in cash per Energy
Group ADS, together with the benefit of the Loan Note Alternative referred to
in paragraph 4 below.
 
  Holders of Energy Group Shares will also retain the right to receive a
dividend of 5.5 pence (net) per Energy Group Share which was announced on 13
June 1997 and is to be paid on 4 July 1997 to holders of Energy Group Shares
on the register of members at the close of business on 27 June 1997. This
dividend will be paid in US dollars to holders of Energy Group ADSs in
accordance with the terms of the Deposit Agreement.
 
  The Offer values the equity of The Energy Group at approximately
(Pounds)3,659 million (assuming the exercise in full of all outstanding
options and the vesting of all outstanding awards under the Energy
 
                                       9
<PAGE>
 
Group Share Schemes), excluding the value of the dividend referred to above.
Including the dividend referred to above, the Offer represents a premium of
approximately 31 per cent. to the Closing Price of 529.5 pence per Energy
Group Share on 13 May 1997, the Business Day one month before the announcement
of the Offer on 13 June 1997 and a premium of approximately 24 per cent. to
the Closing Price of 561.5 pence per Energy Group Share on 9 June 1997, the
last Business Day before the announcement by The Energy Group that it was
involved in talks with PacifiCorp in relation to the Offer.
 
  Energy Group Securities will be acquired under the Offer fully paid and free
from all liens, charges, equities, encumbrances and other interests and
together with all rights now and hereafter attaching thereto, including,
without limitation, the right to receive and retain all dividends (other than
the right to receive and retain the dividend referred to above), interest and
other distributions (if any) declared, made or paid on or after 13 June 1997,
the date on which the Offer was announced.
 
  TO ACCEPT THE OFFER YOU SHOULD RETURN THE RELEVANT ACCEPTANCE FORM AS SOON
AS POSSIBLE AND, IN ANY EVENT, SO AS TO BE RECEIVED BY THE UK RECEIVING AGENT
OR THE US DEPOSITARY NO LATER THAN 3.00 P.M. (LONDON TIME), 10.00 A.M. (NEW
YORK CITY TIME) ON 29 JULY 1997. THE PROCEDURE FOR ACCEPTANCE OF THE OFFER IS
SET OUT IN PARAGRAPH 13 ("PROCEDURE FOR ACCEPTANCE OF THE OFFER") BELOW, IN
PARAGRAPHS 9, 10 AND 11 OF PART B OF APPENDIX I BELOW AND IN THE ACCOMPANYING
ACCEPTANCE FORM.
 
3. TERMS AND CONDITIONS OF THE OFFER
 
  The Offer is subject to the further terms and Conditions set out in Appendix
I below. The following summary of certain of the terms and Conditions of the
Offer is subject to and qualified in its entirety by reference to Appendix I
below.
 
  The Offer is conditional on, amongst other things, valid acceptances being
received (and not, where permitted, withdrawn) by the Initial Closing Date in
respect of not less than 90 per cent. in nominal value of Energy Group
Securities to which the Offer relates (the "90 per cent. threshold"), or such
lesser percentage as PacifiCorp Acquisitions may decide, provided that the
Acceptance Condition shall not be satisfied unless PacifiCorp Acquisitions and
its wholly-owned subsidiaries shall have acquired or agreed to acquire (in
accordance with the requirements of Notes 4 to 6 of Rule 10 of the City Code,
to which reference is made in paragraph 12(b) of Part B of Appendix I below),
whether pursuant to the Offer or otherwise, Energy Group Securities carrying
in the aggregate more than 50 per cent. of the voting rights then exercisable
at general meetings of The Energy Group. If the 90 per cent. threshold is
satisfied before the Initial Closing Date, the Acceptance Condition (subject
to any permitted reduction in the acceptance threshold) must continue to be
satisfied on the Initial Closing Date, by reference to the facts then
subsisting.
 
  PacifiCorp Acquisitions expects that it will reduce the percentage of Energy
Group Securities required to satisfy the Acceptance Condition at some time
prior to all the Conditions being satisfied, fulfilled or, where permitted,
waived. At least five Business Days prior to any reduction in the percentage
of Energy Group Securities required to satisfy the Acceptance Condition,
PacifiCorp Acquisitions will announce that it has reserved the right so to
reduce the Acceptance Condition. PacifiCorp Acquisitions will not make such an
announcement unless PacifiCorp Acquisitions believes there is a significant
possibility that sufficient Energy Group Securities will be tendered to permit
the Acceptance Condition to be satisfied at such reduced level. Holders of
Energy Group Securities who are not willing to accept the Offer if the
Acceptance Condition is reduced to the minimum permitted level should either
not accept the Offer until the Subsequent Offer Period or be prepared to
withdraw their acceptances promptly following an announcement by PacifiCorp
Acquisitions of its reservation of the right to reduce the Acceptance
Condition.
 
  The Initial Offer Period will expire at 3.00 p.m. (London time), 10.00 a.m.
(New York City time), on 29 July 1997, unless extended. At the conclusion of
the Initial Offer Period, including any extension thereof, if all Conditions
have been satisfied, fulfilled or, where permitted, waived, the Offer will be
extended for a Subsequent Offer Period of at least 14 calendar days. Holders
of Energy Group
 
                                      10
<PAGE>
 
Securities will have the right to withdraw their acceptances of the Offer
during the Initial Offer Period, but not during the Subsequent Offer Period,
except in certain limited circumstances. PacifiCorp Acquisitions reserves the
right (but will not be obliged) at any time to extend the Initial Offer
Period, provided that PacifiCorp Acquisitions may not extend the Initial Offer
Period beyond 29 August 1997 without the consent of the Panel. PacifiCorp
Acquisitions reserves the right, if appropriate, to seek the Panel's approval
to extend the final date for expiry of the Initial Offer Period to 19
September 1997, or such later date as the Panel may agree. PacifiCorp
Acquisitions may terminate any extension of the Initial Offer Period (other
than an extension required by the City Code or the Exchange Act) prior to its
scheduled expiry if all Conditions have been satisfied, fulfilled or, where
permitted, waived. In that case, the Initial Offer Period and, consequently,
withdrawal rights, except in certain limited circumstances, will terminate
immediately.
 
  If all of the Conditions are satisfied, fulfilled or, where permitted,
waived within the time permitted, payment for tendered Energy Group Securities
will be made as provided in paragraph 15 ("Settlement") below.
 
  If all Conditions are satisfied, fulfilled or, where permitted, waived and
PacifiCorp Acquisitions acquires or contracts to acquire, pursuant to the
Offer or otherwise, at least 90 per cent. in value of Energy Group Securities
to which the Offer relates, it will be entitled to and intends to acquire the
remaining Energy Group Securities on the same terms as the Offer pursuant to
and subject to sections 428 to 430F (inclusive) of the Companies Act. See
paragraph 11 of Appendix V ("Compulsory acquisition") below.
 
  If all Conditions are satisfied, fulfilled or, where permitted, waived and
PacifiCorp acquires or contracts to acquire, pursuant to the Offer or
otherwise, Energy Group Securities giving it more than 75 per cent. of voting
rights at general meetings of The Energy Group, but PacifiCorp Acquisitions is
not in a position to effect the compulsory acquisition of all outstanding
Energy Group Securities in accordance with the sections of the Companies Act
referred to above, PacifiCorp Acquisitions intends to seek to procure the
making of an application by The Energy Group to the London Stock Exchange for
Energy Group Shares to be delisted and the making of an application by The
Energy Group to the New York Stock Exchange for Energy Group ADSs to be
delisted. PacifiCorp Acquisitions further intends that, subject to the London
Stock Exchange delisting taking place, it will seek to procure the transfer of
Peabody's US coal operations (except Lee Ranch Coal Company) to PacifiCorp
Acquisitions' fellow subsidiary, Powercoal, and to procure the giving of
financial assistance by members of the TEG Group to PacifiCorp Acquisitions
and other members of the PacifiCorp Group, subject to compliance, where
necessary, with the "whitewash" procedures set out in sections 155 to 158 of
the Companies Act. For further details, see paragraph 10 of Appendix V
("Financing arrangements") below.
 
4.THE LOAN NOTE ALTERNATIVE
 
  A Loan Note Alternative is available to holders of Energy Group Shares
(other than persons who are citizens or residents of the United States and
certain other overseas shareholders) who validly accept the Offer, on the
basis of (Pounds)1 nominal of Loan Notes for every (Pounds)1 of cash under the
Offer, subject to aggregate valid elections being received on or before the
date on which all the Conditions are waived, fulfilled or satisfied, as
applicable, for in excess of (Pounds)1 million nominal value of Loan Notes. If
insufficient elections are received, holders of Energy Group Shares who elect
for the Loan Note Alternative will instead receive cash in accordance with the
terms of the Offer. Where an Energy Group shareholder elects or is deemed to
have elected for the Loan Note Alternative in respect of all the Energy Group
Shares for which he has accepted the Offer, fractional entitlements to Loan
Notes will be disregarded and not paid.
 
  Goldman Sachs International has advised that, based on market conditions on
26 June 1997 (the latest practicable date prior to the publication of this
document), in its opinion, if the Loan Notes had then been in issue, the value
of each (Pounds)1 nominal of Loan Notes would have been approximately
98 pence.
 
  In considering the Loan Note Alternative, holders of Energy Group Shares
should note that the obligations of PacifiCorp Acquisitions are not guaranteed
or secured.
 
  A summary of the terms of the Loan Notes is set out in Appendix II below.
 
                                      11
<PAGE>
 
5.REGULATION
 
  The Offer is subject to certain regulatory consents and confirmations being
obtained. Among other approaches to relevant regulatory authorities,
PacifiCorp Acquisitions has made a submission to the Office of Fair Trading
concerning the Offer and, together with The Energy Group, is in discussions
with the DGES. The Offer is also subject to the expiry or early termination of
the waiting period under the US HSR Act.
 
  Further details of regulatory issues applicable to the Offer are set out in
paragraph 13 of Appendix V ("Legal and regulatory matters") below.
 
6.INFORMATION ON THE PACIFICORP GROUP
 
  PacifiCorp is a diversified energy group based in Portland, Oregon. The
company serves 1.4 million retail customers in Oregon, Washington, California,
Montana, Idaho, Utah and Wyoming. It is one of the lowest cost electricity
suppliers in the United States, with an average net retail price in 1996 of
4.8 cents per kilowatt-hour, compared with a national average for investor-
owned utilities of 7.15 cents. PacifiCorp is the leading private wholesaler of
electricity in the western United States and is also engaged in the power
marketing business in the eastern United States. In addition, PacifiCorp
recently acquired TPC Corporation, a natural gas storage, processing and
marketing company based in Houston, Texas.
 
  PacifiCorp operates one of the largest open-access transmission systems in
the United States with over 150 access points across 15,000 circuit miles and,
together with its affiliates, has generating capacity of over 10,000
megawatts. It is the 12th largest coal producer in the United States,
producing 20.5 million tonnes in 1996. In 1996, the average electricity
production costs at its coal-fired plants were 25 per cent. lower than the US
national average.
 
  PacifiCorp also has substantial operations in Australia through Powercor,
the largest electricity distribution business in Victoria and its partnership
interest in the Hazelwood power generating station and associated mine.
 
  PacifiCorp is listed on the New York and Pacific Stock Exchanges under the
symbol "PPW". In the year ended 31 December 1996, PacifiCorp recorded net
income attributable to holders of ordinary stock of $475 million based on
revenues of $4,294 million. As at the close of trading on the New York Stock
Exchange on 24 June 1997, PacifiCorp had a market capitalisation of
approximately $6.5 billion.
 
  PacifiCorp Acquisitions, a wholly-owned subsidiary of PacifiCorp, is a newly
incorporated unlimited company registered in England and Wales on 9 June 1997
for the purpose of making the Offer.
 
  Further information on the PacifiCorp Group is set out in Appendix IV below.
 
7.INFORMATION ON THE ENERGY GROUP
 
  The Energy Group is a diversified international energy group which includes
Peabody, the world's largest private producer of coal, and Eastern, one of the
leading integrated electricity and gas groups in the United Kingdom.
 
  Peabody, the largest producer of coal in the United States, operates 26
underground and surface mines in the United States and three surface mines in
Australia:
 
 .  As at 30 September 1996, Peabody owned or controlled 8.5 billion tonnes of
   proven and probable coal reserves;
 
 .  In the year ended 30 September 1996, Peabody sold 148 million tonnes of
   coal; and
 
 .  Peabody Australia, one of the ten largest coal producers in Australia, has
   interests in four surface mines in New South Wales, three of which are
   currently in operation. Peabody's equity share of the coal sales of these
   mines amounted to 6.1 million tonnes in the year ended 30 September 1996
   and its equity share of the proven and probable reserves associated with
   these mines as at 30 September 1996 amounted to 263 million tonnes.
 
                                      12
<PAGE>
 
  Through Eastern, The Energy Group is one of the leading integrated
electricity and gas groups in the United Kingdom and is involved in a wide
range of operations:
 
 .  Eastern Generation, the fourth largest generator of electricity in Great
   Britain, currently owns, operates or has an interest in eight power
   stations, representing approximately 10 per cent. of the United Kingdom's
   total registered generating capacity as at 30 September 1996;
 
 .  Eastern Power & Energy Trading manages the price and volume risks
   associated with the generation, wholesaling and sale to end users of
   electricity. These exposures are managed by trading its contract portfolio
   and by bidding Eastern's generation output into the Electricity Pool;
 
 .  Eastern Natural Gas, a major wholesaler and retail supplier of natural gas
   in the United Kingdom with upstream shipping, purchasing, trading and sales
   operations, is one of the largest suppliers of natural gas in the United
   Kingdom after Centrica plc. Its principal activities are the buying and
   selling of natural gas. It also has small equity interests in three gas-
   producing fields in the North Sea; and
 
 .  Eastern Electricity is one of the largest suppliers of electricity in the
   United Kingdom, with over three million customers and its authorised area
   covers approximately 20,300 sq. km. in the east of England and parts of
   north London.
 
  The TEG Group also includes Citizens Power, one of the leading US power
marketing firms, which was acquired by The Energy Group in May 1997. Its
headquarters are in Boston and it has field offices in Milwaukee, Denver, and
Toronto. Certain proposals relating to Citizens Power, to take effect upon
completion of the Offer, are described in paragraph 13(e) of Appendix V below.
 
  The Energy Group's results for the six months ended 31 March 1997 were
announced on 13 June 1997 and are set out in Appendix III to this document,
together with further financial information on The Energy Group. On a pro
forma basis for the year ended 31 March 1997, The Energy Group reported
consolidated turnover of (Pounds)4,460 million and consolidated net income of
(Pounds)286 million.
 
8.FUNDING
 
  PacifiCorp Acquisitions has arranged appropriate financing in connection
with the Offer. Other wholly-owned subsidiaries of PacifiCorp have arranged
their own funding to assist in PacifiCorp Acquisitions' financing of the
Offer. Details of the financing arrangements for the Offer are set out in
paragraph 10 of Appendix V ("Financing arrangements") below.
 
9.DIRECTORS, MANAGEMENT AND EMPLOYEES
 
  The Offer will extend to any fully paid Energy Group Shares which are
unconditionally allotted or issued while the Offer is open for acceptance,
including those unconditionally allotted or issued pursuant to the exercise of
options under the Energy Group Share Schemes.
 
  PacifiCorp Acquisitions has given assurances to the board of The Energy
Group that the existing employment rights, including pension rights, of all
directors, management and employees of the TEG Group, will be fully
safeguarded. PacifiCorp looks forward to working with employees of the TEG
Group.
 
  PacifiCorp has stated that, subject to all Conditions being satisfied,
fulfilled or, where permitted, waived, it intends to invite Mr Derek Bonham
and Mr John Devaney to join the board of directors of PacifiCorp. In addition,
PacifiCorp intends, following the Acquisition, to form a management committee
which will co-ordinate the activities of the combined group and which it will
invite Mr Derek Bonham, Mr John Devaney, Mr Eric Anstee and Mr Irl Engelhardt
of The Energy Group to join. Mr Frederick Buckman will remain as President and
Chief Executive of PacifiCorp, Mr Richard O'Brien as Chief Financial Officer
and Mr Verl Topham as Senior Vice President and General Counsel.
 
  Appropriate proposals will be made to participants in the Energy Group Share
Schemes in due course. In relation to the Energy Group Sharesave Scheme, it is
anticipated that, as an additional
 
                                      13
<PAGE>
 
alternative to the rights provided under the rules of that scheme,
participants will be offered an opportunity to surrender their existing
options in consideration for a cash sum, calculated by reference to the
difference between 695.5 pence and the exercise price of their options
multiplied by the number of Energy Group Shares that they could have acquired
with 12 months' savings contributions.
 
10.UK TAXATION
 
  PacifiCorp Acquisitions has been advised that, under UK legislation and
Inland Revenue practice current at the date of this document, the taxation
treatment of acceptance of the Offer and the Loan Note Alternative for holders
of Energy Group Shares who are the beneficial owners of their Energy Group
Shares, hold their Energy Group Shares as an investment, and are resident in
the UK for tax purposes will, in summary, be as follows:
 
(A)TAXATION OF CHARGEABLE GAINS
 
  Liability to UK taxation on chargeable gains ("CGT") will depend on the
particular circumstances of holders of Energy Group Shares and on the form of
consideration received.
 
 Cash
 
  To the extent that a holder of Energy Group Shares receives cash under the
Offer, this will constitute a disposal, or part disposal, of his Energy Group
Shares for CGT purposes. Such a disposal, or part disposal, may, depending on
that shareholder's individual circumstances, give rise to a liability to CGT.
 
 Loan Notes
 
  A holder of Energy Group Shares who, together with persons connected with
him, holds not more than five per cent. of the issued share capital of The
Energy Group, will not be treated as making a disposal to the extent that he
elects for and receives Loan Notes by way of consideration. In the case of a
holder of Energy Group Shares who, together with persons connected with him,
holds more than five per cent. of the issued share capital of The Energy
Group, this treatment is subject to the Inland Revenue granting clearance
under section 138 of the Taxation of Chargeable Gains Act 1992. Such clearance
has been applied for. In the case of shareholders within the charge to UK
corporation tax, indexation relief will not accrue on the Loan Notes.
 
  A subsequent disposal of Loan Notes (including their redemption or
repayment) may give rise to a chargeable event for CGT purposes.
 
(B)TAXATION OF INTEREST
 
  Payments of interest on the Loan Notes will be made subject to the deduction
of UK income tax at the lower rate (currently 20 per cent.). Payments of
interest may also be subject to US federal income tax in certain
circumstances.
 
  FURTHER INFORMATION ON UK TAX LAW AND PRACTICE CURRENT AT THE DATE OF THIS
DOCUMENT IS CONTAINED IN PARAGRAPH 14 OF APPENDIX V ("UNITED KINGDOM
TAXATION") BELOW. FURTHER INFORMATION ON US FEDERAL INCOME TAX CURRENT AT THE
DATE OF THIS DOCUMENT IS CONTAINED IN PARAGRAPH 15 OF APPENDIX V ("UNITED
STATES FEDERAL INCOME TAXATION") BELOW.
 
  ANY HOLDER OF ENERGY GROUP SECURITIES WHO IS IN ANY DOUBT ABOUT HIS OWN TAX
POSITION OR WHO IS SUBJECT TO TAXATION IN ANY JURISDICTION OTHER THAN THE UK
OR THE US IS STRONGLY RECOMMENDED TO CONSULT HIS INDEPENDENT PROFESSIONAL
ADVISER IMMEDIATELY.
 
11.US TAXATION
 
  The paragraph below addresses certain current US federal income tax
consequences applicable to holders of Energy Group Securities who are citizens
or residents of the US, US domestic corporations or otherwise taxed as United
States residents. It does not apply to tax issues arising from
 
                                      14
<PAGE>
 
a holder's particular circumstances, such as participation in the Energy Group
Share Schemes or being a dealer in securities. Non-US residents who are
eligible to elect the Loan Note Alternative should refer to paragraph 15 of
Appendix V ("United States federal income taxation") below.
 
  The receipt of cash pursuant to the Offer will be a taxable transaction for
US income tax purposes and may also be a taxable transaction under applicable
state, local, foreign and other tax laws.
 
  In general, a holder of Energy Group Securities who sells such securities
pursuant to the Offer will, for US federal income tax purposes, recognise a
gain or loss equal to the difference between such holder's adjusted tax basis
in the Energy Group Securities sold and the amount of cash received in
exchange therefor. Such gain or loss will generally be capital gain or loss
and will be long-term capital gain or loss if, on the date of sale, the Energy
Group Securities were considered for US federal income tax purposes to have
been held for more than one year. An accrual basis holder of Energy Group
Securities who sells such securities pursuant to the Offer may have a foreign
currency exchange gain or loss for US federal income tax purposes in addition
to the gain or loss recognised by the holder on the disposition of Energy
Group Securities pursuant to the Offer.
 
  FURTHER INFORMATION ON THE APPLICATION OF CURRENT US TAX LAWS IS CONTAINED
IN PARAGRAPH 15 OF APPENDIX V ("UNITED STATES FEDERAL INCOME TAXATION") BELOW.
 
  ANY HOLDER OF ENERGY GROUP SECURITIES WHO IS IN ANY DOUBT ABOUT HIS OWN TAX
POSITION OR WHO IS SUBJECT TO TAXATION IN ANY JURISDICTION OTHER THAN THE UK
OR THE US IS STRONGLY RECOMMENDED TO CONSULT HIS INDEPENDENT PROFESSIONAL
ADVISER IMMEDIATELY.
 
12.OVERSEAS SHAREHOLDERS
 
  The attention of holders of Energy Group Securities who are citizens or
residents of jurisdictions outside the UK or the US is drawn to paragraph 8 of
Part B of Appendix I ("Overseas shareholders") below and to the relevant
provisions of the Acceptance Form.
 
  The Offer is not being made, directly or indirectly, in or into Canada,
Australia or Japan. Persons who are citizens or residents of such
jurisdictions may not accept the Offer. Any purported acceptance of the Offer
by acceptors who are unable to give the warranty set out in paragraph 11(l) of
Part B of Appendix I to this document will be disregarded.
 
  The Loan Notes to be issued pursuant to the Loan Note Alternative have not
been, and will not be, registered under the Securities Act or under any
relevant securities laws of any state or district of the United States and
will not be the subject of a prospectus under the securities laws of any
province of Canada. In addition, no steps have been taken, or will be taken,
to enable the Loan Notes to be offered in Japan in compliance with applicable
securities laws of Japan and no prospectus in relation to the Loan Notes has
been, or will be, lodged with or registered by the Australian Securities
Commission, nor will the Loan Notes be registered under any relevant
securities laws of any other country. The Loan Notes are not being offered,
sold or delivered, directly or indirectly, in or into the United States,
Canada, Australia or Japan.
 
13.PROCEDURE FOR ACCEPTANCE OF THE OFFER
 
(A)HOLDERS OF ENERGY GROUP SHARES
 
  The attention of holders of Energy Group Shares is drawn to paragraph 10 of
Part B of Appendix I ("Procedures for tendering Energy Group Shares") below
and to the relevant provisions of the Form of Acceptance.
 
  You should note that, if you hold Energy Group Shares in both certificated
and uncertificated form (that is, in CREST), you should complete a separate
Form of Acceptance for each holding. If you hold Energy Group Shares in
uncertificated form, but under different member account IDs, you should
complete a separate Form of Acceptance in respect of each member account ID.
Similarly, if you hold
 
                                      15
<PAGE>
 
Energy Group Shares in certificated form, but under different designations,
you should complete a separate Form of Acceptance in respect of each
designation.
 
  (I)   TO ACCEPT THE OFFER
 
        To accept the Offer, you should complete Box 1 and (if your Energy Group
        Shares are in CREST) Box 5, and sign Box 6 of the Form of Acceptance in
        accordance with the instructions printed on it. All holders of Energy
        Group Shares who are individuals should sign the Form of Acceptance in
        the presence of a witness, who should also sign Box 6 in accordance with
        the instructions printed on it.

  (II)  TO ELECT FOR THE LOAN NOTE ALTERNATIVE
 
        To elect for the Loan Note Alternative in respect of some or all of the
        Energy Group Shares for which you are accepting the Offer, you should
        complete Box 2 in addition to taking the actions described in paragraph
        (i) above. The attention of those holders of Energy Group Shares
        considering accepting the Loan Note Alternative is drawn to paragraph 4
        ("The Loan Note Alternative") and paragraph 12 ("Overseas
        shareholders") of this letter and to paragraphs 4 and 5 of Part B of
        Appendix I below.
 
  (III) RETURN OF FORM OF ACCEPTANCE
 
        TO ACCEPT THE OFFER, THE FORM OF ACCEPTANCE MUST BE COMPLETED AND
        RETURNED, WHETHER OR NOT YOUR ENERGY GROUP SHARES ARE IN CREST. THE
        COMPLETED, SIGNED AND (IF YOU ARE AN INDIVIDUAL) WITNESSED FORM OF
        ACCEPTANCE, TOGETHER WITH, IF YOUR ENERGY GROUP SHARES ARE NOT IN CREST,
        THE SHARE CERTIFICATE(S) AND/OR OTHER DOCUMENT(S) OF TITLE FOR YOUR
        ENERGY GROUP SHARES, SHOULD BE RETURNED BY POST TO NEW ISSUES
        DEPARTMENT, INDEPENDENT REGISTRARS GROUP LIMITED, PO BOX 166, BOURNE
        HOUSE, 34 BECKENHAM ROAD, BECKENHAM, KENT BR3 4TH, BY HAND, DURING
        NORMAL BUSINESS HOURS ONLY, TO INDEPENDENT REGISTRARS GROUP LIMITED, 23
        IRONMONGER LANE, LONDON EC2 OR BY POST OR BY HAND TO CONTINENTAL STOCK
        TRANSFER & TRUST COMPANY, C/O SHAREHOLDER COMMUNICATIONS CORPORATION, 17
        STATE STREET, 24TH FLOOR, NEW YORK, NY 10004, MARKED FOR THE ATTENTION
        OF "TENDERS AND EXCHANGES", AS SOON AS POSSIBLE BUT, IN ANY EVENT, SO AS
        TO BE RECEIVED NO LATER THAN 3.00 P.M. (LONDON TIME), 10.00 A.M. (NEW
        YORK CITY TIME) ON 29 JULY, 1997. A reply-paid envelope is enclosed for
        your convenience and may be used by holders of Energy Group Shares for
        returning Forms of Acceptance within the UK and US only. The
        instructions printed on the Form of Acceptance shall be deemed to form
        part of the terms of the Offer.

        Any Form of Acceptance received in an envelope postmarked in Canada,
        Australia or Japan or otherwise appearing to PacifiCorp Acquisitions or
        its agents to have been sent from Canada, Australia or Japan may be
        rejected as an invalid acceptance of the Offer. For further information
        for overseas shareholders, see paragraph 12 ("Overseas shareholders")
        above and paragraph 8 of Part B of Appendix I ("Overseas shareholders")
        below.
 
  (IV)  ENERGY GROUP SHARES IN UNCERTIFICATED FORM (THAT IS, IN CREST)
 
        If your Energy Group Shares are in uncertificated form (that is, if you
        do not have a paper share certificate because your shares are held in
        CREST), you should read carefully paragraphs 10(d)-(l) of Part B of
        Appendix I, which set out the acceptance procedures for holders of
        Energy Group Shares in uncertificated form.

        IF YOU ARE A CREST SPONSORED MEMBER, YOU SHOULD REFER TO YOUR CREST
        SPONSOR BEFORE TAKING ANY ACTION.
 
 
                                      16
<PAGE>
 
  (V) SHARE CERTIFICATES NOT READILY AVAILABLE OR LOST
 
      If your Energy Group Shares are in certificated form but your share
      certificate(s) and/or other document(s) of title is/are not readily
      available or is/are lost, the Form of Acceptance should nevertheless be
      completed, signed and returned as stated in paragraph (iii) above so as to
      arrive no later than 3.00 p.m. (London time), 10.00 a.m. (New York City
      time) on 29 July 1997, together with any share certificate(s) and/or other
      document(s) of title that you have available, accompanied by a letter
      stating that the balance will follow. You should then arrange for the
      relevant share certificate(s) and/or other document(s) of title to be
      forwarded as soon as possible thereafter. No acknowledgment of receipt of
      documents will be given. In the case of loss, you should write as soon as
      possible to Lloyds Bank Registrars, The Causeway, Goring-by-Sea, Worthing,
      West Sussex BN99 6DA for a letter of indemnity for lost share
      certificate(s) and/or other document(s) of title which, when completed in
      accordance with the instructions given, should be returned to New Issues
      Department, Independent Registrars Group Limited, PO Box 166, Bourne
      House, 34 Beckenham Road, Beckenham, Kent BR3 4TH.

(VI)  DEPOSITS OF ENERGY GROUP SHARES INTO, AND WITHDRAWALS OF ENERGY GROUP
      SHARES FROM, CREST
 
      Normal CREST procedures (including timings) apply in relation to any
      Energy Group Shares that are, or are to be, converted from uncertificated
      to certificated form, or from certificated to uncertificated form, during
      the course of the Offer (whether any such conversion arises as a result of
      a transfer of Energy Group Shares or otherwise). Holders of Energy Group
      Shares who are proposing so to convert any such shares are recommended to
      ensure that the conversion procedures are implemented in sufficient time
      to enable the person holding or acquiring the shares as a result of the
      conversion to take all necessary steps in connection with an acceptance of
      the Offer (in particular, as regards delivery of share certificate(s)
      and/or other document(s) of title or transfers to an escrow balance as
      described above) prior to 3.00 p.m. (London time), 10.00 a.m. (New York
      City time) on 29 July 1997.

(B) HOLDERS OF ENERGY GROUP ADSS
 
    The attention of holders of Energy Group ADSs is drawn to paragraph 9 of
Part B of Appendix I ("Procedures for tendering Energy Group ADSs") below and
to the relevant provisions of the Letter of Transmittal.
 
    To accept the Offer, holders of Energy Group ADSs must complete the Letter
of Transmittal in accordance with the instructions printed on it. The
completed Letter of Transmittal should be sent in the accompanying reply-paid
envelope or delivered by hand together with the required signature guarantees
and any other required documents to the US Depositary at one of its addresses
set forth on the back cover of this document and the Energy Group ADRs must be
either received by the US Depositary at one of such addresses or delivered in
accordance with paragraph 9 of Part B of Appendix I referred to above.
 
(C) VALIDITY OF ACCEPTANCES
 
    Subject to the City Code, PacifiCorp Acquisitions reserves the right to
treat as valid in whole or in part any acceptance of the Offer which is not
entirely in order or which is not accompanied (as applicable) by the relevant
transfer to escrow or the relevant share certificate(s) and/or other
document(s) of title or which is received by it at a place or places other
than set out in this document or the Acceptance Form. In that event, no
payment of cash or issue of Loan Notes under the Offer will be made until
after (as applicable) the relevant transfer to escrow has settled or the
relevant share certificate(s) and/or other document(s) of title or indemnities
satisfactory to PacifiCorp Acquisitions have been received.
 
(D) GENERAL
 
    No acknowledgment of receipt of Acceptance Forms, share certificates, Energy
Group ADRs or other documents of title will be given.
 
                                      17
<PAGE>
 
  IF YOU ARE IN ANY DOUBT AS TO THE PROCEDURES FOR ACCEPTANCE, PLEASE CONTACT
THE UK RECEIVING AGENT, NEW ISSUES DEPARTMENT, INDEPENDENT REGISTRARS GROUP
LIMITED BY TELEPHONE ON 0181 639 2166 OR AT PO BOX 166, BOURNE HOUSE, 34
BECKENHAM ROAD, BECKENHAM, KENT BR3 4TH OR THE US DEPOSITARY, CONTINENTAL
STOCK TRANSFER & TRUST COMPANY, ON 1-800 733 8481 EXT. 475 OR C/O SHAREHOLDER
COMMUNICATIONS CORPORATION, 17 STATE STREET, 24TH FLOOR, NEW YORK, NY 10004,
ATTN. TENDERS & EXCHANGES. YOU ARE REMINDED THAT, IF YOU ARE A CREST SPONSORED
MEMBER, YOU SHOULD CONTACT YOUR CREST SPONSOR BEFORE TAKING ANY ACTION.
 
14.RIGHTS OF WITHDRAWAL
 
  With certain exceptions pursuant to an SEC exemptive order, the Offer is
subject to the US tender offer rules applicable to securities registered under
the Exchange Act, as well as to the City Code. This has necessitated a number
of changes from the procedures which normally apply to offers for UK
companies, including those applicable to the rights of holders of Energy Group
Securities to withdraw their acceptance of an offer.
 
  Under the Offer, holders of Energy Group Securities will be able to withdraw
their acceptances at any time prior to the Initial Closing Date and in certain
other circumstances. The Offer will not be deemed to have been validly
accepted in respect of any Energy Group Securities which have been withdrawn.
 
  However, the Offer may be accepted again in respect of the withdrawn Energy
Group Securities by following one of the procedures described in paragraph 13
of this letter ("Procedure for acceptance of the Offer") above at any time
prior to the expiry or lapse of the Offer.
 
  Further details of these rights of withdrawal and the procedure for
effecting withdrawals are set out in paragraph 3 of Part B of Appendix I
("Rights of withdrawal") below.
 
15.SETTLEMENT
 
(A)DATE OF PAYMENT
 
  The settlement procedure with respect to the Offer will be consistent with
UK practice, which differs from the US tender offer rules in certain material
respects, particularly with regard to the date of payment.
 
  Subject to the satisfaction, fulfilment or, where permitted, waiver of all
of the Conditions, settlement to which accepting holders of Energy Group
Shares and accepting holders of Energy Group ADSs or other designated agents
will be effected:
 
  (i) in the case of acceptances received complete in all respects by the
      Initial Closing Date, within 14 calendar days of such date; or
 
  (ii) in the case of acceptances received complete in all respects after
       such date, but while the Offer remains open for acceptance, within 14
       calendar days of such receipt.
 
(B)ENERGY GROUP SHARES IN UNCERTIFICATED FORM (THAT IS, IN CREST)
 
  Where an acceptance relates to Energy Group Shares in uncertificated form,
(i) the cash consideration to which accepting holders of Energy Group Shares
are entitled will be paid by means of CREST by PacifiCorp Acquisitions
procuring the creation of an assured payment obligation in favour of the
accepting shareholders' payment bank in respect of the cash consideration due,
in accordance with the CREST assured payment arrangement; and (ii) definitive
certificates for any Loan Notes to which the accepting holder of Energy Group
Shares is entitled will be despatched by post (or by such other method as may
be approved by the Panel).
 
  PacifiCorp Acquisitions reserves the right to settle all or any part of the
cash consideration referred to above, for all or any accepting shareholder(s),
in the manner referred to in paragraph (c) below, if, for any reason, it
wishes to do so.
 
                                      18
<PAGE>
 
(C)ENERGY GROUP SHARES IN CERTIFICATED FORM AND ENERGY GROUP ADSS
 
  Where an acceptance relates to Energy Group Shares in certificated form or
Energy Group ADSs evidenced by Energy Group ADRs, cheques for cash due and,
where applicable, definitive certificates for any Loan Notes will be
despatched by post (or by such other method as may be approved by the Panel).
 
(D)LAPSING OF THE OFFER
 
  If the Conditions are not satisfied, fulfilled or, where permitted, waived,
(i) in respect of Energy Group Shares in certificated form and Energy Group
ADSs, the relevant share certificate(s) and/or other documents of title will
be returned by post (or by such other method as may be approved by the Panel)
within 14 days of the Offer lapsing and (ii) in respect of Energy Group Shares
in uncertificated form (that is, in CREST) Independent Registrars Group
Limited will, immediately after the lapsing of the Offer (or within such
longer period as the Panel may permit, not exceeding 14 days of the lapsing of
the Offer), give TFE instructions to CRESTCo to transfer all relevant Energy
Group Shares held in escrow balances and in relation to which it is the escrow
agent for the purposes of the Offer to the original available balances of the
holders of Energy Group Shares concerned.
 
(E)GENERAL
 
  All documents and remittances sent by, to, or from holders of Energy Group
Securities or their appointed agents will be sent at their own risk.
 
  All mandates and other instructions in force relating to holdings of Energy
Group Securities will, unless and until revoked, continue in force in relation
to payments of principal and interest under the Loan Notes.
 
(F)CURRENCY OF CONSIDERATION
 
  Instead of pounds sterling, holders of Energy Group Shares who so wish may
receive US dollars on the following basis: the cash amount payable in pounds
sterling to which such holder would otherwise be entitled pursuant to the
terms of the Offer will be converted, without charge, from pounds sterling to
US dollars at the exchange rate obtainable by the relevant payment agent
(either the UK Receiving Agent or the US Depositary) on the spot market in
London at approximately noon (London time) on the date the cash consideration
is made available by PacifiCorp Acquisitions to the relevant payment agent for
delivery in respect of the relevant Energy Group Shares. A holder of Energy
Group Shares may receive such amount on the basis set out above only in
respect of the whole of his holding of Energy Group Shares in respect of which
he accepts the Offer. Holders of Energy Group Securities may not elect to
receive pounds sterling and US dollars. Unless they elect to receive pounds
sterling, holders of Energy Group ADSs will receive consideration converted
into US dollars as described above, as if such holders of Energy Group ADSs
had elected to receive US dollars. Consideration in US dollars may be
inappropriate for holders of Energy Group Shares other than persons in the US
and holders of Energy Group ADSs.
 
  THE ACTUAL AMOUNT OF US DOLLARS RECEIVED WILL DEPEND UPON THE EXCHANGE RATE
PREVAILING ON THE BUSINESS DAY ON WHICH FUNDS ARE MADE AVAILABLE TO THE
RELEVANT PAYMENT AGENT BY PACIFICORP ACQUISITIONS. HOLDERS OF ENERGY GROUP
SECURITIES SHOULD BE AWARE THAT THE US DOLLAR/POUNDS STERLING EXCHANGE RATE
WHICH IS PREVAILING AT THE DATE ON WHICH AN ELECTION IS MADE TO RECEIVE
DOLLARS AND ON THE DATE OF DESPATCH OF PAYMENT MAY BE DIFFERENT FROM THAT
PREVAILING ON THE BUSINESS DAY ON WHICH FUNDS ARE MADE AVAILABLE TO THE
RELEVANT PAYMENT AGENT BY PACIFICORP ACQUISITIONS. IN ALL CASES, FLUCTUATIONS
IN THE US DOLLAR/POUNDS STERLING EXCHANGE RATE ARE AT THE RISK OF ACCEPTING
HOLDERS OF ENERGY GROUP SECURITIES WHO ELECT OR ARE TREATED AS HAVING ELECTED
TO RECEIVE THEIR CONSIDERATION IN US DOLLARS. PACIFICORP ACQUISITIONS SHALL
HAVE NO RESPONSIBILITY WITH RESPECT TO THE CASH CONSIDERATION PAYABLE OTHER
THAN TO MAKE PAYMENT IN POUNDS STERLING.
 
                                      19
<PAGE>
 
16.FURTHER INFORMATION
 
  Your attention is drawn to Appendix I to this document, which contains the
Conditions and further terms and information and forms part of this document
and to the other Appendices to this document which contain important
information in connection with the Offer and to the accompanying Acceptance
Form.
 
17.ACTION TO BE TAKEN
 
  YOU ARE URGED TO COMPLETE, SIGN AND RETURN THE ENCLOSED FORM OF ACCEPTANCE
OR LETTER OF TRANSMITTAL (AS APPROPRIATE) AS SOON AS POSSIBLE, BUT IN ANY
EVENT SO AS TO ARRIVE BY NO LATER THAN 3.00 P.M. (LONDON TIME), 10.00 A.M.
(NEW YORK CITY TIME) ON 29 JULY 1997.
 
                               Yours faithfully
 
                        for Goldman Sachs International
 
                                Richard A. Sapp
 
                               Managing Director
 
                                      20
<PAGE>
 
                                  APPENDIX I
 
                   CONDITIONS AND FURTHER TERMS OF THE OFFER
 
                                    PART A
 
CONDITIONS OF THE OFFER
 
  The Offer, which is being made by Goldman Sachs International on behalf of
PacifiCorp Acquisitions, will comply with the rules and regulations of the
City Code and with US federal securities laws (except to the extent that
exemptive relief has been granted by the SEC) and the rules and regulations
made thereunder, is governed by English law and is subject to the jurisdiction
of the courts of England and the following Conditions:
 
  (a) (i) valid acceptances being received (and not, where permitted,
      withdrawn) by not later than 3.00 p.m. (London time), 10.00 a.m. (New
      York City time) on 29 July 1997 (or such later time(s) and/or date(s)
      as PacifiCorp Acquisitions may, subject to the rules and regulations of
      the City Code, decide) in respect of not less than 90 per cent. (the
      "90 per cent. threshold") (or such lesser percentage as PacifiCorp
      Acquisitions may decide) in nominal value of Energy Group Securities to
      which the Offer relates, provided that this Condition shall not be
      satisfied unless PacifiCorp Acquisitions and its wholly-owned
      subsidiaries shall have acquired or agreed to acquire, whether pursuant
      to the Offer or otherwise, Energy Group Securities carrying in
      aggregate more than 50 per cent. of the voting rights then exercisable
      at general meetings of The Energy Group. For the purposes of this
      Condition: (i) any Energy Group Securities which have been
      unconditionally allotted shall be deemed to carry the voting rights
      they will carry upon being entered in the register of members of The
      Energy Group; (ii) the expression "Energy Group Securities to which the
      Offer relates" shall be construed in accordance with sections 428 to
      430F of the Companies Act; and (iii) valid acceptances shall be treated
      as having been received in respect of any Energy Group Shares which
      PacifiCorp Acquisitions shall, pursuant to section 429(8) of the
      Companies Act, be treated as having acquired or contracted to acquire
      by virtue of acceptances of the Offer; and
 
     (ii) if the 90 per cent. threshold shall have been satisfied before the
     Offer becomes or is declared unconditional in all respects, Condition
     (a)(i) remaining satisfied as at the time when the Offer becomes or is
     declared unconditional in all other respects, by reference to the facts
     then subsisting;
 
  (b) an announcement being made in terms reasonably satisfactory to
      PacifiCorp Acquisitions that it is not the intention of the Secretary
      of State for Trade and Industry to refer the Acquisition, or any
      matters arising from it, to the Monopolies and Mergers Commission;
 
  (c) the DGES indicating in terms reasonably satisfactory to PacifiCorp
      Acquisitions that it is not his intention to seek modifications to any
      of Eastern's licences under the Electricity Act 1989 (except on terms
      reasonably satisfactory to PacifiCorp Acquisitions);
 
  (d) the DGES indicating in terms reasonably satisfactory to PacifiCorp
      Acquisitions that he will not seek undertakings or assurances from any
      member of the PacifiCorp Acquisitions Group or the TEG Group (except on
      terms reasonably satisfactory to PacifiCorp Acquisitions) and that in
      connection with the Acquisition he will seek or agree to such
      modifications (if any) and such other consents and/or directions (if
      any) as are in the reasonable opinion of PacifiCorp Acquisitions
      necessary or appropriate with respect to the licences referred to in
      Condition (c);
 
  (e) the expiry or early termination of all applicable waiting periods under
      the US HSR Act;
 
  (f) PacifiCorp Acquisitions being reasonably satisfied that the acquisition
      of Energy Group Securities pursuant to the Offer will not subject
      PacifiCorp Acquisitions to regulation, or PacifiCorp Acquisitions will
      be exempt from regulation, under the US Public Utility Holding Company
      Act of 1935;
 
  (g) no final FERC order being in effect requiring FERC approval of the
      acquisition of Energy Group Securities pursuant to the Offer;
 
                                      I-1
<PAGE>
 
  (h) the Foreign Investment Review Board of Australia indicating on terms
      reasonably satisfactory to PacifiCorp Acquisitions that it has no
      objection to the Acquisition;
 
  (i) no relevant authority having intervened in a way which would be likely,
      or having failed to institute or implement any action the failure of
      which would be likely (to an extent which is, in the case of (i) to
      (iv) below, material in the context of the PacifiCorp Acquisitions
      Group or of the TEG Group or of the financing of the Offer):
 
      (i)   to require, prevent or delay the divestiture or materially alter the
            terms of any proposed divestiture by PacifiCorp Acquisitions or The
            Energy Group or any member of the PacifiCorp Acquisitions Group or
            the wider TEG Group of all or any portion of their respective
            businesses, assets or properties or impose any limitation on the
            ability of any of them to conduct any of their respective businesses
            or to own any of their respective assets or property or any part
            thereof;
 
      (ii)  to impose any limitation on the ability of any member of the
            PacifiCorp Acquisitions Group or the wider TEG Group to acquire, or
            to hold or to exercise effectively, directly or indirectly, any
            rights of ownership in respect of shares in, or management control
            over, any member of the wider TEG Group;

      (iii) otherwise adversely to affect the financial or trading position
            of any member of the PacifiCorp Acquisitions Group or the wider
            TEG Group;
 
      (iv)  to make the Offer or its implementation or the acquisition or the
            proposed acquisition of any Energy Group Shares or Energy Group
            ADSs or control of The Energy Group by any member of the
            PacifiCorp Acquisitions Group void, illegal, and/or unenforceable,
            or otherwise, directly or indirectly, restrain, restrict,
            prohibit, delay or otherwise interfere with the implementation
            thereof, or impose additional conditions or obligations with
            respect thereto, or otherwise challenge or hinder any thereof;
 
      (v)   to result in a delay in the ability of any member of the
            PacifiCorp Acquisitions Group, or render any such person unable,
            to acquire some or all of the Energy Group Shares or Energy Group
            ADSs or require or prevent or materially delay divestiture by any
            such person of any such securities; or
 
      (vi)  to require any member of the PacifiCorp Acquisitions Group or the
            wider TEG Group to offer to acquire any shares or other securities
            (or the equivalent) in any member of the wider TEG Group owned by
            any third party;
 
    and all applicable waiting and other time periods during which any
    relevant authority could, in respect of the Offer or the acquisition or
    proposed acquisition of any Energy Group Shares or Energy Group ADSs or
    control of The Energy Group by PacifiCorp Acquisitions, intervene
    having expired, lapsed or terminated;
 
  (j) all necessary filings having been made, all regulatory and statutory
      obligations having been complied with, all appropriate waiting periods
      under any applicable legislation or regulations of any jurisdiction
      having expired, lapsed or terminated in each case in respect of the
      Offer or the acquisition of any shares or other securities in, or
      control of, The Energy Group by any member of the PacifiCorp
      Acquisitions Group and all authorisations and determinations necessary
      or appropriate in any jurisdiction for or in respect of the Offer
      (including, without limitation, its implementation and financing) or
      proposed acquisition of any shares or other securities in, or control
      of, The Energy Group by any member of the PacifiCorp Acquisitions Group
      or in relation to the affairs of any member of the PacifiCorp
      Acquisitions Group or the wider TEG Group having been obtained in terms
      and in a form reasonably satisfactory to PacifiCorp Acquisitions from
      all relevant authorities or (without prejudice to the generality of the
      foregoing) from any persons or bodies with whom any member of the
      PacifiCorp Acquisitions Group or the wider TEG Group, as the case may
      be, has entered into contractual arrangements and such authorisations
      and determinations together with all material authorisations and
      determinations necessary or appropriate for any member of the
      PacifiCorp
 
                                      I-2
<PAGE>
 
     Acquisitions Group or the wider TEG Group to carry on a business which
     is material in the context of the PacifiCorp Acquisitions Group or the
     TEG Group as a whole or of the financing of the Offer remaining in full
     force and effect and all filings necessary for such purpose having been
     made and there being no notice or intimation of any intention to revoke
     or not to renew any of the same and all necessary statutory or
     regulatory obligations in all relevant jurisdictions having been
     complied with;
 
  (k) PacifiCorp Acquisitions not having discovered any provision of any
      agreement, arrangement, licence or other instrument to which any member
      of the wider TEG Group is a party or by or to which any member of the
      wider TEG Group or any part of its assets may be bound, entitled or
      subject which would be likely, as a result of the Offer, the proposed
      acquisition by PacifiCorp Acquisitions of any shares in, or change in
      the control or management of, The Energy Group or otherwise, to result
      in (to an extent which is material in the context of the PacifiCorp
      Acquisitions Group or the wider TEG Group as a whole or of the
      financing of the Offer):
 
    (i)   any moneys borrowed by or any other indebtedness, actual or
          contingent, of any member of the wider TEG Group being or becoming
          repayable or capable of being declared repayable immediately or prior
          to its stated maturity, or the ability of any such member to borrow
          moneys or incur any indebtedness being withdrawn or inhibited;
 
    (ii)  any such agreement, arrangement, licence or instrument being
          terminated or adversely modified or any obligation or liability
          arising or any action being taken or arising thereunder;
 
    (iii) the rights, liabilities, obligations or interests of any member of
          the wider TEG Group under any such arrangement, agreement, licence
          or instrument or the interests or business of any such member in
          or with any other person, firm, company or body (or any
          arrangements relating to any such interests or business) being
          terminated or adversely modified or affected;
 
    (iv)  any assets or interests of any such member being or becoming liable
          to be disposed of or charged, or any right arising under which any
          such asset or interest is required or is likely to be required to
          be disposed of or charged, in each case other than in the ordinary
          course of business;
 
    (v)   the creation of any mortgage, charge or other security interest
          over the whole or any part of the business, property or assets of
          any member of the wider TEG Group or any such security interest,
          whenever arising or having arisen, becoming enforceable;
 
    (vi)  the creation of liabilities for any member of the wider TEG Group
          other than in the ordinary course of business; or
 
    (vii) the financial or trading position of any member of the wider TEG
          Group being prejudiced or adversely affected;
 
  (l) PacifiCorp Acquisitions not having discovered, save as publicly
      announced in accordance with the Listing Rules prior to 13 June 1997,
      that any member of the wider TEG Group has, since 30 September 1996 to
      an extent which is material in the context of the TEG Group as a whole
      or of the financing of the Offer:
 
      (i)  save to any member of the TEG Group and, save for the issue of
           Energy Group Securities on the exercise of options granted under
           any of the Energy Group Share Schemes prior to 13 June 1997, issued
           or agreed to issue or authorised or proposed the issue of
           additional shares of any class, or of securities convertible into,
           or rights, warrants or options to subscribe for or acquire, any
           such shares or convertible securities or redeemed, purchased or
           reduced any part of its share capital;
 
      (ii) recommended, declared, paid or made or proposed to recommend,
           declare, pay or make any bonus, dividend or other distribution in
           respect of the share capital of The Energy Group (except a dividend
           of 5.5 pence (net) per Energy Group Share to be paid on 4 July
           1997);
 
                                      I-3
<PAGE>
 
    (iii)  merged with any body corporate or acquired or disposed of or
           transferred, mortgaged or charged or created any security interest
           over any assets or any right, title or interest in any assets
           (including shares and trade investments) or authorised or proposed or
           announced any intention to propose a merger, demerger, acquisition,
           disposal, transfer, mortgage, charge or security interest (in each
           case, other than in the ordinary course of business);
 
    (iv)   made or authorised or proposed or announced an intention to propose
           any change in its share or loan capital save for options granted
           under any of the Energy Group Share Schemes prior to 13 June 1997 and
           for any Energy Group Securities allotted upon exercise of such
           options;
 
    (v)    issued, authorised or proposed or announced an intention to
           propose the issue of any debentures or (save in the ordinary
           course of business) incurred or increased any indebtedness or
           contingent liability;
 
    (vi)   otherwise than in the ordinary course of business, entered into
           any contract, reconstruction, amalgamation, commitment or other
           transaction or arrangement or (save for changes in remuneration
           notified to PacifiCorp Acquisitions prior to 13 June 1997) changed
           the terms of any contract with any director of The Energy Group;
 
    (vii)  save in the ordinary course of business, entered into or varied
           any contract, transaction or commitment (whether in respect of
           capital expenditure or otherwise) which is of a long-term,
           onerous or unusual nature or magnitude or which involves or could
           involve an obligation of such a nature or magnitude;
 
    (viii) waived or compromised any claim otherwise than in the ordinary
           course of business;
 
    (ix)   taken any corporate action or had any order made for its winding-
           up, dissolution or reorganisation or for the appointment of a
           receiver, administrator, administrative receiver, trustee or
           similar officer of all or any of its assets or revenues; or
 
    (x)    entered into any contract, commitment, agreement or arrangement or
           passed any resolution with respect to, or announced an intention
           to, or to propose to effect, any of the transactions, matters or
           events referred to in this Condition;
 
  (m) since 30 September 1996, save as publicly announced in accordance with
      the Listing Rules prior to 13 June 1997, none of the following having
      occurred to an extent which is material in the context of the wider TEG
      Group as a whole or of the financing of the Offer:
 
    (i)    adverse change or deterioration in the business, assets, financial
           or trading position of any member of the wider TEG Group;
 
    (ii)   litigation or arbitration proceedings, prosecution or other legal
           proceedings having been instituted or threatened in writing by or
           against or remaining outstanding against any member of the wider TEG
           Group or to which any member of the wider TEG Group is a party
           (whether as plaintiff, defendant or otherwise) and any investigation
           by any relevant authority against, or in respect of any member of the
           wider TEG Group having been threatened in writing, announced or
           instituted or remaining outstanding by, against or in respect of any
           member of the wider TEG Group; and
 
    (iii)  a contingent or other liability of any member of the wider TEG
           Group having arisen which would be likely adversely to affect any
           member of the wider TEG Group;
 
  (n) PacifiCorp Acquisitions not having discovered:
 
    (i)    that any financial, business or other information which has been
           publicly disclosed at any time by or on behalf of any member of the
           wider TEG Group is materially misleading, contains a material
           misrepresentation of fact or omits to state a fact necessary to make
           the information contained therein not misleading and which in any
           such case is material in the context of the wider TEG Group taken as
           a whole or of the financing of the Offer; or

                                      I-4
<PAGE>
 
    (ii) that any member of the wider TEG Group was, at the date of the
         Energy Group Listing Particulars, or has, outside the ordinary
         course of business since that date, become subject to any
         liability (contingent or otherwise) which is not disclosed or
         referred to in the Energy Group Listing Particulars and which is
         material in the context of the wider TEG Group taken as a whole or
         of the financing of the Offer; and
 
  (o) save as disclosed or provided for in the Energy Group Listing
      Particulars or as otherwise publicly announced in accordance with the
      Listing Rules prior to 13 June 1997, PacifiCorp Acquisitions not having
      discovered:
 
    (i)  that any past or present member of the wider TEG Group has not
         complied with all applicable legislation or regulations of any
         jurisdiction with regard to the disposal, discharge, spillage,
         leak or emission of any waste or hazardous substance or any
         substance likely to impair the environment or harm human health,
         which non-compliance or any other disposal, discharge, spillage,
         leak or emission which has occurred would be likely to give rise
         to any liability (whether actual or contingent) on the part of any
         member of the wider TEG Group and which is material in the context
         of the wider TEG Group taken as a whole or of the financing of the
         Offer; or
 
    (ii) that there is, or is likely to be, any liability (whether actual
         or contingent) to make good, repair, reclaim, remediate, reinstate
         or clean up property now or previously owned, occupied or made use
         of by any past or present member of the wider TEG Group under any
         legislation, regulation, notice, circular or order of any relevant
         authority relating to the protection of or enhancement of the
         environment and which is material in the context of the wider TEG
         Group taken as a whole or of the financing of the Offer.
 
  For the purposes of these Conditions: (a) "relevant authority" means any
government, government department or governmental, quasi-governmental,
supranational, statutory or regulatory body, court, trade agency, professional
association or institution or environmental body in any jurisdiction; (b) a
relevant authority shall be regarded as having "intervened" if it has
instituted, implemented or threatened to take any action, proceedings, suit,
investigation or enquiry or reference, or made, enacted or proposed any
statute, regulation, decision or order and "intervene" shall be construed
accordingly; (c) "authorisations" mean authorisations, orders, grants,
recognitions, certifications, confirmations, consents, licences, clearances,
permissions and approvals; (d) the "wider TEG Group" means The Energy Group
and its subsidiary undertakings, associated undertakings and any other
undertakings in which The Energy Group and such undertakings (aggregating
their interests) have a substantial interest; and (e) the "PacifiCorp
Acquisitions Group" means PacifiCorp Holdings, Inc. and its subsidiary
undertakings, associated undertakings and any other undertaking in which
PacifiCorp Holdings, Inc. and such undertakings (aggregating their interests)
have a substantial interest and, for these purposes, "subsidiary undertaking",
"associated undertaking", "holding company" and "undertaking" have the
meanings given by the Companies Act (but for this purpose ignoring paragraph
20(1)(b) of Schedule 4A of the Companies Act) and "substantial interest" means
a direct or indirect interest in 20 per cent. or more of the equity capital of
an undertaking.
 
  PacifiCorp Acquisitions will not invoke either of Conditions (i) or (j) in
respect of actions taken by FERC or for the failure to obtain any approval
from FERC.
 
  PacifiCorp Acquisitions reserves the right to waive all or any of the above
Conditions, in whole or in part, except Condition (a). Conditions (b) to (o)
inclusive, if not, where applicable, waived, must be fulfilled or satisfied by
the Initial Closing Date. Subject thereto, if Condition (a)(i) is satisfied
prior to the Initial Closing Date, Conditions (b) to (o) inclusive if not,
where applicable, waived, must be fulfilled or satisfied, (i) if Condition
(a)(i) is satisfied at a level below the 90 per cent. threshold described in
Condition (a)(i), by the date on which Condition (a)(i) is so satisfied, or
(ii) if Condition (a)(i) is satisfied at a level at or above such 90 per cent.
threshold, by the end of the twenty-first day (or such later day as the Panel
may agree) after whichever is the later of the time of satisfaction of
Condition (a)(i) and 29 July 1997, but, subject thereto, PacifiCorp
Acquisitions shall be under no obligation to waive or treat as satisfied
 
                                      I-5
<PAGE>
 
any Condition by a date earlier than the latest date for the satisfaction
thereof, notwithstanding that the other Conditions may at such earlier date
have been waived or fulfilled and that there are at such earlier date no
circumstances indicating that any of such Conditions may not be capable of
fulfilment.
 
  If PacifiCorp Acquisitions is required by the Panel to make an offer for
Energy Group Securities under the provisions of Rule 9 of the City Code,
PacifiCorp Acquisitions may make such alterations to the above Conditions,
including Condition (a), as are necessary to comply with the provisions of
Rule 9.
 
  The Offer will lapse if the Acquisition is referred to the Monopolies and
Mergers Commission before the Initial Closing Date.
 
                                    PART B
 
FURTHER TERMS OF THE OFFER
 
  The following further terms apply, where the context permits, to the Offer.
 
1ACCEPTANCE PERIOD
 
(A) The Offer will initially be open until 3.00 p.m. (London time), 10.00 a.m.
    (New York City time) on 29 July 1997. PacifiCorp Acquisitions expressly
    reserves the right (but will not be obliged) at any time or from time to
    time to extend the Offer after the Initial Closing Date and, in such
    event, will make a public announcement of such extension in the manner
    described in paragraph 2 below and give oral or written notice of such
    extension to the UK Receiving Agent and the US Depositary. PacifiCorp
    Acquisitions may terminate any such extension (other than an extension
    required by the City Code or US federal securities laws and the rules and
    regulations thereunder) prior to its scheduled expiry if all Conditions
    have been satisfied or, where permitted, waived. If all Conditions have
    not been satisfied or, where permitted, waived by PacifiCorp Acquisitions
    by 3.00 p.m. (London time), 10.00 a.m. (New York City time) on the Initial
    Closing Date, PacifiCorp Acquisitions currently intends to extend the
    Offer until such time as all Conditions have been satisfied or, where
    permitted, waived. There can be no assurance, however, that PacifiCorp
    Acquisitions will, in such circumstances, extend the Offer and, if no such
    extension is made, the Offer will lapse on the Initial Closing Date and no
    Energy Group Securities will be purchased pursuant to the Offer.
 
(B) Although no revision is envisaged, if the Offer is revised, the Initial
    Offer Period will be extended, if necessary, for a period of at least 14
    calendar days from the date of posting of the revised Offer to holders of
    Energy Group Securities. Except with the consent of the Panel, no revision
    of the Offer may be made after 15 August 1997.
 
(C) The Initial Offer Period cannot (except with the consent of the Panel) be
    extended beyond midnight (London time), 7.00 p.m. (New York City time) on
    29 August 1997 (or any earlier time and/or date beyond which PacifiCorp
    Acquisitions has stated that the Offer will not be extended and in respect
    of which it has not withdrawn that statement). If all Conditions are not
    satisfied or, where permitted, waived at such time (taking account of any
    prescribed extension of the Initial Offer Period), the Offer will lapse in
    the absence of a competing bid and/or unless the Panel agrees otherwise.
    If the Offer lapses for any reason, the Offer shall cease to be capable of
    further acceptance and PacifiCorp Acquisitions and holders of Energy Group
    Securities shall cease to be bound by prior acceptances. PacifiCorp
    Acquisitions reserves the right, if appropriate, to seek the Panel's
    approval to extend the final date for expiry of the Initial Offer Period
    to 19 September 1997, or such later date as the Panel may agree. Except
    with the consent of the Panel, PacifiCorp Acquisitions may not, for the
    purposes of determining whether the Acceptance Condition has been
    satisfied, take into account acceptances or purchases of Energy Group
    Securities made after 1.00 p.m. (London time), 8.00 a.m. (New York City
    time) on 29 August 1997 (or any other time or date beyond which PacifiCorp
    Acquisitions has stated that
 
                                      I-6
<PAGE>
 
    the Offer will not be extended and in respect of which it has not
    withdrawn that statement) or such later time and/or date as PacifiCorp
    Acquisitions, with the permission of the Panel, may determine.
 
(D) If all Conditions are satisfied, fulfilled or, where applicable, waived
    and the Initial Offer Period expires, the Offer will remain open for
    acceptance for the Subsequent Offer Period of not less than 14 calendar
    days from the expiry of the Initial Offer Period. If it is stated that the
    Offer will remain open until further notice, then not less than 14
    calendar days' notice will be given prior to the closing of the Subsequent
    Offer Period.
 
(E) If a competitive situation arises after a no extension and/or a no
    increase statement has been made by or on behalf of PacifiCorp
    Acquisitions in relation to the Offer, PacifiCorp Acquisitions may, if it
    has specifically reserved the right to do so at the same time as such
    statement is made (or otherwise with the consent of the Panel), withdraw
    such statement and be free to extend the Offer if it announces such
    withdrawal within four Business Days after the announcement of the
    competing offer and gives notice to the holders of Energy Group Securities
    to that effect in writing or (in the case of holders of Energy Group
    Securities with registered addresses outside the United Kingdom or the
    United States or whom PacifiCorp Acquisitions knows to be nominees,
    trustees or custodians holding Energy Group Securities for such persons)
    by announcement in the United Kingdom and in the United States at the
    earliest opportunity. PacifiCorp Acquisitions may choose not to be bound
    by the terms of a no extension and/or a no increase statement if it would
    otherwise prevent the posting of an increased or improved Offer, (i) if it
    has reserved the right to do so, and the increased or improved Offer is
    recommended for acceptance by the board of directors of Energy Group or
    (ii) with the consent of the Panel.
 
(F) For the purposes of determining whether the Acceptance Condition has been
    satisfied, PacifiCorp Acquisitions will not be bound (unless otherwise
    required by the Panel) to take into account any Energy Group Securities
    which have been issued or unconditionally allotted, or which arise as the
    result of the exercise of conversion rights, before that determination
    takes place, unless written notice containing relevant details of the
    allotment, issue or conversion has been received from The Energy Group or
    its agents before that time by PacifiCorp Acquisitions or Independent
    Registrars Group Limited or Continental Stock Transfer & Trust Company on
    behalf of PacifiCorp Acquisitions at one of the addresses specified at the
    end of this document. Notification by telex or facsimile or other
    electronic transmissions will not be sufficient.
 
(G) In accordance with an SEC exemptive order received by PacifiCorp
    Acquisitions, at least five Business Days prior to any reduction in the
    percentage of Energy Group Securities required to satisfy the Acceptance
    Condition, PacifiCorp Acquisitions will announce that it has reserved the
    right so to reduce the Acceptance Condition. PacifiCorp Acquisitions will
    not make such an announcement unless PacifiCorp Acquisitions believes there
    is a significant possibility that sufficient Energy Group Securities will be
    tendered to permit the Acceptance Condition to be satisfied at such reduced
    level. Holders of Energy Group Securities who are not willing to accept the
    Offer if the Acceptance Condition is reduced to the minimum permitted level
    should either not accept the Offer until the Subsequent Offer Period or be
    prepared to withdraw their acceptance promptly following an announcement by
    PacifiCorp Acquisitions of its reservation of the right to reduce the
    Acceptance Condition.

2  ANNOUNCEMENTS
 
(A) Without prejudice to paragraph 3 ("Rights of withdrawal") below, by 8.30
    a.m. (London time) in the United Kingdom and 8.30 a.m. (New York City
    time) in the United States on the Business Day (the "relevant day") next
    following the day on which the Offer is due to expire or on which all
    Conditions become or are declared to have been satisfied, fulfilled or,
    where applicable, waived or on which the Offer is revised or extended (or
    such later time and/or date as the Panel may agree), PacifiCorp
    Acquisitions will make an appropriate announcement and inform the
 
                                      I-7
<PAGE>
 
    London Stock Exchange and the Dow Jones News Service, respectively of the
    Offer. Such announcements will (unless otherwise permitted by the Panel)
    also state the total number of Energy Group Securities and rights over
    Energy Group Securities (as nearly as practicable):
 
   (i)  for which acceptances of the Offer have been received (showing the
        extent, if any, to which such acceptances have been received from
        persons acting or deemed to be in concert with PacifiCorp
        Acquisitions);
 
   (ii)  acquired or agreed to be acquired by or on behalf of PacifiCorp
         Acquisitions and any person acting or deemed to be in concert with
         PacifiCorp Acquisitions;
 
   (iii)  held prior to the Initial Offer Period by or on behalf of
          PacifiCorp Acquisitions and any persons acting or deemed to be in
          concert with it; and
 
   (iv)  for which acceptances of the Offer have been received from persons
         acting in concert with PacifiCorp Acquisitions;
 
   and will specify the percentages of Energy Group Securities represented by
   each of these figures.
 
   In computing the numbers of Energy Group Securities represented by
   acceptances and/or purchases for the above purposes, only those
   acceptances and/or purchases permitted to be counted towards fulfilling
   the Acceptance Condition in accordance with paragraph 12 ("Certain
   provisions concerning acceptances") below shall be included in the totals.
 
(B) Any decision to extend the Initial Offer Period may be made at any time up
    to, and will be announced not later than, 8.30 a.m. (London time) in the
    United Kingdom and 8.30 a.m. (New York City time) in the United States on
    the relevant day (or such later time and/or date as the Panel may agree)
    and the announcement will state the next expiry date of the Initial Offer
    Period.
 
(C) References to the making of an announcement by or on behalf of PacifiCorp
    Acquisitions include the release of an announcement by PacifiCorp
    Acquisitions, by public relations consultants retained by PacifiCorp
    Acquisitions, or by Goldman Sachs International, to the press and the
    delivery by hand or telephone, facsimile or telex transmission or other
    electronic transmission of an announcement to the London Stock Exchange
    and the Dow Jones News Service. An announcement made otherwise than to the
    London Stock Exchange will be notified simultaneously to the London Stock
    Exchange.
 
(D) Without limiting the manner in which PacifiCorp Acquisitions may choose to
    make any public announcement and, subject to PacifiCorp Acquisitions'
    obligations under applicable law (including Rules 14(d)-4(c) and 14d-6(d)
    under the Exchange Act relating to PacifiCorp Acquisitions' obligation to
    disseminate promptly public announcements concerning material changes to
    the Offer), PacifiCorp Acquisitions will have no obligation to publish,
    advertise or otherwise communicate any such public announcement other than
    by making a release to the London Stock Exchange and the Dow Jones News
    Service.
 
3 RIGHTS OF WITHDRAWAL
 
(A) Except as otherwise provided in this paragraph, tenders of Energy Group
    Securities and elections are irrevocable. Energy Group Securities tendered
    pursuant to the Offer may be withdrawn pursuant to the procedures set out
    below at any time during the Initial Offer Period and in certain other
    circumstances described below. Energy Group Securities tendered during the
    Initial Offer Period and not validly withdrawn prior to the Initial
    Closing Date, and Energy Group Securities tendered during the Subsequent
    Offer Period, may not be withdrawn. Holders of Energy Group Securities
    will not have withdrawal rights during the Subsequent Offer Period, except
    in certain limited circumstances described below.
 
 
                                      I-8
<PAGE>
 
(B) If PacifiCorp Acquisitions, having announced that the Acceptance Condition
    has been satisfied, fails by 3.30 p.m. (London time), 10.30 a.m. (New York
    City time) on the relevant day (or such later time or date as the Panel
    may agree) to comply with any of the relevant requirements relating to the
    Offer specified in paragraph 2(a) of this Part B of Appendix I above, an
    accepting holder of Energy Group Securities may immediately after that
    time withdraw his acceptance of the Offer by written notice given by post
    or by hand to New Issues Department, Independent Registrars Group Limited,
    PO Box 166, Bourne House, 34 Beckenham Road, Beckenham, Kent BR3 4TH
    receiving such notice on behalf of PacifiCorp Acquisitions. This right of
    withdrawal may be terminated not less than eight days after the relevant
    day by PacifiCorp Acquisitions confirming, if that be the case, that the
    Offer is still unconditional and complying with the other relevant
    requirements relating to the Offer specified in paragraph 2(a) of this
    Part B of Appendix I above. If any such confirmation is given, the first
    period of 14 days referred to in paragraph 1(b) of this Part B of Appendix
    I above will run from the date of that confirmation and compliance.
 
(C) If a no extension and/or a no increase statement is withdrawn in
    accordance with paragraph 1(e) of this Part B of Appendix I above, any
    acceptance of the Offer made after the date of that statement may be
    withdrawn thereafter in the manner referred to in paragraph 3(b) of this
    Part B of Appendix I above, for a period of eight days following the date
    on which the notice of the withdrawal of such statement is posted to
    holders of Energy Group Securities.
 
(D) To be effective, a written notice of withdrawal must be received on a
    timely basis by the party (either the UK Receiving Agent or the US
    Depositary) to whom the Acceptance Form was originally sent and must
    specify the name of the person who has tendered the Energy Group
    Securities, the number of Energy Group Securities to be withdrawn and (if
    certificates have been tendered) the name of the registered holder of the
    relevant Energy Group Securities, if different from the name of the person
    who tendered such Energy Group Securities.
 
(E) In respect of Energy Group ADSs, if Energy Group ADRs have been delivered
    or otherwise identified to the US Depositary, then, prior to the physical
    release of such Energy Group ADRs, the serial numbers shown on such Energy
    Group ADRs must be submitted and, unless the Energy Group ADSs evidenced
    by such Energy Group ADRs have been tendered by an Eligible Institution or
    by means of a Letter of Transmittal, the signatures on the notice of
    withdrawal must be guaranteed by an Eligible Institution. If interests in
    Energy Group ADSs evidenced by Energy Group ADRs, have been delivered
    pursuant to the procedures for book-entry transfer set out in paragraph 9
    of this Part B of Appendix I below, any notice of withdrawal must also
    specify the name and number of the account at the appropriate Book-Entry
    Transfer Facility to be credited with the withdrawn Energy Group ADSs and
    must otherwise comply with such Book-Entry Transfer Facility's procedures.
 
(E) Withdrawals of tendered Energy Group Securities may not be rescinded
    (without PacifiCorp Acquisitions' consent) and any Energy Group Securities
    properly withdrawn and not properly retendered will thereafter be deemed
    not validly tendered for the purposes of the Offer. Withdrawn Energy Group
    Securities may be subsequently re-tendered, however, by following one of
    the procedures described in either paragraph 9 or paragraph 10 of this
    Part B of Appendix I below, as the case may be, at any time whilst the
    Offer remains open.
 
(F) All questions as to the validity (including time of receipt) of any notice
    of withdrawal will be determined by PacifiCorp Acquisitions, whose
    determination (except as required by the Panel) will be final and binding.
    None of PacifiCorp Acquisitions, The Energy Group, Goldman Sachs
    International, the US Depositary, the UK Receiving Agent or any other
    person will be under any duty to give notification of any defects or
    irregularities in any notice of withdrawal or incur any liability for
    failure to give such notification.
 
 
                                      I-9
<PAGE>
 
4 THE LOAN NOTE ALTERNATIVE
 
(A) The Loan Note Alternative is conditional upon all Conditions becoming or
    being declared satisfied, fulfilled or, where permitted, waived.
 
(B) No election for the Loan Note Alternative will be valid unless both a
    valid acceptance of the Offer and a valid election for the Loan Note
    Alternative, duly completed in all respects and accompanied by, if
    appropriate, all relevant share certificates and/or other document(s) of
    title, are duly received by the time and date on which the Loan Note
    Alternative closes.
 
(C) If any acceptance of the Offer which includes an election for the Loan
    Note Alternative is not, and is not deemed to be, valid or complete in all
    respects at such time, such election shall for all purposes be void and
    the holder(s) of Energy Group Shares purporting to make such election
    shall not, for any purpose, be entitled to receive the Loan Note
    Alternative, but any such acceptance which is otherwise valid shall be
    deemed to be an acceptance of the Offer (without the Loan Note
    Alternative) for the number of Energy Group Shares which are the subject
    of the acceptance and the holder(s) of Energy Group Shares will, on the
    Offer becoming unconditional in all respects, be entitled to receive the
    cash consideration due under the Offer.
 
(D) The Loan Note Alternative will remain open for acceptance for as long as
    the Offer remains open for acceptance.
 
(E) The Loan Note Alternative is not available to any holder of Energy Group
    Securities who is a citizen or resident of the United States.
 
5 EFFECT OF ELECTIONS
 
(A) The insertion of a number in Box 2 on the Form of Acceptance shall,
    subject to the other terms of the Offer, be treated in respect of the
    relevant number of Energy Group Shares as an election for the Loan Note
    Alternative described in paragraph 4 of this Part B of Appendix I above.
 
(B) An election will not be valid unless the Form of Acceptance is completed
    correctly in all respects and is received in accordance with paragraph 10
    ("Procedures for tendering Energy Group Shares") below.
 
(C) To allow PacifiCorp Acquisitions to pay interest on the Loan Notes without
    withholding US income tax, beneficial owners of Loan Notes must certify
    that they are not US persons for purposes of US federal income tax laws
    (see paragraph 15(b) of Appendix V below).
 
6 REVISIONS OF THE OFFER AND/OR THE LOAN NOTE ALTERNATIVE
 
(A) Although no revision of the Offer is envisaged, if the Offer (in its
    original or any previously revised form(s)) is revised (either in its
    terms or Conditions or in the value or form of the consideration offered
    or otherwise) and any such revision represents, on the date on which such
    revision is announced (on such basis as Goldman Sachs International may
    consider appropriate) an improvement (or no diminution) in the value of
    the consideration under the Offer as so revised compared with the value of
    the consideration previously offered, the benefit of the revised Offer
    will, subject as provided in this paragraph 6 below, be made available to
    holders of Energy Group Securities who have accepted the Offer in its
    original or any previously revised form(s) and not validly withdrawn such
    acceptance (hereinafter called a "Previous Acceptor"). The acceptance by
    or on behalf of a Previous Acceptor of the Offer in its original or any
    previously revised form(s) shall, subject as provided in this paragraph 6
    and in paragraph 9 or paragraph 10 of Part B of this Appendix I below, be
    deemed to be an acceptance of the Offer as so revised and shall constitute
    the appointment of any director of PacifiCorp Acquisitions or of Goldman
    Sachs International as his attorney and/or agent with authority to accept
    any such revised Offer on behalf of such Previous Acceptor and to make
    such elections as those made by the Previous Acceptor in relation to the
    Offer in the Acceptance Form previously executed by him or on his behalf
    and to execute on behalf of and in the name of such Previous Acceptor all
    such further documents and take such further actions (if any) as may be
    required to give effect to such acceptances and/or elections. In making
    any such acceptance or making any such election, the attorney and/or agent
    will take into account the nature of any previous acceptances and/or
 
                                     I-10
<PAGE>
 
    elections made by or on behalf of the Previous Acceptor and such other
    facts or matters as he may reasonably consider relevant.
 
(B) The authorities conferred by paragraph 6(a) of Part B of this Appendix I
    above shall not be exercised by any director of PacifiCorp Acquisitions or
    of Goldman Sachs International, as the case may be, if, as a result
    thereof, the Previous Acceptor would thereby receive less in cash than he
    would have received as a result of his acceptance of the Offer (in its
    original or any previously revised form(s)) in the form in which it was
    originally accepted by him and the exercise of the powers of attorney so
    conferred by paragraph 6(a) of Part B of this Appendix I above of any such
    Previous Acceptor shall be ineffective to the extent that such Previous
    Acceptor shall lodge, within 14 calendar days of the posting of the
    document pursuant to which the improved consideration referred to in
    paragraph 6(a) of Part B of this Appendix I above is made available to
    holders of Energy Group Securities, an Acceptance Form validly accepting
    the Offer in which he validly elects to receive the consideration
    receivable by him in some other manner than that set out in his original
    acceptance.
 
(C) PacifiCorp Acquisitions reserves the right (subject to paragraph 6(a) of
    this Part B of this Appendix I above) to treat an executed Acceptance Form
    relating to the Offer (in its original or any previously revised form(s))
    which is received (or dated) after the announcement or issue of the Offer
    in any revised form as a valid acceptance and/or election of the revised
    Offer and such acceptance shall constitute an authority in the terms of
    paragraph 6(a) of Part B of this Appendix I above, mutatis mutandis, on
    behalf of the relevant holder of Energy Group Securities.
 
7GENERAL
 
(A) If the Offer lapses, pursuant to the City Code, neither PacifiCorp
    Acquisitions nor any person acting or deemed to be acting in concert with
    PacifiCorp Acquisitions for the purpose of the Offer nor any of their
    respective affiliates may make an offer (whether inside or outside the
    United Kingdom) for Energy Group Securities for a period of one year
    following the date of such lapse, except with the permission of the Panel.
 
(B) Except with the consent of the Panel, settlement of the consideration to
    which any holder of Energy Group Securities is entitled under the Offer
    will be implemented in full in accordance with the terms of the Offer
    without regard to any lien, right of set-off, counterclaim or other
    analogous right to which PacifiCorp Acquisitions may otherwise be, or
    claim to be, entitled as against such holder of Energy Group Securities.
    Consideration due to a holder of Energy Group Securities who validly
    accepts the Offer will (except with the consent of the Panel) be
    despatched not later than 14 calendar days after the later of the Initial
    Closing Date and the date of receipt of a valid and complete acceptance
    from such holder of Energy Group Securities. Cash consideration will be
    settled as described in paragraph 14 ("Settlement") below.
 
(C) Any omission or failure to despatch this document, the Acceptance Form,
    any other document relating to the Offer and/or any notice required to be
    despatched under the terms of the Offer to, or any failure to receive the
    same by, any person to whom the Offer is made or should be made shall not
    invalidate the Offer in any way. Subject to the provisions of paragraph 8
    ("Overseas shareholders") below, the Offer extends to any such persons to
    whom this document, the Acceptance Form, and/or any related offering
    document may not have been despatched or who may not receive such
    documents and such persons may collect copies of those documents from
    Goldman Sachs International.
 
(D) All powers of attorney, appointment of agents and authorities on the terms
    conferred by or referred to in this Appendix I or in the Acceptance Form
    are given by way of security for the performance of the obligations of the
    holder of Energy Group Securities concerned and are irrevocable in
    accordance with section 4 of the Powers of Attorney Act 1971, except in
    the circumstances where the donor of such power of attorney or authority
    is entitled to withdraw his acceptance in accordance with paragraph 3
    "Rights of withdrawal" above and duly does so.
 
                                     I-11
<PAGE>
 
(E) If all Conditions are satisfied, fulfilled or, where permitted, waived and
    PacifiCorp Acquisitions acquires or contracts to acquire, pursuant to the
    Offer or otherwise, at least 90 per cent. in value of the Energy Group
    Securities to which the Offer relates before the end of the period of four
    months beginning with the date of the Offer, it will be entitled to and
    intends to acquire the remaining Energy Group Shares on the same terms as
    the Offer pursuant to and subject to sections 428 to 430F (inclusive) of
    the Companies Act.
 
    If all Conditions are satisfied, fulfilled or, where permitted, waived and
    PacifiCorp Acquisitions acquires or contracts to acquire, pursuant to the
    Offer or otherwise, Energy Group Securities giving it more than 75 per
    cent. of voting rights at general meetings of The Energy Group, but
    PacifiCorp Acquisitions is not in a position to effect the compulsory
    acquisition of all outstanding Energy Group Securities in accordance with
    the relevant procedures and time limits of the Companies Act referred to
    above, PacifiCorp Acquisitions intends to seek to procure the making of an
    application by The Energy Group to the London Stock Exchange for Energy
    Group Shares to be delisted and the making of an application by The Energy
    Group to the New York Stock Exchange for Energy Group ADSs to be delisted.
    PacifiCorp Acquisitions further intends that, subject to the London Stock
    Exchange delisting taking place, it will seek to procure the transfer of
    Peabody's US coal operations (except Lee Ranch Coal Company) to PacifiCorp
    Acquisitions' fellow subsidiary, Powercoal, and to procure the giving of
    financial assistance by members of the TEG Group to PacifiCorp
    Acquisitions and other members of the PacifiCorp Group, subject to
    compliance, where necessary, with the "whitewash" procedures set out in
    sections 155 to 158 of the Companies Act. For further details, see
    paragraph 10 of Appendix V ("Financing arrangements") below.
 
(F) PacifiCorp Acquisitions and Goldman Sachs International reserve the right
    to notify any matter, including the making of the Offer, to all or any
    holders of Energy Group Securities with a registered address outside the
    United Kingdom and the United States, or whom PacifiCorp Acquisitions
    knows to be a custodian, trustee or nominee holding Energy Group
    Securities for persons in Canada, Australia or Japan, by announcement in
    the United Kingdom to the London Stock Exchange and in the United States
    to the Dow Jones News Service or in any other appropriate manner, or by
    paid advertisement in a newspaper published and circulated in the United
    Kingdom and the United States, in which event such notice will be deemed
    to have been sufficiently given, notwithstanding any failure by any such
    holders of Energy Group Securities to receive or see such notice. All
    references in this document to notice in writing by or on behalf of
    PacifiCorp Acquisitions will be construed accordingly. No such document
    will be sent to an address in Canada, Australia or Japan.
 
(G) The Offer is being extended by means of an advertisement to be inserted in
    the Financial Times (United Kingdom version only) on 30 June 1997 to all
    persons to whom this document or an Acceptance Form may not be despatched
    (or by whom such documents may not be received) who hold or are entitled
    to have allotted or issued to them Energy Group Securities.
 
(H) The terms, provisions, instructions and authorities contained in the Form
    of Acceptance constitute part of the terms of the Offer. Words and
    expressions defined in this document have the same meanings when used in
    the Form of Acceptance, unless the context otherwise requires.
 
(I) References to a holder of Energy Group Securities include references to
    the person or persons executing any Acceptance Form and in the event of
    more than one person executing an Acceptance Form, such references will
    apply to them jointly and severally.
 
8OVERSEAS SHAREHOLDERS
 
(A) The making of the Offer in, or to certain persons who are citizens,
    residents or nationals of, jurisdictions outside the United Kingdom or
    United States (and the availability of Loan Notes to
 
                                     I-12
<PAGE>
 
    such persons and citizens or residents of the United States) may be
    prohibited or affected by the laws of the relevant overseas jurisdiction.
    Holders of Energy Group Securities who are citizens, residents or
    nationals of jurisdictions outside the United Kingdom and the United
    States (and, in the case of Loan Notes, the United Kingdom only) should
    inform themselves about and observe any applicable legal requirements. It
    is the responsibility of any such holder of Energy Group Securities
    wishing to accept the Offer or the Loan Note Alternative to satisfy
    himself as to the full observance of the laws of the relevant jurisdiction
    in connection therewith, including the obtaining of any governmental,
    exchange control or other consents which may be required, compliance with
    other necessary formalities and the payment of any issue, transfer or
    other taxes or duties in such jurisdiction. Any such holder of Energy
    Group Securities will also be responsible for payment of any issue,
    transfer or other taxes or duties or other requisite payments due in such
    jurisdiction by whomsoever payable and PacifiCorp Acquisitions and Goldman
    Sachs International and any person acting on their behalf shall be
    entitled to be fully indemnified and held harmless by such holder of
    Energy Group Securities for any issue, transfer or other taxes or duties
    as PacifiCorp Acquisitions and Goldman Sachs International or such person
    may be required to pay.
 
(B) In particular, the Offer is not being made, directly or indirectly, in or
    into Canada, Australia or Japan, or by use of the mails or any means or
    instrumentality (including, without limitation, facsimile transmission,
    telex or telephone) of interstate or foreign commerce of, or any
    facilities of a national securities exchange of, any of these
    jurisdictions. Accordingly, copies of this document, the Acceptance Form
    and any related offer documents are not being mailed or otherwise
    distributed or sent in or into Canada, Australia or Japan. Persons
    receiving such documents (including, without limitation, custodians,
    nominees and trustees) must not distribute, send or mail them in, into or
    from Canada, Australia or Japan or use any such means, instrumentality or
    facilities in connection with the Offer, and doing so may render invalid
    any related purported acceptance of the Offer. Persons wishing to accept
    the Offer must not use the Canadian, Australian or Japanese mails or any
    such means, instrumentality or facilities for any purpose directly or
    indirectly related to acceptance of the Offer. Envelopes containing the
    Acceptance Form must not be postmarked in Canada, Australia or Japan or
    otherwise despatched from these jurisdictions and all acceptors must
    provide addresses outside Canada, Australia and Japan for the receipt of
    the consideration to which they are entitled under the Offer and which is
    despatched by post or for the return of the Acceptance Form and (in
    relation to Energy Group Shares in certificated form) any Energy Group
    Share certificate(s) and/or other document(s) of title.
 
(C) The provisions of this paragraph 8 and/or other terms of the Offer
    relating to overseas holders of Energy Group Securities may be waived,
    varied or modified as regards specific holders of Energy Group Securities
    or on a general basis by PacifiCorp Acquisitions in its absolute
    discretion. References in this paragraph 8 to holders of Energy Group
    Securities shall include references to the person or persons executing an
    Acceptance Form and, in the event of more than one person executing an
    Acceptance Form, the provisions of this paragraph 8 shall apply to them
    jointly and severally.
 
(D) The Loan Notes to be issued pursuant to the Loan Note Alternative have not
    been, and will not be, registered under the Securities Act or under any
    relevant securities law of any state or district of the United States and
    will not be the subject of a prospectus under the securities laws of any
    province of Canada. In addition, no steps have been taken, or will be
    taken, to enable the Loan Notes to be offered in Japan in compliance with
    applicable securities laws of Japan and no prospectus in relation to the
    Loan Notes has been, or will be, lodged with or registered by the
    Australian Securities Commission, nor will the Loan Notes be registered
    under any relevant securities laws of any other country. PacifiCorp
    Acquisitions will not authorise the delivery of any document(s) of title
    in respect of any Loan Notes falling to be allotted pursuant to the Offer
    to any address in the United States, Canada, Australia or Japan or to any
    person who is, or whom PacifiCorp Acquisitions has reason to believe is, a
    citizen or resident of the United States or a
 
                                     I-13
<PAGE>
 
    person in Canada, Australia or Japan or who, by completing Box 8 of the
    Form of Acceptance or otherwise, does not give the warranty set out in
    paragraph 11(l) of this Part B of Appendix I. Any holder of Energy Group
    Securities accepting the Offer who is a citizen or resident of the United
    States or a person in Canada, Australia or Japan or who does not give such
    warranty shall be deemed not to have accepted the Loan Note Alternative.
 
9PROCEDURES FOR TENDERING ENERGY GROUP ADSS
 
(A) If you are a holder of Energy Group ADSs evidenced by Energy Group ADRs,
    you will have also received a Letter of Transmittal and Notice of
    Guaranteed Delivery for use in connection with the Offer. This section
    should be read together with the instructions on the Letter of Transmittal.
    The provisions of this section shall be deemed to be incorporated in, and
    form a part of, the relevant Letter of Transmittal. The instructions
    printed on the relevant Letter of Transmittal shall be deemed to form part
    of the terms of the Offer.
 
(B) For a holder of Energy Group ADSs evidenced by Energy Group ADRs to tender
    such Energy Group ADSs validly pursuant to the Offer, either:
 
   (i) a properly completed and duly executed Letter of Transmittal, together
       with any required signature guarantees and any other required
       documents, must be received by the US Depositary at one of its
       addresses set forth on the back cover of this document and the Energy
       Group ADRs evidencing such Energy Group ADSs must be either received
       by the US Depositary at one of such addresses or delivered pursuant to
       the procedures for book-entry transfers set out below (and a
       confirmation of receipt of such transfer received by the US
       Depositary); or
 
   (ii) such holder must comply with the "Guaranteed Delivery Procedures" (as
        set forth in paragraph 9(h) below).
 
   The Offer in respect of Energy Group ADSs evidenced by Energy Group ADRs
   shall be validly accepted by delivery of a Letter of Transmittal, the
   relevant Energy Group ADRs evidencing Energy Group ADSs and other required
   documents to the US Depositary by holders of Energy Group ADSs (without
   any further action by the US Depositary), subject to the terms and
   Conditions set out in the Letter of Transmittal. The acceptance of the
   Offer by a tendering holder of Energy Group ADSs evidenced by Energy Group
   ADRs pursuant to the procedures described above, subject to the withdrawal
   rights described below, will be deemed to constitute a binding agreement
   between such tendering holder of Energy Group ADSs and PacifiCorp
   Acquisitions upon the terms and subject to the Conditions of the Offer. IF
   AN ENERGY GROUP ADR EVIDENCING AN ENERGY GROUP ADS HAS BEEN TENDERED BY A
   HOLDER OF ENERGY GROUP ADSS, THE ENERGY GROUP SHARES REPRESENTED BY SUCH
   ENERGY GROUP ADSS MAY NOT BE TENDERED INDEPENDENTLY. A LETTER OF
   TRANSMITTAL AND OTHER REQUIRED DOCUMENTS CONTAINED IN AN ENVELOPE
   POSTMARKED IN CANADA, JAPAN OR AUSTRALIA OR OTHERWISE APPEARING TO
   PACIFICORP ACQUISITIONS OR ITS AGENTS TO HAVE BEEN SENT FROM CANADA, JAPAN
   OR AUSTRALIA WILL NOT CONSTITUTE A VALID ACCEPTANCE OF THE OFFER.
 
(C) BOOK-ENTRY TRANSFER
 
   The US Depositary will establish an account at the Book-Entry Transfer
   Facilities with respect to interests in Energy Group ADSs evidenced by
   Energy Group ADRs held in book-entry form for the purposes of the Offer
   within two Business Days from the date of this document. Any financial
   institution that is a participant in any of the Book-Entry Transfer
   Facility's systems may make book-entry delivery of interests in Energy
   Group ADSs by causing a Book-Entry Transfer Facility to transfer such
   interests in Energy Group ADSs into the US Depositary's account at such
   Book-Entry Transfer Facility in accordance with that Book-Entry Transfer
   Facility's procedure for such transfer. Although delivery of interests in
   Energy Group ADSs evidenced by Energy Group ADRs
 
                                      I-14
<PAGE>
 
   may be effected through book-entry transfer into the US Depositary's
   account at a Book-Entry Transfer Facility, either:
 
   (i) the Letter of Transmittal, properly completed and duly executed,
       together with any required signature guarantees; or
 
   (ii) an Agent's Message (as defined below),
 
   and, in either case, any other required documents must in any case be
   transmitted to, and received by, the US Depositary at one of its addresses
   set forth on the back cover of this document before Energy Group ADSs
   evidenced by Energy Group ADRs will be either counted as a valid
   acceptance, or purchased, or such holder must comply with the Guarantee
   Delivery Procedures described below. The term "Agent's Message" means a
   message transmitted by a Book-Entry Transfer Facility to, and received by,
   the US Depositary and forming a part of a Book-Entry Confirmation that
   states that such Book-Entry Transfer Facility has received an express
   acknowledgment from the participant in such Book-Entry Transfer Facility
   tendering the interests in Energy Group ADSs that such participant has
   received and agrees to be bound by the terms of the Letter of Transmittal
   and that PacifiCorp Acquisitions may enforce such agreement against the
   participant. Delivery of documents to a Book-Entry Transfer Facility does
   not constitute delivery to the US Depositary.
 
(D) METHOD OF DELIVERY
 
   The method of delivery of Energy Group ADRs, the Letters of Transmittal
   and all other required documents is at the option and risk of the
   tendering holder of Energy Group ADSs. Energy Group ADSs will be deemed
   delivered only when the Energy Group ADRs representing such Energy Group
   ADSs are actually received by the US Depositary (including in the case of
   a book-entry transfer, by Book-Entry Confirmation). If delivery is by
   mail, registered mail with return receipt requested, properly insured, is
   recommended. In all cases, sufficient time should be allowed to ensure
   timely delivery. No acknowledgment of receipt of any Letter of Transmittal
   or other required documents will be given by, or on behalf of, PacifiCorp
   Acquisitions.
 
(E) SIGNATURE GUARANTEES
 
   No signature guarantee is required on the Letter of Transmittal if:
 
   (i) the Letter of Transmittal is signed by the registered holder of the
       Energy Group ADSs tendered therewith and such registered holder has
       not completed either the Box entitled "Special Payment Instructions"
       or the Box entitled "Special Delivery Instructions" in the Letter of
       Transmittal; or
 
   (ii) such Energy Group ADSs are tendered for the account of an Eligible
        Institution.
 
   In all other cases all signatures on Letters of Transmittal must be
   guaranteed by an Eligible Institution. See Instruction 1 on the Letter of
   Transmittal.
 
(F) ENERGY GROUP ADSS AND ADRS
 
   If the Energy Group ADSs are registered in the name of a person other than
   the person who signs the Letter of Transmittal, then the tendered Energy
   Group ADRs must be endorsed or accompanied by appropriate stock powers,
   signed exactly as the name or names of the registered owner or owners
   appear on the Energy Group ADRs, with the signatures on the Energy Group
   ADRs or stock powers guaranteed as aforesaid. See Instructions 1 and 5 on
   the Letter of Transmittal.
 
(G) PARTIAL ACCEPTANCES
 
   If fewer than all of the Energy Group ADSs evidenced by any Energy Group
   ADRs delivered to the US Depositary are to be tendered, the holder thereof
   should so indicate in the Letter of Transmittal by filling in the number
   of Energy Group ADSs which are to be tendered in the box
 
                                     I-15
<PAGE>
 
   entitled "Number of Energy Group ADSs Tendered." In such case, a new
   Energy Group ADR for the remainder of the Energy Group ADSs represented by
   the former Energy Group ADR will be sent to the person(s) signing such
   Letter of Transmittal (or delivered as such person properly indicates
   thereon) as promptly as practicable following the date the tendered Energy
   Group ADSs are purchased. All Energy Group ADSs delivered to the US
   Depositary will be deemed to have been tendered unless otherwise
   indicated. See Instruction 4 to the Letter of Transmittal. In the case of
   partial tenders, Energy Group ADSs not tendered will not be reissued to a
   person other than the registered holder.
 
(H) GUARANTEED DELIVERY
 
   (i) If a holder of Energy Group ADSs evidenced by Energy Group ADRs
       desires to tender Energy Group ADSs pursuant to the Offer and the
       Energy Group ADRs evidencing such Energy Group ADSs are not
       immediately available or the procedures for book-entry transfer
       cannot be completed on a timely basis, or if time will not permit all
       required documents to reach the US Depositary prior to the expiry of
       the Subsequent Offer Period, such holder's tender of Energy Group
       ADSs may be effected if all the following conditions are met (the
       "Guaranteed Delivery Procedures"):
 
     (aa) such tender is made by or through an Eligible Institution;
 
     (bb) a properly completed and duly executed Notice of Guaranteed
          Delivery substantially in the form provided by PacifiCorp
          Acquisitions is received by the US Depositary, as provided below,
          prior to the expiry of the Subsequent Offer Period; and
 
     (cc) the Energy Group ADRs evidencing all tendered Energy Group ADSs
          (or, in the case of interests in Energy Group ADSs held in book-
          entry form, timely confirmation of the book-entry transfer of
          such interests in Energy Group ADSs into the US Depositary's
          account at a Book-Entry Transfer Facility as described above),
          together with a properly completed and duly executed Letter of
          Transmittal with any required signature guarantees and any other
          documents required by the Letter of Transmittal, are received by
          the US Depositary within three Business Days after the date of
          execution of such Notice of Guaranteed Delivery.
 
   (ii) The Notice of Guaranteed Delivery may be delivered by hand or mailed
        to the US Depositary and must include a signature guarantee by an
        Eligible Institution in the form set out in such Notice of
        Guaranteed Delivery.
 
   (iii) Receipt of a Notice of Guaranteed Delivery will not be treated as a
         valid acceptance for the purpose of satisfying the Acceptance
         Condition. To be counted towards satisfaction of this requirement,
         Energy Group ADRs evidencing Energy Group ADSs referred to in the
         Notice of Guaranteed Delivery must, prior to the Initial Closing
         Date, be received by the US Depositary (or, in the case of
         interests in Energy Group ADSs evidenced by Energy Group ADRs held
         in book-entry form, timely confirmation of a book-entry transfer of
         such interests in Energy Group ADSs into the US Depositary's
         account at a Book-Entry Transfer Facility pursuant to the procedure
         set out above), together with a duly executed Letter of Transmittal
         with any required signature guarantees (or, in the case of a book-
         entry transfer, an Agent's Message) and any other required
         documents.
 
(I)OTHER REQUIREMENTS
 
   By executing the Letter of Transmittal as set out above, the tendering
   holder of Energy Group ADSs evidenced by Energy Group ADRs will agree
   that effective from and after the date all Conditions are satisfied or,
   where permitted, waived:
 
   (i) PacifiCorp Acquisitions shall be entitled to direct the exercise of
       any votes attaching to any Energy Group Shares represented by Energy
       Group ADSs, in respect of which the Offer has been accepted or is
       deemed to have been accepted and any other rights and privileges
 
                                     I-16
<PAGE>
 
      attaching to such Energy Group Shares, including any right to
      requisition a general meeting of Energy Group or of any class of its
      shareholders; and
 
   (ii) the execution of the Letter of Transmittal and its delivery to the
        US Depositary will constitute:
 
     (a) an authority to Energy Group or its agents from the tendering
         holder of Energy Group ADSs to send any notice, circular, warrant,
         document or other communication, which may be sent to him as a
         holder of Energy Group ADSs, to PacifiCorp Acquisitions at its
         registered office;
 
     (b) an authority to PacifiCorp Acquisitions or its agent to sign any
         consent to short notice of a general meeting or separate class
         meeting on behalf of the tendering holder of Energy Group ADSs
         and/or to execute a form of proxy in respect of such Energy Group
         ADSs appointing any person nominated by PacifiCorp Acquisitions to
         attend general meetings or separate class meetings of Energy Group
         or its members (or any of them) (or any adjournments thereof) and
         to exercise the votes attaching to such Energy Group ADSs on the
         holders' behalf; and
 
     (c) the agreement of the tendering holder of Energy Group ADSs not to
         exercise any of such rights without the consent of PacifiCorp
         Acquisitions and the irrevocable undertaking of the tendering
         holder of Energy Group ADSs not to appoint a proxy for or to
         attend general meetings or separate class meetings.
 
(J)  If the Offer lapses, all documents tendered will be returned within 14
     calendar days thereafter at the risk of the holder of Energy Group
     Securities concerned.
 
(K)  IF YOU ARE IN ANY DOUBT ABOUT THE PROCEDURE FOR ACCEPTANCE, PLEASE
     TELEPHONE THE INFORMATION AGENT TOLL FREE ON 1-800-733-8481, EXT. 475.
 
10PROCEDURES FOR TENDERING ENERGY GROUP SHARES
 
(A)  Holders of Energy Group Shares will have received with this document a
     Form of Acceptance. This section should be read together with the Form of
     Acceptance. The provisions of this section shall be deemed to be
     incorporated in, and to form a part of, the Form of Acceptance. The
     instructions printed on the Form of Acceptance shall be deemed to form
     part of the terms of the Offer.
 
     If a holder of Energy Group Shares holds Energy Group Shares in both
     certificated and uncertificated form, he should complete a separate Form of
     Acceptance for each holding. Similarly, such holder should complete a
     separate Form of Acceptance for Energy Group Shares held in uncertificated
     form, but under different member account IDs, and for Energy Group Shares
     held in certificated form, but under different designations.
 
(B)  To accept the Offer, any holder of Energy Group Shares, including any
     person in the US who holds Energy Group Shares, wishing to accept the
     Offer in respect of all or any portion of such holder's Energy Group
     Shares, should complete Box 1 and, if such holder's Energy Group Shares
     are in CREST, Box 5, and sign Box 6 on the Form of Acceptance in
     accordance with the instructions printed on it. All holders of Energy
     Group Shares who are individuals should sign the Form of Acceptance in
     the presence of a witness who should also sign Box 6 in accordance with
     the instructions printed on it. Unless witnessed, an acceptance will not
     be valid.
 
(C)  An accepting holder of Energy Group Shares should return the completed,
     signed and witnessed Form of Acceptance, whether or not such Energy Group
     Shares are in CREST, to the UK Receiving Agent or US Depositary. The
     completed Form of Acceptance, together, if such holder's Energy Group
     Shares are in certificated form, with his share certificate(s) and/or
     other document(s) of title, must be lodged with the UK Receiving Agent or
     the US Depositary, as soon
 
                                     I-17
<PAGE>
 
    as possible, but in any event so as to arrive not later than 3.00 p.m.
    (London time), 10.00 a.m. (New York City time) on 29 July 1997. If you
    have any questions as to how to complete the Form of Acceptance, please
    contact the UK Receiving Agent on 0181 639 2166 or the US Depositary on 1-
    800 733 8481 ext. 475. A person in the US who holds Energy Group Shares
    may submit the Form of Acceptance, together with his share certificate(s)
    and/or other document(s) of title, to the US Depositary, who will receive
    such Form(s) of Acceptance and certificate(s) and/or other document(s) of
    title on behalf of the UK Receiving Agent. A Form of Acceptance contained
    in an envelope postmarked Canada, Japan or Australia or otherwise
    appearing to PacifiCorp Acquisitions or its agents to have been sent from
    Canada, Japan or Australia will not constitute a valid acceptance of the
    Offer.
 
(D) If Energy Group Shares are in uncertificated form, the holder should
    insert in Box 5 of the Form of Acceptance the participant ID and member
    account ID under which such Energy Group Shares are held by him in CREST
    and otherwise complete and return the Form of Acceptance as described
    above. In addition, such holder should take (or procure to be taken) the
    action set out below to transfer the Energy Group Shares in respect of
    which he wishes to accept the Offer to an escrow balance, specifying
    Independent Registrars Group Limited (in its capacity as a CREST
    participant under the participant ID referred to below) as the escrow
    agent, as soon as possible and in any event so that the transfer to escrow
    settles not later than 3.00 p.m. (London time), 10:00 a.m. (New York City
    time) on 29 July 1997.
 
(E) If the holder of such Energy Group Shares is a CREST sponsored member, he
    should refer to his CREST sponsor before taking any action. Such holder's
    sponsor will be able to confirm details of his participant ID and the
    member account ID under which his Energy Group Shares are held. In
    addition, only his CREST sponsor will be able to send the TTE instruction
    to CRESTCo in relation to his Energy Group Shares.
 
(F) The holder of such Energy Group Shares should send (or, if he is a CREST
    sponsored member, procure that his CREST sponsor sends) a TTE instruction
    to CRESTCo which must be properly authenticated in accordance with
    CRESTCo's specifications and which must contain, in addition to the other
    information that is required for a TTE instruction to settle in CREST, the
    following details:
 
   (i)   the number of Energy Group Shares to be transferred to an escrow
         balance;
 
   (ii)  the member account ID of such holder of Energy Group Shares. This
         must be the same member account ID as the member account ID that is
         inserted in Box 5 of the Form of Acceptance;
 
   (iii) the participant ID of such holder of Energy Group Shares. This must
         be in the same participant ID as the participant ID that is inserted
         in Box 5 of the Form of Acceptance;
 
   (iv)  the participant ID of the escrow agent (the UK Receiving Agent in its
         capacity as a CREST Receiving Agent). This is RA10;
 
   (v)   the member account ID of the escrow agent. This is ENERGY;
 
   (vi)  the Form of Acceptance Reference Number. This is the Form of
         Acceptance Reference Number that appears next to Box 5 on page 3 of
         the Form of Acceptance. This Reference Number should be inserted in
         the first eight characters of the shared note field on the TTE
         instruction. Such insertion will enable the UK Receiving Agent to
         match the transfer to escrow to your Form of Acceptance. The holder
         of such shares should keep a separate record of this Form of
         Acceptance Reference Number for future reference;
 
   (vii) the Intended Settlement Date. This should be as soon as possible and
         in any event not later than 29 July 1997;
 
   (viii)the Corporate Action Number for the Offer. This is 1; and
 
   (ix)  input with standard delivery instruction of 80.
 
                                     I-18
<PAGE>
 
(G)  After settlement of the TTE instruction, such holder of Energy Group
     Shares will not be able to access the Energy Group Shares concerned in
     CREST for any transaction or charging purposes. If the Conditions are
     satisfied, fulfilled or, where permitted, waived, the escrow agent will
     transfer the Energy Group Shares concerned to itself in accordance with
     paragraph 11(d) of this Part B of Appendix I below.
 
(H)  Such holder of Energy Group Shares is recommended to refer to the CREST
     Manual published by CRESTCo for further information on the CREST
     procedures outlined above. For ease of processing, such holder is
     requested, wherever possible, to ensure that a Form of Acceptance relates
     to only one transfer to escrow.
 
(I)  If no Form of Acceptance Reference Number, or an incorrect Form of
     Acceptance Reference Number, is included on the TTE instruction,
     PacifiCorp Acquisitions may treat any amount of Energy Group Shares
     transferred to an escrow balance in favour of the escrow agent specified
     above from the participant ID and member account ID identified in the TTE
     instruction as relating to any Form(s) of Acceptance which relate(s) to
     the same member account ID and participant ID (up to the amount of Energy
     Group Shares inserted or deemed to be inserted on the Form(s) of
     Acceptance concerned).
 
(J)  Such holder of Energy Group Shares should note that CRESTCo does not make
     available special procedures, in CREST, for any particular corporate
     action. Normal system timings and limitations will therefore apply in
     connection with a TTE instruction and its settlement. Such holder should
     therefore ensure that all necessary action is taken by him (or by his
     CREST sponsor) to enable a TTE instruction relating to his Energy Group
     Shares to settle prior to 3.00 p.m. (London time), 10.00 a.m. (New York
     City time) on 29 July 1997. In this connection such holder is referred in
     particular to those sections of the CREST Manual concerning practical
     limitations of the CREST system and timings.
 
(K)  PacifiCorp Acquisitions will make an appropriate announcement if any of
     the details contained in this paragraph 10 alter for any reason.
 
(L)  Normal CREST procedures (including timings) apply in relation to any
     Energy Group Shares that are, or are to be, converted from uncertificated
     to certificated form, or from certificated to uncertificated form, during
     the course of the Offer (whether any such conversion arises as a result
     of a transfer of Energy Group Shares or otherwise). Holders of Energy
     Group Shares who are proposing so to convert any Energy Group Shares are
     recommended to ensure that the conversion procedures are implemented in
     sufficient time to enable the person holding or acquiring the Energy
     Group Shares as a result of the conversion to take all necessary steps in
     connection with an acceptance of the Offer (in particular, as regards
     delivery of share certificate(s) or other documents of title or transfers
     to an escrow balance as described above) prior to 3.00 p.m. (London
     time), 10.00 a.m. (New York City time) on 29 July 1997.
 
(M)  If the share certificate(s) and/or other document(s) of title is/are not
     readily available or is/are lost, the Form of Acceptance should
     nevertheless be completed, signed and returned as stated above to the UK
     Receiving Agent or the US Depositary so as to be received as soon as
     possible, but in any event no later than 3.00 p.m. (London time), 10.00
     a.m. (New York City time) on 29 July 1997 together with any share
     certificate(s) and/or other document(s) of title that is/are available,
     accompanied by a letter stating that the balance will follow or that one
     or more share certificate(s) and/or other document(s) of title have been
     lost and the certificate(s) and/or other document(s) of title should be
     forwarded as soon as possible thereafter. If the share certificate(s)
     and/or other document(s) of title are lost, the accepting holder should
     request the registrar of The Energy Group (Lloyds Bank Registrars, The
     Causeway, Goring-by-Sea, Worthing, West Sussex BN99 6DA) to send him a
     letter of indemnity for completion in accordance with the instructions
     given. When completed, the letter of indemnity must be lodged
 
                                     I-19
<PAGE>
 
    with the UK Receiving Agent or the US Depositary, in accordance with
    instructions given, in support of the Form of Acceptance.
 
(N) Subject to the City Code, PacifiCorp Acquisitions reserves the right to
    treat as valid in whole or in part any acceptance of the Offer which is
    not entirely in order or which is not accompanied by (as applicable) the
    relevant transfer to escrow or the relevant share certificate(s) and/or
    other document(s) of title or which is received by it at a place or places
    other than as set out in this document or the Acceptance Forms. In that
    event, the consideration under the Offer will be despatched only when the
    acceptance is entirely in order and (as applicable) the relevant transfer
    to escrow or the relevant share certificate(s) and/or other document(s) of
    title or indemnity satisfactory to PacifiCorp Acquisitions has/have been
    received.
 
(O) If the Offer lapses, all documents lodged for acceptance will be returned
    within 14 calendar days thereafter at the risk of the holder of Energy
    Group Shares concerned.
 
(P) No acknowledgment of receipt of any Form of Acceptance, share
    certificate(s) and/or other document(s) of title will be given by, or on
    behalf of, PacifiCorp Acquisitions. The method of delivery of share
    certificate(s) and/or other document(s) of title for Energy Group Shares
    and all other required documents is at the option and risk of the
    accepting holder of Energy Group Shares. In all cases, sufficient time
    should be allowed to ensure timely delivery and in any event to ensure
    delivery by 3.00 p.m. (London time), 10.00 a.m. (New York City time) on 29
    July 1997.
 
(Q) Any holder of Energy Group Shares who is in any doubt as to the procedure
    for acceptance should contact the UK Receiving Agent by telephone on 0181
    639 2166. Such holder is also reminded that, if he is a CREST sponsored
    member, he should contact his CREST Sponsor before taking any action.
 
11  FORMS OF ACCEPTANCE
 
    Each holder of Energy Group Shares by whom, or on whose behalf, a Form of
    Acceptance is executed and lodged with the UK Receiving Agent or US
    Depositary (subject to the rights of withdrawal set forth in this
    document) undertakes, represents, warrants to and agrees with PacifiCorp
    Acquisitions, Goldman Sachs International, Independent Registrars Group
    Limited and Continental Stock Transfer & Trust Company (so as to bind such
    holder and his personal or legal representatives, heirs, successors and
    assigns) to the following effect:
 
(A) that execution of the Form of Acceptance and its delivery to the UK
    Receiving Agent or US Depositary constitutes (i) an acceptance of the
    Offer in respect of the number of Energy Group Shares inserted or deemed
    to have been inserted in Box 1 of the Form of Acceptance; (ii) an election
    under the Loan Note Alternative in respect of the number of Energy Group
    Shares inserted, or deemed to be inserted, in Box 2 of the Form of
    Acceptance; and (iii) an undertaking to execute any further documents and
    give any further assurances which may be required to enable PacifiCorp
    Acquisitions to obtain the full benefit of paragraph 10 of this Part B of
    Appendix I above and this paragraph 11 and/or to perfect any of the
    authorities expressed to be given hereunder on and subject to the terms
    and Conditions set out or referred to in this document and the Form of
    Acceptance;
 
(B) that such holder has full power and authority to tender, sell, assign or
    transfer the Energy Group Shares in respect of which the Offer is accepted
    or deemed to be accepted (together with all rights attaching to them) and
    when the same are transferred to PacifiCorp Acquisitions pursuant to the
    terms of the Offer, PacifiCorp Acquisitions will acquire such Energy Group
    Shares fully paid and free from all liens, charges, equities, encumbrances
    and other interests and, except in respect of the dividend referred to
    below, together with all rights now or hereafter attaching thereto,
    including, without limitation, the right to receive and retain all
    dividends (other than the right to receive a dividend of 5.5 pence (net)
    per Energy Group Share to be paid on 4 July
 
                                     I-20
<PAGE>
 
    1997), interest and other distributions, if any, declared, made or paid
    after 13 June, 1997 (the date on which the Offer was announced);
 
(C) that the execution of the Form of Acceptance and its delivery to the UK
    Receiving Agent or US Depositary constitutes, subject to the Conditions
    being satisfied, fulfilled or, where permitted, waived and to the holder
    of Energy Group Shares not having validly withdrawn his acceptance, the
    irrevocable appointment of any director of, or other person nominated by,
    PacifiCorp Acquisitions as such holder's attorney and agent ("attorney"),
    and an irrevocable instruction to the attorney, to complete and execute
    all or any forms of transfer and/or such other documents at the attorney's
    discretion in relation to the Energy Group Shares referred to in paragraph
    11(a) above in favour of PacifiCorp Acquisitions or such other person or
    persons as PacifiCorp Acquisitions may direct and to deliver such forms of
    transfer and/or other documents at the attorney's discretion together with
    the share certificate(s) and/or other document(s) of title relating to
    such Energy Group Shares for registration within six months of their
    purchase and to do all such other acts and things as may in the opinion of
    such attorney be necessary or expedient for the purpose of, or in
    connection with, the acceptance of the Offer and to vest in PacifiCorp
    Acquisitions or its nominees the Energy Group Shares to which such Form of
    Acceptance relates as aforesaid;
 
(D) that the execution of the Form of Acceptance and its delivery to the UK
    Receiving Agent or US Depositary constitutes, subject to the Conditions
    being satisfied, fulfilled or, where permitted, waived, an irrevocable
    authority and request:
 
    (i)  to transfer to PacifiCorp Acquisitions (or to such other person or
         persons as PacifiCorp Acquisitions or its agents may direct) by means
         of CREST all or any of the Relevant Energy Group Shares (as defined
         below) (but not exceeding the number of Energy Group Shares in respect
         of which the Offer is accepted or deemed to be accepted);
 
    (ii) if the Conditions are not satisfied, fulfilled or, where permitted,
         waived, to give instructions to CRESTCo, immediately after the lapsing
         of the Offer (or within such longer period as the Panel may permit, not
         exceeding 14 days of the lapsing of the Offer), to transfer all
         Relevant Energy Group Shares to the original available balance of the
         accepting holder of Energy Group Shares. "Relevant Energy Group Shares"
         means Energy Group Shares in uncertificated form and in respect of
         which a transfer or transfers to escrow has or have been effected
         pursuant to the procedures described in paragraphs 10(d) to (l) of this
         Part B of Appendix I above and where the transfer(s) to escrow was or
         were made in respect of Energy Group Shares held under the same member
         account ID and participant ID as the member account ID and participant
         ID relating to the Form of Acceptance concerned (but irrespective of
         whether or not any Form of Acceptance Reference Number, or a Form of
         Acceptance Reference Number corresponding to that appearing on the Form
         of Acceptance concerned, was included in the TTE instruction
         concerned);

   (iii) to The Energy Group or its agents to procure the registration of the
         transfer of the Energy Group Shares in certificated form pursuant to
         the Offer and the delivery of the share certificate(s) and/or other
         document(s) of title in respect of them to PacifiCorp Acquisitions
         or as it may direct;
 
   (iv)  if the Energy Group Shares concerned are in certificated form, or if
         either of the provisos to sub-paragraph (v) of this paragraph 11(d)
         apply, to PacifiCorp Acquisitions or its agents to procure the
         despatch by post (or by such other methods as may be approved by the
         Panel) of a cheque drawn on a branch of a UK clearing bank for any
         cash to which an accepting Energy Group shareholder is entitled, at
         the risk of such shareholder, to the person or agent whose name and
         address outside Canada, Australia and Japan is set out in Box 7 of
         the Form of Acceptance, or if no name and address is set out in Box
         7, to the first-named holder at his registered address outside
         Canada, Australia or Japan as set out in Box 3 (or, if applicable,
         Box 4) on the Form of Acceptance together with a cheque for any cash
         payable to such holder of Energy Group Shares in respect of
         fractional entitlements;
 
                                     I-21
<PAGE>
 
   (v) if the Energy Group Shares concerned are in uncertificated form, to
       PacifiCorp Acquisitions or its agents to procure the creation of an
       assured payment obligation in favour of the holder of Energy Group
       Shares' payment bank in accordance with the CREST assured payment
       arrangements in respect of the cash consideration to which such
       shareholder is entitled, provided that (aa) PacifiCorp Acquisitions
       may (if, for any reason, it wishes to do so) determine that all or
       any part of any such cash consideration shall be paid by cheque
       despatched by post and/or that all or any of such Energy Group Shares
       shall be issued in certificated form and (bb) if the Energy Group
       shareholder concerned is a CREST member whose registered address is
       in Canada, Australia or Japan, any cash consideration to which such
       shareholder is entitled shall be paid by cheque despatched by post,
       and in either of such cases, sub-paragraph (iii) of this paragraph
       11(d) shall apply; and
 
   (vi) to PacifiCorp Acquisitions or its agent(s) to record and act upon
        any instructions with regard to payment or notices which have been
        recorded in the records of The Energy Group in respect of such
        holder of Energy Group Shares;
 
(E)  that subject to the Offer becoming or being declared wholly unconditional
     (or if the Offer will become unconditional in all respects or lapses
     immediately upon the outcome of the resolution in question) or if the
     Panel otherwise gives its consent and pending registration:
 
     (i)  PacifiCorp Acquisitions or its agents shall be entitled to direct the
          exercise of any votes attaching to any Energy Group Securities in
          respect of which the Offer has been accepted or is deemed to have
          been accepted and any of the rights and privileges attaching to such
          Energy Group Securities including the right to requisition a general
          meeting of The Energy Group or of any class of its securities; and
 
     (ii) the execution of the Form of Acceptance and its delivery to the UK
          Receiving Agent or US Depositary shall constitute:
 
          (aa) an authority to The Energy Group or its agents from such holder
               to send any notice, circular, warrant, document or other
               communication, which may be required to be sent to him or her as
               a shareholder of The Energy Group, to PacifiCorp Acquisitions at
               its registered office;
 
          (bb) an authority to PacifiCorp Acquisitions or its agents to sign any
               consent to short notice of a general meeting or separate class
               meeting on his behalf and/or to execute a form of proxy in
               respect of such Energy Group Shares appointing any person
               nominated by PacifiCorp Acquisitions to attend general meetings
               and separate class meetings of The Energy Group or its members
               (or any of them) (or any adjournment of them) and to exercise the
               votes attaching to such Energy Group Shares on his behalf; and
 
          (cc) the agreement of such holder not to exercise any of such rights
               without the consent of PacifiCorp Acquisitions and the
               irrevocable undertaking of such holder not to appoint a proxy for
          or to attend general meetings or separate class meetings;
 
(F)  that such holder will deliver, or procure the delivery to the UK
     Receiving Agent or US Depositary of, his share certificates and/or other
     documents of title in respect of the Energy Group Shares in certificated
     form referred to in paragraph 11(a) above, or an indemnity acceptable to
     PacifiCorp Acquisitions in lieu thereof, as soon as possible and in any
     event within six months of the purchase of such Energy Group Shares;
 
(G)  that such holder will take (or procure to be taken) the action necessary
     to transfer all Energy Group Shares in respect of which the Offer has
     been accepted or is deemed to have been accepted held by him in
     uncertificated form to an escrow balance as soon as possible and in any
     event so that the transfer to escrow settles within two months of the
     Offer becoming unconditional in all respects;
 
(H)  that if, for any reason, any Energy Group Shares in respect of which a
     transfer to an escrow balance has been effected are converted to
     certificated form, he will immediately deliver or procure the immediate
     delivery of, the share certificate(s) and/or other document(s) of title
     in
 
                                     I-22
<PAGE>
 
    respect of all such Energy Group Shares as so converted to Independent
    Registrars Group Limited at one of its addresses set out at the back of
    this document;
 
(I) that the creation of an assured payment obligation in favour of his
    payment bank in accordance with the CREST assured payments arrangements as
    referred to in paragraph 11(d)(v) of this Part B of Appendix I above
    shall, to the extent of the obligation so created, discharge in full any
    obligation of PacifiCorp Acquisitions and/or Goldman Sachs International
    to pay to him the cash consideration to which he is entitled pursuant to
    the Offer;
 
(J) that the terms and Conditions contained in this document shall be deemed
    to be incorporated in, and form part of, the Form of Acceptance, which
    shall be read and construed accordingly;
 
(K) that such holder agrees to do all such acts and things as shall be
    necessary, and execute any additional documents deemed by PacifiCorp
    Acquisitions to be desirable, to complete the purchase and transfer of the
    Energy Group Shares and to vest in PacifiCorp Acquisitions or its nominees
    the Energy Group Shares aforesaid and all such acts and things as may be
    necessary or expedient to enable the UK Receiving Agent to perform its
    functions as escrow agent for the purposes of the Offer;
 
(L) that unless "Yes" is put in Box 8 on the Form of Acceptance, such holder:
 
   (i) has not received or sent copies of this document or any Acceptance
       Forms or any related documents in, into or from Canada, Japan or
       Australia and has not otherwise utilised in connection with the Offer,
       directly or indirectly, the Canadian, Australian or Japanese mails or
       any means or instrumentality (including, without limitation, facsimile
       transmission, telex and telephone) of interstate or foreign commerce,
       or any facilities of a national securities exchange, of Canada,
       Australia or Japan;
 
   (ii) is accepting the Offer from outside Canada, Japan or Australia; and
 
   (iii) is not an agent or fiduciary acting on a non-discretionary basis for
         a principal, unless such agent or fiduciary is an authorised
         employee of such principal or such principal has given any
         instructions with respect to the Offer from outside Canada, Japan or
         Australia;
 
(M) that the execution of the Form of Acceptance constitutes an authority to
    PacifiCorp Acquisitions and its agent in the terms of paragraph 6(a) of
    this Part B of Appendix I above;
 
(N) that such holder agrees and acknowledges that he is not a customer (as
    defined in the rules of The Securities and Futures Authority Limited) of
    Goldman Sachs International, Lazard or Morgan Stanley in connection with
    the Offer;
 
(O) that such holder agrees to ratify each and every act or thing which may be
    done or effected by any director of, or other person nominated by,
    PacifiCorp Acquisitions or their respective agents, as the case may be, in
    the exercise of any of his powers and/or authorities hereunder;
 
(P) that if any provision of this paragraph 11 shall be unenforceable or
    invalid or shall not operate so as to afford PacifiCorp Acquisitions or
    the UK Receiving Agent or the US Depositary or their respective agents the
    benefit of the authority expressed to be given herein, he shall with all
    practicable speed do all such acts and things and execute all such
    documents that may be required to enable those persons to secure the full
    benefits of this section;
 
(Q) that the execution of the Form of Acceptance constitutes the submission of
    such holder, in relation to all matters arising out of the Offer and the
    Form of Acceptance, to the jurisdiction of the Courts of England;
 
(R) that on execution of a Form of Acceptance, it shall take effect as a Deed;
    and
 
(S) that, if such holder elects for the Loan Note Alternative (in whole or in
    part), he is not a citizen or resident of the United States, nor acting on
    behalf of such person.
 
                                     I-23
<PAGE>
 
   DELIVERY OF THE FORM OF ACCEPTANCE AND CERTIFICATES REPRESENTING ENERGY
   GROUP SHARES AND/OR OTHER DOCUMENTS OF TITLE TO THE US DEPOSITARY WILL
   CONSTITUTE DELIVERY OF THEM TO THE UK RECEIVING AGENT FOR THE PURPOSES OF
   PARAGRAPH 10 OF THIS PART B OF APPENDIX I ABOVE AND THIS PARAGRAPH.
 
12   CERTAIN PROVISIONS CONCERNING ACCEPTANCES
 
(A)  Without prejudice to the right reserved by PacifiCorp Acquisitions to
     treat Acceptance Forms as valid even though not entirely in order or not
     accompanied by, where Energy Group Shares are in certificated form, the
     relevant share certificates and/or other documents of title, or not
     accompanied by the relevant transfer to escrow, except as otherwise
     agreed by the Panel:
 
   (i)   an acceptance of the Offer will only be counted towards fulfilling the
         Acceptance Condition if the requirements of Note 4 and, if applicable,
         Note 6 to Rule 10 of the City Code are satisfied in respect of such
         acceptance. For additional information on Note 4 and Note 6 to Rule 10
         of the City Code, see paragraph 12(b) below;
 
   (ii)  a purchase of Energy Group Securities by PacifiCorp Acquisitions or its
         nominee(s) (or a person acting in concert with PacifiCorp Acquisitions
         or its nominee(s)) will only be counted towards fulfilling the
         Acceptance Condition if the requirements of Note 5 and, if applicable,
         Note 6 to Rule 10 of the City Code are satisfied in respect of such
         purchase. For additional information on Note 5 and Note 6 to Rule 10 of
         the City Code, see paragraph 12(b) below; and
 
   (iii) the Acceptance Condition will not be declared satisfied until the
         UK Receiving Agent has issued a certificate to PacifiCorp
         Acquisitions (or its agent) which states the number of Energy Group
         Securities in respect of which acceptances have been received which
         comply with paragraph (i) above and the number of Energy Group
         Securities otherwise acquired, whether before or during the Initial
         Offer Period, which comply with paragraph (ii) above.
 
(B)  Notes 4 to 6 to Rule 10 of the City Code contain detailed provisions for
     verifying which acceptances and purchases may be counted towards
     fulfilling the Acceptance Condition or in determining whether the
     Acceptance Condition has been fulfilled and are principally concerned to
     ensure that the acceptor is the registered owner of the securities which
     he is tendering. The principal requirements of Notes 4 to 6 to Rule 10
     are that any Acceptance Form must be completed to a suitable standard
     (i.e. it must constitute a transfer or a valid and irrevocable
     appointment of PacifiCorp Acquisitions or its agent for the purpose of
     executing a transfer) and it must be accompanied by, where Energy Group
     Shares are in certificated form, the appropriate share certificate or
     other documents of title and, in all cases, any relevant supporting
     documentation (such as powers of attorney). Immediately prior to the
     satisfaction of the Acceptance Condition, the UK Receiving Agent will
     issue a certificate to PacifiCorp Acquisitions stating the number of
     Energy Group Securities tendered and not validly withdrawn pursuant to
     the Offer and the number of Energy Group Securities otherwise acquired,
     on or before the Initial Closing Date as the case may be, in compliance
     with the provisions referred to in paragraph 12(a) above. Copies of such
     certificates will be sent to the Panel as soon as possible after they are
     issued.
 
(C)  Subject to the City Code, PacifiCorp Acquisitions reserves the right to
     treat as valid in whole or in part any acceptance of the Offer which is
     not entirely in order or which is not accompanied by the (as applicable)
     relevant transfer to escrow or the relevant share certificate(s) and/or
     other document(s) of title or which is received by it at a place or
     places other than set out in this document or the Acceptance Form. In
     that event, no payment of cash or issue of Loan Notes under the Offer
     will be made until after the relevant transfer to escrow has settled or
     (as applicable) the relevant share certificate(s) and/or other
     document(s) of title or indemnities satisfactory to PacifiCorp
     Acquisitions have been received.
 
                                     I-24
<PAGE>
 
13   SUBSTITUTE ACCEPTANCE FORMS
 
     The holders of Energy Group Securities have been sent with this document
     either a Letter of Transmittal (accompanied by a Notice of Guaranteed
     Delivery) and/or a Form of Acceptance. All holders of Energy Group ADSs
     have been sent a Letter of Transmittal and a Notice of Guaranteed
     Delivery, which they must use to tender their Energy Group ADSs and
     accept the Offer. All holders of Energy Group Shares, including persons
     in the US who hold Energy Group Shares, have been sent a Form of
     Acceptance, which they must use to tender their Energy Group Shares and
     accept the Offer. Should any holder of Energy Group Securities receive an
     incorrect form with which to accept the Offer or require any additional
     forms, that person should contact the UK Receiving Agent or the US
     Depositary at the addresses set out at the end of this document, who will
     provide the appropriate forms.
 
14   SETTLEMENT
 
     Subject to the satisfaction, fulfilment or, where permitted, waiver of all
     Conditions (except as provided in paragraph 8 of this Part B of Appendix I
     in the case of certain overseas holders of Energy Group Securities),
     settlement of the consideration to which any holder of Energy Group
     Securities is entitled under the Offer will be effected (i) in the case of
     acceptances received, complete in all respects, by the Initial Closing
     Date, within 14 days of such date, or (ii) in the case of acceptances of
     the Offer received, complete in all respects, after such date, but while
     the Offer remains open for acceptance, within 14 days of such receipt, in
     the following manner:

(A)  ENERGY GROUP SHARES IN UNCERTIFICATED FORM (THAT IS, IN CREST)
 
     Where an acceptance relates to Energy Group Shares in uncertificated form,
     the cash consideration to which the accepting holder of Energy Group Shares
     is entitled will be paid by means of CREST by PacifiCorp Acquisitions
     procuring the creation of an assured payment obligation in favour of such
     accepting holder's payment bank in respect of the cash consideration due,
     in accordance with the CREST assured payment arrangements. Loan Notes will
     be despatched by first class post (or by such other method as may be
     approved by the Panel).
 
     PacifiCorp Acquisitions reserves the right to settle all or any part of
     the consideration referred to in this paragraph, for all or any accepting
     holders of Energy Group Securities, in the manner referred to in
     paragraph 14(b) below, if, for any reason, it wishes to do so.
 
(B)  ENERGY GROUP SECURITIES IN CERTIFICATED FORM
 
     Where an acceptance relates to Energy Group Securities in certificated
     form, cheques for cash due or Loan Notes will be despatched by first
     class post (or by such other method as may be approved by the Panel).
 
15.  CURRENCY OF CONSIDERATION
 
     Instead of pounds sterling, holders of Energy Group Shares who so wish
     may receive US dollars on the following basis: the cash amount payable in
     pounds sterling to which such holder would otherwise be entitled pursuant
     to the terms of the Offer will be converted, without charge, from pounds
     sterling to US dollars at the exchange rate obtainable by the relevant
     payment agent (either the UK Receiving Agent or the US Depositary) on the
     spot market in London at approximately noon (London time) on the date the
     cash consideration is made available by PacifiCorp Acquisitions to the
     relevant payment agent for delivery in respect of the relevant Energy
     Group Shares. A holder of Energy Group Shares may receive such amount on
     the basis set out above only in respect of the whole of his holding of
     Energy Group Shares in respect of which he accepts the Offer. Holders of
     Energy Group Securities may not elect to receive pounds sterling and US
     dollars. Unless they elect to receive pounds sterling, holders of Energy
     Group
 
                                     I-25
<PAGE>
 
   ADSs will receive consideration converted into US dollars as described
   above, as if such holders of Energy Group ADSs had elected to receive
   dollars. Consideration in US dollars may be inappropriate for holders of
   Energy Group Shares other than persons in the US and holders of Energy
   Group ADSs.
 
   THE ACTUAL AMOUNT OF US DOLLARS RECEIVED WILL DEPEND UPON THE EXCHANGE
   RATE PREVAILING ON THE BUSINESS DAY ON WHICH FUNDS ARE MADE AVAILABLE TO
   THE RELEVANT PAYMENT AGENT BY PACIFICORP ACQUISITIONS. HOLDERS OF ENERGY
   GROUP SECURITIES SHOULD BE AWARE THAT THE US DOLLAR/POUNDS STERLING
   EXCHANGE RATE WHICH IS PREVAILING AT THE DATE ON WHICH AN ELECTION IS
   MADE TO RECEIVE DOLLARS AND ON THE DATE OF DESPATCH OF PAYMENT MAY BE
   DIFFERENT FROM THAT PREVAILING ON THE BUSINESS DAY ON WHICH FUNDS ARE
   MADE AVAILABLE TO THE RELEVANT PAYMENT AGENT BY PACIFICORP ACQUISITIONS.
   IN ALL CASES, FLUCTUATIONS IN THE US DOLLAR/POUNDS STERLING EXCHANGE RATE
   ARE AT THE RISK OF ACCEPTING HOLDERS OF ENERGY GROUP SECURITIES WHO ELECT
   OR ARE TREATED AS HAVING ELECTED TO RECEIVE THEIR CONSIDERATION IN US
   DOLLARS. PACIFICORP ACQUISITIONS SHALL HAVE NO RESPONSIBILITY WITH
   RESPECT TO THE CONSIDERATION PAYABLE OTHER THAN TO MAKE PAYMENT IN POUNDS
   STERLING.
 
                                     I-26
<PAGE>
 
                                  APPENDIX II
 
                    SUMMARY OF THE TERMS OF THE LOAN NOTES
 
  The Floating Rate Unsecured Loan Notes 2004 of PacifiCorp Acquisitions will
be created by a resolution of the Board or a duly authorised committee thereof
and will be constituted by a Loan Note Instrument (the "Loan Note Instrument")
executed as a deed by PacifiCorp Acquisitions. The Loan Notes will not be
guaranteed. The issue of the Loan Notes is conditional on all Conditions
being, where applicable, waived, fulfilled or satisfied. Loan Notes will be
issued only if the aggregate valid elections for the Loan Note Alternative
received on or before the date on which all Conditions are so waived,
fulfilled or satisfied, as applicable, will result in PacifiCorp Acquisitions
issuing in excess of (Pounds)1 million nominal value of Loan Notes. The Loan
Note Alternative is not available to any person who is a citizen or resident
of the United States. The Loan Note Instrument will contain provisions, inter
alia, substantially to the effect set out below.
 
  1. The Loan Notes will be issued by PacifiCorp Acquisitions in amounts and
integral multiples of (Pounds)1 in nominal amount only and will constitute
unsecured obligations of PacifiCorp Acquisitions. No payment will be made in
respect of any amount payable of less than (Pounds)1. The Loan Note Instrument
will not contain any restrictions on borrowing, disposals or charging of
assets by PacifiCorp Acquisitions.
 
  2. Interest on the Loan Notes will be payable (subject to any requirement to
deduct income tax therefrom) semi-annually in arrear on 30 June and 31
December in each year or, if such a day is not a Business Day, on the
immediately preceding Business Day ("interest payment dates") except that the
first payment of interest on the Loan Notes will be made on 30 June 1998 in
respect of the period from and including the date of issue of the relevant
Loan Note up to but excluding 30 June 1998. The period from and including the
date of issue of the relevant Loan Note up to but excluding 30 June 1998 and
the period from and including that date or any subsequent interest payment
date up to but excluding the next following interest payment date is herein
called an "interest period".
 
  3.(a) The rate of interest on the Loan Notes for each interest period will
be the rate per annum which is 0.5 per cent. below LIBOR. "LIBOR" means the
arithmetic mean (rounded down, if necessary, to four decimal places) of the
respective rates which are quoted as of 11.00 a.m. (London time) on the first
Business Day of the interest period on the "LIBP" page on the Reuter Monitor
Money Rate Service (or such other page or service as may replace it for the
purpose of displaying London inter-bank sterling offered rates of leading
reference banks) as being the interest rates offered in the London inter-bank
market for six month sterling deposits but:
 
  (i) if only two or three such offered quotations appear, the relevant
      arithmetic mean (rounded as mentioned above) shall be determined on the
      bases of those offered quotations; and
 
  (ii) if no, or only one, such offered quotation appears, the relevant
       arithmetic mean (rounded as mentioned above) shall be determined
       instead on the basis of the respective rates (as quoted to PacifiCorp
       Acquisitions at its request) at which each of Barclays Bank PLC and
       National Westminster Bank plc is offering six month sterling deposits
       to prime banks in the London inter-bank market at or about 11.00 a.m.
       (London time) on the first Business Day of the relevant interest
       period.
 
  (b) If LIBOR cannot be established in accordance with the provisions of sub-
paragraph (a) above for any interest period, the rate of interest on the Loan
Notes for such interest period shall be the same as that applicable to the
Loan Notes during the previous interest period, unless in such case such other
prime bank in the London inter-bank market as PacifiCorp Acquisitions shall
reasonably select for the purpose shall have been prepared to offer a rate as
aforesaid, in which case the rate of interest in respect of the relevant
interest period shall be the rate so offered.
 
  (c) Each instalment of interest shall be calculated on the basis of a 365
day year and the number of days elapsed in the relevant interest period.
 
 
                                     II-1
<PAGE>
 
  4. A holder of Loan Notes (a "Noteholder") shall be entitled to require
PacifiCorp Acquisitions to repay the whole (whatever the amount) or any part
(being any integral amount of (Pounds)1) of the principal amount of his
holding of Loan Notes at par, together with accrued interest (subject to any
requirement to deduct income tax therefrom) up to but excluding the date of
repayment, on any interest payment date, from and including 30 June 1998 and
thereafter on any interest payment date falling prior to 30 June 2004 by
giving not less than 30 days' prior notice in writing to PacifiCorp
Acquisitions accompanied by the certificate(s) for all the Loan Notes to be
repaid and notice of redemption (duly completed) in the prescribed form on the
Loan Notes to be repaid.
 
  5. If at any time the principal amount of all Loan Notes outstanding is 20
per cent. or less of the total nominal amount of Loan Notes issued in
connection with the Offer, PacifiCorp Acquisitions shall have the right, on
giving the remaining Noteholders not less than 30 days' notice in writing
expiring on 30 June 1998 or any subsequent interest payment date, to redeem
all (but not some only) of the outstanding Loan Notes at par together with
accrued interest thereon (subject to any requirement to deduct income tax
therefrom) up to but excluding the date of redemption.
 
  6. Any Loan Notes not previously repaid, redeemed or purchased will be
repaid in full at par on 30 June 2004, together with accrued interest thereon
(subject to any requirement to deduct income tax therefrom) up to and
excluding that date.
 
  7. Any Loan Notes repaid, purchased or redeemed will be cancelled and shall
not be available for re-issue.
 
  8. The Noteholders will have power by extraordinary resolution of the
Noteholders passed in accordance with the provisions of the Loan Note
Instrument or by resolution in writing signed by holders of not less than 75
per cent. of the outstanding Loan Notes, inter alia, to sanction any
modification, abrogation or compromise of or arrangement in respect of their
rights against PacifiCorp Acquisitions and to assent to any amendment in
respect of their rights against PacifiCorp Acquisitions and to assent to any
amendment of the provisions of the Loan Note Instrument (but in each case
subject to the consent of PacifiCorp Acquisitions). PacifiCorp Acquisitions
may, with the consent of its financial advisers, amend the provisions of the
Loan Note Instrument, without such sanction or consent, if such amendment is
of a formal, minor or technical nature or to correct a manifest error.
 
  9. Each Noteholder will have the right to acquire (by subscription at a
nominal value of an amount up to or equal to such Noteholder's holding of
Notes) additional loan notes to be issued by a subsidiary of PacifiCorp
Acquisitions (the "Additional Notes") on terms and conditions substantially
the same as those applicable to the Loan Notes, except as follows:
 
  (a) the Additional Notes will not be issued before 30 June 2003;
 
  (b) the rate of interest on the Additional Notes will be 1 per cent. below
      the rate per annum described in paragraph 3(a) above; and
 
  (c) the Additional Notes will not carry any right to acquire any additional
      securities.
 
  10. Each Noteholder shall be entitled to require all or part (being
(Pounds)1 nominal amount or any integral multiple thereof) of the Loan Notes
held by him to be repaid at par together with accrued interest (subject to any
requirement to deduct any income tax therefrom) if:
 
  (a) any principal or interest on any of the Loan Notes held by that
      Noteholder shall fail to be paid in full within 30 days after the due
      date for payment thereof; or
 
  (b) an order is made or an effective resolution is passed for the winding-
      up or dissolution of PacifiCorp Acquisitions (other than for the
      purposes of a solvent reconstruction or a solvent amalgamation or a
      members' voluntary winding-up on terms previously approved by
      extraordinary resolution of the Noteholders); or
 
  (c) an encumbrancer takes possession of, or a trustee, receiver,
      administrator or similar officer is appointed or an administration
      order is made in respect of, the whole or substantially the whole of
      the undertaking of PacifiCorp Acquisitions and such person has not been
      paid out or discharged within 30 days.
 
                                     II-2
<PAGE>
 
  11. PacifiCorp Acquisitions shall be entitled at any time to purchase any
Loan Notes at any price by tender (available to all Noteholders alike),
private treaty or otherwise by agreement with the relevant Noteholder(s).
 
  12. The Loan Notes will contain provisions entitling PacifiCorp
Acquisitions, without the consent of Noteholders, to substitute any of its
subsidiaries or any holding company or subsidiaries of such holding company
resident in the UK for tax purposes (other than Eastern or any of its
subsidiaries) as the principal debtor under the Loan Note Instrument and the
Loan Notes or to require all or any of the Noteholders to exchange their Loan
Notes for loan notes issued on the same terms mutatis mutandis by any such
company provided that (a) PacifiCorp Acquisitions guarantees such company's
obligations thereunder; and (b) following such substitution or exchange, the
Loan Notes or (as the case may be) such loan notes shall not contain a
provision equivalent to this paragraph 12. References to PacifiCorp
Acquisitions in this summary shall be construed accordingly. PacifiCorp
Acquisitions' right to require substitution of such company as principal
debtor (but not the right to require exchange of the Loan Notes) will be
exercisable only if prior clearance has been obtained from the Inland Revenue
to the effect that the substitution will not be treated as a disposal of the
Loan Notes for the purposes of United Kingdom taxation of chargeable gains and
PacifiCorp Acquisitions' right to require such an exchange will be exercisable
only if the exchange will fall within section 135 of the Taxation of
Chargeable Gains Act 1992, and to the extent relevant, clearance has been
received from the Inland Revenue under section 138 of that Act in respect of
the exchange.
 
  13. The Loan Notes will be evidenced by certificates, will be registered and
will be transferable in integral multiples of (Pounds)1 in excess of that
amount, provided that transfers of Loan Notes will not be registered during
the seven days immediately preceding an interest payment date or while the
register of Noteholders is closed.
 
  14. No application has been made or is intended to be made to any stock
exchange or other dealing service for the Loan Notes to be listed or otherwise
traded.
 
  15. The Loan Notes and the Loan Note Instrument will be governed by and
construed in accordance with English law.
 
                                     II-3
<PAGE>
 
                                 APPENDIX III
 
               FINANCIAL AND OTHER INFORMATION ON THE TEG GROUP
 
1. RESULTS FOR THE SIX MONTHS ENDED 31 MARCH 1997.
 
  The text on pages III-1 to III-14 has been extracted from the announcement
made by The Energy Group on 13 June 1997:
 
"RESULTS AND DIVIDEND
 
  On a pro forma basis, group turnover for the period of six months to 31
March, 1997 rose by 38 per cent. from (Pounds)1,826 million to (Pounds)2,519
million, and underlying operating profit was 30 per cent. above the same
period last year (on a pro forma basis) at (Pounds)317 million. Underlying pro
forma earnings per share increased 33 per cent.
 
  It is proposed to pay a dividend of 5.5p net per share on 4 July, 1997.
 
  Derek Bonham, Executive Chairman of The Energy Group said: "Today we have
announced the terms of a recommended offer by PacifiCorp for The Energy Group;
together we are well placed to take advantage of and compete effectively in
the fast changing international energy markets. Detailed terms of the offer
will be mailed to our shareholders in due course."
 
OPERATING REPORT
 
COAL
 
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                                    PRO FORMA
                                                        1997          1996
                                                    ------------- -------------
<S>                                                 <C>           <C>
Turnover for the six months to 31 March............ (Pounds)647mn (Pounds)656mn
Operating profit for the six months to 31 March....  (Pounds)66mn  (Pounds)66mn
Tons sold..........................................          81mn          77mn
</TABLE>
 
  Peabody continues to lead the industry in the USA with a 15 per cent. market
share of coal production. In Australia, our operations were responsible for 5
per cent. of the country's coal production. Peabody's subsidiaries operate 26
coal mines in the USA and three mines in Australia. A fourth Australian mine,
Bengalla, is under construction after receiving final development approval
last year.
 
  In the calendar year 1996, our operating companies sold coal to more than
150 US utility power plants, generating more than 9 per cent. of all US
electricity, approximately equal to the total amount of US electricity
produced from natural gas. Peabody also exports steam and metallurgical coal
to 15 countries from its US and Australian mines.
 
  Peabody increased its coal sales and its underlying operating profit levels
in the six months ended 31 March, 1997. On a US dollar basis, underlying
operating profits were 5 per cent. ahead of last year, although adverse
currency movements reduced reported profits to (Pounds)66 million, the same as
last year's reported level. Productivity has risen consistently, with our US
operating companies averaging 92 tons per employee per workshift for the six
month period - a 13 per cent. improvement on the previous year and a new
company record.
 
  According to government statistics, the company's Powder River mines in
Wyoming were the four most productive in the USA during 1996. At the three
Australian mines, average productivity increased by more than 17 per cent.
from the prior year, maintaining one of the highest productivity rates in the
country.
 
  Sales volume from Peabody's US and Australian mines increased by 6 per cent.
to 81.4 million tons, reflecting favourable customer demand for coal from the
Powder River and Australian mines. Turnover of (Pounds)647 million fell
slightly from the same period last year principally as a result of adverse
currency movements, partially offset by increased volumes.
 
 
                                     III-1
<PAGE>
 
  Peabody is preparing for deregulation in the US by working with Citizens
Power, our newly acquired power marketing business in the US, to create
innovative solutions to electric utility fuel supplies.
 
  The safety record for Peabody's US mines was the second best in its history,
capping six years of dramatic gains in safety. Our Freedom Mine was named as
the safest underground coal mine in the USA. An ambitious new safety
programme, One Future: Going For Perfect, has been launched with the goal of
zero lost time accidents.
 
POWER
 
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                                  PRO FORMA
                                                    1997            1996
                                               --------------- ---------------
<S>                                            <C>             <C>
Turnover for the six months to 31 March....... (Pounds)1,801mn (Pounds)1,092mn
Operating profit for the six months to 31
 March........................................   (Pounds)129mn    (Pounds)44mn
Generating capacity at 31 March...............         6,784MW           495MW
</TABLE>
 
  Substantial growth in our Power businesses enabled Eastern to make a
significant contribution to The Energy Group's operating profit increase in
the six months to 31 March, 1997. The power businesses' operating profit rose
by 193 per cent. to (Pounds)129 million, reflecting our greatly expanded
generation portfolio which now totals almost 7,000 MW, together with the
contribution from related energy trading activities.
 
  The Group's power generation portfolio widened significantly in mid-1996
through the addition of five coal-fired plants leased from National Power and
PowerGen to complement the three combined-cycle gas turbine (CCGT) plants:
Peterborough, King's Lynn, and Barking. The five coal-fired stations were a
major factor in the substantial profit increase in the six months under
review. The performance of the portfolio stations over the key winter period
was excellent, with average availability levels in excess of 92 per cent., and
our 360MW CCGT plant at Peterborough continues to maintain its outstanding
availability record. Our new 340MW CCGT plant at King's Lynn, Norfolk, is
undergoing commissioning trials and is due for final handover in 1997
following further work by the turnkey contractor to meet guaranteed
performance levels. In March 1997, we announced plans to build a 240MW
combined heat and power plant in Deeside using combined-cycle gas technology
to serve the needs of Shotton Paper--the UK's leading newsprint manufacturer.
 
  Eastern's power and energy trading business manages and monitors Eastern's
energy portfolio, including the bidding of its power plants into the
Electricity Pool, the procurement of coal, oil and gas, and the management of
risk for our retail energy operations. The business also offers risk
management services to other independent energy retailers, generators and
trading parties. During the period under review we have further improved our
ability to manage the risks associated with such energy trading activities
through the creation and operation of a variety of options, both physical, eg:
our leased coal-fired generating plant, and through third party contractual
arrangements, such as the innovative major plant-related contracts which were
announced with Enron in January 1997 and Rolls-Royce in April 1997.
 
  Eastern Electricity has maintained its position as a leader in competitive
electricity supply with an estimated 13 per cent. of the contestable market.
Major customers include Coats Viyella, McDonald's, Somerfield and Anglian
Water. For franchise customers, new tariffs from 1 April, 1997 will provide
average reductions of between 6 per cent. and 9 per cent., and further
discounts have been introduced for customers with annual bills above
(Pounds)225 or below (Pounds)100. Eastern Electricity is recognised as being
committed to the environment, and plans are well advanced to introduce a
"green tariff" in October of this year.
 
  Eastern Natural Gas is now the leading retailer in the deregulating gas
market (after British Gas/Centrica) with an annualised turnover of around
(Pounds)250 million and approximately 11 per cent. of
 
                                     III-2
<PAGE>
 
the competitive gas market. It is also the leading competitor to British
Gas/Centrica in those parts of the domestic market open to competition, with
over 100,000 domestic customers.
 
Eastern remains focused on delivering excellent service to its customers to
ensure success in the next stages of deregulation in the UK electricity and
gas markets. Its two customer service centres continue to operate at
exceptionally high standards and answer customer enquiries 24 hours a day, 365
days a year.
 
NETWORKS
 
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                                    PRO FORMA
                                                        1997          1996
                                                    ------------- -------------
<S>                                                 <C>           <C>
Turnover for the six months to 31 March............ (Pounds)274mn (Pounds)278mn
Operating profit for the six months to 31 March.... (Pounds)122mn (Pounds)133mn
</TABLE>
 
  Operating profit for our Networks business has reduced by 8 per cent. to
(Pounds)122 million, reflecting a (Pounds)20 million reduction in regulatory
income as a consequence of the last price review, partially offset by savings
in operating costs. The re-opening of voluntary severance programmes and
reshaping of the Networks business is already bringing through further cost
savings.
 
  Eastern Electricity's UK network covers 20,300 square kilometres from
Peterborough in the north to parts of London in the south, and from Aylesbury
in the west to Lowestoft in the east. Recent statistics from the Office of
Electricity Regulation show that the network remains one of the most reliable
in the country. Targeted capital investment in the network continues to
contribute to reliability and a new operations centre has helped to enhance
network performance even further. Set up in November 1996, it centrally
monitors and controls over 88,000km of cable and overhead lines.
 
  Eastern Group Telecoms has continued to develop its strong position as a
network provider to telecoms operators, with operating profit of (Pounds)1.8
million (pro forma 1996 (Pounds)0.4 million).
 
 
                                     III-3
<PAGE>
 
          THE ENERGY GROUP PLC--CONSOLIDATED PROFIT AND LOSS ACCOUNT
 
                    FOR THE SIX MONTHS ENDED 31 MARCH 1997
 
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                                         1997
                                                                      ----------
                                                                      (Pounds)MN
<S>                                                                   <C>
Turnover.............................................................    2,519
Costs and overheads less other income................................   (2,222)
                                                                        ------
Operating profit.....................................................      297
Net interest payable and similar charges.............................      (37)
                                                                        ------
Profit on ordinary activities before taxation........................      260
Taxation charge for period...........................................      (81)
                                                                        ------
Profit on ordinary activities after taxation.........................      179
Dividend.............................................................      (29)
                                                                        ------
Profit retained for the period.......................................      150
                                                                        ======
Earnings per ordinary share:
  Pre-exceptional....................................................    38.2p
  Basic..............................................................    34.5p
</TABLE>
 
  The figures on pages III-4 to III-10 for the six months ended 31 March 1997
have been extracted from the audited financial statements, but do not
themselves constitute full accounts within the meaning of the Companies Act
1985. Statutory accounts for the period will be delivered to the Registrar of
Companies in England and Wales. The other information on pages III-11 to III-
14 is not subject to audit.
 
                                     III-4
<PAGE>
 
                   THE ENERGY GROUP PLC--SEGMENT INFORMATION
 
                     FOR THE SIX MONTHS ENDED 31 MARCH 1997
 
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                            1997
                                              --------------------------------
                                              OPERATING              CAPITAL
                                                PROFIT    TURNOVER   EMPLOYED
                                              ---------- ---------- ----------
                                              (Pounds)MN (Pounds)MN (Pounds)MN
<S>                                           <C>        <C>        <C>
BY ACTIVITY:
Coal.........................................     66         647      1,370
Power........................................    129       1,801      1,117
Networks.....................................    122         274      1,063
Other........................................     --           9          8
Intra-Group trading (Networks to Power)......     --        (212)        --
                                                 ---       -----      -----
                                                 317       2,519      3,558
Exceptional restructuring and reorganisation
 costs.......................................    (20)         --         --
                                                 ---       -----      -----
                                                 297       2,519      3,558
                                                 ---       -----      -----
<CAPTION>
                                                            1997
                                              --------------------------------
                                              OPERATING              CAPITAL
                                                PROFIT    TURNOVER   EMPLOYED
                                              ---------- ---------- ----------
                                              (Pounds)MN (Pounds)MN (Pounds)MN
<S>                                           <C>        <C>        <C>
BY GEOGRAPHICAL LOCATION:
United Kingdom...............................    228       1,853      2,166
USA..........................................     52         574      1,148
Australia....................................     14          74        226
Other........................................      3          18         18
                                                 ---       -----      -----
                                                 297       2,519      3,558
                                                 ---       -----      -----
</TABLE>
 
                                     III-5
<PAGE>
 
                      THE ENERGY GROUP PLC--BALANCE SHEETS
 
                              AS AT 31 MARCH 1997
 
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                             GROUP     COMPANY
                                                              1997       1997
                                                           ---------- ----------
                                                           (Pounds)MN (Pounds)MN
<S>                                                        <C>        <C>
FIXED ASSETS
Tangible fixed assets.....................................    3,910       --
Investments...............................................       72       63
                                                             ------      ---
                                                              3,982       63
                                                             ------      ---
CURRENT ASSETS
Stocks....................................................      256       --
Debtors...................................................    1,359       50
Investments...............................................       10       --
Short-term deposits.......................................      753       --
Cash......................................................      385       40
                                                             ------      ---
                                                              2,763       90
                                                             ------      ---
CREDITORS -- DUE WITHIN ONE YEAR
Short-term borrowings.....................................     (738)      --
Overdrafts................................................      (61)      --
Other creditors...........................................     (948)     (45)
                                                             ------      ---
                                                             (1,747)     (45)
                                                             ------      ---
NET CURRENT ASSETS........................................    1,016       45
                                                             ------      ---
TOTAL ASSETS LESS CURRENT LIABILITIES.....................    4,998      108
CREDITORS -- DUE AFTER ONE YEAR...........................   (1,655)      --
PROVISIONS FOR LIABILITIES AND CHARGES....................   (1,498)      --
                                                             ------      ---
NET ASSETS................................................    1,845      108
                                                             ======      ===
CAPITAL AND RESERVES
Called up share capital...................................       52       52
Other reserves............................................      639       --
Profit and loss account...................................    1,154       56
                                                             ------      ---
EQUITY SHAREHOLDERS' FUNDS................................    1,845      108
                                                             ======      ===
</TABLE>
 
 
                                     III-6
<PAGE>
 
             THE ENERGY GROUP PLC--CONSOLIDATED CASH FLOW STATEMENT
 
                     FOR THE SIX MONTHS ENDED 31 MARCH 1997
 
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                    NOTE (Pounds)MN (Pounds)MN
<S>                                                 <C>  <C>        <C>
CASH FLOW FROM OPERATING ACTIVITIES................   1                 346
RETURNS ON INVESTMENTS AND SERVICING OF FINANCE
Interest received..................................           29
Interest paid......................................          (83)
Dividends received from investments................            1
                                                            ----
                                                                        (53)
TAXATION...........................................                     (23)
CAPITAL EXPENDITURE AND FINANCIAL INVESTMENT
Purchase of tangible fixed assets..................         (133)
Purchase of investments............................          (39)
Sale of tangible fixed assets......................            4
Sale of investments................................           12
                                                            ----
                                                                       (156)
ACQUISITION
Purchase of subsidiary undertaking.................                     (20)
                                                                       ----
CASH FLOW BEFORE USE OF LIQUID RESOURCES AND
 FINANCING.........................................                      94
MANAGEMENT OF LIQUID RESOURCES
Net cash placed on short-term deposit..............   3                (753)
FINANCING
Net new short-term borrowings......................   3      149
Debt due beyond a year:
New secured loan repayable within 5 years..........   3      907
Repayment of amounts borrowed......................   3     (118)
                                                            ----
                                                                        938
                                                                       ----
INCREASE IN CASH IN THE PERIOD.....................   3                 279
                                                                       ----
</TABLE>
 
                                     III-7
<PAGE>
 
        THE ENERGY GROUP PLC--NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED CASH FLOW STATEMENT
 
                     FOR THE SIX MONTHS ENDED 31 MARCH 1997
 
1. RECONCILIATION OF OPERATING PROFIT TO NET CASH INFLOW FROM OPERATING
ACTIVITIES
 
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                                         1997
                                                                      ----------
                                                                      (Pounds)MN
<S>                                                                   <C>
Operating profit before exceptional items............................    317
Depreciation and depletion...........................................    100
Profit on sales of tangible fixed assets.............................     (3)
Share of profit of associated undertakings...........................     (2)
(Increase) in investments............................................     (2)
(Increase) in stocks.................................................     (8)
(Increase) in debtors................................................    (83)
Increase in creditors................................................     50
Provisions...........................................................    (23)
                                                                         ---
Net cash inflow from operating activities............................    346
                                                                         ---
</TABLE>
 
2. ANALYSIS OF CHANGES IN FINANCING
 
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                             SHARE      LOANS AND        CURRENT      CURRENT
                            CAPITAL   FINANCE LEASES DEBENTURE LOANS BANK LOANS
                           ---------- -------------- --------------- ----------
                           (Pounds)MN   (Pounds)MN     (Pounds)MN    (Pounds)MN
<S>                        <C>        <C>            <C>             <C>
Balance as at 1 October
 1996....................      --           945            154           14
Pro forma additional net
 debt at 1 October 1996..      --            --             --          381
                              ---         -----           ----          ---
Pro forma balance at 1
 October 1996............      --           945            154          395
Non-cash demerger share
 issue...................      52            --             --           --
Additional debt on
 demerger................      --            --             --           42
Exchange movements.......      --           (12)            (9)          --
Cash inflow (outflow)
 from financing..........      --           789           (113)         262
Other movements..........      --           (54)            --           (6)
Current loan
 reallocations...........      --           (13)            13           --
                              ---         -----           ----          ---
Balance as at 31 March
 1997....................      52         1,655             45          693
                              ---         -----           ----          ---
</TABLE>
 
  The pro forma balance at 1 October 1996 reflects the figures included within
the company's Listing Particulars issued in January 1997.
 
 
                                     III-8
<PAGE>
 
  THE ENERGY GROUP PLC--NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED CASH FLOW STATEMENT (CONTINUED)
 
                    FOR THE SIX MONTHS ENDED 31 MARCH 1997
 
3. ANALYSIS OF CHANGES IN NET DEBT
 
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                                                             AS AT
                          PRO FORMA AS AT ADDITIONAL DEBT              OTHER     EXCHANGE    31 MAR
                            1 OCT 1996      ON DEMERGER   CASH FLOW  MOVEMENTS  MOVEMENTS     1997
                          --------------- --------------- ---------- ---------- ---------- ----------
                            (Pounds)MN      (Pounds)MN    (Pounds)MN (Pounds)MN (Pounds)MN (Pounds)MN
<S>                       <C>             <C>             <C>        <C>        <C>        <C>
Cash....................         173             --           221        (1)        (8)         385
Overdrafts..............        (119)            --            58        --         --          (61)
                                                             ----
                                                              279
                                                             ----
Debt due after 1 year...        (945)            --          (789)       67         12       (1,655)
Debt due within 1 year..        (549)           (42)         (149)       (7)         9         (738)
                                                             ----
                                                             (938)
                                                             ----
Short-term deposits.....         --              --           753        --         --          753
                              ------            ---          ----       ---        ---       ------
                              (1,440)           (42)           94        59         13       (1,316)
                              ------            ---          ----       ---        ---       ------
</TABLE>
 
  The pro forma net debt at 1 October 1996 reflects the figures included
within the company's Listing Particulars issued in January 1997.
 
4. RECONCILIATION OF NET CASH FLOW MOVEMENT TO MOVEMENT IN NET DEBT
 
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                                         1997
                                                                      ----------
                                                                      (Pounds)MN
<S>                                                                   <C>
Net cash inflow in the period........................................      279
Increase in liquid cash resources....................................      753
Change in debt resulting from cash flows.............................     (938)
                                                                        ------
                                                                            94
Additional debt on demerger..........................................      (42)
Other movements......................................................       59
Exchange movements...................................................       13
                                                                        ------
Movement in net debt in the period...................................      124
Opening pro forma net debt...........................................   (1,440)
                                                                        ------
Closing net debt.....................................................   (1,316)
                                                                        ------
</TABLE>
 
                                     III-9
<PAGE>
 
   THE ENERGY GROUP PLC--RECONCILIATION OF MOVEMENTS IN SHAREHOLDERS' FUNDS
 
                    FOR THE SIX MONTHS ENDED 31 MARCH 1997
 
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                                         1997
                                                                      ----------
                                                                      (Pounds)MN
<S>                                                                   <C>
Actual invested capital as at 30 September 1996(*)...................   2,185
Pro forma adjustments as at 30 September 1996 (*):
  --additional debt on demerger......................................    (381)
  --other............................................................      (2)
                                                                        -----
Pro forma invested capital as at 30 September 1996 (*)...............   1,802
Increase in additional net debt on demerger:
  --contribution towards dividend paid by Hanson in January 1997.....     (32)
  --other............................................................     (10)
                                                                        -----
Pro forma opening shareholders' funds................................   1,760
Profit on ordinary activities after taxation.........................     179
Dividend.............................................................     (29)
Currency differences on foreign net investments......................     (52)
Other movements......................................................     (13)
                                                                        -----
Closing shareholders' funds..........................................   1,845
                                                                        -----
</TABLE>
- --------
(*)  As disclosed in the Group's Listing Particulars issued in January 1997
 
  During the final stages of the demerger process, the amount of additional
net debt allocated to the Group on demerger was increased by (Pounds)42
million to a total of (Pounds)423 million. The increase principally reflected
a notional contribution to Hanson's dividend of 1.0p per Hanson ordinary share
paid on 10 January 1997 in respect of the quarter ended 31 December 1996.
 
 
                                    III-10
<PAGE>
 
      THE ENERGY GROUP PLC--PRO FORMA CONSOLIDATED PROFIT AND LOSS ACCOUNT
 
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                                          PRO FORMA
                                     PRO FORMA   PRO FORMA   SIX MONTHS  SIX MONTHS
                          PRO FORMA YEAR ENDED   YEAR ENDED     ENDED       ENDED
                            NOTE    31 MAR 1997 30 SEPT 1996 31 MAR 1997 31 MAR 1996
                          --------- ----------- ------------ ----------- -----------
                                    (Pounds)MN   (Pounds)MN  (Pounds)MN  (Pounds)MN
<S>                       <C>       <C>         <C>          <C>         <C>
TURNOVER
Coal....................               1,452       1,461          647         656
Power...................               2,887       2,178        1,801       1,092
Networks................                 478         482          274         278
Other...................                  24          24            9           9
Intra-group.............                (381)       (378)        (212)       (209)
                                       -----       -----        -----       -----
                                       4,460       3,767        2,519       1,826
                                       -----       -----        -----       -----
OPERATING PROFIT
Coal....................                 154         154           66          66
Power...................                 168          83          129          44
Networks................                 200         211          122         133
Other...................                  (2)         (2)          --          --
                                       -----       -----        -----       -----
PRE-EXCEPTIONAL
 OPERATING PROFIT.......                 520         446          317         243
Restructuring and
 reorganisation costs...      (2)        (20)                     (20)
National Grid Group
 flotation..............      (3)                     44                       44
                                       -----       -----        -----       -----
TOTAL OPERATING PROFIT..                 500         490          297         287
Profit on disposal of
 First Hydro............      (4)                     25                       25
Net interest payable and
 similar charges........      (5)        (88)        (68)         (37)        (33)
                                       -----       -----        -----       -----
PROFIT ON ORDINARY
 ACTIVITIES BEFORE
 TAXATION...............                 412         447          260         279
Taxation charge for the
 period.................      (6)       (126)       (137)         (81)        (89)
                                       -----       -----        -----       -----
PROFIT ON ORDINARY
 ACTIVITIES AFTER
 TAXATION...............                 286         310          179         190
                                       -----       -----        -----       -----
EARNINGS PER SHARE
Pre-exceptional.........      (7)      58.8p       51.8p        38.2p       28.8p
Basic...................      (7)      55.1p       59.5p        34.5p       36.5p
</TABLE>
 
  Notes to the above pro forma consolidated profit and loss account are shown
on page III-12.
 
                                     III-11
<PAGE>
 
NOTES TO THE PRO FORMA PROFIT AND LOSS ACCOUNT
 
(1) The pro forma information for the year ended 30 September 1996 has been
    extracted from the Listing Particulars issued during January 1997 in
    respect of the demerger. This assumed additional net debt of (Pounds)381
    million arising as a result of the demerger, together with an average
    interest rate of 6.2 per cent.
 
(2) Restructuring and reorganisation costs relate to the re-opening of
    Eastern's voluntary severance scheme.
 
(3) National Grid Group flotation relates to an interim dividend of (Pounds)11
    million and special dividends (net of associated costs) totalling
    (Pounds)165 million received in connection with the flotation of the
    National Grid Group. Amounts credited to electricity customers in the form
    of a discount on electricity bills connected with this flotation totalled
    (Pounds)132 million.
 
(4) Profit on disposal of First Hydro arose on the disposal of the Group's
    interest in the pumped storage business of National Grid Group.
 
(5) Pro forma net interest payable and similar charges for the year ended 31
    March 1997 are based on the actual interest charges borne by the
    individual operating entities which now comprise the Group, increased for
    an additional pro forma interest charge calculated as 7.5 per cent. of the
    actual additional net debt allocated to the Group by Hanson on demerger.
 
  Pro forma net interest payable and similar charges for the six months ended
  31 March 1996 are calculated on a similar basis, but incorporating an
  additional pro forma interest charge based on the additional net debt and
  average interest rate assumed in the Listing Particulars.
 
(6) Pro forma tax charge for the year ended 31 March 1997 has been calculated
    at the same effective rate before exceptional items as that which existed
    for the six months ended 31 March 1997.
 
  Pro forma tax charge for the six months ended 31 March 1996 has been
  calculated at the same effective rate before exceptional items as that
  assumed in the pro forma tax charge for the year ended 30 September 1996.
 
(7) The pro forma earnings per share for the six months ended 31 March 1996
    have been calculated on the pro forma profit for the period and on
    520,857,817 shares, being the number of ordinary shares assumed in the
    Listing Particulars.
 
  The actual earnings per share for the six months ended 31 March 1997 and
  the pro forma earnings per share for the year ended 31 March 1997 are based
  on the respective actual and pro forma profits for the relevant periods and
  on 518,607,817 shares which excludes the 2,250,000 shares held by The
  Energy Group Employee Benefit Trust, which has waived its right to
  dividends on the shares it holds.
 
(8) No pro forma adjustments have been made for additional annual
    administration costs that are expected to arise following the demerger.
    The directors estimate that such costs will amount to approximately
    (Pounds)15 million per annum.
 
 
                                    III-12
<PAGE>
 
                  THE ENERGY GROUP--TRANSLATION TO US DOLLARS
 
                INCOME STATEMENT AND CAPITAL EMPLOYED (UK GAAP)
                                 31 MARCH 1997
 
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                                1997
                                                        -----------------------
                                                                       CAPITAL
                                                        INCOME  SALES  EMPLOYED
                                                        ------  -----  --------
                                                         $MN     $MN     $MN
<S>                                                     <C>     <C>    <C>
BY ACTIVITY:
Coal...................................................   108   1,057   2,250
Power..................................................   211   2,943   1,834
Networks...............................................   199     448   1,745
Other..................................................    --      15      13
Intra-group (Networks to Power)........................    --    (347)     --
                                                        -----   -----   -----
                                                          518   4,116   5,842
Exceptional restructuring and reorganisation costs.....   (33)
                                                        -----   -----   -----
Operating income.......................................   485
Net interest expense...................................   (60)
                                                        -----
Income from ordinary activities before taxation........   425
Taxes on income from ordinary activities...............  (132)
                                                        -----
Net income.............................................   293
                                                        =====
Net income perADS
       Pre-exceptional................................. $2.50
       Basic........................................... $2.25
<CAPTION>
                                                                1997
                                                        -----------------------
                                                                       CAPITAL
                                                        INCOME  SALES  EMPLOYED
                                                        ------  -----  --------
                                                         $MN     $MN     $MN
<S>                                                     <C>     <C>    <C>
BY GEOGRAPHICAL LOCATION:
United Kingdom.........................................   372   3,028   3,556
USA....................................................    85     938   1,885
Australia..............................................    23     121     371
Other..................................................     5      29      30
                                                        -----   -----   -----
                                                          485   4,116   5,842
                                                        -----   -----   -----
</TABLE>
 
  The rates used to translate the above figures were the average rate for the
six months period to 31 March 1997 of $1.6339 to the (Pounds) in respect of
income and sales and the period end rate of $1.6420 to the (Pounds) for
capital employed.
 
                                    III-13
<PAGE>
 
                  THE ENERGY GROUP--TRANSLATION TO US DOLLARS
 
               PRO FORMA CONSOLIDATED INCOME STATEMENTS (UK GAAP)
 
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                                     PRO FORMA
                                PRO FORMA   PRO FORMA   SIX MONTHS  SIX MONTHS
                               YEAR ENDED   YEAR ENDED     ENDED       ENDED
                               31 MAR 1997 30 SEPT 1996 31 MAR 1997 31 MAR 1996
                               ----------- ------------ ----------- -----------
                                   $MN         $MN          $MN         $MN
<S>                            <C>         <C>          <C>         <C>
SALES
Coal.........................     2,372       2,387        1,057       1,072
Power........................     4,717       3,559        2,943       1,784
Networks.....................       781         788          448         454
Other........................        39          39           15          15
Intra-group (Networks to
 Power)......................      (622)       (618)        (347)       (341)
                                  -----       -----        -----       -----
                                  7,287       6,155        4,116       2,984
                                  -----       -----        -----       -----
OPERATING INCOME
Coal.........................       252         252          108         108
Power........................       274         135          211          72
Networks.....................       327         345          199         217
Other........................        (3)         (3)          --          --
                                  -----       -----        -----       -----
OPERATING INCOME BEFORE
 EXCEPTIONAL ITEMS...........       850         729          518         397
Restructuring and
 reorganisation costs........       (33)                     (33)
National Grid Group
 flotation...................                    72                       72
                                  -----       -----        -----       -----
OPERATING INCOME.............       817         801          485         469
Profit on disposal of First
 Hydro.......................                    41                       41
Net interest expense.........      (144)       (111)         (60)        (54)
                                  -----       -----        -----       -----
INCOME FROM ORDINARY
 ACTIVITIES BEFORE TAXATION..       673         731          425         456
Taxes on income from ordinary
 activities..................      (206)       (224)        (132)       (146)
                                  -----       -----        -----       -----
NET INCOME...................       467         507          293         310
                                  =====       =====        =====       =====
NET INCOME PER ADS
Pre-exceptional..............     $3.84       $3.39        $2.50       $1.88
Basic........................     $3.60       $3.89        $2.25       $2.39
</TABLE>
 
  The rate used to translate the above figures was the average rate for the six
months period to 31 March 1997 of $1.6339 to the (Pounds). The assumptions
behind these figures are shown on page III-12."
 
                                     III-14
<PAGE>
 
2. OTHER INFORMATION IN RESPECT OF THE REPORT AND ACCOUNTS OF THE ENERGY GROUP
   FOR THE SIX MONTHS ENDED 31 MARCH 1997.
 
  As at the date of this document, the Report and Accounts of The Energy Group
for the six months ended 31 March 1997 have not been published or filed with
the Registrar of Companies in England and Wales. However, the directors of The
Energy Group consider that, in addition to the announcement made by The Energy
Group on 13 June 1997, the following information, which is based on
disclosures in the Report and Accounts, is of material interest:
 
  (i) Accounting policies
 
    The Energy Group has continued to apply the same accounting policies as
  used in its Listing Particulars issued in January 1997, as set out on pages
  III-20 to III-23. After a detailed consideration of the nature of the TEG
  Group's 33% interest in the Black Beauty Coal Company joint venture, the
  results and period end position of that operation are now accounted for on
  an equity basis rather than proportional consolidation which has
  historically been applied. This change in treatment better reflects the
  nature of the TEG Group's interest in the operation, its revenues and its
  assets. The principal effect of the change has been to reduce overall net
  debt at 31 March 1997 by (Pounds)62 million. No change in accounting
  treatment has been applied to any of the TEG Group's other joint venture
  operations.
 
  (ii) Contingent liabilities
 
    Certain properties in the USA in which the TEG Group has, or had, an
  interest are subject to actual or potential environmental claims. The
  directors have made a (Pounds)42 million provision, included in provisions
  for reclamation and environmental obligations, in relation to these claims,
  but significant uncertainty exists as to whether these claims will be
  pursued against the TEG Group in all cases and, where they are pursued, the
  amount of the eventual costs and liabilities.
 
    Following its election to government in the UK, the Labour Party has
  reaffirmed its intention to impose a one-off "windfall levy" on regulated
  industries in the UK. It is not possible to predict the amount of any such
  levy, but, if imposed, such levy could be substantial.
 
    In February 1997 final determinations were made against National Grid
  Group and its group trustees by the Pensions Ombudsman on complaints by two
  pensioners in National Grid Group's section of the Electricity Supply
  Pension Scheme ("ESPS") relating to the use of the surplus arising under
  the actuarial valuation of the National Grid Group's section as at 31 March
  1992 to meet certain additional costs arising from the payment of pensions
  on early retirement pursuant to reorganisation or redundancy and certain
  additional contributions. These determinations were set aside by the High
  Court on 10 June 1997 and the arrangements made by National Grid Group and
  its trustees in dealing with its section's surplus were confirmed, although
  leave to appeal to the Court of Appeal has been granted to the two
  pensioners. If a similar complaint were to be made against Eastern in
  relation to its use of actuarial surplus in its section of the ESPS, it
  would resist it, ultimately through the courts. However, if a determination
  were finally to be made against it and upheld by the courts, Eastern could
  have a potential liability to repay to its section of the ESPS an amount
  estimated by the directors to be up to (Pounds)75 million (exclusive of any
  applicable interest charges).
 
    The TEG Group is subject to business risks which are actively managed
  against exposures. A fuller list of risk factors was set out in the Energy
  Group Listing Particulars.
 
  (iii) Subsequent events
 
    On 14 April 1997 Eastern Electricity plc issued (Pounds)200 million 8.75%
  bonds due 2012.
 
    On 24 April 1997 Eastern issued promissory notes of CZK 2,900 million
  (approximately (Pounds)59 million) to Ceska Sporitelna a.s. in the Czech
  Republic redeemable no later than 29 April 2004. The notes are secured by
  the TEG Group's investments in Severomoravska Energetika a.s. and Teplarny
  Brno a.s.
 
 
                                    III-15
<PAGE>
 
    On 20 May 1997 the TEG Group completed its acquisition of Citizens Lehman
  Power L.L.C. which has been renamed Citizens Power LLC. The acquisition
  involved an initial payment of (Pounds)12.5 million in cash, plus a payment
  deferred until 31 March 2000, equivalent to the net assets as of 30 June
  1997. There will be additional purchase consideration linked to profit
  goals up to 2002, subject to a maximum consideration for the entire
  transaction of $120 million.
 
    At 12 June 1997 the TEG Group's shareholding in Teplarny Brno a.s. had
  increased to 70.3% at an additional cost of (Pounds)4 million.
 
                                    III-16
<PAGE>
 
3.UNAUDITED PRO FORMA COMBINED PROFIT AND LOSS ACCOUNT AND STATEMENT OF NET
ASSETS.
 
  The text on pages III-17 and III-18 has been extracted from pages 62 and 63
of the Energy Group Listing Particulars:
 
"UNAUDITED PRO FORMA COMBINED PROFIT AND LOSS ACCOUNT
 
  The pro forma combined profit and loss account of the Group for the year
ended 30 September 1996 is as follows:
 
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                         NOTE HISTORICAL ADJUSTMENTS PRO FORMA
                                         ---- ---------- ----------- ----------
                                              (Pounds)MN (Pounds)MN  (Pounds)MN
<S>                                      <C>  <C>        <C>         <C>
Turnover before special discount.......          3,767        --        3,767
Costs and overheads less other income..         (3,321)       --       (3,321)
                                                ------       ---       ------
Operating profit before exceptional
 items.................................            446        --          446
National Grid Group flotation..........             44        --           44
                                                ------       ---       ------
Operating profit.......................            490        --          490
Profit on disposal of First Hydro .....             25        --           25
Net interest...........................  (1)       (43)      (25)         (68)
                                                ------       ---       ------
Profit on ordinary activities before
 taxation..............................            472       (25)         447
Taxation...............................  (2)      (115)      (22)        (137)
                                                ------       ---       ------
Profit for the year....................            357       (47)         310
                                                ======       ===       ======
Earnings per share.....................  (4)      68.5p                  59.5p
                                                ======                 ======
Adjusted earnings per share............           60.8p                  51.8p
                                                ======                 ======
</TABLE>
Notes
(1) The adjustment to interest reflects the drawdown of (Pounds)381 million
    under the Group's principal banking facilities. Additional interest
    expense has been calculated thereon at an effective rate of 6.2 per cent.
    based on three month LIBOR at 30 September 1996 together with the margin
    payable under such facilities. A change of 1/8 per cent. in the effective
    rate would change the interest expense by less than (Pounds)1 million per
    annum.
(2) The pro forma taxation adjustment has been calculated to reflect the
    impact of the adjusted interest charge resulting from the change in the
    capital structure of the Group following the Demerger ((Pounds)8 million)
    and after allowing for Group relief surrendered ((Pounds)30 million) for
    nil consideration by other Hanson Group companies.
(3) No adjustment has been made for additional annual administration costs
    that are expected to arise following the Demerger. The Directors estimate
    that such costs will amount to approximately (Pounds)15 million per annum.
(4) Pro forma earnings per share have been calculated on the basis of the pro
    forma profit for the year and on 521 million shares, being the expected
    minimum number of Energy ordinary shares in issue at Admission. Adjusted
    pro forma earnings per share are based on the same number of shares and
    the profit for the year after excluding the items relating to the National
    Grid Group flotation, the profit on disposal of the Group's interest in
    First Hydro and related taxation.
 
                                    III-17
<PAGE>
 
UNAUDITED PRO FORMA COMBINED STATEMENT OF NET ASSETS
 
  The pro forma combined statement of net assets of the Group, based on its
combined balance sheet as at 30 September 1996, is as follows:
 
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                         NOTE HISTORICAL ADJUSTMENTS PRO FORMA
                                         ---- ---------- ----------- ----------
                                              (Pounds)MN (Pounds)MN  (Pounds)MN
<S>                                      <C>  <C>        <C>         <C>
FIXED ASSETS
Tangible...............................          3,975       --         3,975
Investments............................             17       --            17
                                                ------      ----       ------
                                                 3,992       --         3,992
                                                ------      ----       ------
CURRENT ASSETS
Stocks.................................            254       --           254
Amounts owed by Hanson Group...........  (1)         2        (2)         --
Debtors falling due after one year.....            536       --           536
Debtors falling due within one year....            763       --           763
Investments............................              8       --             8
Cash at bank and in hand...............  (2)       173       --           173
                                                ------      ----       ------
                                                 1,736        (2)       1,734
                                                ------      ----       ------
CREDITORS: AMOUNTS FALLING DUE WITHIN
 ONE YEAR
  Bank and other borrowings............  (2)      (287)     (381)        (668)
  Other creditors......................           (754)      --          (754)
                                                ------      ----       ------
                                                (1,041)     (381)      (1,422)
                                                ------      ----       ------
NET CURRENT ASSETS.....................            695      (383)         312
                                                ------      ----       ------
TOTAL ASSETS LESS CURRENT LIABILITIES..          4,687      (383)       4,304
CREDITORS: AMOUNTS FALLING DUE AFTER
 MORE THAN ONE YEAR
  Long-term debt and finance leases....  (2)      (945)      --          (945)
  Provision for liabilities and
   charges.............................         (1,557)      --        (1,557)
                                                ------      ----       ------
NET ASSETS.............................          2,185      (383)       1,802
                                                ======      ====       ======
Net cash/(debt) is analysed as follows:
<CAPTION>
                                                                        PRO
                                              HISTORICAL ADJUSTMENTS   FORMA
                                              ---------- ----------- ----------
                                              (Pounds)MN (Pounds)MN  (Pounds)MN
<S>                                      <C>  <C>        <C>         <C>
Cash at bank and in hand...............            173       --           173
                                                ------      ----       ------
Bank and other borrowings due within
 one year..............................           (287)     (381)        (668)
Bank borrowings and loan notes due
 after one year........................           (945)      --          (945)
                                                ------      ----       ------
GROSS DEBT.............................         (1,232)     (381)      (1,613)
                                                ------      ----       ------
NET DEBT...............................         (1,059)     (381)      (1,440)
                                                ======      ====       ======
</TABLE>
Notes:
(1) Immediately prior to the Demerger, net amounts owed by the Hanson Group
    (other than the Relevant Peabody Debt, which will be settled before
    completion of the Peabody Holding Transaction) will be settled.
(2) Under the Demerger Agreement, the Group is to assume additional borrowings
    which on a pro forma basis as at 30 September 1996 would increase the
    Group's net bank and other borrowings to (Pounds)1,440 million. The
    adjustment shown above gives effect to the draw down of (Pounds)381
    million under the New Credit Facility.
(3) In addition to the adjustment for the draw down of (Pounds)381 million
    referred to above, further adjustments have been agreed between the
    Company and Hanson in respect of the period since 30 September 1996,
    reflecting principally the Group's contribution towards the dividend paid
    by Hanson on 10 January 1997. These adjustments amount to (Pounds)30
    million, as a result of which the total amount expected to be drawn down
    under the New Credit Facility after completion of the Demerger
    Transactions is approximately (Pounds)411 million.
(4) No adjustments have been made to reflect trading since 30 September 1996."
 
                                    III-18
<PAGE>
 
4. COMBINED FINANCIAL INFORMATION.
 
  The combined financial information on pages III-19 to III-42 has been
extracted from the Accountants' Reports--Section 1: The Group contained in
Part 4 of the Energy Group Listing Particulars.
 
"Basis of Preparation
 
  The combined financial information has been prepared to show the performance
of the Group for the three years ended 30 September 1996 as if it had been in
existence from 1 October 1993 as described below. It is based on the audited
annual financial returns submitted to Hanson for consolidation purposes in
respect of Eastern, Peabody and the infrastructure companies. Peabody and the
infrastructure companies were wholly-owned by Hanson throughout the period.
Eastern was acquired by Hanson on 18 September 1995.
 
  (i)   The combined financial information has been prepared using merger
        accounting principles as if the companies and businesses comprising the
        Group had been part of the Group for all periods presented, or, in the
        case of those acquired or disposed of by Hanson during this period, from
        or up to the date control passed, as appropriate. In order for the Group
        accounts to show a true and fair view, this basis of accounting will be
        used following the Demerger.

        Some individual elements of the reorganisation under Rollalong and of
        the Demerger Transactions have been or will be for cash consideration.
        Such individual elements do not satisfy all of the conditions for merger
        accounting to be permitted in accordance with UK Financial Reporting
        Standard 6 and Schedule 4A to the Companies Act 1985 (the "Companies
        Act"), which would require such transfers to be accounted for using
        acquisition accounting principles.

        The Directors took account of the continuity of ownership under Hanson
        of all of its energy-related businesses that will form the Group
        following completion of the Demerger Transactions and considered that
        the Demerger Transactions, taken as a whole, required the adoption of
        merger accounting principles in order to show a true and fair view in
        accordance with section 226(5) of the Companies Act.
 
        The adoption of acquisition accounting principles for some individual
        elements of the reorganisation under Rollalong and of the Demerger
        Transactions would have required: the restatement at fair value of
        certain assets and liabilities transferred; the recognition of goodwill
        which, in some cases, would not be representative of that arising had
        the transfers been conducted at arm's length; and the inclusion of the
        results of certain businesses only from the various arbitrary dates
        chosen for the transfers. As a result of the foregoing, in the opinion
        of the directors, combined financial information using different bases
        of accounting would not give a true and fair view. No quantification
        has been given of the effects of this departure because to do so would
        be misleading.
 
  (ii)  Although Eastern was acquired by Hanson on 18 September 1995, its
        results and cash flows have been included in the combined financial
        information based on an effective acquisition date of 30 September 1995.
        The results and cash flows for the period 19 to 30 September 1995 are
        not material.
 
  (iii) Transactions and balances owing between companies and businesses
        forming part of the Group have been eliminated.
 
  (iv)  Interest income and expense are based on amounts recorded in the
        historical financial returns submitted to Hanson in respect of the
        companies and businesses forming part of the Group. No adjustments
        have been made to reflect the capital structure of the Group as it
        will be following the Demerger and, as such, the historical level of
        interest income and expense may not be representative of such amounts
        following the Demerger.
 
                                    III-19
<PAGE>
 
(v) Taxation charges and liabilities are based on amounts recorded in the
    historical financial returns submitted to Hanson in respect of the
    companies and businesses forming part of the Group, except that
    adjustments have been made, where appropriate, to provide for deferred tax
    liabilities consequent upon the Group being on a stand-alone basis
    following Demerger. Prior to the Demerger and in previous accounting
    periods, there have been various tax-sharing arrangements between Hanson,
    those subsidiaries that will form part of the Group after the Demerger and
    other Hanson subsidiaries. These arrangements have had the effect that tax
    charges shown in the combined financial information may not be
    representative of tax charges that will be incurred following the
    Demerger.
 
Principal Accounting Policies
 
  The combined financial information has been prepared in accordance with
applicable UK Accounting Standards. The principal accounting policies, which
have been applied consistently for all periods, are set out below.
 
Accounting convention
 
  The combined financial information has been prepared in accordance with the
historical cost convention.
 
Accounting for acquisitions
 
  The results of acquired companies and businesses are dealt with in the
combined financial information from the date of acquisition. On the
acquisition of a company or business, fair values reflecting conditions at the
date of acquisition are attributed to the identifiable tangible assets and
liabilities acquired. Where the consideration paid exceeds the fair value of
the net tangible assets acquired, the difference is treated as goodwill and is
set off against invested capital in the acquisition period.
 
Associated undertakings
 
  Investments that are not subsidiary undertakings but in which the Group has
a long-term interest of between 20 per cent. and 50 per cent. of the equity
and over which the Group exercises significant influence (other than those
which are joint ventures) have been accounted for as associated companies
using the equity method of accounting. Where the Group has an interest in an
unincorporated joint venture or a partnership, such interest has been
accounted for using proportional consolidation on a line-by-line basis.
 
Turnover
 
  Coal sales revenue is recognised at the time of shipment. Electricity and
gas sales represent consumption by the customer during the year including an
estimated accrual for the value of electricity and gas consumed by customers
between the date of their last meter reading and the year end. Turnover is
stated exclusive of UK value added tax but inclusive of related US coal
production duties and UK fossil fuel levy.
 
Tangible fixed assets
 
 (a) Capitalisation
 
  Tangible fixed assets are stated at cost or valuation less accumulated
depreciation.
 
  Interest costs relating to the construction or development of production
facilities are capitalised during the pre-production period. Interest costs
incurred after production has commenced are expensed.
 
                                    III-20
<PAGE>
 
  Costs incurred to increase the productive capacity of a coal mine or gas
field are capitalised. Costs incurred to maintain the productive capacity of a
coal mine or gas field are expensed.
 
 (b) Depreciation and depletion
 
  Buildings and improvements at coal mines are depreciated over the expected
productive life of the mine from the date that full production commences.
 
  Depletion of coal and gas reserves is charged on a unit-of-production basis,
based on an assessment of available and proven reserves respectively.
 
  Freehold land is not depreciated.
 
  Depreciation of assets other than freehold land, coal and gas reserves and
buildings and improvements at coal mines is charged as follows:
 
<TABLE>
<S>                                     <C>
Electricity generating system assets    30 years
Electricity distribution system assets  40 years at a rate of 3 per cent. per annum for first
                                        20 years and 2 per cent. per annum for remaining
                                        20 years
Freehold buildings                      up to 60 years
Leasehold buildings                     shorter of 60 years and remaining period of lease
Telecommunications network              10 to 40 years
Plant, equipment and motor vehicles     2 to 49 years
</TABLE>
 
 (c) Assets held under leases
 
  Assets held under finance leases are included within fixed assets at the
capitalised value of future minimum lease payments and are depreciated over
the shorter of their lease period and their useful life. The capital element
of the future payments is treated as a liability and the interest element is
charged to the profit and loss account so as to reflect a constant annual rate
of interest on the remaining balance of the outstanding obligation.
 
  Rentals paid on operating leases are charged to the profit and loss account
on a straight-line basis over the shorter of the lease period and the useful
life of the leased asset.
 
 (d) Impairment
 
  At each financial year end, an assessment is made of the recoverability of
the balance sheet carrying values of coal and gas assets. This assessment is
made individually at the lowest operational level at which income and cash
flows are monitored as a separate unit. A reduction in carrying value is
triggered when the current book value of such a unit of assets exceeds the
undiscounted future cash flows. Where shortfalls in cash flows compared with
carrying values arise, the assets are written down to fair value, determined
usually by discounted future cash flows from the assets.
 
 (e) Reclamation, restoration and abandonment costs
 
  Provision is made for surface reclamation and restoration costs in respect
of coal mines and for abandonment costs in respect of gas fields in accordance
with local conditions and requirements on the basis of costs estimated at the
balance sheet date. The costs are charged to accounting periods on a unit-of-
production basis for gas assets and over the life of the mine for coal.
 
 
                                    III-21
<PAGE>
 
 (f) Environmental costs and obligations
 
  Costs incurred in respect of environmental protection are capitalised if
they provide future economic benefit from the related production facility.
Liabilities for environmental clean-up costs are recognised when clean-ups are
probable and the associated costs can be estimated reasonably.
 
 (g) Customers' contributions
 
  Customer contributions to electricity distribution system assets are
credited to the profit and loss account over a 40-year period at a rate of 3
per cent. per annum for the first 20 years followed by 2 per cent. per annum
for the following 20 years. The unamortised amount of these contributions is
shown as a deduction from tangible fixed assets.
 
 (h) Disposal of fixed assets
 
  HM Government is entitled to a proportion of any gain realised by Eastern on
certain property disposals made up to 31 March 2000. A provision for clawback
in respect of such disposals is made to the extent that it is probable that a
liability would crystallise. Such a liability would crystallise when an actual
or deemed disposal occurs.
 
Stocks
 
  Stocks are stated at the lower of cost and net realisable value. Cost
includes labour, supplies, equipment and an appropriate proportion of
operating and overhead costs.
 
Investments
 
  Fixed asset investments are stated at cost or Directors' valuation less
provisions for permanent diminutions in value. Current asset investments are
stated at the lower of cost and net realisable value. Investment income is
included in the accounts of the year in which it is receivable.
 
Foreign currencies
 
  Transactions in foreign currencies are recorded at the exchange rates ruling
at the date of the transactions. Monetary assets and liabilities denominated
in foreign currencies are translated at the rates of exchange ruling at the
balance sheet date. All differences on translation are taken to the profit and
loss account.
 
  Average rates of exchange ruling during the period are used to translate the
profit and loss accounts of overseas subsidiary and associated undertakings.
The balance sheets of overseas subsidiary undertakings are translated at rates
ruling at the balance sheet date. Differences on translation arising from
changes in the sterling value of overseas net assets, together with the
differences between profit and loss accounts translated at average rates and
at balance sheet rates, are shown as a movement in invested capital and in the
statement of recognised gains and losses. Other exchange rate differences are
dealt with in the profit and loss account for the period.
 
Deferred taxation
 
  Deferred taxation is provided on the liability method in respect of timing
differences except where the liability or asset is not expected to crystallise
in the foreseeable future. No deferred tax asset is recognised corresponding
to liabilities provided for in respect of post-retirement healthcare benefits.
Provision is not made for additional taxation which might be payable if
profits retained by overseas companies were distributed as dividends.
 
Healthcare and other obligations to employees
 
  The TEG Group provides healthcare and other benefits, including workers'
compensation benefits, to certain qualifying employees and former employees of
the Peabody companies and their
 
                                    III-22
<PAGE>
 
dependants under the provisions of various benefit plans or as required by US
state or federal law. These benefits are accrued and charged to the profit and
loss account over the expected service lives of the employees with the
exception of pneumoconiosis (black lung) benefits in respect of employees
ceasing employment prior to 1 July 1973, which are accounted for as payments
are made. Pneumoconiosis benefits in respect of employees ceasing employment
after 30 June 1973 are estimated actuarially; the last actuarial review was
performed as at 1 October 1995. Other workers' compensation benefits are also
assessed actuarially.
 
Pension costs
 
  The Group operates retirement benefit schemes in the UK, the US and
Australia, in accordance with local regulations and custom. The assets of the
schemes are held in separate funds administered by trustees.
 
  The cost of providing pensions is charged to the combined profit and loss
account over employees' service lives. The pension costs relating to those
schemes which provide defined benefits are assessed in accordance with the
advice of qualified actuaries.
 
 
                                    III-23
<PAGE>
 
COMBINED PROFIT AND LOSS ACCOUNTS
 
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                  YEAR ENDED 30 SEPTEMBER
                                              --------------------------------
                                         NOTE    1994       1995       1996
                                         ---- ---------- ---------- ----------
                                              (Pounds)MN (Pounds)MN (Pounds)MN
<S>                                      <C>  <C>        <C>        <C>
Turnover................................         1,247      1,446      3,635
Add: Special discount...................            --         --        132
                                                ------     ------     ------
Turnover before special discount........   1     1,247      1,446      3,767
Costs and overheads less other income...   2    (1,148)    (1,311)    (3,321)
                                                ------     ------     ------
Operating profit before National Grid
 Group flotation........................            99        135        446
National Grid Group flotation...........
  dividends receivable..................   4        --         --        176
  special discount......................   4        --         --       (132)
                                                ------     ------     ------
Operating profit........................   1        99        135        490
Profit on disposal of First Hydro.......   4        --         --         25
Net interest............................   5       (14)       (11)       (43)
                                                ------     ------     ------
Profit on ordinary activities before
 taxation...............................            85        124        472
Taxation................................   6       (17)       (56)      (115)
                                                ------     ------     ------
Profit for the year.....................            68         68        357
                                                ======     ======     ======
Earnings per share......................   7      13.1p      13.1p      68.5p
                                                ======     ======     ======
Adjusted earnings per share.............   7      13.1p      13.1p      60.8p
                                                ======     ======     ======
</TABLE>
 
  The net interest expense and taxation shown above were affected
significantly by the financing and taxation arrangements of Hanson Group.
Accordingly, the amounts of those items included above may not be
representative of those that may arise following the Demerger. The results of
Eastern are included from 1 October 1995. The results of Peabody Holding are
included for the three years ended 30 September 1996 as disclosed in Note 1.
 
COMBINED STATEMENT OF TOTAL RECOGNISED GAINS AND LOSSES:
 
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                   YEAR ENDED 30 SEPTEMBER
                                               --------------------------------
                                                  1994       1995       1996
                                               ---------- ---------- ----------
                                               (Pounds)MN (Pounds)MN (Pounds)MN
<S>                                            <C>        <C>        <C>
Profit for the year..........................      68         68        357
Currency differences on foreign net
 investments.................................     (29)        --         20
                                                  ---        ---        ---
Total recognised gains relating to the year..      39         68        377
                                                  ===        ===        ===
</TABLE>
 
                                    III-24
<PAGE>
 
COMBINED BALANCE SHEETS
 
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                      AS AT 30 SEPTEMBER
                                               --------------------------------
                                          NOTE    1994       1995       1996
                                          ---- ---------- ---------- ----------
                                               (Pounds)MN (Pounds)MN (Pounds)MN
<S>                                       <C>  <C>        <C>        <C>
FIXED ASSETS
Tangible assets ........................    8     2,190      3,774      3,975
Investments.............................    9         6         37         17
                                                 ------     ------     ------
                                                  2,196      3,811      3,992
                                                 ------     ------     ------
CURRENT ASSETS
Stocks..................................   10       120        161        254
Amounts due from the Hanson Group.......            196         12          2
Debtors
 amounts falling due after one year.....   11       164        189        536
 amounts falling due within one year....   11       237        579        763
Investments.............................   12        --        547          8
Short-term deposits.....................             --        264         --
Cash at bank and in hand................            106         79        173
                                                 ------     ------     ------
                                                    823      1,831      1,736
CREDITORS: AMOUNTS FALLING DUE WITHIN
 ONE YEAR...............................   13      (451)      (862)    (1,041)
                                                 ------     ------     ------
NET CURRENT ASSETS......................            372        969        695
                                                 ------     ------     ------
TOTAL ASSETS LESS CURRENT LIABILITIES...          2,568      4,780      4,687
CREDITORS: AMOUNTS FALLING DUE AFTER
 MORE THAN ONE YEAR.....................   13      (224)      (911)      (945)
PROVISIONS FOR LIABILITIES AND CHARGES..   14    (1,372)    (1,761)    (1,557)
                                                 ------     ------     ------
                                                    972      2,108      2,185
                                                 ======     ======     ======
INVESTED CAPITAL........................   15       972      2,108      2,185
                                                 ======     ======     ======
</TABLE>
 
  Amounts due from Hanson Group, investments, cash balances and borrowings may
not be representative of the financial position of the Group following the
Demerger. The net assets of Eastern are included as at 30 September 1995 and
1996. The net assets of Peabody Holding, further details of which are
disclosed in Note 1, are included at each of the dates shown above.
 
                                    III-25
<PAGE>
 
COMBINED CASH FLOW STATEMENTS
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                   YEAR ENDED 30 SEPTEMBER
                                               --------------------------------
                                          NOTE    1994       1995       1996
                                          ---- ---------- ---------- ----------
                                               (Pounds)MN (Pounds)MN (Pounds)MN
<S>                                       <C>  <C>        <C>        <C>
NET CASH INFLOW FROM OPERATING
 ACTIVITIES.............................   20      143        402          12
                                                  ----       ----      ------
RETURNS ON INVESTMENTS AND SERVICING OF
 FINANCE
National Grid Group flotation...........            --         --          44
Interest paid...........................           (19)       (11)        (33)
                                                  ----       ----      ------
                                                   (19)       (11)         11
                                                  ----       ----      ------
TAXATION
Tax paid................................            (5)        (4)       (128)
                                                  ----       ----      ------
INVESTING ACTIVITIES
Payments to acquire tangible fixed as-
 sets...................................    8     (133)      (140)       (374)
Receipts from sales of tangible fixed
 assets.................................            76         31          29
Sale of investments.....................            --         --         235
Purchase of subsidiary undertakings.....   21       --         36      (2,495)
                                                  ----       ----      ------
NET CASH OUTFLOW FROM INVESTING ACTIVI-
 TIES...................................           (57)       (73)     (2,605)
                                                  ----       ----      ------
NET CASH INFLOW/(OUTFLOW) BEFORE FINANC-
 ING....................................            62        314      (2,710)
                                                  ----       ----      ------
FINANCING
Increase/(decrease) in borrowings.......   21       27        (20)        128
Changes in invested capital from cash
 funding................................   15      (61)       (57)      2,290
                                                  ----       ----      ------
Net cash (outflow)/inflow from financing
 .......................................           (34)       (77)      2,418
                                                  ----       ----      ------
Net cash inflow/(outflow) after financ-
 ing....................................   22       28        237        (292)
                                                  ====       ====      ======
</TABLE>
 
  The returns on investments and servicing of finance, taxation and financing
cash flows shown above were affected significantly by the financing and
taxation arrangements of the Hanson Group. Accordingly, the cash flows of
those items included above may not be representative of those that may arise
following the Demerger. The cash flows of Eastern are included from 1 October
1995. The cash flows for Peabody Holding are included for the three years
ended 30 September 1996.
 
                                    III-26
<PAGE>
 
NOTES TO THE COMBINED FINANCIAL INFORMATION
 
1 SEGMENTAL INFORMATION
 
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                  YEAR ENDED 30 SEPTEMBER
                         --------------------------------------------------------------------------
                                   1994                     1995                     1996
                         ------------------------ ------------------------ ------------------------
                                      OPERATING                OPERATING                OPERATING
                          TURNOVER  PROFIT/(LOSS)  TURNOVER  PROFIT/(LOSS)  TURNOVER  PROFIT/(LOSS)
                         ---------- ------------- ---------- ------------- ---------- -------------
                         (Pounds)MN  (Pounds)MN   (Pounds)MN  (Pounds)MN   (Pounds)MN  (Pounds)MN
<S>                      <C>        <C>           <C>        <C>           <C>        <C>
By activity:
  Coal..................   1,217         102        1,418         160        1,461         154
  Power.................      --          --           --          --        2,178          83
  Networks..............      --          --           --          --          482         211
  Other.................      30          (3)          28         (25)          24          (2)
  Intra-group trading...      --          --           --          --         (378)         --
                           -----         ---        -----         ---        -----         ---
                           1,247          99        1,446         135        3,767         446
Exceptional items
  National Grid Group
   flotation............      --          --           --          --         (132)         44
                           -----         ---        -----         ---        -----         ---
                           1,247          99        1,446         135        3,635         490
                           =====         ===        =====         ===        =====         ===
 
  Power turnover includes gas sales of (Pounds)258 million in the year ended
30 September 1996.
 
  All intra-group trading represent charges, at market rates, for use of the
distribution system from the Networks business to the Power business.
 
<CAPTION>
                                                  YEAR ENDED 30 SEPTEMBER
                         --------------------------------------------------------------------------
                                   1994                     1995                     1996
                         ------------------------ ------------------------ ------------------------
                                      OPERATING                OPERATING                OPERATING
                          TURNOVER     PROFIT      TURNOVER  PROFIT/(LOSS)  TURNOVER     PROFIT
                         ---------- ------------- ---------- ------------- ---------- -------------
                         (Pounds)MN  (Pounds)MN   (Pounds)MN  (Pounds)MN   (Pounds)MN  (Pounds)MN
<S>                      <C>        <C>           <C>        <C>           <C>        <C>
By geographical
 location:
  United Kingdom........      22           6           22         (31)       2,303         293
  US....................   1,108          66        1,297         141        1,317         125
  Australia.............     117          27          127          25          147          28
                           -----         ---        -----         ---        -----         ---
                           1,247          99        1,446         135        3,767         446
Exceptional items
  National Grid Group
   flotation............      --          --           --          --         (132)         44
                           -----         ---        -----         ---        -----         ---
                           1,247          99        1,446         135        3,635         490
                           =====         ===        =====         ===        =====         ===
</TABLE>
 
  The above analysis of turnover shows the geographical segments from which
goods and services are supplied.
 
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                    YEAR ENDED 30 SEPTEMBER
                                                --------------------------------
                                                   1994       1995       1996
                                                ---------- ---------- ----------
                                                (Pounds)MN (Pounds)MN (Pounds)MN
<S>                                             <C>        <C>        <C>
Turnover by geographical destination:
  United Kingdom...............................      27         34      2,183
  North and South America......................   1,053      1,197      1,218
  Rest of Europe...............................      35         57         62
  Asia/Pacific.................................     132        158        172
                                                  -----      -----      -----
                                                  1,247      1,446      3,635
                                                  =====      =====      =====
</TABLE>
 
                                    III-27
<PAGE>
 
1 SEGMENTAL INFORMATION (CONTINUED)
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                AS AT 30 SEPTEMBER
                         -----------------------------------------------------------------
                                 1994                  1995                  1996
                         --------------------- --------------------- ---------------------
                           TOTAL     CAPITAL     TOTAL     CAPITAL     TOTAL     CAPITAL
                           ASSETS    EMPLOYED    ASSETS    EMPLOYED    ASSETS    EMPLOYED
                         ---------- ---------- ---------- ---------- ---------- ----------
                         (Pounds)MN (Pounds)MN (Pounds)MN (Pounds)MN (Pounds)MN (Pounds)MN
<S>                      <C>        <C>        <C>        <C>        <C>        <C>
By activity:
Coal....................   2,933      1,277      3,004      1,399      3,102      1,440
Power...................      --         --        608        273      1,317        889
Networks................      --         --      1,149      1,008      1,192      1,089
Other...................      86         (7)        69        (23)        30         (4)
                           -----      -----      -----      -----      -----      -----
                           3,019      1,270      4,830      2,657      5,641      3,414
                           =====      =====      =====      =====      =====      =====
By geographical
 location:
United Kingdom..........      44          7      1,780      1,283      2,520      1,981
US......................   2,685      1,048      2,723      1,154      2,727      1,226
Australia...............     290        215        327        220        394        207
                           -----      -----      -----      -----      -----      -----
                           3,019      1,270      4,830      2,657      5,641      3,414
                           =====      =====      =====      =====      =====      =====
</TABLE>
 
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                     AS AT 30 SEPTEMBER
                                              --------------------------------
                                                 1994       1995       1996
                                              ---------- ---------- ----------
                                              (Pounds)MN (Pounds)MN (Pounds)MN
<S>                                           <C>        <C>        <C>
Total assets are reconciled to the combined
 balance sheet as follows:
Assets analysed by activity..................   3,019      4,830      5,641
Unallocated cash, investments and other
 assets......................................      --        812         87
                                                -----      -----      -----
Total assets.................................   3,019      5,642      5,728
                                                =====      =====      =====
</TABLE>
 
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                     AS AT 30 SEPTEMBER
                                              --------------------------------
                                                 1994       1995       1996
                                              ---------- ---------- ----------
                                              (Pounds)MN (Pounds)MN (Pounds)MN
<S>                                           <C>        <C>        <C>
Capital employed is reconciled to invested
 capital as follows:
Capital employed by activity.................   1,270      2,657       3,414
Current and deferred taxes...................     (99)      (303)       (147)
Borrowings less cash, investments and other
 unallocated assets and liabilities..........    (199)      (246)     (1,082)
                                                -----      -----      ------
Invested capital.............................     972      2,108       2,185
                                                =====      =====      ======
</TABLE>
 
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                  YEAR ENDED 30 SEPTEMBER
                         --------------------------------------------------------------------------
                                   1994                     1995                     1996
                         ------------------------ ------------------------ ------------------------
                                     DEPRECIATION             DEPRECIATION             DEPRECIATION
                           CAPITAL       AND        CAPITAL       AND        CAPITAL       AND
                         EXPENDITURE  DEPLETION   EXPENDITURE  DEPLETION   EXPENDITURE  DEPLETION
                         ----------- ------------ ----------- ------------ ----------- ------------
                         (Pounds)MN   (Pounds)MN  (Pounds)MN   (Pounds)MN  (Pounds)MN   (Pounds)MN
<S>                      <C>         <C>          <C>         <C>          <C>         <C>
By activity:
Coal....................     133         113          140         119           98         121
Power...................      --          --           --          --          134          15
Networks................      --          --           --          --          142          61
                             ---         ---          ---         ---          ---         ---
                             133         113          140         119          374         197
                             ===         ===          ===         ===          ===         ===
</TABLE>
 
                                     III-28
<PAGE>
 
1 SEGMENTAL INFORMATION (CONTINUED)
 
  Included within Coal above are the following amounts in respect of Peabody
Holding which is expected to be transferred to the Group on 7 March 1997:
 
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                  YEAR ENDED 30 SEPTEMBER
                                              --------------------------------
                                                 1994       1995       1996
                                              ---------- ---------- ----------
                                              (Pounds)MN (Pounds)MN (Pounds)MN
<S>                                           <C>        <C>        <C>
Turnover.....................................   1,051      1,234      1,255
Operating profit.............................      46        107        101
Capital expenditure..........................      64         98         69
Depreciation and depletion...................      89         99        104
<CAPTION>
                                                     AS AT 30 SEPTEMBER
                                              --------------------------------
                                                 1994       1995       1996
                                              ---------- ---------- ----------
                                              (Pounds)MN (Pounds)MN (Pounds)MN
<S>                                           <C>        <C>        <C>
Total assets.................................   2,389      2,408      2,422
Capital employed.............................     648        668        949
 
2 COSTS AND OVERHEADS LESS OTHER INCOME
 
<CAPTION>
                                                  YEAR ENDED 30 SEPTEMBER
                                              --------------------------------
                                                 1994       1995       1996
                                              ---------- ---------- ----------
                                              (Pounds)MN (Pounds)MN (Pounds)MN
<S>                                           <C>        <C>        <C>
Changes in stocks of finished goods and work
 in progress.................................      (6)       (18)       (19)
Raw materials and consumables................     194        232      1,983
Employment costs (Note 3)....................     304        321        411
Depreciation.................................      60         58        128
Depletion....................................      53         61         69
Restructuring and reorganisation.............      --         29        (29)
Other acquisition related costs of Eastern...      --         --         31
Production taxes.............................     113        138        162
Other operating charges less other income....     430        490        585
                                                -----      -----      -----
                                                1,148      1,311      3,321
                                                =====      =====      =====
</TABLE>
 
  The reorganisation provision created on the acquisition of Eastern in 1995
of (Pounds)29 million is no longer deemed necessary and has been reversed in
1996. A deferred tax asset of (Pounds)11 million, recognised in 1995 to
reflect the taxation relief in respect of this provision, has also been
reversed in 1996.
 
  Other operating charges less other income for the year ended 30 September
1996 includes operating lease rentals payable of (Pounds)77 million (1995
(Pounds)20 million, 1994 (Pounds)20 million) primarily in respect of plant and
machinery and a credit of (Pounds)15 million, part of a (Pounds)42 million
reduction in the Group's provision relating to an UMWA Combined Fund
established under the Coal Mine Retiree Health Benefit Act of 1992, which is
being released over three years commencing in 1996.
 
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                  YEAR ENDED 30 SEPTEMBER
                                              --------------------------------
                                                 1994       1995       1996
                                              ---------- ---------- ----------
                                              (Pounds)MN (Pounds)MN (Pounds)MN
<S>                                           <C>        <C>        <C>
Audit fees...................................    0.4        0.4        0.8
Non-audit fees payable to Ernst & Young in
 the UK......................................     --         --        7.3
</TABLE>
 
                                    III-29
<PAGE>
 
3 EMPLOYEES
 
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                   YEAR ENDED 30 SEPTEMBER
                                               --------------------------------
                                                  1994       1995       1996
                                               ---------- ---------- ----------
                                               (Pounds)MN
                                                          (Pounds)MN (Pounds)MN
<S>                                            <C>        <C>        <C>
(A) EMPLOYMENT COSTS
Wages and salaries...........................      270        288         411
Employers' social security costs.............       20         20          28
Pension costs (note 19) .....................       14         13          17
                                                 -----      -----      ------
                                                   304        321         456
Less: amounts capitalised....................       --         --         (45)
                                                 -----      -----      ------
Charged to profit and loss account...........      304        321         411
                                                 =====      =====      ======
(B) NUMBERS EMPLOYED
The average number of persons employed by the
 Group was:
<CAPTION>
                                                 NUMBER     NUMBER     NUMBER
<S>                                            <C>        <C>        <C>
United Kingdom...............................      193        201       6,195
US...........................................    7,442      7,336       6,824
Australia....................................    1,054      1,069       1,098
                                                 -----      -----      ------
                                                 8,689      8,606      14,117
                                                 =====      =====      ======
</TABLE>
 
The average number of persons employed by the Group by activity was:
 
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                             1994   1995   1996
                                                            ------ ------ ------
                                                            NUMBER NUMBER NUMBER
<S>                                                         <C>    <C>    <C>
Coal....................................................... 8,488  8,399   7,916
Power......................................................    --     --   1,630
Networks...................................................    --     --   4,370
Other......................................................   201    207     201
                                                            -----  -----  ------
                                                            8,689  8,606  14,117
                                                            =====  =====  ======
</TABLE>
 
4 EXCEPTIONAL ITEMS
 
  During 1996, the Group received an interim dividend of (Pounds)11 million and
special dividends (net of associated costs) totalling (Pounds)165 million
connected with the flotation of The National Grid Group plc ("National Grid
Group"). Amounts credited to electricity customers in the form of a discount on
electricity bills connected with this flotation totalled (Pounds)132 million.
 
  The profit on disposal of First Hydro of (Pounds)25 million in 1996 arose on
the disposal of the Group's interest in the pumped storage business of National
Grid Group.
 
                                     III-30
<PAGE>
 
5 NET INTEREST
 
  A significant proportion of the Group's cash and bank balances and borrowing
requirements were transferred to, or provided by, the Hanson Group. No
interest was received or paid on the amounts so transferred or provided.
 
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                YEAR ENDED 30 SEPTEMBER
                                            --------------------------------
                                               1994       1995       1996
                                            ---------- ---------- ----------
                                            (Pounds)MN (Pounds)MN (Pounds)MN
<S>                                         <C>        <C>        <C>
Interest expense
  On loans wholly
   repayable within five
   years......................................   7          5         68
  On other loans..............................  10         10         20
Interest capitalised..........................  --         --         (8)
                                               ---        ---        ---
                                                17         15         80
Interest income...............................  (3)        (4)       (37)
                                               ---        ---        ---
Net interest expense..........................  14         11         43
                                               ===        ===        ===
</TABLE>
 
  Included in interest payable is (Pounds)7 million relating to finance leases
for the year ended 30 September 1996.
 
6 TAXATION CHARGE/(CREDIT)
 
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                    YEAR ENDED 30 SEPTEMBER
                                                --------------------------------
                                                   1994       1995       1996
                                                ---------- ---------- ----------
                                                (Pounds)MN (Pounds)MN (Pounds)MN
<S>                                             <C>        <C>        <C>
UNITED KINGDOM
Corporation tax at 33 per cent................      --         --          3
Adjustment in respect of previous years.......      --         --        (15)
Advance corporation tax written off...........       1         --         --
Deferred taxation.............................      --        (11)        22
Tax credit on franked investment income.......      --         --         29
                                                   ---        ---        ---
                                                     1        (11)        39
OVERSEAS
Current taxation..............................      21         25         19
Deferred taxation.............................      (5)        42         57
                                                   ---        ---        ---
Charge for the period.........................      17         56        115
                                                   ===        ===        ===
This taxation charge for the period has been
 reduced by the following amounts arising from
 group relief surrendered for nil
 consideration by other Hanson Group
 companies....................................      --         --         30
                                                   ===        ===        ===
</TABLE>
 
  If full provision had been made for deferred tax for the year ended 30
September 1996, the tax charge would have increased by (Pounds)31 million
(1995 (Pounds)nil, 1994 reduced by (Pounds)6 million) being (Pounds)32 million
in respect of capital allowances in excess of depreciation less (Pounds)1
million in respect of other timing differences. As a result of the stand-alone
basis of providing for deferred tax, the charge for deferred tax shown above
has been increased by (Pounds)57 million for the year ended 30 September 1996
(1995 (Pounds)42 million, 1994 reduced by (Pounds)5 million).
 
  As a result of the surrender of group relief for nil consideration, together
with the taxation effects of the National Grid Group flotation, the tax charge
shown is not representative of the charge that may arise following the
Demerger Transactions.
 
                                    III-31
<PAGE>
 
6 TAXATION CHARGE/(CREDIT) (CONTINUED)
 
  A reconciliation of the tax charge at the UK statutory rate of corporation
tax to the actual tax charge is as follows:
 
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                               YEAR ENDED 30 SEPTEMBER
                           --------------------------------
                              1994       1995       1996
                           ---------- ---------- ----------
                           (Pounds)MN (Pounds)MN (Pounds)MN
<S>                        <C>        <C>        <C>
Profit before taxation....     85        124        472
                              ===        ===        ===
Notional UK corporation
 tax at 33 per cent. .....     28         41        156
Permanent differences.....     (4)       (20)        (4)
Timing differences........     (4)         3        (31)
Free group relief.........     --         --        (30)
Effect of overseas tax
 rates....................     (3)        32         39
Adjustments in respect of
 prior years..............     --         --        (15)
                              ---        ---        ---
Actual tax charge.........     17         56        115
                              ===        ===        ===
 
7 EARNINGS PER SHARE
 
  Earnings per share are based on the profit for the year in each year and on
521 million ordinary shares, being the expected minimum number of ordinary
shares in the Company which will be issued in respect of the Demerger.
Adjusted earnings per share are based on the same number of shares and the
profit for the year after excluding the items relating to the National Grid
Group flotation, the profit on disposal of First Hydro and the related
taxation as follows:
 
<CAPTION>
                               YEAR ENDED 30 SEPTEMBER
                           --------------------------------
                              1994       1995       1996
                           ---------- ---------- ----------
                           (Pounds)MN (Pounds)MN (Pounds)MN
<S>                        <C>        <C>        <C>
Profit for the year as
 reported.................     68         68        357
Adjusted for
  National Grid Group
   flotation..............     --         --        (44)
  Profit on disposal of
   First Hydro............     --         --        (25)
  Related taxation........     --         --         29
                              ---        ---        ---
Profit as adjusted........     68         68        317
                              ===        ===        ===
</TABLE>
 
                                    III-32
<PAGE>
 
8 TANGIBLE FIXED ASSETS
 
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                                          PLANT,
                                        COAL                            EQUIPMENT
                           LAND AND   AND GAS   DISTRIBUTION GENERATING AND MOTOR
                          BUILDINGS    ASSETS      SYSTEM     STATIONS   VEHICLES    TOTAL
                          ---------- ---------- ------------ ---------- ---------- ----------
                          (Pounds)MN (Pounds)MN  (Pounds)MN  (Pounds)MN (Pounds)MN (Pounds)MN
<S>                       <C>        <C>        <C>          <C>        <C>        <C>
COST
As at 1 October 1993....      --       2,298         --          --         832      3,130
Exchange adjustments....      --         (99)        --          --         (26)      (125)
Additions...............      --          55         --          --          77        132
Disposals...............      --        (101)        --          --         (52)      (153)
                             ---       -----        ---         ---       -----      -----
As at 30 September
 1994...................      --       2,153         --          --         831      2,984
Exchange adjustments....      --          (5)        --          --          --         (5)
Additions...............      --          36         --          --         104        140
Acquisitions............      78         228        904         261         118      1,589
Disposals...............      --         (30)        --          --         (72)      (102)
                             ---       -----        ---         ---       -----      -----
As at 30 September
 1995...................      78       2,382        904         261         981      4,606
Exchange adjustments....      --          35         --          --          18         53
Additions...............      14          55         83          93         129        374
Disposals...............     (17)         (6)        --          --         (32)       (55)
                             ---       -----        ---         ---       -----      -----
As at 30 September
 1996...................      75       2,466        987         354       1,096      4,978
                             ===       =====        ===         ===       =====      =====
ACCUMULATED DEPRECIATION
 AND DEPLETION
As at 1 October 1993....      --         289         --          --         505        794
Exchange adjustments....      --         (14)        --          --         (18)       (32)
Charge for the year.....      --          53         --          --          60        113
Disposals...............      --         (34)        --          --         (47)       (81)
                             ---       -----        ---         ---       -----      -----
As at 30 September
 1994...................      --         294         --          --         500        794
Exchange adjustments....      --          (2)        --          --          --         (2)
Charge for the year.....      --          61         --          --          58        119
Disposals...............      --         (23)        --          --         (56)       (79)
                             ---       -----        ---         ---       -----      -----
As at 30 September
 1995...................      --         330         --          --         502        832
Exchange adjustments....      --           6         --          --          10         16
Charge for the year.....       2          69         39           7          80        197
Disposals...............      --         (16)        --          --         (26)       (42)
                             ---       -----        ---         ---       -----      -----
As at 30 September
 1996...................       2         389         39           7         566      1,003
                             ===       =====        ===         ===       =====      =====
NET BOOK VALUE
As at 1 October 1993....      --       2,009         --          --         327      2,336
                             ===       =====        ===         ===       =====      =====
As at 30 September
 1994...................      --       1,859         --          --         331      2,190
                             ===       =====        ===         ===       =====      =====
As at 30 September
 1995...................      78       2,052        904         261         479      3,774
                             ===       =====        ===         ===       =====      =====
As at 30 September
 1996...................      73       2,077        948         347         530      3,975
                             ===       =====        ===         ===       =====      =====
</TABLE>
 
  The net book value of land and buildings at 30 September 1996 comprises
freeholds of (Pounds)72 million (1995 (Pounds)77 million, 1994 (Pounds)nil),
long leaseholds of (Pounds)1 million (1995 (Pounds)1 million, 1994
(Pounds)nil) and short leaseholds of (Pounds)nil (1995 (Pounds)nil, 1994
(Pounds)nil).
 
  Coal and gas assets at 30 September 1996 include natural gas assets with a
cost of (Pounds)35 million (1995 (Pounds)17 million, 1994 (Pounds)nil),
accumulated depletion of (Pounds)2 million (1995 (Pounds)nil, 1994
(Pounds)nil) and net book value of (Pounds)33 million (1995 (Pounds)17
million, 1994 (Pounds)nil).
 
 
                                    III-33
<PAGE>
 
8 TANGIBLE FIXED ASSETS (CONTINUED)
 
  Plant, equipment and motor vehicles at 30 September 1996 include assets
relating to the coal business with a cost of (Pounds)931 million (1995
(Pounds)888 million, 1994 (Pounds)820 million), accumulated depreciation of
(Pounds)540 million (1995 (Pounds)502 million, 1994 (Pounds)500 million) and
net book value of (Pounds)391 million (1995 (Pounds)386 million, 1994
(Pounds)320 million).
 
  Capitalised interest at 30 September 1996 included within fixed assets
amounts to (Pounds)8 million (1995 (Pounds)nil, 1994 (Pounds)nil).
 
  The cost of distribution system fixed assets at 30 September 1996 is shown
net of customer contributions of (Pounds)343 million (1995 (Pounds)308
million, 1994 (Pounds)nil). The net book value of customer contributions at 30
September 1996 was (Pounds)256 million (1995 (Pounds)230 million, 1994
(Pounds)nil).
 
  Assets in the course of construction at 30 September 1996 amounted to
(Pounds)310 million (1995 (Pounds)176 million, 1994 (Pounds)nil).
 
  Generating stations include assets held under finance leases as follows:
 
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                      AS AT 30 SEPTEMBER
                                               ---------------------------------
                                                  1994       1995        1996
                                               ---------- ----------- ----------
                                               (Pounds)MN (Pounds)MN  (Pounds)MN
<S>                                            <C>        <C>         <C>
Cost..........................................     --         120        128
Accumulated depreciation......................     --          --        (12)
                                                  ---         ---        ---
Net book value................................     --         120        116
                                                  ===         ===        ===
 
9 FIXED ASSET INVESTMENTS
 
<CAPTION>
                                                LOANS TO   UNLISTED
                                               ASSOCIATES INVESTMENTS   TOTAL
                                               ---------- ----------- ----------
                                               (Pounds)MN (Pounds)MN  (Pounds)MN
<S>                                            <C>        <C>         <C>
As at 1 October 1993..........................     --           5          5
Share of retained profit/(loss)...............     --           1          1
                                                  ---         ---        ---
As at 30 September 1994                            --           6          6
Acquisitions..................................     16          15         31
                                                  ---         ---        ---
As at 30 September 1995.......................     16          21         37
Disposals.....................................    (16)         (4)       (20)
                                                  ---         ---        ---
As at 30 September 1996.......................     --          17         17
                                                  ===         ===        ===
 
10 STOCKS
 
<CAPTION>
                                                      AS AT 30 SEPTEMBER
                                               ---------------------------------
                                                  1994       1995        1996
                                               ---------- ----------- ----------
                                               (Pounds)MN (Pounds)MN  (Pounds)MN
<S>                                            <C>        <C>         <C>
Raw materials and consumables.................     52          65        152
Work in progress..............................     20          48         52
Finished stock and items for resale...........     48          48         50
                                                  ---         ---        ---
                                                  120         161        254
                                                  ===         ===        ===
</TABLE>
 
                                    III-34
<PAGE>
 
11 DEBTORS
 
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                      AS AT 30 SEPTEMBER
                                               --------------------------------
                                                  1994       1995       1996
                                               ---------- ---------- ----------
                                               (Pounds)MN (Pounds)MN (Pounds)MN
<S>                                            <C>        <C>        <C>
Amounts falling due after more than one year
  Advance corporation tax recoverable.........     --         12         84
  Royalties receivable and other debtors......    164        177        182
  Operating lease prepayments.................     --         --        270
                                                  ---        ---        ---
                                                  164        189        536
                                                  ===        ===        ===
Amounts falling due within one year...........
  Trade debtors...............................    167        483        502
  Other debtors and prepayments...............     70         96        261
                                                  ---        ---        ---
                                                  237        579        763
                                                  ===        ===        ===
</TABLE>
 
12 CURRENT ASSET INVESTMENTS
 
  Current asset investments at 30 September 1995 include the Group's
investment in National Grid Group of (Pounds)393 million, which was
distributed to Hanson during 1996 as a dividend in specie.
 
13 CREDITORS
 
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                       AS AT 30 SEPTEMBER
                                                --------------------------------
                                                   1994       1995       1996
                                                ---------- ---------- ----------
                                                (Pounds)MN (Pounds)MN (Pounds)MN
<S>                                             <C>        <C>        <C>
Amounts falling due within one year............
  Bank overdrafts..............................     --         --         119
  Short-term loans.............................     33          7          14
  Commercial paper.............................     54         61         144
  Finance leases...............................     --         --          10
  Trade creditors..............................     90        288         313
  Corporation tax..............................     12        115          39
  Other taxation and social security...........     32         43          61
  Other creditors..............................      8        105          49
  Accruals and deferred income.................    222        243         292
                                                   ---        ---       -----
                                                   451        862       1,041
                                                   ===        ===       =====
</TABLE>
 
  Weighted average interest rates at 30 September 1996 on bank overdrafts were
7.4 per cent., short-term loans 7.5 per cent. and commercial paper 7.1 per
cent.
 
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                      AS AT 30 SEPTEMBER
                                               --------------------------------
                                                  1994       1995       1996
                                               ---------- ---------- ----------
                                               (Pounds)MN (Pounds)MN (Pounds)MN
<S>                                            <C>        <C>        <C>
Amounts falling due after more than one year
  Loans not wholly repayable within 5 years
   $300 million 5% subordinated income note
    2006
   (1994 $320 million, 1995 $310 million).....    203        196        192
   (Pounds)350 million 8.375% bonds 2004......     --        347        347
   (Pounds)200 million 8.5% bonds 2025........     --        197        197
                                                  ---        ---        ---
                                                  203        740        736
  Other loans repayable within 5 years........     21         27         56
  Net obligations under finance leases........     --        144        153
                                                  ---        ---        ---
                                                  224        911        945
                                                  ===        ===        ===
</TABLE>
 
 
                                    III-35
<PAGE>
 
13 CREDITORS (CONTINUED)
 
(Pounds)100 million of the (Pounds)350 million 8.375 per cent. bonds has been
converted into floating rate debt by way of interest rate swaps expiring in
2004. At 30 September 1996, the weighted average interest rate payable was 5.7
per cent. (1995 6.6 per cent.). Amounts shown above for bonds are net of
unamortised issue costs.
 
  Long-term debt and finance leases are repayable as at 30 September 1996 as
follows:
 
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                                      (Pounds)MN
<S>                                                                   <C>
1998.................................................................     29
1999.................................................................     32
2000.................................................................     43
2001.................................................................     28
2002.................................................................     26
thereafter...........................................................    787
                                                                         ---
                                                                         945
                                                                         ===
</TABLE>
 
  Long-term debt and finance leases are denominated in the following
currencies:
 
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                       AS AT 30 SEPTEMBER
                                                --------------------------------
                                                   1994       1995       1996
                                                ---------- ---------- ----------
                                                (Pounds)MN (Pounds)MN (Pounds)MN
<S>                                             <C>        <C>        <C>
Sterling.......................................     --        688        689
US dollars.....................................    224        223        248
Australian dollars.............................     --         --          8
                                                   ---        ---        ---
                                                   224        911        945
                                                   ===        ===        ===
</TABLE>
 
14 PROVISIONS FOR LIABILITIES AND CHARGES
 
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                         HEALTH CARE AND RECLAMATION AND
                         OBLIGATIONS TO   ENVIRONMENTAL   DEFERRED
                            EMPLOYEES      OBLIGATIONS    TAXATION    OTHERS     TOTAL
                         --------------- --------------- ---------- ---------- ----------
                           (Pounds)MN      (Pounds)MN    (Pounds)MN (Pounds)MN (Pounds)MN
<S>                      <C>             <C>             <C>        <C>        <C>
As at 1 October 1993....       966             378          101         68       1,513
Exchange adjustments....       (49)            (20)          (5)        (2)        (76)
Utilised in year........       (84)            (38)          (4)        (8)       (134)
Provided/(released) in
 year...................        84              (8)          (5)         2          73
Acquisitions............        --              (3)          --         (1)         (4)
                               ---             ---          ---        ---       -----
As at 30 September
 1994...................       917             309           87         59       1,372
Exchange adjustments....        (3)             (1)          (2)        --          (6)
Utilised in year........       (68)            (43)          --        (29)       (140)
Provided/(released) in
 year...................        65              23           42         36         166
Acquisitions............         8              17           86        258         369
                               ---             ---          ---        ---       -----
As at 30 September
 1995...................       919             305          213        324       1,761
Exchange adjustments....        12               4            1         --          17
Utilised in year........       (80)            (43)           7        (62)       (178)
Provided/(released) in
 year...................        48              19           57         (4)        120
Acquisition adjustment
 (Note 16)..............        --              --          (86)       (77)       (163)
                               ---             ---          ---        ---       -----
As at 30 September
 1996...................       899             285          192        181       1,557
                               ===             ===          ===        ===       =====
</TABLE>
 
  Deferred tax provided as at 30 September 1996 includes (Pounds)142 million
(1995 (Pounds)119 million, 1994 liabilities reduced by (Pounds)7 million) in
respect of liabilities recognised by the Group, consequent upon being on a
stand-alone basis following Demerger. The provided and unprovided liabilities
to deferred taxation were as follows:
 
                                    III-36
<PAGE>
 
14 PROVISION FOR LIABILITIES AND CHARGES (CONTINUED)
 
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                 AMOUNTS PROVIDED                AMOUNTS UNPROVIDED
                                AS AT 30 SEPTEMBER               AS AT 30 SEPTEMBER
                         -------------------------------- --------------------------------
                            1994       1995       1996       1994       1995       1996
                         ---------- ---------- ---------- ---------- ---------- ----------
                         (Pounds)MN (Pounds)MN (Pounds)MN (Pounds)MN (Pounds)MN (Pounds)MN
<S>                      <C>        <C>        <C>        <C>        <C>        <C>
Excess of capital
 allowances.............     27         82        100         543        543        803
Post retirement
 healthcare benefits....     --         --         --        (209)      (220)      (226)
Other timing
 differences............     60         45         92        (194)      (183)      (200)
                            ---        ---        ---        ----       ----       ----
                             87        127        192         140        140        377
Acquisitions
Excess of capital
 allowances.............     --         --         --          --        228         --
Other timing
 differences............     --         86         --          --        (22)        --
                            ---        ---        ---        ----       ----       ----
                             87        213        192         140        346        377
                            ===        ===        ===        ====       ====       ====
</TABLE>
 
15 INVESTED CAPITAL
 
  Invested capital represents the total investment and long-term funding of
the Group by the Hanson Group. A reconciliation of movements in invested
capital is as follows:
 
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                   YEAR ENDED 30 SEPTEMBER
                                               --------------------------------
                                                  1994       1995       1996
                                               ---------- ---------- ----------
                                               (Pounds)MN (Pounds)MN (Pounds)MN
<S>                                            <C>        <C>        <C>
Profit for the year...........................     68           68        357
Other net recognised gains/(losses) relating
 to the year..................................    (29)          --         20
Increases/(decreases) in funding by Hanson....
  Cash........................................    (61)         (57)     2,290
  Non-cash....................................     95        2,493     (2,418)
  Dividend in specie of investment in National
   Grid Group.................................     --           --       (393)
Goodwill (set off)/write back.................     --       (1,368)       221
                                                  ---       ------     ------
Net addition to invested capital..............     73        1,136         77
Opening invested capital......................    899          972      2,108
                                                  ---       ------     ------
Closing invested capital......................    972        2,108      2,185
                                                  ===       ======     ======
</TABLE>
 
  The total amount of goodwill set off against invested capital at 30
September 1996 is (Pounds)1,147 million (1995 (Pounds)1,368 million, 1994
(Pounds)nil).
 
16 ACQUISITIONS
 
  There were no significant acquisitions in the year ended 30 September 1994
and the year ended 30 September 1996.
 
  Eastern was acquired by Hanson on 18 September 1995. As explained above,
Eastern has been included in the combined balance sheet of the Group as at 30
September 1995 and in its results from 1 October 1995. The Caballo and Rawhide
mines were acquired by Peabody on 1 November 1994.
 
                                    III-37
<PAGE>
 
16 ACQUISITIONS (CONTINUED)
 
  The operating assets and liabilities of Eastern and the Caballo and Rawhide
mines together with the fair value adjustments were as follows:
 
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                      CABALLO
                          EASTERN   AND RAWHIDE                           1995       1996        1996
                            BOOK       MINES      TOTAL       TOTAL      TOTAL       TOTAL      TOTAL
                           VALUE    BOOK VALUE  BOOK VALUE ADJUSTMENTS FAIR VALUE ADJUSTMENTS FAIR VALUE
                         ---------- ----------- ---------- ----------- ---------- ----------- ----------
                         (Pounds)MN (Pounds)MN  (Pounds)MN (Pounds)MN  (Pounds)MN (Pounds)MN  (Pounds)MN
<S>                      <C>        <C>         <C>        <C>         <C>        <C>         <C>
Fixed assets............   1,106        124       1,230        359        1,589        --        1,589
Stock...................      12         10          22         --           22        --           22
Debtors.................     379          2         381        (13)         368        13          381
Cash....................     264         --         264        --           264        --          264
Unlisted investments....     284         --         284        295          579        44          623
Creditors...............    (392)       (10)       (402)       (17)        (419)       17         (402)
Loans and finance
 leases.................    (688)        --        (688)        --         (688)       --         (688)
Provisions for
 liabilities and
 charges................    (129)       (11)       (140)      (220)        (360)      147         (213)
                           -----        ---       -----       ----       ------       ---       ------
                             836        115         951        404        1,355       221        1,576
                           =====        ===       =====       ====       ======       ===       ======
Consideration (Eastern (Pounds)2,496 million; Caballo and Rawhide
 (Pounds)227 million).................................................    2,723                  2,723
Goodwill (Eastern)....................................................   (1,368)                (1,147)
                                                                         ------                 ------
                                                                          1,355                  1,576
                                                                         ======                 ======
</TABLE>
 
  The following fair value adjustments relating to Eastern and the Caballo and
Rawhide mines were made to the book values of the assets and liabilities
acquired:
 
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                      CABALLO
                                        AND
                                      RAWHIDE                 1996
                           EASTERN     MINES    1995 TOTAL  EASTERN   1996 TOTAL
                          ---------- ---------- ---------- ---------- ----------
                          (Pounds)MN (Pounds)MN (Pounds)MN (Pounds)MN (Pounds)MN
<S>                       <C>        <C>        <C>        <C>        <C>
Tangible fixed assets...      242       117         359        --        359
Unlisted investments....      295        --         295        44        339
Debtors.................      (13)       --         (13)       13         --
Liabilities in respect
 of purchase contracts..     (129)       --        (129)       61        (68)
Creditors...............      (17)       --         (17)       17         --
Deferred tax............      (86)       --         (86)       86         --
Other liabilities.......       --        (5)         (5)       --         (5)
                             ----       ---        ----       ---        ---
                              292       112         404       221        625
                             ====       ===        ====       ===        ===
</TABLE>
 
  Goodwill arising at the time of acquisition of Eastern of (Pounds)1,368
million has been reduced in 1996 by (Pounds)221 million principally as a
result of the release of provisions no longer considered necessary.
 
17 CONTINGENT LIABILITIES
 
  Certain properties in the US in which the Group has or has had an interest
are subject to actual or potential environmental claims. The Directors have
made a (Pounds)44 million provision, included in provisions for reclamation
and environmental obligations (Note 14), in relation to these claims, but
significant uncertainty exists as to whether these claims will be pursued
against the Group in all cases and, where they are pursued, the amount of the
eventual costs and liabilities. In the event that future costs and liabilities
are in excess of amounts accrued, the Directors do not anticipate that they
will have a material adverse effect on the combined results of operations,
financial position or liquidity of the Group.
 
                                    III-38
<PAGE>
 
17 CONTINGENT LIABILITIES (CONTINUED)
 
  The next general election in the UK must be held by no later than 22 May
1997. The Labour Party has announced that, if it is elected to office at that
election, it will impose a one-off "windfall levy" on profits of the
privatised utilities. It is not possible to predict the amount of any such
levy, but, if imposed, such levy could be substantial.
 
  In December 1996, a provisional ruling was made against National Grid Group
and its Group Trustees by the Pensions Ombudsman on a complaint by two
pensioners in the National Grid Group's section of the Electricity Supply
Scheme ("ESPS") relating to the use of the surplus arising under the actuarial
valuation of the National Grid Group section as at 31 March 1992 to meet
certain additional costs arising from the payment of pensions on early
retirement pursuant to reorganisation or redundancy and certain additional
contributions. This ruling is under appeal. If a similar complaint were to be
made against Eastern in relation to its use of actuarial surplus in its
section of the ESPS, it would resist it, ultimately through the courts.
However, if an equivalent determination were finally to be made against it and
upheld by the courts, Eastern could have a potential liability to repay to its
part of that scheme an amount estimated by the directors to be up to
(Pounds)75 million (exclusive of any applicable interest charges).
 
18 FINANCIAL COMMITMENTS
 
  (a) Capital commitments of the Group were as follows:
 
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                       AS AT 30 SEPTEMBER
                                                --------------------------------
                                                   1994       1995       1996
                                                ---------- ---------- ----------
                                                (Pounds)MN (Pounds)MN (Pounds)MN
<S>                                             <C>        <C>        <C>
Contracted but not provided for................     49        110         83
Authorised but not contracted for..............     --         30        164
                                                   ---        ---        ---
                                                    49        140        247
                                                   ===        ===        ===
</TABLE>
 
  (b) Gas take or pay contracts
 
  There are various types of contracts for the purchase of gas. Almost all
include "take or pay" obligations under which the buyer agrees to pay for a
minimum quantity of gas in a year. In order to help meet the expected needs of
its wholesale and retail customers, Eastern has entered into a range of
purchase contracts. As at 30 September 1996 the commitments under long-term
gas purchase contracts amounted to an estimated (Pounds)2.3 billion (1995
(Pounds)1.4 billion) covering periods up to 18 years forward. The directors do
not consider it likely, on the basis of the Group's current expectations of
demand from its customers as compared with its take or pay obligations under
such purchase contracts, that any material payments will become due from the
Group in the foreseeable future for gas not taken.
 
  (c) The future minimum rental commitments at 30 September 1996, under
finance leases and non-cancellable operating leases, together with the present
value of minimum lease payments under finance leases were as follows:
 
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                           OPERATING   FINANCE
YEAR ENDED 30 SEPTEMBER                                      LEASES     LEASES
- -----------------------                                    ---------- ----------
                                                           (Pounds)MN (Pounds)MN
<S>                                                        <C>        <C>
1997......................................................     40         16
1998......................................................     51         16
1999......................................................     50         16
2000......................................................     87         16
2001......................................................     86         16
thereafter................................................    389        139
                                                              ---        ---
Total minimum lease payments..............................    703        219
                                                              ===
Less amount representing interest.........................               (56)
                                                                         ---
Present value of minimum lease payments...................               163
                                                                         ===
</TABLE>
 
 
                                    III-39
<PAGE>
 
18 FINANCIAL COMMITMENTS (CONTINUED)
 
  The majority of the operating lease commitments relate to coal-fired power
stations. Additional payments of approximately (Pounds)6 per megawatt hour
(indexed) linked to output levels from these stations are payable for between
the first five and seven years of their operation by the Group.
 
  (d) The annual commitments under non-cancellable operating leases at 30
September 1996 were:
 
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                            LAND AND
                                                           BUILDINGS    OTHER
                                                           ---------- ----------
                                                           (Pounds)MN (Pounds)MN
<S>                                                        <C>        <C>
Leases expiring
Within one year...........................................     --         --
Within two to five years..................................     --          9
After five years..........................................      2         29
                                                              ---        ---
                                                                2         38
                                                              ===        ===
</TABLE>
 
19 PENSION AND POST-RETIREMENT HEALTHCARE
 
 Pensions
 
  The Group participates in several defined benefit pension plans in the UK,
the US and Australia which cover the majority of employees. The benefits for
these plans are based primarily on years of credited service and final average
pensionable pay as defined under the respective plan provisions.
 
  The total cost of all pensions of the Group in the years ended 30 September
1994, 1995 and 1996, was (Pounds)14 million, (Pounds)13 million and (Pounds)17
million, respectively. The latter amount includes (Pounds)4 million relating
to UK employees and (Pounds)10 million in respect of additional one-off cash
retirement costs for US employees.
 
  In the US, Peabody sponsors four main defined benefit pension plans. With
the exception of one plan, assets are set aside in separate trustee-
administered funds. Each of these plans is assessed annually by independent
qualified actuaries, the latest valuations being as at 30 September 1996. In
addition, Peabody participates in two multi-employer plans. In these plans,
the assets contributed by the participating employers are aggregated and the
contributions payable are determined by independent qualified actuaries in
accordance with industry-wide agreements. Peabody also has a number of defined
contribution plans. Costs relating to the multi-employer and the defined
contribution plans are recognised as incurred.
 
  In the UK, the majority of Eastern employees are members of the ESPS which
provides pensions of a defined benefit nature for employees throughout the
Electricity Supply Industry. The ESPS operates on the basis that there is not
cross-subsidy between employers and the financing of Eastern's pension
liabilities is therefore independent of the experience of other participating
employers. The assets of the ESPS are held in a separate trustee-administered
fund.
 
  The pension cost relating to the Eastern part of the ESPS is assessed in
accordance with the advice of independent qualified actuaries using the
projected unit method. The latest actuarial valuation was carried out as at 31
March 1995.
 
  The total market value of the assets of the US plans, excluding the multi-
employer and defined contribution plans, was (Pounds)255 million as at 30
September 1996. The market value of the assets of Eastern's section of the
ESPS was (Pounds)681 million at 31 March 1995.
 
  The assumptions which had the most significant effect on the results of the
valuations were that the rate of investment return would exceed salary
increases (exclusive of merit awards) by 2 1/2 per cent. per annum for the UK
plans and by an average 3 1/2 per cent. per annum in the US, and with
investment returns in the UK being assumed to exceed future pension increases
by 4 per cent. per annum. The actuarial value of the assets was sufficient to
cover 104 per cent. of the benefits that had accrued to members in the UK and
91 per cent. in the US.
 
                                    III-40
<PAGE>
 
19 PENSION AND POST-RETIREMENT HEALTHCARE (CONTINUED)
Provisions for liabilities and charges (Note 14) include a prepayment of
(Pounds)1 million (provision of (Pounds)1 million at 30 September 1994 and
(Pounds)10 million at 30 September 1995) representing the excess of the
contributions paid to the plans concerned over the accumulated amount charged
against the Group's profits in respect of pension costs.
 
 Post-retirement healthcare
 
  The Group also provides post-retirement healthcare and life assurance
benefits under plans mainly in the US to certain groups of its retired and
active employees.
 
20 RECONCILIATION OF OPERATING PROFIT TO NET CASH INFLOW FROM OPERATING
ACTIVITIES
 
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                              YEAR ENDED 30 SEPTEMBER
                                     ------------------------------------------
                                           1994            1995         1996
                                     ----------------- ------------- ----------
                                        (Pounds)MN      (Pounds)MN   (Pounds)MN
<S>                                  <C>               <C>           <C>
Operating profit before National
 Grid Group flotation..............          99             135           446
Depreciation and depletion.........         113             119           197
Profit on sale of fixed assets.....          (4)             (8)          (16)
Increase in stocks.................         (11)            (19)          (93)
(Increase)/decrease in debtors.....         (62)            197           (94)
Operating lease prepayments........          --              --          (342)
Increase/(decrease) in creditors...          60              (6)           36
Decrease in provisions and other
 long-term creditors...............         (52)            (16)         (122)
                                            ---            ----        ------
Net cash inflow from operating
 activities........................         143             402            12
                                            ===            ====        ======
 
21 ANALYSIS OF CHANGES IN FINANCING
 
<CAPTION>
                                      LONG-TERM LOANS  CURRENT LOANS
                                     AND FINANCE LEASE   AND NOTES
                                        OBLIGATIONS       PAYABLE      TOTAL
                                     ----------------- ------------- ----------
                                        (Pounds)MN      (Pounds)MN   (Pounds)MN
<S>                                  <C>               <C>           <C>
As at 1 October 1993...............         245              51           296
Exchange adjustments...............         (12)             --           (12)
Cash (outflow)/inflow from
 financing.........................          (9)             36            27
                                            ---            ----        ------
As at 30 September 1994............         224              87           311
Exchange adjustments...............          (1)              1            --
Cash inflow/(outflow) from
 financing.........................          --             (20)          (20)
Loans and finance lease obligations
 of Eastern........................         688              --           688
                                            ---            ----        ------
As at 30 September 1995............         911              68           979
Exchange adjustments...............           3               3             6
Cash inflow from financing.........          31              97           128
                                            ---            ----        ------
As at 30 September 1996............         945             168         1,113
                                            ===            ====        ======
 
  In 1996, the Group distributed its shareholding in National Grid Group to
Hanson as a dividend in specie of (Pounds)393 million which is reflected in
invested capital.
 
  Analysis of net inflow/(outflow) of cash and cash equivalents in respect of
the acquisition of subsidiaries:
 
<CAPTION>
                                              YEAR  ENDED 30 SEPTEMBER
                                     ------------------------------------------
                                           1994            1995         1996
                                     ----------------- ------------- ----------
                                        (Pounds)MN      (Pounds)MN   (Pounds)MN
<S>                                  <C>               <C>           <C>
Cash consideration for Eastern.....          --              (1)       (2,495)
Cash consideration for the Caballo
 and Rawhide mines.................          --            (227)           --
Deposits acquired on acquisition of
 Eastern...........................          --             264            --
                                            ---            ----        ------
                                             --              36        (2,495)
                                            ===            ====        ======
</TABLE>
 
                                    III-41
<PAGE>
 
22 ANALYSIS OF CHANGES IN CASH AND CASH EQUIVALENTS AND DEPOSITS
 
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                 CASH AND
                                                SHORT-TERM
                                                 DEPOSITS  OVERDRAFTS   TOTAL
                                                ---------- ---------- ----------
                                                (Pounds)MN (Pounds)MN (Pounds)MN
<S>                                             <C>        <C>        <C>
As at 1 October 1993...........................      79         --         79
Exchange adjustments...........................      (1)        --         (1)
Net cash inflow................................      28         --         28
                                                   ----       ----       ----
As at 30 September 1994........................     106         --        106
Net cash inflow................................     237         --        237
                                                   ----       ----       ----
As at 30 September 1995........................     343         --        343
Exchange adjustments...........................       3         --          3
Net cash outflow...............................    (173)      (119)      (292)
                                                   ----       ----       ----
As at 30 September 1996........................     173       (119)        54"
                                                   ====       ====       ====
</TABLE>
 
5. DEFINITIONS
 
  In this Appendix III, the following definitions apply in addition to the
definitions set out in Appendix VI below:
 
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
 <C>                                    <S>
 "ADMISSION"........................... the admission of Energy Group Shares
                                        to the Official List of the London
                                        Stock Exchange, which became effective
                                        on 24 February 1997
 "COMPANY"............................. The Energy Group PLC
 "GROUP"............................... The Energy Group PLC and its
                                        subsidiary undertakings as constituted
                                        immediately after the completion of
                                        all the Demerger Transactions
 "HANSON GROUP"........................ (a) in relation to any period prior to
                                        the Demerger, Hanson and its
                                        subsidiary undertakings from time to
                                        time (including the Group other than
                                        the Company); or (b) in relation to
                                        any period after the Demerger, Hanson
                                        and its subsidiary undertakings
                                        (excluding the Group)
 "INFRASTRUCTURE COMPANIES"............ Rollalong Limited, Consolidated Gold
                                        Fields Limited, Major Insurance
                                        Company Limited and various other
                                        subsidiaries and intermediate holding
                                        companies and non-trading companies
                                        that were wholly-owned by Hanson prior
                                        to the Demerger
 "NEW CREDIT FACILITY"................. the facility referred to in paragraph
                                        8(b)(iv) of Appendix V ("Material
                                        Contracts") below
 "RELEVANT PEABODY DEBT"............... an amount of approximately $1,817
                                        million plus interest from 16 January
                                        1997 owed by members of the Hanson
                                        Group to members of the Group at the
                                        Demerger Date
</TABLE>
 
                                    III-42
<PAGE>
 
                                  APPENDIX IV
 
   FINANCIAL AND OTHER INFORMATION ON PACIFICORP ACQUISITIONS AND PACIFICORP
 
1. NATURE OF BUSINESS OF PACIFICORP ACQUISITIONS AND PACIFICORP
 
  PacifiCorp is a US electric utility that conducts a retail electric utility
business through Pacific Power and Light Company and Utah Power and LIght
Company and engages in power production and sales on a wholesale basis under
the name PacifiCorp. PacifiCorp's US electric operations serve 1.4 million
retail customers in service territories aggregating about 153,000 square miles
in portions of seven Western States: Utah, Oregon, Wyoming, Washington, Idaho,
California and Montana. The service area contains diversified industrial and
agricultural economies.
 
  PacifiCorp formed PacifiCorp Holdings, Inc. in 1984 to hold the stock of
PacifiCorp's principal subsidiaries and to facilitate the conduct of
businesses not regulated as US electric utilities. Historically, PacifiCorp
Holdings, Inc.'s principal subsidiaries were engaged in telecommunications,
mining and resource development and financial services. In recent years,
PacifiCorp Holdings, Inc. reduced the size and scope of its financial services
operations and sold its mining and resource development subsidiary. At the
present time, PacifiCorp Holdings, Inc.'s principal subsidiaries are engaged
primarily in telecommunications, international and domestic power production,
distribution and marketing, and natural gas gathering, processing, storage and
marketing.
 
  PacifiCorp Holdings, Inc. owns 100 per cent. of Pacific Telecom Inc., a
telecommunications company that provides local telephone service and access to
the long distance network in Alaska, seven other western states and three
midwestern states; provides cellular mobile telephone services in six states;
and is engaged in sales of capacity in and operation and maintenance of a
submarine fibre optic cable between the United States and Japan. In connection
with the financing of the Offer, PacifiCorp Holdings, Inc. has entered into an
agreement to sell the share capital of Pacific Telecom Inc. to Century
Telephone Enterprises Inc. for $1.5 billion in cash plus assumption of debt,
and has also engaged an investment banker to assist it in selling its
interests in the independent power production and cogeneration businesses that
it owns through the Pacific Generation Company. In connection with financing
the Offer, a wholly-owned subsidiary of PacifiCorp will acquire the share
capital of PacifiCorp Financial Services Inc., which holds a loan, leasing and
real estate investment portfolio, from PacifiCorp Holdings, Inc. in exchange
for $70 million in cash and the proceeds from future sales of assets by
PacifiCorp Financial Services Inc., other than its leveraged lease portfolio.
 
  On 12 December 1995, PacifiCorp Holdings, Inc., through wholly owned
subsidiaries, acquired 100 per cent. of Powercor Australia Limited, an
electricity distributor and marketer in Australia. Powercor serves
approximately 547,000 customers in suburban Melbourne and the western and
central regions of the State of Victoria in southeast Australia. In September
1996, PacifiCorp Holdings, Inc. acquired a 19.9 per cent. interest in the
1,600 megawatt Hazelwood coal-fired generating station and adjacent mine
located in Victoria, Australia.
 
  On 15 April 1997, PacifiCorp Holdings, Inc., through a wholly owned
subsidiary, acquired all of the share capital of TPC Corporation, a natural
gas gathering, processing, storage and marketing company based in Houston,
Texas, for approximately $265 million in cash and assumed debt of
approximately $140 million. Following completion of a tender offer, TPC
Corporation became a wholly owned subsidiary of PacifiCorp Holdings, Inc.
through a cash merger at the same price. This transaction was funded with a
capital contribution from PacifiCorp.
 
  PacifiCorp Acquisitions, a UK unlimited company and wholly owned subsidiary
of PacifiCorp Finance (UK) Limited, was recently organised for the purpose of
making the Offer and has not conducted any unrelated activities since its
incorporation. PacifiCorp Finance (UK) Limited is a UK private limited company
and wholly owned subsidiary of PacifiCorp Services Limited. PacifiCorp
Services Limited is a UK private limited company and wholly owned subsidiary
of PacifiCorp
 
                                     IV-1
<PAGE>
 
EnergyCo., which, in turn, is a UK unlimited company and wholly owned
subsidiary of PacifiCorp Group Holdings Company. PacifiCorp Group Holdings
Company is an Oregon corporation and wholly owned subsidiary of PacifiCorp
Holdings, Inc. PacifiCorp Group Holdings Company also wholly owns PacifiCorp
Powercoal LLC, an Oregon limited liability company. PacifiCorp Finance (UK)
Limited, PacifiCorp Services Limited, PacifiCorp EnergyCo, PacifiCorp Group
Holdings Company and PacifiCorp Powercoal LLC were all recently organised in
connection with structuring the financing for the Offer. See paragraph 10 of
Appendix V ("Financing arrangements") below.
 
2. DIRECTORS AND EXECUTIVE OFFICERS OF PACIFICORP ACQUISITIONS AND PACIFICORP
 
  Set forth in the table below are the names and present principal occupations
or employments, and the material occupations, positions, offices, and
employments during the past five years, for the directors and executive
officers of PacifiCorp Acquisitions and PacifiCorp, and the name, principal
business and address for any corporation or other reorganisation in which such
employment is carried on. Each person listed below is of United States
citizenship, and, unless otherwise indicated, positions have been held for the
past five years. Directors are identified by an asterisk and the year in which
such person became a director is indicated in parentheses. The address of the
corporation or other organisation for which a listed individual's principal
occupation is conducted is set forth at the first place at which the name of
such corporation or other organisation appears in this paragraph 2.
 
                            PACIFICORP ACQUISITIONS
 
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                    PRESENT PRINCIPAL OCCUPATION OR EMPLOYMENT
                                    (AND PRINCIPAL BUSINESS); MATERIAL
 NAME AND RESIDENCE                 POSITIONS
 OR BUSINESS ADDRESS                HELD DURING PAST FIVE YEARS
 -------------------                -------------------------------------------
 <C>                                <S>
 Frederick W. Buckman* (1997)       President and Chief Executive Officer of
 PacifiCorp                         PacifiCorp (since February 1994); Chairman
 700 NE Multnomah, Suite 1600       of PacifiCorp Holdings, Inc. (since 1994);
 Portland, Oregon 97232             Director and Chairman of PacifiCorp
                                    Acquisitions (since June 1997); President
                                    and Chief Executive Officer (1992-1994) and
                                    President and Chief Operating Officer
                                    (1988-1991) of Consumers Power Company,
                                    Jackson, Michigan

 Richard T. O'Brien* (1997)         Senior Vice President and Chief Financial
 PacifiCorp                         Officer (since 1995) and Vice President
                                    (1993-1995) of PacifiCorp; Senior Vice
                                    President (since 1993) and Chief Financial
                                    Officer (since 1996) of PacifiCorp
                                    Holdings, Inc.; Chief Financial Officer
                                    (1992-1993) and Vice President and
                                    Treasurer (1989-1992) of NERCO, Inc., a
                                    former mining and resource subsidiary of
                                    PacifiCorp; Director and Chief Financial
                                    Officer of PacifiCorp Acquisitions (since
                                    June 1997)

 Dennis P. Steinberg* (1997)        Senior Vice President (since 1994) and Vice
 PacifiCorp                         President (1990-1994) of PacifiCorp;
                                    Director of PacifiCorp Acquisitions (since
                                    June 1997)

 Verl R. Topham* (1997)             Senior Vice President and General Counsel
 PacifiCorp                         of PacifiCorp (since May 1994); Senior Vice
 One Utah Center, Suite 2300        President and General Counsel of PacifiCorp
 201 South Main                     Holdings, Inc. (since 1995); President of
 Salt Lake City, Utah 84140         Utah Power & Light Company (1990-1994);
                                    Director of PacifiCorp Acquisitions (since
                                    June 1997)

 William E. Peressini* (1997)       Vice President (since 1996) and Treasurer
 PacifiCorp                         (since 1994) of PacifiCorp; Treasurer of
                                    PacifiCorp Holdings, Inc. (since 1994);
                                    Executive Vice President of PacifiCorp
                                    Financial
</TABLE>
 
                                     IV-2
<PAGE>
 
<TABLE>
 <C>                                <S>
                                    Services, Inc. (1992-1994); Senior Vice
                                    President and Chief Financial Officer of
                                    PacifiCorp Financial Services, Inc. (1989-
                                    1992); Director and Deputy Chief Financial
                                    Officer of PacifiCorp Acquisitions (since
                                    June 1997)
</TABLE>
<TABLE>
 <C>                                <S>
 Sally A. Nofziger                  Vice President and Corporate Secretary of
 PacifiCorp                         PacifiCorp; Secretary of PacifiCorp
                                    Holdings, Inc.; Secretary of PacifiCorp
                                    Acquisitions (since June 1997)
</TABLE>
 
                                   PACIFICORP
 
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                     PRESENT PRINCIPAL OCCUPATION OR EMPLOYMENT
                                     (AND PRINCIPAL BUSINESS); MATERIAL
 NAME AND RESIDENCE                  POSITIONS
 OR BUSINESS ADDRESS                 HELD DURING PAST FIVE YEARS
 -------------------                 ------------------------------------------
 <C>                                 <S>
 W. Charles Armstrong* (1996)        Independent Consultant (since 1997);
 14019 SE 35th Loop                  Former Chief Executive Officer, Bank of
 Vancouver, Washington 98683         America Oregon (1992-1996)
 Kathryn A. Braun* (1994)            Executive Vice President, Western Digital
 Western Digital Corporation         Corporation
 8105 Irvine Center Drive
 Irvine, CA 92718
 Frederick W. Buckman* (1994)        (See above)
 PacifiCorp
 C. Todd Conover* (1991)             President and Chief Executive Officer, the
 The Vantage Company                 Vantage Company, a business consulting
 101 First Street, Suite 670         firm, Los Altos, California; General
 Los Angeles, California 94022       Manager, Finance Industry Group, Tandem
                                     Computers Incorporated, a computer
                                     manufacturing company (January 1994-May
                                     1995); President and Chief Executive
                                     Officer, Central Banks of Colorado (1991-
                                     1992)
 Nolan E. Karras* (1993)             Investment Advisor, Karras & Associates,
 Karras & Associates, Inc.           Inc., an investment advisory firm
 4695 South 1900 West #3
 Roy, Utah 84067
 Keith R. McKennon* (1990)           Chairman of the Board of PacifiCorp (since
 PacifiCorp                          1994); formerly Chairman (1992-1994) and
                                     Chief Executive Officer (1992-1993), Dow
                                     Corning Corporation, Midland, Michigan
 Robert G. Miller* (1994)            Chairman of the Board and Chief Executive
 Fred Meyer, Inc.                    Officer of Fred Meyer, Inc., a retail
 3800 SE 22nd                        merchandising chain
 Portland, Oregon 97202
 Alan K. Simpson* (1997)             Former Wyoming U.S. Senator
 c/o Laurie Rosen
 3301 Turner Lane
 Chevy Chase, Maryland 20815
 Verl R. Topham* (1994)              (See above)
 PacifiCorp
</TABLE>
 
                                      IV-3
<PAGE>
 
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                    PRESENT PRINCIPAL OCCUPATION OR EMPLOYMENT
                                    (AND PRINCIPAL BUSINESS):
 NAME AND RESIDENCE                 MATERIAL POSITIONS HELD DURING PAST FIVE
 OR BUSINESS ADDRESS                YEARS
 -------------------                -------------------------------------------
 <C>                                <S>
 Don M. Wheeler* (1989)             Chairman and Chief Executive Officer, ICM
 ICM Equipment Company              Equipment Company, a materials handling and
 4901 West 2100 South               equipment company (since 1996); formerly
 Salt Lake City, Utah 84120         Chairman, Chief Executive Officer,
                                    President and General Manager of Wheeler
                                    Machinery Company (1955-1996)
 Nancy Wilgenbusch* (1986)          President, Marylhurst College
 Marylhurst College
 Marylhurst, Oregon 97036
 Peter I. Wold* (1995)              President, Wold Oil & Gas Company, an oil
 Wold Oil & Gas Company             and gas exploration and production company
 139 West Second Street, Suite 200
 Casper, Wyoming 82602
 John A. Bohling                    Senior Vice President of PacifiCorp (since
 PacifiCorp                         1993); Executive Vice President of Pacific
                                    Power & Light Company (1991-1993)
 William C. Brauer                  Senior Vice President (since 1996) and Vice
 PacifiCorp                         President (1992-1996) of PacifiCorp
 Shelley R. Faigle                  Senior Vice President (since 1993) and Vice
 Pacific Power & Light Company      President (1992-1993) of PacifiCorp; Vice
 1500 Public Service Building       President (1989-1992) of Pacific Power &
 Portland, Oregon 97204             Light Company
 Paul G. Lorenzini                  Senior Vice President of PacifiCorp (since
 Pacific Power & Light Company      1994); President (1992-1994) and Executive
                                    Vice President (1989-1992) of Pacific Power
                                    & Light Company
 Richard T. O'Brien                 (See above)
 PacifiCorp
 Michael J. Pittman                 Vice President (since 1993) and Assistant
 Pacific Power & Light Company      Vice President (1990-1993) of PacifiCorp
 Charles E. Robinson                Chairman, President and Chief Executive
 Pacific Telecom, Inc.              Officer of Pacific Telecom, Inc., a
 805 Broadway                       telecommunications subsidiary of PacifiCorp
 P.O. Box 9901                      Holdings, Inc.
 Vancouver, Washington 98668
 Daniel L. Spalding                 Chairman and Chief Executive Officer of
 Powercor Australia Limited         Powercor Australia Limited (since 1995);
 Level 3, 77 Southbank Blvd.        Senior Vice President (since 1992) and Vice
 Southbank, Victoria 3006           President (1987-1992) of PacifiCorp
 Australia
 Dennis P. Steinberg                (See above)
 PacifiCorp
</TABLE>
 
                                      IV-4
<PAGE>
 
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                      PRESENT PRINCIPAL OCCUPATION OR EMPLOYMENT
 NAME AND RESIDENCE   (AND PRINCIPAL BUSINESS):
 OR BUSINESS ADDRESS  MATERIAL POSITIONS HELD DURING PAST FIVE YEARS
 -------------------  ---------------------------------------------------------
 <C>                  <S>
 Michael C. Henderson Vice President of PacifiCorp (since 1995); Director,
 PacifiCorp           President and Chief Executive Officer of PacifiCorp
                      Holdings, Inc. and Chairman, President and Chief
                      Executive Officer of PacifiCorp Financial Services, Inc.
                      (since 1995); Executive Vice President (1992-1993) and
                      Senior Vice President (1991-1992) of PacifiCorp Financial
                      Services, Inc.

 Thomas J. Imeson     Vice President of PacifiCorp
 PacifiCorp

 Sally A. Nofziger    (See above)
 PacifiCorp

 William E. Peressini (See above)
 PacifiCorp
</TABLE>
 
3. REGISTERED/PRINCIPAL OFFICES
 
PACIFICORP ACQUISITIONS
 
  The registered office of PacifiCorp Acquisitions is Barrington House, 59-67
Gresham Street, London EC2V 7JA, United Kingdom.
 
PACIFICORP
 
  The principal executive offices of PacifiCorp are located at 700 NE
Multnomah Street, Portland, Oregon 97232, United States.
 
4. FINANCIAL STATEMENTS
 
  The financial information for the three years ended 31 December 1996
relating to PacifiCorp contained in this section of the document has been
extracted from the published audited financial statements of PacifiCorp for
each of these years. The financial information for the three months ended 31
March 1996 and 1997 has been extracted from the unaudited published financial
statements of PacifiCorp for those periods. PacifiCorp's accounting policies
conform to US GAAP. Additional financial and other information for PacifiCorp
can be obtained from PacifiCorp's reports filed pursuant to the Exchange Act.
The information contained herein is qualified in its entirety by reference to
PacifiCorp's Annual Report on Form 10-K for the year ended 31 December 1996
and PacifiCorp's Quarterly Report on Form 10-Q for the quarter ended 31 March
1997. PacifiCorp's reports can be inspected and copied at the public reference
facilities maintained by the SEC at Room 1024, 450 Fifth Street, N.W.,
Washington, D.C. 20549 and at the following Regional Offices of the SEC: 7
World Trade Center, Suite 1300, New York, NY 10048; and 500 West Madison
Street, Suite 1400, Chicago, IL 60661. Copies of such material can also be
obtained by mail from the Public Reference Section of the SEC at 450 Fifth
Street, N.W., Washington, D.C. 20549, at prescribed rates. In addition, such
material may be inspected and copied at the offices of the NYSE, 20 Broad
Street, New York, New York 10005. Copies of such material can also be obtained
by writing to PacifiCorp Investor Relations, at 700 NE Multnomah Street,
Portland, Oregon 97232, United States.
 
                                     IV-5
<PAGE>
 
                                   PACIFICORP
 
            STATEMENTS OF CONSOLIDATED INCOME AND RETAINED EARNINGS
               (MILLIONS OF US DOLLARS, EXCEPT PER SHARE AMOUNTS)
 
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                        FOR THE YEAR
                                                 ----------------------------
                                                   1996      1995      1994
                                                 --------  --------  --------
<S>                                              <C>       <C>       <C>
REVENUES........................................ $4,293.8  $3,416.9  $3,498.0
                                                 --------  --------  --------
EXPENSES
  Operations....................................  1,782.4   1,259.4   1,391.8
  Maintenance...................................    308.5     281.0     292.3
  Administrative and general....................    308.5     254.9     244.6
  Depreciation and amortisation.................    530.4     445.6     424.3
  Taxes, other than income taxes................    118.9     120.1     122.7
                                                 --------  --------  --------
    Total.......................................  3,048.7   2,361.0   2,475.7
                                                 --------  --------  --------
INCOME FROM OPERATIONS..........................  1,245.1   1,055.9   1,022.3
                                                 --------  --------  --------
Interest Expense and Other
  Interest expense..............................    465.7     378.7     334.5
  Interest capitalised..........................    (11.9)    (15.1)    (14.5)
  Minority interest and other...................      2.5     (51.5)    (15.5)
                                                 --------  --------  --------
    Total.......................................    456.3     312.1     304.5
                                                 --------  --------  --------
Income before income taxes......................    788.8     743.8     717.8
Income taxes....................................    283.9     238.8     249.8
                                                 --------  --------  --------
NET INCOME......................................    504.9     505.0     468.0
Retained Earnings, January 1....................    632.4     474.3     351.3
CASH DIVIDENDS DECLARED
  Preferred stock...............................    (29.1)    (38.4)    (39.6)
  Common stock per share of $1.08...............   (317.9)   (306.6)   (305.4)
  Preferred stock retired.......................     (7.5)     (1.9)       --
                                                 --------  --------  --------
Retained Earnings, December 31.................. $  782.8  $  632.4  $  474.3
                                                 ========  ========  ========
Earnings on Common Stock (Net income less
 preferred dividend requirement)................ $  475.1  $  466.3  $  428.3
Average number of common shares outstanding
 (Thousands)....................................  292,424   284,272   282,912
Earnings per Common Share....................... $   1.62  $   1.64  $   1.51
</TABLE>
 
 
          See accompanying Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements
 
                                      IV-6
<PAGE>
 
                                   PACIFICORP
 
                     STATEMENTS OF CONSOLIDATED CASH FLOWS
                            (MILLIONS OF US DOLLARS)
 
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                         FOR THE YEAR
                                                  ----------------------------
                                                    1996      1995      1994
                                                  --------  ---------  -------
<S>                                               <C>       <C>        <C>
CASH FLOWS FROM OPERATING ACTIVITIES
  Net income..................................... $  504.9  $   505.0  $ 468.0
  Adjustments to reconcile net income to net cash
   provided by operating activities
    Depreciation and amortization................    552.0      466.2    472.5
    Deferred income taxes and investment tax
     credits -- net..............................     48.4       62.5     (7.5)
    Minority interest and other..................    (33.3)     (28.6)    23.6
    Accounts receivable and prepayments..........   (171.2)     (71.5)     5.4
    Materials, supplies, fuel stock and
     inventory...................................     31.9       (8.6)    11.8
    Accounts payable and accrued liabilities.....    144.6      (13.0)   (11.7)
                                                  --------  ---------  -------
NET CASH PROVIDED BY OPERATING ACTIVITIES........  1,077.3      912.0    962.1
                                                  --------  ---------  -------
CASH FLOWS FROM INVESTING ACTIVITIES
  Construction...................................   (650.8)    (578.6)  (788.7)
  Operating companies and assets acquired........   (199.4)  (2,002.1)    (5.9)
  Investments in and advances to affiliated
   companies -- net..............................   (153.5)    (138.4)    (9.5)
  Proceeds from sales of assets..................     55.1      377.0    381.6
  Proceeds from sales of finance assets and
   principal payments............................     55.8       36.6    109.1
  Other..........................................    (10.5)     (27.4)   (26.7)
                                                  --------  ---------  -------
NET CASH USED IN INVESTING ACTIVITIES............   (903.3)  (2,332.9)  (340.1)
                                                  --------  ---------  -------
CASH FLOWS FROM FINANCING ACTIVITIES
  Changes in short-term debt.....................   (319.6)     581.5    (98.7)
  Proceeds from long-term debt...................    669.4    1,530.8    246.6
  Proceeds from issuance of common stock.........    221.3         .4     57.2
  Proceeds from issuance of preferred securities
   of Trust holding solely PacifiCorp
   debentures....................................    209.6         --       --
  Dividends paid.................................   (346.4)    (346.5)  (344.8)
  Repayments of long-term debt...................   (341.1)    (285.8)  (448.5)
  Redemptions of capital stock...................   (221.6)      (2.6)      --
  Other..........................................    (50.0)     (58.0)   (41.7)
                                                  --------  ---------  -------
NET CASH PROVIDED BY (USED IN) FINANCING
 ACTIVITIES......................................   (178.4)   1,419.8   (629.9)
                                                  --------  ---------  -------
Decrease in Cash and Cash Equivalents............     (4.4)      (1.1)    (7.9)
Cash and Cash Equivalents at Beginning of Year...     22.2       23.3     31.2
                                                  --------  ---------  -------
Cash and Cash Equivalents at End of Year......... $   17.8  $    22.2  $  23.3
                                                  --------  ---------  -------
SUPPLEMENTAL DISCLOSURE OF CASH FLOW INFORMATION
  Cash paid during the year for Interest (net of
   amount capitalized)........................... $  505.7  $   407.7  $ 399.4
  Income taxes...................................    207.9      185.5    225.6
Non-cash financing activities
  8.55% Junior subordinated debentures exchanged
   for 2,233,037 shares of $1.98 No Par Serial
   Preferred Stock...............................       --       55.9       --
</TABLE>
 
          See accompanying Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements
 
                                      IV-7
<PAGE>
 
                                   PACIFICORP
 
                          CONSOLIDATED BALANCE SHEETS
                            (MILLIONS OF US DOLLARS)
 
                                     ASSETS
 
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                              DECEMBER 31
                                                          --------------------
                                                            1996       1995
                                                          ---------  ---------
<S>                                                       <C>        <C>
Current Assets
  Cash and cash equivalents.............................. $    17.8  $    22.2
  Accounts receivable less allowance for doubtful
   accounts: 1996/$8.6 and 1995/$7.4.....................     718.6      545.0
  Materials, supplies and fuel stock at average cost.....     188.7      212.1
  Inventory..............................................      55.2       62.8
  Other..................................................      78.2       70.1
                                                          ---------  ---------
TOTAL CURRENT ASSETS.....................................   1,058.5      912.2
Property, Plant and Equipment
  Domestic Electric Operations
    Production...........................................   4,659.2    4,420.0
    Transmission.........................................   2,069.2    2,042.5
    Distribution.........................................   3,029.7    2,829.9
    Other................................................   1,687.9    1,655.7
    Construction work in progress........................     252.8      310.0
                                                          ---------  ---------
    TOTAL DOMESTIC ELECTRIC OPERATIONS...................  11,698.8   11,258.1
  Australian Electric Operations.........................   1,361.9    1,302.8
  Telecommunications.....................................   1,670.0    1,606.9
  Other Operations.......................................      68.8       65.0
  Accumulated depreciation and amortization..............  (4,583.8)  (4,280.5)
                                                          ---------  ---------
  TOTAL PROPERTY, PLANT AND EQUIPMENT -- NET.............  10,215.7    9,952.3
Other Assets
  Investments in and advances to affiliated companies....     358.9      187.9
  Intangible assets -- net...............................     870.5      743.2
  Regulatory assets -- net...............................   1,017.4    1,060.3
  Finance note receivable................................     214.6      217.5
  Finance assets -- net..................................     425.6      453.7
  Real estate investments................................     217.0      179.8
  Deferred charges and other.............................     256.3      308.3
                                                          ---------  ---------
  TOTAL OTHER ASSETS.....................................   3,360.3    3,150.7
                                                          ---------  ---------
TOTAL ASSETS............................................. $14,634.5  $14,015.2
                                                          =========  =========
</TABLE>
 
 
          See accompanying Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements
 
                                      IV-8
<PAGE>
 
                                   PACIFICORP
 
                          CONSOLIDATED BALANCE SHEETS
                            (MILLIONS OF US DOLLARS)
 
                      LIABILITIES AND SHAREHOLDERS' EQUITY
 
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                               DECEMBER 31
                                                           -------------------
                                                             1996      1995
                                                           --------- ---------
<S>                                                        <C>       <C>
Current Liabilities
  Long-term debt currently maturing....................... $   235.6 $   206.1
  Notes payable and commercial paper......................     701.5   1,021.1
  Accounts payable........................................     469.7     345.3
  Taxes, interest and dividends payable...................     303.5     256.4
  Customer deposits and other.............................     152.6     176.0
                                                           --------- ---------
TOTAL CURRENT LIABILITIES.................................   1,862.9   2,004.9
Deferred Credits
  Income taxes............................................   1,953.1   1,910.1
  Investment tax credits..................................     148.4     159.2
  Other...................................................     758.9     786.2
                                                           --------- ---------
TOTAL DEFERRED CREDITS....................................   2,860.4   2,855.5
Minority Interest.........................................      31.9      23.0
Long-Term Debt............................................   5,323.8   4,968.2
Guaranteed Preferred Beneficial Interests in Company's
 Junior Subordinated Debentures...........................     209.7        --
Preferred Stock Subject to Mandatory Redemption...........     178.0     219.0
Preferred Stock...........................................     135.5     311.5
Common Equity
  Common shareholders' capital shares authorised
   750,000,000; shares outstanding: 1996/295,139,753 and
   1995/284,276,709.......................................   3,236.8   3,012.9
  Retained earnings.......................................     782.8     632.4
  Cumulative currency translation adjustment..............      12.7        --
  Guarantees of Employee Stock Ownership Plan borrowings..        --     (12.2)
                                                           --------- ---------
TOTAL COMMON EQUITY.......................................   4,032.3   3,633.1
                                                           --------- ---------
Commitments and Contingencies (See Notes 9 and 10)
TOTAL LIABILITIES AND SHAREHOLDERS' EQUITY................ $14,634.5 $14,015.2
                                                           ========= =========
</TABLE>
 
 
          See accompanying Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements
 
                                      IV-9
<PAGE>
 
                                  PACIFICORP
 
              SELECTED NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS
 
                 YEARS ENDED DECEMBER 31, 1996, 1995 AND 1994
 
  The following notes regarding significant accounting policies together with
other information in the notes to the financial statements which is of major
relevance to an appreciation of PacifiCorp's financial information have been
extracted from the published financial statements of PacifiCorp for the three
years ended December 31, 1996.
 
NOTE 1 SUMMARY OF SIGNIFICANT ACCOUNTING POLICIES
 
 Basis of Presentation
 
  The consolidated financial statements of PacifiCorp (the "Company") include
its integrated domestic electric utility operating divisions of Pacific Power
and Utah Power and its wholly owned and majority owned subsidiaries. Major
subsidiaries, all of which are wholly owned, are: PacifiCorp Holdings, Inc.
("Holdings"), which holds all of the Company's nonintegrated electric utility
investments, including Powercor Australia Limited ("Powercor"), an Australian
electricity distributor purchased December 12, 1995; Pacific Telecom, Inc.
("PTI"), a telecommunications operation (formerly 87% owned, see Note 14); and
PacifiCorp Financial Services, Inc., a financial services business. Together
these businesses are referred to herein as the Companies. Significant
intercompany transactions and balances have been eliminated.
 
  Investments in and advances to affiliated companies represent investments in
unconsolidated affiliated companies carried on the equity basis, which
approximates the Company's equity in their underlying net book value.
 
 Use of Estimates
 
  The preparation of financial statements in conformity with generally
accepted accounting principles requires management to make estimates and
assumptions that affect the reported amounts of assets and liabilities and
disclosure of contingent assets and liabilities at the date of the financial
statements. Actual results could differ from those estimates.
 
 Regulation
 
  Accounting for the domestic utility businesses conforms with generally
accepted accounting principles as applied to regulated public utilities and as
prescribed by agencies and the commissions of the various locations in which
the utility businesses operate. The Company prepares its financial statements
as they relate to Domestic Electric Operations and Telecommunications in
accordance with Statement of Financial Accounting Standards ("SFAS") 71,
"Accounting for the Effects of Certain Types of Regulation." See Note 2.
 
 Asset Impairments
 
  Effective January 1, 1996, the Company adopted SFAS 121 "Accounting for the
Impairment of Long-Lived Assets and for Long-Lived Assets to Be Disposed Of."
This Statement requires that long-lived assets and certain identifiable
intangibles to be held and used by an entity be reviewed for impairment
whenever events or changes in circumstances indicate that the carrying amount
of an asset may not be recoverable. The Company evaluated all its assets based
upon SFAS 121 and within the context of SFAS 71 for its regulated operations
and concluded that no material adjustments were required. See Note 2.
 
                                     IV-10
<PAGE>
 
                                  PACIFICORP
 
      SELECTED NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS -- (CONTINUED)
 
                 YEARS ENDED DECEMBER 31, 1996, 1995 AND 1994
 
NOTE 1 SUMMARY OF SIGNIFICANT ACCOUNTING POLICIES -- (CONTINUED):
 
 Cash and Cash Equivalents
 
  For the purposes of these financial statements, the Company considers all
liquid investments with original maturities of three months or less to be cash
equivalents.
 
 Foreign Currency Translation
 
  Financial statements for foreign subsidiaries are translated into United
States dollars at end of period exchange rates as to assets and liabilities
and weighted average exchange rates as to revenues and expenses. The resulting
exchange gains or losses are accumulated in the "cumulative currency
translation adjustment" account, a component of common equity. All significant
gains and losses resulting from foreign currency transactions are included in
income.
 
 Property, Plant and Equipment
 
  Property, plant and equipment are stated at original cost of contracted
services, direct labor and material, interest capitalized during construction
and indirect charges for engineering, supervision and similar overhead items.
The cost of depreciable utility properties retired, including the cost of
removal, less salvage, is charged to accumulated depreciation.
 
 Depreciation and Amortization
 
  At December 31, 1996, the average depreciable life of property, plant and
equipment by category was: Domestic Electric Operations -- Production, 41
years; Transmission, 42 years; Distribution, 30 years; Other, 18 years;
Australian Electric Operations, 21 years; and Telecommunications, 16 years.
 
  Depreciation and amortization is generally computed by the straight-line
method over the estimated economic useful lives of the related assets after
giving effect to requirements as prescribed by the Company's various
regulatory jurisdictions. Provisions for depreciation (excluding amortization
of capital leases) in the domestic electric, Australian electric and
telecommunications businesses were 3.6%, 3.5% and 3.4% of average depreciable
assets in 1996, 1995 and 1994, respectively.
 
 Mine Reclamation and Closure Costs
 
  The Company expenses current mine reclamation costs and accrues for
estimated final mine reclamation and closure costs using the units-of-
production method.
 
 Inventory Valuation
 
  Inventories are generally valued at the lower of average cost or market.
 
 Intangible Assets
 
  Intangible assets consist of: license and other intangible costs relating to
Australian Electric Operations ($460 million and $32 million, respectively, in
1996 and $312 million and $30 million, respectively, in 1995); franchises of
local exchange and cellular companies ($397 million in 1996 and $398 million
in 1995); and excess cost over net assets of businesses acquired ($43 million
in 1996 and 1995). These costs are offset by accumulated amortization ($62
million in 1996 and $40 million in 1995). Intangible assets are generally
being amortized over 40 years.
 
 Finance Assets
 
  Finance assets consist of finance receivables, leveraged leases and
operating leases and are not significant to the Company in terms of revenue,
net income or assets. The Company's leasing
 
                                     IV-11
<PAGE>
 
                                  PACIFICORP
 
      SELECTED NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS -- (CONTINUED)
 
                 YEARS ENDED DECEMBER 31, 1996, 1995 AND 1994
 
NOTE 1 SUMMARY OF SIGNIFICANT ACCOUNTING POLICIES -- (CONTINUED):
 
operations consist principally of leveraged aircraft leases. Investments in
finance assets are net of allowances for credit losses and accumulated
impairment charges of $63 million and $71 million at December 31, 1996 and
1995, respectively.
 
 Derivatives
 
  Gains and losses on hedges of existing assets and liabilities are included
in the carrying amounts of those assets or liabilities and are recognized in
income as part of those carrying amounts. Gains and losses related to hedges
of anticipated transactions and firm commitments are deferred on the balance
sheet and recognized in income when the transaction occurs.
 
 Interest Capitalized
 
  Costs of debt applicable to domestic utility properties are capitalized
during construction. Generally, the composite capitalization rates were 5.7%
for 1996, 6.2% for 1995 and 4.7% for 1994.
 
 Income Taxes
 
  The Company uses the liability method of accounting for deferred income
taxes. Deferred tax liabilities and assets reflect the expected future tax
consequences, based on enacted tax law, of temporary differences between the
tax bases of assets and liabilities and their financial reporting amounts.
 
  Investment tax credits for regulated operations in the United States are
deferred and amortized to income over the average estimated lives of the
properties. All other investment tax credits are recognized when utilized.
 
  Provision is made for U.S. income taxes on the undistributed earnings of the
Company's international businesses.
 
 Revenue Recognition
 
  The Company accrues estimated unbilled revenues for electric services
provided after cycle billing to month-end.
 
  PTI participates with other telephone companies in access revenue pools for
certain interstate and intrastate revenues, which are initially recorded based
on estimates.
 
 Preferred Stock Retired
 
  Amounts paid in excess of the net carrying value of preferred stock retired
are amortized in accordance with regulatory orders.
 
 Reclassification
 
  Certain amounts from prior years have been reclassified to conform with the
1996 method of presentation. These reclassifications had no effect on
previously reported consolidated net income.
 
NOTE 2 ACCOUNTING FOR THE EFFECTS OF REGULATION
 
  Regulated utilities have historically applied the provisions of SFAS 71
which is based on the premise that regulators will set rates that allow for
the recovery of a utility's costs, including cost of
 
                                     IV-12
<PAGE>
 
                                  PACIFICORP
 
      SELECTED NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS -- (CONTINUED)
 
                 YEARS ENDED DECEMBER 31, 1996, 1995 AND 1994
 
NOTE 2 ACCOUNTING FOR THE EFFECTS OF REGULATION -- (CONTINUED):
 
capital. Accounting under SFAS 71 is appropriate as long as: rates are
established by or subject to approval by independent, third-party regulators;
rates are designed to recover the specific enterprise's cost-of-service; and
in view of demand for service, it is reasonable to assume that rates are set
at levels that will recover costs and can be collected from customers. In
applying SFAS 71, the Company must give consideration to changes in the level
of demand or competition during the cost recovery period. In accordance with
SFAS 71, the Company's domestic utility operations capitalize certain costs,
regulatory assets, in accordance with regulatory authority whereby those costs
will be expensed and recovered in future periods. Regulatory assets-net at
December 31, 1996 and 1995 included the following:
 
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                                 DECEMBER 31
                                                              -----------------
                                                                1996     1995
                                                              -------- --------
                                                               MILLIONS OF US
                                                                   DOLLARS
   <S>                                                        <C>      <C>
   Deferred taxes--net....................................... $  670.6 $  687.1
   Deferred pension costs....................................    102.9    116.8
   Demand-side resource costs................................    118.8    110.0
   Unamortized net loss on reacquired debt...................     68.4     71.8
   Unrecovered Trojan Plant and regulatory study costs.......     26.8     28.4
   Various other costs.......................................     29.9     46.2
                                                              -------- --------
     Total................................................... $1,017.4 $1,060.3
                                                              ======== ========
</TABLE>
 
  If the Company, at some point in the future, determines that all or a
portion of the domestic utility operations no longer meet the criteria for
continued application of SFAS 71, the Company would be required to adopt the
provisions of SFAS 101, "Regulated Enterprises--Accounting for the
Discontinuation of Application of FASB Statement No. 71." Adoption of SFAS 101
would require the Company to write off the regulatory assets and liabilities
relating to those operations not meeting SFAS 71 requirements.
 
  The utility industry will also be impacted by the application of SFAS 121 as
a result of deregulation. This accounting statement requires the recognition
of impairment on long-lived assets when book values exceed expected future
cash flows. Integral parts of future cash flow estimates include estimated
future prices to be received, the expected future cash cost of operations,
sales and load growth forecasts and the nature of any legislative cost
recovery mechanisms.
 
  Restructuring bills are being considered in all states in which the Company
provides retail service. The Company expects any legislation passed to provide
an opportunity to recover costs which have been placed at risk.
 
                                     IV-13
<PAGE>
 
                                  PACIFICORP
 
      SELECTED NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS -- (CONTINUED)
 
                 YEARS ENDED DECEMBER 31, 1996, 1995 AND 1994
 
 
NOTE 3 SHORT-TERM DEBT AND BORROWING ARRANGEMENTS
 
  The Companies' short-term debt and borrowing arrangements were as follows:
 
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                             DECEMBER 31        FOR THE YEAR
                                           ---------------- --------------------
                                                   AVERAGE              AVERAGE
                                                   INTEREST   AVERAGE   INTEREST
                                           BALANCE RATE(A)  OUTSTANDING RATE(B)
                                           ------- -------- ----------- --------
                                                  MILLIONS OF US DOLLARS
   <S>                                     <C>     <C>      <C>         <C>
   1996
     PacifiCorp........................... $549.3    5.6%     $424.4      5.4%
     Subsidiaries.........................  152.2    5.6       287.2      5.6
   1995
     PacifiCorp........................... $479.9    5.9%     $407.2      5.9%
     Subsidiaries.........................  541.2    6.1       180.0      6.2
   1994
     PacifiCorp........................... $433.0    6.0%     $372.8      4.5%
     Subsidiaries.........................   21.7    7.5        95.0      4.6
</TABLE>
- --------
(a) Computed by dividing the total interest on principal amounts outstanding
    at the end of the period by the weighted daily principal amounts
    outstanding.
(b) Computed by dividing the total interest expense for the period by the
    average daily principal amount outstanding for the period.
 
  At December 31, 1996, PacifiCorp's commercial paper and bank line borrowings
were supported by revolving credit agreements totaling $700 million. At
December 31, 1996, subsidiaries had committed bank revolving credit agreements
totaling $2.1 billion.
 
  The Companies have the intent and ability to support short-term borrowings
through various revolving credit agreements on a long-term basis. At December
31, 1996, PacifiCorp had $123 million and subsidiaries had $1.1 billion of
short-term debt classified as long-term. Consolidated commitment fees were
approximately $2 million in 1996 and 1995 and $3 million in 1994.
 
                                     IV-14
<PAGE>
 
                                  PACIFICORP
 
      SELECTED NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS -- (CONTINUED)
 
                 YEARS ENDED DECEMBER 31, 1996, 1995 AND 1994
 
 
NOTE 4 LONG-TERM DEBT
 
  The Company's long-term debt was as follows:
 
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                               DECEMBER 31
                                                            ------------------
                                                              1996      1995
                                                            --------  --------
                                                             MILLIONS OF US
                                                                 DOLLARS
<S>                                                         <C>       <C>
PacifiCorp
 First mortgage and collateral trust bonds
  Maturing 1997 through 2001/5.9%-9.5% (a)................. $  946.5  $1,112.1
  Maturing 2002 through 2006/6.1%-9%.......................    601.0     519.8
  Maturing 2007 through 2011/6.6%-9.2%.....................    235.8     237.5
  Maturing 2012 through 2016/7.3%-8.8%.....................    172.9     175.6
  Maturing 2017 through 2021/8.4%-8.5%.....................     38.1      38.4
  Maturing 2022 through 2026/6.7%-8.6%.....................    441.5     341.5
 Guaranty of pollution control revenue bonds
  5.6%-5.7% due 2021 through 2023 (b)......................     71.2      71.2
  Variable rate due 2013 through 2024 (b)(c)...............    216.5     216.5
  Variable rate due 2005 through 2030 (c)..................    450.7     456.6
  Funds held by trustees...................................    (12.1)    (12.4)
 8.4%-8.6% Junior subordinated debentures due 2025 through
  2035.....................................................    175.8     175.8
 Commercial paper (c)(e)...................................    123.4     200.0
 Other.....................................................     28.1      31.3
                                                            --------  --------
 Total.....................................................  3,489.4   3,563.9
 Less current maturities...................................    203.8     176.8
                                                            --------  --------
 Total.....................................................  3,285.6   3,387.1
                                                            --------  --------
Subsidiaries
 2%-11.8% First mortgage notes and bonds maturing through
  2028.....................................................    139.3     143.2
 6.8%-10.2% Notes due through 2020.........................    291.2      59.8
 Australian bank bill borrowings (d)(e)....................    922.3     896.2
 Commercial paper and committed bank lines (c)(e)..........    185.0      75.0
 Variable rate notes due through 2007 (c)..................     35.8      42.0
 6.6%-9.4% Medium-term notes due through 2008..............    323.5     223.5
 4.5%-11% Nonrecourse debt due through 2031................    170.8     155.9
 Other.....................................................      2.1      14.8
                                                            --------  --------
 Total.....................................................  2,070.0   1,610.4
 Less current maturities...................................     31.8      29.3
                                                            --------  --------
 Total.....................................................  2,038.2   1,581.1
                                                            --------  --------
Total...................................................... $5,323.8  $4,968.2
                                                            ========  ========
</TABLE>
- --------
(a) Includes $50 million of 9.4% bonds issued to secure obligations under an
    equivalent 10-year yen loan. A currency swap converted the fixed rate yen
    liability to a floating rate U.S. dollar liability based on six-month
    LIBOR plus .02% (interest rate 5.9% at December 31, 1996).
(b) Secured by pledged first mortgage and collateral trust bonds generally at
    the same interest rates, maturity dates and redemption provisions as the
    secured pollution control revenue bonds.
(c) Interest rates fluctuate based on various rates, primarily on certificate
    of deposit rates, interbank borrowing rates, prime rates or other short-
    term market rates.
 
                                     IV-15
<PAGE>
 
                                  PACIFICORP
 
      SELECTED NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS -- (CONTINUED)
 
                 YEARS ENDED DECEMBER 31, 1996, 1995 AND 1994
 
NOTE 4 LONG-TERM DEBT -- (CONTINUED):
 
(d) Interest rates fluctuate based on Australian Bank Bill Acceptance Rates.
    The loan agreement requires that at least 50% of the borrowings must be
    hedged against variations in interest rates. Approximately $630 million
    was hedged at December 31, 1996 at an average rate of 7.6% and for an
    average life of 4.4 years.
(e) The Companies have the ability to support short-term borrowings and
    current debt being refinanced on a long-term basis through revolving lines
    of credit and, therefore, based upon management's intent, have classified
    $1.2 billion of short-term debt as long-term debt.
 
  Approximately $7 billion of the assets of the Companies secure long-term
debt and capital lease obligations. First mortgage and collateral trust bonds
of the Company may be issued in amounts limited by Domestic Electric
Operations' property, earnings and other provisions of the mortgage indenture.
 
  The junior subordinated debentures are unsecured obligations of the Company
and are subordinated to the Company's first mortgage bonds, pollution control
revenue bonds, commercial paper, bank debt, capital lease obligations and any
future senior indebtedness.
 
  Nonrecourse long-term notes are secured by assignment of related finance
receivables, asset security interests and cash flows from operating leases.
The noteholders have no additional recourse to the Companies.
 
  The annual maturities of long-term debt and redeemable preferred stock
outstanding are $236 million, $241 million, $353 million, $1.1 billion and
$622 million in 1997 through 2001, respectively.
 
NOTE 5 GUARANTEED PREFERRED BENEFICIAL INTERESTS IN COMPANY'S JUNIOR
       SUBORDINATED DEBENTURES
 
  On June 11, 1996, PacifiCorp Capital I, a wholly owned subsidiary trust of
the Company (the "Trust"), issued, in a public offering, 8,680,000 of its 8
1/4% Company Obligated Mandatorily Redeemable Preferred Securities (the
"Preferred Securities"), representing preferred undivided beneficial interests
in the assets of the Trust, with a liquidation preference of $25 per Preferred
Security. The sole assets of the Trust are $224 million, in aggregate
principal amount, of the Company's 8 1/4% Junior Subordinated Deferrable
Interest Debentures, Series C, due June 30, 2036 and certain rights under a
related guarantee by the Company. The Company's guarantee of the Preferred
Securities, considered together with the other obligations of the Company with
respect to Preferred Securities, constitutes a full and unconditional
guarantee by the Company of the Trust's obligations with respect to the
Preferred Securities.
 
                                     IV-16
<PAGE>
 
                                  PACIFICORP
 
      SELECTED NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS -- (CONTINUED)
 
                 YEARS ENDED DECEMBER 31, 1996, 1995 AND 1994
 
 
NOTE 6 COMMON AND PREFERRED STOCK
 
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                             THOUSANDS OF SHARES
                                             ----------------------
                                                                       COMMON
                                              SHARES      SHARES       SHARE-
                                              COMMON    PREFERRED     HOLDERS'
                                              STOCK       STOCK        CAPITAL
                                             ---------- -----------  -----------
                                                                     MILLIONS OF
                                                                     US DOLLARS
<S>                                          <C>        <C>          <C>
At January 1, 1994..........................    281,021     10,532    $2,953.4
  Sales through Dividend Reinvestment and
   Stock Purchase Plan......................      2,194         --        38.0
  Sales through Employees' Stock Plans......      1,036         --        19.2
                                             ----------  ---------    --------
At December 31, 1994........................    284,251     10,532     3,010.6
  Sales through Employees' Stock Plans......         26         --          .4
  Junior subordinated debentures exchanged
   for preferred stock......................         --     (2,233)        1.9
                                             ----------  ---------    --------
At December 31, 1995........................    284,277      8,299     3,012.9
  Sales to public...........................      8,790         --       177.8
  Sales through Dividend Reinvestment and
   Stock Purchase Plan......................      2,073         --        43.2
  Redemptions and repurchases...............         --     (2,342)        2.9
                                             ----------  ---------    --------
At December 31, 1996........................    295,140      5,957    $3,236.8
                                             ==========  =========    ========
</TABLE>
 
  At December 31, 1996, there were 28,905,056 authorized but unissued shares
of common stock reserved for issuance under the Dividend Reinvestment and
Stock Purchase Plan and the Employee Savings and Stock Ownership Plans and for
sales to the public. Eligible employees under the employee plans may direct
their pretax elective contributions into the purchase of the Company's common
stock. The Company makes matching contributions, equal to a percentage of
employee contributions, which are invested in the Company's common stock.
Employee contributions eligible for matching contributions are limited to 6%
of compensation.
 
  Generally, preferred stock is redeemable at stipulated prices plus accrued
dividends, subject to certain restrictions. Upon involuntary liquidation, all
preferred stock is entitled to stated value or a specified preference amount
per share plus accrued dividends.
 
                                     IV-17
<PAGE>
 
                                  PACIFICORP
 
      SELECTED NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS -- (CONTINUED)
 
                 YEARS ENDED DECEMBER 31, 1996, 1995 AND 1994
 
NOTE 6 COMMON AND PREFERRED STOCK -- (CONTINUED):
 
PREFERRED STOCK OUTSTANDING
 
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                    DECEMBER 31
                                        ---------------------------------------
                                          1996      1996      1995      1995
SERIES                                   SHARES    AMOUNT    SHARES    AMOUNT
- ------                                  --------  --------- --------  ---------
                                        THOUSANDS OF SHARES/MILLIONS OF US
                                                     DOLLARS
<S>                                     <C>       <C>       <C>       <C>
Subject to Mandatory Redemption
 No Par Serial Preferred, ($100 stated
  value)
  16,000 Shares Authorized
  $7.12...............................        30  $     3.0      440  $    44.0
   7.70...............................     1,000      100.0    1,000      100.0
   7.48...............................       750       75.0      750       75.0
                                        --------  --------- --------  ---------
    Total.............................            $   178.0           $   219.0
                                                  =========           =========
Not Subject to Mandatory Redemption
 No Par Serial Preferred ($25 stated
  value)
  $1.16...............................       193  $     4.8      193  $     4.8
   1.18...............................       420       10.5      420       10.5
   1.28...............................       381        9.5      381        9.5
   1.76...............................        --         --      394        9.8
   1.98...............................        --         --      502       12.6
   2.13...............................        --         --      666       16.7
   1.98, Series 1992..................     2,767       69.1    2,767       69.1
  Auction Rate ($100,000 stated
   value).............................        --         --        1      100.0
Serial Preferred $100 Stated Value Per
 Share,
 3,500 Shares Authorized
   4.52%..............................         2         .2        2         .2
   4.56...............................        85        8.5       85        8.5
   4.72...............................        70        7.0       70        7.0
   5.00...............................        42        4.2       42        4.2
   5.40...............................        66        6.6       66        6.6
   6.00...............................         6         .6        6         .6
   7.00...............................        18        1.8       18        1.8
   7.96...............................        --         --      135       13.5
   8.92...............................        --         --       69        6.9
   9.08...............................        --         --      165       16.5
5% Preferred, $100 Stated Value, 127
 Shares Authorized and Outstanding....       127       12.7      127       12.7
                                        --------  --------- --------  ---------
    Total.............................            $   135.5           $   311.5
                                                  =========           =========
</TABLE>
 
  Mandatory redemption requirements at stated value plus accrued dividends on
No Par Serial Preferred Stock are as follows: beginning in 1997, 15,000 shares
of the $7.12 series are redeemable annually; the $7.70 series is redeemable in
its entirety on August 15, 2001; and 37,500 shares of the $7.48 series are
redeemable on each June 15 from 2002 through 2006, with all shares outstanding
on June 15, 2007 redeemable on that date. If the Company is in default in its
obligation to make any future redemptions on the $7.12 series or the $7.48
series, it may not pay cash dividends on common stock.
 
NOTE 7 FINANCIAL INSTRUMENTS AND RISK MANAGEMENT
 
  The Company seeks to reduce net income and cash flow exposure to changing
interest and currency exchange rates and commodity price risks through the use
of derivative financial instruments.
 
                                     IV-18
<PAGE>
 
                                  PACIFICORP
 
      SELECTED NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS -- (CONTINUED)
 
                 YEARS ENDED DECEMBER 31, 1996, 1995 AND 1994
 
NOTE 7 FINANCIAL INSTRUMENTS AND RISK MANAGEMENT -- (CONTINUED):
 
The Company's participation in derivative transactions involves instruments
that have a close correlation with its portfolio of liabilities, thereby
managing its risk. Derivatives have been designed for hedging purposes and are
not held or issued for speculative purposes.
 
  Notional Amounts and Credit Exposure of Derivatives -- The notional amounts
of derivatives summarized below do not represent amounts exchanged and,
therefore, are not a measure of the exposure of the Company through its use of
derivatives. The amounts exchanged are calculated on the basis of the notional
amounts and other terms of the derivatives, which relate to interest rates,
exchange rates or other indexes.
 
  The Company is exposed to credit-related losses in the event of
nonperformance by counterparties to financial instruments, but it does not
expect any counterparties to fail to meet their obligations given their high
credit ratings. The Company's credit policy provides that counterparties
satisfy minimum credit ratings. The credit exposure of interest rate, foreign
exchange and forward contracts is represented by the fair value of contracts
with a positive fair value at the reporting date.
 
  Interest Rate Risk Management -- The Company enters into various types of
interest rate contracts in managing its interest rate risk, as indicated in
the following table:
 
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                                NOTIONAL AMOUNT
                                                                ---------------
                                                                  DECEMBER 31
                                                                ---------------
                                                                 1996    1995
                                                                ------- -------
                                                                MILLIONS OF US
                                                                    DOLLARS
   <S>                                                          <C>     <C>
   Interest rate swaps......................................... $ 846.4 $ 219.9
   Interest rate collars purchased.............................    52.0      --
   Interest rate futures and forwards..........................    60.0      --
</TABLE>
 
  The Company uses interest rate swaps, collars, futures and forwards to
adjust the characteristics of its liability portfolio from variable to fixed
interest rates, allowing the Company to establish a mix of fixed or variable
interest rates on its outstanding debt. Additionally, under terms of the
variable rate Australian bank bill borrowings, Australian Electric Operations
is required to obtain a fixed interest rate, via financial derivatives, on at
least 50% of the principal outstanding.
 
  Under the various swap agreements, the Company agrees with other parties to
exchange, at specified intervals, the difference between fixed-rate and
floating-rate interest amounts calculated by reference to an agreed notional
principal amount. The following table indicates the weighted-average interest
rates of the swaps. Average variable rates are based on rates implied in the
yield curve at December 31; these may change significantly, affecting future
cash flows. Swap contracts are principally between one and fifteen years in
duration.
 
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                                  DECEMBER 31
                                                                  -------------
                                                                  1996    1995
                                                                  -----   -----
   <S>                                                            <C>     <C>
   Pay-fixed swaps
     Average pay rate............................................   7.7%    7.7%
     Average receive rate........................................   5.6     4.4
</TABLE>
 
  Interest rate futures and forward contracts are generally used by Australian
Electric Operations to mitigate variable interest rate exposure on Australian
bank bill borrowings and are usually settled in cash. The futures and forwards
are accounted for as hedges of the Australian bank bill borrowings.
Additionally, Australian Electric Operations purchases interest rate collar
agreements. The collar
 
                                     IV-19
<PAGE>
 
                                  PACIFICORP
 
      SELECTED NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS -- (CONTINUED)
 
                 YEARS ENDED DECEMBER 31, 1996, 1995 AND 1994
 
NOTE 7 FINANCIAL INSTRUMENTS AND RISK MANAGEMENT -- (CONTINUED):
 
agreements entitle the Company to receive from the counterparties the amounts,
if any, by which the Australian bank bill borrowings interest payments exceed
8.75% and the Company would pay the counterparties if interest payments fall
below 6.5%-6.8%.
 
  Foreign Exchange Risk Management -- At December 31, 1996, the Company held a
foreign currency exchange agreement, which provides for the exchange of $50
million for 7.4 billion yen to meet a 1997 yen-denominated obligation of an
equivalent amount. In addition, at December 31, 1996, Holdings held three
combined interest rate and currency swaps that terminate in 2002, with an
aggregate notional amount of $291 million to hedge a portion of the exposure
to fluctuations in the Australian dollar relating to its investment in
Powercor.
 
  The interest rate portions of the three swaps, which also were designated as
a hedge of Holdings' investment in Powercor, were effectively offset in 1997
by the purchase of a swap transaction with approximately the same terms. The
net amount of the swaps should not have a significant impact on future net
income.
 
  Commodity Risk Management -- The Company has utilized electricity forward
contracts (referred to as "contract for differences") to hedge exposure to
electricity price risk on anticipated transactions or firm commitments in its
Australian Electric Operations. Under these forward contracts, the Company
receives or makes payment based on a differential between a contracted price
and the actual spot market of electricity. Additionally, electricity futures
contracts are utilized to hedge Domestic Electric Operations' excess or
shortage of net electricity for future months.
 
  At December 31, 1996, Australian Electric Operations had 23 forward
contracts with electricity generation companies on notional quantities
amounting to approximately 26.8 million MWh through December 31, 2000. The
average fixed price to be paid by Australian Electric Operations was $28.75
per MWh compared to the average price of similar contracts at December 31,
1996 of $27.46.
 
  At December 31, 1996, Domestic Electric Operations had 67 NYMEX futures
contracts to sell electricity with notional quantities amounting to
approximately 49,300 MWh all expiring in 1997. The average fixed price to be
received by Domestic Electric Operations was $19.33 per MWh compared to the
NYMEX average spot market price of $15.78 per MWh.
 
  Trading Activities -- During 1996 a subsidiary of Holdings began to trade
electricity related products. Such transactions involved the physical delivery
of electricity and are accounted for as revenue or purchased power upon
delivery and, at December 31, 1996, amounted to a net purchase position of
1,200 MWh. As additional markets for electricity-related products develop,
including derivative products, the Company anticipates that this activity will
expand.
 
NOTE 8 FAIR VALUE OF FINANCIAL INSTRUMENTS
 
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                        DECEMBER 31, 1996   DECEMBER 31, 1995
                                         (MILLIONS OF US     (MILLIONS OF US
                                            DOLLARS)            DOLLARS)
                                        ------------------  -----------------
                                        CARRYING    FAIR    CARRYING   FAIR
                                         AMOUNT    VALUE     AMOUNT   VALUE
                                        --------  --------  -------- --------
<S>                                     <C>       <C>       <C>      <C>
Long-term debt......................... $5,536.6  $5,621.5  $5,134.4 $5,370.5
Preferred securities of Trust holding
 solely PacifiCorp debentures..........    209.7     210.9        --       --
Preferred stock subject to mandatory
 redemption............................    178.0     195.8     219.0    240.3
Derivatives relating to
  Currency.............................    (21.5)    (21.5)       --     (1.4)
  Interest.............................    (10.8)    (52.5)       --    (35.4)
  Electricity futures..................       --        .2        --       --
</TABLE>
 
                                     IV-20
<PAGE>
 
                                  PACIFICORP
 
      SELECTED NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS -- (CONTINUED)
 
                 YEARS ENDED DECEMBER 31, 1996, 1995 AND 1994
 
 
NOTE 8 FAIR VALUE OF FINANCIAL INSTRUMENTS -- (CONTINUED):
 
  The carrying value of cash and cash equivalents, receivables, payables,
accrued liabilities and short-term borrowings approximates fair value because
of the short-term maturity of these instruments. The fair value of the finance
note receivable approximates its carrying value at December 31, 1996.
 
  The fair value of the Company's long-term debt has been estimated by
discounting projected future cash flows, using the current rate at which
similar loans would be made to borrowers with similar credit ratings and for
the same maturities. Current maturities of long-term debt were included and
capital lease obligations were excluded. The fair value of the Preferred
Securities was based on closing market prices and the fair value of redeemable
preferred stock was based on bid prices from an investment bank.
 
  The fair value of interest rate derivatives, currency swaps and electricity
futures is the estimated amount the Company would have to pay to terminate the
agreements, taking into account current interest and currency exchange rates,
electricity market prices and the current creditworthiness of the agreement
counterparties. It is not practicable to determine the fair value of the
forward contracts held by Australian Electric Operations because of the
limited number of transactions entered into for long-term forward contracts
and the inactive trading in the electricity spot market.
 
NOTE 9 LEASES
 
  The Companies lease certain properties under leases with various expiration
dates and renewal options. Rentals on lease renewals are subject to
negotiation. Certain leases provide for options to purchase at fair market
value. The Companies are also committed to pay all taxes, expenses of
operation (other than depreciation) and maintenance applicable to the leased
property.
 
  Net rent expense for the years ended December 31, 1996, 1995 and 1994 was
$29 million, $50 million and $59 million, respectively.
 
  Future minimum lease payments under noncancellable operating leases are $20
million, $14 million, $7 million, $5 million and $4 million for 1997 through
2001, respectively.
 
NOTE 10 COMMITMENTS AND CONTINGENCIES
 
 Construction and Other
 
  Construction and acquisitions are estimated at $1 billion for 1997. As a
part of these programs, substantial commitments have been made.
 
  The Company is subject to numerous environmental laws including: the Federal
Clean Air Act, as enforced by the Environmental Protection Agency and various
state agencies; the 1990 Clean Air Act Amendments; the Endangered Species Act
as it relates to certain potentially endangered species of salmon; the
Comprehensive Environmental Response, Compensation and Liability Act, relating
to environmental cleanups; along with the Federal Resource Conservation and
Recovery Act and the Clean Water Act relating to water quality. These laws
could potentially impact future operations. For those contingencies identified
at December 31, 1996, principally the Superfund sites where the Company has
been or may be designated as a potentially responsible party and violations
under the Clean Air Act, future costs associated with the disposition of these
matters are not expected to be material to the Company's consolidated
financial statements.
 
  The Company's mining operations are subject to reclamation and closure
requirements. The Company monitors these requirements and periodically revises
its cost estimates to meet existing legal
 
                                     IV-21
<PAGE>
 
                                  PACIFICORP
 
      SELECTED NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS -- (CONTINUED)
 
                 YEARS ENDED DECEMBER 31, 1996, 1995 AND 1994
 
 
NOTE 10 COMMITMENTS AND CONTINGENCIES -- (CONTINUED):
 
and regulatory requirements of the various jurisdictions in which it operates.
Costs for reclamation are accrued using the units-of-production method such
that estimated final mine reclamation and closure costs are fully accrued at
completion of mining activities. This is consistent with industry practices
and, the Company believes its reclamation obligations are adequately provided
for.
 
  The Company and its subsidiaries are parties to various legal claims,
actions and complaints, certain of which involve material amounts. Although
the Company is unable to predict with certainty whether or not it will
ultimately be successful in these legal proceedings or, if not, what the
impact might be, management currently believes that disposition of these
matters will not have a materially adverse effect on the Company's
consolidated financial statements.
 
 Jointly Owned Plants
 
  At December 31, 1996, Domestic Electric Operations' participation in jointly
owned plants was as follows:
 
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                ELECTRIC    PLANT                  CONSTRUCTION
                               OPERATIONS'   IN       ACCUMULATED    WORK IN
                                  SHARE    SERVICE    DEPRECIATION   PROGRESS
                               ----------- -------    ------------ ------------
                                          MILLIONS OF US DOLLARS
<S>                            <C>         <C>        <C>          <C>
Centralia....................     47.5%    $178.1        $108.0        $4.2
Jim Bridger Units 1, 2, 3 and
 4...........................     66.7      789.7         308.1         2.2
Trojan (a)...................      2.5         --            --          --
Colstrip Units 3 and 4.......     10.0      203.4          63.2         1.1
Hunter Unit 1................     93.8      260.2         100.9          .8
Hunter Unit 2................     60.3      187.6          66.4         1.3
Wyodak.......................     80.0      303.9          96.6         1.8
Craig Station Units 1 and 2..     19.3      150.0(b)       56.9         1.1
Hayden Station Unit 1........     24.5       17.1(b)       10.6         1.1
Hayden Station Unit 2........     12.6       17.0(b)        9.9          .8
Hermiston (c)................     50.0      164.9           3.4          --
</TABLE>
- --------
(a) Plant, inventory, fuel and decommissioning costs totaling $27 million
    relating to the Trojan Plant, were included in regulatory assets--net at
    December 31, 1996.
(b) Excludes unallocated acquisition adjustments of $119 million.
(c) Additionally, the Company has contracted to purchase the remaining 50% of
    the output of the plant.
 
  Under the joint agreements, each participating utility is responsible for
financing its share of construction, operating and leasing costs. Domestic
Electric Operations' portion is recorded in its applicable operations,
maintenance and tax accounts.
 
 Purchased Power
 
  Domestic Electric Operations manages its energy resource requirements by
integrating long-term firm, short-term and spot market purchases with its own
generating resources to economically dispatch the system and meet commitments
for wholesale sales, including sales contracts with minimum payment
requirements, and retail load growth. As part of its energy resource
portfolio, Domestic Electric Operations acquires power through long-term
purchases and/or exchange agreements which require minimum fixed payments of
$298 million in 1997, $294 million in 1998 and 1999, $291 million in 2000 and
$252 million in 2001.
 
                                     IV-22
<PAGE>
 
                                  PACIFICORP
 
      SELECTED NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS -- (CONTINUED)
 
                 YEARS ENDED DECEMBER 31, 1996, 1995 AND 1994
 
 
NOTE 10 COMMITMENTS AND CONTINGENCIES -- (CONTINUED):
 
  These contracts include agreements with the Bonneville Power Administration,
the Hermiston Plant and a number of cogenerating facilities.
 
  Excluded from the minimum fixed annual payments above, are commitments to
purchase power from several hydroelectric projects under long-term
arrangements with public utility districts. These purchases are made on a
"cost-of-service" basis for a stated percentage of project output and for a
like percentage of project annual costs (operating expenses and debt service).
These costs are included in operations expense. Domestic Electric Operations
is required to pay its portion of the debt service, whether or not any power
is produced. The arrangements provide for nonwithdrawable power and the
majority also provide for additional power, withdrawable by the districts upon
one to five years' notice. For 1996, such purchases approximated 3.5% of
energy requirements.
 
  At December 31, 1996, Domestic Electric Operations' share of long-term
arrangements with public utility districts was as follows:
 
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
   GENERATING                         YEAR CONTRACT CAPACITY PERCENTAGE  ANNUAL
   FACILITY                              EXPIRES      (KW)   OF OUTPUT  COSTS(A)
   ----------                         ------------- -------- ---------- --------
   <S>                                <C>           <C>      <C>        <C>
   Wanapum...........................     2009      155,444     18.7%    $ 5.0
   Priest Rapids.....................     2005      109,602     13.9       3.7
   Rocky Reach.......................     2011       64,297      5.3       2.4
   Wells.............................     2018       59,617      7.7       1.9
                                                    -------              -----
     Total...........................               388,960              $13.0
                                                    =======              =====
</TABLE>
- --------
(a) Annual costs, in millions of US dollars, include debt service of $6
    million.
 
  The Company has a 4% interest in the Intermountain Power Project
("Project"), located in central Utah. The Company and the City of Los Angeles
have agreed that the City will purchase capacity and energy from Company
plants equal to the Company's 4% entitlement of the Project at a price
equivalent to 4% of the expenses and debt service of the Project.
 
NOTE 11 INCOME TAXES
 
  The Company's combined federal and state effective income tax rate was 36%
in 1996, 32% in 1995 and 35% in 1994. The difference between taxes calculated
as if the statutory federal tax rate of 35% was applied to income before
income taxes and the recorded tax expense is reconciled as follows:
 
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                            FOR THE YEAR
                                                        ----------------------
                                                         1996    1995    1994
                                                        ------  ------  ------
                                                           MILLIONS OF US
                                                              DOLLARS
<S>                                                     <C>     <C>     <C>
Computed Federal Income Taxes.......................... $276.1  $260.3  $251.2
Increase (Reduction) in Tax Resulting from
  Depreciation differences.............................   12.8     9.7     8.4
  Investment tax credits...............................  (11.0)  (12.3)  (15.5)
  Excess of tax over book stock basis..................   (1.0)  (24.4)   (1.4)
  Audit settlement.....................................     .5   (16.8)     --
  Affordable housing credits...........................  (10.6)   (8.4)   (8.2)
  Other items capitalized and miscellaneous
   differences.........................................   (5.3)    4.8      .7
                                                        ------  ------  ------
    Total..............................................  (14.6)  (47.4)  (16.0)
                                                        ------  ------  ------
Federal Income Tax.....................................  261.5   212.9   235.2
State Income Tax, Net of Federal Income Tax Benefit....   22.4    25.9    14.6
                                                        ------  ------  ------
Total Income Tax Expense............................... $283.9  $238.8  $249.8
                                                        ======  ======  ======
</TABLE>
 
                                     IV-23
<PAGE>
 
                                  PACIFICORP
 
      SELECTED NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS -- (CONTINUED)
 
                 YEARS ENDED DECEMBER 31, 1996, 1995 AND 1994
 
 
NOTE 11 INCOME TAXES -- (CONTINUED):
 
  The provision for income taxes is summarized as follows:
 
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                             FOR THE YEAR
                                                         ----------------------
                                                          1996    1995    1994
                                                         ------  ------  ------
                                                            MILLIONS OF US
                                                               DOLLARS
   <S>                                                   <C>     <C>     <C>
   Current
     Federal............................................ $207.5  $152.2  $222.7
     State..............................................   28.0    23.1    34.6
     Foreign............................................     --     1.0      --
                                                         ------  ------  ------
       Total............................................  235.5   176.3   257.3
                                                         ------  ------  ------
     Deferred
     Federal............................................   43.7    56.5    17.8
     State..............................................    7.6    17.3    (9.8)
     Foreign............................................    8.1     1.0      --
                                                         ------  ------  ------
       Total............................................   59.4    74.8     8.0
                                                         ------  ------  ------
   Investment Tax Credits...............................  (11.0)  (12.3)  (15.5)
                                                         ------  ------  ------
   Total Income Tax Expense............................. $283.9  $238.8  $249.8
                                                         ======  ======  ======
</TABLE>
 
  The tax effects of significant items comprising the Company's net deferred
tax liability were as follows:
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                                DECEMBER 31
                                                             ------------------
                                                               1996      1995
                                                             --------  --------
                                                              MILLIONS OF US
                                                                  DOLLARS
   <S>                                                       <C>       <C>
   Deferred Tax Liabilities
     Property, plant and equipment.......................... $1,306.8  $1,213.1
     Regulatory assets......................................    733.6     756.8
     Other deferred liabilities.............................     30.7      52.5
   Deferred Tax Assets
     Regulatory liabilities.................................    (63.0)    (69.7)
     Book reserves not deductible for tax...................    (55.0)    (42.6)
                                                             --------  --------
   Net Deferred Tax Liability............................... $1,953.1  $1,910.1
                                                             ========  ========
</TABLE>
 
  During 1995, the Company and the Internal Revenue Service (the "IRS") agreed
on a settlement of all issues related to the IRS examination of the Company's
federal income tax returns for the years 1983 through 1988, including matters
relating to the Company's abandonment of its 10% interest in Washington Public
Power Supply System Unit No. 3.
 
  During 1996, the Company received an examination report for 1989 and 1990
proposing adjustments that would increase income tax by $11 million. The
Company filed a protest of certain proposed adjustments on July 30, 1996. The
Company's 1991, 1992 and 1993 federal income tax returns are currently under
examination by the IRS.
 
  Financial Services acquires housing projects that qualify for the low-income
housing credit established as part of the Tax Reform Act of 1986 to provide an
incentive for the development and preservation of privately owned affordable
rental housing. Annual tax benefits scheduled to be received from these
projects are expected to be $13 million, $12 million, $11 million, $7 million
and $6 million for 1997 through 2001, respectively.
 
                                     IV-24
<PAGE>
 
                                  PACIFICORP
 
      SELECTED NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS -- (CONTINUED)
 
                 YEARS ENDED DECEMBER 31, 1996, 1995 AND 1994
 
 
NOTE 12 RETIREMENT PLANS
 
  The Companies have pension plans covering substantially all of their
employees. Benefits under plans in the United States are generally based on
the employee's years of service and average monthly pay in the 60 consecutive
months of highest pay out of the last 120 months, with adjustments to reflect
benefits estimated to be received from Social Security. Pension costs are
funded annually by no more than the maximum amount of pension expense which
can be deducted for federal income tax purposes. Unfunded prior service costs
are amortized over the remaining service period of employees expected to
receive benefits. At December 31, 1996, plan assets were primarily invested in
common stocks, bonds and U.S. government obligations.
 
  All permanent employees of Powercor engaged prior to October 4, 1994 are
members of Divisions B or C of the Superannuation Fund ("Fund") which provides
defined benefits in the form of pensions (Division B) or lump sums (Division
C). Both defined benefit Funds are closed to new members. Division B members
contribute at 6% of superannuation salary, and Division C members can
contribute at 0, 3, or 6%. During 1996, contributions were made to the Fund at
the rate of 9.25% for the defined benefit.
 
  Net pension cost is summarized as follows:
 
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                            FOR THE YEAR
                                                        -----------------------
                                                         1996    1995     1994
                                                        ------  -------  ------
                                                           MILLIONS OF US
                                                               DOLLARS
   <S>                                                  <C>     <C>      <C>
   Service cost -- benefits earned..................... $ 35.5  $  24.4  $ 26.4
   Interest cost on projected benefit obligation.......   89.0     80.1    74.1
   Actual (gain) loss on plan assets...................  (79.9)  (153.5)    4.9
   Net amortization and deferral.......................    9.3    100.5   (59.7)
   Regulatory deferral (a).............................   14.2     29.4      .7
                                                        ------  -------  ------
   Net Pension Cost.................................... $ 68.1  $  80.9  $ 46.4
                                                        ======  =======  ======
</TABLE>
- --------
(a) Domestic Electric Operations has received accounting orders from its
    primary and certain other regulatory authorities to defer the difference
    between pension cost as determined in accordance with SFAS 87 and 88 and
    that determined for funding purposes. See Note 2.
 
  The funded status, net pension liability and significant assumptions are as
follows:
 
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                              DECEMBER 31
                                                           -------------------
                                                             1996       1995
                                                           ---------  --------
                                                             MILLIONS OF US
                                                                DOLLARS
<S>                                                        <C>        <C>
Actuarial present value of benefit obligations
Vested benefit obligation................................. $ 1,045.5  $1,033.9
Accumulated benefit obligation............................   1,120.8   1,090.1
Projected benefit obligation..............................   1,270.7   1,262.1
Plan assets at fair value.................................   1,042.5     895.6
                                                           ---------  --------
Projected benefit obligation in excess of plan assets.....     228.2     366.5
Unrecognized prior service cost...........................     (11.9)     (9.8)
Unrecognized net loss.....................................     (65.5)   (104.0)
Unrecognized net obligation...............................      (7.5)    (89.5)
Minimum liability adjustment..............................       2.9      65.2
                                                           ---------  --------
Net Pension Liability..................................... $   146.2  $  228.4
                                                           ---------  --------
Discount rate............................................. 7.25%-7.5%     7.25%
Expected long-term rate of return on assets...............    8.5%-9%   8.5%-9%
Rate of increase in compensation levels...................    4.5%-6%     5%-6%
</TABLE>
 
                                     IV-25
<PAGE>
 
                                  PACIFICORP
 
      SELECTED NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS -- (CONTINUED)
 
                 YEARS ENDED DECEMBER 31, 1996, 1995 AND 1994
 
 
NOTE 12 RETIREMENT PLANS -- (CONTINUED):
 
  Domestic Electric Operations offered early retirement incentive programs in
1987 and 1990. Included in the table above is the present value of all future
termination benefits provided of $58 million. Domestic Electric Operations
received regulatory accounting orders to defer early retirement costs as a
regulatory asset to be amortized through the year 2020. See Note 2.
 
NOTE 13 OTHER POSTRETIREMENT BENEFITS
 
  Domestic Electric Operations and Telecommunications provide health care and
life insurance benefits through various plans for their eligible retirees on a
basis substantially similar to those who are active employees. The cost of
postretirement benefits is accrued over the active service period of
employees. The transition obligation represents the unrecognized prior service
cost and is being amortized over a period of 20 years. For those employees
retired at January 1, 1993, the Company funds postretirement benefit expense
on a pay-as-you-go basis. For those employees retiring after January 1, 1993,
the Company funds postretirement benefit expense through a combination of
funding vehicles. The Company funded $38 million and $40 million of
postretirement benefit expense during 1996 and 1995, respectively. These funds
are invested in common stocks, bonds and U.S. government obligations.
 
  The net periodic post retirement benefit cost is summarized as follows:
 
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                            FOR THE YEAR
                                                         ---------------------
                                                          1996    1995   1994
                                                         ------  ------  -----
                                                           MILLIONS OF US
                                                               DOLLARS
<S>                                                      <C>     <C>     <C>
Service cost -- benefits earned........................  $  9.6  $  8.3  $ 9.5
Interest cost on accumulated postretirement benefit ob-
 ligation..............................................    27.8    32.6   30.7
Amortization of transition obligation..................    14.3    15.7   16.3
Regulatory deferral....................................     3.4    (4.5)  (5.2)
Net asset gain (loss) during the period deferred for
 future recognition....................................     3.7     3.7   (4.4)
Actual return on plan assets...........................   (14.5)  (10.7)    .3
                                                         ------  ------  -----
Net Periodic Postretirement Benefit Cost...............  $ 44.3  $ 45.1  $47.2
                                                         ======  ======  =====
</TABLE>
 
  The accumulated postretirement benefit obligation ("APBO") was as follows:
 
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                                DECEMBER 31
                                                              -----------------
                                                                1996      1995
                                                              ---------  ------
                                                               MILLIONS OF US
                                                                  DOLLARS
<S>                                                           <C>        <C>
Retirees and dependents...................................... $   209.5  $267.7
Fully eligible active plan participants......................      22.2    23.5
Other active plan participants...............................     160.8   174.5
                                                              ---------  ------
APBO.........................................................     392.5   465.7
Plan assets at fair value....................................     166.2   117.4
                                                              ---------  ------
APBO in excess of plan assets................................     226.3   348.3
Unrecognized prior service cost..............................        .5      .6
Unrecognized transition obligation...........................    (251.0) (266.7)
Unrecognized net gain (loss).................................      48.2   (50.1)
                                                              ---------  ------
Accrued Postretirement Benefit Obligation.................... $    24.0  $ 32.1
                                                              =========  ======
Discount rate................................................       7.5%   7.25%
Estimated long-term rate of return on assets.................         9% 8.8%-9%
Initial health care cost trend rate -- under 65..............   8.8%-11%     11%
Initial health care cost trend rate -- over 65............... 8.4%-10.5%     10%
Ultimate health care cost trend rate.........................       4.5%    4.5%
</TABLE>
 
                                     IV-26
<PAGE>
 
                                  PACIFICORP
 
      SELECTED NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS -- (CONTINUED)
 
                 YEARS ENDED DECEMBER 31, 1996, 1995 AND 1994
 
 
NOTE 13 OTHER POSTRETIREMENT BENEFITS -- (CONTINUED):
 
  The assumed health care cost trend rates gradually decrease over eight
years. The health care cost trend rate assumptions have a significant effect
on the amounts reported. Increasing the assumed health care cost trend rate by
one percentage point would have increased the APBO as of December 31, 1996 by
$29 million, and the annual net periodic postretirement benefit costs by $3
million.
 
NOTE 14 ACQUISITIONS AND DISPOSITIONS
 
  In September 1996, a consortium, known as the Hazelwood Power Partnership,
purchased a 1,600 megawatt, coal-fired generating station and associated coal
mine in Victoria, Australia for approximately $1.9 billion. The consortium
financed the acquisition of the Hazelwood plant and mine with approximately
$858 million in equity contributions from the partners and $1 billion of
nonrecourse borrowings at the partnership level. Holdings, which has a 19.9%
interest in the partnership, financed its $145 million portion of the equity
investment and the associated $12 million advance with long-term borrowings in
the United States. The other partners in the partnership are subsidiaries of
National Power PLC (51.9%), Destec Energy (20%) and Commonwealth Bank Group of
Australia (8.2%).
 
  On December 12, 1995, Holdings purchased Powercor, an electricity
distributor in Australia, for approximately $1.6 billion in cash. Powercor's
service territory includes a portion of suburban Melbourne and the western and
central regions of the State of Victoria. Powercor currently has approximately
547,000 customers. The acquisition was accounted for as a purchase and the
results of operations of Powercor have been included in the consolidated
financial statements since December 12, 1995.
 
  On September 27, 1995, holders of a majority of the 5.3 million shares of
outstanding common stock held by minority shareholders of PTI voted in favor
of the merger of a wholly owned subsidiary of Holdings into PTI. Shareholders
tendering shares pursuant to the merger were paid a total of $131 million, or
$30 per share, and an accrued liability of $28 million was established to
cover estimated amounts payable to dissenters.
 
  During 1995, PTI purchased certain rural telephone exchange assets in
Colorado, Washington and Oregon for approximately $376 million.
 
  On August 7, 1995, PTI closed the sale of the stock of Alascom, Inc.
("Alascom") to AT&T Corp. ("AT&T"), in a transaction providing $366 million in
proceeds. Under terms of the agreement, AT&T paid $291 million in cash for the
Alascom stock and for settlement of all past cost study issues. AT&T agreed to
allow PTI to retain a $75 million transition payment made by AT&T to Alascom
in July 1994. AT&T made a down payment of $30 million to PTI upon signing the
stock purchase agreement in October 1994. The remaining $261 million was paid
when the transaction closed. The Company recognized an after-tax gain of $37
million from the sale of Alascom.
 
  Summarized income statement data for Alascom are as follows:
 
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                       7 MONTHS
                                                    ENDED JULY 31, FOR THE YEAR
                                                         1995          1994
                                                    -------------- ------------
                                                      MILLIONS OF US DOLLARS
                                                            (UNAUDITED)
   <S>                                              <C>            <C>
   Revenues........................................     $193.1        $343.5
   Income from operations..........................       36.9          80.7
</TABLE>
 
NOTE 15 SUBSEQUENT EVENTS
 
  On March 4, 1997, the Utah Legislature passed a bill which creates a
legislative task force to study stranded cost issues and the timing of
customer choice. The bill freezes rates at January 31, 1997 levels until 60
days following the conclusion of the 1998 legislative general session. The PSC
is
 
                                     IV-27
<PAGE>
 
                                  PACIFICORP
 
      SELECTED NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS -- (CONCLUDED)
 
                 YEARS ENDED DECEMBER 31, 1996, 1995 AND 1994
 
 
NOTE 15 SUBSEQUENT EVENTS -- (CONTINUED):
precluded from holding any hearings on rate changes during the freeze period.
The Company has committed to reduce prices to Utah customers by $12 million
annually on approximately May 1, 1997.
 
  On March 11, 1997, Holdings entered into an agreement to acquire TPC
Corporation, a natural gas gathering, processing, storage and marketing
company. The acquisition is expected to cost approximately $288 million in
cash plus assumed debt of approximately $149 million.
 
NOTE 16 SELECTED FINANCIAL AND SEGMENT INFORMATION
 
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                            FOR THE YEAR
                                                     --------------------------
                                                       1996     1995     1994
                                                     -------- -------- --------
                                                       MILLIONS OF US DOLLARS
<S>                                                  <C>      <C>      <C>
REVENUES
  Domestic Electric Operations...................... $2,960.8 $2,616.1 $2,647.8
  Australian Electric Operations....................    658.8     25.9       --
  Telecommunications................................    521.1    640.1    696.5
  Other Operations (a)..............................    153.1    134.8    153.7
                                                     -------- -------- --------
      Total......................................... $4,293.8 $3,416.9 $3,498.0
                                                     ======== ======== ========
INCOME FROM OPERATIONS
  Domestic Electric Operations...................... $  869.8 $  800.9 $  819.3
  Australian Electric Operations....................    127.4      5.5       --
  Telecommunications................................    158.7    165.3    164.7
  Other Operations (a)..............................     89.2     84.2     38.3
                                                     -------- -------- --------
      Total......................................... $1,245.1 $1,055.9 $1,022.3
                                                     ======== ======== ========
Net Income (Loss)................................... $  504.9 $  505.0 $  468.0
EARNINGS CONTRIBUTION (LOSS) ON COMMON STOCK
  Continuing operations
    Domestic Electric Operations.................... $  341.5 $  276.4 $  339.8
    Australian Electric Operations..................     30.1       .7       --
    Telecommunications..............................     74.7    103.0     70.5
    Other Operations (a)............................     28.8     86.2     18.0
                                                     -------- -------- --------
      Total......................................... $  475.1 $  466.3 $  428.3
                                                     ======== ======== ========
IDENTIFIABLE ASSETS
  Domestic Electric Operations...................... $  9,864 $  9,599 $  9,372
  Australian Electric Operations....................    2,065    1,751       --
  Telecommunications................................    1,592    1,599    1,378
  Other Operations (a)..............................    1,114    1,066    1,096
CAPITAL SPENDING
  Domestic Electric Operations...................... $    595 $    455 $    638
  Australian Electric Operations....................      226    1,591       --
  Telecommunications................................      127      498      153
  Other Operations (a)..............................       56      175       13
DEPRECIATION AND AMORTIZATION
  Domestic Electric Operations...................... $    343 $    320 $    302
  Australian Electric Operations....................       72        3       --
  Telecommunications................................      107       86       66
  Other Operations (a)..............................        9       10       18
</TABLE>
- --------
(a) Other Operations includes the operations of PacifiCorp Financial Services,
    Inc., Pacific Generation Company, and several start-up-phase ventures, as
    well as the activities of PacifiCorp Holdings, Inc., including financing
    costs.
 
                                     IV-28
<PAGE>
 
  UNAUDITED FINANCIAL INFORMATION FOR THE THREE MONTHS ENDED 31 MARCH 1996 AND
                                      1997
 
                                   PACIFICORP
 
       CONDENSED CONSOLIDATED STATEMENTS OF INCOME AND RETAINED EARNINGS
               (MILLIONS OF US DOLLARS, EXCEPT PER SHARE AMOUNTS)
 
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                         THREE MONTHS ENDED
                                                              MARCH 31,
                                                         --------------------
                                                           1997       1996
                                                         ---------  ---------
                                                             (UNAUDITED)
<S>                                                      <C>        <C>
REVENUES................................................ $ 1,169.8  $ 1,005.7
EXPENSES
  Operations............................................     538.5      386.7
  Maintenance...........................................      74.7       71.8
  Administrative and general............................      85.6       74.1
  Depreciation and amortization.........................     137.0      128.6
  Taxes, other than income taxes........................      32.4       32.2
                                                         ---------  ---------
    Total...............................................     868.2      693.4
                                                         ---------  ---------
INCOME FROM OPERATIONS..................................     301.6      312.3
                                                         ---------  ---------
INTEREST EXPENSE AND OTHER
  Interest expense......................................     117.0      117.6
  Interest capitalized..................................      (2.9)      (3.2)
  Other income--net.....................................      (2.5)      (6.9)
                                                         ---------  ---------
    Total...............................................     111.6      107.5
                                                         ---------  ---------
Income before income taxes..............................     190.0      204.8
Income taxes............................................      69.0       74.9
                                                         ---------  ---------
NET INCOME..............................................     121.0      129.9
RETAINED EARNINGS BEGINNING OF PERIOD...................     782.8      632.4
Cash dividends declared Preferred stock.................      (5.6)      (9.1)
Common stock per share: 1997 and 1996/$.27..............     (79.8)     (79.0)
                                                         ---------  ---------
RETAINED EARNINGS END OF PERIOD......................... $   818.4  $   674.2
                                                         =========  =========
EARNINGS ON COMMON STOCK (net income less preferred
 dividend requirement).................................. $   114.9  $   120.9
Average number of common shares outstanding
 (Thousands)............................................   295,393    286,490
EARNINGS PER COMMON SHARE............................... $     .39  $     .42
</TABLE>
 
 
     See accompanying Notes to Condensed Consolidated Financial Statements
 
                                     IV-29
<PAGE>
 
                                   PACIFICORP
 
                CONDENSED CONSOLIDATED STATEMENTS OF CASH FLOWS
                            (MILLIONS OF US DOLLARS)
 
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                          THREE MONTHS ENDED
                                                               MARCH 31,
                                                          --------------------
                                                            1997       1996
                                                          ---------  ---------
                                                              (UNAUDITED)
<S>                                                       <C>        <C>
CASH FLOWS FROM OPERATING ACTIVITIES
  Net income............................................. $   121.0  $   129.9
  Adjustments to reconcile net income to net cash
   provided by operating activities
    Depreciation and amortization........................     142.2      133.6
    Deferred income taxes and investment tax credits --
      net................................................       7.4       14.2
    Other................................................       7.9       26.0
    Accounts receivable and prepayments..................     101.4        5.2
    Materials, supplies, fuel stock and inventory........        --       (3.2)
    Accounts payable and accrued liabilities.............     (70.0)      60.6
                                                          ---------  ---------
NET CASH PROVIDED BY OPERATING ACTIVITIES................     309.9      366.3
                                                          ---------  ---------
CASH FLOWS FROM INVESTING ACTIVITIES
  Construction...........................................    (143.6)    (136.0)
  Investments in and advances to affiliated companies --
    net..................................................     (19.0)      (4.2)
  Assets acquired........................................      (4.6)      (7.5)
  Proceeds from sales of finance assets and principal
   payments..............................................      26.7       38.4
  Other..................................................      18.2        7.5
                                                          ---------  ---------
NET CASH USED IN INVESTING ACTIVITIES....................    (122.3)    (101.8)
                                                          ---------  ---------
CASH FLOWS FROM FINANCING ACTIVITIES
  Changes in short-term debt.............................       6.8     (506.0)
  Proceeds from long-term debt...........................      12.3      251.1
  Proceeds from issuance of common stock.................      10.5      183.0
  Dividends paid.........................................     (85.2)     (85.8)
  Repayments of long-term debt and capital lease
   obligations...........................................     (92.5)     (64.3)
  Redemptions of capital stock...........................      (3.0)       (.5)
  Other..................................................     (28.8)     (43.2)
                                                          ---------  ---------
NET CASH USED IN FINANCING ACTIVITIES....................    (179.9)    (265.7)
                                                          ---------  ---------
INCREASE (DECREASE) IN CASH AND CASH EQUIVALENTS.........       7.7       (1.2)
CASH AND CASH EQUIVALENTS AT BEGINNING OF PERIOD.........      17.8       22.2
                                                          ---------  ---------
CASH AND CASH EQUIVALENTS AT END OF PERIOD............... $    25.5  $    21.0
                                                          =========  =========
SUPPLEMENTAL DISCLOSURES OF CASH FLOW INFORMATION
  Cash paid (received) during the period for Interest
   (net of amount capitalized)........................... $   193.1  $   146.9
  Income taxes...........................................      (1.3)      17.9
</TABLE>
 
     See accompanying Notes to Condensed Consolidated Financial Statements
 
                                     IV-30
<PAGE>
 
                                   PACIFICORP
 
                     CONDENSED CONSOLIDATED BALANCE SHEETS
                            (MILLIONS OF US DOLLARS)
 
                                     ASSETS
 
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                        MARCH 31,  DECEMBER 31,
                                                          1997         1996
                                                        ---------  ------------
                                                             (UNAUDITED)
<S>                                                     <C>        <C>
CURRENT ASSETS
  Cash and cash equivalents............................ $    25.5   $    17.8
  Accounts receivable less allowance for doubtful
   accounts: 1997/$8.7 and 1996/$8.6...................     622.7       718.6
  Materials, supplies and fuel stock at average cost...     188.9       188.7
  Inventory............................................      50.4        55.2
  Other................................................      67.2        78.2
                                                        ---------   ---------
TOTAL CURRENT ASSETS...................................     954.7     1,058.5
PROPERTY, PLANT AND EQUIPMENT
  Domestic Electric Operations.........................  11,788.4    11,698.8
  Australian Electric Operations.......................   1,359.7     1,361.9
  Telecommunications...................................   1,688.0     1,670.0
  Other Operations.....................................      69.4        68.8
  Accumulated depreciation and amortization............  (4,699.6)   (4,583.8)
                                                        ---------   ---------
TOTAL PROPERTY, PLANT AND EQUIPMENT -- NET.............  10,205.9    10,215.7
OTHER ASSETS
  Investments in and advances to affiliated companies..     350.3       358.9
  Intangible assets -- net.............................     864.3       870.5
  Regulatory assets -- net.............................   1,014.5     1,017.4
  Finance note receivable..............................     214.0       214.6
  Finance assets -- net................................     425.7       425.6
  Real estate investments..............................     218.1       217.0
  Deferred charges and other...........................     257.2       256.3
                                                        ---------   ---------
TOTAL OTHER ASSETS.....................................   3,344.1     3,360.3
                                                        ---------   ---------
TOTAL ASSETS........................................... $14,504.7   $14,634.5
                                                        =========   =========
</TABLE>
 
 
     See accompanying Notes to Condensed Consolidated Financial Statements
 
                                     IV-31
<PAGE>
 
                                   PACIFICORP
 
                     CONDENSED CONSOLIDATED BALANCE SHEETS
                            (MILLIONS OF US DOLLARS)
 
                      LIABILITIES AND SHAREHOLDERS' EQUITY
 
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                         MARCH 31, DECEMBER 31,
                                                           1997        1996
                                                         --------- ------------
                                                              (UNAUDITED)
<S>                                                      <C>       <C>
CURRENT LIABILITIES
  Long-term debt currently maturing..................... $   263.6  $   235.6
  Notes payable and commercial paper....................     708.3      701.5
  Accounts payable......................................     330.2      469.7
  Taxes, interest and dividends payable.................     381.2      303.5
  Customer deposits and other...........................     165.0      152.6
                                                         ---------  ---------
TOTAL CURRENT LIABILITIES...............................   1,848.3    1,862.9
DEFERRED CREDITS
  Income taxes..........................................   1,946.7    1,953.1
  Investment tax credits................................     146.1      148.4
  Other.................................................     729.2      758.9
                                                         ---------  ---------
Total deferred credits..................................   2,822.0    2,860.4
MINORITY INTEREST.......................................      33.0       31.9
LONG-TERM DEBT..........................................   5,205.8    5,323.8
GUARANTEED PREFERRED BENEFICIAL INTERESTS IN COMPANY'S
 JUNIOR SUBORDINATED DEBENTURES.........................     209.7      209.7
PREFERRED STOCK SUBJECT TO MANDATORY REDEMPTION.........     175.0      178.0
PREFERRED STOCK.........................................     135.5      135.5
COMMON EQUITY
  Common shareholders' capital shares authorized
   750,000,000; shares outstanding: 1997/295,638,426 and
   1996/295,139,753.....................................   3,247.6    3,236.8
  Retained earnings.....................................     818.4      782.8
  Cumulative currency translation adjustment............       9.4       12.7
                                                         ---------  ---------
TOTAL COMMON EQUITY.....................................   4,075.4    4,032.3
                                                         ---------  ---------
COMMITMENTS AND CONTINGENCIES (SEE NOTE 2)
TOTAL LIABILITIES AND SHAREHOLDERS' EQUITY.............. $14,504.7  $14,634.5
                                                         =========  =========
</TABLE>
 
 
     See accompanying Notes to Condensed Consolidated Financial Statements
 
                                     IV-32
<PAGE>
 
                                  PACIFICORP
 
             NOTES TO CONDENSED CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS
                                  (UNAUDITED)
 
                                MARCH 31, 1997
 
NOTE 1 FINANCIAL STATEMENTS
 
  The accompanying unaudited condensed consolidated financial statements as of
March 31, 1997 and December 31, 1996 and for the periods ended March 31, 1997
and 1996, in the opinion of management, include all adjustments, constituting
only normal recording of accruals, necessary for a fair presentation of
financial position, results of operations and cash flows for such periods. A
significant part of the business of PacifiCorp (the "Company") is of a
seasonal nature; therefore, results of operations for the periods ended March
31, 1997 and 1996 are not necessarily indicative of the results for a full
year. These condensed consolidated financial statements should be read in
conjunction with the financial statements and related notes incorporated by
reference in the Company's 1996 Annual Report on Form 10-K.
 
  The condensed consolidated financial statements of the Company include its
integrated domestic electric utility operating divisions of Pacific Power and
Utah Power and its wholly owned and majority owned subsidiaries. Major
subsidiaries, all of which are wholly owned, are: PacifiCorp Holdings, Inc.
("Holdings"), which holds all of the Company's nonintegrated electric utility
investments, including Powercor Australia Limited ("Powercor"), an Australian
electricity distributor; Pacific Telecom, Inc. ("PTI"), a telecommunications
operation, and PacifiCorp Financial Services, Inc., a financial services
business. Together these businesses are referred to herein as the Companies.
Significant intercompany transactions and balances have been eliminated.
 
  Investments in and advances to affiliated companies represent investments in
unconsolidated affiliated companies carried on the equity basis, which
approximates the Company's equity in their underlying net book value.
 
  Certain amounts from the prior period have been reclassified to conform with
the 1997 method of presentation. These reclassifications had no effect on
previously reported consolidated net income.
 
NOTE 2 CONTINGENT LIABILITIES
 
  The Company is subject to numerous environmental laws including: the Federal
Clean Air Act, as enforced by the Environmental Protection Agency and various
state agencies; the 1990 Clean Air Act Amendments; the Endangered Species Act
as it relates to certain potentially endangered species of salmon; the
Comprehensive Environmental Response, Compensation and Liability Act, relating
to environmental cleanups; along with the Federal Resource Conservation and
Recovery Act and the Clean Water Act relating to water quality. These laws
could potentially impact future operations. For those contingencies identified
at December 31, 1996, principally the Superfund sites where the Company has
been or may be designated as a potentially responsible party and Clean Air Act
matters, future costs associated with the disposition of these matters are not
expected to be material to the Company's consolidated financial statements.
 
  The Company's mining operations are subject to reclamation and closure
requirements. The Company monitors these requirements and periodically revises
its cost estimates to meet existing legal and regulatory requirements of the
various jurisdictions in which it operates. Costs for reclamation are accrued
using the units-of-production method such that estimated final mine
reclamation and closure costs are fully accrued at completion of mining
activities. This is consistent with industry practices, and the Company
believes that it has adequately provided for its reclamation obligations.
 
  The Company and its subsidiaries are parties to various legal claims,
actions and complaints, certain of which involve material amounts. Although
the Company is unable to predict with certainty
 
                                     IV-33
<PAGE>
 
                                  PACIFICORP
 
      NOTES TO CONDENSED CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS -- (CONCLUDED)
                                  (UNAUDITED)
 
                                MARCH 31, 1997
 
NOTE 2 CONTINGENT LIABILITIES -- (CONTINUED)
 
whether or not it will ultimately be successful in these legal proceedings or,
if not, what the impact might be, management currently believes that
disposition of these matters will not have a materially adverse effect on the
Company's consolidated financial statements.
 
  The Company's 1991, 1992 and 1993 federal income tax returns are currently
under examination by the Internal Revenue Service (the "IRS"). The Company has
received an examination report for 1989 and 1990 proposing adjustments that
would increase income tax by $11 million. The Company filed a protest of
certain proposed adjustments on July 30, 1996 and is currently holding
discussions with the Appeals Division of the IRS.
 
NOTE 3 NEW ACCOUNTING STANDARD
 
  In February 1997, the Financial Accounting Standards Board issued SFAS No.
128 "Earnings Per Share." SFAS 128 changes the standards for computing and
presenting earnings per share ("EPS"). The statement is effective for periods
ending after December 15, 1997 and requires reinstatement of all prior
periods. The adoption of SFAS 128 will have no effect on the current
calculation of EPS or previously reported EPS.
 
 
                                     IV-34
<PAGE>
 
                                  APPENDIX V
 
                            ADDITIONAL INFORMATION
 
1. RESPONSIBILITY
 
  (a) The directors of PacifiCorp Acquisitions, whose names are set out in
paragraph 2(a) of this Appendix V, accept responsibility for the information
contained in this document other than information relating to The Energy
Group, the TEG Group and the directors of The Energy Group and their immediate
families. To the best of the knowledge and belief of the directors of
PacifiCorp Acquisitions (who have taken all reasonable care to ensure that
such is the case), the information contained in this document for which they
are responsible is in accordance with the facts and does not omit anything
likely to affect the import of such information.
 
  (b) The directors of The Energy Group, whose names are set out in paragraph
2(b) of this Appendix V, accept responsibility for the information contained
in this document relating to The Energy Group, the TEG Group and the directors
of The Energy Group and their immediate families. To the best of the knowledge
and belief of the directors of The Energy Group (who have taken all reasonable
care to ensure that such is the case), the information contained in this
document for which they are responsible is in accordance with the facts and
does not omit anything likely to affect the import of such information.
 
2. DIRECTORS
 
  (a) The directors of PacifiCorp Acquisitions are:
 
    Frederick W. Buckman -- Chairman
    Richard T. O'Brien -- Chief Financial Officer
    William E. Peressini -- Deputy Chief Financial Officer
    Dennis P. Steinberg
    Verl R. Topham
 
  (b) The directors of The Energy Group are:
 
    Derek C. Bonham -- Chairman
    John F. Devaney -- Chief Executive--Eastern
    Irl F. Engelhardt -- Chief Executive--Peabody
    Eric E. Anstee -- Finance Director
    Sir Christopher Harding -- Non-executive director
    Baroness Hogg -- Non-executive director
    David P. Nash -- Non-executive director
    John Neerhout, Jr. -- Non-executive director
 
3. STOCK EXCHANGE QUOTATIONS, MARKET PRICE DATA AND PRINCIPAL PURCHASES
 
  The following table shows the Closing Price for Energy Group Shares and the
closing sale price on the New York Stock Exchange for Energy Group ADSs on the
first dealing day of each of the four months immediately prior to the date of
this document, on 9 June 1997 (the last Business Day before the commencement
of the Offer period) and on 24 June 1997 (the latest practicable date prior to
the publication of this document):
 
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                                         ENERGY
                                                          ENERGY GROUP   GROUP
     DATE                                                SHARES (PENCE) ADSS ($)
     ----                                                -------------- --------
     <S>                                                 <C>            <C>
     3 March 1997.......................................     526.5        34
     1 April 1997.......................................     496.0       32 3/4
     1 May 1997.........................................     486.0       31 3/8
     2 June 1997........................................     544.5       35 1/4
     9 June 1997........................................     561.5       36 7/8
     24 June 1997.......................................     635.5       42 3/4
</TABLE>
 
                                      V-1
<PAGE>
 
  Energy Group Shares have been listed and traded on the London Stock Exchange
and Energy Group ADSs have been listed and traded on the New York Stock
Exchange since 24 February 1997. The following table sets out, for the periods
indicated, (i) the reported closing highest and lowest middle market
quotations for Energy Group Shares on the London Stock Exchange as derived
from the Daily Official List of the London Stock Exchange and (ii) the high
and low closing sales prices for Energy Group ADSs on the New York Stock
Exchange as obtained from the New York Stock Exchange. Each Energy Group ADS
represents four Energy Group Shares. For current price information, holders of
Energy Group Shares and Energy Group ADSs are urged to consult publicly
available sources.
 
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                      ENERGY        ENERGY
                                                   GROUP SHARES   GROUP ADSS
                                                      (PENCE)         ($)
                                                   ------------- -------------
                                                    HIGH   LOW    HIGH   LOW
                                                   ------ ------ ------ ------
     <S>                                           <C>    <C>    <C>    <C>
     Calendar 1997
     First Quarter (24 February 1997-31 March
      1997).......................................  568.5  466.5    37  29 3/4
     Second Quarter (1 April 1997-9 June 1997)....  566.5  486.0 36 7/8 31 3/8
</TABLE>
 
  In accordance with normal UK practice, PacifiCorp Acquisitions or its
nominees or brokers (acting as agents for PacifiCorp Acquisitions) or a
subsidiary of PacifiCorp (other than PacifiCorp Acquisitions) may make certain
purchases of Energy Group Securities outside the United States during the
period in which the Offer remains open for acceptance, and affiliates of
Goldman Sachs International and Morgan Stanley will continue to act as market
makers for Energy Group Shares on the London Stock Exchange, pursuant to
relief granted by the SEC staff from Rule 10b-13 under the Exchange Act. In
accordance with the terms of this relief, among other things, (i) such
purchases may not be effected within the United States, (ii) information
regarding such purchases must be disclosed in the United States by press
release to the extent disclosure is required pursuant to the City Code, and
(iii) PacifiCorp Acquisitions and any such other persons must comply with any
applicable rules of UK regulatory organisations.
 
4. SHAREHOLDINGS AND DEALINGS
 
  In this paragraph:
 
    "disclosure period" means the period commencing 10 June 1996 (the date 12
  months prior to the announcement by The Energy Group that it was involved
  in talks with PacifiCorp in connection with the Offer) and ending on 23
  June 1997 (the latest practicable date prior to the publication of this
  document);
 
    "relevant securities" means Energy Group Securities, including any
  securities convertible into, rights to subscribe for, or options (including
  traded options) in respect of, or derivatives referenced to, such Energy
  Group Securities;
 
    "arrangement" includes indemnity or option arrangements, and any
  agreement or understanding, formal or informal, of whatever nature which
  may be an inducement to deal or refrain from dealing; and
 
                                      V-2
<PAGE>
 
    "associate" means, in relation to The Energy Group, any member of the TEG
  Group and any associated company of any member of the TEG Group, their
  banks and financial and other professional advisers (including
  stockbrokers), including persons controlling, controlled by or under the
  same control as such banks or financial or other professional advisers,
  their directors and such directors' close relatives and related trusts and
  their pension funds.
 
(A) SHAREHOLDINGS AND DEALINGS IN PACIFICORP SECURITIES
 
  Neither The Energy Group nor any of the directors of The Energy Group or
member of their immediate families, owns or controls or (in the case of the
directors of The Energy Group and their immediate families) is directly or
indirectly interested in any securities in PacifiCorp or any securities
convertible into, rights to subscribe for, or options (including traded
options) in respect of, or derivatives referenced to, any such securities, nor
has any such person dealt for value therein during the disclosure period.
 
(B) SHAREHOLDINGS AND DEALINGS IN ENERGY GROUP SECURITIES
 
(i) PacifiCorp
 
  As at the close of business on 23 June 1997 (being the latest practicable
date prior to the publication of this document):
 
  (aa) PacifiCorp Retirement Plan, a discretionary pension fund of the
       PacifiCorp Group under independent control, owned 47,300 Energy Group
       Shares;
  (bb) the following persons deemed to be acting in concert with PacifiCorp
       Acquisitions owned or controlled the following Energy Group Securities:
 
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                            NUMBER OF ENERGY   TYPE OF ENERGY
     NAME                                   GROUP SECURITIES  GROUP SECURITIES
     ----                                   ----------------  ----------------
     <S>                                    <C>              <C>
     CIN Management........................    6,517,433     Energy Group Shares
     Goldman, Sachs & Co.
      Discretionary Customer accounts......      111,639     Energy Group Shares
     Goldman Sachs International
      Discretionary Customer accounts......        9,000     Energy Group Shares
     Goldman, Sachs & Co. .................      194,187     Energy Group ADSs
</TABLE>
 
  (cc) the following dealings for value in Energy Group Securities by persons
       deemed to be acting in concert with PacifiCorp Acquisitions have taken
       place during the disclosure period:
 
    Energy Group Shares
 
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                          NUMBER OF
                                                           ENERGY
                                 NATURE OF                  GROUP
     NAME                       TRANSACTION     DATE       SHARES      PRICE
     ----                       ----------- ------------- --------- ------------
     <S>                        <C>         <C>           <C>       <C>
     Goldman, Sachs & Co.......     Buy      May 14, 1997  120,700  (Pounds)5.31
     Goldman, Sachs & Co.......    Sell      May 14, 1997    5,700         $8.75
     Goldman, Sachs & Co.......    Sell      May 14, 1997  115,000         $8.85
     Goldman, Sachs & Co.......     Buy      May 16, 1997   13,700  (Pounds)5.38
     Goldman, Sachs & Co.......    Sell      May 16, 1997   13,700         $8.82
     Goldman, Sachs & Co.......     Buy      May 28, 1997    1,000         $9.21
     Goldman, Sachs & Co.......    Sell      May 28, 1997    1,000  (Pounds)5.65
     Goldman, Sachs & Co.......     Buy     June 10, 1997    2,856  (Pounds)5.63
     Goldman, Sachs & Co.......    Sell     June 10, 1997    2,856  (Pounds)5.63
</TABLE>
 
                                      V-3
<PAGE>
 
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                          NUMBER OF
                                                           ENERGY
                                NATURE OF                   GROUP
     NAME                      TRANSACTION      DATE       SHARES      PRICE
     ----                      ----------- -------------- --------- ------------
     <S>                       <C>         <C>            <C>       <C>
     CIN Management...........     Buy      April 1, 1997   14,745  (Pounds)4.99
     CIN Management...........     Buy      April 2, 1997  200,000  (Pounds)5.06
     CIN Management...........     Buy      April 3, 1997  100,000  (Pounds)5.00
     CIN Management...........     Buy      April 7, 1997  350,000  (Pounds)5.06
     CIN Management...........     Buy      April 8, 1997  250,000  (Pounds)5.04
     CIN Management...........     Buy      April 9, 1997  100,000  (Pounds)5.01
     CIN Management...........     Buy     April 10, 1997  100,000  (Pounds)4.90
     CIN Management...........     Buy     April 21, 1997  100,000  (Pounds)5.02
     CIN Management...........     Buy     April 28, 1997  250,000  (Pounds)4.94
     CIN Management...........     Buy        May 1, 1997   14,661  (Pounds)4.89
     CIN Management...........     Buy        May 9, 1997  250,000  (Pounds)5.23
</TABLE>
 
 Energy Group ADSs
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                         NUMBER OF
                                                          ENERGY
                               NATURE OF                   GROUP
     NAME                     TRANSACTION      DATE        ADSS        PRICE
     ----                     ----------- -------------- --------- -------------
     <S>                      <C>         <C>            <C>       <C>
     Goldman, Sachs & Co.....     Buy     March 26, 1997   31,100         $31.75
     Goldman, Sachs & Co.....     Buy     March 26, 1997   15,000         $31.88
     Goldman, Sachs & Co.....    Sell     March 26, 1997   16,100  (Pounds)19.62
     Goldman, Sachs & Co.....    Sell     March 26, 1997   30,000  (Pounds)19.55
     Goldman, Sachs & Co.....     Buy     March 27, 1997    1,100         $32.63
     Goldman, Sachs & Co.....     Buy     March 27, 1997   22,900         $32.75
     Goldman, Sachs & Co.....    Sell     March 27, 1997   24,000  (Pounds)20.12
     Goldman, Sachs & Co.....     Buy     March 31, 1997      600         $32.13
     Goldman, Sachs & Co.....    Sell      April 1, 1997      600         $32.75
     Goldman, Sachs & Co.....     Buy      April 3, 1997   25,000         $32.50
     Goldman, Sachs & Co.....    Sell      April 3, 1997   25,000  (Pounds)19.80
     Goldman, Sachs & Co.....     Buy      April 7, 1997      100         $32.38
     Goldman, Sachs & Co.....    Sell      April 8, 1997      100         $32.13
     Goldman, Sachs & Co.....     Buy     April 10, 1997   10,000         $31.88
     Goldman, Sachs & Co.....     Buy     April 10, 1997  102,500         $31.75
     Goldman, Sachs & Co.....    Sell     April 10, 1997   10,000  (Pounds)19.72
     Goldman, Sachs & Co.....    Sell     April 10, 1997   40,000  (Pounds)19.60
     Goldman, Sachs & Co.....    Sell     April 10, 1997   62,500  (Pounds)19.67
     Goldman, Sachs & Co.....     Buy     April 11, 1997   11,250         $31.88
     Goldman, Sachs & Co.....     Buy     April 11, 1997  120,000         $31.75
     Goldman, Sachs & Co.....    Sell     April 11, 1997   12,500  (Pounds)19.59
     Goldman, Sachs & Co.....    Sell     April 11, 1997   18,750  (Pounds)19.62
     Goldman, Sachs & Co.....    Sell     April 11, 1997   50,000  (Pounds)19.67
     Goldman, Sachs & Co.....    Sell     April 11, 1997   50,000  (Pounds)19.58
     Goldman, Sachs & Co.....     Buy     April 14, 1997   35,100         $32.13
     Goldman, Sachs & Co.....     Buy     April 14, 1997   19,800         $32.25
     Goldman, Sachs & Co.....    Sell     April 14, 1997    4,900         $32.25
     Goldman, Sachs & Co.....    Sell     April 14, 1997   25,000  (Pounds)19.88
     Goldman, Sachs & Co.....    Sell     April 14, 1997   25,000  (Pounds)19.90
     Goldman, Sachs & Co.....     Buy     April 15, 1997   25,000         $32.75
     Goldman, Sachs & Co.....    Sell     April 15, 1997   25,000  (Pounds)20.22
     Goldman, Sachs & Co.....    Sell     April 17, 1997   10,000         $32.38
     Goldman, Sachs & Co.....     Buy     April 18, 1997   12,500         $32.50
     Goldman, Sachs & Co.....    Sell     April 18, 1997   12,500  (Pounds)19.95
</TABLE>
 
                                      V-4
<PAGE>
 
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                         NUMBER OF
                                                          ENERGY
                               NATURE OF                   GROUP
     NAME                     TRANSACTION      DATE        ADSS        PRICE
     ----                     ----------- -------------- --------- -------------
     <S>                      <C>         <C>            <C>       <C>
     Goldman, Sachs & Co.....     Buy     April 21, 1997  10,000          $32.50
     Goldman, Sachs & Co.....     Buy     April 21, 1997  12,500          $32.25
     Goldman, Sachs & Co.....     Buy     April 21, 1997  12,500   (Pounds)20.00
     Goldman, Sachs & Co.....    Sell     April 21, 1997  12,500   (Pounds)19.92
     Goldman, Sachs & Co.....    Sell     April 21, 1997  12,500          $32.63
     Goldman, Sachs & Co.....     Buy     April 22, 1997   1,500          $32.00
     Goldman, Sachs & Co.....     Buy     April 22, 1997  16,250          $32.25
     Goldman, Sachs & Co.....    Sell     April 22, 1997  12,500   (Pounds)19.71
     Goldman, Sachs & Co.....    Sell     April 23, 1997   5,250          $31.88
     Goldman, Sachs & Co.....     Buy     April 28, 1997  20,000   (Pounds)19.40
     Goldman, Sachs & Co.....    Sell     April 28, 1997  20,000          $31.50
     Goldman, Sachs & Co.....     Buy        May 2, 1997  72,700          $31.63
     Goldman, Sachs & Co.....    Sell        May 2, 1997   5,000   (Pounds)19.62
     Goldman, Sachs & Co.....    Sell        May 2, 1997  12,700          $31.63
     Goldman, Sachs & Co.....    Sell        May 2, 1997  10,000   (Pounds)19.59
     Goldman, Sachs & Co.....    Sell        May 2, 1997  20,000   (Pounds)19.61
     Goldman, Sachs & Co.....    Sell        May 2, 1997  25,000   (Pounds)19.62
     Goldman, Sachs & Co.....     Buy        May 8, 1997  25,000          $32.88
     Goldman, Sachs & Co.....    Sell        May 8, 1997  25,000   (Pounds)20.32
     Goldman, Sachs & Co.....     Buy        May 9, 1997  34,600          $33.88
     Goldman, Sachs & Co.....     Buy        May 9, 1997  25,000          $34.00
     Goldman, Sachs & Co.....    Sell        May 9, 1997   4,000   (Pounds)20.89
     Goldman, Sachs & Co.....    Sell        May 9, 1997  25,000   (Pounds)20.91
     Goldman, Sachs & Co.....    Sell        May 9, 1997  30,000   (Pounds)20.95
     Goldman, Sachs & Co.....     Buy       May 14, 1997   5,500   (Pounds)21.33
     Goldman, Sachs & Co.....     Buy       May 14, 1997   6,000          $34.63
     Goldman, Sachs & Co.....     Buy       May 14, 1997  19,000          $34.88
     Goldman, Sachs & Co.....     Buy       May 14, 1997  44,300          $35.00
     Goldman, Sachs & Co.....    Sell       May 14, 1997   5,500          $34.63
     Goldman, Sachs & Co.....    Sell       May 14, 1997  14,500   (Pounds)21.33
     Goldman, Sachs & Co.....    Sell       May 14, 1997  25,000   (Pounds)21.25
     Goldman, Sachs & Co.....    Sell       May 14, 1997  30,000   (Pounds)21.37
     Goldman, Sachs & Co.....     Buy       May 19, 1997   4,400          $34.88
     Goldman, Sachs & Co.....     Buy       May 19, 1997  40,600          $35.00
     Goldman, Sachs & Co.....    Sell       May 19, 1997  20,000   (Pounds)21.37
     Goldman, Sachs & Co.....    Sell       May 19, 1997  25,000   (Pounds)21.38
     Goldman, Sachs & Co.....     Buy       May 22, 1997  28,700          $36.50
     Goldman, Sachs & Co.....    Sell       May 22, 1997   3,700   (Pounds)22.35
     Goldman, Sachs & Co.....    Sell       May 22, 1997   4,100   (Pounds)22.37
     Goldman, Sachs & Co.....    Sell       May 22, 1997  10,000   (Pounds)22.36
     Goldman, Sachs & Co.....    Sell       May 22, 1997  10,900   (Pounds)22.45
     Goldman, Sachs & Co.....     Buy       May 30, 1997  25,000          $35.75
     Goldman, Sachs & Co.....    Sell       May 30, 1997  25,000   (Pounds)21.82
</TABLE>
 
 
                                      V-5
<PAGE>
 
(ii) The Energy Group
 
  (aa) At the close of business on 23 June 1997 (the latest practicable date
prior to the publication of this document), the interests of the directors of
The Energy Group and their immediate families, all of which are beneficial
(unless stated otherwise), in Energy Group Securities, which have been
notified to The Energy Group under sections 324 and 328 of the Companies Act
or which were required to be entered in the register of directors' interests
maintained under the provisions of section 325 of the Companies Act, are set
out below:
 
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                   CONDITIONAL     CONDITIONAL
                                                 AWARD OF ENERGY AWARD OF ENERGY
                                                  GROUP SHARES    GROUP SHARES
                                                    UNDER THE       UNDER THE
                                                  ENERGY GROUP    ENERGY GROUP
                                     ENERGY         LONG-TERM        SPECIAL
                                     GROUP       INCENTIVE PLAN  ADDITION BONUS
   DIRECTOR                          SHARES       ("LTIP")/(2)/    SCHEME/(3)/
   --------                          ------      --------------- ---------------
   <S>                               <C>         <C>             <C>
   Derek C. Bonham.................. 90,870          64,285          21,428
   John F. Devaney..................  5,000          50,000          16,666
   Irl F. Engelhardt................ 10,644/(1)/     48,292          16,097
   Eric E. Anstee...................  5,000          35,714          11,904
   Sir Christopher Harding.......... 20,653              --              --
   David P. Nash....................  2,000              --              --
</TABLE>
- --------
(1) Includes Energy Group Shares represented by Energy Group ADSs.
(2) Under the terms of the LTIP, certain executives are granted performance-
    related awards of Energy Group Shares up to a maximum market value of 75%
    of base salary each year. The first awards, granted in February 1997,
    require the achievement of a total shareholder return over the relevant
    performance period which is greater than the return achieved by at least
    half of the constituents of the FTSE 100 Index for the awards to vest. 30%
    of the awards will vest if The Energy Group achieves a total shareholder
    return greater than that achieved by 50% of the comparator group, with all
    the awards vesting if the total shareholder return is greater than that
    achieved by 80% of the comparator group over the performance period.
    Awards will vest proportionately if total shareholder return falls between
    these two points. In the event of a change of control of The Energy Group,
    the performance period for outstanding awards will be foreshortened to the
    date of the change of control.
(3) In recognition of the fact that the first awards under the LTIP were not
    due to vest, in the absence of special circumstances, until the expiration
    of a three year performance period, a special additional bonus scheme for
    certain executives was established. Under this arrangement, if earnings of
    the TEG Group increased by RPI plus 6% or more in each of the years ending
    31 March 1998 and 1999, participants would be entitled to receive an award
    of Energy Group Shares, valued at the beginning of the respective year,
    equal to 25% of base salary for that year. These awards are payable in
    cash, rather than Energy Group Shares, following a change of control of
    The Energy Group.
    The Energy Group Shares conditionally awarded under each of the schemes
    referred to in notes (2) and (3) above were valued at 525p per share.
 
    (bb) In addition to the beneficial interests in Energy Group Securities set
out above, the executive directors of The Energy Group are for the purposes of
the Companies Act regarded as interested in the 4,100,891 Energy Group Shares
held by The Energy Group Employee Benefit Trust (the "Trust"). These are
technical interests in shares, and it is not expected that any of the
executive directors will be entitled to receive from the Trust a greater
number of shares than that to which he is entitled on exercise of options or
the vesting of outstanding awards under the Energy Group Share Schemes.
 
 
                                      V-6
<PAGE>
 
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                           OPTIONS ISSUED PURSUANT TO THE ENERGY
                                                  GROUP SHARESAVE SCHEME(/1/)
                                           -------------------------------------
                                                    NUMBER OF
                                                     ENERGY   EXERCISE
                                           DATE OF    GROUP    PRICE   EXERCISE
   DIRECTOR                                 GRANT    SHARES     (P)     PERIOD
   --------                                -------- --------- -------- ---------
   <S>                                     <C>      <C>       <C>      <C>
   Derek C. Bonham........................ 25/03/97   2,363     438    4/2002 to
                                                                          9/2002
   John F. Devaney........................ 25/03/97   3,938     438    4/2002 to
                                                                          9/2002
   Eric E. Anstee......................... 25/03/97   3,150     438    4/2002 to
                                                                          9/2002
   Eric E. Anstee......................... 25/03/97     419     465    4/2000 to
                                                                          9/2000
</TABLE>
 
(1) Under the Energy Group Sharesave Scheme, options over Energy Group Shares
    may be granted at a price equivalent to not less than 80% of the market
    value of Energy Group Shares at the time when participation in the scheme
    is offered, and are normally exercisable three or five years after the
    date of grant.
 
  (cc) At the close of business on 23 June 1997 (being the latest practicable
date prior to the publication of this document): Morgan Stanley Capital
(Luxembourg) SA held 67,860 Energy Group Shares, Dean Witter Inter-Capital
held 1,225,000 Energy Group Shares; Morgan Stanley Asset Management Inc. held
4 Energy Group Shares and 57,514 Energy Group ADSs; Van Kampen American
Capital Inc. held 80,000 Energy Group ADSs; and person(s) whose investments
are managed on a discretionary basis by Cazenove Financiere held 390 Energy
Group Shares.
 
  (dd) The following dealings for value in Energy Group Securities by the
directors of The Energy Group and members of their immediate families have
taken place during the disclosure period:
 
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                  NUMBER OF   TYPE OF
                                                    ENERGY     ENERGY    PRICE
                              NATURE OF             GROUP      GROUP      PER
   DIRECTOR                  TRANSACTION   DATE   SECURITIES SECURITIES SECURITY
   --------                  ----------- -------- ---------- ---------- --------
   <S>                       <C>         <C>      <C>        <C>        <C>
   John F. Devaney..........  Purchase   26/02/97   5,000     Ordinary      541p
   Irl F. Engelhardt........  Purchase   11/03/97   1,875         ADSs   $34.00
   Eric E. Anstee...........  Purchase   26/02/97   5,000     Ordinary      539p
   David P. Nash............  Purchase   09/04/97   2,000     Ordinary      501p
</TABLE>
 
  (ee) Save as disclosed above:
 
  (i) neither PacifiCorp Acquisitions, nor any director of PacifiCorp
  Acquisitions or any member of his immediate family or his related trusts,
  nor any person acting in concert with PacifiCorp Acquisitions, nor any
  person who prior to the publication of this document committed himself to
  accept the Offer, owns or controls or (in the case of a director of
  PacifiCorp Acquisitions) is interested in any relevant securities, nor has
  any such person dealt for value in such securities during the disclosure
  period;
 
  (ii) neither The Energy Group, nor any director of The Energy Group or any
  member of his immediate family or his related trusts, owns or controls or
  (in the case of a director of The Energy Group) is interested in any
  relevant securities, nor has any such person dealt for value in such
  securities during the disclosure period;
 
  (iii) neither any subsidiary of The Energy Group, nor any pension fund of
  any member of the TEG Group, nor any bank, financial or other professional
  adviser to The Energy Group (including stockbrokers but excluding exempt
  market-makers), including any person controlling, controlled by or under
  the same control as any such bank, financial or other professional adviser
  nor any person whose investments are managed on a discretionary basis by a
  fund manager (other than an exempt fund manager) connected with The Energy
  Group owns or controls any relevant securities,
 
                                      V-7
<PAGE>
 
  nor has any such person dealt for value therein during the period
  commencing on 10 June 1997 (being the date of the announcement by The
  Energy Group that it was involved in talks with PacifiCorp in connection
  with the Offer) and ending on 23 June 1997 (the latest practicable date
  prior to the publication of this document);
 
  (iv) neither PacifiCorp Acquisitions nor any person acting in concert with
  PacifiCorp Acquisitions has any arrangement with any person in relation to
  relevant securities; and
 
  (v) neither The Energy Group nor any associate of The Energy Group has any
  arrangement with any person in relation to relevant securities.
 
5. IRREVOCABLE UNDERTAKINGS
 
  Certain of the directors of The Energy Group have given irrevocable
undertakings to accept or procure acceptance of the Offer in respect of their
personal holdings of Energy Group Securities. Details of Energy Group
Securities subject to those undertakings are as follows:
 
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
     DIRECTOR                            ENERGY GROUP SHARES  ENERGY GROUP ADSS
     --------                            ------------------- -------------------
     <S>                                 <C>                 <C>
     Derek C. Bonham....................             84,000                --
     John F. Devaney....................              5,000                --
     Irl F. Engelhardt..................                --               1,550
     Eric E. Anstee.....................              5,000                --
     Sir Christopher Harding............             20,385                --
     David P. Nash......................              2,000                --
 
  Pursuant to the undertakings, the directors covenant, subject to their
fiduciary duties as directors, (i) in the announcement of the Offer and in the
offer document for the Offer, to recommend all shareholders of The Energy
Group to accept the Offer, (ii) to co-operate with The Energy Group in the
production of an offer document containing the Offer and, among other things,
the information required by Rules 24 and 25 of the City Code and to take
responsibility for the information in the offer document relating to The
Energy Group, its directors, their close families and any related companies
and trusts in the terms required or permitted by Rule 19.2 of the City Code,
and (iii) not to solicit any general offer for Energy Group Shares or any
other class of its shares from any third party or any proposal for a merger of
The Energy Group with any other entity.
 
6. SERVICE AGREEMENTS OF THE DIRECTORS OF THE ENERGY GROUP AND RELATED MATTERS
 
  All executive directors of The Energy Group (other than Mr. Engelhardt)
entered into service agreements with The Energy Group at the time of its
demerger from Hanson. Mr. Engelhardt's service agreement is with Peabody
Holding. Mr. Engelhardt's contract was entered into in 1987, and was amended
on 27 January 1997 with effect from 24 February 1997 in the context of the
Demerger. Details of the service agreements of the directors of The Energy
Group are as follows:
 
<CAPTION>
     DIRECTOR                                   DATE         BASIC ANNUAL SALARY
     --------                            ------------------- -------------------
     <S>                                 <C>                 <C>
     Derek C. Bonham....................    27 January 1997    (Pounds)450,000
     John F. Devaney....................    27 January 1997    (Pounds)350,000
     Irl F. Engelhardt..................  16 September 1987    $       550,000
     Eric E. Anstee.....................    27 January 1997    (Pounds)250,000
</TABLE>
 
  Each of the executive directors' service agreements (other than that of Mr
Engelhardt, who is resident and works in the US) is terminable either by The
Energy Group giving 52 weeks' notice or the executive director giving 26
weeks' notice, unless there is a change of control in The Energy Group within
two years after 24 February 1997, in which case the period of notice required
to be given by
 
                                      V-8
<PAGE>
 
The Energy Group increases to 104 weeks until 12 months after the date of the
relevant change of control when that notice period reverts to 52 weeks. Mr
Bonham's service agreement expires on his 60th birthday, those of Messrs
Devaney and Anstee on their respective 63rd birthdays and that of Mr
Engelhardt on his 65th birthday.
 
  On a change of control of The Energy Group and if (a) either The Energy
Group summarily terminates the employment of any of the executive directors
(other than Mr Engelhardt) (other than for cause), directly or indirectly in
connection with that change of control, within 12 months or (b) any such
executive director terminates his employment within 12 months of a change of
control by giving The Energy Group 28 days' notice, then that director is
entitled to:
 
  (i)   payment of a sum equivalent to gross salary for a period equal to the
        notice period required to be given by The Energy Group;
 
  (ii)  cash compensation in respect of contractual benefits (or, at The
        Energy Group's option, a continuation of those contractual benefits)
        for such period;
 
  (iii) (save in the case of Mr Bonham) cash compensation (or at The Energy
        Group's option, augmentation) in respect of loss of pension
        entitlement (including unfunded retirement benefits) for a two year
        period; and
 
  (iv)  compensation for loss of expectation of annual bonuses calculated over
        the applicable notice period by reference to salary at that time.
 
  Peabody Holding may terminate Mr Engelhardt's service agreement without
cause, by giving 90 days' notice. In such event, Mr Engelhardt would be
entitled to:
 
  (i)   a payment of a sum equivalent to gross salary for a 30 month period
        (either in a lump sum or in a semi-monthly basis at Mr Engelhardt's
        option);
 
  (ii)  the provision of contractual benefits and executive perquisites for a
        30 month period;
 
  (iii) pension entitlement for a 30 month period;
 
  (iv)  the matching amount under the Peabody savings plans for a 30 month
        period; and
 
  (v)   annual cash payments by way of compensation for loss of expectation of
        annual bonus, equivalent to three payments of 75 per cent. of base
        salary in the immediately preceding year on each 1 March in the three
        years following the termination date.
 
  In the event of termination of Mr Engelhardt's service agreement, Peabody
Holding will also provide an office and executive secretarial support during
the 30 month period. In lieu of providing 90 days' notice, Peabody Holding may
provide compensation, pension and all other benefits for such 90 day period.
 
  Each of the executive directors is entitled to participate in the LTIP, the
Annual Incentive Compensation Plan for Key Employees and the Energy Group
Sharesave Scheme, except that Mr Engelhardt is entitled to participate in a
Peabody Savings Plan and an unfunded supplemental savings plan and is not
entitled to participate in the Energy Group Sharesave Scheme. Details of the
directors' interests in Energy Group Securities under each of these
arrangements are set out in paragraph 4(a) above. In addition, each of the
executive directors is entitled to certain other benefits in kind, including
the provision of a fully expensed motor car and medical insurance.
 
  In recognition of the fact that the first awards under the LTIP were not
scheduled to vest (in the absence of a change of control) until after the
expiration of the applicable three year performance period, each of the
executive directors is eligible to participate in a special additional bonus
scheme. Under this arrangement, if the earnings of the TEG Group increase by a
factor equal to or exceeding RPI plus six per cent. in the years ending 31
March 1998 and 31 March 1999 respectively, compared to the preceding year,
participants will be entitled to receive an amount of Energy Group Shares
valued as at the beginning of that year equal to 25 per cent. of their base
salary in respect of each such year. Details of the executive directors'
interests in Energy Group Shares under this arrangement are set out in
paragraph 4(b)(ii)(aa) above.
 
                                      V-9
<PAGE>
 
  In the event of a change of control of The Energy Group and a continuation
of their service agreements until The Energy Group's accounting reference date
in 1999, each of the executive directors is entitled to payment under the
special additional bonus scheme referred to above in respect of each year in
cash. In the event of a change of control of The Energy Group and the
termination of their service agreements prior to The Energy Group's accounting
reference date in 1999, each of the executive directors is entitled to payment
under the special additional bonus scheme referred to above in respect of each
year in cash, calculated by reference to their base salary on termination.
 
  Each of the executive directors is entitled to participate in an annual
bonus scheme based upon the achievement of annual profit targets prescribed by
the remuneration committee of The Energy Group. These targets relate to:
 
  (i)   in the case of Messrs Bonham and Anstee, the profits of the TEG Group
        taken as a whole;
 
  (ii)  in the case of Mr Devaney, 50 per cent. of the profits of the TEG
        Group taken as a whole and 50 per cent. of the profits of Eastern;
 
  (iii) in the case of Mr Engelhardt, 50 per cent. of the profits of the TEG
        Group taken as a whole and 50 per cent. of the profits of Peabody.
 
  Payments under the annual bonus scheme are capped at 50 per cent. of the
base salary for each of Messrs Bonham, Anstee and Devaney and 75 per cent. of
base salary in the case of Mr Engelhardt. However, each of Messrs Bonham,
Anstee and Devaney may elect at the commencement of the financial year
concerned to take their bonus in whole or in part on a deferred basis in
Energy Group Shares in lieu of cash, and if they do so and remain in
employment with the TEG Group for a further three years, they would receive,
three years after the cash bonus would otherwise be payable, Energy Group
Shares equal to a maximum of 66.7 per cent. of base salary (the number of such
shares being calculated at the date when the cash bonus would otherwise have
been paid). Any such elections cease to have effect upon a change of control
of The Energy Group and payments will be made in cash.
 
  Save as set out in this paragraph 6, there are no service agreements between
any of the directors of The Energy Group and any member of the TEG Group which
have unexpired terms exceeding one year and save as aforesaid, no such service
agreements have been entered into or amended since 27 January 1997 (the date
on which the current arrangements were put in place).
 
7. OTHER INFORMATION
 
  (a) PacifiCorp has stated that, subject to all Conditions being satisfied,
fulfilled or, where permitted, waived, it intends to invite Mr Derek Bonham
and Mr John Devaney to join the board of directors of PacifiCorp. In addition,
PacifiCorp intends, following the Acquisition, to form a management committee
which will co-ordinate the activities of the combined group and which it will
invite Mr Derek Bonham, Mr John Devaney, Mr Eric Anstee and Mr Irl Engelhardt
of The Energy Group to join. Mr Frederick Buckman will remain as President and
Chief Executive of PacifiCorp, Mr Richard O'Brien as Chief Financial Officer
and Mr Verl Topham as Senior Vice President and General Counsel.
 
  PacifiCorp Acquisitions has also indicated that the existing service
agreements of the executive directors of The Energy Group and all other
employees of the TEG Group will be honoured. Detailed terms upon which the
executive directors of The Energy Group may be invited to take up the
positions within the combined group as described above have not yet been
proposed by PacifiCorp or agreed by the executive directors of The Energy
Group.
 
  Save as disclosed in this document, there is no agreement, arrangement or
understanding (including any compensation arrangement) between PacifiCorp
Acquisitions or any person acting in concert with it for the purposes of the
Offer and any of the directors, recent directors, shareholders or recent
shareholders of The Energy Group having any connection with or dependence
upon, or which is conditional on, the outcome of the Offer.
 
 
                                     V-10
<PAGE>
 
  (b) No proposal exists in connection with the Offer for any payment or other
benefit to be made or given by PacifiCorp Acquisitions or any person acting in
concert with it for the purpose of the Offer to any director of The Energy
Group as compensation for loss of office or as consideration for or in
connection with his retirement from office.
 
  (c) There is no agreement, arrangement or understanding whereby the
beneficial ownership of any of the Energy Group Securities to be acquired
pursuant to the Offer will be transferred to any other person.
 
  (d) Goldman Sachs International, Lazard and Morgan Stanley have given and
not withdrawn their respective written consents to the issue of this document
with the references to their names, including, in the case of Goldman Sachs
International, the reference to its valuation of the Loan Notes, in the form
and context in which they appear. Goldman Sachs International, Lazard and
Morgan Stanley are regulated in the United Kingdom by The Securities and
Futures Authority Limited.
 
  (e) Save as disclosed in this document, there has been no material change in
the financial or trading position of PacifiCorp since 31 December 1996 or the
financial or trading position of The Energy Group since 31 March 1997.
 
  (f) Goldman Sachs International is satisfied that the financial resources
necessary to implement the Offer in full are available to PacifiCorp
Acquisitions.
 
8. MATERIAL CONTRACTS
 
  (a) In addition to the financing arrangements referred to in paragraph 10
below, the following contracts, not being contracts entered into in the
ordinary course of business, have been entered into by PacifiCorp and/or
PacifiCorp Acquisitions since 10 June 1995 (being two years prior to the
commencement of the Offer period) and are or may be material:
 
  (i)   an agreement, dated 16 November 1995, by and between State Electricity
        Commission of Victoria, as seller, The Honourable Alan Robert Stockdale,
        PacifiCorp Australia Holdings Pty Ltd, as buyer and asset buyer, and
        PacifiCorp Holdings, Inc., as guarantor, related to the sale of the
        ordinary shares of Powercor Australia Limited, ACN 064 651 109, an
        Australian electric distribution utility, to PacifiCorp Australia
        Holdings Pty Ltd for A$1.65 billion;
 
  (ii)  an agreement, dated 16 November 1995, by and between Powercor
        Australia Limited, ACN 064 651 109, as seller, and PacifiCorp
        Australia Holdings Pty Ltd, ACN 068 231 005, as asset buyer, related
        to the sale of the assets of Powercor Australia Limited for A$1.65
        billion;
 
  (iii) an agreement, dated 12 December 1995, by and between PacifiCorp
        Australia Holdings Pty Ltd, ACN 068 231 005, as seller, and Powercor
        Australia Limited, ACN 064 651 109, as asset buyer, related to the
        sale of the assets of PacifiCorp Australia Holdings Pty Ltd to
        Powercor Australia Limited for A$1.65 billion;
 
  (iv)  an agreement, dated 11 June 1997, by and between PacifiCorp Holdings,
        Inc., Pacific Telecom, Inc. (a wholly owned subsidiary of PacifiCorp
        Holdings, Inc.), Century Telephone Enterprises, Inc., and Century
        Cellunet, Inc. (a wholly owned subsidiary of Century Telephone
        Enterprises, Inc.), pursuant to which Century Cellunet, Inc. has agreed
        to purchase from Pacific Telecom, Inc. the stock of Pacific Telecom
        Cellular, Inc. and of Pacific Telecom Cellular of Alaska, Inc.
        (collectively, the "Cellular Stock"), and Century Telephone Enterprises,
        Inc. has agreed to purchase the stock of Pacific Telecom, Inc.
        PacifiCorp Holdings, Inc. will receive $1.523 billion in cash (including
        the $240 million to be paid by Century Cellunet, Inc. for the Cellular
        Stock, which amount will be distributed to PacifiCorp Holdings, Inc. in
        the form of a dividend immediately prior to the closing of the sale of
        stock of Pacific Telecom, Inc.); and

  (v)   an agreement and plan of merger dated as of 11 March 1997 by and among
        TPC Corporation, PacifiCorp Holdings, Inc. and Power Acquisition
        Company, entered into in
 
                                     V-11
<PAGE>
 
        connection with the cash tender offer by Power Acquisition Company for
        all the outstanding shares of capital stock of TPC Corporation at a
        purchase price of $13.41 per share.
 
  (b)   The following contracts, not being contracts entered into in the
ordinary course of business, have been entered into by The Energy Group or its
subsidiaries since 10 June 1995 (being two years prior to the commencement of
the Offer period) and are or may be material:
 
 
  (i)   an agreement dated 27 January 1997 between (1) Hanson and (2) The Energy
        Group (the "Demerger Agreement") pursuant to which the parties agreed
        the terms on which The Energy Group would be demerged from Hanson. The
        Demerger Agreement provided for the repayment of certain inter-company
        debt prior to the Demerger and contains certain provisions under which
        each of the parties agreed after the Demerger to transfer or assign its
        interest (if any) in any assets belonging to the other party for no
        consideration. Each of Hanson and The Energy Group also agreed that it
        would use all reasonable endeavours after the Demerger to obtain a full
        and effective release of each member of the other's group from any
        guarantees, indemnities, counter-indemnities and letters of comfort (if
        any) which the other's group may have given in respect of its group.
        Hanson and The Energy Group have also agreed under the terms of the
        Demerger Agreement to enter into various ancillary arrangements
        including arrangements relating to indemnification against certain tax
        liabilities;

  (ii)  an indemnification agreement under the terms of which the TEG Group
        agreed to indemnify Hanson against all "TEG Liabilities" as therein
        defined, being, broadly, all liabilities (other than tax, which was
        dealt with in other documents and liabilities arising from
        transactions in the ordinary course of business) past, present or
        future of any of the businesses or assets acquired by the TEG Group
        pursuant to the Demerger including (except as expressly otherwise
        provided) any former businesses or assets of any companies within the
        TEG Group. Hanson likewise agrees to indemnify the TEG Group against
        all "Hanson Liabilities" as therein defined being, broadly, all
        liabilities (other than tax, which was dealt with in other documents
        and liabilities arising from transaction in the ordinary course of
        business) past, present or future of Hanson and any subsidiary past,
        present or future of Hanson other than the "TEG Parties" (as therein
        defined);
 
  (iii) a stock purchase agreement dated as of 24 February 1997 between (1)
        Peabody US Holdings Inc. ("PUSH"), (2) GFAC International Holdings
        Inc. ("GFAC"), (3) Hanson and (4) The Energy Group pursuant to which
        PUSH sold and GFAC purchased the entire issued share capital of
        Peabody Holding for a cash consideration of $1,637.5 million;
 
  (iv)  an agreement dated 5 August 1996 between (1) The Energy Group, (2)
        Citibank International plc (as Agent), (3) Barclays Bank PLC and Midland
        Bank plc (as Arrangers) and (4) the Banks named therein relating to
        (Pounds)1,000 million revolving credit facilities for the purposes of
        repaying certain outstanding indebtedness to Hanson and certain of its
        subsidiaries and for the general corporate purposes of The Energy Group
        and its subsidiaries;
  
  (v)   (aa) a deed of assignment of rents dated 28 October 1996 between Eastern
        Merchant Properties Limited ("EMPL"), Eastern Group Finance Limited and
        Barclays Bank PLC for itself and as agent for others by which for a
        period of five years the rights of EMPL to receive the rental income for
        those years in relation to the leased power station facilities at
        Drakelow C, High Marnham, Ironbridge, Rugeley B and West Burton were
        assigned for a capital payment equal to the discounted aggregate value
        of the rental stream (approximately (Pounds)1,097 million) and, in
        certain tax-related or default-related events, assignee banks have the
        right to sell (and at any time EMPL has the right to require the banks
        to sell) their participations in the rental receivables then outstanding
        to a buyer recommended by the Guarantors (as defined therein); and (bb)
        a deed of guarantee and indemnity dated 28 October 1996 by which Eastern
        Group plc and Eastern Generation Limited provided a guarantee and
        indemnities and certain undertakings and other provisions containing
        protections in favour of the assignee banks and their sub-participants
        in respect of certain claims, liabilities and losses;

                                     V-12
<PAGE>
 
  (vi)  a standby facility agreement dated 28 October 1996 between Eastern Group
        plc and Eastern Generation Limited as guarantors, EMPL and Eastern
        Merchant Generation Limited ("EMGL") as obligors, The Industrial Bank of
        Japan, Limited ("IBJ") as arranger and as agent for the financial
        institutions listed therein as lenders, and such lenders, whereby the
        lenders have agreed to make available committed funds in the amount
        equal to that required under the documentation described at (v) above to
        be paid to the assignee banks if they sell their participations in the
        rents as provided therein, but subject to a maximum availability of
        (Pounds)1,050 million; and
 
  (vii) agreements relating to the securing of EMPL's obligations for the
        payment by it under an irrevocable payment direction deed of part of
        certain deferred lease premiums payable under EMPL's lease of three
        of the properties referred to in (v) above and the variation of the
        terms of a facility agreement dated 1 July 1996, as amended and
        restated on 8 August 1996, between EMGL, EMPL, Eastern Electricity
        plc, IBJ, (as arranger and as agent for the banks and participants
        listed therein), and such banks and participants, by the cash-
        collateralisation of such deferred lease premiums and accrued
        interest, in the aggregate amount of (Pounds)408 million, and the
        variation of the guarantee thereof, such agreements comprising: (i)
        three charges on cash dated 28 October 1996 from EMPL in favour of
        IBJ, The Bank of Nova Scotia and Societe Generale; and (ii) a
        deferred premium settlement deed dated 28 October 1996 between EMPL,
        EMGL, Eastern Electricity plc, IBJ for itself and as agent and
        arranger, and the banks and the participants named therein,
        containing the terms on which the irrevocable payment direction deed
        and the facility agreement referred to above were agreed to be
        varied.
 
9. BACKGROUND TO THE OFFER
 
  In January 1996, Hanson announced its intention to demerge its respective
chemical, tobacco and energy interests. Beginning in the last quarter of 1996,
as part of its ongoing strategic review, PHI began to focus increasingly on
the possibility of a combination with or acquisition of the energy businesses
of Hanson as one of the more promising of the various possible transactions it
was considering. In January 1997, the PacifiCorp Group engaged Goldman, Sachs
& Co. as its financial adviser with respect to evaluating any potential
transaction involving the energy businesses of Hanson. Shortly thereafter,
PHI, together with the legal and financial advisers and consultants to the
PacifiCorp Group began its due diligence review of publicly available
information with respect to The Energy Group, including a review of the Energy
Group Listing Particulars. Previously, at a meeting in December 1996 between
Frederick W. Buckman, President and Chief Executive Officer of PacifiCorp, and
Irl F. Engelhardt, Chief Executive Officer of Peabody, who have known each
other and have met from time to time since 1994, Mr Buckman expressed a
general desire to pursue opportunities with Hanson. Mr Engelhardt informed
Mr Buckman that Hanson was committed to the proposed demerger of The Energy
Group and had no intention of entering into discussions with any party in
relation to the possible disposal of the energy businesses of Hanson.
 
  On 24 February 1997, Hanson demerged The Energy Group, a newly-formed public
limited company incorporated under the laws of England and Wales to hold the
international energy businesses of Hanson.
 
  On 3 April 1997, Mr. Buckman contacted Derek Bonham, Chairman of The Energy
Group, suggesting that they meet to discuss items of mutual interest to their
respective companies, and they agreed to meet in New York on 17 April 1997. On
9 April 1997, while touring the United States in order to introduce John F.
Devaney, Chief Executive of Eastern, to a number of utility chief executive
officers, Mr Devaney and Mr Engelhardt met with Mr Buckman and other senior
executives of PacifiCorp, but did not have any substantive discussions
relating to any proposed transaction, although the scheduled meeting with Mr.
Bonham was noted.
 
 
                                     V-13
<PAGE>
 
  On 17 April 1997, a meeting was held, attended by Mr Buckman and Richard T.
O'Brien, Senior Vice President and Chief Financial Officer of PacifiCorp, and
Mr Bonham and Eric E. Anstee, Finance Director of The Energy Group. Mr.
Buckman proposed that the companies examine ways that they might combine,
including a merger or an acquisition of one party by the other, and the
parties agreed to speak further at a later date.
 
  On 29 April 1997, Mr Buckman and Mr Bonham met again and discussed the
possibility of a recommended offer by PHI for The Energy Group, but failed to
agree on valuation.
 
  On 8 and 9 May 1997, senior executives of PHI, together with representatives
of the PacifiCorp Group's financial adviser, Goldman, Sachs & Co., and The
Energy Group, together with representatives of Morgan Stanley, met to discuss
a possible offer for The Energy Group, again failing to reach an agreement,
but narrowing the difference on price between them. The parties concluded that
further discussions would be worthwhile, and PacifiCorp and The Energy Group
executed a confidentiality and mutual standstill agreement on 9 May 1997. That
agreement provided that PacifiCorp and The Energy Group would deal with each
other exclusively for a period of 28 days, subject to the fiduciary duties of
each company's directors.
 
  Over the course of the subsequent weeks, PHI proceeded to complete its due
diligence review and to resolve with The Energy Group substantially all the
outstanding issues in relation to a possible offer, other than price.
 
  On 6 June 1997, Mr Buckman proposed a price per share of 690 pence (without
provision for a dividend). Mr Bonham agreed to put the matter to his board. On
9 June 1997, the board of directors of The Energy Group met to consider the
discussions that had taken place with PacifiCorp.
 
  On 10 June 1997, the boards of directors of PacifiCorp and PHI met to
consider making an offer for all the outstanding Energy Group Securities upon
terms presented to the boards of directors by senior executives of PHI and its
legal and financial advisers. Senior executives of PHI reviewed the terms of
the proposed offer with the respective boards of directors and reported on the
due diligence examination of the TEG Group conducted by the counsel,
consultants and advisers of PHI. Subject to agreement as to the offer price
and the finalisation of banking facilities, the board of directors of
PacifiCorp approved a resolution supporting the making of the Offer and the
board of directors of PHI approved the making of the Offer.
 
  On 10 June 1997, following discussion with the Panel, The Energy Group
issued a press release announcing that it was in talks with PacifiCorp which
might lead to a recommended cash offer for The Energy Group and that, if such
an offer were to be made, it would be expected to be at a premium of about 20
per cent. to that day's Closing Price of 580 pence per Energy Group Share.
 
  On 11 June 1997, subject to agreement as to the offer price and the
finalisation of banking facilities, the board of directors of PacifiCorp
Acquisitions approved the Offer.
 
  On the same day, Mr O'Brien sent a letter to The Energy Group containing an
offer at a price of 690 pence per Energy Group Share, plus a dividend of 5.5
pence (net) per Energy Group Share, subject to (i) the board of directors of
The Energy Group unanimously recommending such offer, (ii) PacifiCorp
Acquisitions finalising its banking facilities and (iii) those directors of
The Energy Group who had personal holdings of Energy Group Securities
irrevocably undertaking to accept such offer. Later that day, PHI was informed
that the board of directors of The Energy Group, having been so advised by
Lazard and Morgan Stanley, its financial advisers, had unanimously concluded
that the terms of the Offer were fair and reasonable and had decided to
recommend that all holders of Energy Group
 
                                     V-14
<PAGE>
 
Shares and Energy Group ADSs accept the Offer. In providing advice to the
board of The Energy Group, Lazard and Morgan Stanley took account of the
board's commercial assessment of the Offer. In addition, those directors of
The Energy Group who had personal holdings of Energy Group Securities agreed
to enter into irrevocable undertakings to accept the Offer in respect of those
holdings of 116,385 Energy Group Shares and 1,550 Energy Group ADSs.
 
  Following execution of the financing arrangements described in paragraph 10
below and execution of the irrevocable undertakings referred to above, the
parties issued a press release publicly announcing the Offer on 13 June 1997.
 
10. FINANCING ARRANGEMENTS
 
(A) GENERAL
 
  PacifiCorp Acquisitions estimates that the total amount of funds necessary
to purchase pursuant to the Offer all Energy Group Securities that are
outstanding, and to pay estimated fees and expenses of the Offer including the
costs of any proposals made to participants in the Energy Group Share Schemes,
will be approximately (Pounds)3,745 million. In addition, PacifiCorp
Acquisitions estimates that additional funds of up to approximately
(Pounds)787 million may be required to refinance certain debt of the TEG
Group. The funds needed for these purposes will principally come from the
proceeds of borrowings under four bank credit facilities described below,
namely, the PacifiCorp Acquisitions Facility, the Powercoal Facility, the
EnergyCo Facility and the PHI Facility (collectively, the "Facilities").
Payments of interest and principal on the Facilities will be funded partly out
of income received by the PacifiCorp Group from its investment in the TEG
Group and partly from sources within the PacifiCorp Group, including sales of
certain assets of the PacifiCorp Group. To the extent that the loans under the
Facilities are made to holding companies of PacifiCorp Acquisitions and/or to
its fellow subsidiary, Powercoal, those companies will assist PacifiCorp
Acquisitions in funding the Offer and in refinancing certain existing debt of
the TEG Group by making available to PacifiCorp Acquisitions, directly or
indirectly, the requisite part of such proceeds, net of expenses. This will be
done by a combination of capital contributions to PacifiCorp Acquisitions and
its intermediate holding companies, and inter-company loans directly or
indirectly to PacifiCorp Acquisitions from its direct and indirect holding
companies, and from Powercoal.
 
  Each of the Facilities contains conditions, representations and warranties,
undertakings and financial covenants and events of default provisions
customarily required for similar financings. Such covenants include, among
other things, (i) agreements to not alter certain terms of the Offer, (ii)
agreements to cause the entities (other than Lee Ranch Coal Company) holding
Peabody's US coal operations (the "Peabody Subsidiaries"), as well as
PacifiCorp Power Marketing, Inc. ("PPM"), to be transferred to Powercoal
within 270 days of the initial borrowing under the Facilities, (iii)
agreements to repay certain indebtedness of certain members of the PacifiCorp
Group and the TEG Group within specified time periods, (iv) negative pledges,
(v) restrictions on sales of assets and incurrence of debt, (vi) restrictions
on payments of dividends and intercompany and subordinated debt and (vii)
restrictions on mergers. Such events of default include, among other things,
(a) failure to make payments under other indebtedness, (b) defaults under
other indebtedness which permit acceleration of such other indebtedness and
(c) changes of control of certain members of the PacifiCorp Group. A breach of
any such condition, representation, warranty, undertaking or covenant or the
occurrence of an event of default may, amongst other things, result in the
commitments under the relevant Facilities being terminated and/or the amounts
then outstanding under the relevant Facility becoming or being declared
immediately due and payable in whole or in part.
 
  The Facilities, other than the PacifiCorp Acquisitions Facility, provide for
the borrowing of US dollars. To ensure that PacifiCorp Acquisitions will have
sufficient pounds sterling available to purchase all outstanding Energy Group
Securities and to satisfy other obligations denominated in pounds sterling in
case of a change in the dollar/pound exchange rate, the PacifiCorp Group has
entered, and will
 
                                     V-15
<PAGE>
 
enter, into option contracts which give the PacifiCorp Group the right to
purchase pounds sterling at fixed prices.
 
(B) PACIFICORP ACQUISITIONS FACILITY
 
  A facility agreement dated 13 June 1997 (the "PacifiCorp Acquisitions
Facility Agreement") has been entered into by (i) PacifiCorp Services Limited,
PacifiCorp Finance (UK) Limited and PacifiCorp Acquisitions as guarantors,
(ii) PacifiCorp Acquisitions as borrower, (iii) Citibank, N.A., Goldman Sachs
International and J.P. Morgan Securities Ltd. as arrangers, (iv) Citibank,
N.A., Goldman Sachs Credit Partners L.P. and Morgan Guaranty Trust Company of
New York as original lenders, (v) Citibank International plc as facility agent
and (vi) Citibank, N.A., as security agent and LC Bank, relating to a
(Pounds)2,250 million term loan facility (the "PacifiCorp Acquisitions Term
Loan Facility") and a (Pounds)600 million revolving credit facility (the
"PacifiCorp Acquisitions Revolving Loan Facility") (together, the "PacifiCorp
Acquisitions Facility"). The PacifiCorp Acquisitions Term Loan Facility is
available for, inter alia, (a) acquiring the Energy Group Securities, (b)
refinancing certain outstanding indebtedness of the TEG Group and (c) payment
of costs incurred in connection with the Offer, provided that the amount of
such facility that may be used to acquire Energy Group Securities is
(Pounds)1,620 million. The PacifiCorp Acquisitions Revolving Loan Facility is
available for, inter alia, (a) refinancing certain outstanding indebtedness of
the TEG Group and (b) the general corporate purposes of PacifiCorp
Acquisitions and its subsidiaries.
 
  The PacifiCorp Acquisitions Term Loan Facility consists of a two tranche
sterling term loan facility. The PacifiCorp Acquisition Revolving Loan
Facility consists of a multicurrency advance and letter of credit facility.
The final maturity date of the PacifiCorp Acquisitions Facility is five years
from the date of the PacifiCorp Acquisitions Facility Agreement. Interest is
calculated by reference to the London Inter-Bank offered rate ("LIBOR"), plus
an applicable margin ranging from 0.35 per cent. to 1.3 per cent. (depending
on the level of gearing and the identity of the borrower) and certain
mandatory liquid asset and reserve asset costs.
 
  A debenture (the "Debenture") dated 13 June 1997 between PacifiCorp Services
Limited, PacifiCorp Finance (UK) Limited, PacifiCorp Acquisitions (the
"Chargors") and Citibank, N.A. as security agent provides that borrowings
under the PacifiCorp Acquisitions Facility Agreement (i) are secured by way of
a charge on the shares of PacifiCorp Finance (UK) Limited and PacifiCorp
Acquisitions and (ii) once members of the TEG Group are able to provide
financial assistance (as discussed below under "Proposed reorganisation of
coal assets"), will be guaranteed by The Energy Group, Rollalong Limited,
Rollalong Hire Limited and Eastern Group PLC (the "Additional Chargors") and
secured by way of a charge on the shares of their directly-held subsidiaries.
The Debenture also creates a first floating charge on all the undertakings and
assets of the Chargors and Additional Chargors, with certain initial
exceptions.
 
  The PacifiCorp Acquisitions Facility Agreement also provides that, under
certain circumstances, The Energy Group and its subsidiaries may become direct
borrowers thereunder.
 
(C) POWERCOAL FACILITY
 
  A credit agreement dated as of 12 June 1997 (the "Powercoal Agreement") has
been entered into by (i) Powercoal as borrower, (ii) Morgan Guaranty Trust
Company of New York, Citibank N.A., and Goldman Sachs Credit Partners L.P. as
original lenders and (iii) Morgan Guaranty Trust Company of New York as paying
agent, collateral agent, issuing bank and swingline lender, relating to a
$1,050 million two-tranche term loan facility (the "Powercoal Term Loan
Facility") and a $575 million revolving credit facility (the "Powercoal
Revolving Credit Facility") (together, the "Powercoal Facility"). The
Powercoal Term Loan Facility, together with the proceeds of an equity
contribution received by Powercoal from PacifiCorp Group Holdings Company
("PGHC"), is available to fund a loan (the "Powercoal/PA Loan") by Powercoal
to PacifiCorp Acquisitions and to pay fees and expenses related to the Offer.
The Powercoal/PA Loan will be evidenced by a loan note issued by PacifiCorp
 
                                     V-16
<PAGE>
 
Acquisitions in favour of Powercoal. The proceeds of the Powercoal/PA Loan
will be used to finance the Offer. The Powercoal Revolving Credit Facility is
available to (i) refinance certain existing indebtedness of the TEG Group and
(ii) fund the general corporate purposes of Powercoal and its subsidiaries.
 
  Loans incurred under the Powercoal Term Loan Facility are to be repaid in
quarterly instalments over approximately 6 years in the case of borrowings
under one tranche of the Powercoal Term Loan Facility ("Tranche A Loans") and
8 years, in the case of borrowings under the second tranche ("Tranche B
Loans"). The final maturity date of the revolving credit facility is 12 June
2003. Interest on Tranche A Loans is calculated, at the option of Powercoal,
by reference to (i) LIBOR plus an applicable margin ranging from 0.75 per
cent. to 2.5 per cent., depending on the leverage ratio of Powercoal and its
consolidated subsidiaries as at the end of its most recent fiscal quarter (the
"Applicable Leverage Ratio") or (ii) a US dollar Base Rate (which is the
greatest of an announced Prime Rate and certain customary market rates) plus
an applicable margin ranging from zero to 1.5 per cent., depending on the
Applicable Leverage Ratio. Interest on Tranche B Loans is calculated by
reference to (i) LIBOR plus an applicable margin ranging from 2 per cent. to 3
per cent., depending on the Applicable Leverage Ratio or (ii) the Base Rate
plus an applicable margin ranging from 1 per cent. to 2 per cent., depending
on the Applicable Leverage Ratio.
 
  As a condition to the funding of the Powercoal Facility, PHI will cause to
be transferred to Powercoal all of the stock of TPC Corporation ("TPC"), PHI's
natural gas marketing subsidiary, as well as a portion of the proceeds of the
PHI Facility. The Powercoal Facility will be secured by (i) all of the
outstanding stock of Powercoal, (ii) all of the outstanding stock of TPC,
(iii) substantially all of TPC's assets and (iv) the note evidencing the
Powercoal/PA Loan. Powercoal's obligations under the Powercoal Facility will
be guaranteed by TPC. Additionally, following the transfer of the Peabody
Subsidiaries to Powercoal as described below under "Proposed reorganisation of
coal assets", the Powercoal Facility will be secured by substantially all of
the assets of the Peabody Subsidiaries and each Peabody Subsidiary will
guarantee Powercoal's obligations under the Powercoal Facility. Following the
contemplated transfer of PPM to Powercoal, the Powercoal Facility will be
secured by a pledge of PPM's stock and assets and PPM will guarantee
Powercoal's obligations under the Powercoal Facility.
 
(D) ENERGYCO FACILITY
 
  A bridge loan agreement dated as of 12 June 1997 (the "Bridge Loan
Agreement") has been entered into by (i) PacifiCorp EnergyCo ("EnergyCo") as
borrower, (ii) PGHC as guarantor, (iii) Goldman Sachs Credit Partners L.P.,
Morgan Guaranty Trust Company of New York and Citibank N.A. as arrangers and
lenders and (iv) Citibank N.A. as paying agent, relating to $1,575 million
unsecured bridge term loans facility (the "EnergyCo Facility"). The proceeds
of bridge loans under the EnergyCo Facility are to be used primarily to
provide PacifiCorp Acquisitions, through certain of EnergyCo's subsidiaries,
with funds to finance, in part, the Offer and fees and expenses in connection
with the Offer and to provide EnergyCo with funds to pay interest on loans
made under the Bridge Loan Agreement. The obligations of EnergyCo under the
Bridge Loan Agreement have been guaranteed by PGHC.
 
  Promptly following the purchase of Energy Group Securities in the Offer,
EnergyCo intends to seek to refinance the borrowings under the EnergyCo
Facility with longer term financing. To the extent not previously prepaid, all
borrowings under the EnergyCo Facility will be repayable on the first
anniversary of initial funding (the "Closing Date") under the Bridge Loan
Agreement. However, EnergyCo has an option to extend the maturity date of the
bridge loans to the tenth anniversary of the Closing Date, provided certain
default type events have not occurred and are not continuing on the first
anniversary of the Closing Date. Interest during the one year period following
the Closing Date is calculated, at the option of EnergyCo, by reference to
LIBOR (plus certain reserve costs) or a US dollar "Base Rate" plus an initial
applicable margin, in the case of interest calculated by reference to LIBOR,
 
                                     V-17
<PAGE>
 
of 4 per cent. and, in the case of interest determined by reference to a US
dollar "Base Rate", of 3 per cent. The EnergyCo Facility provides for
incremental increases in the applicable margin to occur 180 days after first
utilisation of the EnergyCo Facility and at the end of each 90 day period
thereafter. If the maturity date of the bridge loans is extended, as described
above, then interest on the bridge loans shall be calculated by reference to
formulas set forth in the EnergyCo Facility and shall increase by 0.5 per
cent. at the end of each 90 day period, subject to a specified cap.
 
  Upon the occurrence of a change in control of PacifiCorp, PHI or PGHC, the
holders of the bridge loans have the right to require EnergyCo to prepay the
bridge loans held by such holder for a price equal to 101 per cent. of the
principal amount thereof plus accrued and unpaid interest thereon and any
other amounts then owing to such holder under the bridge loans.
 
(E) PHI FACILITY
 
  A credit agreement dated as of 12 June 1997 (the "PHI Agreement") has been
entered into by (i) PHI, (ii) Citibank N.A., Goldman Sachs Credit Partners
L.P. and Morgan Guaranty Trust Company of New York, as original lenders, (iii)
Citibank, N.A. as paying agent and issuing bank and (iv) Citicorp USA, Inc. as
collateral agent, relating to a $1,200 million term loan facility (the "PHI
Term Loan Facility") and a $85 million revolving loan facility (the "PHI
Revolving Loan Facility") (together, the "PHI Facility"). The proceeds of the
PHI Term Loan Facility are to be used (i) to refinance certain PHI
indebtedness, (ii) to provide to PacifiCorp Acquisitions, through certain of
PHI's direct and indirect subsidiaries, a portion of the funds necessary to
finance the Offer, (iii) for the payment of certain fees and expenses in
connection with the Offer and (iv) for general corporate purposes of PHI, and,
for so long as each is a subsidiary of PHI, Pacific Telecom, Inc. ("PTI"),
Pacific Generation Company ("PGC") and its subsidiaries and PPM. The proceeds
of the PHI Revolving Loan Facility are to be used for the ordinary working
capital needs of PHI and, for so long as each is a subsidiary of PHI, PTI, PGC
and its subsidiaries, and PPM and to finance loans to PacifiCorp Financial
Services, Inc. and its subsidiaries to be used by PacifiCorp Financial
Services, Inc. and its subsidiaries for their ordinary working capital needs.
 
  To the extent not previously repaid, all borrowings under the PHI Facility
are repayable on 12 June 1999. Interest is calculated at PHI's option by
reference to LIBOR (plus certain reserve costs) or a US dollar "Base Rate"
plus an applicable margin, in the case of interest calculated by reference to
LIBOR, of 2 per cent. increasing to 2.5 per cent. on 13 December 1998 and in
the case of interest calculated by reference to a US dollar "Base Rate", of 1
per cent. increasing to 1.5 per cent. on 13 December 1998. The PHI Facility
will be secured by a pledge of all of the stock of PTI, PGC and PGHC, as well
as a pledge of PHI's participation interest in a certain note (the "Spring
Creek Note") in the principal amount of $225 million from Spring Creek Coal
Company and certain other assets.
 
  Borrowings under the PHI Facility are required to be prepaid with the net
proceeds of certain asset sales, including any sale of the stock or assets of
PTI or PGC, any sale of the Spring Creek Note and under certain other
circumstances. PHI has announced the proposed sale of PTI to Century Telephone
Enterprises Inc. for $1,500 million plus assumption of debt and has engaged an
investment bank to assist in the sale of PGC. See paragraph 1 of Appendix IV
("Nature of business of PacifiCorp Acquisitions and PacifiCorp").
 
  It is the Company's current intention that the PHI Facility will be repaid
prior to September 1999 with the proceeds of the sales of PTI, PGC and the
Spring Creek Note. To the extent that the PHI Facility is not repaid on or
prior to September 1999, the Company intends to refinance the PHI Facility
with a permanent facility with substantially the same structure.
 
(F) PROPOSED RE-ORGANISATION OF COAL OPERATIONS
 
  Following the purchase of Energy Group Securities in the Offer, PacifiCorp
Acquisitions has agreed to procure the transfer of the Peabody Subsidiaries to
Powercoal.
 
 
                                     V-18
<PAGE>
 
  The transfer of the Peabody Subsidiaries is intended primarily to segregate
the Enlarged Group's coal interests from its interests in electricity
generation and distribution, and, in so doing, achieve a more efficient
financing and operating structure. Such transfer is required by the terms of
the PacifiCorp Acquisitions Facility and the Powercoal Facility to take place
within 270 days of the initial borrowing under either of those facilities. To
effect the transfer, PacifiCorp Acquisitions will first acquire the Peabody
Subsidiaries from another TEG Group subsidiary in exchange for an unsecured
subordinated interest bearing term note in an amount equal to the then fair
market value of the Peabody Subsidiaries. PacifiCorp Acquisitions will then
transfer the Peabody Subsidiaries to Powercoal in exchange for the
cancellation of the Powercoal/PA Loan.
 
  Each of the PacifiCorp Acquisitions Facility, the Powercoal Facility and the
EnergyCo Facility includes a condition that PacifiCorp Acquisitions may not
reduce the percentage of Energy Group Securities required to satisfy the
Acceptance Condition without the consent of a majority of the lending banks in
each such Facility, which consent may not be unreasonably withheld or delayed
if it is shown to the reasonable satisfaction of such lenders that PacifiCorp
Acquisitions will achieve acceptances sufficient to enable it to give notice
under section 429 of the Companies Act (compulsory acquisition procedure) in
relation to the Energy Group Securities to which the Offer relates. See
paragraph 11 of this Appendix V ("Compulsory acquisition") below.
 
  If all Conditions are satisfied, fulfilled or, where permitted, waived and
PacifiCorp Acquisitions effects the compulsory acquisition of all outstanding
Energy Group Securities in accordance with the relevant procedures and time
limits described in Sections 428 to 430F of the Companies Act (thereby causing
The Energy Group to become a wholly-owned subsidiary of PacifiCorp
Acquisitions), PacifiCorp Acquisitions will be required to procure the
transfer of the Peabody Subsidiaries to Powercoal, on the basis indicated
above, and to procure that certain other steps are taken which may involve the
provision of financial assistance by members of the TEG Group to members of
the PacifiCorp Group (subject to compliance, where necessary, with the
procedures set out in sections 155 to 158 of the Companies Act (the so-called
"whitewash" procedures, which are referred to in more detail below)).
 
  If all Conditions are satisfied, fulfilled or, where permitted, waived and
PacifiCorp Acquisitions acquires or contracts to acquire, pursuant to the
Offer or otherwise, Energy Group Securities giving it more than 75 per cent.
of voting rights at general meetings of The Energy Group, but PacifiCorp
Acquisitions is not in a position to effect the compulsory acquisition of all
outstanding Energy Group Securities in accordance with the relevant procedures
and time limits of the Companies Act referred to above, PacifiCorp
Acquisitions intends to seek to procure the making of an application by The
Energy Group to the London Stock Exchange for the Energy Group Shares to be
delisted and the making of an application by The Energy Group to the New York
Stock Exchange for Energy Group ADSs to be delisted. PacifiCorp Acquisitions
further intends that, subject to the London Stock Exchange delisting taking
place, it will procure the transfer of the Peabody Subsidiaries to Powercoal
and the provision of financial assistance by members of the TEG Group, as
described in the previous paragraph, subject to compliance, where necessary,
with the whitewash procedures.
 
  In order to operate the whitewash procedures, it would be necessary to
procure the passing of special resolutions of The Energy Group and, depending
on the circumstances, of appropriate subsidiaries, and to satisfy certain
other requirements set out in the Companies Act. Such requirements are
designed to protect creditors and shareholders of the TEG Group. If PacifiCorp
Acquisitions acquires Energy Group Securities giving it 75 per cent. or more
of the voting rights at general meetings of The Energy Group, it will have
sufficient votes to approve such special resolutions. PacifiCorp Acquisitions
also expects to be able to satisfy the other statutory requirements. The
Companies Act gives dissenting shareholders (constituting specified minimum
numbers or proportions of shareholders) the right to apply to court for
cancellation of the special resolution required by the whitewash procedures.
 
                                     V-19
<PAGE>
 
11. COMPULSORY ACQUISITION
 
  If, within four months after the date of this document, as a result of the
Offer or otherwise, PacifiCorp Acquisitions acquires or contracts to acquire
Energy Group Securities representing at least 90 per cent. in value of Energy
Group Securities to which the Offer relates, then (a) PacifiCorp Acquisitions
will be entitled and intends to effect the compulsory acquisition procedures
provided for in Sections 428 to 430F of the Companies Act to compel the
purchase of any outstanding Energy Group Securities on the same terms as
provided in the Offer in accordance with the relevant procedures and time
limits described in such Act, and (b) a holder of Energy Group Securities may
require PacifiCorp Acquisitions to purchase his Energy Group Securities on the
same terms as provided in the Offer in accordance with the relevant procedures
and time limits described in section 430A of the Companies Act.
 
  If for any reason the above-mentioned compulsory acquisition procedures are
not invoked, PacifiCorp Acquisitions will evaluate other alternatives to
obtain the remaining Energy Group Securities not purchased pursuant to the
Offer or otherwise. Such alternatives could include acquiring additional
Energy Group Securities in the open market, in privately negotiated
transactions, through another offer to purchase, by means of a scheme of
arrangement under the Companies Act or otherwise. Any such additional
acquisitions could be for a consideration greater or less than, or equal to,
the consideration for Energy Group Securities under the Offer. However, under
the City Code, except with the consent of the Panel, PacifiCorp Acquisitions
may not acquire any Energy Group Securities on better terms than those of the
Offer within six months of the termination of the Offer if PacifiCorp
Acquisitions, together with any persons acting in concert with it (as defined
by the City Code), holds shares carrying more than 50 per cent. of the voting
rights normally exercisable at general meetings of The Energy Group.
 
  Holders of Energy Group Securities do not have appraisal rights as a result
of the Offer. However, in the event that the compulsory acquisition procedures
referred to above are available to PacifiCorp Acquisitions, holders of Energy
Group Securities whose Energy Group Securities have not been purchased
pursuant to the Offer will have certain rights to object under section 430C of
the Companies Act.
 
12. CERTAIN CONSEQUENCES OF THE OFFER
 
(A) MARKET EFFECT
 
  The purchase of Energy Group Securities pursuant to the Offer will reduce
the number of holders of Energy Group Securities and the number of the Energy
Group Securities that might otherwise trade publicly and, depending upon the
number of Energy Group Securities so purchased, could adversely affect the
liquidity and market value of the remaining Energy Group Securities held by
the public. In addition, Energy Group Shares will cease to be listed on the
London Stock Exchange and Energy Group ADSs will cease to be listed on the New
York Stock Exchange if PacifiCorp Acquisitions completes the compulsory
acquisition procedures referred to in paragraph 11 above. Moreover, in the
circumstances referred to in paragraph 10(f) ("Proposed re-organisation of
coal operation") above, PacifiCorp Acquisitions intends to seek the delisting
of the Energy Group Shares from the London Stock Exchange and intends to seek
the delisting of the Energy Group ADSs from the New York Stock Exchange. If
PacifiCorp Acquisitions does not seek such delistings in those circumstances,
the Energy Group Securities may nevertheless no longer be eligible for
continued listing on such exchanges.
 
(B) PUBLIC AVAILABILITY OF INFORMATION
 
  In the event that Energy Group Shares continue to be listed on the London
Stock Exchange following the purchase of Energy Group Securities pursuant to
the Offer, holders of Energy Group Shares who have not tendered their Energy
Group Shares pursuant to the Offer will continue to receive the same financial
and other information from The Energy Group that The Energy Group presently is
 
                                     V-20
<PAGE>
 
required by the rules of the London Stock Exchange to send to such holders. If
Energy Group Shares are no longer listed on the London Stock Exchange
following the Offer, The Energy Group would no longer be required by those
rules to make publicly available such financial and other information.
 
  Energy Group ADSs currently are registered under the Exchange Act.
Registration of such Energy Group ADSs may be terminated upon application of
The Energy Group to the SEC if Energy Group ADSs are neither listed on a
national securities exchange nor held by 300 or more beneficial owners in the
US. Termination of registration of Energy Group ADSs under the Exchange Act
would substantially reduce the information required to be furnished by The
Energy Group to holders of Energy Group ADSs and to the SEC and would make
certain provisions of the Exchange Act, such as the requirements of Rule 13e-3
thereunder with respect to "going private" transactions, no longer applicable
to The Energy Group. Furthermore, "affiliates" of The Energy Group and persons
holding "restricted securities" of The Energy Group may be deprived of the
ability to dispose of such securities pursuant to Rule 144 promulgated under
the Securities Act. If, as a result of the purchase of Energy Group ADSs
pursuant to the Offer and prior to completing the compulsory acquisition
procedures referred to in paragraph 9 above, The Energy Group is not required
to maintain registration of Energy Group ADSs under the Exchange Act,
PacifiCorp Acquisitions intends to cause The Energy Group to apply for
termination of such registration. If registration of Energy Group ADSs is not
terminated prior to completion of the aforementioned compulsory acquisition
procedures, then Energy Group ADSs will cease trading on the New York Stock
Exchange and the registration of Energy Group ADSs under the Exchange Act
would be terminated following completion of the aforementioned compulsory
acquisition procedures.
 
(C) MARGIN SECURITIES
 
  Energy Group ADSs currently are "margin securities" under the regulations of
the Board of Governors of the US Federal Reserve System, which status has the
effect, among other things, of allowing US brokers to extend credit on the
collateral of Energy Group ADSs for purposes of buying, carrying and trading
in securities ("Purpose Loans"). Depending on factors such as the number of
holders of record of Energy Group ADSs and the number and market value of
publicly held Energy Group ADSs following the purchase of Energy Group
Securities pursuant to the Offer, it is possible that Energy Group ADSs would
no longer be eligible for listing on the New York Stock Exchange. As a result,
Energy Group ADSs might no longer constitute margin securities and, therefore,
could no longer be used as collateral for Purpose Loans made by US brokers.
 
13. LEGAL AND REGULATORY MATTERS
 
(A) GENERAL
 
  Except as set out herein and other than the requirement to comply with the
Panel's requirements in relation to the City Code and with US securities laws,
PacifiCorp Acquisitions is not aware of (i) any licence or regulatory permit
that appears to be material to the business of the TEG Group taken as a whole,
which might be adversely affected by PacifiCorp Acquisitions' acquisition of
Energy Group Securities as contemplated herein, or (ii) any approval or other
action by any domestic or foreign governmental, administrative or regulatory
agency or authority that appears to be material to the TEG Group taken as a
whole, and required for the acquisition or ownership of Energy Group
Securities by PacifiCorp Acquisitions as contemplated herein. Should any such
approval or other action be required, PacifiCorp Acquisitions currently
contemplates that such approval or other action would be sought. There can be
no assurance that any such approval or other action, if needed, would be
obtained without substantial conditions being attached thereto or that failure
to obtain any such approval or other action might not result in consequences
adverse to The Energy Group's business.
 
(B) UK COMPETITION LAWS
 
  The Offer gives rise to a merger situation qualifying for investigation
under section 75 of the Fair Trading Act 1973. It is therefore conditional on
an announcement being made in terms reasonably
 
                                     V-21
<PAGE>
 
satisfactory to PacifiCorp Acquisitions that it is not the intention of the
Secretary of State to refer the Acquisition, or any matters arising from it,
to the Monopolies and Mergers Commission. In that connection, PacifiCorp
Acquisitions has submitted a merger notice to the Director General of Fair
Trading and, together with The Energy Group, is in discussions with the DGES.
 
(C) UK ELECTRICITY REGULATION
 
  Eastern and its subsidiary companies hold licences issued under the
Electricity Act 1989. The Offer is conditional on the DGES indicating in terms
reasonably satisfactory to PacifiCorp Acquisitions that it is not his
intention to seek modifications to those licences and that he will not seek
undertakings or assurances from any member of the PacifiCorp Group or the TEG
Group except, in either case, on terms reasonably satisfactory to PacifiCorp
Acquisitions. The Offer is also conditional on the DGES indicating in terms
reasonably satisfactory to PacifiCorp Acquisitions that, in connection with
the Acquisition, he will seek or agree to such modifications (if any) and such
other consents and/or directions (if any) as are in the reasonable opinion of
PacifiCorp Acquisitions necessary or appropriate with respect to those
licences.
 
  OFFER has invited comments on the regulatory issues raised by the Offer by a
consultation paper dated 16 June 1997. This consultation paper sets out the
key Electricity Act considerations that OFFER will take into account when
assessing the Acquisition. These include the implications for the satisfying
of all reasonable demands for electricity, the ability of the licensee to
finance its authorised activities, the promotion of competition in generation
and supply and the protection of customers. OFFER has invited comments by 23
June 1997. PacifiCorp Acquisitions, together with The Energy Group, will
continue discussions with OFFER in order to reach agreement in relation to the
matters raised which will meet regulatory objectives in relation to the
Enlarged Group.
 
(D) US ANTITRUST LAWS
 
  The Offer is subject to the US HSR Act, which provides that certain
acquisition transactions may not be consummated until certain information has
been furnished to the Antitrust Division of the Department of Justice (the
"Antitrust Division") and the Federal Trade Commission (the "FTC"). Pursuant
to the US HSR Act, PacifiCorp expects to file a Notification and Report Form
relating to the Offer with the Antitrust Division and the FTC on 1 July 1997.
The waiting period under the US HSR Act applicable to the Offer will then
expire at 11.59 p.m., New York City time, on 16 July 1997, unless early
termination of the waiting period is granted. However, if the Antitrust
Division or the FTC requests additional information or documentary material
from PacifiCorp, the waiting period would expire ten calendar days after the
date of substantial compliance with such request. The additional ten calendar
day waiting period may be terminated sooner by the Antitrust Division or the
FTC.
 
  The FTC and the Antitrust Division frequently scrutinise the legality under
the US antitrust laws of transactions such as the proposed acquisition of
Energy Group Securities by PacifiCorp Acquisitions pursuant to the Offer. At
any time before or after the purchase of Energy Group Securities, the FTC or
the Antitrust Division could take such action under the US antitrust laws as
it deems necessary or desirable in the public interest, including seeking to
enjoin the purchase of Energy Group Securities pursuant to the Offer, or
seeking divestiture of Energy Group Securities purchased by PacifiCorp
Acquisitions or the divestiture of substantial assets of PacifiCorp, The
Energy Group or their respective subsidiaries. Private parties may also bring
legal action under the US antitrust laws in certain circumstances. There can
be no assurance that a challenge to the Offer on US antitrust grounds will not
be made or, if such a challenge is made, of the result.
 
(E) US POWER MARKETING REGULATION
 
  Certain subsidiaries (the "Power Subsidiaries") of Citizens Power, an
indirect wholly-owned subsidiary of The Energy Group, are engaged in market-
rate based electric power marketing in the US or otherwise hold public utility
assets that are subject to the jurisdiction of the FERC. In a number of
 
                                     V-22
<PAGE>
 
similar recent situations, including the recent acquisition of Citizens Power
by The Energy Group, FERC has asserted that a transfer of control of a
licensed power marketer requires FERC approval under section 203 of the US
Federal Power Act. Accordingly, FERC could assert that any transfer of control
of the Power Subsidiaries resulting from completion of the Offer requires FERC
approval. However, PacifiCorp and PacifiCorp Acquisitions have indicated to
The Energy Group that they do not intend to acquire control of the Power
Subsidiaries. As a result, the parties plan to dispose of the Power
Subsidiaries to someone other than PacifiCorp and PacifiCorp Acquisitions
prior to the completion of the Offer with such sale conditional only upon the
completion of the Offer and FERC approval. Application for approval of such a
sale will be made to FERC as soon as practicable. If FERC approval of the sale
of the Power Subsidiaries is not obtained before the Conditions are satisfied,
fulfilled or, where permitted, waived voting rights with respect to all
outstanding shares of common stock and other interests held by Citizens Power
in such Power Subsidiaries will be held by an independent trustee in a manner
that ensures that PacifiCorp will not exercise control over the Power
Subsidiaries, notwithstanding the completion of the Acquisition. Accordingly,
completion of the Offer will not result in a functional transfer of control of
the Power Subsidiaries and PacifiCorp Acquisitions does not believe FERC
approval is required as a condition to the Offer. In the event that all the
Conditions are not satisfied, fulfilled or, where permitted, waived, The
Energy Group is to retain the Power Subsidiaries.
 
(F) AUSTRALIAN FOREIGN INVESTMENT REVIEW
 
  The acquisition by PacifiCorp Acquisitions pursuant to the Offer of indirect
ownership of Peabody Australia's coal operations is subject to the Foreign
Acquisitions and Takeovers Act 1975 of Australia. Under that Act, the
Treasurer of Australia has broad powers to prohibit or place conditions on the
acquisition of interests in Australian business operations by foreign
investors if such acquisitions are found to be contrary to the national
interest. If a notification of a proposed acquisition is made to the
Australian Foreign Investment Review Board, the Treasurer is precluded from
taking any action with respect to the acquisition after the expiration of a
40-day review period, although this period may be extended for up to 90
additional days. PacifiCorp Acquisitions notified the Foreign Investment
Review Board of the proposed acquisition on 18 June 1997.
 
(G) US COAL LEASING REQUIREMENTS
 
  Both PacifiCorp and Peabody hold coal leases on properties owned by the
United States. The US Coal Leasing Act imposes limitations on the acreage that
any one affiliated group can lease from the United States. Upon consummation
of the Offer, the Enlarged Group's US coal lease holdings will exceed those
acreage limitations. Although PacifiCorp and Peabody have not yet identified
the specific leases to be relinquished or disposed of, PacifiCorp Acquisitions
believes the Enlarged Group will be able to relinquish or dispose of
sufficient leases to reduce its holdings below the applicable acreage
limitations without materially interfering with planned operations.
 
(H) US STATE TAKEOVER LAWS
 
  A number of states of the US have adopted takeover laws and regulations
which purport, in varying degrees, to be applicable to attempts to acquire
securities of corporations which have substantial assets, shareholders,
principal executive offices or principal places of business in such states.
PacifiCorp Acquisitions believes that no such US state takeover statutes apply
to the Offer and PacifiCorp Acquisitions has not attempted to comply with any
such US state takeover statutes in connection with the Offer. PacifiCorp
Acquisitions reserves the right to challenge the validity or applicability of
any US state law allegedly applicable to the Offer and nothing in this
document nor any action taken in connection herewith is intended as a waiver
of that right. In the event that any US state takeover statute is asserted to
be applicable to the Offer and an appropriate court does not determine that
such law or regulation is not applicable to the Offer, PacifiCorp Acquisitions
might be required to file certain information with, or to receive approvals
from, the relevant US state authorities and might be unable to purchase Energy
Group Securities pursuant to the Offer or be delayed in continuing or
consummating the Offer. In such case, PacifiCorp Acquisitions may not be
obliged to purchase such Energy Group Securities.
 
                                     V-23
<PAGE>
 
(I) LAWS OF OTHER JURISDICTIONS
 
  The Energy Group and certain of its subsidiaries conduct business in certain
countries in addition to the UK and the US where regulatory filings or
approvals may be required in connection with the Offer. Certain of such
filings or approvals, if required, may not be made or obtained prior to the
expiry of the Offer. There is no assurance that any such approvals would be
obtained or that adverse consequences to PacifiCorp's or The Energy Group's
business might not result from a failure to obtain such approvals or from
conditions that might be imposed in connection therewith.
 
14. UNITED KINGDOM TAXATION
 
  THE FOLLOWING PARAGRAPHS, WHICH ARE INTENDED AS A GENERAL GUIDE ONLY, ARE
BASED ON CURRENT UK LEGISLATION AND INLAND REVENUE PRACTICE. THEY SUMMARISE
CERTAIN LIMITED ASPECTS OF THE UK TAXATION TREATMENT OF ACCEPTANCE OF THE
OFFER AND THE LOAN NOTE ALTERNATIVE, AND THEY RELATE (EXCEPT INSOFAR AS
EXPRESS REFERENCE IS MADE TO THE TREATMENT OF NON-UK RESIDENTS) ONLY TO THE
POSITION OF HOLDERS OF ENERGY GROUP SHARES WHO ARE THE BENEFICIAL OWNERS OF
THEIR ENERGY GROUP SHARES, WHO HOLD THEIR ENERGY GROUP SHARES AS AN
INVESTMENT, AND WHO ARE RESIDENT IN THE UK FOR TAX PURPOSES. SHAREHOLDERS WHO
ARE IN ANY DOUBT AS TO THEIR TAXATION POSITION OR WHO ARE SUBJECT TO TAXATION
IN ANY JURISDICTION OTHER THAN THE UK, SHOULD CONSULT AN APPROPRIATE
PROFESSIONAL ADVISER.
 
(A) TAXATION OF CHARGEABLE GAINS
 
  Liability to UK taxation on chargeable gains ("CGT") will depend on the
particular circumstances of holders of Energy Group Shares and on the form of
consideration received.
 
 Cash
 
  To the extent that a holder of Energy Group Shares receives cash under the
Offer, this will constitute a disposal, or part disposal, of his Energy Group
Shares for CGT purposes. Such a disposal, or part disposal, may, depending on
that shareholder's individual circumstances, give rise to a liability to CGT.
 
 Loan Notes
 
  A holder of Energy Group Shares who, together with persons connected with
him, holds not more than five per cent. of the issued share capital of The
Energy Group, will not be treated as making a disposal to the extent he elects
for and receives Loan Notes by way of consideration. In the case of a
shareholder who is an individual, any gain or loss which would otherwise have
arisen on a disposal of his Energy Group Shares will be "rolled over" into the
Loan Notes and the Loan Notes will be treated as the same asset as his Energy
Group Shares acquired at the same time and price as his Energy Group Shares.
In the case of a shareholder within the charge to UK corporation tax, any gain
or loss which would otherwise have arisen on a disposal of its Energy Group
Shares will be calculated and "held over" until it subsequently disposes of
the Loan Notes and indexation relief will not accrue on the Loan Notes.
 
  A holder of Energy Group Shares who, together with persons connected with
him, holds more than five per cent. of the issued share capital of The Energy
Group is advised that an application has been made for clearance under section
138 of the Taxation of Chargeable Gains Act 1992. Subject to the granting of
this clearance, any such holder of Energy Group Shares will be treated in the
manner described in the previous paragraph.
 
  A subsequent disposal of Loan Notes (including their redemption or
repayment) may give rise to a chargeable event for CGT purposes.
 
                                     V-24
<PAGE>
 
 Non-UK resident holders of Energy Group Securities
 
  Holders of Energy Group Securities who are not resident or ordinarily
resident for tax purposes in the UK may be liable for UK tax on capital gains
realised on the disposal of their Energy Group Shares or Energy Group ADSs if
such securities are used, held or acquired for the purposes of a trade,
profession or vocation carried on in the UK through a branch or agency or for
the purposes of such branch or agency. Such holders may be subject to foreign
taxation on any gain under local law.
 
(B) TAXATION OF LOAN NOTES--INCOME
 
 Withholding Tax
 
  Payments of interest on the Loan Notes will be made subject to the deduction
of UK income tax at the lower rate (currently 20 per cent.) unless PacifiCorp
Acquisitions has been directed
by the Inland Revenue, in respect of a particular holding of Loan Notes, to
make the payment free of deduction or subject to a reduced rate of deduction
(by virtue of relief under the terms of an applicable double taxation
agreement). Such a direction will only be made following an application in the
appropriate manner to the relevant tax authorities by the holder of the
relevant Loan Notes. Payments of interest may also be subject to withholding
of US federal income tax in certain circumstances. Please refer to paragraph
15(b) below.
 
 Individuals
 
  Subject to the above, the gross amount of such interest will form part of
the recipient's income for the purposes of UK income tax, credit being allowed
for the tax withheld. Individuals who are taxable only at the lower or basic
rate will have no further tax to pay in respect of the interest. In certain
cases, holders of Loan Notes may be able to recover an amount in respect of
the credit from the Inland Revenue.
 
  Under the "accrued income scheme" a transfer of Loan Notes may also give
rise to a charge to United Kingdom income tax in respect of an amount
representing interest on the Loan Notes which has accrued since the preceding
interest payment date.
 
 Corporates
 
  Holders within the charge to United Kingdom corporation tax in respect of
the Loan Notes will generally bring into the charge to tax as income, interest
on, profits and gains arising from and fluctuations in the value of, the Loan
Notes in each accounting period broadly in accordance with the accounting
treatment of such holders authorised for this purpose.
 
(C) GENERAL
 
  Special tax provisions may apply to holders of Energy Group Shares who have
acquired or acquire their Energy Group Shares by exercising options under the
Energy Group Share Schemes, including provisions imposing a charge to income
tax.
 
(D) STAMP DUTY AND STAMP DUTY RESERVE TAX ("SDRT")
 
  These comments are intended as a guide to the general position and do not
relate to persons such as market makers, brokers, dealers and persons
connected with depositary arrangements or clearance services, to whom special
rules apply.
 
 Acceptance of the Offer
 
  No stamp duty or SDRT will be payable by holders of Energy Group Shares as a
result of accepting the Offer.
 
 
                                     V-25
<PAGE>
 
 Loan Notes
 
  Under current Inland Revenue practice, no stamp duty or SDRT will be payable
on a transfer or sale of (or an agreement to transfer or sell) Loan Notes.
 
15. UNITED STATES FEDERAL INCOME TAXATION
 
(A) UNITED STATES RESIDENTS
 
  The following paragraphs address certain United States federal income tax
consequences applicable to holders of Energy Group Securities that are
citizens or residents of the United States, United States domestic
corporations or otherwise taxable as United States residents. This summary
is based on the Internal Revenue Code of 1986, as amended (the "Code"),
administrative pronouncements, judicial decisions and existing and proposed
Treasury Regulations, changes to any of which (which may be retroactive) may
affect the tax consequences described herein. This summary assumes that the
Energy Group Securities have been held as capital assets. It does not address
the tax treatment of individuals who have received Energy Group Securities in
connection with employment, such as by the exercise of options granted to
employees. This summary also assumes that The Energy Group is not and has
never been either a passive foreign investment company or a controlled foreign
corporation for US federal income tax purposes. This summary does not discuss
all tax consequences that may be relevant to a holder of Energy Group
Securities in the light of such holder's particular circumstances or to
holders subject to special rules, such as certain financial institutions,
regulated investment companies, insurance companies, dealers in securities,
exempt organisations and holders that are residents of countries other than
the United States or whose functional currency is not the United States
dollar.
 
  In general, a holder of Energy Group Securities that sells such securities
pursuant to this Offer will, for United States federal income tax purposes,
recognise a gain or loss equal to the difference between such holder's
adjusted tax basis in the Energy Group Securities transferred and the amount
of cash received in exchange therefor. Such gain or loss will generally be
capital gain or loss and will be long-term capital gain or loss if, on the
date of sale, the Energy Group Securities were considered for US federal
income tax purposes to have been held for more than one year. In addition, an
accrual basis holder of Energy Group Securities that sells such securities
pursuant to the Offer and does not elect to be treated as a cash basis
taxpayer pursuant to the foreign currency exchange regulations may have a
foreign currency exchange gain or loss for United States federal income tax
purposes because of differences between the US dollars/pounds sterling
exchange rates prevailing on the date of sale and on the date of payment. Any
such currency gain or loss would be treated as ordinary income or loss and
would be in addition to the gain or loss realised by the holder on the
disposition of Energy Group Securities pursuant to the Offer.
 
  A holder of Energy Group Securities may be subject to US back-up federal
income tax withholding with respect to the cash payment if (i) the holder
fails to furnish a taxpayer identification number ("TIN") to the payer or
establish an exemption from back-up withholding, (ii) the US Internal Revenue
Service notifies the payer that the TIN furnished by the holder is incorrect,
(iii) there has been a notified payee underreporting with respect to interest
or dividends described in section 3406(c) of the Code, or (iv) there is a
failure of the holder to certify under the penalty of perjury that the holder
is not subject to withholding as described in section 3406 of the Code.
 
  To prevent back-up withholding on any cash payment delivered pursuant to the
Offer, each holder of Energy Group ADSs that accepts the Offer by means of the
Letter of Transmittal and each holder of Energy Group Shares that accepts the
Offer by sending the Form of Acceptance to the US Depositary must provide the
US Depositary with that holder's correct taxpayer identification number and
certify that the holder is not subject to US back-up federal income tax
withholding by completing the Substitute Form W-9 included in the Letter of
Transmittal or Form of Acceptance, or, if the holder is a non-resident alien
or foreign entity for US federal income tax purposes, establish an exemption
from US back-up federal income tax withholding by completing a Form W-8,
Certificate of Foreign
 
                                     V-26
<PAGE>
 
Status, a copy of which is available, upon request, from either the US
Depositary or the US Internal Revenue Service.
 
  In addition to gain or loss upon sale of Energy Group Securities, a holder
of Energy Group Securities as of the close of business on 27 June 1997 will
recognise income for US federal income tax purposes with respect to the
dividend to be paid by The Energy Group on 4 July 1997. Although there is some
potential uncertainty regarding the characterization of this distribution as a
dividend or as additional sales proceeds, the distribution most likely will be
treated as a dividend for US federal income tax purposes.
 
  THE FOREGOING DISCUSSION IS FOR GENERAL INFORMATION ONLY AND IS INTENDED TO
BE A SUMMARY OF THE PRINCIPAL UNITED STATES FEDERAL INCOME TAX CONSIDERATIONS
OF THE OFFER. EACH HOLDER OF ENERGY GROUP SECURITIES SHOULD CONSULT THE
HOLDER'S OWN TAX ADVISER CONCERNING THE UNITED STATES FEDERAL AND APPLICABLE
STATE, LOCAL, FOREIGN AND OTHER TAX CONSEQUENCES OF THE OFFER.
 
(B) UNITED STATES TAX TREATMENT OF LOAN NOTES
 
  For United States federal income tax purposes, PacifiCorp Acquisitions is
treated as part of a US domestic corporation. To prevent United States
withholding tax on interest payments on the Loan Notes, holders of Energy
Group Shares that elect the Loan Note Alternative must certify that they are
not US persons, on a US Internal Revenue Service Form W-8 or other statement
meeting the requirements of section 871(h) of the Code. For holders of Energy
Group Shares that elect the Loan Note Alternative, but that do not provide
this certification that they are not US persons, the gross amount of payments
of interest on Loan Notes will be subject to withholding of US federal income
tax at the rate of 30 per cent., unless a US income tax treaty applies to
reduce or eliminate withholding. To claim the benefit of a tax treaty, the
holder must provide a properly executed Form 1001 (or its successor) before
interest is paid. This form must be updated periodically.
 
16. FEES AND EXPENSES
 
   Pursuant to a letter from Goldman, Sachs & Co. dated 26 March 1997 and
addressed to PacifiCorp (the "Engagement Letter"), Goldman, Sachs & Co. is
acting as financial adviser to PacifiCorp in connection with the Offer.
Pursuant to the terms of the Engagement Letter, Goldman, Sachs & Co. will
receive $13,320,000 as compensation for its services as financial adviser to
PacifiCorp together with reimbursement for its reasonable out of pocket
expenses, assuming that PacifiCorp acquires at least 50 per cent. of the
Energy Group Securities or 50 per cent. of the assets of The Energy Group. In
addition, PacifiCorp has agreed to indemnify Goldman, Sachs & Co. and its
affiliates including Goldman Sachs International and certain others against,
inter alia, certain losses and expenses arising out of the engagement or
performance by Goldman, Sachs & Co. of its duties to advise and assist
PacifiCorp in connection with the Offer, including liabilities under the US
federal securities laws.
 
  Goldman, Sachs & Co. and its affiliates will be acting in various capacities
in connection with the Offer and the transactions contemplated thereby,
including acting as (i) arranger in connection with the bank facilities
described in paragraph 10 of this Appendix V, and (ii) financial adviser in
connection with certain asset divestitures by PacifiCorp and its affiliates.
Goldman, Sachs & Co. and its affiliates will assist PacifiCorp in executing
certain foreign currency hedging transactions relating to the Offer and the
transactions contemplated thereby and may assist PacifiCorp and its affiliates
in executing certain interest rate hedging transactions also relating to the
Offer and the transactions contemplated thereby. Pursuant to the terms of the
Engagement Letter, PacifiCorp shall offer Goldman, Sachs & Co. the right to
act, and Goldman, Sachs & Co. may act, as (i) lead manager or lead placement
agent on any public or private offerings of debt securities relating to the
Offer and the transactions contemplated thereby which are rated less than
investment grade and occur within one year of the consummation of the Offer,
and (ii) lead manager or lead placement agent in any public or private
offerings of common equity by PacifiCorp occurring within one year after the
Offer and the transactions contemplated
 
                                     V-27
<PAGE>
 
thereby. In connection with the foregoing, if Goldman, Sachs & Co. agrees to
act in such capacity, it will enter into an appropriate form of underwriting,
placement agency, engagement or other agreement relating to the type of
transaction involved and containing customary terms and conditions, including
customary fee provisions and provisions relating to indemnity.
 
  Pursuant to a letter dated 30 June 1997 (the "US Dealer Manager Agreement"),
PacifiCorp Acquisitions and PHI have retained Goldman, Sachs & Co., as US
Dealer Manager for the Offer in the United States to perform those services in
connection with the Offer as are customarily performed in the United States by
investment banking concerns acting as dealer manager in connection with offers
of a like nature. Goldman, Sachs & Co. will not receive additional
compensation for acting in this capacity. Under the terms of the US Dealer
Manager Agreement, PHI has agreed to indemnify Goldman, Sachs & Co. and
certain other persons against certain liabilities and expenses which may be
incurred in connection with the Offer including liabilities under the US
federal securities laws.
 
  PacifiCorp Acquisitions has retained Independent Registrars Group Limited as
the UK Receiving Agent, Continental Stock Transfer & Trust Company as the US
Depositary, and Shareholder Communications Corporation as the Information
Agent. PacifiCorp Acquisitions will pay the UK Receiving Agent, the US
Depositary and the Information Agent reasonable and customary compensation for
their services in connection with the Offer, together with reimbursement of
out of pocket expenses. PacifiCorp will indemnify the US Depositary and the
Information Agent against certain liabilities and expenses in connection
therewith, including liabilities under the US federal securities laws.
Brokers, dealers, commercial banks and trust companies will be reimbursed by
PacifiCorp for customary mailing and handling expenses incurred by them in
forwarding material to their customers.
 
  PacifiCorp and PacifiCorp Acquisitions will not pay any fees or commissions
to any broker or dealer or any other person for soliciting acceptances of the
Offer (other than to Goldman Sachs International, Goldman, Sachs & Co., and
the Information Agent, as described above).
 
  Lazard and Morgan Stanley are acting as The Energy Group's financial
advisers in connection with the Offer. Pursuant to a letter agreement dated 5
June 1997 between The Energy Group and Lazard, The Energy Group undertook to
make an initial payment to Lazard of (Pounds)1.5 million upon announcement of
the Offer and agreed to pay an additional fee of (Pounds)4.3 million upon the
Offer becoming wholly unconditional. Pursuant to a letter agreement dated 27
May 1997 between The Energy Group and Morgan Stanley, The Energy Group agreed
to make an initial payment to Morgan Stanley of (Pounds)3.4 million if the
Offer was announced and agreed to pay an additional fee of (Pounds)6.8 million
upon the Offer becoming wholly unconditional. Each letter agreement further
provides that The Energy Group will reimburse Lazard and Morgan Stanley for
their respective out-of-pocket expenses, and indemnify Lazard and Morgan
Stanley, respectively, against certain expenses and liabilities in connection
with their engagement.
 
17. SOURCES OF INFORMATION AND BASES OF CALCULATION
 
  (a) The value of the fully diluted share capital of The Energy Group is
      based upon 520,857,817 Energy Group Shares in issue on 12 June 1997 and
      9,495,553 Energy Group Shares which could fall to be issued on exercise
      in full of options and vesting of all outstanding awards granted under
      the Energy Group Share Schemes.
 
  (b) The pro forma financial information in respect of The Energy Group for
      the year ended 31 March 1996 is taken from the pro forma profit and
      loss accounts set out in The Energy Group's statement of results for
      the six months ended 31 March 1997.
 
                                     V-28
<PAGE>
 
18. DOCUMENTS AVAILABLE FOR INSPECTION
 
  Copies of the documents listed below may be inspected at the offices of
Linklaters & Paines, Barrington House, 59-67 Gresham Street, London EC2V 7JA
(such address also being the registered office of PacifiCorp Acquisitions)
during usual business hours on any weekday (Saturdays, Sundays and public
holidays excepted) whilst the Offer remains open for acceptance:
 
  (a) the Memorandum and Articles of Association of PacifiCorp Acquisitions;
 
  (b) the Memorandum and Articles of Association of The Energy Group;
 
  (c) the audited financial statements of PacifiCorp for the three years
      ended 31 December, 1996, together with the notes thereto;
 
  (d) the Energy Group Listing Particulars and the statement of The Energy
      Group's results for the six months ended 31 March 1997;
 
  (e) the irrevocable undertakings referred to in paragraph 5 above;
 
  (f) the service agreements referred to in paragraph 6 above;
 
  (g) the consents referred to in paragraph 7(d) above;
 
  (h) the material contracts referred to in paragraph 8 above;
 
  (i) documentation relating to the financing arrangements detailed in
      paragraph 10 above; and
 
  (j) the loan note instrument in substantially final form.
 
                                     V-29
<PAGE>
 
                                  APPENDIX VI
 
                                  DEFINITIONS
 
  The following definitions apply throughout this document, unless the context
otherwise requires:
 
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
 <C>                                    <S>
 "Acceptance Condition"................ the Condition as to acceptances set
                                        out in paragraph (a) of Part A of
                                        Appendix I
 "Acceptance Form"..................... the Form of Acceptance and, with
                                        respect to holders of Energy Group
                                        ADSs only, the Letter of Transmittal
                                        and Notice of Guaranteed Delivery
                                        accompanying this document
 "Acquisition"......................... the proposed acquisition of The Energy
                                        Group pursuant to the Offer
 "Board" or "Directors"................ the directors of PacifiCorp
                                        Acquisitions
 "Book-Entry Confirmation"............. the confirmation of a book-entry
                                        transfer of Energy Group ADSs into the
                                        US Depositary's account at a Book-
                                        Entry Transfer Facility
 "Book-Entry Transfer Facility"........ each of The Depository Trust Company
                                        and the Philadelphia Depository Trust
                                        Company, together the "Book-Entry
                                        Transfer Facilities"
 "Business Day"........................ has the meaning given to it in Rule
                                        14d-1 under the Exchange Act
 "Canada".............................. Canada, its provinces, territories and
                                        all areas subject to its jurisdiction
                                        and any political sub-division thereof
 "certificated" or "in certificated     a share or other security which is not
  form"................................ in uncertificated form
 "Citizens Power"...................... Citizens Power LLC, previously named
                                        Citizens Lehman Power L.L.C.
 "City Code"........................... The City Code on Takeovers and Mergers
                                        of the UK
 "Closing Price"....................... the closing middle market quotation of
                                        an Energy Group Share as derived from
                                        the London Stock Exchange Daily
                                        Official List
<CAPTION>
 <C>                                    <S>
 "Companies Act"....................... the Companies Act 1985 (as amended) of
                                        England and Wales
 "Conditions".......................... the conditions of the Offer described
                                        in Part A of Appendix I and
                                        "Condition" means any one of them
 "CREST"............................... the relevant system (as defined in the
                                        Regulations) in respect of which by
                                        CRESTCo is the Operator (as defined in
                                        the Regulations)
 "CRESTCo"............................. CRESTCo Limited
 "CREST member"........................ a person who has been admitted by
                                        CRESTCo as a system-member (as defined
                                        in the Regulations)
 "CREST participant"................... a person who is, in relation to CREST,
                                        a system-participant (as defined in
                                        the Regulations)
 "CREST sponsor"....................... a CREST participant admitted to CREST
                                        as a sponsored member
</TABLE>
 
 
                                      VI-1
<PAGE>
 
<TABLE>
 <C>                                    <S>
 "CREST sponsored member".............. a CREST member admitted to CREST as a
                                        sponsored member
 "Dealer Manager"...................... Goldman, Sachs & Co., in its capacity
                                        as dealer manager for the Offer in the
                                        US
 "Demerger"............................ the demerger by Hanson of The Energy
                                        Group
 "Demerger Agreement".................. the agreement dated 27 January 1997
                                        between Hanson and The Energy Group
                                        relating to the Demerger
 "Demerger Date"....................... 24 February 1997
 "Demerger Transactions"............... the transactions described in the
                                        Demerger Agreement, pursuant to which
                                        The Energy Group became the holding
                                        company of the TEG Group, as then
                                        constituted, and the Peabody Holding
                                        Transaction
 "Deposit Agreement"................... the deposit agreement between The
                                        Energy Group, Citibank, N.A. and the
                                        holders, from time to time, of Energy
                                        Group ADSs
 "DGES"................................ The Director General of Electricity
                                        Supply of the UK
 "Eastern"............................. Eastern Group plc and/or its
                                        subsidiaries or any of them from time
                                        to time as the context may require
 "Electricity Pool".................... the electricity trading market in
                                        England and Wales
 "Eligible Institution"................ a financial institution (including
                                        most banks, savings and loan
                                        associations and brokerage houses)
                                        which is a participant in the
                                        Securities Transfer Agents Medallion
                                        Program, the New York Stock Exchange
                                        Medallion Program, or the Stock
                                        Exchange Medallion Program
 "Energy Group ADRs"................... American Depositary Receipts
                                        evidencing Energy Group ADSs
 "Energy Group ADSs"................... American Depositary Shares issued in
                                        respect of Energy Group Shares, each
                                        representing four Energy Group Shares,
                                        as evidenced by Energy Group ADRs
 "Energy Group Listing Particulars" or  the listing particulars relating to
  "Listing Particulars"................ The Energy Group dated 27 January
                                        1997, published in accordance with the
                                        Listing Rules
 "Energy Group Securities"............. Energy Group Shares and Energy Group
                                        ADSs
 "Energy Group Shares"................. shares of 10p each in the share
                                        capital of The Energy Group
 "Energy Group Share Schemes".......... the Energy Group Executive Share
                                        Option Scheme, the Energy Group
                                        Sharesave Scheme, the Energy Group
                                        Long-term Incentive Plan and the
                                        Energy Group Special Additional Bonus
                                        Scheme
 "Enlarged Group"...................... the PacifiCorp Group as enlarged by
                                        the acquisition of The Energy Group
 "Exchange Act"........................ the US Securities Exchange Act of
                                        1934, as amended, and the rules and
                                        regulations promulgated thereunder
</TABLE>
 
                                      VI-2
<PAGE>
 
<TABLE>
 <C>                                    <S>
 "FERC"................................ the US Federal Energy Regulatory
                                        Commission
 "First Hydro"......................... the pumped storage business of
                                        National Grid Group
 "Form of Acceptance".................. the form of acceptance, election and
                                        authority relating to the Offer
                                        accompanying this document for use by
                                        holders of Energy Group Shares (but
                                        not by holders of Energy Group ADSs)
 "Guaranteed Delivery Procedures"...... the guaranteed delivery procedures for
                                        Energy Group ADSs set out in paragraph
                                        9 of Part B of Appendix I
 "Hanson".............................. Hanson PLC
 "Hanson Group"........................ Hanson and its subsidiary undertakings
                                        from time to time
 "Information Agent"................... Shareholder Communications
                                        Corporation, in its capacity as
                                        information agent for the Offer
 "Initial Closing Date"................ 3.00 p.m. (London time), 10.00 a.m.
                                        (New York City time) on 29 July 1997,
                                        unless and until PacifiCorp
                                        Acquisitions, in its discretion, shall
                                        have extended the Initial Offer
                                        Period, in which case the term
                                        "Initial Closing Date" shall mean the
                                        latest time and date at which the
                                        Initial Offer Period, as so extended
                                        by PacifiCorp Acquisitions, will
                                        expire or, if earlier, the time at
                                        which the Offer becomes or is declared
                                        wholly unconditional
 "Initial Offer Period"................ the period from the date of this
                                        document to and including the Initial
                                        Closing Date
 "Lazard".............................. Lazard Brothers & Co., Limited and
                                        Lazard Freres & Co. Limited
 "Letter of Transmittal"............... the letter of transmittal relating to
                                        the Offer accompanying this document
                                        for use by holders of Energy Group
                                        ADSs
 "LIBOR"............................... the London Inter-Bank Offered Rate,
                                        determined in accordance with the
                                        terms of the Loan Notes, a summary of
                                        which is set out in Appendix II
 "Listing Rules"....................... the Listing Rules of the London Stock
                                        Exchange
 "Loan Note Alternative"............... the alternative under which holders of
                                        Energy Group Shares who validly accept
                                        the Offer will be entitled to elect to
                                        receive Loan Notes instead of the cash
                                        consideration otherwise payable to
                                        them
 "Loan Notes".......................... the Floating Rate Unsecured Loan Notes
                                        2004 of PacifiCorp Acquisitions, to be
                                        issued pursuant to the Loan Note
                                        Alternative
 "London Stock Exchange"............... London Stock Exchange Limited
 "member account ID"................... the identification code or number
                                        attached to any member account in
                                        CREST
 "Morgan Stanley"...................... Morgan Stanley & Co. Limited
 "National Grid Group"................. The National Grid Group plc
 "National Power"...................... National Power plc
</TABLE>
 
 
                                      VI-3
<PAGE>
 
<TABLE>
 <C>                                    <S>
 "Offer"............................... the offer made by Goldman Sachs
                                        International on behalf of PacifiCorp
                                        Acquisitions to acquire the Energy
                                        Group Securities as set out in this
                                        document including, where the context
                                        permits and/or requires, the Loan Note
                                        Alternative and any subsequent
                                        revision, variation, extension, or
                                        renewal of such offer or such
                                        alternative
 "OFFER"............................... the Office of Electricity Regulation
                                        of the UK
 "PacifiCorp Group".................... PacifiCorp and its subsidiaries and
                                        subsidiary undertakings and, where the
                                        context permits, each of them
 "Panel"............................... The Panel on Takeovers and Mergers of
                                        the UK
 "participant ID"...................... the identification code or membership
                                        numbered used in CREST to identify a
                                        particular CREST member or other CREST
                                        participant
 "Peabody"............................. Peabody Holding, Lee Ranch Coal
                                        Company and Peabody Australia
 "Peabody Australia"................... Peabody Resources Limited and its
                                        subsidiaries, the Australian
                                        operations of Peabody
 "Peabody Holding"..................... Peabody Holding Company, Inc. and its
                                        subsidiaries
 "Peabody Holding Transaction"......... the transaction whereby Peabody US
                                        Holding Inc., a subsidiary of Hanson,
                                        transferred to GFAC International
                                        Holdings Inc. the entire issued share
                                        capital of Peabody Holding for a cash
                                        sum of US$1,637.5 million
 "PHI"................................. PacifiCorp Holdings, Inc.
 "Powercoal"........................... PacifiCorp Powercoal, LLC, a wholly
                                        owned subsidiary of PacifiCorp
 "PowerGen"............................ PowerGen plc
 "Regulations"......................... the Uncertificated Securities
                                        Regulations 1995 (SI 1995 No. 95/3272)
 "Rollalong"........................... Rollalong Limited and, where the
                                        context permits, its subsidiary,
                                        Rollalong Hire Limited
 "SEC"................................. the US Securities and Exchange
                                        Commission
 "Securities Act"...................... the US Securities Act of 1933, as
                                        amended, and the rules and regulations
                                        promulgated thereunder
 "Subsequent Offer Period"............. the period following the Initial
                                        Closing Date during which the Offer
                                        remains open for acceptance
 "TEG Group"........................... The Energy Group and its subsidiaries
                                        and subsidiary undertakings and, where
                                        the context permits, each of them
 "TFE instruction"..................... a Transfer from Escrow instruction (as
                                        defined by the CREST Manual issued by
                                        CRESTCo)
 "The Energy Group".................... The Energy Group PLC
 "TTE instruction"..................... a Transfer to Escrow instruction (as
                                        defined by the CREST Manual issued by
                                        CRESTCo)
</TABLE>
 
                                      VI-4
<PAGE>
 
<TABLE>
 <C>                                    <S>
 "UK" or "United Kingdom".............. the United Kingdom of Great Britain
                                        and Northern Ireland
 "UK GAAP"............................. UK generally accepted accounting
                                        principles
 "UK Receiving Agent".................. Independent Registrars Group Limited,
                                        in its capacity as UK receiving agent
                                        to the Offer
 "uncertificated" or "in uncertificated
  form"................................ recorded on the relevant register of
                                        the share or security concerned as
                                        being held in uncertificated form in
                                        CREST, and title to which, by virtue
                                        of the Regulations, may be transferred
                                        by means of CREST
 "United States" or "US"............... the United States of America, its
                                        territories and possessions, any State
                                        of the United States and the District
                                        of Columbia, and all other areas
                                        subject to its jurisdiction
 "US Depositary"....................... Continental Stock Transfer & Trust
                                        Company, in its capacity as US
                                        depositary
 "US GAAP"............................. US generally accepted accounting
                                        principles
 "US HSR Act".......................... the US Hart-Scott-Rodino Antitrust
                                        Improvements Act of 1976, as amended,
                                        and the rules and regulations
                                        promulgated thereunder
 "(Pounds)" or "pounds sterling"....... the lawful currency of the United
                                        Kingdom
 "$" or "US dollar".................... the lawful currency of the United
                                        States
</TABLE>
 
                                      VI-5
<PAGE>
 
                 ACCEPTANCES IN RESPECT OF ENERGY GROUP SHARES
 
  Duly completed Forms of Acceptance, accompanied by certificates in respect
of Energy Group Shares and/or other documents of title, should be delivered to
the UK Receiving Agent or the US Depositary at one of the addresses set out
below.
 
  The UK Receiving Agent for the Offer is:
 
                            New Issues Department,
                     Independent Registrars Group Limited
 
                             For Information Call:
 
                                 0181 639 2166
 
               By Mail:                                By Hand:
              PO Box 166,                         23 Ironmonger Lane,
             Bourne House,                           London EC2
          34 Beckenham Road,  
               Beckenham      
             Kent BR3 4TH     
                              
 
                  ACCEPTANCES IN RESPECT OF ENERGY GROUP ADSS
 
  Manually signed facsimile copies of the Letter of Transmittal will be
accepted. The Letter of Transmittal, Energy Group ADRs and any other required
documents should be sent or delivered by each holder of Energy Group ADSs or
his broker, dealer, commercial bank, trust company or other nominee to the US
Depositary at one of its addresses set out below.
 
  The US Depositary for the Offer is:
 
                  Continental Stock Transfer & Trust Company
 
                             For Information Call:

                            1-800 733 8481 ext. 475
                            Facsimile Transmission:      By Hand or Overnight
          By Mail      (for Eligible Institutions Only)       Courier:
    Continental Stock           (212) 248 8495           Continental Stock
 Transfer & Trust Company                             Transfer & Trust Company
     c/o Shareholder                                      c/o Shareholder
      Communications                                       Communications
       Corporation                                          Corporation
  17 State Street, 24th                                17 State Street, 24th
          Floor                                                Floor
    New York, NY 10004                                   New York, NY 10004
Attn: Tenders & Exchanges                            Attn: Tenders & Exchanges
 
                            ADDITIONAL INFORMATION
 
  Any questions or requests for assistance or additional copies of the Offer
to Purchase, the Letter of Transmittal and the Notice of Guaranteed Delivery
or the Form of Acceptance may be directed to Goldman Sachs International, the
Dealer Manager or the Information Agent at their respective addresses and
telephone numbers listed below, or to the US Depositary or the UK Receiving
Agent at their respective addresses and telephone numbers mentioned above. You
may also contact your local broker, dealer, commercial bank or trust company
or other nominee for assistance concerning the Offer.
 
  The Information Agent for the Offer is:
 
                    Shareholder Communications Corporation
                                17 State Street
                                  27th Floor
                           New York, New York 10004
 
                   Call Toll Free: 1-800-733-8481, ext. 475
 
  The Offer is being made on behalf of PacifiCorp Acquisitions by:
 
                          Goldman Sachs International
                              Peterborough Court
                               133 Fleet Street
                                London EC4A 2BB
                                 0171 774 1000
 
  The Dealer Manager for the Offer is:
 
                             Goldman, Sachs & Co.
                                85 Broad Street
                                   New York
                                New York 10004
                      (212) 902 1000 within New York City
               1-800-323-5678 (Toll Free) outside New York City

<PAGE>
 
THIS DOCUMENT IS IMPORTANT AND REQUIRES YOUR IMMEDIATE ATTENTION. In
considering what action you should take, you are recommended immediately to
seek your own financial advice from your stockbroker, bank manager, solicitor,
accountant or other independent financial advisor.
 
If you have sold or otherwise transferred all your American Depositary Shares
("Energy Group ADSs") of The Energy Group PLC ("The Energy Group"), please
pass this document and all accompanying documents as soon as possible to the
purchaser or transferee, or to the bank, stockbroker or other agent through
whom the sale or transfer was effected for transmission to the purchaser or
transferee. HOWEVER, SUCH DOCUMENTS SHOULD NOT BE DISTRIBUTED, FORWARDED OR
TRANSMITTED IN OR INTO AUSTRALIA, CANADA OR JAPAN.
 
Goldman Sachs International is acting for PacifiCorp Acquisitions and
PacifiCorp in relation to the Offer and no one else, and will not be
responsible to anyone other than PacifiCorp Acquisitions and PacifiCorp for
providing the protections afforded to customers of Goldman Sachs International
nor for providing advice in relation to the Offer. Goldman Sachs International
is acting through Goldman, Sachs & Co. for the purpose of making the Offer in
the United States.
 
- -------------------------------------------------------------------------------
 
                             LETTER OF TRANSMITTAL
 
              TO ACCEPT THE OFFER FOR AMERICAN DEPOSITARY SHARES
 
                   EVIDENCED BY AMERICAN DEPOSITARY RECEIPTS
 
                                      OF
 
                             THE ENERGY GROUP PLC
 
             PURSUANT TO THE OFFER TO PURCHASE DATED JUNE 30, 1997
 
                                      BY
 
                          GOLDMAN SACHS INTERNATIONAL
 
                                 ON BEHALF OF
 
                            PACIFICORP ACQUISITIONS
 
                   (A WHOLLY OWNED SUBSIDIARY OF PACIFICORP)
 
- --------------------------------------------------------------------------------
 THERE WILL BE AN INITIAL OFFER PERIOD WHICH WILL EXPIRE AT 3:00 PM (LONDON
 TIME), 10:00 AM (NEW YORK CITY TIME) ON JULY 29, 1997, UNLESS EXTENDED. AT
 THE CONCLUSION OF THE INITIAL OFFER PERIOD, INCLUDING ANY EXTENSION
 THEREOF, IF ALL CONDITIONS OF THE OFFER HAVE BEEN SATISFIED, FULFILLED OR,
 WHERE PERMITTED, WAIVED, THE OFFER WILL BE EXTENDED FOR A SUBSEQUENT OFFER
 PERIOD OF AT LEAST 14 CALENDAR DAYS. HOLDERS OF ENERGY GROUP SECURITIES
 WILL HAVE THE RIGHT TO WITHDRAW THEIR ACCEPTANCES OF THE OFFER DURING THE
 INITIAL OFFER PERIOD, INCLUDING ANY EXTENSION THEREOF, BUT NOT DURING THE
 SUBSEQUENT OFFER PERIOD.

<TABLE> 
<CAPTION> 

- ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------

                   DESCRIPTION OF ENERGY GROUP ADSS TENDERED
- ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
NAME(S) & ADDRESS(ES) OF REGISTERED HOLDER(S)                 ADS(S) TENDERED (ATTACH
      (PLEASE FILL IN, IF BLANK, EXACTLY AS                  ADDITIONAL LIST IF NECESSARY)
      NAME(S) APPEAR(S) ON ADR(S))
- ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
                                                                   TOTAL NUMBER
                                                      ADR             OF ADSS           NUMBER
                                                    SERIAL        REPRESENTED BY        OF ADSS
                                                  NUMBER(S)*          ADR(S)*         TENDERED**
                                   -------------------------------------------------------------
                                   -------------------------------------------------------------
                                   -------------------------------------------------------------
                                   -------------------------------------------------------------
                                   -------------------------------------------------------------
                                   -------------------------------------------------------------
<S>                                            <C>               <C>               <C>
- ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
</TABLE> 
  * Need not be completed for book-entry transfers.
 ** Unless otherwise indicated, it will be assumed that all Energy
    Group ADSs delivered to the US Depositary are being tendered.
    See Instruction 4.
 
<PAGE>
 
                     THE U.S. DEPOSITARY FOR THE OFFER IS:
 
                  CONTINENTAL STOCK TRANSFER & TRUST COMPANY

<TABLE> 
<CAPTION> 

 
         By Mail:               
<S>                                           <C>                                     <C> 
 Continental Stock Transfer & Trust           By Facsimile Transmission:              By Hand or Overnight Courier: 
        Company                              (for Eligible Institutions Only)            
c/o Shareholder Communications                     (212) 248-8495                   Continental Stock Transfer & Trust 
       Corporation                                                                              Company  
  17 State Street, 24th Floor                                                         c/o Shareholder Communications 
      New York, NY 10004                          For Information Call:                       Corporation
                                                (800) 733-8481, ext. 475               17 State Street, 24th Floor
Attn: Tenders & Exchanges                                                                   New York, NY 10004

                                                                                        Attn: Tenders & Exchanges
 
</TABLE> 
DELIVERY OF THIS LETTER OF TRANSMITTAL TO AN ADDRESS, OR TRANSMISSION OF
INSTRUCTIONS VIA A FACSIMILE NUMBER, OTHER THAN AS SET FORTH ABOVE, DOES NOT
CONSTITUTE A VALID DELIVERY.
 
  THE INSTRUCTIONS ACCOMPANYING THIS LETTER OF TRANSMITTAL SHOULD BE READ
CAREFULLY BEFORE THIS LETTER OF TRANSMITTAL IS COMPLETED.
 
  ACCEPTING HOLDERS OF ENERGY GROUP ADSs EVIDENCED BY ENERGY GROUP ADRs WILL
RECEIVE PAYMENT IN DOLLARS INSTEAD OF POUNDS STERLING UNLESS THEY ELECT
OTHERWISE HEREIN TO RECEIVE PAYMENT IN POUNDS STERLING. IF YOU WISH TO RECEIVE
POUNDS STERLING INSTEAD OF DOLLARS, YOU MUST PLACE AN "X" IN THE BOX ENTITLED
"POUNDS STERLING PAYMENT ELECTION".
 
  ACCEPTANCE OF THE OFFER IN RESPECT OF ENERGY GROUP SHARES (EXCEPT INSOFAR AS
THEY ARE REPRESENTED BY ENERGY GROUP ADSs EVIDENCED BY ENERGY GROUP ADRs)
CANNOT BE MADE BY MEANS OF THIS LETTER OF TRANSMITTAL. If you hold Energy
Group Shares that are not represented by Energy Group ADSs, you can obtain a
Form of Acceptance for accepting the Offer in respect of those Energy Group
Shares from the Information Agent, the US Depositary or the UK Receiving
Agent. See Instruction 13 of this Letter of Transmittal.
 
  Delivery of a Letter of Transmittal, American Depositary Receipts evidencing
Energy Group ADSs ("Energy Group ADRs") (or book-entry transfer of such Energy
Group ADSs evidenced by Energy Group ADRs) and any other required documents to
the US Depositary by Energy Group ADS holders will be deemed (without any
further action by the US Depositary) to constitute an acceptance of the Offer
by such holder with respect to such Energy Group ADSs evidenced by Energy
Group ADRs subject to the terms and Conditions set out in the Offer to
Purchase dated June 30, 1997 (the "Offer to Purchase") and this Letter of
Transmittal. Capitalized terms and certain other terms used in this Letter of
Transmittal and not otherwise defined herein shall have the respective
meanings assigned to them in the Offer to Purchase.
 
  This Letter of Transmittal is to be used either if Energy Group ADRs
evidencing Energy Group ADSs are to be forwarded herewith or if delivery of
Energy Group ADSs is to be made by book-entry transfer to an account
maintained by the US Depositary at a Book-Entry Transfer Facility as defined
in and pursuant to the procedures for book-entry transfer set forth in
"Procedures for Tendering Energy Group ADSs--Book-Entry Transfer" in Part B of
Appendix I to the Offer to Purchase.
 
                                       2
<PAGE>
 
[_]CHECK BOX IF ENERGY GROUP ADSs IN RESPECT OF WHICH THE OFFER IS BEING
   ACCEPTED ARE BEING DELIVERED BY BOOK-ENTRY TRANSFER MADE TO AN ACCOUNT
   MAINTAINED BY THE US DEPOSITARY WITH A BOOK-ENTRY TRANSFER FACILITY AND
   COMPLETE THE FOLLOWING (ONLY PARTICIPANTS IN A BOOK-ENTRY TRANSFER FACILITY
   MAY DELIVER ENERGY GROUP ADSs EVIDENCED BY ENERGY GROUP ADRs BY BOOK-ENTRY
   TRANSFER):
 
Name of Delivering Institution ________________________________________________
 
Check box opposite name of relevant Book-Entry Transfer Facility:
 
  [_]The Depository Trust Company
 
  [_]Philadelphia Depository Trust Company
 
  Account Number                    Transaction Code Number
 
  If a holder of Energy Group ADSs wishes to accept the Offer and Energy Group
ADRs evidencing such Energy Group ADSs are not immediately available or the
procedures for book-entry transfer cannot be completed on a timely basis, or
if time will not permit all required documents to reach the US Depositary
prior to the expiry of the Subsequent Offer Period, such holder's acceptance
of the Offer may nevertheless be effected using the guaranteed delivery
procedure set out under "Procedures for Tendering Energy Group ADSs--
Guaranteed Delivery" in Part B of Appendix I to the Offer to Purchase. See
Instruction 2 of this Letter of Transmittal. HOWEVER, RECEIPT OF A NOTICE OF
GUARANTEED DELIVERY WILL NOT BE TREATED AS A VALID ACCEPTANCE FOR THE PURPOSE
OF SATISFYING THE ACCEPTANCE CONDITION.
 
[_]CHECK BOX ONLY IF ENERGY GROUP ADSs IN RESPECT OF WHICH THE OFFER IS BEING
   ACCEPTED ARE BEING DELIVERED PURSUANT TO A NOTICE OF GUARANTEED DELIVERY
   PREVIOUSLY SENT TO THE US DEPOSITARY AND COMPLETE THE FOLLOWING:
 
  Name(s) of registered owner(s)______________________________________________
 
  Date of execution of Notice of Guaranteed Delivery__________________________
 
  Name of Institution that guaranteed delivery________________________________
 
                    NOTE: SIGNATURES MUST BE PROVIDED BELOW
              PLEASE READ THE ACCOMPANYING INSTRUCTIONS CAREFULLY
 
Ladies and Gentlemen:
 
  The undersigned hereby instructs the US Depositary to accept the Offer on
behalf of the undersigned with respect to the Energy Group ADSs evidenced by
Energy Group ADRs (which expression in this Letter of Transmittal shall,
except where the context otherwise requires, be deemed to include, without
limitation, the Energy Group Shares represented thereby) specified in the box
entitled "Description of Energy Group ADSs Tendered" subject to the terms and
Conditions set forth in the Offer to Purchase and this Letter of Transmittal,
by informing PacifiCorp Acquisitions in writing that the Offer has been so
accepted. The undersigned hereby acknowledges that delivery of this Letter of
Transmittal, the Energy Group ADRs evidencing tendered Energy Group ADSs (or
book-entry transfer of such Energy Group ADSs evidenced by Energy Group ADRs)
and any other required documents to the US Depositary by a holder of Energy
Group ADSs will be deemed (without any further action by the US Depositary) to
constitute acceptance of the Offer by such holder in respect of such holder's
Energy Group ADSs, subject to the terms and Conditions set out in the Offer to
Purchase and this Letter of Transmittal.
 
  The undersigned understands that acceptance of the Offer by the undersigned
pursuant to the procedures described herein and in the instructions hereto,
subject to the withdrawal rights described in the Offer to Purchase, will
constitute a binding agreement between the undersigned and PacifiCorp
Acquisitions upon the terms and subject to the Conditions of the Offer. IF
ACCEPTANCE HAS BEEN MADE IN RESPECT OF THE ENERGY GROUP ADSs THEN A SEPARATE
ACCEPTANCE IN RESPECT OF THE ENERGY GROUP SHARES REPRESENTED BY SUCH ENERGY
GROUP ADSs MAY NOT BE MADE.
 
                                       3
<PAGE>
 
  The undersigned hereby delivers to the US Depositary the above-described
Energy Group ADSs evidenced by Energy Group ADRs for which the Offer is being
accepted, in accordance with the terms and Conditions of the Offer to Purchase
and this Letter of Transmittal, receipt of which is hereby acknowledged.
 
  Upon the terms of the Offer (including, if the Offer is extended, revised or
amended, the terms or conditions of any such extension, revision or
amendment), and effective at the time that all Conditions to the Offer have
been satisfied, fulfilled or, where permitted, waived (at which time
PacifiCorp Acquisitions will give notice thereof to the US Depositary), and if
he or she has not validly withdrawn his or her acceptance, the undersigned
hereby sells, assigns and transfers to, or upon the order of, PacifiCorp
Acquisitions all right, title and interest in and to all Energy Group ADSs
evidenced by Energy Group ADRs with respect to which the Offer is being
accepted (and any and all Energy Group ADSs or other securities or rights
issuable in respect of such Energy Group ADSs) and irrevocably constitutes and
appoints the US Depositary the true and lawful agent and attorney-in-fact of
the undersigned with respect to such Energy Group ADSs (and any such other
Energy Group ADSs, securities or rights), with full power of substitution
(such power of attorney being deemed to be an irrevocable power coupled with
an interest), to (a) deliver Energy Group ADRs for such Energy Group ADSs (and
any such other Energy Group ADSs, securities or rights) or accept transfer of
ownership of such Energy Group ADSs (and any such other Energy Group ADSs,
securities or rights) on the account books maintained by a Book-Entry Transfer
Facility together, in any such case, with all accompanying evidences of
transfer and authenticity to, or upon the order of, PacifiCorp Acquisitions,
(b) present such Energy Group ADRs for such Energy Group ADSs (and any other
Energy Group ADSs, securities or rights) for transfer, and (c) receive all
benefits and otherwise exercise all rights of beneficial ownership of such
Energy Group ADSs (and any such other Energy Group ADSs, securities or
rights), all in accordance with the terms of the Offer.
 
  The undersigned agrees that its execution hereof (together with any
signature guarantees) and its delivery to the US Depositary shall constitute
an authority to any director of PacifiCorp Acquisitions or Goldman Sachs
International in accordance with the terms of paragraph 6 of Part B of
Appendix I to the Offer to Purchase.
 
  The undersigned agrees that effective from and after the date hereof or, if
later, the date on which all Conditions to the Offer are satisfied, fulfilled
or, where permitted, waived: (a) PacifiCorp Acquisitions or its agents shall
be entitled to direct the exercise of any votes attaching to the Energy Group
Shares represented by any Energy Group ADSs evidenced by Energy Group ADRs in
respect of which the Offer has been accepted or is deemed to have been
accepted (the "Accepted ADSs") and any other rights and privileges attaching
to such Energy Group Shares, including any right to requisition a general
meeting of The Energy Group or of any class of its shareholders, and (b) the
execution of this Letter of Transmittal by a holder of Energy Group ADSs
(together with any signature guarantees) and its delivery to the US Depositary
shall constitute in respect of Accepted ADSs (i) an authority to The Energy
Group or its agents from the undersigned to send any notice, circular,
warrant, document or other communications that may be required to be sent to
him or her as an Energy Group ADS holder to PacifiCorp Acquisitions at its
registered office, (ii) an authority to PacifiCorp Acquisitions or its agent
to sign any consent to short notice of a general meeting or separate class
meeting on behalf of the holder of Accepted ADSs and/or to execute a form of
proxy in respect of the Accepted ADSs appointing any person nominated by
PacifiCorp Acquisitions to attend general meetings and separate class meetings
of The Energy Group or its members (or any of them) (or any adjournments
thereof) and to exercise the votes attaching to the Energy Group Shares
represented by such Accepted ADSs on his or her behalf, and (iii) the
agreement of the undersigned not to exercise any such rights without the
consent of PacifiCorp Acquisitions and the irrevocable undertaking of the
undersigned not to appoint a proxy for or to attend general meetings or
separate class meetings of The Energy Group in respect of such Accepted ADSs.
 
  The undersigned hereby represents and warrants that the undersigned has full
power and authority to accept the Offer and to sell, assign and transfer the
Energy Group ADSs evidenced by Energy Group ADRs (and the Energy Group Shares
represented by such Energy Group ADSs) in respect of which the Offer is being
accepted or deemed to be accepted (and any and all other Energy Group ADSs,
securities or rights issued or issuable in respect of such Energy Group ADSs)
and, when the same are purchased by PacifiCorp Acquisitions, PacifiCorp
Acquisitions will acquire good title thereto, free from all liens, equitable
interests, charges, encumbrances and together with all rights attaching
thereto, including voting rights and the right to receive all dividends (other
than
 
                                       4
<PAGE>
 
the right to receive a dividend of 5.5 pence (net) per Energy Group Share to
be paid on July 4, 1997) and other distributions declared, made or paid after
June 13, 1997 with respect to the Energy Group Shares represented by the
Energy Group ADSs. The undersigned will, upon request, execute any additional
documents deemed by the US Depositary or PacifiCorp Acquisitions to be
necessary or desirable to complete the sale, assignment and transfer of the
Energy Group ADSs evidenced by Energy Group ADRs in respect of which the Offer
is being accepted (and any and all other Energy Group ADSs, securities or
rights).
 
  The undersigned irrevocably undertakes, represents, and warrants to and
agrees with PacifiCorp Acquisitions (so as to bind him or her, his or her
personal representatives, heirs, successors and assigns) to the effect that
the undersigned: (i) has not received or sent copies of this document or any
Acceptance Form or any related documents in, into or from Canada, Japan or
Australia and has not otherwise utilized in connection with the Offer,
directly or indirectly, the Canadian, Australian or Japanese mails or any
means or instrumentality (including, without limitation, facsimile
transmission, telex and telephone) of interstate or foreign commerce, or any
facilities of a national securities exchange, of Canada, Australia or Japan,
(ii) is accepting the Offer from outside Canada, Japan and Australia and (iii)
is not an agent or fiduciary acting on a nondiscretionary basis for a
principal, unless such agent or fiduciary is an authorized employee of such
principal or such principal has given any instructions with respect to the
Offer from outside Canada, Japan and Australia.
 
  All authority herein conferred or agreed to be conferred pursuant to this
Letter of Transmittal shall be binding upon the successors, assigns, heirs,
executors, administrators and legal representatives of the undersigned and
shall not be affected by, and shall survive, the death or incapacity of the
undersigned. Except as stated in the Offer to Purchase, this acceptance is
irrevocable.
 
  Unless otherwise indicated herein under "Special Payment Instructions", the
undersigned hereby instructs the US Depositary to issue, or cause to be
issued, the check for the purchase price in the name(s) of the registered
holder(s) appearing under "Description of Energy Group ADSs Tendered".
Similarly, unless otherwise indicated under "Special Delivery Instructions",
the undersigned hereby instructs the US Depositary to mail, or cause to be
mailed, the check for the purchase price and/or return, or cause to be
returned, any Energy Group ADRs evidencing Energy Group ADSs in respect of
which the Offer is not being accepted or which are not purchased (and
accompanying documents, as appropriate) to the address(es) of the registered
holder(s) appearing under "Description of Energy Group ADSs Tendered". In the
event that the "Special Payment Instructions" and/or the "Special Delivery
Instructions" are completed, the undersigned hereby instructs the US
Depositary to (i) issue and/or mail, or cause to be issued and/or mailed, the
check for the purchase price, if any, in the name of, and/or to the address
of, the person or persons so indicated, and/or (ii) return, or cause to be
returned, any Energy Group ADRs evidencing Energy Group ADSs in respect of
which the Offer is not being accepted or which are not purchased, if any, to
the person at the address so indicated. In the case of a book-entry delivery
of Energy Group ADSs evidenced by Energy Group ADRs, the undersigned hereby
instructs the US Depositary to credit the account maintained at the Book-Entry
Transfer Facility indicated above with any Energy Group ADSs in respect of
which the Offer is not being accepted or which are not purchased. The
undersigned recognizes that the US Depositary will not transfer any Energy
Group ADSs which are not purchased pursuant to the Offer from the name of the
registered holder thereof to any other person.
 
  If the box headed "Pounds Sterling Payment Election" is not checked, the
undersigned hereby instructs the relevant payment agent (either the US
Depositary or the UK Receiving Agent) to convert all amounts payable pursuant
to the Offer from pounds sterling to US dollars at the exchange rate
obtainable by the relevant payment agent on the spot market in London at
approximately noon (London time) on the date the cash consideration is made
available by PacifiCorp Acquisitions to the relevant payment agent for
delivery to holders of Energy Group ADSs and to pay such amounts by check
payable in US dollars. The actual amount of US dollars received will depend
upon the exchange rate prevailing on the day funds are made available to the
relevant payment agent by PacifiCorp Acquisitions. Energy Group ADS holders
should also be aware that the US dollar/pound sterling exchange rate which is
prevailing at the date on which the undersigned executes this Letter of
Transmittal and on the date of dispatch of payment may be different from that
prevailing on the day funds are made available to
 
                                       5
<PAGE>
 
the relevant payment agent by PacifiCorp Acquisitions. In all cases,
fluctuations in the US dollar/pounds sterling exchange rate are at the risk of
accepting Energy Group ADS holders who do not elect to receive their
consideration in pounds sterling. Such currency exchange will be effected by
the relevant payment agent on behalf of the requesting Energy Group ADS holder
and PacifiCorp Acquisitions shall have no responsibility or obligation with
respect thereto.
 
  SUBJECT TO THE TERMS OF THE OFFER TO PURCHASE, THIS LETTER OF TRANSMITTAL
SHALL NOT BE CONSIDERED COMPLETE AND VALID, AND PAYMENT OF CONSIDERATION
PURSUANT TO THE OFFER SHALL NOT BE MADE, UNTIL THE ENERGY GROUP ADRs
EVIDENCING THE ENERGY GROUP ADSs IN RESPECT OF WHICH THE OFFER IS BEING
ACCEPTED AND ALL OTHER REQUIRED DOCUMENTATION HAVE BEEN RECEIVED BY THE US
DEPOSITARY AS PROVIDED IN THE OFFER TO PURCHASE AND THIS LETTER OF
TRANSMITTAL.
 
                                       6
<PAGE>
 
[_]CHECK HERE IF ANY OF THE ENERGY GROUP ADRs REPRESENTING ENERGY GROUP ADSs
   THAT YOU OWN HAVE BEEN LOST, STOLEN OR DESTROYED AND SEE INSTRUCTION 12.
 
   Number of Energy Group ADSs represented by the lost, stolen or destroyed
   Energy Group ADRs:

- --------------------------------------------------------------------------------
 
   SPECIAL PAYMENT INSTRUCTIONS            SPECIAL DELIVERY INSTRUCTIONS
  (SEE INSTRUCTIONS 1, 5, 6 AND            (SEE INSTRUCTIONS 1, 5, 6 AND
                7)                                       7)
 
 
 [_]Check box ONLY if the check           [_]Check box ONLY if the check
    for the purchase price with              for the purchase price with
    respect to Energy Group ADSs             respect to Energy Group ADSs
    purchased is to be issued in             purchased and/or Energy
    the name of someone other                Group ADRs evidencing Energy
    than the undersigned.                    Group ADSs in respect of
                                             which the Offer is not ac-
                                             cepted or which are not pur-
                                             chased are to be mailed to
                                             someone other than the un-
                                             dersigned, or to the under-
                                             signed at an address other
                                             than that shown above.
 
 Issue to:
 
 Name ___________________________
          (PLEASE PRINT)
 Address ________________________
 ________________________________
 
        (INCLUDE ZIP CODE)
 ________________________________         Mail  [_] Check  [_] ADR cer-
  (TAX IDENTIFICATION OR SOCIAL           tificates to:
  SECURITY NO.) (SEE SUBSTITUTE           Name____________________________
    FORM W-9 INCLUDED HEREIN)                      (PLEASE PRINT)
                                          Address ________________________
                                          ________________________________
                                                 (INCLUDE ZIP CODE)
 
- --------------------------------------------------------------------------------

- --------------------------------------------------------------------------------

                       POUNDS STERLING PAYMENT ELECTION
 
 [_]Check box ONLY if you wish to receive all (but not part) of the
    amount of cash consideration to be paid by a check in pounds
    sterling. If you do not check this box you will receive payment by a
    check in US dollars and the relevant payment agent (either the US
    Depositary or the UK Receiving Agent) will arrange for the conversion
    of the pound sterling amounts payable to you to US dollars at the
    exchange rate obtainable by the relevant payment agent on the spot
    market in London at approximately noon (London time) on the date the
    cash consideration is made available by PacifiCorp Acquisitions to
    the relevant payment agent for delivery to holders of Energy Group
    ADSs.
 
- --------------------------------------------------------------------------------


                                       7
<PAGE>
 
                                  SIGN HERE
               AND COMPLETE SUBSTITUTE FORM W-9 INCLUDED HEREIN
 ____________________________________________________________________________
 ____________________________________________________________________________
                          (SIGNATURE(S) OF OWNER(S))

 Dated: ________________________________________________________________ 1997
 
 (Must be signed by registered holder(s) exactly as name(s) appear(s) on
 Energy Group ADR(s) evidencing the Energy Group ADS(s) or by person(s) to
 whom Energy Group ADR(s) surrendered have been assigned and transferred, as
 evidenced by endorsement, stock powers and other documents transmitted
 herewith. If signature is by any trustee, executor, administrator,
 guardian, attorney-in-fact, officer of a corporation or others acting in a
 fiduciary or representative capacity, please set forth the following and
 see Instruction 5.)
 
 
 Name(s)_____________________________________________________________________
        _____________________________________________________________________
                            (PLEASE TYPE OR PRINT)
 
 Capacity (full title) ______________________________________________________
 
 Address_____________________________________________________________________
 
        _____________________________________________________________________
                              (INCLUDE ZIP CODE)
 
 Area Code and Telephone Number _____________________________________________
 
 Tax Identification or
 Social Security No. ________________________________________________________
 
             GUARANTEE OF SIGNATURE(S) (SEE INSTRUCTIONS 1 AND 5)
 
 Authorized Signature _______________________________________________________
 
 Name _______________________________________________________________________
                            (PLEASE TYPE OR PRINT)
 Title ______________________________________________________________________
 
 Name of Firm _______________________________________________________________
 
 Address ____________________________________________________________________
 
 Area Code and Telephone No. ________________________________________________
 
 Dated: _____________________________________________________________________
 
 
                                       8
<PAGE>
 
                                 INSTRUCTIONS
 
             FORMING PART OF THE TERMS AND CONDITIONS OF THE OFFER
 
  1. GUARANTEE OF SIGNATURES. No signature guarantee is required on the Letter
of Transmittal if (a) the Letter of Transmittal is signed by the registered
holder(s) of the Energy Group ADSs evidenced by Energy Group ADRs in respect
of which the Offer is being accepted herewith and such holder(s) have not
completed either the box entitled "Special Payment Instructions" or the box
entitled "Special Delivery Instructions" on this Letter of Transmittal or (b)
the Offer is being accepted in respect of such Energy Group ADSs for the
account of an Eligible Institution. In all other cases, all signatures on this
Letter of Transmittal must be guaranteed by a financial institution (including
most banks, savings and loan associations and brokerage houses) which is a
participant in the Securities Transfer Agents Medallion Program, the New York
Stock Exchange Medallion Program, or the Stock Exchange Medallion Program (an
"Eligible Institution"). See Instruction 5.
 
  2. DELIVERY OF LETTER OF TRANSMITTAL AND ADSS. This Letter of Transmittal is
to be completed either if Energy Group ADRs evidencing Energy Group ADSs are
to be forwarded herewith or if delivery is to be made by book-entry transfer
to an account maintained by the US Depositary at a Book-Entry Transfer
Facility pursuant to the procedures for book-entry transfer set out in
"Procedures for Tendering Energy Group ADSs--Book-Entry Transfer" in Part B of
Appendix I to the Offer to Purchase. Energy Group ADRs evidencing Energy Group
ADSs or confirmation of a book-entry transfer of such Energy Group ADSs into
the US Depositary's account at a Book-Entry Transfer Facility, as well as a
properly completed and duly executed Letter of Transmittal (or facsimile
thereof), together with any required signature guarantees and any other
documents required by this Letter of Transmittal, must be delivered to the US
Depositary at one of its addresses set forth herein.
 
  Energy Group ADS holders whose Energy Group ADRs are not immediately
available or who cannot deliver their Energy Group ADRs and all other required
documents to the US Depositary or complete the procedures for book-entry
transfer prior to the expiration of the Subsequent Offer Period may accept the
Offer with respect to their Energy Group ADSs by properly completing and duly
executing the Notice of Guaranteed Delivery pursuant to the guaranteed
delivery procedures set out in "Procedures for Tendering Energy Group ADSs--
Guaranteed Delivery" in Part B of Appendix I to the Offer to Purchase.
Pursuant to the guaranteed delivery procedures: (a) acceptance must be made by
or through an Eligible Institution; (b) a properly completed and duly executed
Notice of Guaranteed Delivery substantially in the form provided by PacifiCorp
Acquisitions must be received by the US Depositary prior to the expiration of
the Subsequent Offer Period; and (c) the Energy Group ADRs evidencing the
Energy Group ADSs in respect of which the Offer is being accepted (or, in the
case of Energy Group ADSs held in book-entry form, timely confirmation of the
book-entry transfer of such Energy Group ADSs into the US Depositary's account
at a Book-Entry Transfer Facility as described in the Offer to Purchase)
together with a properly completed and duly executed Letter of Transmittal (or
facsimile thereof) with any required signature guarantees and any other
documents required by this Letter of Transmittal, are received by the US
Depositary within three business days after the date of execution of such
Notice of Guaranteed Delivery. For these purposes, a "business day" is any day
on which the New York Stock Exchange is open for business.
 
  THE METHOD OF DELIVERY OF ENERGY GROUP ADSS EVIDENCED BY ENERGY GROUP ADRS
AND ALL OTHER REQUIRED DOCUMENTS IS AT THE OPTION AND RISK OF THE HOLDERS OF
ENERGY GROUP ADSS ACCEPTING THE OFFER. IF DELIVERY IS BY MAIL, REGISTERED MAIL
WITH RETURN RECEIPT REQUESTED, PROPERLY INSURED, IS RECOMMENDED. IN ALL CASES,
SUFFICIENT TIME SHOULD BE ALLOWED TO ENSURE TIMELY DELIVERY.
 
  No alternative, conditional or contingent acceptance will be accepted and no
fractional Energy Group ADSs will be purchased. All accepting Energy Group ADS
holders, by execution of this Letter of Transmittal (or facsimile thereof),
waive any right to receive any notice of the acceptance of their Energy Group
ADSs for payment.
 
  3. INADEQUATE SPACE. If the space provided herein is inadequate, the serial
numbers of the certificates and/or the number of Energy Group ADSs should be
listed on a separate schedule attached hereto.
 
 
                                       9
<PAGE>
 
  4. PARTIAL ACCEPTANCES (NOT APPLICABLE TO BOOK-ENTRY TRANSFERS). If the
Offer is to be accepted in respect of less than all of the Energy Group ADSs
evidenced by any Energy Group ADRs delivered to the US Depositary herewith,
fill in the number of Energy Group ADSs in respect of which the Offer is being
accepted in the box entitled "Number of ADSs Tendered". In such case, a new
Energy Group ADR for the remainder of the Energy Group ADSs (in respect of
which the Offer is not being accepted) represented by the old Energy Group ADR
will be sent to the registered holder as promptly as practicable following the
date on which the Energy Group ADSs in respect of which the Offer has been
accepted are purchased.
 
  The Offer will be deemed to have been accepted in respect of all Energy
Group ADSs evidenced by Energy Group ADRs delivered to the US Depositary
unless otherwise indicated. In the case of partial acceptances, Energy Group
ADSs in respect of which the Offer was not accepted will not be reissued to a
person other than the registered holder.
 
  5. SIGNATURES ON LETTER OF TRANSMITTAL, STOCK POWERS AND ENDORSEMENTS. If
this Letter of Transmittal is signed by the registered holder(s) of the Energy
Group ADSs in respect of which the Offer is being accepted hereby, the
signature(s) must correspond with the name(s) as written on the face of the
certificates without any change whatsoever.
 
  If any of the Energy Group ADSs evidenced by Energy Group ADRs in respect of
which the Offer is being accepted hereby are owned of record by two or more
owners, all such owners must sign this Letter of Transmittal.
 
  If any of the Energy Group ADSs in respect of which the Offer is being
accepted are registered in different names on different Energy Group ADRs, it
will be necessary to complete, sign and submit as many separate Letters of
Transmittal as there are different registrations of Energy Group ADRs.
 
  If this Letter of Transmittal or any Energy Group ADRs or stock powers are
signed by trustees, executors, administrators, guardians, attorneys-in-fact,
officers of corporations or others acting in a fiduciary or representative
capacity, such persons should so indicate when signing, and proper evidence
satisfactory to PacifiCorp Acquisitions of their authority so to act must be
submitted.
 
  When this Letter of Transmittal is signed by the registered holder(s) of the
Energy Group ADSs listed and transmitted hereby, no endorsements of
certificates or separate stock powers are required unless payment of the
purchase price is to be issued to a person other than the registered
holder(s). Signatures on such Energy Group ADRs or stock powers must be
guaranteed by an Eligible Institution.
 
  If this Letter of Transmittal is signed by a person other than the
registered holder(s) of the Energy Group ADSs listed, the Energy Group ADRs
must be endorsed or accompanied by appropriate stock powers signed exactly as
the names(s) of the registered holder(s) appear(s) on the Energy Group ADRs
evidencing such Energy Group ADSs. Signatures on such Energy Group ADRs or
stock powers must be guaranteed by an Eligible Institution.
 
  6. STOCK TRANSFER TAXES. PacifiCorp Acquisitions will pay or cause to be
paid any stock transfer taxes with respect to the transfer and sale to it or
its order of Energy Group ADSs evidenced by Energy Group ADRs pursuant to the
Offer. If, however, payment of the purchase price is to be made to any persons
other than the registered holder(s), or if Energy Group ADSs in respect of
which the Offer is being accepted are registered in the name of any person
other than the person(s) signing this Letter of Transmittal, the amount of any
stock transfer taxes (whether imposed on the registered holder(s) or such
person(s) payment on account of the transfer to such person) will be deducted
from the purchase price unless satisfactory evidence of the payment of such
taxes or exemption therefrom is submitted.
 
  Except as provided in this Instruction 6, it will not be necessary for
transfer tax stamps to be affixed to the Energy Group ADRs listed in this
Letter of Transmittal.
 
                                      10
<PAGE>
 
  7. SPECIAL PAYMENT AND DELIVERY INSTRUCTIONS. If the check for the purchase
price is to be issued in the name of a person other than the signer of this
Letter of Transmittal or if the check for the purchase price is to be sent
and/or any Energy Group ADRs evidencing Energy Group ADSs in respect of which
the Offer is not being accepted or which are not purchased are to be returned
to a person other than the signer of this Letter of Transmittal or to an
address other than that shown on the reverse, the boxes labeled "Special
Payment Instructions" and/or "Special Delivery Instructions" on this Letter of
Transmittal should be completed.
 
  8. POUNDS STERLING PAYMENT ELECTION. If the check for the purchase price is
to be issued in pounds sterling, please check the box marked "Pounds Sterling
Payment Election". If you do not check such box all pound sterling amounts
payable pursuant to the Offer will be converted by the relevant payment agent
(either the US Depositary or the UK Receiving Agent) into US dollars at the
exchange rate obtainable by the relevant payment agent on the spot market in
London at approximately noon (London time) on the date the cash consideration
is made available by PacifiCorp Acquisitions to the relevant payment agent for
delivery to holders of Energy Group ADSs.
 
  9. WAIVER OF CONDITIONS. PacifiCorp Acquisitions reserves the absolute right
in its sole discretion to waive any of the specified conditions of the Offer,
in whole or in part, to the extent permitted by applicable law and the rules
of the City Code.
 
  10. 31% U.S. BACKUP WITHHOLDING. In order to avoid "backup withholding" of
US federal income tax on any cash payment received upon the surrender of
Energy Group ADSs pursuant to the Offer, an Energy Group ADS holder must,
unless an exemption applies, provide the US Depositary with his or her correct
Taxpayer Identification Number ("TIN") on Substitute Form W-9 on this Letter
of Transmittal and certify, under penalties of perjury, that such number is
correct and that he or she is not subject to backup withholding. If the
correct TIN is not provided, a $50 penalty may be imposed by the Internal
Revenue Service and cash payments made in exchange for the surrendered Energy
Group ADSs may be subject to backup withholding. If backup withholding
applies, the US Depositary is required to withhold 31% of any payment made
pursuant to the Offer.
 
  Backup withholding is not an additional US federal income tax. Rather, the
US federal income tax liability of persons subject to back-up withholding will
be reduced by the amount of such tax withheld. If backup withholding results
in an overpayment of taxes, a refund may be applied for from the Internal
Revenue Service.
 
  The TIN that is to be provided on the Substitute Form W-9 is that of the
registered holder(s) of the Energy Group ADSs or of the last transferee
appearing on the transfers attached to, or endorsed on, the Energy Group ADSs.
The TIN for an individual is his or her social security number. Each tendering
Energy Group ADS holder generally is required to notify the US Depositary of
his or her correct TIN by completing the Substitute Form W-9 contained herein,
certifying that the TIN provided on Substitute Form W-9 is correct (or that
such holder is awaiting a TIN), and that (1) such holder has not been notified
by the Internal Revenue Service that such holder is subject to backup
withholding as a result of a failure to report all interest or dividends, or
(2) the Internal Revenue Service has notified such holder that such holder is
no longer subject to backup withholding (see Part III of Substitute Form W-9).
Notwithstanding that the "TIN Applied For" box is checked (and the
Certification is completed), the US Depositary will withhold 31% on any cash
payment of the purchase price for the Energy Group ADSs made prior to the time
it is provided with a properly certified TIN.
 
  Exempt persons (including among others, corporations) are not subject to
back-up withholding. A foreign individual or foreign entity may qualify as an
exempt person by submitting a statement (on Form W-8), signed under penalties
of perjury, certifying such person's foreign status. Form W-8 can be obtained
from the US Depositary. An Energy Group ADS holder should consult his or her
tax advisor as to his or her qualification for an exemption from backup
withholding and the procedure for obtaining such exemption.
 
  For additional guidance, see the enclosed Guidelines for Certification of
Taxpayer Identification Number on Substitute Form W-9.
 
                                      11
<PAGE>
 
  11. REQUESTS FOR ASSISTANCE OR ADDITIONAL COPIES. Questions and requests for
assistance or additional copies of the Offer to Purchase, this Letter of
Transmittal, the Notice of Guaranteed Delivery and the Guidelines for
Certification of Taxpayer Identification Number on Substitute Form W-9 may be
directed to the US Depositary at the address and telephone number set forth
above, to the Information Agent or the Dealer Manager at the addresses and
telephone numbers set forth below, or to the UK Receiving Agent at the
appropriate address and telephone number set forth in the Offer to Purchase.
 
  12. LOST, DESTROYED OR STOLEN CERTIFICATES. If any Energy Group ADR
evidencing Energy Group ADSs has been lost, destroyed or stolen, the holder
thereof should promptly notify the US Depositary by checking the box
immediately preceding the special payment/special delivery instructions boxes
and indicating the number of Energy Group ADSs evidenced by such lost,
destroyed or stolen Energy Group ADRs. The holder thereof will then be
instructed as to the steps that must be taken in order to replace such Energy
Group ADRs. This Letter of Transmittal and related documents cannot be
processed until the procedures for replacing lost, destroyed or stolen Energy
Group ADRs have been followed.
 
  13. HOLDERS OF ENERGY GROUP SHARES NOT REPRESENTED BY ENERGY GROUP
ADSS. Holders of Energy Group Shares have been sent a Form of Acceptance with
the Offer to Purchase and may not accept the Offer in respect of Energy Group
Shares pursuant to this Letter of Transmittal except insofar as those shares
are represented by Energy Group ADSs. If any holder of Energy Group Shares
which are not represented by Energy Group ADSs needs to obtain a copy of a
Form of Acceptance, such holder should contact the UK Receiving Agent at the
appropriate address and telephone number set forth in the Offer to Purchase or
the US Depositary.
 
                                      12
<PAGE>
 
 PAYER'S NAME: CONTINENTAL STOCK TRANSFER & TRUST COMPANY, AS DEPOSITARY AGENT
 
 
 
 SUBSTITUTE              PART I--Taxpayer Identification Number (TIN)
 
 FORM W-9
 DEPARTMENT OF           Please enter your correct number in the appropriate
 THE TREASURY            box below. NOTE: If the account is more than one
 INTERNAL REVENUE        name, see the chart on the enclosed form, Guidelines
 SERVICE                 for Certification of Taxpayer Identification Number
                         on Substitute Form W-9, for guidance on which number
                         to enter.
 
 PAYER'S REQUEST FOR TAXPAYER IDENTIFICATION NUMBER AND CERTIFICATION
 
                  Social Security Number    Or    Employer Identification Number
 
                 -------------------------        ------------------------------
 
                         If you do not have a TIN, see the instructions "How
                         to Get a TIN" and check the box below.

                                             TIN Applied For [_]
 
                         PART II--For Payees Exempt from Backup Withholding
                         (see instructions)
 
- --------------------------------------------------------------------------------
 
 PART III CERTIFICATION--Under penalties of perjury, I certify that:
 
 (1) The number shown on this form is my correct Taxpayer Identification
     Number (or I am waiting for a number to be issued to me), and
 (2) I am not subject to backup withholding because: (a) I am exempt from
     backup withholding, or (b) I have not been notified by the Internal
     Revenue Service (IRS) that I am subject to backup withholding as a result
     of a failure to report all interest and dividends, or (c) IRS has
     notified me that I am no longer subject to backup withholding, and
 (3) All other information provided on this form is true, correct and
     complete.
 
 Certification Instructions. You must cross out Item (2) above if you have
 been notified by IRS that you are currently subject to backup withholding
 because you have failed to report all interest and dividends on your tax
 return. Please indicate the taxpayer's name associated with the TIN if other
 than the first name appearing in the registration:
 
 (X) ________________________________
              (Please Print)
 
 Please Sign (X) Signature(s) ________________________  Date _________________

- --------------------------------------------------------------------------------

NOTE: FAILURE TO COMPLETE THIS FORM MAY RESULT IN BACKUP WITHHOLDING OF 31% OF
      ANY PAYMENTS MADE TO YOU PURSUANT TO THE OFFER. PLEASE REVIEW THE
      ENCLOSED GUIDELINES FOR CERTIFICATION OF TAXPAYER IDENTIFICATION NUMBER
      ON SUBSTITUTE FORM W-9 FOR ADDITIONAL DETAILS.
 
                                       13
<PAGE>
 
                    THE INFORMATION AGENT FOR THE OFFER IS:
 
                     SHAREHOLDER COMMUNICATIONS CORPORATION
 
                          17 State Street, 27th Floor
                               New York, NY 10004
 
                   Call: (800) 733-8481, ext. 475 (Toll Free)
 
                      THE DEALER MANAGER FOR THE OFFER IS:
 
                              GOLDMAN, SACHS & CO.
                                85 Broad Street
                            New York, New York 10004
 
                      (212) 902-1000 within New York City
                (800) 323-5678 (Toll Free) outside New York City
 
                                       14

<PAGE>
 
 
- --------------------------------------------------------------------------------
 
 
 THIS DOCUMENT IS IMPORTANT AND REQUIRES YOUR IMMEDIATE ATTENTION.
 When considering the action you should take, you are recommended
 immediately to seek your own financial advice from your
 stockbroker, bank manager, solicitor, accountant or other
 independent financial adviser authorised under the Financial
 Services Act 1986.
 
 This document should be read in conjunction with the accompanying
 Offer Document dated 30 June 1997 from Goldman Sachs International
 (the "Offer Document").
 
 If you have sold or otherwise transferred all your Energy Group
 Shares, please send this Form of Acceptance (but NOT if it is
 personalised), together with the accompanying Offer Document and
 reply-paid envelope, as soon as possible, to the purchaser or
 transferee, or to the stockbroker, bank or other agent through whom
 the sale or transfer was effected for onward transmission to the
 purchaser or transferee. However, such documents should not be
 forwarded or transmitted in or into Canada, Australia or Japan.
 
 The Offer is not being made, directly or indirectly, in or into
 Canada, Australia or Japan and neither this Form of Acceptance nor
 the accompanying Offer Document is being mailed or otherwise
 distributed or sent in or into Canada, Australia or Japan. All
 persons (including nominees, trustees and custodians) who would, or
 otherwise intend to, forward this Form of Acceptance and the
 accompanying Offer Document must not distribute or send them in,
 into or from Canada, Australia or Japan, and doing so may render
 invalid any related purported acceptance of the Offer. Further
 details in this regard are set out in paragraph 8 of Part B of
 Appendix I to the accompanying Offer Document. To accept the Offer,
 holders of Energy Group ADSs must complete the Letter of
 Transmittal (rather than the Form of Acceptance) in accordance with
 the instructions printed on it.
 
 The Loan Notes to be issued pursuant to the Offer have not been,
 and will not be, registered under the United States Securities Act
 of 1933, as amended, or under any relevant securities laws of any
 state or district of the United States, will not be the subject of
 a prospectus under the securities laws of any province of Canada
 and will not be registered under any relevant securities laws of
 any other country. The Loan Notes are not being offered, sold or
 delivered, directly or indirectly, in or into the United States,
 Canada, Australia or Japan.
 
 If you are a CREST sponsored member, you should refer to your CREST
 sponsor before completing this Form.
- --------------------------------------------------------------------------------
 
                   FORM OF ACCEPTANCE, AUTHORITY AND ELECTION
 
                       [LOGO OF PACIFICORP APPEARS HERE]

                             RECOMMENDED CASH OFFER
 
                                       by
 
                          GOLDMAN SACHS INTERNATIONAL
 
                                  on behalf of
 
                            PACIFICORP ACQUISITIONS
                    A WHOLLY-OWNED SUBSIDIARY OF PACIFICORP
 
                                      for
 
                              THE ENERGY GROUP PLC
 
- --------------------------------------------------------------------------------
 Unless the context otherwise requires, the definitions contained in
 the Offer Document also apply in this Form of Acceptance (the
 "Form").
                              ACTION TO BE TAKEN
 . To accept the Offer, complete page 3 of this Form, following the
   instructions and notes for guidance set out on pages 2 and 4.
 
 . Return this Form, duly completed and signed and, if your Energy
   Group Shares are in certificated form, accompanied by your share
   certificate(s) and/or other document(s) of title, by hand or by
   post to New Issues Department, Independent Registrars Group
   Limited, PO Box 166, Bourne House, 34 Beckenham Road, Beckenham,
   Kent BR3 4TH or by hand (during normal business hours only) to
   Independent Registrars Group Limited, 23 Ironmonger Lane, London
   EC2, as soon as possible but, in any event, so as to be received
   by no later than 3.00 p.m. (London time), 10.00 a.m. (New York
   City time) on 29 July 1997. A reply-paid envelope is enclosed
   (for use within the United Kingdom and the United States only)
   for you to lodge documents by post.
 
 . If your Energy Group Shares are in uncertificated form (that is,
   if you do not have a paper share certificate because your shares
   are held in CREST), you should return this Form and take the
   action described in Part B (in particular, paragraphs 10(d)-
   10(l)) of Appendix I to the Offer Document to transfer your
   Energy Group Shares to an escrow balance. For this purpose, the
   participant ID of the escrow agent, Independent Registrars Group
   Limited, in its capacity as a CREST receiving agent, is RA10, the
   member account ID of the escrow agent is ENERGY and the Form of
   Acceptance Reference Number of this Form (for insertion in the
   first eight characters of the shared note field on the TTE
   instruction) is shown next to Box 5 on page 3 of this Form. You
   should ensure that the transfer to escrow settles not later than
   3.00 p.m. (London time), 10.00 a.m. (New York City time) on 29
   July 1997. If you are a CREST sponsored member, you should refer
   to your CREST sponsor before completing this Form.
 
 . If you hold Energy Group Shares in both certificated and
   uncertificated form (that is, in CREST), you should complete a
   separate Form for each holding. If you hold Energy Group Shares
   in uncertificated form, but under different member account IDs,
   you should complete a separate Form in respect of each member
   account ID. Similarly, if you hold Energy Group Shares in
   certificated form, but under different designations, you should
   complete a separate Form in respect of each designation. You can
   obtain further Forms by contacting Independent Registrars Group
   Limited on telephone number 0181 639 2166.
 
 . If your Energy Group Shares are in certificated form and your
   share certificate(s) and/or other document(s) of title are with
   your bank, stockbroker or other agent and your share
   certificate(s) and/or other document(s) of title are readily
   available, you should complete and sign this Form and arrange for
   it to be lodged by such agent with the relevant document(s). If
   your share certificate(s) and/or other document(s) of title
   is/are not readily available, please read Note 6 on page 4 of
   this Form.
 
 . If you hold Energy Group Shares jointly with others, you must
   arrange for all your co-holders to sign this Form.
 
 . Any Form which is received in an envelope postmarked in, or which
   appears to PacificCorp Acquisitions or its agents to have been
   sent from Canada, Australia or Japan may be treated as invalid.
 
 . Please read Part B of Appendix I to the Offer Document, the
   provisions of which form part of this Form.
 
 . If you require assistance on how to complete this Form, please
   contact New Issues Department, Independent Registrars Group
   Limited on telephone number 0181 639 2166.
 
 . If, however, you have any general queries about the Offer, please
   contact the PacifiCorp Helpline on telephone number 0345 573 838.
- --------------------------------------------------------------------------------

<PAGE>
 
 
- -------------------------------------------------------------------------------
 
                                    Page 2
                INSTRUCTIONS FOR COMPLETING PAGE 3 OF THIS FORM
THE PROVISIONS OF PART B OF APPENDIX I TO THE OFFER DOCUMENT FORM PART OF THIS
FORM
- -------------------------------------------------------------------------------
 
[1] TO ACCEPT THE OFFER           [2] TO ELECT FOR THE LOAN NOTE ALTERNATIVE
    To accept the Offer for           If, but only if, you wish to
    your Energy Group Shares,         elect for the Loan Note
    insert in Box [_] 1  the          Alternative, you must
    total number of Energy            complete Box [_] 2  . When
    Group Shares for which you        you have completed Box
    wish to accept the Offer,         [_] 1  , insert in Box
    including any Energy Group        [_] 2  the number of Energy
    Shares in respect of which        Group Shares in respect of
    you wish to make an               which you wish to elect for
    election for the Loan Note        the Loan Note Alternative.
    Alternative set out in Box        If you insert a number in
    [_] 2  .                          Box [_] 2  which is greater
    You must sign Box [_] 6  in       than the number inserted (or
    the presence of a witness         deemed to be inserted) in
    in accordance with the            Box [_] 1  , you will be
    instructions set out below,       deemed to have elected for
    which will constitute your        the Loan Note Alternative in
    acceptance of the Offer. If       respect of the number
    no number, or a number            inserted (or deemed to be
    greater than your entire          inserted) in Box [_] 1  .
    holding of Energy Group           The Loan Note Alternative is
    Shares, is inserted in Box        not available to persons
    [_] 1  and you have signed        entitled to participate in
    Box [_] 6  , you will be          the Offer who are citizens
    deemed to have accepted the       or residents of the United
    Offer in respect of your          States. Please note that in
    entire holding of Energy          order for PacifiCorp
    Group Shares (being your          Acquisitions to pay interest
    entire holding, if your           on the Loan Notes without
    Energy Group Shares are in        the United States
    certificated form, under          withholding tax of 30 per
    the name(s) and address(es)       cent., PacifiCorp
    specified in Box [_] 3            Acquisitions must receive a
    (or, if applicable, Box           statement certifying that
    [_] 4 ) or, if your Energy        the beneficial owner of the
    Group Shares are in CREST,        Loan Notes is not a United
    under the participant ID          States person or, in the
    and member account ID             case of an individual, not a
    specified in Box [_] 5 ).         citizen or resident of the
    By accepting the Offer, you       United States. If you elect
    will be deemed (unless you        the Loan Note Alternative,
    insert "YES" in Box [_] 8 )       you will be furnished with a
    to give the warranties in         United States Internal
    paragraph 11(l) of Part B         Revenue Service Form W-8 to
    of Appendix I to the Offer        enable you to make that
    Document.                         certification.
    PLEASE ENSURE YOUR SHARE
    CERTIFICATE(S) AND/OR OTHER
    DOCUMENT(S) OF TITLE ARE
    ENCLOSED.
 
- -------------------------------------------------------------------------------
 
[3]
 
- -------------------------------------------------------------------------------
 
[4] FULL NAME(S) AND ADDRESS(ES)
    OF REGISTERED SHAREHOLDER(S)      TELEPHONE NUMBER FOR
    If the details shown in Box       QUERIES
    4 [_] 3  (or on your share        Please enter a day-time
    certificate(s)) are not           telephone number (including
    correct in all respects,          STD code) where you can be
    please complete Box [_] 4         contacted in the event of
    with the full name(s) and         any query arising from
    address(es) of all                completion of this Form. You
    registered holder(s) in           must not insert a telephone
    BLOCK CAPITALS. Please do         number in Canada, Australia
    not complete Box [_] 4  if        or Japan.
    details shown in Box [_] 3
    (or on your share
    certificate(s)) are correct
    in all respects. Unless you
    complete Box [_] 7  , the
    address of the first-named
    holder shown in Box [_] 3
    (or, if applicable, Box
    [_] 4 ) is the address to
    which the payment of the
    cash consideration and/or
    Loan Notes becoming due to
    you will be sent. If you
    insert in Box [_] 4  an
    address in Canada,
    Australia or Japan, you
    must insert in Box [_] 7
    an alternative address
    outside Canada, Australia
    and Japan.
 
- -------------------------------------------------------------------------------
 
[5] PARTICIPANT ID AND MEMBER ACCOUNT ID
    If your Energy Group Shares       the Form of Acceptance
    5 are in CREST, you must          Reference Number of this
    insert in Box [_] 5  the          Form and the other
    participant ID and the            information referred to in
    member account ID under           paragraph 10(f) of Part B of
    which such Shares are held        Appendix I to the Offer
    by you in CREST. You must         Document. The Form of
    also transfer (or procure         Acceptance Reference Number
    the transfer of) the Energy       appears next to Box [_] 5
    Group Shares concerned to         on page 3 of this Form.
    an escrow balance,
    specifying in the TTE
    instruction the participant
    ID and member account ID
    inserted in Box [_] 5  and
 
 
- -------------------------------------------------------------------------------
 
[6] SIGNATURES
    To accept the Offer for           joint holder(s), insert the
    your Energy Group Shares,         name(s) and capacity(ies)
    6 you MUST SIGN Box [_] 6  ,        (eg. executor) of the
    regardless of which other         person(s) making the
    boxes you complete. In the        acceptance. A company may
    case of joint holders, ALL        either execute under seal,
    joint holders must sign Box       the seal being affixed and
    [_] 6  . Each holder must         witnessed in accordance with
    sign in the presence of a         its Articles of Association
    witness. The witness must         or other regulations or, if
    be over 18 years of age and       applicable, in accordance
    must not be one of the            with section 36A of the
    registered joint holders.         Companies Act 1985.
    The same witness may
    witness each signature of
    the registered joint
    holders. If the acceptance
    is not made by the
    registered
 
- -------------------------------------------------------------------------------
 
[7] ALTERNATIVE ADDRESS
    If you want payment of the        BLOCK CAPITALS with the name
    7 cash consideration, Loan        of such person and the
    Notes and/or other                address (but not in Canada,
    documents to be sent to an        Australia or Japan). Box
    address other than the            [_] 7  must be completed by
    address of the first-named        holders who have completed
    registered holder in Box          Box [_] 4  with an address
    [_] 3  (or, if applicable,        in Canada, Australia or
    Box [_] 4 ) (e.g. the             Japan.
    address of your bank
    manager or stockbroker),
    you should complete Box
    [_] 7  in
 
- -------------------------------------------------------------------------------
 
[8] OVERSEAS PERSONS
    If you are, or hold Energy        to give the warranties
    Group Shares for, a               required by paragraph 11(l)
    8 citizen, resident or            of Part B of Appendix I to
    national of a country other       the Offer Document, you must
    than the United Kingdom or        put "YES" in Box [_] 8  . If
    United States, please refer       you do not put "YES" in Box
    to paragraph 8 of Part B of       [_] 8  , you will be deemed
    Appendix I to the Offer           to have given such
    Document. If you are unable       warranties.
 
- -------------------------------------------------------------------------------
 
[9] US DOLLAR PAYMENT ELECTION
    If, but only if, you want         your cash consideration in
    payment of the cash               US dollars. Details of the
    9 consideration in US dollars     basis of payment in US
    (rather than in pounds            dollars is set out in
    sterling), you must put           paragraph 15(f) of the
    "YES" in Box [_] 9  . You         letter from Goldman Sachs
    may not elect to receive          International in the Offer
    payment of the cash               Document. Please note that
    consideration in US dollars       any fluctuation in the US
    and pounds sterling. If you       dollar/pound sterling
    put "YES" in Box [_] 9  ,         exchange rate will be at
    you will receive the whole        your risk.
    of
 
                                  HELPLINES:
 
IF YOU REQUIRE FURTHER ASSISTANCE ON COMPLETING THIS FORM, PLEASE CONTACT NEW
ISSUES DEPARTMENT, INDEPENDENT REGISTRARS GROUP LIMITED ON TELEPHONE NUMBER
0181 639 2166. IF, HOWEVER, YOU HAVE ANY GENERAL QUERIES ABOUT THE OFFER,
PLEASE CONTACT THE PACIFICORP HELPLINE ON TELEPHONE NUMBER 0345 573 838.
<PAGE>
 
 
- --------------------------------------------------------------------------------
 
                                     Page 3
  PLEASE COMPLETE IN ACCORDANCE WITH THE INSTRUCTIONS ON PAGE 2. THE NOTES ON
                             PAGE 4 MAY ASSIST YOU.
 
- --------------------------------------------------------------------------------
 
[1] To accept the    Box [_] 1    [2]  To elect the       Box [_] 2
    Offer for your                     Loan Note
    Energy Group                       Alternative,
    Shares,                          complete Box
    complete Box                       [_] 1  and
    [_] 1  and                         Box [_] 2
    sign Box                           and sign Box
    [_] 6   in the                     [_] 6  .
    presence of a
    witness.
 
 
                  --------------                    --------------
                  Total number                       Number of
                    of Energy                       Energy Group
                  Group Shares                       Shares for
                    for which                        which you
                   you wish to                     wish to elect
                   accept the                      the Loan Note
  PLEASE ENSURE       Offer                         Alternative
  THAT YOUR
  SHARE
  CERTIFICATE(S)
  AND/OR OTHER
  DOCUMENT(S)
  OF TITLE ARE ENCLOSED TO
  COVER THE ABOVE NUMBER OF
  SHARES.
 
- --------------------------------------------------------------------------------
 
[3]
 
 
 
- --------------------------------------------------------------------------------
 
                                                        Box [_] 4
  Full name(s) and address(es) of registered shareholder(s) (only if the
  details in Box [_] 3   or on your share certificate(s) are not correct in
  all respects)

[4] First registered holder        Second registered holder
    1. Forename(s) ______________  2. Forename(s) ______________
    Surname _____________________  Surname _____________________
    Address _____________________  Third registered holder
    _____________________________  3. Forename(s) ______________
    _____________________________  Surname _____________________
    _____________________________    Fourth registered holder
    _____________________________  4. Forename(s) ______________
    Postcode ____________________  Surname _____________________
 
  In case of query, please state your day-time telephone number
  (including STD code) _________________________________________
 
- --------------------------------------------------------------------------------
 
[5] Participant ID and                                    Box [_] 5
    member account ID
    Complete this Box only if           Participant ID __________
    your Energy Group Shares            Member account ID _______
    are in CREST.
 
 
 
  The Form of Acceptance
  Reference Number of this
  form is
 
- --------------------------------------------------------------------------------
 
  Sign here to accept the Offer
 
[6] Signed and           Witnessed by:
    delivered as a                                      Box [_] 6
    deed by:
 
 
                         ------------------- -------------------
                         1 Name              Address
                         ------------------- -------------------
    -------------------  Signature           -------------------
    1 First              ------------------- Address
    registered holder    2 Name              -------------------
    -------------------  ------------------- -------------------
    2 Second             Signature           Address
    registered holder    ------------------- -------------------
    -------------------  3 Name              -------------------
    3 Third              ------------------- Address
    registered holder    Signature           -------------------
    -------------------  -------------------
    4 Fourth             4 Name
    registered holder    -------------------
                         Signature
    IMPORTANT: EACH REGISTERED HOLDER WHO IS AN INDIVIDUAL
    MUST SIGN IN THE PRESENCE OF A WITNESS (NOT BEING ONE OF
    THE REGISTERED JOINT HOLDERS) WHO MUST BE OVER 18 YEARS OF
    AGE AND WHO MUST ALSO SIGN AND PRINT HIS NAME AND ADDRESS
    WHERE INDICATED.
 
 
- --------------------------------------------------------------------------------
 
[7] Address (outside Canada, Australia and Japan) to which payment of the cash
    consideration, Loan Notes and/or other documents are to be sent (if
    different to the address of the first-named holder in Box [_] 3  (or, if
    applicable, Box [_] 4  ).
 
                                                        Box [_] 7
    (Complete in BLOCK CAPITALS)
 
 
    Name _______________________________________________________
    Address ____________________________________________________
    _______________________________  Postcode ___________________
 
- --------------------------------------------------------------------------------
 
[8] Overseas Person: Please put "YES" in Box [_] 8  if    Box [_] 8
    you are UNABLE to give the warranties set out in
    paragraph 11(l) of Part B of Appendix I to the Offer
    Document.
 
- --------------------------------------------------------------------------------
 
[9] US dollar payment election: Please put "YES'' in Box  Box [_] 9
    [_] 9  if, but only if, you want to receive the
    whole of the payment of the cash consideration in US
    9 dollars (rather than pounds sterling).
 
- --------------------------------------------------------------------------------
<PAGE>
 
 
- -------------------------------------------------------------------------------
 
                                    Page 4
            NOTES REGARDING THE COMPLETION AND LODGING OF THIS FORM
 
In order to avoid inconvenience to you and delay, the following points may
assist you.
 
1. IF YOUR NAME AND/OR OTHER DETAILS ARE SHOWN INCORRECTLY ON YOUR SHARE
   CERTIFICATE(S):
 
   (a) If your name and/or other details as recorded on your share
       certificate(s) are incorrect, you should write the correct details in
       Box [_]4 and lodge this Form with your share certificate(s).
 
   (b) If you have changed your name, lodge your marriage certificate or the
       deed poll with this Form for noting.
 
   (c) If you have changed your address, write the correct address in Box [_]4.
 
2. IF YOU HAVE SOLD OR OTHERWISE TRANSFERRED ALL, OR WISH TO SELL PART, OF
   YOUR HOLDING OF ENERGY GROUP SHARES:
 
   If you have sold or otherwise transferred all your holding of Energy Group
   Shares, you should at once send the accompanying Offer Document and reply-
   paid envelope (but NOT this Form if it is personalised) to the purchaser or
   transferee or to the stockbroker, bank or other agent through whom you made
   the sale or transfer for delivery to the purchaser or transferee. If your
   Energy Group Shares are in certificated form, and you wish to sell or
   otherwise transfer part of your holding of Energy Group Shares and wish to
   accept the Offer in respect of the balance but are unable to obtain the
   balance certificate by 29 July 1997, you should ensure that the stockbroker
   or other agent through whom you make the sale or transfer obtains the
   appropriate endorsement or indication, signed on behalf of Lloyds Bank
   Registrars, in respect of the balance of your holding of Energy Group
   Shares.
 
3. IF A HOLDER IS AWAY FROM HOME (E.G. ABROAD OR ON HOLIDAY):
 
   Send this Form by the quickest means (e.g. airmail), but not in or into
   Canada, Australia or Japan, to the holder for execution or, if he has
   executed a power of attorney, lodge this Form with Independent Registrars
   Group Limited, at one of the addresses given on page 1 of this Form, after
   it has been signed by the attorney. In the latter case, the attorney should
   sign in the presence of a witness who should also sign this Form and the
   original power of attorney (or a copy thereof duly certified in accordance
   with the Powers of Attorney Act 1971) must be lodged with this Form for
   noting. No other signatures are acceptable. The power of attorney will be
   returned as directed.
 
4. IF THE SOLE HOLDER HAS DIED:
 
   A grant of probate or letters of administration must be taken out in respect
   of the relevant Energy Group Shares. If the grant of probate or letters of
   administration has/have been registered with Lloyds Bank Registrars, this
   Form must be signed by the personal representative(s) of the deceased
   holder, each in the presence of a witness who must also sign this Form. This
   Form should then be lodged with Independent Registrars Group Limited, at one
   of the addresses given on page 1 of this Form, together with the relevant
   share certificate(s) and/or other document(s) of title. If the grant of
   probate or letters of administration has/have not been registered with
   Lloyds Bank Registrars, the personal representative(s) or the prospective
   personal representative(s) should sign this Form, each in the presence of a
   witness who must also sign this Form and forward it to Independent
   Registrars Group Limited with the relevant share certificate(s) and/or other
   document(s) of title. However, the grant of probate or letters of
   administration must be lodged with Independent Registrars Group Limited at
   one of the addresses given on page 1 of this Form, before the consideration
   due under the Offer can be forwarded to the personal representative(s).
 
5. IF ONE OF THE JOINT HOLDERS HAS DIED:
 
   This completed Form should be signed by all the surviving holders, each in
   the presence of a witness, who must also sign this Form. This Form should
   then be lodged with Independent Registrars Group Limited, at one of the
   addresses given on page 1 of this Form, with the relevant share
   certificate(s) and/or other documents(s) of title and accompanied by the
   death certificate or the grant of probate or letters of administration in
   respect of the deceased joint holder. These documents will be noted by
   Independent Registrars Group Limited and returned as directed.
 
6. IF YOUR ENERGY GROUP SHARES ARE IN CERTIFICATED FORM AND THE CERTIFICATE(S)
   ARE HELD BY YOUR STOCKBROKER, BANK OR OTHER AGENT:
 
   If your share certificate(s) and/or other document(s) of title is/are with
   your stockbroker, bank or other agent, you should complete this Form and, if
   the certificate(s) and/or other document(s) of title is/are readily
   available, arrange for this Form to be lodged by such agent with Independent
   Registrars Group Limited at one of the addresses given on page 1 of this
   Form, accompanied by the share certificate(s) and/or other document(s) of
   title.
 
   If your share certificate(s) and/or other documents of title is/are not
   readily available, complete, sign and lodge this Form with Independent
   Registrars Group Limited at one of the addresses given on page 1 of this
   Form, together with a letter stating that the balance will follow and any
   available share certificate(s) and/or other document(s) of title, and then
   arrange for the outstanding share certificate(s) and/or other document(s) of
   title to be forwarded as soon as possible thereafter. (It will be helpful
   for your agent to be informed of the full terms of the Offer.) No
   acknowledgement of receipt of documents will be given.
 
7. IF YOUR ENERGY GROUP SHARES ARE IN CERTIFICATED FORM AND ANY SHARE
   CERTIFICATE HAS BEEN LOST:
 
   This completed Form, together with any share certificate(s) and/or other
   document(s) of title which may be available, should be lodged with
   Independent Registrars Group Limited, at one of the addresses given on page
   1 of this Form, accompanied by a letter stating that you have lost one or
   more of your share certificate(s) and/or other document(s) of title, no
   later than 3.00 p.m. (London time), 10.00 a.m. (New York City time) on 29
   July 1997. You should write as soon as possible to Lloyds Bank Registrars at
   The Causeway, Goring-by-Sea, Worthing, West Sussex BN99 6DA, for a letter of
   indemnity which, when completed in accordance with the instructions given,
   should be returned to Independent Registrars Group Limited, at one of the
   addresses given on page 1 of this Form. No acknowledgement of receipt of
   documents will be given.
 
8. IF YOUR ENERGY GROUP SHARES ARE IN CREST:
 
   You should take the action described in Part B (in particular, paragraphs
   10(d)--10(l)) of Appendix I to the Offer Document to transfer your Energy
   Group Shares to an escrow balance. You are reminded to keep a record of the
   Form of Acceptance Reference Number (which appears next to Box [_]5 on page
   3 of this Form) so that such Number can be inserted in the TTE instruction.
 
   If you are a CREST sponsored member, you should refer to your CREST sponsor
   before completing this Form, as only your CREST sponsor will be able to send
   the necessary TTE instruction to CRESTCo.
 
9. IF YOU ARE NOT RESIDENT IN THE UNITED KINGDOM OR THE UNITED STATES:
 
   The attention of Energy Group shareholders not resident in the United
   Kingdom or the United States is drawn to paragraph 8 of Part B of Appendix I
   to the Offer Document.
 
Subject to the City Code, PacifiCorp Acquisitions reserves the right to treat
as valid, in whole or in part, any acceptance of the Offer which is not
entirely in order or which is not accompanied by (as applicable) the relevant
transfer to escrow or the relevant share certificate(s) and/or other
document(s) of title, or which is received by it at a place or places other
than set out on this Form. In that event, no payment of cash or issue of Loan
Notes under the Offer will be made until after (as applicable) the relevant
transfer to escrow has settled or the relevant share certificate(s) and/or
other document(s) of title or indemnities satisfactory to PacifiCorp
Acquisitions have been received.
 
                                   HELPLINES
 
IF YOU REQUIRE FURTHER ASSISTANCE ON COMPLETING THIS FORM, PLEASE CONTACT NEW
ISSUES DEPARTMENT, INDEPENDENT REGISTRARS GROUP LIMITED ON TELEPHONE NUMBER
0181 639 2166. IF, HOWEVER, YOU HAVE ANY GENERAL QUERIES ABOUT THE OFFER,
PLEASE CONTACT THE PACIFICORP HELPLINE ON TELEPHONE NUMBER 0345 573 838.
 
                   Printed by RR Donnelley Financial, 89040

<PAGE>
 
THIS DOCUMENT IS IMPORTANT AND REQUIRES YOUR IMMEDIATE ATTENTION. In
considering what action you should take, you are recommended immediately to
seek your own financial advice from your stockbroker, bank manager, solicitor,
accountant or other independent financial advisor.
 
If you have sold or otherwise transferred all your American Depositary Shares
("Energy Group ADSs") of The Energy Group PLC ("The Energy Group"), please
pass this document and all accompanying documents as soon as possible to the
purchaser or transferee, or to the bank, stockbroker or other agent through
whom the sale or transfer was effected for transmission to the purchaser or
transferee. HOWEVER, SUCH DOCUMENTS SHOULD NOT BE DISTRIBUTED, FORWARDED OR
TRANSMITTED IN OR INTO AUSTRALIA, CANADA OR JAPAN.
 
Goldman Sachs International is acting for PacifiCorp Acquisitions and
PacifiCorp in relation to the Offer and no one else, and will not be
responsible to anyone other than PacifiCorp Acquisitions and PacifiCorp for
providing the protections afforded to customers of Goldman Sachs International
nor for providing advice in relation to the Offer. Goldman Sachs International
is acting through Goldman, Sachs & Co. for the purpose of making the Offer in
the United States.
 
- -------------------------------------------------------------------------------
 
                         NOTICE OF GUARANTEED DELIVERY
              TO ACCEPT THE OFFER FOR AMERICAN DEPOSITARY SHARES
                   EVIDENCED BY AMERICAN DEPOSITARY RECEIPTS
                                      OF
                             THE ENERGY GROUP PLC
             PURSUANT TO THE OFFER TO PURCHASE DATED JUNE 30, 1997
                                      BY
                          GOLDMAN SACHS INTERNATIONAL
                                 ON BEHALF OF
                            PACIFICORP ACQUISITIONS
                   (A WHOLLY OWNED SUBSIDIARY OF PACIFICORP)

- -------------------------------------------------------------------------------
 
As set forth in "Procedures for Tendering Energy Group ADSs" in Part B of
Appendix I to the Offer to Purchase, this form or one substantially equivalent
hereto must be used for acceptance of the Offer in respect of Energy Group
ADSs, if American Depositary Receipts evidencing Energy Group ADSs ("Energy
Group ADRs") are not immediately available or the procedures for book-entry
transfer cannot be completed on a timely basis or if time will not permit all
required documents to reach the US Depositary prior to the expiration of the
Subsequent Offer Period (as defined in the Offer to Purchase). Such form may
be delivered by hand or mailed to the US Depositary and must include a
signature guarantee by an Eligible Institution in the form set out herein. See
"Procedures for Tendering Energy Group ADSs--Guaranteed Delivery" in Part B of
Appendix I to the Offer to Purchase.
 
- -------------------------------------------------------------------------------
 
         TO: CONTINENTAL STOCK TRANSFER & TRUST COMPANY, US DEPOSITARY
 
                                                                           
    By Mail:              By Facsimile Transmission:     By Hand or Overnight
                       (for Eligible Institutions Only)        Courier:       
 Continental Stock             (212) 248-8495           
 Transfer & Trust                                          Continental Stock 
      Company              For Information Telephone:       Transfer & Trust 
c/o Shareholder                                                 Company 
Communications Corporation  (800) 733-8481, ext. 475        c/o Shareholder 
 17 State Street, 24th                                Communications Corporation
         Floor                                           17 State Street, 24th 
  New York, NY 10004                                              Floor
Attn: Tenders & Exchanges                                  New York, NY 10004
                                                       Attn: Tenders & Exchanges
                              
                                                     
DELIVERY OF THIS INSTRUMENT TO AN ADDRESS OTHER THAN AS SET FORTH ABOVE DOES
NOT CONSTITUTE A VALID DELIVERY.
<PAGE>
 
This form is not to be used to guarantee signatures. If a signature or a
Letter of Transmittal is required to be guaranteed by an Eligible Institution
under the instructions thereto, such signature guarantee must appear in the
applicable space provided in the signature box on the Letter of Transmittal.
 
ACCEPTANCE OF THE OFFER IN RESPECT OF ENERGY GROUP SHARES (EXCEPT INSOFAR AS
THEY ARE REPRESENTED BY ENERGY GROUP ADSS) MAY NOT BE MADE WITH THIS FORM AND
PURSUANT TO THE GUARANTEED DELIVERY PROCEDURES.
 
Ladies and Gentlemen:
 
The undersigned hereby accepts the Offer in respect of Energy Group ADSs upon
the terms and subject to the conditions set forth below pursuant to the
guaranteed delivery procedure set out in "Procedures for Tendering Energy
Group ADSs--Guaranteed Delivery" in Part B of Appendix I to the Offer to
Purchase.
 
THE UNDERSIGNED UNDERSTANDS THAT THE ACCEPTANCE OF THE OFFER IN RESPECT OF
ENERGY GROUP ADSS PURSUANT TO THE GUARANTEED DELIVERY PROCEDURES WILL NOT BE
TREATED AS A VALID ACCEPTANCE FOR THE PURPOSE OF SATISFYING THE ACCEPTANCE
CONDITION. SEE "PROCEDURES FOR TENDERING ENERGY GROUP ADSS--GUARANTEED
DELIVERY" IN PART B OF APPENDIX I TO THE OFFER TO PURCHASE. TO BE COUNTED
TOWARDS SATISFACTION OF THE ACCEPTANCE CONDITION, THE ENERGY GROUP ADRS
EVIDENCING SUCH ENERGY GROUP ADSS MUST, PRIOR TO THE INITIAL CLOSING DATE, BE
RECEIVED BY THE US DEPOSITARY OR, IF APPLICABLE, TIMELY CONFIRMATION OF A
BOOK-ENTRY TRANSFER OF SUCH ENERGY GROUP ADSS INTO THE US DEPOSITARY'S ACCOUNT
AT A BOOK-ENTRY TRANSFER FACILITY PURSUANT TO THE PROCEDURES SET OUT IN
"PROCEDURES FOR TENDERING ENERGY GROUP ADSS--BOOK-ENTRY TRANSFER" IN PART B OF
APPENDIX I TO THE OFFER TO PURCHASE MUST BE RECEIVED BY THE US DEPOSITARY,
TOGETHER WITH A DULY EXECUTED LETTER OF TRANSMITTAL OR FACSIMILE THEREOF WITH
ANY REQUIRED SIGNATURE GUARANTEES AND ANY OTHER REQUIRED DOCUMENTS.
 
Signature(s): _______________________    Address(es): ________________________
 
 
_____________________________________    _____________________________________
                                                  (Include Zip Code)
 
_____________________________________    Area Code(s) and Tel. No(s).: _______
 
 
Name of Record Holder(s): ___________    If Energy Group ADSs will be
                                         tendered by book-entry transfer,
                                         check one box:
 
_____________________________________
 
 
_____________________________________    [_] The Depository Trust Company
       (Please Type or Print)
 
                                         [_] Philadelphia Depository Trust
Number of Energy Group ADSs: ________    Co.
 
 
Energy Group ADR No.(s) (if              Account Number: _____________________
available):
 
_____________________________________
 
_____________________________________
 
Dated: ______________________________
<PAGE>
 
                                   GUARANTEE
                   (NOT TO BE USED FOR SIGNATURE GUARANTEE)
 
The undersigned, a participant in the Securities Transfer Agents Medallion
Program, the New York Stock Exchange Medallion Program or the Stock Exchanges
Medallion Program, hereby guarantees that the undersigned will deliver to the
US Depositary either the Energy Group ADRs representing the Energy Group ADSs
with respect to which the Offer is being accepted hereby, in proper form for
transfer, or confirmation of the book-entry transfer of such Energy Group ADSs
into the US Depositary's account at The Depository Trust Company or the
Philadelphia Depository Trust Company, in any such case together with a
properly completed and duly executed Letter of Transmittal (or manually signed
facsimile thereof), with any required signature guarantees and any other
required documents, all within three New York Stock Exchange trading days
after the date hereof.
 
_____________________________________    _____________________________________
                                                (Authorized Signature)
 
   Name of Firm, Agent or Trustee
_____________________________________    Name: _______________________________
                                                (Please type or print)
 
               Address
_____________________________________    Title: ______________________________
             (Zip Code)
 
Area Code and Tel. No.: _____________    Date: _______________________________
 
NOTE: DO NOT SEND ENERGY GROUP ADRS WITH THIS FORM; ENERGY GROUP ADRS SHOULD
      BE SENT WITH YOUR LETTER OF TRANSMITTAL.

<PAGE>
 
  This document should not be forwarded or transmitted in or into Australia,
                               Canada or Japan.
 
                          RECOMMENDED CASH OFFER FOR
              ALL ORDINARY SHARES AND AMERICAN DEPOSITARY SHARES
                   EVIDENCED BY AMERICAN DEPOSITARY RECEIPTS
                                      OF
                             THE ENERGY GROUP PLC
                                      BY
                          GOLDMAN SACHS INTERNATIONAL
                                 ON BEHALF OF
                            PACIFICORP ACQUISITIONS
                   (A WHOLLY OWNED SUBSIDIARY OF PACIFICORP)
 
 THERE WILL BE AN INITIAL OFFER PERIOD WHICH WILL EXPIRE AT 3:00 PM (LONDON
 TIME), 10:00 AM (NEW YORK CITY TIME) ON JULY 29, 1997, UNLESS EXTENDED. AT
 THE CONCLUSION OF THE INITIAL OFFER PERIOD, INCLUDING ANY EXTENSION THEREOF,
 IF ALL CONDITIONS OF THE OFFER HAVE BEEN SATISFIED, FULFILLED OR, WHERE
 PERMITTED, WAIVED, THE OFFER WILL BE EXTENDED FOR A SUBSEQUENT OFFER PERIOD
 OF AT LEAST 14 CALENDAR DAYS. HOLDERS OF ENERGY GROUP SECURITIES WILL HAVE
 WITHDRAWAL RIGHTS DURING THE INITIAL OFFER PERIOD, INCLUDING ANY EXTENSION
 THEREOF, BUT NOT DURING THE SUBSEQUENT OFFER PERIOD.
 
                                                                  June 30, 1997
 
To Brokers, Dealers, Commercial Banks, Trust Companies and Other Nominees:
 
   Goldman, Sachs & Co. has been appointed by PacifiCorp Acquisitions to act
as dealer manager in the United States (the "Dealer Manager") in connection
with an offer by Goldman Sachs International, on behalf of PacifiCorp
Acquisitions, to purchase, upon the terms and subject to the conditions set
forth in the Offer to Purchase dated June 30, 1997 (the "Offer to Purchase")
and the accompanying Acceptance Forms (collectively, the "Offer"), all
outstanding ordinary shares of 10p each ("Energy Group Shares") of The Energy
Group PLC ("The Energy Group") for (Pounds)6.90 in cash per Energy Group
Share, including all American Depositary Shares ("Energy Group ADSs") of The
Energy Group, each representing four Energy Group Shares and evidenced by
American Depositary Receipts ("Energy Group ADRs"), for (Pounds)27.60 in cash
per Energy Group ADS.
 
   THE BOARD OF THE ENERGY GROUP, WHICH HAS BEEN SO ADVISED BY LAZARD BROTHERS
& CO., LIMITED, LAZARD FRERES & CO. LIMITED (TOGETHER "LAZARD") AND MORGAN
STANLEY & CO. LIMITED ("MORGAN STANLEY"), ITS FINANCIAL ADVISERS, CONSIDERS
THE TERMS OF THE OFFER TO BE FAIR AND REASONABLE. IN PROVIDING ADVICE TO THE
BOARD OF THE ENERGY GROUP, LAZARD AND MORGAN STANLEY HAVE TAKEN ACCOUNT OF THE
BOARD'S COMMERCIAL ASSESSMENT OF THE OFFER. ACCORDINGLY, THE DIRECTORS OF THE
ENERGY GROUP UNANIMOUSLY RECOMMEND ALL HOLDERS OF ENERGY GROUP SECURITIES TO
ACCEPT THE OFFER, AS THEY HAVE IRREVOCABLY UNDERTAKEN TO DO IN RESPECT OF
THEIR PERSONAL HOLDINGS OF ENERGY GROUP SECURITIES.
<PAGE>

2
 
   For your information and for forwarding to those of your clients for whom
you hold Energy Group ADSs registered in your name or in the name of your
nominee, we are enclosing the following documents:
 
   1.  The Offer to Purchase;
 
   2.  A printed form of letter that may be sent to your clients for whose
       account you hold Energy Group ADSs registered in your name or in the
       name of a nominee, with space provided for obtaining such clients'
       instructions with regard to the Offer;
 
   3.  The Letter of Transmittal to be used by holders of Energy Group ADSs
       to accept the Offer;
 
   4.  The Notice of Guaranteed Delivery;
 
   5.  Guidelines for Certification of Taxpayer Identification Number on
       Substitute Form W-9; and
 
   6.  The return envelope addressed to the US Depositary.
 
   THE OFFER CANNOT BE ACCEPTED IN RESPECT OF ENERGY GROUP SHARES BY MEANS OF
A LETTER OF TRANSMITTAL. A FORM OF ACCEPTANCE FOR ACCEPTING THE OFFER IN
RESPECT OF ENERGY GROUP SHARES CAN BE OBTAINED FROM THE US DEPOSITARY OR THE
UK RECEIVING AGENT (AS EACH SUCH TERM IS DEFINED IN THE OFFER TO PURCHASE).
 
   In all cases, payment for Energy Group ADSs purchased pursuant to the Offer
will be made only after timely receipt by the US Depositary of Energy Group
ADRs evidencing such Energy Group ADSs or a confirmation of book-entry
transfer, together with the Letter of Transmittal (or a facsimile copy
thereof) properly completed and duly executed, and any other documents
required by the Letter of Transmittal.
 
   PacifiCorp Acquisitions will not pay any fees or commissions to any broker,
dealer, or other person (other than Goldman Sachs International, the Dealer
Manager, the US Depositary and the UK Receiving Agent and the Information
Agent as described in the Offer to Purchase) in connection with the
solicitation of acceptances of the Offer with respect to Energy Group ADSs
evidenced by Energy Group ADRs. You will, however, be reimbursed for customary
mailing and handling expenses incurred by you in forwarding the enclosed
materials to your client.
 
   Additional copies of the enclosed materials may be obtained from the Dealer
Manager or the Information Agent at their respective addresses and telephone
numbers set forth in the Offer to Purchase.
 
   Terms defined in the Offer to Purchase shall have the same meanings in this
letter.
 
                               Very truly yours,
 
                             Goldman, Sachs & Co.
                                85 Broad Street
                              New York, NY 10004
                      (212) 902-1000 within New York City
               (800) 323-5678 (Toll Free) outside New York City
 
   NOTHING CONTAINED HEREIN OR IN THE ENCLOSED DOCUMENTS SHALL CONSTITUTE YOU
OR ANY OTHER PERSON THE AGENT OF GOLDMAN SACHS INTERNATIONAL, PACIFICORP
ACQUISITIONS, PACIFICORP, THE US DEPOSITARY, THE DEALER MANAGER, OR THE UK
RECEIVING AGENT OR AUTHORIZE YOU OR ANY OTHER PERSON TO GIVE ANY INFORMATION
OR MAKE ANY REPRESENTATION ON BEHALF OF ANY OF THEM WITH RESPECT TO THE OFFER
NOT CONTAINED IN THE OFFER TO PURCHASE OR THE LETTER OF TRANSMITTAL.

<PAGE>
 
   This document should not be forwarded or transmitted in or into Australia,
                                Canada or Japan.
 
                           RECOMMENDED CASH OFFER FOR
 
               ALL ORDINARY SHARES AND AMERICAN DEPOSITARY SHARES
 
                   EVIDENCED BY AMERICAN DEPOSITARY RECEIPTS
 
                                       OF
 
                              THE ENERGY GROUP PLC
 
                                       BY
 
                          GOLDMAN SACHS INTERNATIONAL
 
                                  ON BEHALF OF
 
                            PACIFICORP ACQUISITIONS
 
                   (A WHOLLY OWNED SUBSIDIARY OF PACIFICORP)
 
- --------------------------------------------------------------------------------
 THERE WILL BE AN INITIAL OFFER PERIOD WHICH WILL EXPIRE AT 3:00 PM (LONDON
 TIME), 10:00 AM (NEW YORK CITY TIME) ON JULY 29, 1997, UNLESS EXTENDED. AT
 THE CONCLUSION OF THE INITIAL OFFER PERIOD, INCLUDING ANY EXTENSION THEREOF,
 IF ALL CONDITIONS OF THE OFFER HAVE BEEN SATISFIED, FULFILLED OR, WHERE
 PERMITTED, WAIVED, THE OFFER WILL BE EXTENDED FOR A SUBSEQUENT OFFER PERIOD
 OF AT LEAST 14 CALENDAR DAYS. HOLDERS OF ENERGY GROUP SECURITIES WILL HAVE
 THE RIGHT TO WITHDRAW THEIR ACCEPTANCES OF THE OFFER DURING THE INITIAL
 OFFER PERIOD, INCLUDING ANY EXTENSION THEREOF, BUT NOT DURING THE SUBSEQUENT
 OFFER PERIOD.
- --------------------------------------------------------------------------------
                                                                   June 30, 1997
 
To Our Clients:
 
   Enclosed for your consideration is the Offer to Purchase dated June 30, 1997
(the "Offer to Purchase"), the Letter of Transmittal and Notice of Guaranteed
Delivery relating to an offer by Goldman Sachs International, acting in the
United States through Goldman, Sachs & Co., and on behalf of PacifiCorp
Acquisitions, to purchase, upon the terms and subject to the conditions set
forth in the Offer to Purchase and the accompanying Acceptance Forms (as
defined in the Offer to
<PAGE>
 
Purchase) (collectively, the "Offer"), all outstanding ordinary shares of 10p
each ("Energy Group Shares") of The Energy Group PLC ("The Energy Group") for
(Pounds)6.90 in cash per Energy Group Share, including all Energy Group Shares
represented by American Depositary Shares ("Energy Group ADSs") of The Energy
Group, each representing four Energy Group Shares and evidenced by American
Depositary Receipts ("Energy Group ADRs"), for (Pounds)27.60 in cash per
Energy Group ADS.
 
   We are the holder of record of Energy Group ADSs evidenced by Energy Group
ADRs held by us for your account. An acceptance of the Offer in respect of
such Energy Group ADSs can be made only by us as the holder of record and
pursuant to your instructions. Accordingly, we request instructions as to
whether you wish to have us accept the Offer on your behalf in respect of any
or all Energy Group ADSs held by us for your account pursuant to the terms and
subject to the conditions set forth in the Offer.
 
   Your attention is invited to the following:
 
   1.   The Offer is being made for all Energy Group Shares and Energy Group
        ADSs evidenced by Energy Group ADRs and has been recommended by the
        board of directors of The Energy Group.
 
   2.   The Offer is on the terms and subject to the Conditions set forth in
        Appendix I to the Offer to Purchase.
 
   3.   The Initial Offer Period of the Offer will expire at 3:00 p.m.
        (London time), 10:00 a.m. (New York City time) on July 29, 1997,
        unless extended (in accordance with the terms thereof).
 
   4.   At the conclusion of the Initial Offer Period, including any
        extension thereof, if all conditions of the Offer have been
        satisfied, fulfilled or, where permitted, waived, the Offer will be
        extended for a Subsequent Offer Period of at least 14 calendar days.
 
   5.   Energy Group ADS holders will not be obligated to pay brokerage fees
        or commissions or, except as otherwise provided in Instruction 6 of
        the Letter of Transmittal, stock transfer taxes applicable to a sale
        of Energy Group ADSs evidenced by Energy Group ADRs to PacifiCorp
        Acquisitions.
 
   If you wish to have us accept the Offer in respect of any or all of the
Energy Group ADSs evidenced by Energy Group ADRs held by us for your account,
please so instruct us by completing, executing and returning to us the
instruction form contained in this letter. If you authorize us to accept the
Offer in respect of your Energy Group ADSs evidenced by Energy Group ADRs, the
Offer will be accepted in respect of all such Energy Group ADSs unless
otherwise indicated in such instruction form. Please forward your instruction
form to us in ample time to permit us to accept the Offer on your behalf prior
to the expiration of the Offer. The specimen Letter of Transmittal is
furnished to you for your information only and cannot be used by you to accept
the Offer in respect of Energy Group ADSs evidenced by Energy Group ADRs held
by us for your account.
 
2
<PAGE>
 
                  INSTRUCTIONS WITH RESPECT TO THE OFFER FOR
 ALL ENERGY GROUP SHARES AND ENERGY GROUP ADSS EVIDENCED BY ENERGY GROUP ADRS
 
   The undersigned acknowledge(s) receipt of your letter and the Offer to
Purchase dated June 30, 1997 (the "Offer to Purchase"), and the related Letter
of Transmittal relating to an offer by Goldman Sachs International, acting in
the United States through Goldman, Sachs & Co., and on behalf of PacifiCorp
Acquisitions to purchase, upon the terms and subject to the conditions set
forth in the Offer to Purchase and the accompanying Letter of Transmittal
(collectively, the "Offer") all outstanding ordinary shares of 10p each
("Energy Group Shares") of The Energy Group PLC ("The Energy Group") for
(Pounds)6.90 in cash per Energy Group Share, including all Energy Group Shares
represented by American Depositary Shares ("Energy Group ADSs") of The Energy
Group, each representing four Energy Group Shares and evidenced by American
Depositary Receipts, for (Pounds)27.60 in cash per Energy Group ADS.
 
   This will instruct you to accept the Offer in respect of the number of
Energy Group ADSs indicated below (or, if no number is indicated below, all
Energy Group ADSs) held by you for the account of the undersigned, upon the
terms and subject to the conditions set forth in the Offer.
 
Dated    , 1997

- ------------------------------------------------ 
 Number of Energy Group ADSs to be tendered/1/
 
______ Energy Group ADSs
- ------------------------------------------------


                                          -------------------------------------
 
                                          -------------------------------------
                                                      Signature(s)
 
                                          -------------------------------------
 
                                          -------------------------------------
                                                  Please print name(s)
 
                                          -------------------------------------
 
                                          -------------------------------------
                                                       Address(es)
 
                                          -------------------------------------
                                                 Area Code and Tel. No.
 
                                          -------------------------------------
                                            Employer Identification or Social
                                                       Security No.
 
- -----------------------
 
1.   Unless otherwise indicated, it will be assumed that the Offer is to be
     accepted in respect of all Energy Group ADSs held by us for your account.
 
                                                                              3

<PAGE>
 
            GUIDELINES FOR CERTIFICATION OF TAXPAYER IDENTIFICATION
                         NUMBER ON SUBSTITUTE FORM W-9
 
GUIDELINES FOR DETERMINING THE PROPER IDENTIFICATION NUMBER TO GIVE THE
PAYER.-- Social Security numbers have nine digits separated by two hyphens:
i.e. 000-00-0000. Employer identification numbers have nine digits separated
by only one hyphen: i.e. 00-0000000. The table below will help determine the
number to give the payer.
 
NAME. If you are an individual, you must generally enter the name shown on
your social security card. However, if you have changed your last name, for
instance, due to marriage, without informing the Social Security
Administration of the name change please enter your first name, the last name
shown on your social security card, and your new last name.
 
- --------------------------------------------------------------------------------
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                        GIVE THE NAME AND
                                                        SOCIAL SECURITY
FOR THIS TYPE OF ACCOUNT:                               NUMBER OF--
- --------------------------------------------------------------------------------
<S>                                                    <C>
1. Individual                                           The individual

2. Two or more individuals (joint                       The actual owner of
   account)                                             the account or, if 
                                                        combined funds, the 
                                                        first individual on the
                                                        account(1)

3. Custodian account of a minor                         The minor(2)
   (Uniform Gift to Minors Act)

4. a The usual revocable savings trust                  The grantor-trustee(1) 
     account (grantor is also trustee)
   b So-called trust account that is not                The actual owner(1) 
     a legal or valid trust under state
     law

5. Sole proprietorship account                          The owner(3)

6. Sole Proprietorship                                  The owner (3)
- --------------------------------------------------------------------------------
</TABLE>

<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                        GIVE THE NAME AND
                                                        EMPLOYER
                                                        IDENTIFICATION
FOR THIS TYPE OF ACCOUNT:                               NUMBER OF--
- --------------------------------------------------------------------------------
<S>                                                    <C>
7. A valid trust, estate, or pension trust              Legal entity (4)

8. Corporate                                            The corporation

9. Association, club, religious,                        The organization
   charitable, educational, or other tax-
   exempt organization

10.Partnership                                          The partnership

11.A broker or registered nominee                       The broker or nominee 
   
12.Account with the Department of                       The public entity
   Agriculture in the name of a public
   entity (such as a state or local
   government, school district, or 
   prison) that receives agricultural 
   program payments
- --------------------------------------------------------------------------------
</TABLE>
 
(1) List above the signature line first and circle the name of the person
    whose number you furnish.
(2) List first and circle minor's name and furnish the minor's social security
    number.
(3) You must show your individual name, but you may also enter your business
    or "doing business as" name. You may use your social security number or
    employer identification number.
(4) List first and circle the name of the legal trust, estate, or pension
    trust. (Do not furnish the TIN of the personal representative or trustee
    unless the legal entity itself is not designated in the account title).
 
NOTE: If no name above the signature line is listed when more than one name
      appears in the registration, the number will be considered to be that of
      the first name appearing in the registration.
<PAGE>
 
            GUIDELINES FOR CERTIFICATION OF TAXPAYER IDENTIFICATION
                         NUMBER ON SUBSTITUTE FORM W-9
                                    PAGE 2
Section references are to the Internal Revenue Code.
 
PURPOSE OF FORM.--A person who is required to file an information return with
the IRS must get your correct TIN to report, for example, income paid to you,
real estate transactions, mortgage interest you paid, the acquisition or
abandonment of secured property, cancellation of debt, or contributions you
made to an IRA. Use Form W-9 to give your correct TIN to the requester (the
person requesting your TIN) and, when applicable, (1) to certify the TIN you
are giving is correct (or you are waiting for a number to be issued), (2) to
certify you are not subject to backup withholding, or (3) to claim exemption
from backup withholding if you are an exempt payee.
NOTE: If a requester gives you a form other than a W-9 to request your TIN,
you must use the requester's form if it is substantially similar to Form W-9.
 
WHAT IS BACKUP WITHHOLDING?--Persons making certain payments to you must
withhold and pay to the IRS 31% of such payments under certain conditions.
This is called "backup withholding." Payments that could be subject to backup
withholding include interest, dividends, broker and barter exchange
transactions, rents, royalties, nonemployee pay, and certain payments from
fishing boat operators. Real estate transactions are not subject to backup
withholding.
 If you give the requester your correct TIN, make the proper certifications,
and report all your taxable interest and dividends on your tax return,
payments you receive will not be subject to backup withholding. Payments you
receive WILL be subject to backup withholding if:
 1. You do not furnish your TIN to the requester, or
 2. The IRS tells the requester that you furnished an incorrect TIN, or
 3. The IRS tells you that you are subject to backup withholding because you
did not report all your interest and dividends on your tax return (for
reportable interest and dividends only), or
 4. You do not certify to the requester that you are not subject to backup
withholding under 3 above (for reportable interest and dividend accounts
opened after 1983 only), or
 5. You do not certify your TIN.
 Certain payees and payments are exempt from backup withholding and
information reporting. See below.
HOW TO GET A TIN: If you do not have a TIN, apply for one immediately. To
apply for an SSN, get Form SS-5 from your local Social Security Administration
office. Get Form W-7 to apply for an Individual TIN or Form SS-4 to apply for
an EIN. You can get Forms W-7 and SS-4 from the IRS by calling 1-800-TAX-FORM
(1-800-829-3676).
 If you do not have a TIN, check the box titled "Applied For" in the space for
the TIN, sign and date the form, and give it to the requester. Generally, you
will then have 60 days to get a TIN and give it to the requester. If the
requester does not receive your TIN within 60 days, backup withholding, if
applicable, will begin and continue until you furnish your TIN.
NOTE: Checking the box titled "Applied For" on the form means that you have
already applied for a TIN OR that you intend to apply for one soon.
 As soon as you receive your TIN, complete another Form W-9, include your TIN,
sign and date the form, and give it to the requester.
 
PAYEES EXEMPT FROM BACKUP WITHHOLDING Individuals (including sole proprietors)
are NOT exempt from backup withholding. Corporations are exempt from backup
withholding for certain payments, such as interest and dividends.
 If you are exempt from backup withholding, you should still complete Form W-9
to avoid possible erroneous backup withholding. Enter your correct TIN in Part
I, write "Exempt" in Part II, and sign and date the form. If you are a
nonresident alien or a foreign entity not subject to backup withholding, give
the requester a completed FORM W-8, Certificate of Foreign Status.
 The following is a list of payees exempt from backup withholding and for
which no information reporting is required. For interest and dividends, all
listed payees are exempt except item (9). For broker transactions, payees
listed in (1) through (13) and a person registered under the Investment
Advisers Act of 1940 who regularly acts as a broker are exempt. Payments
subject to reporting under sections 6041 and 6041A are generally exempt from
backup withholding only if made to payees described in items (1) through (7),
except a corporation that provides medical and health care services or bills
and collects payments for such services is not exempt from backup withholding
or information reporting. Only payees described in items (2) through (6) are
exempt from backup withholding for barter exchange transactions and patronage
dividends.
 (1) A corporation. (2) An organization exempt from tax under section 501(a),
or an IRA, or a custodial account under section 403(b)(7) if the account
satisfies the requirements of section 401(f)(2). (3) The United States or any
of its agencies or instrumentalities. (4) A state, the District of Columbia, a
possession of the United States, or any of their political subdivisions or
instrumentalities. (5) A foreign government or any of its political
subdivisions, agencies, or instrumentalities. (6) An international
organization or any of its agencies or instrumentalities. (7) A foreign
central bank of issue. (8) A dealer in securities or commodities required to
register in the United States or a possession of the United States. (9) A
futures commission merchant registered with the Commodity Futures Trading
Commission. (10) A real estate investment trust. (11) An entity registered at
all times during the tax year under the Investment Company Act of 1940. (12) A
common trust fund operated by a bank under section 584(a). (13) A financial
institution. (14) A middleman known in the investment community as a nominee
or listed in the most recent publication of the American Society of Corporate
Secretaries, Inc., Nominee List. (15) A trust exempt from tax under section
664 or described in section 4947.
<PAGE>
 
            GUIDELINES FOR CERTIFICATION OF TAXPAYER IDENTIFICATION
                         NUMBER ON SUBSTITUTE FORM W-9
                                    PAGE 3
Payments of dividends and patronage dividends that are generally exempt from
backup withholding include the following:
 . Payments to nonresident aliens subject to withholding under section 1441.
 . Payments to partnerships not engaged in a trade or business in the United
   States and that have at least one nonresident partner.
 . Payments of patronage dividends not paid in money.
 . Payments made by certain foreign organizations.
 . Section 404(k) payments made by an ESOP.
Payments of interest that generally are exempt from backup withholding include
the following:
 . Payments of interest on obligations issued by individuals. Note: You may
   be subject to backup withholding if this interest is $600 or more and is
   paid in the course of the payer's trade or business and you have not
   provided your correct TIN to the payer.
 . Payments of tax-exempt interest (including exempt-interest dividends under
   section 852).
 . Payments described in section 6049(b)(5) to nonresident aliens.
 . Payments on tax-free covenant bonds under section 1451.
 . Payments made by certain foreign organizations.
 . Mortgage interest paid to you.
Payments that are not subject to information reporting are also not subject to
backup withholding. For details, see sections 6041, 6041A, 6042, 6044, 6045,
6049, 6050A, and 6050N, and their regulations.
 
PRIVACY ACT NOTICE.--Section 6109 requires you to give your correct TIN to
persons who must file information returns with the IRS to report interest,
dividends, and certain other income paid to you, mortgage interest you paid,
the acquisition or abandonment of secured property, cancellation of debt, or
contributions you made to an IRA. The IRS uses the numbers for identification
purposes and to help verify the accuracy of your tax return. The IRS may also
provide this information to the Department of Justice for civil and criminal
litigation and to cities, states, and the District of Columbia to carry out
their tax laws.
 You must provide your TIN whether or not you are required to file a tax
return. Payers must generally withhold 31% of taxable interest, dividends, and
certain other payments to a payee who does not give a TIN to a payer. Certain
penalties may also apply.
 
PENALTIES
(1) FAILURE TO FURNISH TIN.--If you fail to furnish your TIN to a requester,
you are subject to a penalty of $50 for each such failure unless your failure
is due to reasonable cause and not to willful neglect.
(2) CIVIL PENALTY FOR FALSE INFORMATION WITH RESPECT TO WITHHOLDING.--If you
make a false statement with no reasonable basis that results in no backup
withholding, you are subject to a penalty of $500.
(3) CRIMINAL PENALTY FOR FALSIFYING INFORMATION.--Willfully falsifying
certifications or affirmations may subject you to criminal penalties including
fines and/or imprisonment.
(4) MISUSE OF TINS.--If the requester discloses or uses TINs in violation of
federal law, the requester may be subject to civil and criminal penalties.
FOR ADDITIONAL INFORMATION CONTACT YOUR TAX CONSULTANT OR THE INTERNAL REVENUE
SERVICE

<PAGE>
 
      Not for release, publication or distribution, in whole or in part, in or
      into Canada, Australia or Japan


      FOR IMMEDIATE RELEASE                                        13 June 1997

                                  PACIFICORP

                            RECOMMENDED CASH OFFER
                           FOR THE ENERGY GROUP PLC

      PacifiCorp and The Energy Group announce the terms of a recommended cash
      offer for The Energy Group to be made by Goldman Sachs International on
      behalf of PacifiCorp Acquisitions, a wholly owned subsidiary of
      PacifiCorp.

      The Offer:

         .      including the dividend referred to below, values each Energy
                Group Share at 695.5 pence;

         .      allows holders of Energy Group Shares to retain the right to
                receive a dividend of 5.5 pence (net) per Energy Group Share to
                be paid on 4 July 1997;

         .      including the dividend referred to above, represents a premium
                of approximately 31 per cent. to the Closing Price of 529.5
                pence per Energy Group Share on 13 May 1997, the Business Day 30
                days before this announcement and a premium of approximately 24
                per cent. to the Closing Price of 561.5 pence per Energy Group
                Share on 9 June 1997, the last Business Day before the
                announcement by The Energy Group that it was involved in talks
                with PacifiCorp in relation to the Offer;

         .      values the fully diluted share capital of The Energy Group at
                approximately (POUNDS) 3,659 million; and

         .      includes a Loan Note Alternative.

      The board of The Energy Group, which has been so advised by Lazard and
      Morgan Stanley, its financial advisers, considers the terms of the Offer
      to be fair and reasonable. In providing advice to the board of The Energy
      Group, Lazard and Morgan Stanley have taken account of the directors of
      The Energy Group's commercial assessment of the Offer. Accordingly, the
      directors of The Energy Group will unanimously recommend all holders of
      Energy Group Shares and Energy Group ADSs to accept the Offer, as they
      have irrevocably undertaken to do in respect of their personal holdings of
      116,385 Energy Group Shares and 1,550 Energy Group ADSs (each Energy Group
      ADS representing four Energy Group Shares).

      The Combined Group will be an international low-cost power provider, with:

         .      over five million retail electricity customers across the United
                States, the United Kingdom and Australia;

         .      17,000 megawatts of generation capacity; and

                                       1
<PAGE>
 
         .      more than 9 billion tonnes of coal reserves, of which half is
                low sulphur.

      The Combined Group will be committed to a strategy of capitalising on the
      on-going liberalisation of the world-wide energy industry by reducing
      costs and increasing efficiency in its core markets, while expanding into
      high-growth international markets and building strong positions in power
      generation, marketing and distribution.

      Mr. Frederick Buckman intends to recommend that Mr. Derek Bonham and Mr.
      John Devaney be invited to join the board of directors of the Combined
      Group following the Acquisition. In addition, it is intended that
      following the Acquisition a management committee will be formed consisting
      of Mr. Derek Bonham, Mr. John Devaney, Mr. Eric Anstee and Mr. Irl
      Engelhardt of The Energy Group and senior executives from PacifiCorp. Mr.
      Frederick Buckman will remain as President and Chief Executive Officer of
      the Combined Group, Mr. Richard O'Brien as Chief Financial Officer and Mr.
      Verl Topham as Senior Vice President and General Counsel.

      Commenting on the Offer, Mr Frederick Buckman, President and Chief
      Executive Officer of PacifiCorp said;

      "We are delighted to announce an agreed offer for The Energy Group. We
      believe that The Energy Group's large, diverse customer base, expertise in
      energy trading and risk management and leading position in coal complement
      our own strengths in fuel management, low cost power generation and bulk
      power marketing. The Acquisition represents a landmark step in achieving
      our strategy and will position the Combined Group as a premier global
      energy group with a leading presence in three continents."

      Mr Derek Bonham, Chairman of The Energy Group, said:

      "Our results, announced today, demonstrate the soundness of our
      businesses.  We have successfully taken the initial steps to implement our
      strategy.  PacifiCorp recognised the benefits of this strategy and has
      offered a price that represents excellent value for our shareholders."

      The Conditions of the Offer are attached as Appendix I. Appendix V
      contains definitions of certain expressions used in this announcement.

      This summary should be read in conjunction with the attached announcement.

                               Analysts' Meeting

      There will be an analysts' meeting today at 10.15 a.m. at The City
      Presentation Centre, Chiswell Street, London EC1.

                                  Enquiries:

<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
PacifiCorp Acquisitions/PacifiCorp
<S>                                   <C>                  <C>
Investors                             Scott Hibbs           1 503 731 2123
                                      Angela Hult           1 503 731 2192
                                      Dave Mead             1 503 464 6262
 
Goldman Sachs International           Richard Sapp         44 171 774 1000
                                      Meyrick Cox          44 171 774 1000
 
Brunswick                             Alan Parker          44 171 404 5959
</TABLE> 

                                       2
<PAGE>
 
<TABLE> 
<S>                                   <C>                  <C>
The Energy Group                      Derek Bonham         44 171 647 3200
                                      Eric Anstee          44 171 647 3200
                                      Aviva Gershuny-Roth  44 171 647 3200
 
Lazard                                Nicholas Jones       44 171 588 2721
                                      John Wilford         44 171 588 2721
 
Morgan Stanley                        Robert Jones          1 212 761 8230
                                      Piers de Montfort    44 171 513 5007
 
Brunswick                             Louise Charlton      44 171 404 5959
</TABLE>

      The Offer will not be made, directly or indirectly, in or into Canada,
      Australia or Japan. Accordingly, copies of this announcement are not
      being, and must not be, mailed or otherwise distributed or sent in or into
      Canada, Australia or Japan.

      Goldman Sachs International, which is regulated in the United Kingdom by
      The Securities and Futures Authority Limited, is acting for PacifiCorp
      Acquisitions and PacifiCorp and for no one else in connection with the
      Offer and will not be responsible to anyone other than PacifiCorp
      Acquisitions and PacifiCorp for providing the protections afforded to its
      customers or for giving advice in relation to the Offer. Goldman Sachs
      International will be acting through Goldman, Sachs & Co. for the purposes
      of making the Offer in and into the United States.

      Lazard and Morgan Stanley & Co. Limited, which are regulated in the United
      Kingdom by The Securities and Futures Authority Limited, are acting for
      The Energy Group and for no one else in connection with the Offer and will
      not be responsible to anyone other than The Energy Group for providing the
      protections afforded to their customers or for giving advice in relation
      to the Offer.

                                       3
<PAGE>
 
      Not for release, publication or distribution, in whole or in part, in or
      into Canada, Australia or Japan.

      FOR IMMEDIATE RELEASE                                         13 June 1997

                                  PACIFICORP


                            RECOMMENDED CASH OFFER
                           FOR THE ENERGY GROUP PLC

   1  Introduction

      The boards of PacifiCorp and The Energy Group announce the terms of a
      recommended cash offer to be made by Goldman Sachs International on behalf
      of PacifiCorp Acquisitions, a wholly owned subsidiary of PacifiCorp, for
      the whole of the issued and to be issued share capital of The Energy
      Group.

      The board of The Energy Group, which has been so advised by Lazard and
      Morgan Stanley, its financial advisers, considers the terms of the Offer
      to be fair and reasonable. In providing advice to the board of The Energy
      Group, Lazard and Morgan Stanley have taken account of the directors of
      The Energy Group's commercial assessment of the Offer. Accordingly, the
      directors of The Energy Group will unanimously recommend all holders of
      Energy Group Shares and Energy Group ADSs to accept the Offer, as they
      have irrevocably undertaken to do in respect of their personal holdings of
      116,385 Energy Group Shares and 1,550 Energy Group ADSs.

      The definitions of certain expressions used in this announcement are
      contained in Appendix V.

   2  The Offer

      The Offer will be subject to the Conditions set out in Appendix I which
      will, together with the further terms of the Offer, appear in the Offer
      Document and will be made by Goldman Sachs International, on behalf of
      PacifiCorp Acquisitions, on the following basis:

         for each Energy Group Share          690 pence; and

         for each Energy Group ADS            (POUNDS) 27.60

      In addition, holders of Energy Group Shares will retain the right to
      receive a dividend of 5.5 pence (net) per Energy Group Share announced
      today and to be paid on 4 July 1997 to holders of Energy Group Shares on
      the register at close of business on 27 June 1997.

      The Offer values The Energy Group at approximately (POUNDS) 3,659 million
      (assuming the exercise in full of all outstanding options and the vesting
      of all outstanding awards under the Energy Group Share Schemes). Including
      the dividend referred to above, the Offer represents a premium of
      approximately 31 per cent. to the Closing Price of 529.5 pence per Energy
      Group Share on 13 May 1997, the Business Day 30 days before this
      announcement and a premium of approximately 24 per 

                                       4
<PAGE>
 
      cent. to the Closing Price of 561.5 pence per Energy Group Share on 9 June
      1997, the last Business Day before the announcement by The Energy Group
      that it was involved in talks with PacifiCorp in relation to the Offer.

      The Offer will be subject to the applicable requirements of both the City
      Code in the United Kingdom and United States federal securities laws.

   3  Loan Note Alternative

      A Loan Note Alternative will be available to holders of Energy Group
      Shares (other than North American Persons and certain other shareholders)
      who validly accept the Offer on the basis of, for every (POUNDS) 1 of cash
      under the Offer, (POUNDS) 1 nominal of Loan Notes, subject to aggregate
      valid elections being received on or before the date on which all the
      Conditions are waived, fulfilled or satisfied as applicable,  for in
      excess of (POUNDS) 1 million nominal value of Loan Notes. If insufficient
      elections are received, holders of Energy Group Shares who elect for the
      Loan Note Alternative will instead receive cash in accordance with the
      terms of the Offer.

      Goldman Sachs International has advised that, based on market conditions
      on 12 June 1997 (the latest practicable date prior to the publication of
      this announcement), in its opinion, if the Loan Notes had then been in
      issue, the value of each (POUNDS) 1 nominal would have been approximately
      98 pence.

      In considering the Loan Note Alternative, holders of Energy Group Shares
      should note that the obligations of the issuer of the Loan Notes are not
      guaranteed.

      A summary of the terms of the Loan Notes is set out in Appendix II to this
      announcement.

   4  Information on the PacifiCorp Group

      PacifiCorp is a diversified energy group based in Portland, Oregon. The
      company serves 1.4 million retail customers in Oregon, Washington,
      California, Montana, Idaho, Utah and Wyoming. It is one of the lowest cost
      electricity suppliers in the United States, with an average net retail
      price in 1996 of 4.8 cents per kilowatt-hour, compared with a national
      average of 7.15 cents. PacifiCorp is the leading private wholesaler of
      electricity in the western United States and is one of the top power
      marketers in the eastern United States. In addition, PacifiCorp recently
      acquired TPC Corporation, a natural gas storage, processing and marketing
      company based in Houston, Texas.

      PacifiCorp operates one of the largest open-access transmission systems in
      the United States with over 150 access points across 15,000 circuit miles
      and has generating capacity of over 10,000 megawatts. It is the 12th
      largest coal producer in the United States, producing 22.6 million tonnes
      in 1996. In 1996, the average electricity production costs at its coal-
      fired plants were 25 per cent. lower than the national average.

      PacifiCorp also has substantial operations in Australia through Powercor,
      the largest electricity distribution business in Victoria and its
      partnership interest in the Hazelwood power generating station and
      associated mine.

      PacifiCorp is listed on the New York and Pacific Stock Exchanges under the
      symbol "PPW". In the year ended 31 December 1996, PacifiCorp recorded net
      income attributable to holders of ordinary stock of $475 million based on
      revenues of $4,298 million. As at the close of trading on the New York
      Stock Exchange on 12 June 1997, PacifiCorp had a market capitalisation of
      approximately $6.4 billion.

                                       5
<PAGE>
 
      PacifiCorp Acquisitions, a wholly owned subsidiary of PacifiCorp, is a
      newly incorporated unlimited company incorporated in England and Wales on
      9 June 1997 for the purpose of making the Offer.

   5  Information on The Energy Group

      The Energy Group is a diversified international energy group which
      includes Peabody, the world's largest private producer of coal, and
      Eastern, one of the leading integrated electricity and gas groups in the
      United Kingdom.

      Peabody, the largest producer of coal in the United States, operates 26
      underground and surface mines in the United States and three surface mines
      in Australia. As at 30 September 1996, Peabody had 8.5 billion tonnes of
      proven and probable coal reserves and in the year ended that date sold 148
      million tonnes of coal. Peabody Australia, one of the ten largest coal
      producers in Australia, has interests in four surface mines in New South
      Wales, three of which currently operate under its management. Peabody's
      equity share of the coal sales of these mines amounted to 6.1 million
      tonnes in the year ended 30 September 1996 and its equity share of the
      proven and probable reserves associated with these operations as at 30
      September 1996 amounted to 263 million tonnes.

      Through Eastern, The Energy Group is one of the leading integrated
      electricity and gas groups in the United Kingdom and is involved in a wide
      range of operations:

      .  Eastern Generation, the fourth largest generator of electricity in
         Great Britain. Eastern Generation currently owns, operates or has an
         interest in eight power stations, representing approximately 10 per
         cent. of the United Kingdom's total registered generating capacity as
         at 30 September 1996;

      .  Eastern Power & Energy Trading, which manages the price and volume
         risks associated with the generation, wholesaling and sale to end users
         of electricity. These exposures are managed by trading its contract
         portfolio, and bidding Eastern's generation output into the Pool (the
         electricity trading market in England and Wales);

      .  Eastern Natural Gas, a major wholesaler and retail supplier of
         natural gas in the United Kingdom with upstream shipping, purchasing,
         trading and sales operations, is one of the largest suppliers of
         natural gas in the United Kingdom after Centrica plc. Its principal
         activities are the buying and selling of natural gas. It also has small
         equity interests in three gas-producing fields in the North Sea; and

      .  Eastern Group, one of the largest suppliers of electricity in the
         United Kingdom with over three million customers whose authorised area
         covers approximately 20,300 sq. km. in the east of England and parts of
         North London.

      In the year ended 30 September 1996, The Energy Group reported pro forma
      consolidated turnover of (POUNDS) 3,635 million and pro forma consolidated
      net income of (POUNDS) 310 million. The Energy Group's results for the six
      months ended 31 March 1997 are set out in Appendix III.

   6  Reasons for the Offer

      A number of trends in the world energy industry are influencing PacifiCorp
      and The Energy Group. Energy providers have been required to provide
      better service, lower prices and more choice to their customers in the
      United States, the United Kingdom, Europe and Australia. The deregulation
      of electricity markets has led to increased customer choice and
      competition between suppliers. Industry participants have reacted to this
      by restructuring their businesses and diversifying their activities.

                                       6
<PAGE>
 
      The Combined Group will be an international low-cost power provider, with:

         .      over five million retail electricity customers across the United
                States, the United Kingdom and Australia;

         .      17,000 megawatts of generation capacity; and

         .      more than 9 billion tonnes of coal reserves, of which half is
                low sulphur.

      The Combined Group will be committed to a strategy of capitalising on the
      on-going liberalisation of the world-wide energy industry by reducing
      costs and increasing efficiency in its core markets while expanding into
      high-growth international markets and building strong positions in power
      generation, marketing and distribution.

      The combination of PacifiCorp and The Energy Group will create a premier
      international vertically integrated energy provider able to:

         .      continue both companies' proven ability in providing value added
                services to customers at competitive prices;

         .      capitalise on deregulation in both home markets and abroad and
                further enhance competition;

         .      integrate fuel management, power generation, energy marketing
                and distribution to customers on three continents;

         .      build on existing skills and adopt best practices in mining,
                energy marketing, trading and risk management and information
                technology; and

         .      increase the efficient utilisation of generation resources
                through effective fuel management and plant optimisation.

   7  Regulation

      The Offer is subject to certain regulatory consents and confirmations
      being obtained. Amongst other approaches to relevant regulatory
      authorities, PacifiCorp Acquisitions is making a submission to the Office
      of Fair Trading concerning the Offer and, together with The Energy Group,
      will enter into discussions with the DGES. The Offer is also subject to
      the expiry or early termination of the waiting period under the US HSR
      Act.

   8  The Energy Group Share Schemes

      The Offer will extend to any fully paid Energy Group Shares which are
      unconditionally allotted or issued while the Offer is open for acceptance,
      including those unconditionally allotted or issued pursuant to the
      exercise of options under the Energy Group Share Schemes.

      Appropriate proposals will be made in due course to the participants in
      the Energy Group Share Schemes if the Offer becomes or is declared
      unconditional in all respects.

   9  Directors, management and employees

      PacifiCorp Acquisitions has given assurances to the board of The Energy
      Group that the existing employment rights, including pension rights, of
      all Energy Group directors, management and 

                                       7
<PAGE>
 
      employees will be fully safeguarded. PacifiCorp looks forward to working
      with Energy Group employees.

      Mr. Frederick Buckman intends to recommend that Mr. Derek Bonham and Mr.
      John Devaney be invited to join the board of directors of the Combined
      Group following the Acquisition. In addition, it is intended that
      following the Acquisition a management committee will be formed consisting
      of Mr. Derek Bonham, Mr. John Devaney, Mr. Eric Anstee and Mr. Irl
      Engelhardt of The Energy Group and senior executives from PacifiCorp. Mr.
      Frederick Buckman will remain as President and Chief Executive Officer of
      the Combined Group, Mr. Richard "Brien as Chief Financial Officer and Mr.
      Verl Topham as Senior Vice President and General Counsel.

  10  Holdings in The Energy Group

      Neither PacifiCorp Acquisitions, nor any of the directors of PacifiCorp
      Acquisitions, nor, so far as PacifiCorp Acquisitions is aware, any party
      acting in concert with PacifiCorp Acquisitions, owns or controls any
      Energy Group Securities or holds any options to purchase Energy Group
      Shares or holds any derivatives referenced to Energy Group Securities,
      other than as set out below:

10.1  PacifiCorp Retirement Fund, a discretionary pension fund of the
      PacifiCorp Group under independent control, owns 25,000 Energy Group
      Shares;

10.2  CIN Management, a subsidiary of Goldman Sachs International owns 6,517,433
      Energy Group Shares;

10.3  Goldman Sachs & Co. Discretionary Customer accounts hold 111,639 Energy
      Group Shares;

10.4  Goldman Sachs International Discretionary Customer accounts hold 9,000
      Energy Group Shares; and

10.5  Goldman Sachs & Co. owns 776,748 Energy Group Shares.

  11  Financing

      PacifiCorp Acquisitions has arranged appropriate financing in connection
      with the Offer. Other wholly-owned subsidiaries of PacifiCorp have
      arranged their own funding to assist in PacifiCorp Acquisitions' financing
      of the Offer.

 12   General

      (a)   Goldman Sachs International, which is regulated in the United
            Kingdom by The Securities and Futures Authority Limited, is acting
            for PacifiCorp Acquisitions and PacifiCorp and for no one else in
            connection with the Offer and will not be responsible to anyone
            other than PacifiCorp Acquisitions and PacifiCorp for providing the
            protections afforded to its customers or for giving advice in
            relation to the Offer. Goldman Sachs International will be acting
            through Goldman, Sachs & Co. for the purposes of making the Offer in
            and into the United States.

      (b)   Lazard and Morgan Stanley & Co. Limited, which are regulated in the
            United Kingdom by The Securities and Futures Authority Limited, are
            acting for The Energy Group and for no one else in connection with
            the Offer and will not be responsible to anyone other than The
            Energy Group for providing the protections afforded to their
            customers or for giving advice in relation to the Offer.

                                       8
<PAGE>
 
      (c)   The Offer Document will be posted in due course and will be
            available for inspection at the offices of Linklaters & Paines,
            Barrington House, 59-67 Gresham Street, London EC2V 7JA. The
            Conditions are set out in Appendix I to this announcement.

      (d)   Energy Group Securities will be acquired by PacifiCorp Acquisitions
            fully paid and free from all liens, equities, charges, encumbrances
            and other interests and, except in respect of the dividend referred
            to below, together with all rights now or hereafter attaching
            thereto, including without limitation the right to receive and
            retain all dividends (other than the right to receive a dividend of
            5.5 pence (net) per Energy Group Share to be paid on 4 July 1997)
            and other distributions declared, made or paid hereafter.

      (e)   The Initial Offer Period is expected to expire at 3.00 p.m. (London
            time), 10.00 a.m. (New York City time) on the day following the 20th
            Business Day from the date of the Offer Document, unless extended.
            At the conclusion of the Initial Offer Period, including any
            extension thereof, the Offer will be extended for a Subsequent Offer
            Period of at least 14 calendar days. Holders of Energy Group
            Securities will have withdrawal rights during the Initial Offer
            Period, including any extension thereof, but not during the
            Subsequent Offer Period, including any extension thereof.

      (f)   The Offer will not be made, directly or indirectly, in or into
            Canada, Australia or Japan. Accordingly, copies of this announcement
            are not being, and must not be, mailed or otherwise distributed or
            sent in or into Canada, Australia or Japan.

      (g)   The Loan Notes to be issued pursuant to the Offer have not been, nor
            will be, registered under the United States Securities Act of 1933,
            as amended, or under any relevant securities laws of any states or
            district of the United States, will not be the subject of a
            prospectus under the securities laws of any province of Canada and
            will not be registered under any relevant securities laws of any
            other country. Accordingly, unless an exception under such Act or
            laws is available, the Loan Notes may not be offered, sold or
            delivered, directly or indirectly, in or into the United States,
            Canada, Australia or Japan.

                                       9
<PAGE>
 
                                  Appendix I

                            Conditions of the Offer

      The Offer, which will be made by Goldman Sachs International on behalf of
      PacifiCorp Acquisitions, will comply with the rules and regulations of the
      City Code and with US federal securities laws (except to the extent that
      exemptive relief has been granted by the SEC) and the rules and
      regulations made thereunder, will be governed by English law and be
      subject to the jurisdiction of the courts of England and the following
      Conditions:

      (a)   valid acceptances being received (and not, where permitted,
            withdrawn) by not later than 3.00 p.m. (London time), 10.00 a.m.
            (New York City time) on the day following the 20th Business Day
            following the date of the Offer Document (or such later time(s)
            and/or date(s) as PacifiCorp Acquisitions may, subject to the rules
            and regulations of the City Code, decide) in respect of not less
            than 90 per cent. (or such lesser percentage as PacifiCorp
            Acquisitions may decide) in nominal value of Energy Group Securities
            to which the Offer relates, provided that this Condition shall not
            be satisfied unless PacifiCorp Acquisitions and its wholly owned
            subsidiaries shall have acquired or agreed to acquire, whether
            pursuant to the Offer or otherwise, Energy Group Securities carrying
            in aggregate more than 50 per cent. of the voting rights then
            exercisable at general meetings of The Energy Group. For the
            purposes of this Condition: (i) any Energy Group Shares which have
            been unconditionally allotted shall be deemed to carry the voting
            rights they will carry upon being entered in the register of members
            of The Energy Group; (ii) the expression "Energy Group Securities to
            which the Offer relates" shall be construed in accordance with
            sections 428 to 430F of the Companies Act; and (iii) valid
            acceptances shall be treated as having been received in respect of
            any Energy Group Shares which PacifiCorp Acquisitions shall,
            pursuant to section 429(8) of the Companies Act, be treated as
            having acquired or contracted to acquire by virtue of acceptance of
            the Offer;

      (b)   an announcement being made in terms reasonably satisfactory to
            PacifiCorp Acquisitions that it is not the intention of the
            Secretary of State for Trade and Industry to refer the Acquisition,
            or any matters arising from it, to the Monopolies and Mergers
            Commission;

      (c)   the DGES indicating in terms reasonably satisfactory to PacifiCorp
            Acquisitions that it is not his intention to seek modifications to
            any of Eastern's licenses under the Electricity Act 1989 (except on
            terms reasonably satisfactory to PacifiCorp Acquisitions);

      (d)   the DGES indicating in terms reasonably satisfactory to PacifiCorp
            Acquisitions that he will not seek undertakings or assurances from
            any member of the PacifiCorp Acquisitions Group or the TEG Group
            (except on terms reasonably satisfactory to PacifiCorp Acquisitions)
            and that in connection with the Acquisition he will seek or agree to
            such modifications (if any) and such other consents and/or
            directions (if any) as are in the reasonable opinion of PacifiCorp
            Acquisitions necessary or appropriate with respect to the licenses
            referred to in Condition (c);

      (e)   the expiry or early termination of all applicable waiting periods
            under the US HSR Act;

      (f)   PacifiCorp Acquisitions being reasonably satisfied that the
            acquisition of Energy Group Securities pursuant to the Offer will
            not subject PacifiCorp Acquisitions to regulation, or 

                                       10
<PAGE>
 
            PacifiCorp Acquisitions will be exempt from regulation, under the US
            Public Utility Holding Company Act of 1935;

      (g)   no final FERC order being in effect requiring FERC approval of the
            acquisition of Energy Group Securities pursuant to the Offer;

      (h)   the Foreign Investment Review Board of Australia indicating on terms
            reasonably satisfactory to PacifiCorp Acquisitions that it has no
            objection to the Acquisition;

      (i)   no relevant authority having intervened in a way which would be
            likely, or having failed to institute or implement any action the
            failure of which would be likely (to an extent which is, in the case
            of (i) to (iv) below, material in the context of the PacifiCorp
            Acquisitions Group or of the TEG Group or of the financing of the
            Offer):

            (i)     to require, prevent or delay the divestiture or materially
                    alter the terms of any proposed divestiture by PacifiCorp
                    Acquisitions or The Energy Group or any member of the
                    PacifiCorp Acquisitions Group or the wider TEG Group of all
                    or any portion of their respective businesses, assets or
                    properties or impose any limitation on the ability of any of
                    them to conduct any of their respective businesses or to own
                    any of their respective assets or property or any part
                    thereof;

            (ii)    to impose any limitation on the ability of any member of the
                    PacifiCorp Acquisitions Group or the wider TEG Group to
                    acquire, or to hold or to exercise effectively, directly or
                    indirectly, any rights of ownership in respect of shares in,
                    or management control over, any member of the wider TEG
                    Group;

            (iii)   otherwise adversely to affect the financial or trading
                    position of any member of the PacifiCorp Acquisitions Group
                    or the wider TEG Group;

            (iv)    to make the Offer or its implementation or the acquisition
                    or the proposed acquisition of any Energy Group Shares or
                    Energy Group ADSs or control of The Energy Group by any
                    member of the PacifiCorp Acquisitions Group void, illegal,
                    and/or unenforceable, or otherwise, directly or indirectly,
                    restrain, restrict, prohibit, delay or otherwise interfere
                    with the implementation thereof, or impose additional
                    conditions or obligations with respect thereto, or otherwise
                    challenge or hinder any thereof;

            (v)     to result in a delay in the ability of any member of the
                    PacifiCorp Acquisitions Group, or render any such person
                    unable, to acquire some or all of the Energy Group Shares or
                    Energy Group ADSs or require or prevent or materially delay
                    divestiture by any such person of any such securities; or

            (vi)    to require any member of the PacifiCorp Acquisitions Group
                    or the wider TEG Group to offer to acquire any shares or
                    other securities (or the equivalent) in any member of the
                    wider TEG Group owned by any third party;

            and all applicable waiting and other time periods during which any
            relevant authority could, in respect of the Offer or the acquisition
            or proposed acquisition of any Energy Group Shares or Energy Group
            ADSs or control of The Energy Group by PacifiCorp Acquisitions,
            intervene having expired, lapsed or terminated;

      (j)   all necessary filings having been made, all regulatory and statutory
            obligations having been complied with, all appropriate waiting
            periods under any applicable legislation or regulations of any
            jurisdiction having expired, lapsed or terminated in each case in
            respect of the Offer or the acquisition of any shares or other
            securities in, or control of, 

                                       11
<PAGE>
 
            The Energy Group by any member of the PacifiCorp Acquisitions Group
            and all authorisations and determinations necessary or appropriate
            in any jurisdiction for or in respect of the Offer (including,
            without limitation, its implementation and financing) or proposed
            acquisition of any shares or other securities in, or control of, The
            Energy Group by any member of the PacifiCorp Acquisitions Group or
            in relation to the affairs of any member of the PacifiCorp
            Acquisitions Group or the wider TEG Group having been obtained in
            terms and in a form reasonably satisfactory to PacifiCorp
            Acquisitions from all relevant authorities or (without prejudice to
            the generality of the foregoing) from any persons or bodies with
            whom any member of the PacifiCorp Acquisitions Group or the wider
            TEG Group, as the case may be, has entered into contractual
            arrangements and such authorisations and determinations together
            with all material authorisations and determinations necessary or
            appropriate for any member of the PacifiCorp Acquisitions Group or
            the wider TEG Group to carry on a business which is material in the
            context of the PacifiCorp Acquisitions Group or the TEG Group as a
            whole or of the financing of the Offer remaining in full force and
            effect and all filings necessary for such purpose having been made
            and there being no notice or intimation of any intention to revoke
            or not to renew any of the same and all necessary statutory or
            regulatory obligations in all relevant jurisdictions having been
            complied with;

      (k)   PacifiCorp Acquisitions not having discovered any provision of any
            agreement, arrangement, licence or other instrument to which any
            member of the wider TEG Group is a party or by or to which any
            member of the wider TEG Group or any part of its assets may be
            bound, entitled or subject which would be likely, as a result of the
            Offer, the proposed acquisition by PacifiCorp Acquisitions of any
            shares in, or change in the control or management of, The Energy
            Group or otherwise, to result in (to an extent which is material in
            the context of the PacifiCorp Acquisitions Group or the wider TEG
            Group as a whole or of the financing of the Offer):

            (i)     any moneys borrowed by or any other indebtedness, actual or
                    contingent, of any member of the wider TEG Group being or
                    becoming repayable or capable of being declared repayable
                    immediately or prior to its stated maturity, or the ability
                    of any such member to borrow moneys or incur any
                    indebtedness being withdrawn or inhibited;

            (ii)    any such agreement, arrangement, licence or instrument being
                    terminated or adversely modified or any obligation or
                    liability arising or any action being taken or arising
                    thereunder;

            (iii)   the rights, liabilities, obligations or interests of any
                    member of the wider TEG Group under any such agreement,
                    arrangement, licence or instrument or the interests or
                    business of any such member in or with any other person,
                    firm, company or body (or any arrangements relating to any
                    such interests or business) being terminated or adversely
                    modified or affected;

            (iv)    any assets or interests of any such member being or becoming
                    liable to be disposed of or charged, or any right arising
                    under which any such asset or interest is required or is
                    likely to be required to be disposed of or charged, in each
                    case, other than in the ordinary course of business;

            (v)     the creation of any mortgage, charge or other security
                    interest over the whole or any part of the business,
                    property or assets of any member of the wider TEG Group or
                    any such security interest, whenever arising or having
                    arisen, becoming enforceable;

                                       12
<PAGE>
 
            (vi)    the creation of liabilities for any member of the wider TEG
                    Group other than in the ordinary course of business; or

            (vii)   the financial or trading position of any member of the wider
                    TEG Group being prejudiced or adversely affected;

      (l)   PacifiCorp Acquisitions not having discovered, save as publicly
            announced in accordance with the Listing Rules prior to the date of
            this announcement, that any member of the wider TEG Group has, since
            30 September 1996 to an extent which is material in the context of
            the TEG Group as a whole or of the financing of the Offer:

            (i)     save to any member of the TEG Group and save for the issue
                    of Energy Group Securities on the exercise of options
                    granted under any of the Energy Group Share Schemes prior to
                    the date of this announcement, issued or agreed to issue or
                    authorised or proposed the issue of additional shares of any
                    class, or of securities convertible into, or rights,
                    warrants or options to subscribe for or acquire, any such
                    shares or convertible securities or redeemed, purchased or
                    reduced any part of its share capital;

            (ii)    recommended, declared, paid or made or proposed to
                    recommend, declare, pay or make any bonus, dividend, or
                    other distribution in respect of the share capital of The
                    Energy Group (except a dividend of 5.5 pence (net) per
                    Energy Group Share to be paid on 4 July 1997);

            (iii)   merged with any body corporate or acquired or disposed of or
                    transferred, mortgaged or charged or created any security
                    interest over any assets or any right, title or interest in
                    any assets (including shares and trade investments) or
                    authorised or proposed or announced any intention to propose
                    a merger, demerger, acquisition, disposal, transfer,
                    mortgage, charge or security interest (in each case, other
                    than in the ordinary course of business);

            (iv)    made or authorised or proposed or announced an intention to
                    propose any change in its share or loan capital save for
                    options granted under any of the Energy Group Shares Schemes
                    prior to the date of this announcement and for any Energy
                    Group Securities allotted upon exercise of such options;

            (v)     issued, authorised or proposed or announced an intention to
                    propose the issue of any debentures or (save in the ordinary
                    course of business) incurred or increased any indebtedness
                    or contingent liability;

            (vi)    otherwise than in the ordinary course of business, entered
                    into any contract, reconstruction, amalgamation, commitment
                    or other transaction or arrangement or (save for changes in
                    remuneration notified to PacifiCorp Acquisitions prior to
                    the date of this announcement) changed the terms of any
                    contract with any director of The Energy Group;

            (vii)   save in the ordinary course of business, entered into or
                    varied any contract, transaction or commitment (whether in
                    respect of capital expenditure or otherwise) which is of a
                    long-term, onerous or unusual nature or magnitude or which
                    involves or could involve an obligation of such a nature or
                    magnitude;

            (viii)  waived or compromised any claim otherwise than in the
                    ordinary course of business;

                                       13
<PAGE>
 
            (ix)    taken any corporate action or had any order made for its
                    winding-up, dissolution or reorganization or for the
                    appointment of a receiver, administrator, administrative
                    receiver, trustee or similar officer of all or any of its
                    assets or revenues; or

            (x)     entered into any contract, commitment, agreement or
                    arrangement or passed any resolution with respect to, or
                    announced an intention to, or to propose to effect, any of
                    the transactions, matters or events referred to in this
                    Condition;

      (m)   since 30 September 1996, save as publicly announced in accordance
            with the Listing Rules prior to the date of this announcement, none
            of the following having occurred to an extent which is material in
            the context of the wider TEG Group as a whole or of the financing of
            the Offer:

            (i)     adverse change or deterioration in the business, assets,
                    financial or trading position of any member of the wider TEG
                    Group;

            (ii)    litigation or arbitration proceedings, prosecution or other
                    legal proceedings having been instituted or threatened in
                    writing by or against or remaining outstanding against any
                    member of the wider TEG Group or to which any member of the
                    wider TEG Group is a party (whether as plaintiff, defendant
                    or otherwise) and any investigation by any relevant
                    authority against, or in respect of any member of, the wider
                    TEG Group having been threatened in writing, announced or
                    instituted or remaining outstanding by, against or in
                    respect of any member of the wider TEG Group; and

            (iii)   a contingent or other liability of any member of the wider
                    TEG Group having arisen which would be likely adversely to
                    affect any member of the wider TEG Group;

      (n)   PacifiCorp Acquisitions not having discovered:

            (i)     that any financial, business or other information which has
                    been publicly disclosed at any time by or on behalf of any
                    member of the wider TEG Group is materially misleading,
                    contains a material misrepresentation of fact or omits to
                    state a fact necessary to make the information contained
                    therein not materially misleading and which in any such case
                    is material in the context of the wider TEG Group taken as a
                    whole or of the financing of the Offer; or

            (ii)    that any member of the wider TEG Group was at the date of
                    the Energy Group Listing Particulars, or has, outside the
                    ordinary course of business since that date, become subject
                    to any liability (contingent or otherwise) which is not
                    disclosed or referred to in the Energy Group Listing
                    Particulars and which is material in the context of the
                    wider TEG Group taken as a whole or of the financing of the
                    Offer; and

      (o)   save as disclosed or provided for in the Energy Group Listing
            Particulars or as otherwise publicly announced in accordance with
            the Listing Rules prior to the date of this announcement, PacifiCorp
            Acquisitions not having discovered:

            (i)     that any past or present member of the wider TEG Group has
                    not complied with all applicable legislation or regulations
                    of any jurisdiction with regard to the disposal, discharge,
                    spillage, leak or emission of any waste or hazardous
                    substance or any substance likely to impair the environment
                    or harm human health, which non-compliance or any other
                    disposal, discharge, spillage, leak or emission which has
                    occurred would be likely to give rise to any liability
                    (whether actual or contingent)

                                       14
<PAGE>
 
                    on the part of any member of the wider TEG Group and which
                    is material in the context of the wider TEG Group taken as a
                    whole or of the financing of the Offer; or

            (ii)    that there is, or is likely to be, any liability (whether
                    actual or contingent) to make good, repair, reclaim,
                    remediate, reinstate or clean up property now or previously
                    owned, occupied or made use of by any past or present member
                    of the wider TEG Group under any legislation, regulation,
                    notice, circular or order of any relevant authority relating
                    to the protection of or enhancement of the environment and
                    which is material in the context of the wider TEG Group
                    taken as a whole or of the financing of the Offer.

      For the purposes of these Conditions: (a) "relevant authority" means any
      government, government department or governmental, quasi-governmental,
      supranational, statutory or regulatory body, court, trade agency,
      professional association or institution or environmental body in any
      jurisdiction; (b) a relevant authority shall be regarded as having
      "intervened" if it has instituted, implemented or threatened to take any
      action, proceedings, suit, investigation or enquiry or reference, or made,
      enacted or proposed any statute, regulation, decision or order and
      "intervene" shall be construed accordingly; (c) "authorisations" mean
      authorisations, orders, grants, recognitions, certifications,
      confirmations, consents, licences, clearances, permissions and approvals;
      and (d) the "wider TEG Group" means The Energy Group and its subsidiary
      undertakings, associated undertakings and any other undertakings in which
      The Energy Group and such undertakings (aggregating their interests) have
      a substantial interest; and (e) the "PacifiCorp Acquisitions Group" means
      PacifiCorp Holdings, Inc. and its subsidiary undertakings, associated
      undertakings and any other undertaking in which PacifiCorp Holdings, Inc.
      and such undertakings (aggregating their interests) have a substantial
      interest and, for these purposes, "subsidiary undertaking", "associated
      undertaking", "holding company" and "undertaking" have the meanings given
      by the Companies Act (but for this purpose ignoring paragraph 20(1)(b) of
      Schedule 4A of the Companies Act) and "substantial interest" means a
      direct or indirect interest in 20 per cent. or more of the equity capital
      of an undertaking.

      PacifiCorp Acquisitions will not invoke either of Conditions (i) or (j) in
      respect of actions taken by FERC or for the failure to obtain any approval
      from FERC.

      PacifiCorp Acquisitions reserves the right to waive all or any of the
      above Conditions, in whole or in part, except Condition (a). Conditions
      (b) to (o) inclusive, if not, where applicable, waived, must have been
      fulfilled or satisfied at the same time as Condition (a) is fulfilled, but
      subject thereto, PacifiCorp Acquisitions shall be under no obligation to
      waive or treat as satisfied any Condition by a date earlier than the
      latest date for the satisfaction thereof, notwithstanding that the other
      Conditions may at such earlier date have been waived or fulfilled and that
      there are at such earlier date no circumstances indicating that any of
      such Conditions may not be capable of fulfilment.

      If PacifiCorp Acquisitions is required by the Panel to make an offer for
      Energy Group Securities under the provisions of Rule 9 of the City Code,
      PacifiCorp Acquisitions may make such alterations to the above Conditions,
      including Condition (a), as are necessary to comply with the provisions of
      Rule 9.

      The Offer will lapse if the Acquisition is referred to the Monopolies and
      Mergers Commission before the Initial Closing Date.

      The Loan Note Alternative will be conditional upon the Offer being
      declared or becoming unconditional in all respects.

                                       15
<PAGE>
 
                                  Appendix II

                    Summary of the Terms of the Loan Notes

      The Floating Rate Unsecured Loan Notes 2004 of PacifiCorp Acquisitions
      will be created by a resolution of the Board or a duly authorised
      committee thereof and will be constituted by a Loan Note instrument (the
      "Loan Note Instrument") executed as a deed by PacifiCorp Acquisitions. The
      Loan Notes will not be guaranteed. The issue of the Loan Notes will be
      conditional on all Conditions being, where applicable, waived, fulfilled
      or satisfied. Loan Notes will be issued only if the aggregate valid
      elections for the Loan Note Alternative received on or before the date on
      which all Conditions are so waived, fulfilled or satisfied, as applicable,
      will result in PacifiCorp Acquisitions issuing in excess of (POUNDS) 1
      million nominal value of Loan Notes. The Loan Note Alternative will not be
      available to North American Persons or any holder of Energy Group Shares
      who is unable to give a warranty relating to the fact that he has not
      received or accepted the Offer through the United States, Canada, Japan or
      Australia. The Loan Note Instrument will contain provisions, inter alia,
      substantially to the effect set out below.

   1  The Loan Notes will be issued by PacifiCorp Acquisitions in amounts and
      integral multiples of (POUNDS) 1 in nominal amount only and will
      constitute unsecured obligations of PacifiCorp Acquisitions. No payment
      will be made in respect of any amount payable of less than (POUNDS) 1. The
      Loan Note Instrument will not contain any restrictions on borrowing,
      disposals or charging of assets by PacifiCorp Acquisitions.

   2  Interest on the Loan Notes will be payable (subject to any requirement
      to deduct income tax therefrom) semi-annually in arrear on 30 June and 31
      December in each year or, if such a day is not a business day, on the
      immediately preceding business day ("interest payment dates") except that
      the first payment of interest on the Loan Notes will be made 30 June 1998
      in respect of the period from and including the date of issue of the
      relevant Loan Note up to but excluding 30 June 1998. The period from and
      including the date of issue of the relevant Loan Note up to but excluding
      30 June 1998 and the period from and including that date or any subsequent
      interest payment date up to but excluding the next following interest
      payment date is herein called an "interest period".

   3  (a) The rate of interest on the Loan Notes for each interest period will
      be the rate per annum which is 0.5 per cent. below LIBOR. "LIBOR" means
      the arithmetic mean (rounded down, if necessary, to four decimal places)
      of the respective rates which are quoted as of 11.00 a.m. on the first
      business day of the interest period on the "LIBP" page on the Reuter
      Monitor Money Rate Service (or such other page or service as may replace
      it for the purpose of displaying London inter-bank sterling offered rates
      of leading reference banks) as being the interest rates offered in the
      London inter-bank market for six month sterling deposits but:

            (i)     if only two or three such offered quotations appear, the
                    relevant arithmetic mean (rounded as mentioned above) shall
                    be determined on the bases of those offered quotations; and

            (ii)    if no, or only one, such offered quotations appear, the
                    relevant arithmetic mean (rounded as mentioned above) shall
                    be determined instead on the basis of the respective rates
                    (as quoted to PacifiCorp Acquisitions at its request) at
                    which each of Barclays Bank PLC and National Westminster
                    Bank plc is offering six month sterling deposits to prime
                    banks in the London inter-bank market at or about 11.00 am
                    on the first business day of the relevant interest period.

                                       16
<PAGE>
 
      (b) If LIBOR cannot be established in accordance with the provisions of
      sub-paragraph (a) above for any interest period, the rate of interest on
      the Loan Notes for such interest period shall be the same as that
      applicable to the Loan Notes during the previous interest period, unless
      in such case such other prime bank in the London inter-bank market as
      PacifiCorp Acquisitions shall reasonably select for the purpose shall have
      been prepared to offer a rate as aforesaid, in which case the rate of
      interest in respect of the relevant interest period shall be the rate so
      offered.

      (c) Each instalment of interest shall be calculated on the basis of a 365
      day year and the number of days elapsed in the relevant interest period.

   4  A holder of Loan Notes (a "Noteholder") shall be entitled to require
      PacifiCorp Acquisitions to repay the whole (whatever the amount) or any
      part (being any integral multiple of (Pounds)1) of the principal amount of
      his holding of Loan Notes at par, together with accrued interest (subject
      to any requirement to deduct income tax therefrom) up to but excluding the
      date of repayment, on any interest payment date, from and including 30
      June 1998 and thereafter on any interest payment date falling prior to 30
      June 2004 by giving not less than 30 days' prior notice in writing to
      PacifiCorp Acquisitions accompanied by the certificate(s) for all the Loan
      Notes to be repaid and notice of redemption (duly completed) in the
      prescribed form on the Loan Notes to be repaid.

   5  If at any time the principal amount of all Loan Notes outstanding is 20
      per cent. or less of the total nominal amount of Loan Notes issued in
      connection with the Offer, PacifiCorp Acquisitions shall have the right,
      on giving the remaining Noteholders not less than 30 days' notice in
      writing expiring on 30 June 1998 or any subsequent interest payment date,
      to redeem all (but not some only) of the outstanding Loan Notes at par
      together with accrued interest thereon (subject to any requirement to
      deduct income tax therefrom) up to but excluding the date of redemption.

   6  Any Loan Notes not previously repaid, redeemed or purchased will be
      repaid in full at par on 30 June 2004, together with accrued interest
      thereon (subject to any requirement to deduct income tax therefrom) up to
      but excluding that date.

   7  Any Loan Notes repaid, redeemed, or purchased will be cancelled and
      shall not be available for re-issue.

   8  The Noteholders will have power by extraordinary resolution of the
      Noteholders passed in accordance with the provisions of the Loan Note
      Instrument or by resolution in writing signed by holders of not less than
      75 per cent. in nominal value of the outstanding Loan Notes, inter alia,
      to sanction any modification, abrogation or compromise of or arrangement
      in respect of their rights against PacifiCorp Acquisitions and to assent
      to any amendment in respect of their rights against PacifiCorp
      Acquisitions and to assent to any amendment of the provisions of the Loan
      Note Instrument (but in each case subject to the consent of PacifiCorp
      Acquisitions). PacifiCorp Acquisitions may, with the consent of its
      financial advisers, amend the provisions of the Loan Note Instrument,
      without such sanction or consent, if such amendment is of a formal, minor
      or technical nature or to correct a manifest error.

   9  Each Noteholder will have the right to acquire (by subscription at a
      nominal value of an amount up to or equal to such Noteholder's holding of
      Notes) additional loan notes to be issued by a subsidiary of PacifiCorp
      Acquisitions (the "Additional Notes") on terms and conditions
      substantially the same as those applicable to the Loan Notes, except as
      follows:

      (a)   the Additional Notes will not be issued before 30 June 2003;

      (b)   the rate of interest on the Additional Notes will be 1 per cent.
            below the rate per annum described in paragraph 3(a) above; and

      (c)   the Additional Notes will not carry any right to acquire any
            additional securities.

                                       17
<PAGE>
 
  10  Each Noteholder will be entitled to require all or part (being
      (Pounds)1 nominal amount or any integral multiple thereof) of the Loan
      Notes held by him to be repaid at par together with accrued interest
      (subject to any requirement to deduct income tax therefrom) if:

      (a)   any principal or interest on any of the Loan Notes held by that
            Noteholder shall fall to be paid in full within 30 days after the
            due date for payment thereof; or

      (b)   an order is made or an effective resolution is passed for the
            winding-up or dissolution of PacifiCorp Acquisitions (other than for
            the purposes of a solvent reconstruction or a solvent amalgamation
            or a members' voluntary winding-up on terms previously approved by
            extraordinary resolution of the Noteholders); or

      (c)   an encumbrancer takes possession of, or a trustee, receiver,
            administrator or similar officer is appointed or an administration
            order is made in respect of, the whole or substantially the whole of
            the undertaking of PacifiCorp Acquisitions and such order has not
            been discharged and such person has not been paid out or discharged
            within 30 days.

  11  PacifiCorp Acquisitions will be entitled at any time to purchase any
      Loan Notes at any price by tender (available to all Noteholders alike),
      private treaty or otherwise by agreement with the relevant Noteholder(s).

  12  The Loan Notes will contain provisions entitling PacifiCorp Acquisitions,
      without the consent of Noteholders, to substitute any of its subsidiaries
      or any holding company or subsidiaries of such holding company resident in
      the UK for tax purposes (other than Eastern or any of its subsidiaries) as
      the principal debtor under the Loan Note Instrument and the Loan Notes or
      to require all or any of the Noteholders to exchange their Loan Notes for
      loan notes issued on the same terms mutatis mutandis by any such company
      provided that (a) PacifiCorp Acquisitions guarantees such company's
      obligations thereunder and (b) following such substitution or exchange,
      the Loan Notes or (as the case may be) such loan notes shall not contain a
      provision equivalent to this paragraph 12. References to PacifiCorp
      Acquisitions in this summary shall be construed accordingly. PacifiCorp
      Acquisitions' right to require substitution of such company as principal
      debtor (but not the right to require exchange of the Loan Notes) will be
      exercisable only if prior clearance has been obtained from the Inland
      Revenue to the effect that the substitution will not be treated as a
      disposal of the Loan Notes for the purposes of United Kingdom taxation of
      chargeable gains and PacifiCorp Acquisitions' right to require such an
      exchange will be exercisable only if the exchange will fall within section
      135 of the Taxation of Chargeable Gains Act 1992, and to the extent
      relevant, clearance has been received from the Inland Revenue under
      section 138 of that Act in respect of the exchange.

  13  The Loan Notes will be evidenced by certificates, will be registered and
      will be transferable in integral multiples of (Pounds)1 in excess of that
      amount, provided that transfers of Loan Notes will not be registered
      during the seven days immediately preceding an interest payment date or
      while the register of Noteholders is closed.

  14  No application has been made or is intended to be made to any stock
      exchange or other dealing service for the Loan Notes to be listed or
      otherwise traded.

  15  The Loan Notes and the Loan Note Instrument will be governed by and
      construed in accordance with English law.

                                       18
<PAGE>
 
                                  Appendix III



THE ENERGY GROUP RECORDS OPERATING PROFIT INCREASE OF 30 PER CENT FOR RESULTS TO
- --------------------------------------------------------------------------------
31 MARCH, 1997
- --------------

Results and Dividend

On a pro forma basis, group turnover for the period of six months to 31 March,
1997 rose by 38 per cent from (Pounds)1,826 million to (Pounds)2,519 million,
and underlying operating profit was 30 per cent above the same period last year
(on a pro forma basis) at (Pounds)317 million.  Underlying pro forma earnings
per share increased 33 per cent.

It is proposed to pay a dividend of 5.5p net per share on 4 July, 1997.

Derek Bonham, Executive Chairman of The Energy Group said:  "Today we have
announced the terms of a recommended offer by PacifiCorp for The Energy Group;
together we are well placed to take advantage of and compete effectively in the
fast changing international energy markets.  Detailed terms of the offer will be
mailed to our shareholders in due course."
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
 
Operating Report

Coal
                                                                      Pro forma
                                                            1997           1996
<S>                                                <C>            <C> 
Turnover for the six months to 31 March            (Pounds)647mn  (Pounds)656mn
Operating profit for the six months to 31 March     (Pounds)66mn   (Pounds)66mn
Tons sold                                                   81mn           77mn

</TABLE>

Peabody continues to lead the industry in the USA with a 15 per cent market
share of coal production.  In Australia, our operations were responsible for 5
per cent of the country's coal production.  Peabody's subsidiaries operate 26
coal mines in the USA and three mines in Australia.  A fourth Australian mine,
Bengalla, is under construction after receiving final development approval last
year.

In the calendar year 1996, our operating companies sold coal to more than 150 US
utility power plants, generating more than 9 per cent of all US electricity,
approximately equal to the total amount of US electricity produced from natural
gas. Peabody also exports steam and metallurgical coal to 15 countries from its
US and Australian mines.

                                       19
<PAGE>
 
Peabody increased its coal sales and its underlying operating profit levels in
the six months ended 31 March, 1997.  On a US dollar basis, underlying operating
profits were 5 per cent ahead of last year, although adverse currency movements
reduced reported profits to (Pounds)66 million, the same as last year's reported
level. Productivity has risen consistently, with our US operating companies
averaging 92 tons per employee per workshift for the six month period - a 13 per
cent improvement on the previous year and a new company record.

According to government statistics, the company's Powder River mines in Wyoming
were the four most productive in the USA during 1996.  At the three Australian
mines, average productivity increased by more than 17 per cent from the prior
year, maintaining one of the highest productivity rates in the country.

Sales volume from Peabody's US and Australian mines increased by 6 per cent to
81.4 million tons, reflecting favourable customer demand for coal from the
Powder River and Australian mines.  Turnover of (Pounds)647 million fell
slightly from the same period last year principally as a result of adverse
currency movements, partially offset by increased volumes.

Peabody is preparing for deregulation in the US by working with Citizens Power,
our newly acquired power marketing business in the US, to create innovative
solutions to electric utility fuel supplies.

The safety record for Peabody's US mines was the second best in its history,
capping six years of dramatic gains in safety.  Our Freedom Mine was named as
the safest underground coal mine in the USA.  An ambitious new safety programme,
One Future: Going For Perfect, has been launched with the goal of zero lost time
accidents.
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
 
POWER
                                                                      Pro forma
                                                            1997            1996
<S>                                               <C>             <C>
Turnover for the six months to 31 March           (Pounds)1,801m  (Pounds)1,092m
Operating profit for the six months to 31 March     (Pounds)129m     (Pounds)44m
Generating capacity at 31 March                          6,784MW          495 MW
 
</TABLE>

Substantial growth in our Power businesses enabled Eastern to make a significant
contribution to The Energy Group's operating profit increase in the six months
to 31 March, 1997.  The power businesses' operating profit rose by 193 per cent
to (Pounds)129 million, reflecting our greatly expanded generation portfolio
which now totals almost 7,000 MW, together with the contribution from related
energy trading activities.

The Group's power generation portfolio widened significantly in mid 1996 through
the addition of five coal-fired plants leased from National Power and PowerGen
to complement the three combined-cycle gas turbine (CCGT) plants - Peterborough,
King's Lynn, and Barking.  The five coal-fired stations were a major factor in
the substantial profit increase in the six months under review.  The performance
of  the portfolio stations over 

                                       20
<PAGE>
 
the key winter period was excellent, with average availability levels in excess
of 92 per cent, and our 360MW CCGT plant at Peterborough continues to maintain
its outstanding availability record. Our new 340MW CCGT plant at King's Lynn,
Norfolk, is undergoing commissioning trials and is due for final handover in
1997 following further work by the turnkey contractor to meet guaranteed
performance levels. In March 1997, we announced plans to build a 240MW combined
heat and power plant in Deeside using combined-cycle gas technology to serve the
needs of Shotton Paper - the UK's leading newsprint manufacturer.

Eastern's power and energy trading business manages and monitors Eastern's
energy portfolio, including the bidding of its power plants into the Electricity
Pool, the procurement of coal, oil and gas, and the management of risk for our
retail energy operations.  The business also offers risk management services to
other independent energy retailers, generators and trading parties.  During the
period under review we have further improved our ability to manage the risks
associated with such energy trading activities through the creation and
operation of a variety of options, both physical, eg: our leased coal-fired
generating plant, and through third party contractual arrangements, such as the
innovative major plant-related contracts which were announced with Enron in
January 1997 and Rolls-Royce in April 1997.

Eastern Electricity has maintained its position as a leader in competitive
electricity supply with an estimated 13 per cent of the contestable market.
Major customers include Coats Viyella, McDonald's, Somerfield and Anglian Water.
For franchise customers, new tariffs from 1 April, 1997 will provide average
reductions of between 6 per cent and 9 per cent, and further discounts have been
introduced for customers with annual bills above (Pounds)225 or below
(Pounds)100.  Eastern Electricity is recognised as being committed to the
environment, and plans are well advanced to introduce a `green tariff' in
October of this year.

Eastern Natural Gas is now the leading retailer in the deregulating gas market
(after British Gas/Centrica) with an annualised turnover of around (Pounds)250
million and approximately 11 per cent of the competitive gas market.  It is also
the leading competitor to British Gas/Centrica in those parts of the domestic
market open to competition, with over 100,000 domestic customers.

Eastern remains focused on delivering excellent service to its customers to
ensure success in the next stages of deregulation in the UK electricity and gas
markets.  Its two customer service centres continue to operate at exceptionally
high standards and answer customer enquiries 24 hours a day, 365 days a
year.

                                       21
<PAGE>
 
NETWORKS
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                                  Pro forma
                                                           1997          1996
<S>                                                <C>           <C>
Turnover for the six months to 31 March            (Pounds)274m  (Pounds)278m
Operating profit for the six months to 31 March    (Pounds)122m  (Pounds)133m

</TABLE>

Operating profit for our Networks business has reduced by 8 per cent to
(Pounds)122 million, reflecting a (Pounds)20 million reduction in regulatory
income as a consequence of the last price review, partially offset by savings in
operating costs.  The re-opening of voluntary severance programmes and reshaping
of the Networks business is already bringing through further cost savings.

Eastern Electricity's UK network covers 20,300 square kilometres from
Peterborough in the north to parts of London in the south, and from Aylesbury in
the west to Lowestoft in the east.  Recent statistics from the Office of
Electricity Regulation show that the network remains one of the most reliable in
the country.  Targeted capital investment in the network continues to contribute
to reliability and a new operations centre has helped to enhance network
performance even further.  Set up in November 1996, it centrally monitors and
controls over 88,000km of cable and overhead lines.

Eastern Group Telecoms has continued to develop its strong position as a network
provider to telecoms operators, with operating profit of (Pounds)1.8 million
(pro forma 1996 (Pounds)0.4mn).

                                       22
<PAGE>
 
          THE ENERGY GROUP PLC - CONSOLIDATED PROFIT AND LOSS ACCOUNT
                     for the six months ended 31 March 1997
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
 
                                                      1997
                                                   (Pounds)mn
<S>                                              <C>
 
Turnover                                              2,519
 
Costs and overheads less other income                (2,222)
                                                     ------
Operating profit                                        297
 
Net interest payable and similar charges                (37)
                                                     ------
Profit on ordinary activities before taxation           260
 
Taxation charge for period                              (81)
                                                     ------
 
Profit on ordinary activities after taxation            179
 
Dividend                                                (29)
                                                     ------
Profit retained for the period                          150

Earnings per ordinary share:
     Pre-exceptional                                 38.2p
     Basic                                           34.5p

</TABLE>

The figures on pages 23 to 29 for the six months ended 31 March 1997 have been
extracted from the audited financial statements, but do not themselves
constitute full accounts within the meaning of the Companies Act 1985.
Statutory accounts for the period will be delivered to the Registrar of
Companies in England and Wales.  The other information on pages 30 to 33 is not
subject to audit.

                                       23
<PAGE>
 
                              SEGMENT INFORMATION
                     for the six months ended 31 March 1997

<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
 
 
                                                            1997
                                             Operating                 Capital
                                              profit      Turnover     employed
                                            (Pounds)mn   (Pounds)mn   (Pounds)mn
<S>                                         <C>          <C>          <C>
By activity:
Coal                                                66          647        1,370
Power                                              129        1,801        1,117
Networks                                           122          274        1,063
Other                                                -            9            8
Intra-Group trading (Networks to Power)              -         (212)           -
                                                   ---        -----        -----
                                                   317        2,519        3,558
Exceptional restructuring and
 reorganisation costs                              (20)           -            -
                                                   ---        -----        -----
                                                   297        2,519        3,558
                                                   ---        -----        -----
 
                                                               1997
                                             Operating                   Capital
                                                profit     Turnover     employed
                                            (Pounds)mn   (Pounds)mn   (Pounds)mn
By geographical location:
United Kingdom                                     228        1,853        2,166
USA                                                 52          574        1,148
Australia                                           14           74          226
Other                                                3           18           18
                                                   ---        -----        -----
                                                   297        2,519        3,558
                                                   ---        -----        -----
 
</TABLE>

                                       24
<PAGE>
 
                                 BALANCE SHEETS
                              as at 31 March 1997
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
 
 
                                             Group       Company
                                             1997         1997
                                          (Pounds)mn   (Pounds)mn
<S>                                       <C>          <C>
Fixed Assets
Tangible fixed assets                          3,910            -
Investments                                       72           63
                                              ------         ----
                                               3,982           63
                                              ------         ----
Current Assets
Stocks                                           256            -
Debtors                                        1,359           50
Investments                                       10            -
Short-term deposits                              753            -
Cash                                             385           40
                                              ------         ----
                                               2,763           90
                                              ------         ----
Creditors - due within one year
Short-term borrowings                           (738)           -
Overdrafts                                       (61)           -
Other creditors                                 (948)         (45)
                                              ------         ----
                                              (1,747)         (45)
                                              ------         ----
Net current assets                             1,016           45
                                              ------         ----
Total assets less current liabilities          4,998          108
 
Creditors - due after one year                (1,655)           -
 
Provisions for liabilities and charges        (1,498)           -
                                              ------         ----
Net assets                                     1,845          108
                                              ------         ----
Capital and reserves
Called up share capital                           52           52
Other reserves                                   639            -
Profit and loss account                        1,154           56
                                              ------         ----
Equity shareholders' funds                     1,845          108
                                              ------         ----
</TABLE>

                                       25
<PAGE>
 
                        CONSOLIDATED CASH FLOW STATEMENT
                     for the six months ended 31 March 1997

<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                               Note         (Pounds)mn      (Pounds)mn
<S>                                                            <C>          <C>             <C> 
 
Cash flow from operating activities                               1                             346
 
Returns on investments and servicing of finance
Interest received                                                                29
Interest paid                                                                   (83)
Dividends received from investments                                               1
                                                                               ---- 
                                                                                                (53)
 
Taxation                                                                                        (23)
 
Capital expenditure and financial investment
Purchase of tangible fixed assets                                              (133)
Purchase of investments                                                         (39)
Sale of tangible fixed assets                                                     4
Sale of investments                                                              12
                                                                               ----
                                                                                               (156)
 
Acquisition
Purchase of subsidiary undertaking                                                              (20)
                                                                                               ----
Cash flow before use of liquid resources and financing                                           94
 
Management of liquid resources
Net cash placed on short-term deposit                             3                            (753)
 
Financing
Net new short-term borrowings                                     3             149
Debt due beyond a year:
New secured loan repayable within 5 years                         3             907
Repayment of amounts borrowed                                     3            (118)
                                                               ----            ----
                                                                                                938
                                                                                               ----
Increase in cash in the period                                    3                             279
                                                               ----                            ----
</TABLE>

                                       26
<PAGE>
 
                   NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED CASH FLOW STATEMENT
                     For the six months ended 31 March 1997



1.   Reconciliation of operating profit to net cash inflow from operating
activities

<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
 
                                                                       1997
                                                                    (Pounds)mn
<S>                                                                 <C>

Operating profit before exceptional items                                317
Depreciation and depletion                                               100
Profit on sales of tangible fixed assets                                 (3)
Share of profit of associated undertakings                               (2)
(Increase) in investments                                                (2)
(Increase) in stocks                                                     (8)
(Increase) in debtors                                                   (83)
Increase in creditors                                                     50
Provisions                                                              (23)
                                                                        ----
Net cash inflow from operating activities                                346
                                                                        ----
</TABLE> 

2.   Analysis of changes in financing

<TABLE> 
<CAPTION>  
                                                  Share          Loans and             Current        Current
                                                capital     finance leases     debenture loans     bank loans
                                             (Pounds)mn         (Pounds)mn          (Pounds)mn     (Pounds)mn
<S>                                          <C>            <C>                <C>                 <C> 

Balance as at 1 October 1996                          -                945                 154             14
Pro forma additional net debt at
1 October 1996                                        -                  -                   -            381

                                                -------            -------             -------        -------
Pro forma balance at 1 October 1996                   -                945                 154            395
Non-cash demerger share issue                        52                  -                   -              -
Additional debt on demerger                           -                  -                   -             42
Exchange movements                                    -               (12)                 (9)              -
Cash inflow (outflow) from financing                  -                789               (113)            262
Other movements                                       -               (54)                   -            (6)
Current loan reallocations                            -               (13)                  13              -
                                                -------            -------             -------        -------
Balance as at 31 March 1997                          52              1,655                  45            693
                                                -------            -------             -------        -------
</TABLE>
The pro forma balance at 1 October 1996 reflects the figures included within the
company's Listing Particulars issued in January 1997.

                                       27
<PAGE>
 
             NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED CASH FLOW STATEMENT (CONTINUED)
                     For the six months ended 31 March 1997

3.   Analysis of changes in net debt

<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
 
                          Pro forma as at   Additional debt                       Other     Exchange         As at
                               1 Oct 1996       on demerger      Cash flow    movements    movements   31 Mar 1997
                               (Pounds)mn        (Pounds)mn     (Pounds)mn   (Pounds)mn   (Pounds)mn    (Pounds)mn
<S>                       <C>               <C>                 <C>          <C>          <C>          <C>

Cash                                  173                 -            221           (1)          (8)          385
Overdrafts                           (119)                -             58            -            -           (61)
                                                                    ------                                         
                                                                       279
                                                                    ------
Debt due after 1 year                (945)                -           (789)          67           12        (1,655)
Debt due within 1 year               (549)              (42)          (149)          (7)           9          (738)
                                                                    ------                                        
                                                                      (938)
                                                                    ------
Short-term deposits                     -                 -            753            -            -           753
                                   ------            ------         ------       ------       ------        ------
                                   (1,440)              (42)            94           59           13        (1,316)
                                   ------            ------         ------       ------       ------        ------
</TABLE>

The pro forma net debt at 1 October 1996 reflects the figures included within
the company's Listing Particulars issued in January 1997.


4.   Reconciliation of net cash flow movement to movement in net debt

<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
 
                                                 1997
                                            (Pounds)m
<S>                                         <C>
Net cash inflow in the period                     279
Increase in liquid cash resources                 753
Change in debt resulting from cash flows         (938)
                                               ------
                                                   94
Additional debt on demerger                       (42)
Other movements                                    59
Exchange movements                                 13
                                               ------
Movement in net debt in the period                124
Opening pro forma net debt                     (1,440)
                                               ------
Closing net debt                               (1,316)
                                               ------
</TABLE> 

                                       28
<PAGE>
 
               RECONCILIATION OF MOVEMENTS IN SHAREHOLDERS' FUNDS
                     for the six months ended 31 March 1997

<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                                     1997
                                                                  (Pounds)mn
<S>                                                               <C>
Actual invested capital as at 30 September 1996(*)                     2,185
Pro forma adjustments as at 30 September 1996 (*):
- - additional debt on demerger                                           (381)
- - other                                                                   (2)
                                                                       -----
Pro forma invested capital as at 30 September 1996 (*)                 1,802
Increase in additional net debt on demerger:
- - contribution towards dividend paid by Hanson in January 1997           (32)
- - other                                                                  (10)
                                                                       -----
Pro forma opening shareholders' funds                                  1,760
Profit on ordinary activities after taxation                             179
Dividend                                                                 (29)
Currency differences on foreign net investments                          (52)
Other movements                                                          (13)
                                                                       -----
Closing shareholders' funds                                            1,845
                                                                       -----
</TABLE>
 

(*) As disclosed in the Group's Listing Particulars issued in January 1997

During the final stages of the demerger process, the amount of additional net
debt allocated to the Group on demerger was increased by (Pounds)42 million to a
total of (Pounds)423 million.  The increase principally reflected a notional
contribution to Hanson's dividend of 1.0p per Hanson ordinary share paid on 10
January 1997 in respect of the quarter ended 31 December 1996.

                                       29
<PAGE>
 
                 PRO FORMA CONSOLIDATED PROFIT AND LOSS ACCOUNT
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>

                                                                                       Pro forma     Pro forma
                                                          Pro forma      Pro forma    six months    six months
                                                         year ended     year ended         ended         ended
                                                        31 Mar 1997   30 Sept 1996   31 Mar 1997   31 Mar 1996
                                                 note    (Pounds)mn     (Pounds)mn    (Pounds)mn    (Pounds)mn
<S>                                              <C>    <C>           <C>            <C>           <C>
Turnover
Coal                                                          1,452          1,461           647           656
Power                                                         2,887          2,178         1,801         1,092
Networks                                                        478            482           274           278
Other                                                            24             24             9             9
Intra-group                                                    (381)          (378)         (212)         (209)
                                                              -----          -----         -----         -----
                                                              4,460          3,767         2,519         1,826
                                                              -----          -----         -----         -----
 
Operating Profit
Coal                                                            154            154            66            66
Power                                                           168             83           129            44
Networks                                                        200            211           122           133
Other                                                            (2)            (2)            -             -
                                                              -----          -----         -----         -----
Pre exceptional operating profit                                520            446           317           243
 
Restructuring and reorganisation costs             (2)          (20)                         (20)
National Grid Group flotation                      (3)                          44                          44
                                                              -----          -----         -----         -----
Total operating profit                                          500            490           297           287
 
Profit on disposal of First Hydro                  (4)                          25                          25
 
Net interest payable and similar charges           (5)          (88)           (68)          (37)          (33)
                                                              -----          -----         -----         -----
Profit on ordinary activities before taxation                   412            447           260           279
 
Taxation charge for the period                     (6)         (126)          (137)          (81)          (89)
                                                              -----          -----         -----         -----
Profit on ordinary activities after taxation                    286            310           179           190
                                                              -----          -----         -----         -----
Earnings per share
Pre-exceptional                                    (7)        58.8p          51.8p         38.2p         28.8p
Basic                                              (7)        55.1p          59.5p         34.5p         36.5p
 
</TABLE>
Notes to the pro forma consolidated profit and loss account are shown on page 
31.

                                       30
<PAGE>
 
Notes to the pro forma profit and loss account

(1)  The pro forma information for the year ended 30 September 1996 has been
     extracted from the Listing Particulars issued during January 1997 in
     respect of the demerger.  This assumed additional net debt of (Pounds)381
     million arising as a result of the demerger, together with an average
     interest rate of 6.2 per cent.
 
(2)  Restructuring and reorganisation costs relate to the re-opening of
     Eastern's voluntary severance scheme.
 
(3)  National Grid Group flotation relates to an interim dividend of (Pounds)11
     million and special dividends (net of associated costs) totalling
     (Pounds)165 million received in connection with the flotation of the
     National Grid Group plc ("National Grid Group").  Amounts credited to
     electricity customers in the form of a discount on electricity bills
     connected with this flotation totalled (Pounds)132 million.
 
(4)  Profit on disposal of First Hydro arose on the disposal of the Group's
     interest in the pumped storage business of National Grid Group.
 
(5)  Pro forma net interest payable and similar charges for the year ended 31
     March 1997 are based on the actual interest charges borne by the individual
     operating entities which now comprise the Group, increased for an
     additional pro forma interest charge calculated as 7.5 per cent of the
     actual additional net debt allocated to the Group by Hanson on demerger.

     Pro forma net interest payable and similar charges for the six months ended
     31 March 1996 are calculated on a similar basis, but incorporating an
     additional pro forma interest charge based on the additional net debt and
     average interest rate assumed in the Listing Particulars.

(6)  Pro forma tax charge for the year ended 31 March 1997 has been calculated
     at the same effective rate before exceptional items as that which existed
     for the six months ended 31 March 1997.

     Pro forma tax charge for the six months ended 31 March 1996 has been
     calculated at the same effective rate before exceptional items as that
     assumed in the pro forma tax charge for the year ended 30 September 1996.

(7)  The pro forma earnings per share for the six months ended 31 March 1996
     have been calculated on the pro forma profit for the period and on
     520,857,817 shares, being the number of ordinary shares assumed in the
     Listing Particulars.

     The actual earnings per share for the six months ended 31 March 1997 and
     the pro forma earnings per share for the year ended 31 March 1997 are based
     on the respective actual and pro forma profits for the relevant periods and
     on 518,607,817 shares which excludes the 2,250,000 shares held by The
     Energy Group Employee Benefit Trust, which has waived its right to
     dividends on the shares it holds.

(8)  No pro forma adjustments have been made for additional annual
     administration costs that are expected to arise following the demerger. The
     directors estimate that such costs will amount to approximately (Pounds)15
     million per annum.

                                       31
<PAGE>
 
                           TRANSLATION TO US DOLLARS
                Income Statement and Capital Employed (UK GAAP)
                                 31 March 1997
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
 
                                                                 1997   Capital
                                                    Income      Sales  employed
                                                       $mn        $mn       $mn
<S>                                                <C>       <C>        <C>
By activity:
Coal                                                   108      1,057      2,250
Power                                                  211      2,943      1,834
Networks                                               199        448      1,745
Other                                                    -         15         13
Intra-group (Networks to Power)                          -       (347)         -
                                                    ------     ------     ------
                                                       518      4,116      5,842
Exceptional restructuring and reorganisation
 costs                                                 (33)   
                                                    ------     ------     ------
Operating income                                       485
Net interest expense                                   (60)
                                                    ------
Income from ordinary activities before taxation        425
Taxes on income from ordinary activities              (132)
                                                    ------
Net income                                             293
                                                    ======
 
Net income per ADS
                Pre-exceptional                      $2.50
                Basic                                $2.25
 
 
                                                                 1997    Capital
                                                    Income      Sales   employed
                                                       $mn        $mn        $mn
By geographical location:
United Kingdom                                         372      3,028      3,556
USA                                                     85        938      1,885
Australia                                               23        121        371
Other                                                    5         29         30
                                                    ------     ------     ------
                                                       485      4,116      5,842
                                                    ------     ------     ------
</TABLE>

The rates used to translate the above figures were the average rate for the six
months period to 31 March 1997 of $1.6339 to the (Pounds) in respect of income
and sales and the period end rate of $1.6420 to the (Pounds) for capital
employed.

                                       32
<PAGE>
 
                           TRANSLATION TO US DOLLARS
               Pro forma consolidated income statements (UK GAAP)
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
 
                                                                     Pro forma
                              Pro forma    Pro forma   Six months   six months
                             year ended   year ended        ended        ended
                            31 Mar 1997 30 Sept 1996  31 Mar 1997  31 Mar 1996
                             (Pounds)mn   (Pounds)mn   (Pounds)mn   (Pounds)mn
<S>                          <C>          <C>          <C>          <C>
 
Sales
Coal                              2,372        2,387        1,057        1,072
Power                             4,717        3,559        2,943        1,784
Networks                            781          788          448          454
Other                                39           39           15           15
Intra-group (Networks to
 Power)                            (622)        (618)        (347)        (341)
                                 ------       ------       ------       ------
                                  7,287        6,155        4,116        2,984
                                 ------       ------       ------       ------
Operating income
Coal                                252          252          108          108
Power                               274          135          211           72
Networks                            327          345          199          217
Other                                (3)          (3)           -            -
                                 ------       ------       ------       ------
 
Operating income before
 exceptional items                  850          729          518          397
 
Restructuring and
 reorganisation costs               (33)           -          (33)           -
National Grid Group
 flotation                            -           72            -           72
                                 ------       ------       ------       ------
 
Operating income                    817          801          485          469
 
Profit on disposal of
 First Hydro                          -           41            -           41
 
Net interest expense               (144)        (111)         (60)         (54)
                                 ------       ------       ------       ------
 
Income from ordinary
 activities before taxation         673          731          425          456
 
Taxes on income from
 ordinary activities               (206)        (224)        (132)        (146)
                                 ------       ------       ------       ------
 
Net income                          467          507          293          310
                                 ======       ======       ======       ======
 
Net income per ADS
         Pre-exceptional          $3.84        $3.39        $2.50        $1.88
         Basic                    $3.60        $3.89        $2.25        $2.39
 
</TABLE>

The rate used to translate the above figures was the average rate for the six
months period to 31 March 1997 of $1.6333 to (Pounds). The assumptions behind
these figures are shown on page 31.

                                       33
<PAGE>
 
                                  Appendix IV

                               Sources and Bases

     1  The value of the fully diluted share capital of The Energy Group is
        based upon 520,857,817 Energy Group Shares in issue on 12 June 1997 and
        9,495,553 Energy Group Shares which could fall to be issued on exercise
        in full of options and vesting of all outstanding awards granted under
        the Energy Group Share Schemes.

     2  The pro forma financial information in respect of The Energy Group for
        the year ended 30 September 1996 is taken from the unaudited pro forma
        combined financial information set out in the Energy Group Listing
        Particulars.

                                       34
<PAGE>
 
                                   Appendix V

                                  Definitions

<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
<S>                                             <C> 

"Acquisition"                                   the proposed acquisition of The Energy Group
                                                pursuant to the Offer

"Board" or "Directors"                          the directors of PacifiCorp Acquisitions

"Business Day"                                  has the meaning given by the US Williams Act

"Canada"                                        Canada, its provinces, territories and all areas subject to its jurisdiction and any
                                                political sub-division thereof

"City Code"                                     The City Code on Takeovers and Mergers of the UK

"Closing Price"                                 the closing middle market quotation of an Energy Group Share as derived from the
                                                London Stock Exchange Daily Official List

"Combined Group"                                PacifiCorp and its subsidiaries, as enlarged by the acquisition of The Energy Group

"Companies Act"                                 the Companies Act 1985 (as amended) of England and Wales

"Conditions"                                    the conditions of the Offer described in Appendix I and "Condition" means any one of
                                                them

"DGES"                                          The Director General of Electricity Supply of the UK

"DGGS"                                          The Director General of Gas Supply of the UK

"Energy Group ADRs"                             American Depositary Receipts evidencing Energy Group ADSs

"Energy Group ADSs"                             American Depositary Shares issued in respect of Energy Group Shares, each
                                                representing four Energy Group Shares

"Energy Group Listing Particulars"              the listing particulars relating to Energy Group dated 27 January 1997 published in
                                                accordance with the Listing Rules

"Energy Group Securities"                       Energy Group Shares and Energy Group ADSs

"Energy Group Share Schemes"                    The Energy Group Executive Share Option Scheme, The Energy Group Sharesave Scheme,
                                                The Energy Group Long-term Incentive Plan and The Energy Group Special Bonus Scheme

"Energy Group Shares"                           shares of 10p each in the share capital of The Energy Group in issue or allotted or
                                                issued prior to the date on which the Offer closes (or such earlier date, not being
                                                earlier than the Initial Closing Date (as it may be extended), as PacifiCorp
                                                Acquisitions may determine)

"FERC"                                          the US Federal Energy Regulatory Commission

"Initial Closing Date"                          3.00 p.m. (London time), 10.00 a.m. (New York City time) 20 Business Days after the
                                                date of the Offer Document, unless and until PacifiCorp Acquisitions, in its
                                                discretion, shall have extended the Initial Offer Period, in which case the term
                                                "Initial Closing Date" shall mean the latest time and date at which the Initial
                                                Offer Period, as so extended by PacifiCorp Acquisitions, will expire or, if earlier,
                                                the date on which Condition (a) becomes or is declared to have been satisfied
</TABLE> 

                                       35
<PAGE>
 
<TABLE> 
<S>                                             <C> 
                                                
"Initial Offer Period"                          the period from the date of the Offer Document to and including the Initial Closing
                                                Date 

Lazard"                                         Lazard Brothers & Co., Limited and Lazard Freres & Co. Limited

"LIBOR"                                         the London Inter-Bank Offered Rate, determined in accordance with the Terms of the
                                                Loan Notes, a summary of which is set out in Appendix II

"Listing Rules"                                 the Listing Rules of the London Stock Exchange

"Loan Note Alternative"                         the alternative under which holders of Energy Group Shares who validly accept the
                                                Offer will be entitled to elect to receive Loan Notes instead of cash consideration
                                                otherwise payable to them

"Loan Notes"                                    the Floating Rate Unsecured Loan Notes 2004 of PacifiCorp Acquisitions to be issued
                                                pursuant to the Loan Note Alternative

"London Stock Exchange"                         London Stock Exchange Limited

"Morgan Stanley"                                Morgan Stanley & Co. Limited

"North American Person"                         a person in the United States or in or resident in Canada

"NYSE"                                          the New York Stock Exchange

"Offer"                                         the offer to be made by Goldman Sachs International on behalf of PacifiCorp
                                                Acquisitions to acquire the Energy Group Shares (including those represented by
                                                Energy Group ADSs) and Energy Group ADSs as described in this document including,
                                                where the context permits and/or requires, the Loan Note Alternative and any
                                                subsequent revision, variation, extension, or renewal of such offer or the Loan Note
                                                Alternative

"Offer Document"                                the document containing the Offer to be sent to holders of Energy Group Shares and
                                                Energy Group ADSs

"Panel"                                         The Panel on Takeovers and Mergers of the UK

"SEC"                                           the US Securities and Exchange Commission

"Subsequent Offer Period"                       the period following the Initial Closing Date during which the Offer remains open
                                                for acceptance

"TEG Group"                                     The Energy Group and its subsidiaries and subsidiary undertakings and, where the
                                                context permits, each of them

"The Energy Group"                              The Energy Group PLC

"UKO or United Kingdom"                         the United Kingdom of Great Britain and Northern Ireland

"United States or US"                           the United States of America, its territories and possessions, any State of the
                                                United States and the District of Columbia, and all other areas subject to its
                                                jurisdiction

"US HSR Act"                                    the US Hart-Scott-Rodino Antitrust Improvements Act of 1976, as amended, and the
                                                rules and regulations promulgated thereunder

"(Pounds)"                                      pound sterling, the lawful currency of the United Kingdom

"$"                                             United States dollar, the lawful currency of the United States
 
</TABLE>

                                       36

<PAGE>
 
                            PacifiCorp News Release

For further information contact:

Scott Hibbs for investor contacts - (503) 731-2123
Angela Hult for investor contacts - (503) 731-2192
Dave Mead for media contacts - (503) 464-6262

June 13, 1997

PacifiCorp to Acquire The Energy Group for $9.6 Billion; Gains Significant
Energy Presence on Three Continents

     NEW YORK - PacifiCorp (NYSE: PPW), a diversified energy company in the
United States and Australia, dramatically accelerated its global expansion
efforts today, announcing a cash tender offer for The Energy Group PLC
(LSE/NYSE: TEG), a diversified energy company in the United Kingdom, the U.S.
and Australia.

     The boards of directors of both companies unanimously approved the
transaction, valued at $9.6 billion in debt and equity.

     PacifiCorp Holdings, Inc., a wholly owned subsidiary of PacifiCorp, is
offering 6.955 pounds ($11.35) per ordinary share (including a net dividend of
5.5 pense to be paid prior to consummation of the offer) for The Energy Group.
PacifiCorp will assume The Energy Group's $3.8 billion of debt in the
transaction.

     Upon completion of the transaction, PacifiCorp will have 5 million electric
and gas customers, 17,000 megawatts of generation capacity and more than 10
billion tons of coal reserves.

     In addition, PacifiCorp will be sharpening its focus in the energy sector
by the planned sale of its Pacific Telecom (PTI) subsidiary to Century Telephone
Enterprises, Inc. (NYSE: CTL) for $1.5 billion in cash, plus assumption of
Pacific Telecom debt.

     Fred Buckman, President and Chief Executive Officer of PacifiCorp, said
"This powerful combination positions the combined group as a premier global
energy company with a significant presence on three continents.  The Energy
Group's large, diverse customer base, expertise in energy trading and risk
management and industry-leading position in coal strategically complement
PacifiCorp's competitive strengths in fuel management, low-cost power generation
and bulk power marketing.

     PacifiCorp and The Energy Group are already among the lowest-cost energy
suppliers in the marketplace and are committed to meeting customers' total
energy needs.  The
<PAGE>
 
combination will provide contestable customers with access to highly competitive
energy prices and a wide range of superior products and services," Buckman said.
"Additionally, the experience gained in contestable markets will benefit our
retail customers as the U.S. market is restructured."

     Derek Bonham, The Energy Group Executive Chairman, said, "Our results,
announced today, demonstrate the soundness of our business.  We have
successfully taken the initial steps to implement our strategy.

     "PacifiCorp recognized the benefits of this strategy and has offered a
price that represents excellent value for our shareholders," Bonham said.

     The combination is expected to be meaningfully accretive to PacifiCorp's
earnings in the first year following completion of the transaction and
thereafter, without considering the benefits of synergy resulting from potential
cost reductions and revenue enhancements.

     PacifiCorp will acquire The Energy Group through PacifiCorp Holdings, Inc.,
which will finance the cash transaction initially through borrowings and the
sale of its noncore assets. The debt financing will be provided through multiple
debt facilities arranged by Citibank, Goldman, Sachs & Co., and J.P. Morgan.

     The offer is subject to regulatory approvals in the U.K. and to the
conditions of the Hart-Scott-Rodino Antitrust Act in the U.S. PacifiCorp expects
to mail formal tender offer documents to The Energy Group shareholders shortly
and to consummate the offer within a few months.

     Goldman, Sachs & Co. is PacifiCorp's financial adviser for the transaction
and acted as coordinator for the financing.  The Energy Group is represented by
Lazard and Morgan Stanley & Co. Limited.

     The Energy Group, previously part of Hanson PLC, became an independent
company on February 24, 1997.  It owns Eastern, the largest British regional
electric company (REC) with 3.1 million retail electric and gas customers.
PacifiCorp has 1.4 million retail electric customers in the western U.S. and
550,000 in the State of Victoria, Australia.

     Eastern is one of the lowest-cost electricity suppliers in the U.K., and is
well-positioned to prosper when the U.K. market becomes fully competitive in
1998.  U.K. electricity customers with demand for more than 100 kilowatts can
now choose their supplier.

     The Energy Group owns the world's largest private coal company, Peabody, a
low-cost, low-sulfur coal producer with more than 9 billion tons of reserves in
the U.S. and 260 million tons of reserves in Australia.  Peabody provides fuel
to 150 power plants in the U.S.
<PAGE>
 
PacifiCorp is a major coal operator in the U.S. with 421 million tons of
reserves and in Australia with 450 million tons.

     PacifiCorp and The Energy Group both have natural gas marketing skills and
assets. PacifiCorp recently purchased TPC Corporation, a Houston-based natural
gas storage and marketing company.

     PacifiCorp owns or controls 10,000 megawatts of generation in the U.S.,
while The Energy Group has 6,700 megawatts of generation in the U.K.  PacifiCorp
is one of the lowest-cost providers of electricity in the U.S., with average
production costs 25 percent less than the national average.

     The combination positions the company to be the largest power sales,
marketing and trading company in the U.S.  It joins PacifiCorp's significant
western U.S. power marketing business, its expanding eastern U.S. power
marketing business and Peabody's presence as one of the largest suppliers of
fuel to the U.S. electricity industry.

     Buckman said he was delighted with the opportunity to work with The Energy
Group management team and will recommend that Bonham and John Devaney, Chief
Executive of Eastern, be invited to join the Board of Directors of PacifiCorp
following the acquisition.

     In addition, Buckman said that a management committee will be formed
consisting of Bonham and Devaney, as well as Eric Anstee, Finance Director of
The Energy Group, Irl Engelhardt, Chief Executive of Peabody, and senior
executives from PacifiCorp.

     Buckman will remain as President and Chief Executive Officer of the
combined group, Richard O'Brien as Senior Vice President and Chief Financial
Officer and Verl Topham as Senior Vice President and General Counsel.

     The combined company will have a workforce of 26,000.  The companies do not
expect the combination to result in significant workforce reductions.

     As part of the financing of the transaction, PacifiCorp has entered into an
agreement to sell Pacific Telecom, a rural local exchange telephone company with
570,000 customer access lines in the U.S., to Louisiana-based Century for $1.5
billion in cash, in addition to Century's assumption of PTI's debt.

     "Pacific Telecom has been an important part of PacifiCorp's success for
many years; however, our strategic focus is to become a leading global energy
provider," Buckman said. "This transaction focuses PacifiCorp squarely on the
energy sector and will enable us to better meet the diversified energy needs of
our customers."
<PAGE>
 
     The sale of Pacific Telecom is subject to regulatory approvals in certain
of the states in which it does business.

     PacifiCorp also plans to sell other noncore assets, including PacifiCorp
Financial Services and Pacific Generation Company.

<PAGE>
 
  This announcement is neither an offer to purchase nor a solicitation of an
offer to sell securities. The Offer is made in the United States solely by the
Offer to Purchase dated June 30, 1997, the Letter of Transmittal, the Form of
Acceptance and related materials and is not being made to, nor will
acceptances be accepted from or on behalf of, holders of Energy Group Shares
or Energy Group ADSs evidenced by Energy Group ADRs in any jurisdiction in
which the making of the Offer or acceptance thereof would not be in compliance
with the laws of such jurisdictions. In those US jurisdictions whose
securities laws or blue sky laws require the Offer to be made by a licensed
broker or dealer, the Offer shall be deemed to be made on behalf of PacifiCorp
Acquisitions by Goldman, Sachs & Co. or one or more registered brokers or
dealers which are licensed under the laws of those jurisdictions. The Offer to
Purchase, the Letter of Transmittal, the Form of Acceptance and related
materials should not be forwarded or transmitted in or into Australia, Canada
or Japan.
 
                      Notice of Recommended Cash Offer by
                          Goldman Sachs International
                                 on behalf of
                            PacifiCorp Acquisitions
                         a wholly owned subsidiary of
                                  PacifiCorp
                                  to acquire
              all Ordinary Shares and American Depositary Shares
                   evidenced by American Depositary Receipts
                                      of
                             The Energy Group PLC
 
  Goldman Sachs International, acting in the United States through Goldman,
Sachs & Co., on behalf of PacifiCorp Acquisitions, is offering to purchase,
upon the terms and subject to the conditions set forth in the Offer to
Purchase dated June 30, 1997 (the "Offer to Purchase"), the related Letter of
Transmittal and the related Form of Acceptance (collectively, the "Offer"),
(i) all outstanding ordinary shares of 10p each ("Energy Group Shares") of The
Energy Group PLC ("The Energy Group") for (Pounds)6.90 per Energy Group Share
in cash and (ii) all outstanding American Depositary Shares of The Energy
Group, each representing four Energy Group Shares ("Energy Group ADSs") and
evidenced by American Depositary Receipts ("Energy Group ADRs"), for
(Pounds)27.60 per Energy Group ADS in cash. Energy Group Shares and Energy
Group ADSs evidenced by Energy Group ADRs are referred to collectively as
"Energy Group Securities".
 
- --------------------------------------------------------------------------------
   THE INITIAL OFFER PERIOD WILL EXPIRE AT 3:00 P.M. (LONDON TIME), 10:00
 A.M. (NEW YORK CITY TIME), ON JULY 29, 1997, UNLESS EXTENDED (THE "INITIAL
 OFFER PERIOD"). AT THE CONCLUSION OF THE INITIAL OFFER PERIOD, INCLUDING
 ANY EXTENSION THEREOF, IF ALL CONDITIONS OF THE OFFER HAVE BEEN SATISFIED,
 FULFILLED OR, WHERE PERMITTED, WAIVED, THE OFFER WILL BE EXTENDED FOR A
 SUBSEQUENT OFFER PERIOD OF AT LEAST 14 CALENDAR DAYS (THE "SUBSEQUENT
 OFFER PERIOD"). HOLDERS OF ENERGY GROUP SECURITIES WILL HAVE THE RIGHT TO
 WITHDRAW THEIR ACCEPTANCES OF THE OFFER DURING THE INITIAL OFFER PERIOD,
 INCLUDING ANY EXTENSION THEREOF, BUT NOT DURING THE SUBSEQUENT OFFER
 PERIOD.
- --------------------------------------------------------------------------------

  THE BOARD OF THE ENERGY GROUP, WHICH HAS BEEN SO ADVISED BY LAZARD BROTHERS
& CO., LIMITED, LAZARD FRERES & CO. LIMITED (TOGETHER "LAZARD") AND MORGAN
STANLEY & CO. LIMITED ("MORGAN STANLEY"), ITS FINANCIAL ADVISERS, CONSIDERS
THE TERMS OF THE OFFER TO BE FAIR AND REASONABLE. IN PROVIDING ADVICE TO THE
BOARD OF THE ENERGY GROUP, LAZARD AND MORGAN STANLEY
 
                                       1
<PAGE>
 
HAVE TAKEN ACCOUNT OF THE BOARD'S COMMERCIAL ASSESSMENT OF THE OFFER.
ACCORDINGLY, THE DIRECTORS OF THE ENERGY GROUP UNANIMOUSLY RECOMMEND ALL
HOLDERS OF ENERGY GROUP SECURITIES TO ACCEPT THE OFFER, AS THEY HAVE
IRREVOCABLY UNDERTAKEN TO DO IN RESPECT OF THEIR PERSONAL HOLDINGS OF ENERGY
GROUP SECURITIES.
 
  The Offer is conditional on, among other things, valid acceptances being
received (and not, where permitted, withdrawn) by the expiration of the
Initial Offer Period in respect of not less than 90 per cent. in nominal value
of Energy Group Securities to which the Offer relates, or such lesser
percentage as PacifiCorp Acquisitions may decide, provided that such condition
(the "Acceptance Condition") shall not be satisfied unless PacifiCorp
Acquisitions and its wholly-owned subsidiaries shall have acquired or agreed
to acquire, whether pursuant to the Offer or otherwise, Energy Group
Securities carrying in the aggregate more than 50 per cent. of the voting
rights then exercisable at general meetings of The Energy Group. PacifiCorp
Acquisitions expects that it will reduce the percentage of Energy Group
Securities required to satisfy the Acceptance Condition at some time prior to
all of the conditions being satisfied, fulfilled or, where permitted, waived.
At least five Business Days prior to any such reduction, PacifiCorp
Acquisitions will announce that it has reserved the right to so reduce the
Acceptance Condition. PacifiCorp Acquisitions will not make such an
announcement unless PacifiCorp Acquisitions believes there is a significant
possibility that sufficient Energy Group Securities will be tendered to permit
the Acceptance Condition to be satisfied at such reduced level. Holders of
Energy Group Securities who are not willing to accept the Offer if the
Acceptance Condition is reduced to the minimum permitted level should either
not accept the Offer until the Subsequent Offer Period or be prepared to
withdraw their acceptances promptly following an announcement by PacifiCorp
Acquisitions of its reservation of the right to reduce the Acceptance
Condition. Other conditions of the Offer are set out in Part A of Appendix I
of the Offer to Purchase.
 
  PacifiCorp Acquisitions reserves the right (but will not be obliged) at any
time to extend the Initial Offer Period, provided that PacifiCorp Acquisitions
may not extend the Initial Offer Period beyond August 29, 1997 without the
consent of the Panel on Takeovers and Mergers of the UK (the "Panel").
PacifiCorp Acquisitions reserves the right, if appropriate, to secure the
Panel's approval to extend the final date for expiration of the Initial Offer
Period to September 19, 1997, or such later date as the Panel may agree. A
public announcement of any such extension will be made no later than 8:30 a.m.
(London time) in the UK and by 8:30 a.m. (New York City time) in the US on the
next business day after the previously scheduled expiration of the Initial
Offer Period. PacifiCorp Acquisitions may terminate any extension of the
Initial Offer Period (other than an extension required by the City Code on
Takeovers and Mergers of the UK (the "City Code") or US federal securities
laws) prior to its scheduled expiration if the Acceptance Condition and all
other conditions to the Offer have been satisfied, fulfilled or, where
permitted, waived. In that case, the Initial Offer Period and, consequently,
withdrawal rights, except in certain limited circumstances, will terminate
immediately.
 
  If all of the conditions are satisfied, fulfilled or, where permitted,
waived at the expiration of the Initial Offer Period, the consideration for
Energy Group Securities purchased pursuant to the Offer will be paid within 14
calendar days after the later of the expiration of the Initial Offer Period or
the receipt of a complete and valid acceptance of the Offer. In all cases,
payment for Energy Group Securities purchased pursuant to the Offer will be
made only after timely receipt by either the US Depositary or the UK Receiving
Agent, as the case may be, of (i) certificates representing the Energy Group
Shares, Energy Group ADRs representing the Energy Group ADSs, or (only in the
case of Energy Group ADSs) timely confirmation of a book-entry transfer of
such Energy Group ADSs evidenced by Energy Group ADRs into the US Depositary's
account at The Depository Trust Company or the Philadelphia Depository Trust
Company (each a "Book-Entry Transfer Facility") pursuant to the procedures set
forth in the Offer to Purchase, (ii) the Letter of Transmittal (in the case of
acceptances relating to Energy Group ADSs) or Form of Acceptance (in the case
of acceptances relating to Energy Group Shares), properly completed and duly
executed, with any required signature guarantees, and (iii) any other
 
                                       2
<PAGE>
 
documents required by the Letter of Transmittal or Form of Acceptance.
Although the Offer price is denominated in pounds sterling, accepting holders
of Energy Group Shares will be entitled to have their cash consideration
converted into US dollars at the exchange rate obtainable by the relevant
payment agent (either the US Depositary or the UK Receiving Agent) on the spot
market in London at approximately noon (London time) on the date the cash
consideration is made available by PacifiCorp Acquisitions to the relevant
payment agent for delivery to holders of Energy Group Shares. Unless they
elect to receive pounds sterling, Energy Group ADS holders will receive
consideration converted into dollars as described above, as if such holders of
Energy Group ADSs had elected to receive dollars.
 
  If, as a result of the Offer and subject to certain conditions, PacifiCorp
Acquisitions receives acceptances of the Offer in respect of Energy Group
Securities representing at least 90 per cent. in value of the Energy Group
Securities to which the Offer relates, then provided such requirement is
achieved within four months of June 30, 1997, PacifiCorp Acquisitions will be
entitled and intends to effect the compulsory acquisition procedures provided
for in Sections 428 to 430F of the Companies Act 1985 (as amended) of England
and Wales to compel the purchase of any outstanding Energy Group Securities on
the same terms as provided in the Offer, in accordance with the relevant
procedures and time limits described in such Act.
 
  If a holder of Energy Group ADSs wishes to accept the Offer in respect of
Energy Group ADSs and the Energy Group ADRs evidencing such Energy Group ADSs
are not immediately available or the procedures for book-entry transfer cannot
be completed on a timely basis, or if time will not permit all required
documents to reach the US Depositary prior to the expiration of the Subsequent
Offer Period, such holder's acceptance of the Offer in respect of Energy Group
ADSs may nevertheless be effected by following the guaranteed delivery
procedures set forth in the Offer to Purchase.
 
  Except as described below and in the Offer to Purchase, acceptances of the
Offer for Energy Group Securities are irrevocable. Acceptances of the Offer
may be withdrawn pursuant to the procedures set out below at any time during
the Initial Offer Period, including any extension thereof, but not during the
Subsequent Offer Period. To be effective, a written notice of withdrawal must
be timely received by the party (either the UK Receiving Agent or the US
Depositary) to whom the acceptance was originally sent at one of the addresses
set forth in the Offer to Purchase and must specify the name of the person
whose acceptance is to be withdrawn, the number of Energy Group Securities to
be withdrawn and (if an Energy Group Share certificate or Energy Group ADR has
been delivered) the name of the registered holder of the Energy Group
Securities, if different from the name of the person whose acceptance is to be
withdrawn. In respect of Energy Group ADSs, if Energy Group ADRs have been
delivered or otherwise identified to the US Depositary then, prior to the
physical release of such Energy Group ADRs, the serial numbers shown on such
Energy Group ADRs must be submitted and, unless the Energy Group ADSs
evidenced by such Energy Group ADRs have been delivered by an Eligible
Institution (as defined in Section 1 of Letter of Transmiittal) or the Offer
accepted by means of a Letter of Transmittal, the signatures on the notice of
withdrawal must be guaranteed by an Eligible Institution. If Energy Group ADSs
evidenced by Energy Group ADRs have been delivered pursuant to the procedures
for book-entry transfer set forth in the Offer to Purchase, any notice of
withdrawal must also specify the name and number of account at the appropriate
Book-Entry Transfer Facility to be credited with the withdrawn Energy Group
ADSs and must otherwise comply with such Book-Entry Transfer Facility's
procedures. All questions as to the validity (including time of receipt) of
any notice of withdrawal will be determined by PacifiCorp Acquisitions, whose
determination (except as required by the Panel) shall be final and binding.
 
  The information required to be disclosed by Rule 14d-6(e)(1)(vii) of the
General Rules and Regulations under the US Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as
amended, is contained in the Offer to Purchase and incorporated herein by
reference.
 
                                       3
<PAGE>
 
  The Offer to Purchase, the Letter of Transmittal and the Form of Acceptance
are being mailed to holders of record of Energy Group Securities and are being
furnished to brokers, dealers, commercial banks, trust companies and similar
persons, whose names or the names of whose nominees appear as holders of
record for subsequent transmittal to beneficial owners of Energy Group
Securities.
 
  THE OFFER TO PURCHASE AND RELATED MATERIALS CONTAIN IMPORTANT INFORMATION
WHICH SHOULD BE READ CAREFULLY BEFORE ANY DECISIONS ARE MADE WITH RESPECT TO
THE OFFER.
 
  Requests for assistance or copies of the Offer to Purchase, the Letter of
Transmittal, the Form of Acceptance and all other Offer materials may be
directed to the Dealer Manager or the Information Agent as set forth below,
and copies will be furnished promptly at PacifiCorp Acquisitions' expense.
 
                    The Information Agent for the Offer is:
 
                                 --SHC LOGO--
 
                    SHAREHOLDER COMMUNICATIONS CORPORATION
                          17 State Street, 27th Floor
                           New York, New York 10004
 
                   Call Toll Free: (800) 733-8481, ext. 475
 
                     The Dealer Manager for the Offer is:
 
                  [LOGO OF GOLDMAN, SACHS & CO. APPEARS HERE]

                             GOLDMAN, SACHS & CO.
                                85 Broad Street
                              New York, NY 10004
                      (212) 902-1000 within New York City
               (800) 323-5678 (Toll Free) outside New York City
 
June 30, 1997
 
 
                                       4

<PAGE>
 
                       [LOGO OF PACIFICORP APPEARS HERE]

                            RECOMMENDED CASH OFFER
                                      BY
                          GOLDMAN SACHS INTERNATIONAL
                                 ON BEHALF OF
                            PACIFICORP ACQUISITIONS
                    A WHOLLY-OWNED SUBSIDIARY OF PACIFICORP
                                      FOR
                             THE ENERGY GROUP PLC
 
Goldman Sachs International announces on behalf of PacifiCorp Acquisitions, a
wholly-owned subsidiary of PacifiCorp, that, by means of an offer document
dated and posted on 30 June 1997 (the "Offer Document") and by means of this
advertisement, Goldman Sachs International is making a recommended cash offer
(the "Offer") on behalf of PacifiCorp Acquisitions to acquire all of the
issued and to be issued shares and American Depositary Shares (as evidenced by
American Depositary Receipts) of The Energy Group PLC ("The Energy Group").
Terms defined in the Offer Document have the same meanings in this
advertisement.
Subject to the Offer becoming or being declared wholly unconditional, an
Energy Group shareholder who validly accepts the Offer will receive 690 pence
in cash for every Energy Group Share. An Energy Group ADS holder who validly
accepts the Offer will receive (Pounds)27.60 in cash for every Energy Group
ADS. In addition, holders of Energy Group Shares (including those represented
by Energy Group ADSs) on the register of members at the close of business on
27 June 1997 will retain the right to receive the dividend of 5.5 pence (net)
per Energy Group Share which was announced on 13 June 1997 and is to be paid
on 4 July 1997.
As an alternative to some or all of the cash consideration receivable under
the Offer, Energy Group shareholders (other than citizens or residents of the
United States and certain other overseas shareholders) who validly accept the
Offer may elect to receive Loan Notes instead of cash, on the basis of
(Pounds)1 nominal of Loan Notes for every (Pounds)1 of cash otherwise
available under the Offer. The Loan Notes will, subject to certain conditions,
be transferable but no application is intended to be made for them to be
listed or dealt in on any stock exchange. The obligations of PacifiCorp
Acquisitions under the Loan Notes are not guaranteed or secured.
The full terms and conditions of the Offer and the Loan Note Alternative
(including details of how the Offer may be accepted) are set out in the Offer
Document and the Acceptance Form accompanying the Offer Document.
Energy Group shareholders and Energy Group ADS holders who accept the Offer
may rely only on the Offer Document and the Acceptance Form for all the terms
and conditions of the Offer (including the Loan Note Alternative).
The Offer is, by means of this advertisement, being extended to all persons to
whom the Offer Document may not be despatched who hold, or who are entitled to
have allotted or issued to them, Energy Group Shares and/or Energy Group ADSs.
Such persons are informed that copies of the Offer Document and Acceptance
Form are available for collection from New Issues Department, Independent
Registrars Group Limited, at 23 Ironmonger Lane, London EC2 or at Bourne
House, 34 Beckenham Road, Beckenham, Kent BR3 4TH.
The Offer, which is made by means of the Offer Document and this
advertisement, will be open for acceptance until 3.00 p.m. (London time),
10.00 a.m. (New York City time) on 29 July 1997 (or such later time(s) and/or
date(s) as PacifiCorp Acquisitions, subject to the rules of the City Code, may
decide).
The board of The Energy Group, which has been so advised by Lazard Brothers &
Co., Limited and Lazard Freres & Co. Limited (together "Lazard") and Morgan
Stanley & Co. Limited, its financial advisers, has stated that it considers
the terms of the Offer to be fair and reasonable. In providing advice to the
board of The Energy Group, Lazard and Morgan Stanley & Co. Limited have taken
account of the board's commercial assessment of the Offer. Accordingly, the
directors of The Energy Group have unanimously recommended all holders of
Energy Group Shares and Energy Group ADSs to accept the Offer, as they have
irrevocably undertaken to do in respect of their personal holdings of 116,385
Energy Group Shares and 1,550 Energy Group ADSs.
The Loan Notes to be issued pursuant to the Offer have not been, nor will be,
registered under the United States Securities Act of 1933, as amended, or
under any relevant securities laws of any state or district of the United
States, will not be the subject of a prospectus under the securities laws of
any province of Canada and will not be registered under any relevant
securities laws of any other country. The Loan Notes are not being offered,
sold or delivered, directly or indirectly, in or into the United States,
Canada, Australia or Japan.
This advertisement is not being published or otherwise distributed or sent to,
into or from Canada, Australia or Japan and persons reading this advertisement
(including nominees, trustees and custodians) must not distribute or send this
advertisement, the Offer Document or the Acceptance Form (or any related
offering document(s)), in, into or from Canada, Australia or Japan nor use
Canadian, Australian or Japanese mails or any such means or instrumentality
for any purpose, directly or indirectly, in connection with the Offer and
doing so may invalidate any related purported acceptance of the Offer.
This advertisement, which is published on behalf of PacifiCorp Acquisitions by
Goldman Sachs International, has been approved by Goldman Sachs International
solely for the purposes of section 57 of the Financial Services Act 1986.
Goldman Sachs International, which is regulated in the UK by The Securities
and Futures Authority Limited, is acting for PacifiCorp Acquisitions and
PacifiCorp and no one else in connection with the Offer and will not be
responsible to anyone other than PacifiCorp Acquisitions and PacifiCorp for
providing the protections afforded to its customers or for giving advice in
relation to the Offer. Goldman Sachs International is acting through Goldman,
Sachs & Co. for the purposes of making the Offer in and into the United
States.
Lazard and Morgan Stanley & Co. Limited, who are regulated in the UK by The
Securities and Futures Authority Limited, are acting for The Energy Group and
no one else in connection with the Offer and will not be responsible to anyone
other than The Energy Group for providing the protections afforded to their
customers or for giving advice in relation to the Offer.
30 June 1997

<PAGE>
 
                                                                  CONFORMED COPY


================================================================================


                               CREDIT AGREEMENT


                          Dated as of June 12, 1997,


                  as amended and restated as of June 27, 1997


                                     among


                          PACIFICORP HOLDINGS, INC.,

                           THE LENDERS NAMED HEREIN,


                                CITIBANK, N.A.,
                       as Paying Agent and Issuing Bank

                                      and

                              CITICORP USA, INC.,
                              as Collateral Agent


                          ---------------------------

                          CITICORP SECURITIES, INC.,
                      GOLDMAN SACHS CREDIT PARTNERS, L.P.
                                      and
                         J.P. MORGAN SECURITIES INC.,
                                 as Arrangers


================================================================================
<PAGE>
 
<TABLE> 
<CAPTION> 

                                TABLE OF CONTENTS
                                                                           Page
                                                                           ----
                                    ARTICLE I

                                   Definitions
<S>            <C>                                                         <C> 
SECTION 1.01.  Defined Terms...............................................  2
SECTION 1.02.  Terms Generally............................................. 22


                                   ARTICLE II

                                   The Credits

SECTION 2.01.  Commitments................................................. 22
SECTION 2.02.  Loans....................................................... 23
SECTION 2.03.  Borrowing Procedure......................................... 24
SECTION 2.04.  Evidence of Debt; Repayment of Loans........................ 25
SECTION 2.05.  Fees........................................................ 25
SECTION 2.06.  Interest on Loans........................................... 26
SECTION 2.07.  Default Interest............................................ 26
SECTION 2.08.  Alternate Rate of Interest.................................. 27
SECTION 2.09.  Termination and Reduction of Commitments.................... 27
SECTION 2.10.  Conversion and Continuation of Borrowings................... 27
SECTION 2.11.  Repayment of Term Borrowings................................ 29
SECTION 2.12.  Optional Prepayments........................................ 29
SECTION 2.13.  Mandatory Prepayments....................................... 29
SECTION 2.14.  Reserve Requirements; Change in Circumstances............... 31
SECTION 2.15.  Change in Legality.......................................... 32
SECTION 2.16.  Indemnity................................................... 32
SECTION 2.17.  Pro Rata Treatment.......................................... 33
SECTION 2.18.  Sharing of Setoffs.......................................... 33
SECTION 2.19.  Payments.................................................... 34
SECTION 2.20.  Taxes....................................................... 34
SECTION 2.21.  Assignment of Commitments Under Certain Circumstances;
                     Duty to Mitigate...................................... 36
SECTION 2.22.  Letters of Credit........................................... 37


                                  ARTICLE III

                        Representations and Warranties

SECTION 3.01.  Organization................................................ 41
SECTION 3.02.  Corporate and Governmental Authorization; No Contravention.. 41
</TABLE> 
<PAGE>
 
                                                                Contents, p. 2
<TABLE> 
<CAPTION> 

                                                                          Page
                                                                          ----
<S>            <C>                                                        <C>   
SECTION 3.03.  Enforceability.............................................. 41
SECTION 3.04.  Financial Statements........................................ 41
SECTION 3.05.  No Material Adverse Change.................................. 42
SECTION 3.06.  Restricted Subsidiaries..................................... 42
SECTION 3.07.  Litigation; Compliance with Laws............................ 42
SECTION 3.08.  Agreements.................................................. 43
SECTION 3.09.  Federal Reserve Regulations................................. 43
SECTION 3.10.  Investment Company Act; Public Utility Holding Company Act.. 43
SECTION 3.11.  Use of Proceeds............................................. 43
SECTION 3.12.  Tax Returns................................................. 43
SECTION 3.13.  No Material Misstatements................................... 43
SECTION 3.14.  Employee Benefit Plans...................................... 44
SECTION 3.15.  Environmental Matters....................................... 44
SECTION 3.16.  Pledge Agreement............................................ 45


                                   ARTICLE IV

                                   Conditions

SECTION 4.01.  Effective Date.............................................. 45
SECTION 4.02.  Borrowings.................................................. 46


                                   ARTICLE V

                             Affirmative Covenants

SECTION 5.01.  Existence; Businesses and Properties........................ 47
SECTION 5.02.  Insurance................................................... 48
SECTION 5.03.  Obligations and Taxes....................................... 48
SECTION 5.04.  Financial Statements, Reports, etc.......................... 48
SECTION 5.05.  Litigation and Other Notices................................ 49
SECTION 5.06.  Maintaining Records; Access to Properties and Inspections... 50
SECTION 5.07.  Use of Proceeds............................................. 50
SECTION 5.08.  Compliance with Laws........................................ 50
SECTION 5.09.  Further Assurances.......................................... 50
SECTION 5.10.  Repayment of Existing Indebtedness.......................... 50
SECTION 5.11.  Open Market Shares.......................................... 50
SECTION 5.12.  PPM Contribution............................................ 50
</TABLE> 
<PAGE>
 
                                                                Contents, p. 3

<TABLE> 
<CAPTION> 
                                                                          Page
                                                                          ----
                                   ARTICLE VI

                               Negative Covenants
<S>            <C>                                                         <C> 
SECTION 6.01.  Indebtedness................................................ 51
SECTION 6.02.  Liens....................................................... 52
SECTION 6.03.  Sale and Lease-Back Transactions............................ 54
SECTION 6.04.  Investments, Loans and Advances............................. 54
SECTION 6.05.  Mergers, Consolidations, Sales of Assets, Equity Issuances  
                 and Acquisitions.......................................... 55
SECTION 6.06.  Dividends and Distributions; Restrictions on Ability of     
                 Restricted Subsidiaries to Pay Dividends.................. 56
SECTION 6.07.  Transactions with Affiliates................................ 57
SECTION 6.08.  Business of Borrower and Restricted Subsidiaries............ 57
SECTION 6.09.  Other Agreements............................................ 57
SECTION 6.10.  Interest Coverage........................................... 58
SECTION 6.11.  PTI Total Debt/Total Capitalization......................... 58
SECTION 6.12.  PTI Consolidated EBITDA..................................... 58


                                  ARTICLE VII

                               Events of Default


                                 ARTICLE VIII

                   The Paying Agent and the Collateral Agent


                                   ARTICLE IX

                                 Miscellaneous

SECTION 9.01.  Notices..................................................... 63
SECTION 9.02.  Survival of Agreement....................................... 63
SECTION 9.03.  Binding Effect.............................................. 64
SECTION 9.04.  Successors and Assigns...................................... 64
SECTION 9.05.  Expenses; Indemnity......................................... 66
SECTION 9.06.  Right of Setoff............................................. 67
SECTION 9.07.  APPLICABLE LAW.............................................. 68
SECTION 9.08.  Waivers; Amendment.......................................... 68
SECTION 9.09.  Interest Rate Limitation.................................... 68
SECTION 9.10.  Entire Agreement............................................ 69
SECTION 9.11.  WAIVER OF JURY TRIAL........................................ 69
</TABLE> 
<PAGE>
 
                                                                Contents, p. 4
<TABLE> 
<CAPTION> 
                                                                          Page
                                                                          ----
<S>            <C>                                                        <C> 
SECTION 9.12.  Severability................................................ 69
SECTION 9.13.  Counterparts................................................ 69
SECTION 9.14.  Headings.................................................... 70
SECTION 9.15.  Jurisdiction; Consent to Service of Process................. 70
SECTION 9.16.  Confidentiality............................................. 70
SECTION 9.17.  Margin Regulations.......................................... 71
</TABLE> 

<TABLE> 

         Exhibits and Schedules
         <S>                  <C> 
         EXHIBIT A            Administrative Questionnaire
         EXHIBIT B            Assignment and Acceptance
         EXHIBIT C            Borrowing Request
         EXHIBIT D            Pledge Agreement
         EXHIBIT E-1          Opinion of Stoel Rives LLP
         EXHIBIT E-2          Opinion of Davis Polk & Wardwell
                              
         SCHEDULE 1.01(a)     Excluded Assets
         SCHEDULE 1.01(b)     Existing Indebtedness
         SCHEDULE 1.01(c)     PTI Asset Sales
         SCHEDULE 1.01(d)     Refinanced Indebtedness
         SCHEDULE 1.01(e)     Restricted Subsidiaries
         SCHEDULE 2.01        Commitments
         SCHEDULE 3.07        Litigation
         SCHEDULE 3.15        Environmental Matters
         SCHEDULE 6.04(b)     Commitments for Investments, Loans and Advances of
                               the Borrower and the Restricted Subsidiaries
         SCHEDULE 6.04(h)     PTI Acquisitions
</TABLE> 
<PAGE>
 
                                    CREDIT AGREEMENT dated as of June 12, 1997,
                           as amended and restated as of June 27, 1997, among
                           PACIFICORP HOLDINGS, INC., a Delaware corporation
                           (the "Borrower"), the Lenders (as defined in Article
                           I), CITIBANK, N.A., a national banking association
                           ("Citibank"), as paying agent (in such capacity, the
                           "Paying Agent") for the Lenders, and as issuing bank
                           (in such capacity, the "Issuing Bank"), and CITICORP
                           USA, INC., a Delaware corporation ("Citicorp USA"),
                           as collateral agent (in such capacity, the
                           "Collateral Agent") for the Lenders.

         The parties hereto are parties to a Credit Agreement dated as of June
12, 1997 (the "Original Credit Agreement").

         Pursuant to the Offer (such term and each other capitalized term used
but not defined herein having the meaning given it in Article I), Bidco has
offered or will offer to purchase each outstanding Share (including Shares
represented by Depositary Shares) at a purchase price of 695.5 pence net per
share in cash to the holder thereof (which includes a net dividend of 5.5 pence
per share to be paid by the Target on July 4, 1997). In connection therewith and
to provide a portion of the financing therefor, (a) Bidco has entered into the
Bidco Facility Agreement, (b) Energyco has entered into the Energyco Bridge Loan
Agreement and (c) Powercoal has entered into the Powercoal Credit Agreement.

         The Borrower has requested the Lenders to extend credit in the form of
(a) Term Loans on a single date at any time during the Term Loan Availability
Period in an aggregate principal amount not in excess of $1,200,000,000, and (b)
Revolving Loans at any time and from time to time prior to the Maturity Date, in
an aggregate principal amount at any time outstanding not in excess of
$85,000,000. The Borrower has requested the Issuing Bank to issue letters of
credit, in an aggregate face amount at any time outstanding not in excess of
$85,000,000, to support payment obligations incurred in the ordinary course of
business, or to support investments made, directly or indirectly, by the
Borrower, the Restricted Subsidiaries and PFS and its subsidiaries.

         The proceeds of the Term Loans are to be used solely (a) to refinance
the principal of, and to pay all interest, fees and other amounts payable in
respect of, the Refinanced Indebtedness, (b) to distribute to Bidco through
certain of the Borrower's direct and indirect subsidiaries a portion of the
funds necessary to finance the Offer, (c) for the payment of fees and expenses
in connection with the Offer and (d) for general corporate purposes of the
Borrower and the Restricted Subsidiaries. The proceeds of the Revolving Loans
are to be used solely (a) for the ordinary working capital needs of the Borrower
and the Restricted Subsidiaries and (b) to finance loans to PFS and its
subsidiaries to be used by PFS and its subsidiaries for their ordinary working
capital needs. Bidco will use (a) the proceeds from each Acquisition Borrowing,
(b) the proceeds of the Powercoal/Bidco Loans, (c) certain proceeds from
borrowings by Bidco under the Bidco Facility Agreement and (d) certain proceeds
that Energyco will indirectly distribute to Bidco from borrowings by Energyco
under the Energyco Bridge Loan Agreement to (i) finance the Offer and for the
purposes specified in Clause 3.1(a)(i) of the Bidco Facility Agreement, as in
effect on the Restatement Date, and (ii) refinance certain existing Indebtedness
of the Target and its subsidiaries.

         The Borrower has requested that the Original Credit Agreement be
amended and restated in the form hereof. The Lenders and the Issuing Bank are
willing so to amend and restate the Original
<PAGE>

                                                                               2
 
Credit Agreement and to extend such credit to the Borrower, on the terms and
subject to the conditions set forth herein. Accordingly, the parties hereto
agree as follows:

                                    ARTICLE I

                                   Definitions

         SECTION 1.01. Defined Terms. As used in this Agreement, the following
terms shall have the meanings specified below:

         "Acquisition Borrowing" shall mean any Borrowing, the proceeds of which
are distributed to Bidco through certain of the Borrower's direct and indirect
subsidiaries to be used by Bidco to finance a portion of the Offer.

         "Adjusted LIBO Rate" shall mean, with respect to any Eurodollar
Borrowing for any Interest Period, an interest rate per annum (rounded upwards,
if necessary, to the next 1/16 of 1%) equal to the product of (a) the LIBO Rate
in effect for such Interest Period and (b) Statutory Reserves.

         "Administrative Questionnaire" shall mean an Administrative
Questionnaire in the form of Exhibit A or such other form as shall be approved
by the Paying Agent.

         "Affiliate" shall mean, when used with respect to a specified person,
any other person that directly or indirectly, through one or more
intermediaries, Controls or is Controlled by or is under direct or indirect
common Control with such specified person; provided that, for purposes of
Section 6.07 only, beneficial ownership of 10% or more of the voting securities
of a person shall be deemed to be Control for purposes of the definition of
"Affiliate". Neither the Lenders nor any of their Affiliates will be treated as
an Affiliate of the Borrower or any of its subsidiaries for purposes of this
Agreement.

         "Aggregate Revolving Credit Exposure" shall mean the aggregate amount
of the Lenders' Revolving Credit Exposures.

         "Assessment Rate" shall mean for any date the annual rate (rounded
upwards, if necessary, to the next 1/100 of 1%) most recently estimated by the
Paying Agent as the then current net annual assessment rate that will be
employed in determining amounts payable by the Paying Agent to the Federal
Deposit Insurance Corporation (or any successor thereto) for insurance by such
Corporation (or such successor) of time deposits made in dollars at the Paying
Agent's domestic offices.

         "Asset Sale" shall mean (a) the sale, lease, transfer or other
disposition (by way of merger or otherwise, including as a result of a
Condemnation Event or a Casualty Event) by the Borrower or any of the Restricted
Subsidiaries (other than PTI or any of its subsidiaries) to any person other
than the Borrower or any wholly owned Restricted Subsidiary of (i) any capital
stock of any of the Restricted Subsidiaries or Newco or (ii) any other assets of
the Borrower or any of the Restricted Subsidiaries (other than inventory,
obsolete or worn-out assets, scrap and Permitted Investments, in each case
disposed of in the ordinary course of business), except for any sale, lease,
transfer or other disposition in one transaction or a series of related
transactions having a value of $25,000,000 or less or (b) any
<PAGE>
 
                                                                               3

payment in respect of the PFSAC Obligation. Notwithstanding the foregoing, the
term "Asset Sale" shall not include (a) the PPM Contribution, the TPC
Contribution, the PFS Pre-Funding Sale or the Powercor Contribution, (b) the
transfer of Open Market Shares in accordance with Section 5.11, (c) transfers of
assets that result in an investment permitted by Section 6.04(c) or (e), (d)
transfers of assets as part of a sale and lease-back transaction permitted by
Section 6.03, (e) the payment of a cash dividend permitted by Section 6.06(a),
and (f) the transfer to a subsidiary of PacifiCorp of any of the Excluded
Assets.

         "Assignment and Acceptance" shall mean an assignment and acceptance
entered into by a Lender and an assignee, and accepted by the Paying Agent, in
the form of Exhibit B or such other form as shall be approved by the Paying
Agent.

         "Base Rate" shall mean, for any day, a rate per annum (rounded upwards,
if necessary, to the next 1/16 of 1%) equal to the greatest of (a) the Prime
Rate in effect on such day, (b) the Base CD Rate in effect on such day plus 1%
and (c) the Federal Funds Effective Rate in effect on such day plus 1/2 of 1%.
If for any reason the Paying Agent shall have determined (which determination
shall be conclusive absent manifest error) that it is unable to ascertain the
Base CD Rate or the Federal Funds Effective Rate or both for any reason,
including the inability or failure of the Paying Agent to obtain sufficient
quotations in accordance with the terms of the definition thereof, the Base Rate
shall be determined without regard to clause (b) or (c), or both, of the
preceding sentence, as appropriate, until the circumstances giving rise to such
inability no longer exist. Any change in the Base Rate due to a change in the
Prime Rate, the Base CD Rate or the Federal Funds Effective Rate shall be
effective on the effective date of such change in the Prime Rate, the Base CD
Rate or the Federal Funds Effective Rate, respectively. The term "Prime Rate"
shall mean the rate of interest per annum publicly announced from time to time
by the Paying Agent as its prime rate in effect at its principal office in New
York City; each change in the Prime Rate shall be effective on the date such
change is publicly announced as being effective. The term "Base CD Rate" shall
mean the sum of (a) the product of (i) the Three-Month Secondary CD Rate and
(ii) Statutory Reserves and (b) the Assessment Rate. The term "Federal Funds
Effective Rate" shall mean, for any day, the weighted average of the rates on
overnight Federal funds transactions with members of the Federal Reserve System
arranged by Federal funds brokers, as published on the next succeeding Business
Day by the Federal Reserve Bank of New York, or, if such rate is not so
published for any day that is a Business Day, the average of the quotations for
the day for such transactions received by the Paying Agent from three Federal
funds brokers of recognized standing selected by it.

         "Base Rate Borrowing" shall mean a Borrowing comprised of Base Rate
Loans.

         "Base Rate Loan" shall mean any Base Rate Term Loan or Base Rate
Revolving Loan.

         "Base Rate Revolving Loan" shall mean any Revolving Loan bearing
interest at a rate determined by reference to the Base Rate in accordance with
the provisions of Article II.

         "Base Rate Term Borrowing" shall mean a Borrowing comprised of Base
Rate Term Loans.

         "Base Rate Term Loan" shall mean any Term Loan bearing interest at a
rate determined by reference to the Base Rate in accordance with the provisions
of Article II.
<PAGE>
 
                                                                               4

         "Bidco" shall mean PacifiCorp Acquisitions, an unlimited company
incorporated in England and Wales, all the outstanding share capital of which on
the Restatement Date is beneficially owned by FinanceCo.

         "Bidco Agent" shall mean Citibank International plc, in its capacity as
facility agent for the Bidco Lenders under the Bidco Facility Agreement, and any
successor or assign in such capacity.

         "Bidco Facility Agreement" shall mean the facility agreement dated June
13, 1997, among Bidco, Recco, FinanceCo, the Bidco Lenders, the Bidco Agent and
the Arrangers, the Security Agent and the LC Bank named therein.

         "Bidco Lenders" shall mean the financial institutions that are parties
from time to time to the Bidco Facility Agreement as lenders thereunder.

         "Board" shall mean the Board of Governors of the Federal Reserve System
of the United States of America.

         "Borrowing" shall mean a group of Loans of a single Type made by the
Lenders on a single date and as to which a single Interest Period is in effect.

         "Borrowing Request" shall mean a request by the Borrower in accordance
with the terms of Section 2.03 and substantially in the form of Exhibit C or
such other form as shall be approved by the Paying Agent.

         "Business Day" shall mean any day other than a Saturday, Sunday or day
on which banks in New York City are authorized or required by law to close;
provided, however, that when used in connection with a Eurodollar Loan, the term
"Business Day" shall also exclude any day on which banks are not open for
dealings in dollar deposits in the London interbank market.

         "Capital Lease Obligations" of any person shall mean the obligations of
such person to pay rent or other amounts under any lease of (or other
arrangement conveying the right to use) real or personal property, or a
combination thereof, which obligations are required to be classified and
accounted for as capital leases on a balance sheet of such person under GAAP,
and the amount of such obligations shall be the capitalized amount thereof
determined in accordance with GAAP.

         "Cash Income Available for Interest" shall mean, for any period, the
sum of (a) the aggregate amount of cash dividends actually received by the
Borrower during such period with respect to common stock of its subsidiaries;
(b) the aggregate amount of payments actually received by the Borrower during
such period with respect to the Borrower's interest in the Spring Creek
Obligations, net of income taxes applicable thereto calculated at the Net
Effective Tax Rate for such period; (c) the aggregate amount of any interest
payments actually received by the Borrower during such period with respect to
Indebtedness due to the Borrower under the Intercompany Loan Agreements and with
respect to any other intercompany loans or advances, net of income taxes
applicable thereto calculated at the Net Effective Tax Rate for such period; and
(d) the aggregate amount of cash equity investments made by PacifiCorp in the
Borrower during such period. For purposes of clause (d) of this definition, a
cash equity investment made by PacifiCorp in the Borrower within 30 days of the
end of any fiscal quarter shall be deemed to have been made during such fiscal
quarter (and not during the following
<PAGE>
 
                                                                               5

fiscal quarter) if the Borrower so elects by giving written notice of such
election to the Paying Agent within such 30-day period.

         "Casualty Event" shall mean an event pursuant to which the Borrower or
any of the Restricted Subsidiaries has the right to collect insurance proceeds
under any insurance policies with respect to any insured casualty or other
insured damage to any property of the Borrower or any of the Restricted
Subsidiaries.

         A "Change in Control" shall be deemed to have occurred if (a) any
person or group (within the meaning of Rule 13d-5 of the Securities Exchange Act
of 1934 as in effect on the Closing Date) shall own directly or indirectly,
beneficially or of record, shares representing more than 35% of the aggregate
ordinary voting power represented by the issued and outstanding capital stock of
PacifiCorp; (b) a majority of the seats (other than vacant seats) on the board
of directors of PacifiCorp shall at any time be occupied by persons who were
neither (i) nominated by the board of directors of PacifiCorp, nor (ii)
appointed by directors so nominated; (c) any change in control (or similar
event, however denominated) with respect to PacifiCorp shall occur under and as
defined in any indenture or agreement in respect of Indebtedness to which the
Borrower, any person directly or indirectly Controlling the Borrower or any
subsidiary of the Borrower is a party; (d) PacifiCorp consolidates with, or
merges with or into, any person, or any person consolidates with, or merges with
or into, PacifiCorp in any such event pursuant to a transaction in which any of
the issued and outstanding capital stock of PacifiCorp is converted into or
exchanged for cash, securities or other property, other than any such
transaction where the capital stock of PacifiCorp outstanding immediately prior
to such transaction is converted into or exchanged for capital stock of the
surviving or transferee person constituting a majority of the issued and
outstanding shares of such capital stock of such surviving or transferee person
(immediately after giving effect to such conversion or exchange); (e) PacifiCorp
shall own, directly or indirectly, beneficially and of record, less than 80% of
the outstanding capital stock of the Borrower; or (f) the Borrower shall own,
directly or indirectly, beneficially and of record, less than 80% of the
outstanding capital stock of Newco, free and clear of all Liens, other than
Liens created by the Pledge Agreement.

         "Citibank" shall have the meaning assigned to such term in the preamble
to this Agreement.

         "Citicorp USA" shall have the meaning assigned to such term in the
preamble to this Agreement.

         "Closing Date" shall mean June 12, 1997.

         "Code" shall mean the Internal Revenue Code of 1986, as amended from
time to time.

         "Collateral" shall mean all the "Collateral", as defined in the Pledge
Agreement.

         "Commitment" shall mean, with respect to any Lender, such Lender's
Revolving Credit Commitment and Term Loan Commitment.

         "Commitment Fee" shall have the meaning assigned to such term in
Section 2.05(a).
<PAGE>
 
                                                                               6

         "Condemnation Event" shall mean an event pursuant to which the Borrower
or any of the Restricted Subsidiaries has the right to collect and receive
proceeds as a result of any action or proceeding for the taking of any property
of the Borrower or any Restricted Subsidiary, or any part thereof or interest
therein, for public or quasi-public use under the power of eminent domain, by
reason of any public improvement or condemnation proceeding, or in any other
manner.

         "Confidential Information Memorandum" shall mean the Confidential
Information Memorandum of the Borrower to be used by the Initial Lenders and
their Affiliates in connection with the syndication of the Commitments following
the Closing Date.

         "Consolidated EBITDA" shall mean, for any period, Consolidated Net
Income for such period, plus, without duplication and to the extent deducted
from revenues in determining Consolidated Net Income, the sum of (a) the
aggregate amount of Consolidated Interest Expense for such period, (b) the
aggregate amount of income tax expense for such period (including payments in
respect of income taxes under the Tax Sharing Arrangement), (c) all amounts
attributable to depreciation, depletion and amortization for such period and (d)
all noncash nonrecurring charges during such period, and minus, without
duplication, all nonrecurring gains during such period, all as determined on a
consolidated basis with respect to PTI and its subsidiaries in accordance with
GAAP.

         "Consolidated Interest Expense" shall mean, for any period, the gross
interest expense, whether expensed or capitalized (including the interest
component in respect of Capital Lease Obligations), accrued or paid by PTI and
its subsidiaries during such period, in each case, as determined on a
consolidated basis in accordance with GAAP. For purposes of the foregoing, gross
interest expense shall be determined after giving effect to any net payments
received by PTI or its subsidiaries with respect to the interest rate protection
agreements relating to PTI and its subsidiaries.

         "Consolidated Net Income" shall mean, for any period, net income or
loss of PTI and its subsidiaries for such period determined on a consolidated
basis in accordance with GAAP; provided that there shall be excluded (a) the
income of any person in which any other person (other than PTI or any of its
subsidiaries or any director holding qualifying shares in compliance with
applicable law) has a joint interest, except to the extent of the amount of
dividends or other distributions actually paid to PTI or any of its subsidiaries
by such person during such period and (b) the income (or loss) of any person
accrued prior to the date it becomes a subsidiary of PTI or is merged into or
consolidated with PTI or any of its subsidiaries or the date that person's
assets are acquired by PTI or any of its subsidiaries.

         "Consolidated Net Worth" shall mean, as at any date of determination,
the consolidated stockholders' equity of PTI and its subsidiaries, as determined
on a consolidated basis in accordance with GAAP.

         "Control" shall mean the possession, directly or indirectly, of the
power to direct or cause the direction of the management or policies of a
person, whether through the ownership of voting securities, by contract or
otherwise, and the terms "Controlling" and "Controlled" shall have meanings
correlative thereto.

         "Default" shall mean any event or condition which upon notice, lapse of
time or both would constitute an Event of Default.
<PAGE>
 
                                                                               7

         "Depositary Shares" shall mean the American Depositary Shares,
evidenced by American Depositary Receipts, each such American Depositary Share
representing four Shares.

         "dollars" or "$" shall mean lawful money of the United States of
America.

         "Energyco" shall mean PacifiCorp EnergyCo, an unlimited company
incorporated in England and Wales, all the outstanding share capital of which on
the Restatement Date is beneficially owned by Newco.

         "Energyco Bridge Loan Agreement" shall mean the bridge loan agreement
dated as of the Closing Date, among Energyco, Newco, the lenders from time to
time party thereto, the Arrangers named therein, and Citibank, as administrative
agent thereunder.

         "environment" shall mean ambient air, surface water and groundwater
(including potable water, navigable water and wetlands), the land surface or
subsurface strata, the workplace or as otherwise defined in any Environmental
Law.

         "Environmental Claim" shall mean any written accusation, allegation,
notice of violation, claim, demand, order, directive, cost recovery action or
other cause of action by, or on behalf of, any Governmental Authority or any
person for damages, injunctive or equitable relief, personal injury (including
sickness, disease or death), Remedial Action costs, tangible or intangible
property damage, natural resource damages, nuisance, pollution, any adverse
effect on the environment caused by any Hazardous Material, or for fines,
penalties or restrictions, resulting from or based upon (a) the existence, or
the continuation of the existence, of a Release (including sudden or non-sudden,
accidental or nonaccidental Releases), (b) exposure to any Hazardous Material,
(c) the presence, use, handling, transportation, storage, treatment or disposal
of any Hazardous Material or (d) the violation or alleged violation of any
Environmental Law or Environmental Permit.

         "Environmental Law" shall mean any and all applicable present and
future treaties, laws, rules, regulations, codes, ordinances, orders, decrees,
judgments, injunctions, notices or binding agreements issued, promulgated or
entered into by any Governmental Authority, relating in any way to the
environment, preservation or reclamation of natural resources, the management,
Release or threatened Release of any Hazardous Material or to health and safety
matters.

         "Environmental Permit" shall mean any permit, approval, authorization,
certificate, license, variance, filing or permission required by or from any
Governmental Authority pursuant to any Environmental Law.

         "Equity Issuance" shall mean any issuance or sale by the Borrower or
any Restricted Subsidiary of any shares of capital stock or other equity
securities of the Borrower or any Restricted Subsidiary or any obligations
convertible into or exchangeable for, or giving any person a right, option or
warrant to acquire such securities or such convertible or exchangeable
obligations, except in each case for (a) any issuance or sale to, or any other
capital contribution by, PacifiCorp, the Borrower, any wholly owned Restricted
Subsidiary or Newco, (b) any issuance of directors' qualifying shares, (c) any
issuance or sale to officers and employees under employee benefit or
compensation plans and (d) any issuance or sale of an interest in a Single
Purpose Entity.
<PAGE>
 
                                                                               8

         "ERISA" shall mean the Employee Retirement Income Security Act of 1974,
as the same may be amended from time to time.

         "ERISA Affiliate" shall mean any trade or business (whether or not
incorporated) that, together with the Borrower, is treated as a single employer
under Section 414(b) or (c) of the Code, or solely for purposes of Section 302
of ERISA and Section 412 of the Code, is treated as a single employer under
Section 414 of the Code.

         "ERISA Event" shall mean (a) any "reportable event", as defined in
Section 4043 of ERISA or the regulations issued thereunder, with respect to a
Plan, except a reportable event for which the requirement of notice to the PBGC
has been waived; (b) the adoption of any amendment to a Plan that would require
the provision of security pursuant to Section 401(a)(29) of the Code or Section
307 of ERISA; (c) the existence with respect to any Plan of an "accumulated
funding deficiency" (as defined in Section 412 of the Code or Section 302 of
ERISA), whether or not waived; (d) the filing pursuant to Section 412(d) of the
Code or Section 303(d) of ERISA of an application for a waiver of the minimum
funding standard with respect to any Plan; (e) the incurrence of any liability
in excess of $1,000,000 under Title IV of ERISA with respect to the termination
of any Plan or the withdrawal or partial withdrawal of the Borrower or any of
its ERISA Affiliates from any Plan or Multiemployer Plan; (f) the receipt by the
Borrower or any ERISA Affiliate from the PBGC or a plan administrator of a
Multiemployer Plan of any notice relating to the intention to terminate any Plan
or Plans or to appoint a trustee to administer any Plan; (g) the receipt by the
Borrower or any ERISA Affiliate of any notice concerning the imposition of
Withdrawal Liability in excess of $1,000,000 or a determination that a
Multiemployer Plan is, or is expected to be, insolvent or in reorganization,
within the meaning of Title IV of ERISA; (h) the occurrence of a "prohibited
transaction" with respect to which the Borrower or any of its subsidiaries is a
party to the prohibited transaction and is a "disqualified person" (within the
meaning of Section 4975 of the Code) or with respect to which the Borrower or
any such subsidiary could otherwise be liable; and (i) any other event or
condition with respect to a Plan or Multiemployer Plan that could reasonably be
expected to result in liability of the Borrower in excess of $1,000,000.

         "Eurodollar Borrowing" shall mean a Borrowing comprised of Eurodollar
Loans.

         "Eurodollar Loan" shall mean any Eurodollar Revolving Loan or
Eurodollar Term Loan.

         "Eurodollar Revolving Loan" shall mean any Revolving Loan bearing
interest at a rate determined by reference to the Adjusted LIBO Rate in
accordance with the provisions of Article II.

         "Eurodollar Term Borrowing" shall mean a Borrowing comprised of
Eurodollar Term Loans.

         "Eurodollar Term Loan" shall mean any Term Loan bearing interest at a
rate determined by reference to the Adjusted LIBO Rate in accordance with the
provisions of Article II.

         "Event of Default" shall have the meaning assigned to such term in
Article VII.

         "Exchange Rate Protection Agreement" shall mean any Hedging Agreement
that is (a) entered into by the Borrower with a counterparty that as of the date
of such Hedging Agreement is a Lender
<PAGE>
 
                                                                               9

(or an affiliate of a Lender) and (b) designed to protect the Borrower against
fluctuations in currency exchange rates and not for speculation.

         "Excluded Assets" shall mean the assets set forth on Schedule 1.01(a).

         "Existing Indebtedness" shall mean the Indebtedness of the Borrower
existing on the Closing Date and set forth on Schedule 1.01(b).

         "Fees" shall mean the Commitment Fees, the L/C Participation Fees and
the Issuing Bank Fees.

         "FinanceCo" shall mean PacifiCorp Finance (UK) Limited, a limited
company incorporated in England and Wales, all the outstanding share capital of
which on the Restatement Date is beneficially owned by Recco.

         "Financial Officer" of any corporation shall mean the chief financial
officer, principal accounting officer, Treasurer or Controller of such
corporation.

         "Funding Exchange Rate Protection Agreement" shall mean any Exchange
Rate Protection Agreement that is designed to ensure that the applicable
borrowings under this Agreement, the Energyco Bridge Loan Agreement and the
Powercoal Credit Agreement will provide a sufficient amount in pounds sterling
(together with borrowings under the Bidco Facility Agreement and certain other
sources of funds) to pay for the Shares.

         "GAAP" shall mean generally accepted accounting principles in the
United States applied on a consistent basis.

         "Goldman" shall mean Goldman Sachs Credit Partners L.P., a Bermuda
limited partnership.

         "Governmental Authority" shall mean any Federal, state, local or
foreign court or governmental agency, authority, instrumentality or regulatory
body.

         "Guarantee" of or by any person shall mean any obligation, contingent
or otherwise, of such person guaranteeing or having the economic effect of
guaranteeing any Indebtedness of any other person (the "primary obligor") in any
manner, whether directly or indirectly, and including any obligation of such
person, direct or indirect, (a) to purchase or pay (or advance or supply funds
for the purchase or payment of) such Indebtedness or to purchase (or to advance
or supply funds for the purchase of) any security for the payment of such
Indebtedness, (b) to purchase or lease property, securities or services for the
purpose of assuring the owner of such Indebtedness of the payment of such
Indebtedness or (c) to maintain working capital, equity capital or any other
financial statement condition or liquidity of the primary obligor so as to
enable the primary obligor to pay such Indebtedness; provided, however, that the
term "Guarantee" shall not include endorsements for collection or deposit in the
ordinary course of business.

         "Hazardous Materials" shall mean all explosive or radioactive
substances or wastes, hazardous or toxic substances or wastes, pollutants,
solid, liquid or gaseous wastes, including petroleum or petroleum distillates,
asbestos or asbestos containing materials, polychlorinated
<PAGE>
 
                                                                              10

biphenyls ("PCBs") or PCB-containing materials or equipment, radon gas,
infectious or medical wastes and all other substances or wastes of any nature
regulated pursuant to any Environmental Law.

         "Hedging Agreement" shall mean any rate swap transaction, basis swap,
forward rate transaction, commodity swap, commodity option, equity or equity
index swap, equity or equity index option, bond option, interest rate option,
foreign exchange transaction, cap transaction, floor transaction, collar
transaction, currency swap transaction, cross-currency rate swap transaction,
currency option or any other similar transaction (including any option with
respect to any of the foregoing transactions) or any combination of the
foregoing transactions.

         "Indebtedness" of any person shall mean, without duplication, (a) all
obligations of such person for borrowed money, (b) all obligations of such
person evidenced by bonds, debentures, notes or similar instruments, (c) all
obligations of such person under conditional sale or other title retention
agreements relating to property or assets purchased by such person, (d) all
obligations of such person issued or assumed as the deferred purchase price of
property or services (excluding trade accounts payable and accrued obligations
incurred in the ordinary course of business), (e) all Indebtedness of others
secured by (or for which the holder of such Indebtedness has an existing right,
contingent or otherwise, to be secured by) any Lien on property owned or
acquired by such person, whether or not the obligations secured thereby have
been assumed (provided that, for purposes hereof, the amount of such
Indebtedness shall be limited to the lesser of (x) the principal amount thereof
and (y) the fair market value of such property), (f) all Guarantees by such
person of Indebtedness of others, (g) all Capital Lease Obligations of such
person and (h) all obligations of such person as an account party in respect of
letters of credit and bankers' acceptances; provided that, for purposes of the
definition of "Total Debt" as used in Section 6.11, "Indebtedness" shall also
include all obligations of such person in respect of Hedging Agreements (other
than any interest rate protection agreement and any exchange rate protection
agreement, in each case relating to PTI) to the extent the Net Termination Value
of such Hedging Agreements at any time exceeds $30,000,000. For purposes of this
Agreement, the amount of Non-Recourse Indebtedness of the Borrower and its
subsidiaries included in the calculation of Indebtedness of the Borrower and its
subsidiaries at any time shall equal the lesser of (i) the aggregate principal
amount of such Indebtedness and (ii) the equity of the Borrower and its
subsidiaries in the asset or Single Purpose Entity, as the case may be, relating
to such Non- Recourse Indebtedness. For purposes of this Agreement, the amount
of Indebtedness (other than Non- Recourse Indebtedness) of any partnership,
limited liability company or similar pass-through entity (as used in this
definition, a "partnership") in which the Borrower or a subsidiary is a general
partner or other member or equity holder with unlimited liability (as used in
this definition, a "general partner") and in which there are one or more
Qualified General Partners shall only be included in the calculation of
Indebtedness of the Borrower and its subsidiaries at any time (a) to the extent
of the Borrower's or such subsidiary's pro rata share of the interest of the
general partners in the partnership at such time, or (b) if the applicable
governing or other relevant agreement specifies that the Borrower or any of its
subsidiaries is liable to the partnership or its creditors for a specific
percentage of such partnership's liabilities, to the extent of such specified
percentage. For purposes hereof, "Qualified General Partner" shall mean a
general partner of a partnership that (a) is a person that was not created
solely for the purpose of investing in such partnership, and (b) at the time of
the investment in such partnership, the Borrower reasonably believes that (i)
such person has a credit quality (or credit support) approximately equal to that
of the Borrower or the applicable subsidiary and (ii) such person will be able
to perform its share of the obligations under such Indebtedness when due.
<PAGE>
 
                                                                              11

         "Initial Lenders" shall mean Citibank, Goldman and Morgan.

         "Intercompany Loan Agreement" shall mean (a) the Umbrella Loan
Agreement dated as of April 4, 1983, between PacifiCorp and certain of its
subsidiaries, as in effect on the Closing Date, (b) the Intercompany Borrowing
Agreement dated as of April 1, 1991, between the Borrower and certain of its
subsidiaries and affiliates, as in effect on the Closing Date, and (c) any
additional or substitute intercompany lending agreement, or amendment thereto,
among substantially the same parties and on substantially the same terms and
conditions (other than rates of interest) as any agreement described in clause
(a) or (b) above.

         "Interest Expense" shall mean, for any period of four consecutive
fiscal quarters, the interest expense (including related commitment fees,
facilities fees and similar fees) accrued during such period in respect of
Indebtedness of the Borrower; provided that interest expense in respect of
Indebtedness Guaranteed by the Borrower shall be included only to the extent
actually paid by the Borrower.

         "Interest Expense (After Tax)" shall mean, for any period of four
consecutive fiscal quarters, an amount equal to (a) the Interest Expense for
such period minus (b) the Tax Benefit for such period.

         "Interest Payment Date" shall mean, with respect to any Loan, the last
day of the Interest Period applicable to the Borrowing of which such Loan is a
part and, in the case of a Eurodollar Borrowing with an Interest Period of more
than three months' duration, each day that would have been an Interest Payment
Date had successive Interest Periods of three months' duration been applicable
to such Borrowing, and, in addition, the date of any prepayment of such
Borrowing or conversion of such Borrowing to a Borrowing of a different Type.

         "Interest Period" shall mean (a) as to any Eurodollar Borrowing, the
period commencing on the date of such Borrowing and ending on the numerically
corresponding day (or, if there is no numerically corresponding day, on the last
day) in the calendar month that is 1, 2, 3 or 6 months thereafter, as the
Borrower may elect and (b) as to any Base Rate Borrowing, the period commencing
on the date of such Borrowing and ending on the earliest of (i) the next
succeeding March 31, June 30, September 30 or December 31, (ii) the Maturity
Date, and (iii) the date such Borrowing is converted to a Borrowing of a
different Type in accordance with Section 2.10 or repaid or prepaid in
accordance with Section 2.11, 2.12 or 2.13; provided, however, that if any
Interest Period would end on a day other than a Business Day, such Interest
Period shall be extended to the next succeeding Business Day unless, in the case
of a Eurodollar Borrowing only, such next succeeding Business Day would fall in
the next calendar month, in which case such Interest Period shall end on the
next preceding Business Day. Interest shall accrue from and including the first
day of an Interest Period to but excluding the last day of such Interest Period.

         "Interest Rate Protection Agreement" shall mean any Hedging Agreement
that is (a) entered into by the Borrower with a counterparty that as of the date
of such Hedging Agreement is a Lender (or an affiliate of a Lender) and (b)
designed to protect the Borrower against fluctuations in interest rates and not
for speculation.

         "Issuing Bank Fees" shall have the meaning assigned to such term in
Section 2.05(b).
<PAGE>
 
                                                                              12

         "L/C Commitment" shall mean the commitment of the Issuing Bank to issue
Letters of Credit pursuant to Section 2.22.

         "L/C Disbursement" shall mean a payment or disbursement made by the
Issuing Bank pursuant to a Letter of Credit.

         "L/C Exposure" shall mean at any time the sum of (a) the aggregate
undrawn amount of all outstanding Letters of Credit at such time plus (b) the
aggregate principal amount of all L/C Disbursements that have not yet been
reimbursed at such time. The L/C Exposure of any Revolving Credit Lender at any
time shall mean its Pro Rata Percentage of the aggregate L/C Exposure at such
time.

         "L/C Participation Fee" shall have the meaning assigned to such term in
Section 2.05(b).

         "Lenders" shall mean (a) the Initial Lenders (other than any such
Initial Lender that has ceased to be a party hereto pursuant to an Assignment
and Acceptance) and (b) any financial institution that has become a party hereto
pursuant to an Assignment and Acceptance.

         "Letter of Credit" shall mean any letter of credit issued pursuant to
Section 2.22.

         "LIBO Rate" shall mean, with respect to any Eurodollar Borrowing for
any Interest Period, the rate appearing on Page 3750 of the Telerate Service (or
on any successor or substitute page of such Service, or any successor to or
substitute for such Service, providing rate quotations comparable to those
currently provided on such page of such Service, as determined by the Paying
Agent from time to time for purposes of providing quotations of interest rates
applicable to dollar deposits in the London interbank market) at approximately
11:00 a.m., London time, two Business Days prior to the commencement of such
Interest Period, as the rate for dollar deposits with a maturity comparable to
such Interest Period. In the event that such rate is not available at such time
for any reason, then the "LIBO Rate" with respect to such Eurodollar Borrowing
for such Interest Period shall be the rate at which dollar deposits of
$5,000,000 and for a maturity comparable to such Interest Period are offered by
the principal London office of the Paying Agent in immediately available funds
in the London interbank market at approximately 11:00 a.m., London time, two
Business Days prior to the commencement of such Interest Period.

         "Lien" shall mean, with respect to any asset, (a) any mortgage, deed of
trust, lien, pledge, encumbrance, charge or security interest in or on such
asset, (b) the interest of a vendor or a lessor under any conditional sale
agreement, capital lease or title retention agreement relating to such asset and
(c) any other preferential arrangement that has substantially the same practical
effect as a security interest.

         "Loan Documents" shall mean this Agreement and the Pledge Agreement.

         "Loans" shall mean the Revolving Loans and the Term Loans.

         "Margin Stock" shall have the meaning assigned to such term in
Regulation U.
<PAGE>
 
                                                                              13

         "Material Adverse Effect" shall mean (a) a materially adverse effect on
the business, assets, liabilities, operations or condition, financial or
otherwise, of the Borrower and the Restricted Subsidiaries, taken as a whole,
(b) material impairment of the ability of the Borrower to perform its
obligations under the Loan Documents to which it is or will be a party or (c)
material impairment of the rights of or benefits available to the Lenders under
the Loan Documents; provided, that only clauses (b) and (c) shall apply after
PTI is no longer a subsidiary of the Borrower.

         "Material Hedging Obligations" shall mean payment obligations in
respect of one or more Hedging Agreements with a single counterparty (or its
Affiliates) that have Negative Termination Values exceeding $50,000,000 in the
aggregate amount.

         "Maturity Date" shall mean June 12, 1999.

         "Morgan" shall mean Morgan Guaranty Trust Company of New York, a New
York banking corporation.

         "Multiemployer Plan" shall mean a multiemployer plan as defined in
Section 4001(a)(3) of ERISA.

         "Negative Termination Value" shall mean, with respect to any Hedging
Agreement, the amount (if any) that would be required to be paid by the Borrower
or any Restricted Subsidiary if such Hedging Agreement were terminated by reason
of a default by or other termination event relating to the Borrower or any
Restricted Subsidiary. The Negative Termination Value of any Hedging Agreement
at any date shall be determined (a) as of the end of the most recent fiscal
quarter ended on or prior to such date if such Hedging Agreement was then
outstanding or (b) as of the date such Hedging Agreement is entered into if it
is entered into after the end of such fiscal quarter; provided, however, that if
an agreement between the Borrower or any Restricted Subsidiary and the relevant
counterparty provides that, upon any such termination by such counterparty, one
or more other Hedging Agreements (if any then exist) between the Borrower or any
Restricted Subsidiary and such counterparty would also terminate and the amount
(if any) payable by the Borrower or any Restricted Subsidiary would be a net
amount reflecting the termination of all Hedging Agreements so terminated, then
the Negative Termination Value of all the Hedging Agreements subject to such
netting shall be, at any date, a single amount equal to such net amount (if any)
payable by the Borrower or any Restricted Subsidiary determined as of the later
of (a) the end of the most recently ended fiscal quarter or (b) the date on
which the most recent Hedging Agreement subject to such netting was entered
into.

         "Net Cash Proceeds" shall mean (a) with respect to any Asset Sale or a
sale permitted by Section 6.05(a)(v), the cash proceeds thereof received by the
Borrower or the Restricted Subsidiaries (including cash and cash equivalents and
cash payments received by way of deferred payment of principal pursuant to a
note or installment receivable or otherwise, but only as and when received), net
of (i) costs of sale (including payment of the outstanding principal amount of,
premium or penalty, if any, interest and other amounts on any Indebtedness
(other than Loans) secured by a Lien permitted pursuant to Section 6.02 on such
assets and required to be repaid under the terms thereof as a result of such
Asset Sale), (ii) taxes paid or payable in the year such Asset Sale occurs or in
the following year as a result thereof and (iii) amounts provided as a reserve
against any liabilities under any indemnification obligations associated with
such Asset Sale (except that, to the extent and at the time any such amounts are
released from such reserve, such amounts shall constitute Net Cash Proceeds);
<PAGE>
 
                                                                              14

provided, however, that in the event the Asset Sale is a result of a Casualty
Event or Condemnation Event, the cash proceeds thereof for purposes of this
definition shall not include proceeds thereof to the extent they are used (or
committed to be used) to replace or repair the damaged or condemned property, as
applicable, within 180 days of receipt of such proceeds, in each case so long as
no Default or Event of Default shall have occurred and be continuing, and (b)
with respect to any Equity Issuance or any issuance or other disposition of
Indebtedness for borrowed money, the cash proceeds thereof net of underwriting
commissions or placement fees and expenses directly incurred in connection
therewith. Notwithstanding anything to the contrary, "Net Cash Proceeds" shall
not include proceeds from an Asset Sale by any Restricted Subsidiary, to the
extent that such Restricted Subsidiary shall have (a) applied such proceeds
within three Business Days of the receipt thereof to the repayment of
Indebtedness of such Restricted Subsidiary that cannot by its terms be
reborrowed or (b) notified the Paying Agent, within three Business Days of
receipt of such proceeds, of its intention to apply such proceeds to the
repayment of such Indebtedness and shall have completed such repayment within 45
days of the receipt thereof.

         "Net Effective Tax Rate" shall mean, for any period, the net effective
book rate of Federal and state income tax recorded for such period by the
consolidated group of which the Borrower was a member.

         "Net Termination Value" shall mean, with respect to all Hedging
Agreements (other than any Interest Rate Protection Agreement and any Exchange
Rate Protection Agreement), the difference between (a) the aggregate amounts (if
any) that would be required to be paid by the Borrower or any Restricted
Subsidiary if such Hedging Agreements were terminated by reason of a default
relating to the Borrower or any Restricted Subsidiary, and (b) the aggregate
amounts (if any) that the Borrower or any Restricted Subsidiary would be
entitled to receive if such Hedging Agreements were terminated by reason of a
default relating to the Borrower or any Restricted Subsidiary. The Net
Termination Value shall be determined (a) as of the end of the most recent
fiscal quarter ended on or prior to such date if such Hedging Agreement was then
outstanding or (b) as of the date such Hedging Agreement is entered into if it
is entered into after the end of such fiscal quarter.

         "Newco" shall mean PacifiCorp Group Holdings Company, a corporation
organized under the laws of Oregon, all the outstanding capital stock of which
on the Restatement Date is directly owned by the Borrower.

         "Non-Recourse Indebtedness" of any person shall mean at any time
Indebtedness secured by a Lien in or upon one or more assets of such person
where the rights and remedies of the holder of such Indebtedness in respect of
such Indebtedness do not extend to any other assets of such person.
Notwithstanding the foregoing, Indebtedness of any person shall not fail to
constitute Non-Recourse Indebtedness by reason of the inclusion in any document
evidencing, governing, securing or otherwise relating to such Indebtedness of
provisions to the effect that such person shall be liable beyond the assets
securing such Indebtedness, for (a) misapplied moneys, including insurance and
condemnation proceeds and security deposits, (b) indemnification by such person
in favor of holders of such Indebtedness and their affiliates in respect of
liabilities to third parties, including environmental liabilities, (c) breaches
of customary representations and warranties given to the holders of such
Indebtedness and (d) such other similar obligations as are customarily excluded
from the provisions that otherwise limit the recourse of commercial lenders
making so-called "non-
<PAGE>
 
                                                                              15

recourse" loans to institutional borrowers. Indebtedness of a Single Purpose
Entity shall constitute Non-Recourse Indebtedness of such Single Purpose Entity.

         "Obligations" shall have the meaning assigned to such term in the
Pledge Agreement.

         "Offer" shall mean the offer by Goldman Sachs International on behalf
of Bidco to acquire all of the outstanding Shares (including Shares represented
by Depositary Shares), substantially on the terms and conditions referred to in
the press release related thereto, as amended, supplemented or otherwise
modified.

         "Offer Document" shall mean the document to be delivered to the
shareholders of the Target containing the formal Offer.

         "Open Market Shares" shall mean the purchase of Shares by the Borrower
in the open market prior to the Unconditional Date.

         "PacifiCorp" shall mean PacifiCorp, a corporation organized under the
laws of Oregon.

         "PBGC" shall mean the Pension Benefit Guaranty Corporation referred to
and defined in ERISA.

         "PCI" shall mean PacifiCorp Credit, Inc., a corporation organized under
the laws of Oregon.

         "Permitted Investments" shall mean:

                  (a) direct obligations of, or obligations the principal of and
         interest on which are unconditionally guaranteed by, the United States
         of America (or by any agency thereof to the extent such obligations are
         backed by the full faith and credit of the United States of America),
         in each case maturing within one year from the date of acquisition
         thereof;

                  (b) investments in commercial paper (or money market funds
         substantially all the assets of which are invested in such commercial
         paper) maturing within 270 days from the date of acquisition thereof
         and having, at such date of acquisition, one of the two highest credit
         ratings obtainable from Standard & Poor's Ratings Group or from Moody's
         Investors Service, Inc.;

                  (c) investments in certificates of deposit, banker's
         acceptances and time deposits maturing within one year from the date of
         acquisition thereof issued or guaranteed by or placed with, and money
         market deposit accounts issued or offered by, any domestic office of
         any commercial bank organized under the laws of the United States of
         America or any State thereof that has a combined capital and surplus
         and undivided profits of not less than $250,000,000; and

                  (d) obligations issued by any state or political subdivision
         thereof, having a rating of A or better by Standard & Poor's Ratings
         Group, or a similar rating by any other nationally recognized rating
         agency with maturities of not more than one year.
<PAGE>
 
                                                                              16

         "person" shall mean any natural person, corporation, limited liability
company, business trust, joint venture, association, company, partnership or
government, or any agency or political subdivision thereof.

         "PFS" shall mean PacifiCorp Financial Services, Inc., a corporation
organized under the laws of Oregon.

         "PFSAC" shall mean PFS Acquisition Corp., an Oregon corporation, all
the capital stock of which is directly owned by PacifiCorp.

         "PFSAC Obligation" shall mean, collectively, the agreement between the
Borrower and PFSAC, the obligation under which shall be payable with proceeds
from the sale of certain assets of PFS, and the pledge agreement between the
Borrower and PFSAC covering all of the issued and outstanding stock of PFS as
security for payments under the agreement.

         "PFS Intercompany Note" shall mean the note issued by PFS to the
Borrower evidencing certain intercompany loans made by the Borrower to PFS.

         "PFS Pre-Funding Sale" shall mean the sale of PFS by the Borrower to
PFSAC, in exchange for $70,000,000 in cash and the PFSAC Obligation.

         "Plan" shall mean any employee pension benefit plan (other than a
Multiemployer Plan) subject to the provisions of Title IV of ERISA or Section
412 of the Code or Section 307 of ERISA, and in respect of which the Borrower or
any ERISA Affiliate is (or, if such plan were terminated, would under Section
4069 of ERISA be deemed to be) an "employer" as defined in Section 3(5) of
ERISA.

         "Pledge Agreement" shall mean the Pledge Agreement, substantially in
the form of Exhibit D, between the Borrower and the Collateral Agent for the
benefit of the Secured Parties.

         "pounds sterling" or "pence" shall mean the lawful currency for the
time being of the United Kingdom.

         "Powercoal" shall mean PacifiCorp Powercoal LLC, an Oregon limited
liability company, all the capital stock of which on the Restatement Date is
directly owned by Newco.

         "Powercoal/Bidco Loans" shall have the meaning assigned to such term in
the Powercoal Credit Agreement.

         "Powercoal Credit Agreement" shall mean the credit agreement dated as
of the Closing Date, among Powercoal, the lenders from time to time party
thereto, and Morgan, as paying agent, collateral agent, issuing bank and
swingline lender.

         "Powercor" shall mean Powercor Australia Limited, a limited company
organized under the laws of Australia.
<PAGE>
 
                                                                              17

         "Powercor Contribution" shall mean the contribution of all the share
capital of the members of the holding company of Powercor by the Borrower to
Newco.

         "PPM" shall mean PacifiCorp Power Marketing, Inc., a corporation
organized under the laws of Oregon.

         "PPM Contribution" shall mean the indirect contribution of all the
capital stock of PPM by the Borrower to Powercoal.

         "Prepayment Account" shall have the meaning assigned to such term in
Section 2.13(f).

         "Pro Rata Percentage" of any Revolving Credit Lender at any time shall
mean the percentage of the Total Revolving Credit Commitment represented by such
Lender's Revolving Credit Commitment.

         "PTI" shall mean Pacific Telecom, Inc., a corporation organized under
the laws of the State of Washington.

         "PTI Asset Sale" shall mean the sale, lease, transfer or other
disposition (by way of merger or otherwise, including as a result of a
Condemnation Event or a Casualty Event) by PTI or any of its subsidiaries to any
person other than the Borrower or any wholly owned Restricted Subsidiary of (a)
any capital stock of any subsidiary of PTI or (b) any other assets of PTI or any
of its subsidiaries (other than inventory, obsolete or worn-out assets, scrap
and Permitted Investments, in each case disposed of in the ordinary course of
business), except for any sale, lease, transfer or other disposition in one
transaction or a series of related transactions having a value of $25,000,000 or
less. Notwithstanding the foregoing, the term "PTI Asset Sale" shall not include
(a) the payment of a cash dividend permitted by Section 6.06(a), (b) the sale,
lease, transfer or other disposition of assets included on Schedule 1.01(c), (c)
transfers of assets as part of a sale and lease-back transaction permitted by
Section 6.03 and (d) any substantially contemporaneous exchange (including by
way of a substantially contemporaneous purchase and sale) of assets of PTI or
any of its subsidiaries for one or more local exchange networks located in the
United States, in each case to the extent that no net cash proceeds are received
by PTI or any of its subsidiaries as consideration in connection with such
exchange.

         "Recco" shall mean PacifiCorp Services Limited, a limited company
incorporated in England and Wales, all of the outstanding share capital of which
on the Restatement Date is directly owned by Energyco.

         "Refinanced Indebtedness" shall mean the Indebtedness of the Borrower
listed on Schedule 1.01(d).

         "Refinancing Indebtedness" shall have the meaning assigned to such term
in Section 6.01(g).

         "Register" shall have the meaning given to such term in Section
9.04(d).

         "Regulation G" shall mean Regulation G of the Board as from time to
time in effect and all official rulings and interpretations thereunder or
thereof.
<PAGE>
 
                                                                              18


         "Regulation T" shall mean Regulation T of the Board as from time to
time in effect and all official rulings and interpretations thereunder or
thereof.

         "Regulation U" shall mean Regulation U of the Board as from time to
time in effect and all official rulings and interpretations thereunder or
thereof.

         "Regulation X" shall mean Regulation X of the Board as from time to
time in effect and all official rulings and interpretations thereunder or
thereof.

         "Release" shall mean any spilling, leaking, pumping, pouring, emitting,
emptying, discharging, injecting, escaping, leaching, dumping, disposing,
depositing, dispersing, emanating or migrating of any Hazardous Material in,
into, onto or through the environment.

         "Remedial Action" shall mean (a) "remedial action" as such term is
defined in CERCLA, 42 U.S.C. Section 9601(24), and (b) all other actions
required by any Governmental Authority or voluntarily undertaken to: (i)
cleanup, remove, treat, abate or in any other way address any Hazardous Material
in the environment; (ii) prevent the Release or threat of Release or minimize
the further Release of any Hazardous Material so it does not migrate or endanger
or threaten to endanger public health, welfare or the environment; or (iii)
perform studies and investigations in connection with, or as a precondition to,
(i) or (ii) above.

         "Required Lenders" shall mean, at any time, Lenders having Loans, L/C
Exposure and unused Revolving Credit and Term Loan Commitments representing at
least a majority of the sum of all Loans outstanding, L/C Exposure and unused
Revolving Credit and Term Loan Commitments at such time.

         "Responsible Officer" of any corporation shall mean any executive
officer or Financial Officer of such corporation and any other officer or
similar official thereof responsible for the administration of the obligations
of such corporation in respect of this Agreement.

         "Restatement Date" shall mean June 27, 1997.

         "Restricted Subsidiary" shall mean any person listed on Schedule
1.01(e) until the date such person is no longer a subsidiary of the Borrower.

         "Revolving Credit Borrowing" shall mean a Borrowing comprised of
Revolving Loans.

         "Revolving Credit Commitment" shall mean, with respect to each Lender,
the commitment of such Lender to make Revolving Loans hereunder as set forth on
Schedule 2.01, or in the Assignment and Acceptance pursuant to which such Lender
assumed its Revolving Credit Commitment, as applicable, as the same may be (a)
reduced from time to time pursuant to Section 2.09 and (b) reduced or increased
from time to time pursuant to assignments by or to such Lender pursuant to
Section 9.04.

         "Revolving Credit Exposure" shall mean, with respect to any Lender at
any time, the aggregate principal amount at such time of all outstanding
Revolving Loans of such Lender, plus the aggregate amount at such time of such
Lender's L/C Exposure.
<PAGE>
 
                                                                              19

         "Revolving Credit Lender" shall mean a Lender with a Revolving Credit
Commitment.

         "Revolving Loans" shall mean the revolving loans made by the Lenders to
the Borrower pursuant to Section 2.01(b). Each Revolving Loan shall be a
Eurodollar Revolving Loan or a Base Rate Revolving Loan.

         "Secured Parties" shall have the meaning assigned to such term in the
Pledge Agreement.

         "Shares" shall mean the ordinary shares of the Target (par value 10
pence per share).

         "Significant Subsidiary" shall mean, on any date, any Restricted
Subsidiary that (a) has total assets, determined on a consolidated basis with
its subsidiaries, as of the end of the fiscal quarter preceding such date equal
to or greater than 2.5% of the total assets of the Borrower and the Restricted
Subsidiaries on a consolidated basis as of the end of such fiscal quarter or (b)
has income from continuing operations before income taxes, extraordinary items
and the cumulative effect of a change in accounting principles ("Adjusted
Income"), determined on a consolidated basis with its subsidiaries, for the four
fiscal quarter period preceding such date equal to or greater than 2.5% of the
Adjusted Income of the Borrower and the Restricted Subsidiaries on a
consolidated basis for such period, in all cases as determined in accordance
with GAAP.

         "Single Purpose Entity" shall mean a person, other than an individual,
that (a) is organized solely for the purpose of holding, directly or indirectly,
an ownership interest in one entity or property that is acquired, purchased or
constructed or in the case of previously undeveloped, non-income generating
property of the Borrower or a Restricted Subsidiary, developed by the Borrower
or any of the Restricted Subsidiaries, (b) does not engage in any business
unrelated to such entity or property or the financing thereof and (c) does not
have any assets or Indebtedness other than those related to its interest in such
entity or property or the financing thereof.

         "Spring Creek" shall mean Spring Creek Coal Company, a corporation
organized under the laws of Montana.

         "Spring Creek Coal Supply Contract" shall mean the Coal Supply
Agreement dated June 2, 1978, between Spring Creek and Utility Fuels, Inc., as
amended from time to time.

         "Spring Creek Loan Agreement" shall mean the Loan Commitment and
Agreement dated as of June 2, 1993, between Spring Creek and the Borrower (under
which the Borrower designated PCI as the affiliate to make the initial loan of
$225,000,000 to Spring Creek), as such agreement may be amended from time to
time.

         "Spring Creek Loan Documents" shall mean the "Loan Documents" (as such
term is defined in Section 1.1 of the Spring Creek Loan Agreement as in effect
on the Closing Date), as such Loan Documents may be amended from time to time.

         "Spring Creek Note" shall mean the promissory note issued by Spring
Creek to PCI pursuant to the Spring Creek Loan Agreement, as such note may be
amended from time to time.
<PAGE>
 
                                                                              20

         "Spring Creek Obligations" shall mean the obligations under the Spring
Creek Loan Documents of Spring Creek, Spring Creek's affiliates and each issuer
of a Letter of Credit (as defined in Section 1.1 of the Spring Creek Loan
Agreement as in effect on the Closing Date), in each case whether now existing
or hereafter issued or arising.

         "Spring Creek Participation Agreement" shall mean the Amended and
Restated Participation Agreement dated as of June 2, 1993, between PCI and the
Borrower (under which the Borrower purchased the Borrower's interest in the
Spring Creek Obligations from PCI), as such agreement may be amended from time
to time.

         "Statutory Reserves" shall mean a fraction (expressed as a decimal),
the numerator of which is the number one and the denominator of which is the
number one minus the aggregate of the maximum reserve percentages (including any
marginal, special, emergency or supplemental reserves) expressed as a decimal
established by the Board (a) with respect to the Base CD Rate, for new
negotiable nonpersonal time deposits in dollars of over $100,000 with maturities
approximately equal to three months, and (b) with respect to the Adjusted LIBO
Rate, for Eurocurrency Liabilities (as defined in Regulation D of the Board).
Such reserve percentages shall include those imposed pursuant to such Regulation
D. Eurodollar Loans shall be deemed to constitute Eurocurrency Liabilities and
to be subject to such reserve requirements without benefit of or credit for
proration, exemptions or offsets that may be available from time to time to any
Lender under such Regulation D. Statutory Reserves shall be adjusted
automatically on and as of the effective date of any change in any reserve
percentage.

         "subsidiary" shall mean, with respect to any person (herein referred to
as the "parent"), any corporation, partnership, association or other business
entity of which securities or other ownership interests representing more than
50% of the equity or more than 50% of the ordinary voting power or more than 50%
of the general partnership interests are, at the time any determination is being
made, owned, controlled or held by the parent.

         "Target" shall mean The Energy Group PLC, a public limited company
incorporated in England and Wales.

         "Tax Benefit" shall mean, for any period of four consecutive fiscal
quarters, the product of (a) the Interest Expense for such period and (b) the
Net Effective Tax Rate for such period.

         "Tax Sharing Arrangement" shall mean the Capital Contribution Agreement
dated as of the Closing Date, the Income Tax Allocation Policy, restated as of
January 1, 1989, relating to the Borrower, PacifiCorp and the direct
subsidiaries of the Borrower, and the Income Tax Allocation Policy, dated as of
January 1, 1997, relating to Newco and its subsidiaries.

         "Term Borrowing" shall mean a Borrowing comprised of Term Loans.

         "Termination Date" shall mean the earlier of (a) December 30, 1997, and
(b) the later of (i) the date that is three months after the Unconditional Date
and (ii) the date that is 49 days after the first date on which Bidco acquires
90% of the outstanding Shares to which the Offer relates.
<PAGE>
 
                                                                              21

         "Term Loan Availability Period" shall mean the period from and
including the Closing Date to and including the Termination Date.

         "Term Loan Commitment" shall mean, with respect to each Lender, the
commitment of such Lender to make Term Loans hereunder as set forth on Schedule
2.01, or in the Assignment and Acceptance pursuant to which such Lender assumed
its Term Loan Commitment, as applicable, as the same may be (a) reduced from
time to time pursuant to Section 2.09 and (b) reduced or increased from time to
time pursuant to assignments by or to such Lender pursuant to Section 9.04.

         "Term Loans" shall mean the term loans made by the Lenders to the
Borrower pursuant to Section 2.01(a). Each Term Loan shall be either a
Eurodollar Term Loan or a Base Rate Term Loan.

         "Three-Month Secondary CD Rate" shall mean, for any day, the secondary
market rate for three-month certificates of deposit reported as being in effect
on such day (or, if such day shall not be a Business Day, the next preceding
Business Day) by the Board through the public information telephone line of the
Federal Reserve Bank of New York (which rate will, under the current practices
of the Board, be published in Federal Reserve Statistical Release H.15(519)
during the week following such day), or, if such rate shall not be so reported
on such day or such next preceding Business Day, the average of the secondary
market quotations for three-month certificates of deposit of major money center
banks in New York City received at approximately 10:00 a.m., New York City time,
on such day (or, if such day shall not be a Business Day, on the next preceding
Business Day) by the Paying Agent from three New York City negotiable
certificate of deposit dealers of recognized standing selected by it.

         "Total Debt" shall mean, as of any date of determination, without
duplication, the aggregate principal amount of Indebtedness of PTI and its
subsidiaries outstanding as of such date, determined on a consolidated basis
(other than Indebtedness of the type referred to in clause (h) of the definition
of the term "Indebtedness", except to the extent of any unreimbursed drawings
thereunder).

         "Total Revolving Credit Commitment" shall mean, at any time, the
aggregate amount of the Revolving Credit Commitments, as in effect at such time.

         "TPC" shall mean TPC Corporation, a corporation organized under the
laws of Delaware.

         "TPC Contribution" shall mean the indirect contribution of all the
capital stock of TPC by the Borrower to Powercoal.

         "Transaction Loan Documents" shall mean (a) the Loan Documents, (b) the
Bidco Facility Agreement and the security documents and guarantees related
thereto, (c) the Energyco Bridge Loan Agreement and the guarantees related
thereto and (d) the Powercoal Credit Agreement and the security documents and
guarantees related thereto.

         "Transactions" shall mean the Offer, the transactions contemplated
thereby and the transactions contemplated by the Transaction Loan Documents.
<PAGE>
 
                                                                              22


         "Type", when used in respect of any Loan or Borrowing, shall refer to
the Rate by reference to which interest on such Loan or on the Loans comprising
such Borrowing is determined. For purposes hereof, the term "Rate" shall include
the Adjusted LIBO Rate and the Base Rate.

         "Unconditional Date" shall have the meaning assigned to such term in
the Bidco Facility Agreement as in effect on the Restatement Date.

         "wholly owned Restricted Subsidiary" shall mean a Restricted Subsidiary
which securities (except for directors' qualifying shares) or other ownership
interests representing 100% of the equity or 100% of the ordinary voting power
(other than directors' qualifying shares) or 100% of the general partnership
interests are, at the time any determination is being made, owned, controlled or
held by the Borrower or one or more wholly owned Restricted Subsidiaries of the
Borrower or by the Borrower and one or more wholly owned Restricted Subsidiaries
of the Borrower.

         "Withdrawal Liability" shall mean liability to a Multiemployer Plan as
a result of a complete or partial withdrawal from such Multiemployer Plan, as
such terms are defined in Part I of Subtitle E of Title IV of ERISA.

         SECTION 1.02. Terms Generally. The definitions in Section 1.01 shall
apply equally to both the singular and plural forms of the terms defined.
Whenever the context may require, any pronoun shall include the corresponding
masculine, feminine and neuter forms. The words "include", "includes" and
"including" shall be deemed to be followed by the phrase "without limitation".
All references herein to Articles, Sections, Exhibits and Schedules shall be
deemed references to Articles and Sections of, and Exhibits and Schedules to,
this Agreement unless the context shall otherwise require. Except as otherwise
expressly provided herein, (a) any reference in this Agreement to any
Transaction Loan Document shall mean such document as amended, restated,
supplemented or otherwise modified from time to time and (b) all terms of an
accounting or financial nature shall be construed in accordance with GAAP, as in
effect from time to time; provided, however, that if the Borrower notifies the
Paying Agent that the Borrower wishes to amend any covenant in Article VI or any
related definition to eliminate the effect of any change in GAAP occurring after
the date of this Agreement on the operation of such covenant (or if the Paying
Agent notifies the Borrower that the Required Lenders wish to amend Article VI
or any related definition for such purpose), then the Borrower's compliance with
such covenant shall be determined on the basis of GAAP in effect immediately
before the relevant change in GAAP became effective, until either such notice is
withdrawn or such covenant or definition is amended in a manner satisfactory to
the Borrower and the Required Lenders.

                                   ARTICLE II

                                   The Credits

         SECTION 2.01. Commitments. Subject to the terms and conditions and
relying upon the representations and warranties herein set forth, each Lender
agrees, severally and not jointly, (a) to make Term Loans to the Borrower at any
time on a single date on or after the Closing Date, and until the earlier of the
expiration of the Term Loan Availability Period and the termination of the Term
Loan Commitment of such Lender in accordance with the terms hereof, in an
aggregate principal amount not to exceed its Term Loan Commitment and (b) to
make Revolving Loans to the Borrower,
<PAGE>
 
                                                                            23

at any time and from time to time on or after the Closing Date, and until the
earlier of the Maturity Date and the termination of the Revolving Credit
Commitment of such Lender in accordance with the terms hereof, in an aggregate
principal amount at any time outstanding that will not result in such Lender's
Revolving Credit Exposure exceeding such Lender's Revolving Credit Commitment.
Within the limits set forth in clause (b) of the preceding sentence and subject
to the terms, conditions and limitations set forth herein, the Borrower may
borrow, pay or prepay and reborrow Revolving Loans. Amounts paid or prepaid in
respect of Term Loans may not be reborrowed.

         SECTION 2.02. Loans. (a) Each Loan shall be made as part of a Borrowing
consisting of Loans made by the Lenders ratably in accordance with their
respective Term Loan Commitments or Revolving Credit Commitments, as applicable;
provided, however, that the failure of any Lender to make any Loan shall not in
itself relieve any other Lender of its obligation to lend hereunder (it being
understood, however, that no Lender shall be responsible for the failure of any
other Lender to make any Loan required to be made by such other Lender). The
Loans comprising any Borrowing shall be in an aggregate principal amount that is
(i) an integral multiple of $1,000,000 and not less than $5,000,000 or (ii)
equal to the remaining available balance of the applicable Commitments.

         (b) Subject to Sections 2.08 and 2.15, each Borrowing shall be
comprised entirely of Base Rate Loans or Eurodollar Loans as the Borrower may
request pursuant to Section 2.03. Each Lender may at its option make any
Eurodollar Loan by causing any domestic or foreign branch or Affiliate of such
Lender to make such Loan; provided that any exercise of such option shall not
(i) affect the obligation of the Borrower to repay such Loan or (ii) increase
the costs of the Borrower that would otherwise be payable under Section 2.14 or
2.20 with respect thereto, in each case in accordance with the terms of this
Agreement. Borrowings of more than one Type may be outstanding at the same time;
provided, however, that the Borrower shall not be entitled to request any
Borrowing that, if made, would result in more than 15 Eurodollar Borrowings
outstanding hereunder at any time. For purposes of the foregoing, Borrowings
having different Interest Periods, regardless of whether they commence on the
same date, shall be considered separate Borrowings.

         (c) Except with respect to Loans made or deemed made pursuant to
Section 2.02(f), each Lender shall make each Loan to be made by it hereunder on
the proposed date thereof by wire transfer of immediately available funds to
such account in New York City as the Paying Agent may designate not later than
11:00 a.m., New York City time, and the Paying Agent shall by 12:00 (noon), New
York City time, credit the amounts so received to an account in the name of the
Borrower, maintained with the Paying Agent and designated by the Borrower in the
applicable Borrowing Request or, if a Borrowing shall not occur on such date
because any condition precedent herein specified shall not have been met, return
the amounts so received to the respective Lenders.

         (d) Unless the Paying Agent shall have received notice from a Lender
prior to the date of any Borrowing that such Lender will not make available to
the Paying Agent such Lender's portion of such Borrowing, the Paying Agent may
assume that such Lender has made such portion available to the Paying Agent on
the date of such Borrowing in accordance with paragraph (c) above and the Paying
Agent may, in reliance upon such assumption, make available to the Borrower on
such date a corresponding amount. If the Paying Agent shall have so made funds
available then, to the extent that such Lender shall not have made such portion
available to the Paying Agent, such Lender and the Borrower severally agree to
repay to the Paying Agent forthwith on demand such corresponding amount together
with interest thereon, for each day from the date such amount is made available
to
<PAGE>
 
                                                                            24

the Borrower until the date such amount is repaid to the Paying Agent at (i) in
the case of the Borrower, the interest rate applicable at the time to the Loans
comprising such Borrowing and (ii) in the case of such Lender, a rate determined
by the Paying Agent to represent its cost of overnight or short-term funds
(which determination shall be conclusive absent manifest error). If such Lender
shall repay to the Paying Agent such corresponding amount, such amount shall
constitute such Lender's Loan as part of such Borrowing for purposes of this
Agreement.

         (e) Notwithstanding any other provision of this Agreement, the Borrower
shall not be entitled to request any Interest Period with respect to a Revolving
Credit Borrowing or Term Borrowing that would end after the Maturity Date.

         (f) If the Issuing Bank shall not have received from the Borrower the
payment required to be made by Section 2.22(e) within the time specified in such
Section, the Issuing Bank will promptly notify the Paying Agent of the L/C
Disbursement and the Paying Agent will promptly notify each Revolving Credit
Lender of such L/C Disbursement and its Pro Rata Percentage thereof. Each
Revolving Credit Lender shall pay by wire transfer of immediately available
funds to the Paying Agent not later than 2:00 p.m., New York City time, on such
date (or, if such Revolving Credit Lender shall have received such notice later
than 12:00 (noon), New York City time, on any day, not later than 10:00 a.m.,
New York City time, on the immediately following Business Day), an amount equal
to such Lender's Pro Rata Percentage of such L/C Disbursement (it being
understood that such amount shall be deemed to constitute a Base Rate Revolving
Loan of such Lender and such payment shall be deemed to have reduced the L/C
Exposure), and the Paying Agent will promptly pay to the Issuing Bank amounts so
received by it from the Revolving Credit Lenders. The Paying Agent will promptly
pay to the Issuing Bank any amounts received by it from the Borrower pursuant to
Section 2.22(e) prior to the time that any Revolving Credit Lender makes any
payment pursuant to this paragraph (f); any such amounts received by the Paying
Agent thereafter will be promptly remitted by the Paying Agent to the Revolving
Credit Lenders that shall have made such payments and to the Issuing Bank, as
their interests may appear. If any Revolving Credit Lender shall not have made
its Pro Rata Percentage of such L/C Disbursement available to the Paying Agent
as provided above, such Lender and the Borrower severally agree to pay interest
on such amount, for each day from and including the date such amount is required
to be paid in accordance with this paragraph to but excluding the date such
amount is paid, to the Paying Agent for the account of the Issuing Bank at (i)
in the case of the Borrower, a rate per annum equal to the interest rate
applicable to Revolving Loans pursuant to Section 2.06(a), and (ii) in the case
of such Lender, for the first such day, the Federal Funds Effective Rate, and
for each day thereafter, the Base Rate.

         SECTION 2.03. Borrowing Procedure. In order to request a Borrowing, the
Borrower shall hand deliver or telecopy to the Paying Agent a duly completed
Borrowing Request (a) in the case of a Eurodollar Borrowing, not later than
11:00 a.m., New York City time, three Business Days before a proposed Borrowing,
and (b) in the case of a Base Rate Borrowing, not later than 11:00 a.m., New
York City time, on the Business Day of a proposed Borrowing. Each Borrowing
Request shall be irrevocable, shall be signed by or on behalf of the Borrower
and shall specify the following information: (i) whether the Borrowing then
being requested is to be a Term Borrowing or a Revolving Credit Borrowing, and
whether such Borrowing is to be a Eurodollar Borrowing or a Base Rate Borrowing;
(ii) the date of such Borrowing (which shall be a Business Day); (iii) the
number and location of the account to which funds are to be disbursed (which
shall be an account that complies with the requirements of Section 2.02(c));
(iv) the amount of such Borrowing; and (v) if such
<PAGE>
 
                                                                              25

Borrowing is to be a Eurodollar Borrowing, the Interest Period with respect
thereto; provided, however, that, notwithstanding any contrary specification in
any Borrowing Request, each requested Borrowing shall comply with the
requirements set forth in Section 2.02. If no election as to the Type of
Borrowing is specified in any such notice, then the requested Borrowing shall be
a Base Rate Borrowing. If no Interest Period with respect to any Eurodollar
Borrowing is specified in any such notice, then the Borrower shall be deemed to
have selected an Interest Period of one month's duration. The Paying Agent shall
promptly advise the applicable Lenders of any notice given pursuant to this
Section 2.03 (and the contents thereof), and of each Lender's portion of the
requested Borrowing.

         SECTION 2.04. Evidence of Debt; Repayment of Loans. (a) The Borrower
hereby unconditionally promises to pay to the Paying Agent for the account of
each Lender the principal amount of each Term Loan of such Lender as provided in
Section 2.11 and the then unpaid principal amount of each Revolving Loan on the
Maturity Date.

         (b) Each Lender shall maintain in accordance with its usual practice an
account or accounts evidencing the indebtedness of the Borrower to such Lender
resulting from each Loan made by such Lender from time to time, including the
amounts of principal and interest payable and paid to such Lender from time to
time under this Agreement.

         (c) The Paying Agent shall maintain accounts in which it will record
(i) the amount of each Loan made hereunder, the Type thereof and the Interest
Period applicable thereto, (ii) the amount of any principal or interest due and
payable or to become due and payable from the Borrower to each Lender hereunder
and (iii) the amount of any sum received by the Paying Agent hereunder from the
Borrower and each Lender's share thereof.

         (d) The entries made in the accounts maintained pursuant to paragraphs
(b) and (c) above shall be prima facie evidence of the existence and amounts of
the obligations therein recorded; provided, however, that the failure of any
Lender or the Paying Agent to maintain such accounts or any error therein shall
not in any manner affect the obligations of the Borrower to repay the Loans in
accordance with their terms.

         (e) Notwithstanding any other provision of this Agreement, in the event
any Lender shall request and receive a promissory note payable to such Lender
and its registered assigns, the interests represented by such note shall at all
times (including after any assignment of all or part of such interests pursuant
to Section 9.04) be represented by one or more promissory notes payable to the
payee named therein or its registered assigns.

         SECTION 2.05. Fees. (a) The Borrower agrees to pay to each Lender,
through the Paying Agent, on the last day of March, June, September and December
in each year and on each date on which any Commitment of such Lender shall
expire or be terminated as provided herein, a commitment fee (a "Commitment
Fee") of 0.50% per annum on the average daily unused amount of the Commitments
of such Lender during the preceding quarter (or other period commencing with the
Closing Date or ending with the Maturity Date or the date on which the
Commitments of such Lender shall expire or be terminated). All Commitment Fees
shall be computed on the basis of the actual number of days elapsed in a year of
360 days. The Commitment Fee due to each Lender shall commence to accrue on the
Closing Date and shall cease to accrue on the date on which the Commitment of
such Lender shall expire or be terminated as provided herein.
<PAGE>
 
                                                                              26

         (b) The Borrower agrees to pay (i) to each Revolving Credit Lender,
through the Paying Agent, on the last day of March, June, September and December
of each year and on the date on which the Revolving Credit Commitment of such
Lender shall be terminated as provided herein, a fee (an "L/C Participation
Fee") calculated on such Lender's Pro Rata Percentage of the average daily
aggregate L/C Exposure (excluding the portion thereof attributable to
unreimbursed L/C Disbursements) during the preceding quarter (or shorter period
commencing with the Closing Date or ending with the Maturity Date or the date on
which all Letters of Credit have been canceled or have expired and the Revolving
Credit Commitments of all Lenders shall have been terminated) at a rate equal to
2.00% per annum, and (ii) to the Issuing Bank with respect to each Letter of
Credit the standard fronting, issuance and drawing fees specified from time to
time by the Issuing Bank (the "Issuing Bank Fees"). All L/C Participation Fees
and Issuing Bank Fees shall be computed on the basis of the actual number of
days elapsed in a year of 360 days.

         (c) All Fees shall be paid on the dates due, in immediately available
funds, to the Paying Agent for distribution, if and as appropriate, among the
Lenders, except that the Issuing Bank Fees shall be paid directly to the Issuing
Bank. Once paid, none of the Fees shall be refundable under any circumstances,
absent manifest error.

         SECTION 2.06. Interest on Loans. (a) Subject to the provisions of
Section 2.07, the Loans comprising each Base Rate Borrowing shall bear interest
(computed on the basis of the actual number of days elapsed over a year of 365
or 366 days, as the case may be, when the Base Rate is determined by reference
to the Prime Rate and over a year of 360 days at all other times) at a rate per
annum equal to (a) for the period from the Closing Date up to and including
December 12, 1998, the Base Rate plus 1.00% and (b) thereafter, the Base Rate
plus 1.50%.

         (b) Subject to the provisions of Section 2.07, the Loans comprising
each Eurodollar Borrowing shall bear interest (computed on the basis of the
actual number of days elapsed over a year of 360 days) at a rate per annum equal
to (a) for the period from the Closing Date up to and including December 12,
1998, the Adjusted LIBO Rate for the Interest Period in effect for such
Borrowing plus 2.00% and (b) thereafter, the Adjusted LIBO Rate for the Interest
Period in effect for such Borrowing plus 2.50%.

         (c) Interest on each Loan shall be payable on the Interest Payment
Dates applicable to such Loan except as otherwise provided in this Agreement.
The applicable Base Rate or Adjusted LIBO Rate for each Interest Period or day
within an Interest Period, as the case may be, shall be determined by the Paying
Agent, and such determination shall be conclusive absent manifest error.

         SECTION 2.07. Default Interest. If the Borrower shall default in the
payment of the principal of or interest on any Loan or any other amount becoming
due hereunder, by acceleration or otherwise, or under any other Loan Document,
the Borrower shall on demand from time to time pay interest, to the extent
permitted by law, on such defaulted amount to but excluding the date of actual
payment (after as well as before judgment) (a) in the case of overdue principal,
at the rate otherwise applicable to such Loan pursuant to Section 2.06 plus
2.00% per annum and (b) in all other cases, at a rate per annum (computed on the
basis of the actual number of days elapsed over a year of 365 or 366 days, as
the case may be, when determined by reference to the Prime Rate and over a year
of 360 days at all other times) equal to the sum of the Base Rate plus 2.00%.
<PAGE>
 
                                                                              27

         SECTION 2.08. Alternate Rate of Interest. In the event, and on each
occasion, that on the day two Business Days prior to the commencement of any
Interest Period for a Eurodollar Borrowing the Paying Agent shall have
determined that dollar deposits in the principal amounts of the Loans comprising
such Borrowing are not generally available in the London interbank market, or
that the rates at which such dollar deposits are being offered will not
adequately and fairly reflect the cost to the Lender or Lenders holding a
majority of the Eurodollar Loans comprising such Eurodollar Borrowing of making
or maintaining such Eurodollar Loan during such Interest Period, or that
reasonable means do not exist for ascertaining the Adjusted LIBO Rate, the
Paying Agent shall, as soon as practicable thereafter, give written or telecopy
notice of such determination to the Borrower and the Lenders. In the event of
any such determination, until the Paying Agent shall have advised the Borrower
and the Lenders that the circumstances giving rise to such notice no longer
exist, any request by the Borrower for a Eurodollar Borrowing pursuant to
Section 2.03 or 2.10 shall be deemed to be a request for a Base Rate Borrowing.
Each determination by the Paying Agent hereunder shall be conclusive absent
manifest error.

         SECTION 2.09. Termination and Reduction of Commitments. (a) The Term
Loan Commitments shall automatically terminate at 5:00 p.m., New York City time,
on the Termination Date. The Revolving Credit Commitments and the L/C Commitment
shall automatically terminate on the Maturity Date. Notwithstanding the
foregoing, the Revolving Credit Commitment and the L/C Commitment shall
automatically terminate at 5:00 p.m., New York City time, on the Termination
Date if the initial Borrowing hereunder shall not have occurred by such time.

         (b) Upon at least three Business Days' prior irrevocable written or
telecopy notice to the Paying Agent, the Borrower may at any time in whole
permanently terminate, or from time to time in part permanently reduce, the Term
Loan Commitments or the Revolving Credit Commitments; provided, however, that
(i) each partial reduction of the Term Loan Commitments or the Revolving Credit
Commitments shall be in an integral multiple of $1,000,000 and in a minimum
amount of $5,000,000 and (ii) the Total Revolving Credit Commitment shall not be
reduced to an amount that is less than the Aggregate Revolving Credit Exposure
at the time.

         (c) Each reduction in the Term Loan Commitments or the Revolving Credit
Commitments hereunder shall be made ratably among the Lenders in accordance with
their respective applicable Commitments. The Borrower shall pay to the Paying
Agent for the account of the applicable Lenders, on the date of each termination
or reduction, the Commitment Fees on the amount of the Commitments so terminated
or reduced accrued to but excluding the date of such termination or reduction.

         SECTION 2.10. Conversion and Continuation of Borrowings. The Borrower
shall have the right at any time upon prior irrevocable notice to the Paying
Agent (a) not later than 12:00 (noon), New York City time, one Business Day
prior to conversion, to convert any Eurodollar Borrowing into a Base Rate
Borrowing, (b) not later than 11:00 a.m., New York City time, three Business
Days prior to conversion or continuation, to convert any Base Rate Borrowing
into a Eurodollar Borrowing or to continue any Eurodollar Borrowing as a
Eurodollar Borrowing for an additional Interest Period, and (c) not later than
11:00 a.m., New York City time, three Business Days prior to conversion, to
<PAGE>
 
                                                                              28

convert the Interest Period with respect to any Eurodollar Borrowing to another
permissible Interest Period, subject in each case to the following:

                  (i) each conversion or continuation shall be made pro rata
         among the Lenders in accordance with the respective principal amounts
         of the Loans comprising the converted or continued Borrowing;

                  (ii) if less than all the outstanding principal amount of any
         Borrowing shall be converted or continued, then each resulting
         Borrowing shall satisfy the limitations specified in Sections 2.02(a)
         and 2.02(b) regarding the principal amount and maximum number of
         Borrowings of the relevant Type;

                  (iii) each conversion shall be effected by each Lender and the
         Paying Agent by recording for the account of such Lender the new Loan
         of such Lender resulting from such conversion and reducing the Loan (or
         portion thereof) of such Lender being converted by an equivalent
         principal amount; accrued interest on any Eurodollar Loan (or portion
         thereof) being converted shall be paid by the Borrower at the time of
         conversion;

                  (iv) if any Eurodollar Borrowing is converted at a time other
         than the end of the Interest Period applicable thereto, the Borrower
         shall pay, upon demand, any amounts due to the Lenders pursuant to
         Section 2.16;

                  (v) any portion of a Borrowing maturing or required to be
         repaid in less than one month may not be converted into or continued as
         a Eurodollar Borrowing;

                  (vi) any portion of a Eurodollar Borrowing that cannot be
         converted into or continued as a Eurodollar Borrowing by reason of the
         immediately preceding clause shall be automatically converted at the
         end of the Interest Period in effect for such Borrowing into a Base
         Rate Borrowing; and

                  (vii) upon notice to the Borrower from the Paying Agent given
         at the request of the Required Lenders, after the occurrence and during
         the continuance of a Default or an Event of Default, no outstanding
         Loan may be converted into, or continued as, a Eurodollar Loan.

         Each notice pursuant to this Section 2.10 shall be irrevocable and
shall refer to this Agreement and specify (i) the identity and amount of the
Borrowing that the Borrower requests be converted or continued, (ii) whether
such Borrowing is to be converted to or continued as a Eurodollar Borrowing or a
Base Rate Borrowing, (iii) if such notice requests a conversion, the date of
such conversion (which shall be a Business Day) and (iv) if such Borrowing is to
be converted to or continued as a Eurodollar Borrowing, the Interest Period with
respect thereto. If no Interest Period is specified in any such notice with
respect to any conversion to or continuation as a Eurodollar Borrowing, the
Borrower shall be deemed to have selected an Interest Period of one month's
duration. The Paying Agent shall advise the Lenders of any notice given pursuant
to this Section 2.10 and of each Lender's portion of any converted or continued
Borrowing. If the Borrower shall not have given notice in accordance with this
Section 2.10 to continue any Borrowing into a subsequent Interest Period (and
shall not otherwise have given notice in accordance with this Section 2.10 to
convert such Borrowing), such Borrowing shall, at the end of the Interest Period
applicable thereto (unless repaid
<PAGE>
 
                                                                              29

pursuant to the terms hereof), automatically be continued into a new Interest
Period as a Base Rate Borrowing.

         SECTION 2.11. Repayment of Term Borrowings. (a) To the extent not
previously paid, all Term Loans shall be due and payable on the Maturity Date
together with accrued and unpaid interest on the principal amount to be paid to
but excluding the date of payment.

         (b) All repayments pursuant to this Section 2.11 shall be subject to
Section 2.16, but shall otherwise be without premium or penalty.

         SECTION 2.12. Optional Prepayments. (a) The Borrower shall have the
right at any time and from time to time to prepay any Borrowing, in whole or in
part, upon at least three Business Days' prior written or telecopy notice (or
telephone notice promptly confirmed by written or telecopy notice) to the Paying
Agent before 11:00 a.m., New York City time; provided, however, that each
partial prepayment shall be in an amount that is an integral multiple of
$1,000,000 and not less than $5,000,000.

         (b) Each notice of prepayment shall specify the prepayment date and the
principal amount of each Borrowing (or portion thereof) to be prepaid, shall be
irrevocable and shall commit the Borrower to prepay such Borrowing by the amount
stated therein on the date stated therein. All prepayments under this Section
2.12 shall be subject to Section 2.16 but otherwise without premium or penalty.
All prepayments under this Section 2.12 shall be accompanied by accrued interest
on the principal amount being prepaid to the date of payment.

         SECTION 2.13. Mandatory Prepayments. (a) In the event of any
termination of all the Revolving Credit Commitments, the Borrower shall repay or
prepay all its outstanding Revolving Credit Borrowings on the date of such
termination. In the event of any partial reduction of the Revolving Credit
Commitments, then (i) at or prior to the effective date of such reduction, the
Paying Agent shall notify the Borrower and the Revolving Credit Lenders of the
Aggregate Revolving Credit Exposure after giving effect thereto and (ii) if the
Aggregate Revolving Credit Exposure would exceed the Total Revolving Credit
Commitment after giving effect to such reduction or termination, then the
Borrower shall, on the date of such reduction or termination, repay or prepay
Revolving Credit Borrowings in an amount sufficient to eliminate such excess.

         (b) Not later than the fourth Business Day following the receipt of Net
Cash Proceeds from any Asset Sale (except to the extent the Borrower has
notified the Paying Agent of its intention to reinvest the proceeds thereof in
accordance with the definition of the term "Net Cash Proceeds" and such proceeds
are in fact so reinvested within the 180-day period referred to in such
definition), the Borrower or the applicable Restricted Subsidiary shall apply
100% of such Net Cash Proceeds received with respect thereto to prepay
outstanding Term Loans.

         (c) In the event and on each occasion that an Equity Issuance occurs,
the Borrower shall, substantially simultaneously with (and in any event not
later than the fourth Business Day next following) the receipt of Net Cash
Proceeds from any such Equity Issuance, apply 100% of such Net Cash Proceeds to
prepay outstanding Term Loans.
<PAGE>
 
                                                                              30

         (d) In the event that the Borrower or any Restricted Subsidiary shall
receive Net Cash Proceeds from the issuance or other disposition of Indebtedness
for money borrowed of the Borrower or any Restricted Subsidiary (other than
Indebtedness permitted by Section 6.01), the Borrower shall, substantially
simultaneously with (and in any event not later than the fourth Business Day
next following) the receipt of such Net Cash Proceeds by the Borrower or such
Restricted Subsidiary, apply an amount equal to 100% of such Net Cash Proceeds
to prepay outstanding Term Loans.

         (e) The Borrower shall deliver to the Paying Agent, at the time of each
prepayment required under this Section 2.13, (i) a certificate signed by a
Financial Officer of the Borrower setting forth in reasonable detail the
calculation of the amount of such prepayment and (ii) to the extent practicable,
at least four days' prior written notice of such prepayment. Each notice of
prepayment shall specify the prepayment date, the Type of each Loan being
prepaid and the principal amount of each Loan (or portion thereof) to be
prepaid. All prepayments of Borrowings under this Section 2.13 shall be subject
to Section 2.16, but shall otherwise be without premium or penalty.

         (f) Amounts to be applied pursuant to this Section 2.13 to the
prepayment of Term Loans and Revolving Loans shall be applied, as applicable,
first to reduce outstanding Base Rate Term Loans and Base Rate Revolving Loans.
Any amounts remaining after each such application shall, at the option of the
Borrower, be applied to prepay Eurodollar Term Loans or Eurodollar Revolving
Loans, as the case may be, immediately and/or shall be deposited in the
Prepayment Account (as defined below). The Paying Agent shall apply any cash
deposited in the Prepayment Account (i) allocable to Term Loans to prepay
Eurodollar Term Loans and (ii) allocable to Revolving Loans to prepay Eurodollar
Revolving Loans, in each case on the last day of their respective Interest
Periods (or, at the direction of the Borrower, on any earlier date) until all
outstanding Term Loans or Revolving Loans, as the case may be, have been prepaid
or until all the allocable cash on deposit with respect to such Loans has been
exhausted. For purposes of this Agreement, the term "Prepayment Account" shall
mean an account established by the Borrower with the Paying Agent and over which
the Paying Agent shall have exclusive dominion and control, including the
exclusive right of withdrawal for application in accordance with this paragraph
(f). The Paying Agent will, at the request of the Borrower, invest amounts on
deposit in the Prepayment Account in Permitted Investments that mature prior to
the last day of the applicable Interest Periods of the Eurodollar Term
Borrowings or Eurodollar Revolving Borrowings to be prepaid, as the case may be;
provided, however, that (i) the Paying Agent shall not be required to make any
investment that, in its sole judgment, would require or cause the Paying Agent
to be in, or would result in any, violation of any law, statute, rule or
regulation and (ii) the Paying Agent shall have no obligation to invest amounts
on deposit in the Prepayment Account if an Event of Default shall have occurred
and be continuing. The Borrower shall indemnify the Paying Agent for any losses
relating to the investments so that the amount available to prepay Eurodollar
Borrowings on the last day of the applicable Interest Period is not less than
the amount that would have been available had no investments been made pursuant
thereto. Other than any interest earned on such investments, the Prepayment
Account shall not bear interest. Interest or profits, if any, on such
investments shall be deposited in the Prepayment Account and reinvested and
disbursed as specified above. If the maturity of the Loans has been accelerated
pursuant to Article VII, the Paying Agent may, in its sole discretion, apply all
amounts on deposit in the Prepayment Account to satisfy any of the Obligations.
The Borrower hereby grants to the Paying Agent, for its benefit and the benefit
of the Issuing Bank and the Lenders, a security interest in the Prepayment
Account to secure the Obligations.
<PAGE>
 
                                                                              31

         SECTION 2.14. Reserve Requirements; Change in Circumstances. (a)
Notwithstanding any other provision of this Agreement, if after the date of this
Agreement any change in applicable law or regulation or in the interpretation or
administration thereof by any Governmental Authority charged with the
interpretation or administration thereof (whether or not having the force of
law) shall impose, modify or deem applicable any reserve, special deposit or
similar requirement against assets of, deposits with or for the account of or
credit extended by any Lender or the Issuing Bank (except any such reserve
requirement which is reflected in the Adjusted LIBO Rate) or shall impose on
such Lender or the Issuing Bank or the London interbank market any other
condition affecting this Agreement or Eurodollar Loans made by such Lender or
any Letter of Credit or participation therein, and the result of any of the
foregoing shall be to increase the cost to such Lender or the Issuing Bank of
making or maintaining any Eurodollar Loan or increase the cost to any Lender of
issuing or maintaining any Letter of Credit or purchasing or maintaining a
participation therein or to reduce the amount of any sum received or receivable
by such Lender or the Issuing Bank hereunder (whether of principal, interest or
otherwise) by an amount deemed by such Lender or the Issuing Bank to be
material, then the Borrower will pay to such Lender or the Issuing Bank, as the
case may be, upon demand, such additional amount or amounts as will compensate
such Lender or the Issuing Bank, as the case may be, for such additional costs
incurred or reduction suffered.

         (b) If any Lender or the Issuing Bank shall have determined that the
adoption after the Closing Date of any law, rule, regulation, agreement or
guideline regarding capital adequacy, or any change after the Closing Date in
any such law, rule, regulation, agreement or guideline (whether or not having
the force of law) or in the interpretation or administration thereof by any
Governmental Authority charged with the interpretation or administration
thereof, or compliance by any Lender (or any lending office of such Lender) or
the Issuing Bank or any Lender's or the Issuing Bank's holding company with any
request or directive regarding capital adequacy (whether or not having the force
of law) of any Governmental Authority made or issued after the Closing Date has
or would have the effect of reducing the rate of return on such Lender's or the
Issuing Bank's capital or on the capital of such Lender's or the Issuing Bank's
holding company, if any, as a consequence of this Agreement or the Loans made or
participations in Letters of Credit purchased by such Lender pursuant hereto or
the Letters of Credit issued by the Issuing Bank pursuant hereto to a level
below that which such Lender or the Issuing Bank or such Lender's or the Issuing
Bank's holding company could have achieved but for such applicability, adoption,
change or compliance (taking into consideration such Lender's or the Issuing
Bank's policies and the policies of such Lender's or the Issuing Bank's holding
company with respect to capital adequacy) by an amount deemed by such Lender or
the Issuing Bank to be material, then from time to time the Borrower shall pay
to such Lender or the Issuing Bank, as the case may be, such additional amount
or amounts as will compensate such Lender or the Issuing Bank or such Lender's
or the Issuing Bank's holding company for any such reduction suffered.

         (c) A certificate of a Lender or the Issuing Bank setting forth the
amount or amounts necessary to compensate such Lender or the Issuing Bank or its
respective holding company, as applicable, as specified in paragraph (a) or (b)
above shall be delivered to the Borrower and shall be conclusive absent manifest
error. The Borrower shall pay such Lender or the Issuing Bank the amount shown
as due on any such certificate delivered by it within 10 days after its receipt
of the same.

         (d) Failure or delay on the part of any Lender or the Issuing Bank to
demand compensation for any increased costs or reduction in amounts received or
receivable or reduction in return on capital
<PAGE>
 
                                                                              32

shall not constitute a waiver of such Lender's or the Issuing Bank's right to
demand such compensation; provided that neither any Lender nor the Issuing Bank
shall be entitled to compensation under this Section 2.14 for any increased
costs or reductions incurred or suffered with respect to any date unless such
Lender or the Issuing Bank, as the case may be, shall have notified the Borrower
under paragraph (c) above, not more than 90 days after the later of (i) such
date and (ii) the date on which such Lender or Issuing Bank, as applicable,
shall have become aware of such costs or reductions. The protection of this
Section shall be available to each Lender and the Issuing Bank regardless of any
possible contention of the invalidity or inapplicability of the law, rule,
regulation, agreement, guideline or other change or condition that shall have
occurred or been imposed.

         SECTION 2.15. Change in Legality. (a) Notwithstanding any other
provision of this Agreement, if, after the Closing Date, any change in any law
or regulation or in the interpretation thereof by any Governmental Authority
charged with the administration or interpretation thereof shall make it unlawful
for any Lender to make or maintain any Eurodollar Loan or to give effect to its
obligations as contemplated hereby with respect to any Eurodollar Loan, then, by
written notice to the Borrower and to the Paying Agent:

                  (i) such Lender may declare that Eurodollar Loans will not
         thereafter (for the duration of such unlawfulness) be made by such
         Lender hereunder (or be continued for additional Interest Periods and
         Base Rate Loans will not thereafter (for such duration) be converted
         into Eurodollar Loans), whereupon any request for a Eurodollar
         Borrowing (or to convert a Base Rate Borrowing to a Eurodollar
         Borrowing or to continue a Eurodollar Borrowing for an additional
         Interest Period) shall, as to such Lender only, be deemed a request for
         a Base Rate Loan (or a request to continue a Base Rate Loan as such for
         an additional Interest Period or to convert a Eurodollar Loan into a
         Base Rate Loan, as the case may be) unless such declaration shall be
         subsequently withdrawn; and

                  (ii) such Lender may require that all outstanding Eurodollar
         Loans made by it be converted to Base Rate Loans, in which event all
         such Eurodollar Loans shall be automatically converted to Base Rate
         Loans as of the effective date of such notice as provided in paragraph
         (b) below.

In the event any Lender shall exercise its rights under (i) or (ii) above, all
payments and prepayments of principal that would otherwise have been applied to
repay the Eurodollar Loans that would have been made by such Lender or the
converted Eurodollar Loans of such Lender shall instead be applied to repay the
Base Rate Loans made by such Lender in lieu of, or resulting from the conversion
of, such Eurodollar Loans.

         (b) For purposes of this Section 2.15, a notice to the Borrower by any
Lender shall be effective as to each Eurodollar Loan made by such Lender, if
lawful, on the last day of the Interest Period currently applicable to such
Eurodollar Loan; in all other cases such notice shall be effective on the date
of receipt by the Borrower.

         SECTION 2.16. Indemnity. The Borrower shall indemnify each Lender
against any loss or expense that such Lender may sustain or incur as a
consequence of any event, other than a default by such Lender in the performance
of its obligations hereunder, which results in (a) such Lender receiving or
being deemed to receive any amount on account of the principal of any Eurodollar
Loan
<PAGE>
 
                                                                              33

prior to the end of the Interest Period in effect therefor, (b) the conversion
of any Eurodollar Loan to a Base Rate Loan, or the conversion of the Interest
Period with respect to any Eurodollar Loan, in each case other than on the last
day of the Interest Period in effect therefor, or (c) any Eurodollar Loan to be
made by such Lender (including any Eurodollar Loan to be made pursuant to a
conversion or continuation under Section 2.10) not being made after notice of
such Loan shall have been given by the Borrower hereunder (any of the events
referred to in this sentence being called a "Breakage Event") . In the case of
any Breakage Event, such loss shall include an amount equal to the excess, as
reasonably determined by such Lender, of (i) its cost of obtaining funds for the
Eurodollar Loan (excluding loss of margin) that is the subject of such Breakage
Event for the period from the date of such Breakage Event to the last day of the
Interest Period in effect (or that would have been in effect) for such Loan over
(ii) the amount of interest likely to be realized by such Lender in redeploying
the funds released or not utilized by reason of such Breakage Event for such
period. A certificate of any Lender setting forth any amount or amounts which
such Lender is entitled to receive pursuant to this Section 2.16 shall be
delivered to the Borrower and shall be conclusive absent manifest error.

         SECTION 2.17. Pro Rata Treatment. Except as required under Section
2.15, each Borrowing, each payment or prepayment of principal of any Borrowing,
each payment of interest on the Loans, each payment of the Commitment Fees, each
reduction of the Term Loan Commitments or the Revolving Credit Commitments and
each conversion of any Borrowing to or continuation of any Borrowing as a
Borrowing of any Type shall be allocated pro rata among the Lenders in
accordance with their respective applicable Commitments (or, if such Commitments
shall have expired or been terminated, in accordance with the respective
principal amounts of their outstanding Loans). Each Lender agrees that in
computing such Lender's portion of any Borrowing to be made hereunder, the
Paying Agent may, in its discretion, round each Lender's percentage of such
Borrowing to the next higher or lower whole dollar amount.

         SECTION 2.18. Sharing of Setoffs. Each Lender agrees that if it shall,
through the exercise of a right of banker's lien, setoff or counterclaim against
the Borrower, or pursuant to a secured claim under Section 506 of Title 11 of
the United States Code or other security or interest arising from, or in lieu
of, such secured claim, received by such Lender under any applicable bankruptcy,
insolvency or other similar law or otherwise, or by any other means, obtain
payment (voluntary or involuntary) in respect of any Loan or Loans or L/C
Disbursement as a result of which the unpaid principal portion of its Term Loans
and Revolving Loans and participations in L/C Disbursements shall be
proportionately less than the unpaid principal portion of the Term Loans and
Revolving Loans and participations in L/C Disbursements of any other Lender, it
shall be deemed simultaneously to have purchased from such other Lender at face
value, and shall promptly pay to such other Lender the purchase price for, a
participation in the Term Loans and Revolving Loans and L/C Exposure, as the
case may be, of such other Lender, so that the aggregate unpaid principal amount
of the Term Loans and Revolving Loans and L/C Exposure and participations in
Term Loans and Revolving Loans and L/C Exposure held by each Lender shall be in
the same proportion to the aggregate unpaid principal amount of all Term Loans
and Revolving Loans and L/C Exposure then outstanding as the principal amount of
its Term Loans and Revolving Loans and L/C Exposure prior to such exercise of
banker's lien, setoff or counterclaim or other event was to the principal amount
of all Term Loans and Revolving Loans and L/C Exposure outstanding prior to such
exercise of banker's lien, setoff or counterclaim or other event; provided,
however, that if any such purchase or purchases or adjustments shall be made
pursuant to this Section 2.18 and the payment giving rise thereto shall
thereafter be recovered, such purchase or purchases or adjustments shall be
rescinded to the extent of such recovery
<PAGE>
 
                                                                              34


and the purchase price or prices or adjustment restored without interest. The
Borrower expressly consents to the foregoing arrangements and agrees that any
Lender holding a participation in a Term Loan or Revolving Loan or L/C
Disbursement deemed to have been so purchased may exercise any and all rights of
banker's lien, setoff or counterclaim with respect to any and all moneys owing
by the Borrower to such Lender by reason thereof as fully as if such Lender had
made a Loan directly to the Borrower in the amount of such participation.

         SECTION 2.19. Payments. (a) The Borrower shall make each payment
(including principal of or interest on any Borrowing or any L/C Disbursement or
any Fees or other amounts) hereunder and under any other Loan Document not later
than 12:00 (noon), New York City time, on the date when due in immediately
available dollars, without setoff, defense or counterclaim. Each such payment
(other than Issuing Bank Fees, which shall be paid directly to the Issuing Bank)
shall be made to the Paying Agent at its offices at 399 Park Avenue, New York,
New York.

         (b) Whenever any payment (including principal of or interest on any
Borrowing or any Fees or other amounts) hereunder or under any other Loan
Document shall become due, or otherwise would occur, on a day that is not a
Business Day, such payment may be made on the next succeeding Business Day, and
such extension of time shall in such case be included in the computation of
interest or Fees, if applicable.

         SECTION 2.20. Taxes. (a) Any and all payments by the Borrower hereunder
and under any other Loan Document shall be made, in accordance with Section
2.19, free and clear of and without deduction for any and all current or future
taxes, levies, imposts, deductions, charges or withholdings imposed by the
United Kingdom, the United States or any political subdivision thereof, and all
liabilities with respect thereto, excluding all taxes, levies, imposts,
deductions, charges or withholdings imposed by reason of the Paying Agent or
Lender or Issuing Bank (or any transferee or assignee thereof including a
participation holder (any such entity, a "Transferee")), as the case may be,
doing business or being regulated, organized, managed, controlled or having a
lending office in the jurisdiction imposing such tax, other than solely as a
result of this Agreement or any other Loan Document or any transaction
contemplated hereby (all such nonexcluded taxes, levies, imposts, deductions,
charges, withholdings and liabilities, collectively or individually, being
called "Taxes"). If the Borrower shall be required to deduct any Taxes from or
in respect of any sum payable hereunder or under any other Loan Document to the
Paying Agent or any Lender or the Issuing Bank (or any Transferee), (i) the sum
payable shall be increased by the amount (an "additional amount") necessary so
that after making all required deductions (including deductions applicable to
additional sums payable under this Section 2.20) the Paying Agent or such Lender
or the Issuing Bank (or Transferee), as the case may be, shall receive an amount
equal to the sum it would have received had no such deductions been made, (ii)
the Borrower shall make such deductions and (iii) the Borrower shall pay the
full amount deducted to the relevant Governmental Authority in accordance with
applicable law.

         (b) In addition, the Borrower agrees to pay to the relevant
Governmental Authority of the United Kingdom, the United States or any political
subdivision thereof in accordance with applicable law any current or future
stamp or documentary taxes or any other excise or property taxes, charges or
similar levies that arise from any payment made hereunder or under any other
Loan Document or from the execution, delivery or registration of, or otherwise
with respect to, this Agreement or any other Loan Document ("Other Taxes").
<PAGE>
 
                                                                              35

         (c) The Borrower will indemnify the Paying Agent, each Lender and the
Issuing Bank (or Transferee) for the full amount of Taxes and Other Taxes paid
by the Paying Agent, such Lender or the Issuing Bank (or Transferee), as the
case may be, and any liability (including penalties, interest and expenses
(including reasonable attorney's fees and expenses)) arising therefrom or with
respect thereto, whether or not such Taxes or Other Taxes were correctly or
legally asserted by the relevant Governmental Authority. A certificate as to the
amount of such payment or liability prepared by the Paying Agent, a Lender or
the Issuing Bank (or Transferee), or the Paying Agent on its behalf, absent
manifest error, shall be final, conclusive and binding for all purposes. Such
indemnification shall be made within 30 days after the date the Paying Agent or
any Lender or the Issuing Bank (or Transferee), as the case may be, makes
written demand therefor.

         (d) As soon as practicable after the date of any payment of Taxes or
Other Taxes by the Borrower to the relevant Governmental Authority, the Borrower
will deliver to the Paying Agent, at its address referred to in Section 9.01 to
the extent legally available, the original or a certified copy of a receipt
issued by such Governmental Authority evidencing payment thereof.

         (e) Each Lender (or Transferee) that is organized under the laws of a
jurisdiction other than the United States, any State thereof or the District of
Columbia (a "Non-U.S. Lender") shall deliver to the Borrower and the Paying
Agent two copies of either United States Internal Revenue Service Form 1001 or
Form 4224, or, in the case of a Non-U.S. Lender claiming exemption from U.S.
Federal withholding tax under Section 871(h) or 881(c) of the Code with respect
to payments of "portfolio interest", a Form W-8, or any subsequent versions
thereof or successors thereto (and, if such Non-U.S. Lender delivers a Form W-8,
a certificate representing that such Non-U.S. Lender is not a bank for purposes
of Section 881(c) of the Code, is not a 10-percent shareholder (within the
meaning of Section 871(h)(3)(B) of the Code) of the Borrower and is not a
controlled foreign corporation related to the Borrower (within the meaning of
Section 864(d)(4) of the Code)), properly completed and duly executed by such
Non-U.S. Lender claiming complete exemption from, or reduced rate of, U.S.
Federal withholding tax on payments by the Borrower under this Agreement and the
other Loan Documents. Such forms shall be delivered by each Non-U.S. Lender on
or before the date it becomes a party to this Agreement (or, in the case of a
Transferee that is a participation holder, on or before the date such
participation holder becomes a Transferee hereunder) and on or before the date,
if any, such Non-U.S. Lender changes its applicable lending office by
designating a different lending office (a "New Lending Office") . In addition,
each Non-U.S. Lender shall deliver such forms promptly upon the obsolescence or
invalidity of any form previously delivered by such Non-U.S. Lender.
Notwithstanding any other provision of this Section 2.20(e), a Non-U.S. Lender
shall not be required to deliver any form pursuant to this Section 2.20(e) that
such Non-U.S. Lender is not legally able to deliver.

         (f) The Borrower shall not be required to indemnify any Non-U.S. Lender
or to pay any additional amounts to any Non-U.S. Lender, in respect of United
States Federal withholding tax pursuant to paragraph (a) or (c) above to the
extent that (i) the obligation to withhold amounts with respect to United States
Federal withholding tax existed on the date such Non-U.S. Lender became a party
to this Agreement (or, in the case of a Transferee that is a participation
holder, on the date such participation holder became a Transferee hereunder) or,
with respect to payments to a New Lending Office, the date such Non-U.S. Lender
designated such New Lending Office with respect to a Loan; provided, however,
that this paragraph (f) shall not apply (x) to any Transferee or New Lending
Office that becomes a Transferee or New Lending Office as a result of an
assignment, participation, transfer
<PAGE>
 
                                                                              36

or designation made at the request of the Borrower and (y) to the extent the
indemnity payment or additional amounts any Transferee, or any Lender (or
Transferee), acting through a New Lending Office, would be entitled to receive
(without regard to this paragraph (f)) do not exceed the indemnity payment or
additional amounts that the person making the assignment, participation or
transfer to such Transferee, or Lender (or Transferee) making the designation of
such New Lending Office, would have been entitled to receive in the absence of
such assignment, participation, transfer or designation or (ii) the obligation
to pay such additional amounts would not have arisen but for a failure by such
Non-U.S. Lender to comply with the provisions of paragraph (e) above.

         (g) Nothing contained in this Section 2.20 shall require any Lender or
the Issuing Bank (or any Transferee) or the Paying Agent to make available any
of its tax returns (or any other information that it deems to be confidential or
proprietary).

         SECTION 2.21. Assignment of Commitments Under Certain Circumstances;
Duty to Mitigate. (a) In the event (i) any Lender or the Issuing Bank delivers a
certificate requesting compensation pursuant to Section 2.14, (ii) any Lender or
the Issuing Bank delivers a notice described in Section 2.15 or (iii) the
Borrower is required to pay any additional amount to any Lender or the Issuing
Bank or any Governmental Authority on account of any Lender or the Issuing Bank
pursuant to Section 2.20, the Borrower may, at its sole expense and effort
(including with respect to the processing and recordation fee referred to in
Section 9.04(b)), upon notice to such Lender or the Issuing Bank and the Paying
Agent, require such Lender or the Issuing Bank to transfer and assign, without
recourse (in accordance with and subject to the restrictions contained in
Section 9.04), all of its interests, rights and obligations under this Agreement
to an assignee that shall assume such assigned obligations (which assignee may
be another Lender, if a Lender accepts such assignment); provided that (x) such
assignment shall not conflict with any law, rule or regulation or order of any
court or other Governmental Authority having jurisdiction, (y) the Borrower
shall have received the prior written consent of the Paying Agent (and, if a
Revolving Credit Commitment is being assigned, of the Issuing Bank), which
consent shall not unreasonably be withheld, and (z) the Borrower or such
assignee shall have paid to the affected Lender or the Issuing Bank in
immediately available funds an amount equal to the sum of the principal of and
interest accrued to the date of such payment on the outstanding Loans or L/C
Disbursements of such Lender or the Issuing Bank, respectively, plus all Fees
and other amounts accrued for the account of such Lender or the Issuing Bank
hereunder (including any amounts under Section 2.14 and Section 2.16); provided
further that, if prior to any such transfer and assignment the circumstances or
event that resulted in such Lender's or the Issuing Bank's claim for
compensation under Section 2.14 or notice under Section 2.15 or the amounts paid
pursuant to Section 2.20, as the case may be, cease to cause such Lender or the
Issuing Bank to suffer increased costs or reductions in amounts received or
receivable or reduction in return on capital, or cease to have the consequences
specified in Section 2.15, or cease to result in amounts being payable under
Section 2.20, as the case may be (including as a result of any action taken by
such Lender or the Issuing Bank pursuant to paragraph (b) below), or if such
Lender or the Issuing Bank shall waive its right to claim further compensation
under Section 2.14 in respect of such circumstances or event or shall withdraw
its notice under Section 2.15 or shall waive its right to further payments under
Section 2.20 in respect of such circumstances or event, as the case may be, then
such Lender or the Issuing Bank shall not thereafter be required to make any
such transfer and assignment hereunder.

         (b) If (i) any Lender or the Issuing Bank shall request compensation
under Section 2.14, (ii) any Lender or the Issuing Bank delivers a notice
described in Section 2.15 or (iii) the Borrower
<PAGE>
 
                                                                              37

is required to pay any additional amount to any Lender or the Issuing Bank or
any Governmental Authority on account of any Lender or the Issuing Bank,
pursuant to Section 2.20, then such Lender or the Issuing Bank shall use
reasonable efforts (which shall not require such Lender or the Issuing Bank to
incur an unreimbursed loss or unreimbursed cost or expense or otherwise take any
action inconsistent with its internal policies or legal or regulatory
restrictions or suffer any disadvantage or burden deemed by it to be
significant) (x) to file any certificate or document reasonably requested in
writing by the Borrower or (y) to assign its rights and delegate and transfer
its obligations hereunder to another of its offices, branches or affiliates, if
such filing or assignment would reduce its claims for compensation under Section
2.14 or enable it to withdraw its notice pursuant to Section 2.15 or would
reduce amounts payable pursuant to Section 2.20, as the case may be, in the
future. The Borrower hereby agrees to pay all reasonable costs and expenses
incurred by any Lender or the Issuing Bank in connection with any such filing or
assignment, delegation and transfer.

         SECTION 2.22. Letters of Credit. (a) General. The Borrower may request
the issuance of a Letter of Credit for its own account, for the account of any
Restricted Subsidiary or for the account of PFS or any subsidiary thereof
(provided that the Borrower shall be a co-applicant and co-obligor with respect
to each Letter of Credit issued for the account of or in favor of any such
Restricted Subsidiary, PFS or any subsidiary thereof), in a form reasonably
acceptable to the Paying Agent and the Issuing Bank, at any time and from time
to time while the Revolving Credit Commitments remain in effect. This Section
shall not be construed to impose an obligation upon the Issuing Bank to issue
any Letter of Credit that is inconsistent with the terms and conditions of this
Agreement.

         (b) Notice of Issuance, Amendment, Renewal, Extension; Certain
Conditions. In order to request the issuance of a Letter of Credit (or to amend,
renew or extend an existing Letter of Credit), the Borrower shall hand deliver
or telecopy to the Issuing Bank and the Paying Agent (reasonably in advance of
the requested date of issuance, amendment, renewal or extension) a notice
requesting the issuance of a Letter of Credit, or identifying the Letter of
Credit to be amended, renewed or extended, the date of issuance, amendment,
renewal or extension, the date on which such Letter of Credit is to expire
(which shall comply with paragraph (c) below), the amount of such Letter of
Credit, the name and address of the beneficiary thereof and such other
information as shall be necessary to prepare such Letter of Credit. A Letter of
Credit shall be issued, amended, renewed or extended only if, and upon issuance,
amendment, renewal or extension of each Letter of Credit, the Borrower shall be
deemed to represent and warrant that, after giving effect to such issuance,
amendment, renewal or extension (A) the L/C Exposure shall not exceed
$85,000,000 and (B) the Aggregate Revolving Credit Exposure shall not exceed the
Total Revolving Credit Commitment.

         (c) Expiration Date. Each Letter of Credit shall expire at the close of
business on the earlier of the date one year after the date of the issuance,
renewal or extension, as applicable, of such Letter of Credit and the date that
is five Business Days prior to the Maturity Date, unless such Letter of Credit
expires by its terms on an earlier date. Each Letter of Credit may, upon the
request of the Borrower, include a provision whereby such Letter of Credit shall
be renewed automatically for additional consecutive periods of 12 months or less
(but not beyond the date that is five Business Days prior to the Maturity Date)
unless the Issuing Bank notifies the beneficiary thereof at least 30 days prior
to the then-applicable expiration date that such Letter of Credit will not be
renewed.

         (d) Participations. By the issuance of a Letter of Credit and without
any further action on the part of the Issuing Bank or the Lenders, the Issuing
Bank hereby grants to each Revolving Credit
<PAGE>
 
                                                                              38


Lender, and each such Lender hereby acquires from the applicable Issuing Bank, a
participation in such Letter of Credit equal to such Lender's Pro Rata
Percentage of the aggregate amount available to be drawn under such Letter of
Credit, effective upon the issuance of such Letter of Credit. In consideration
and in furtherance of the foregoing, each Revolving Credit Lender hereby
absolutely and unconditionally agrees to pay to the Paying Agent, for the
account of the Issuing Bank, such Lender's Pro Rata Percentage of each L/C
Disbursement made by the Issuing Bank and not reimbursed by the Borrower (or, if
applicable, another party pursuant to its obligations under any other Loan
Document) forthwith on the date due as provided in Section 2.02(f). Each
Revolving Credit Lender acknowledges and agrees that its obligation to acquire
participations pursuant to this paragraph in respect of Letters of Credit is
absolute and unconditional and shall not be affected by any circumstance
whatsoever, including the occurrence and continuance of a Default or an Event of
Default, and that each such payment shall be made without any offset, abatement,
withholding or reduction whatsoever.

         (e) Reimbursement. If the Issuing Bank shall make any L/C Disbursement
in respect of a Letter of Credit, the Borrower shall pay to the Paying Agent an
amount equal to such L/C Disbursement not later than 2:00 p.m. on the day that
the Borrower shall have received notice from the Issuing Bank of such L/C
Disbursement, or, if the Borrower shall have received such notice later than
10:00 a.m., New York City time, on any Business Day, not later than 10:00 a.m.,
New York City time, on the immediately following Business Day.

         (f) Obligations Absolute. The Borrower's obligations to reimburse L/C
Disbursements as provided in paragraph (e) above shall be absolute,
unconditional and irrevocable, and shall be performed strictly in accordance
with the terms of this Agreement, under any and all circumstances whatsoever,
and irrespective of:

                  (i) any lack of validity or enforceability of any Letter of
         Credit or any Loan Document, or any term or provision therein;

                  (ii) any amendment or waiver of or any consent to departure
         from all or any of the provisions of any Letter of Credit or any Loan
         Document;

                  (iii) the existence of any claim, setoff, defense or other
         right that the Borrower, any other party guaranteeing, or otherwise
         obligated with, the Borrower, any Restricted Subsidiary or other
         Affiliate thereof or any other person may at any time have against the
         beneficiary under any Letter of Credit, the Issuing Bank, the Paying
         Agent or any Lender or any other person, whether in connection with
         this Agreement, any other Loan Document or any other related or
         unrelated agreement or transaction;

                  (iv) any draft or other document presented under a Letter of
         Credit proving to be forged, fraudulent, invalid or insufficient in any
         respect or any statement therein being untrue or inaccurate in any
         respect;

                  (v) payment by the Issuing Bank under a Letter of Credit
         against presentation of a draft or other document that does not comply
         with the terms of such Letter of Credit; and
<PAGE>
 
                                                                             39

                  (vi) any other act or omission to act or delay of any kind of
         the Issuing Bank, the Lenders, the Paying Agent or any other person or
         any other event or circumstance whatsoever, whether or not similar to
         any of the foregoing, that might, but for the provisions of this
         Section, constitute a legal or equitable discharge of the Borrower's
         obligations hereunder.

         Without limiting the generality of the foregoing, it is expressly
understood and agreed that the absolute and unconditional obligation of the
Borrower hereunder to reimburse L/C Disbursements will not be excused by the
gross negligence or wilful misconduct of the Issuing Bank. However, the
foregoing shall not be construed to excuse the Issuing Bank from liability to
the Borrower to the extent of any direct damages (as opposed to consequential
damages, claims in respect of which are hereby waived by the Borrower to the
extent permitted by applicable law) suffered by the Borrower that are caused by
the Issuing Bank's gross negligence or wilful misconduct in determining whether
drafts and other documents presented under a Letter of Credit comply with the
terms thereof; it is understood that the Issuing Bank may accept documents that
appear on their face to be in order, without responsibility for further
investigation, regardless of any notice or information to the contrary and, in
making any payment under any Letter of Credit (i) the Issuing Bank's exclusive
reliance on the documents presented to it under such Letter of Credit as to any
and all matters set forth therein, including reliance on the amount of any draft
presented under such Letter of Credit, whether or not the amount due to the
beneficiary thereunder equals the amount of such draft and whether or not any
document presented pursuant to such Letter of Credit proves to be insufficient
in any respect, if such document on its face appears to be in order, and whether
or not any other statement or any other document presented pursuant to such
Letter of Credit proves to be forged or invalid or any statement therein proves
to be inaccurate or untrue in any respect whatsoever and (ii) any noncompliance
in any immaterial respect of the documents presented under such Letter of Credit
with the terms thereof shall, in each case, be deemed not to constitute wilful
misconduct or gross negligence of the Issuing Bank.

         (g) Disbursement Procedures. The Issuing Bank shall, promptly following
its receipt thereof, examine all documents purporting to represent a demand for
payment under a Letter of Credit. The Issuing Bank shall as promptly as possible
give telephonic notification, confirmed by telecopy, to the Paying Agent and the
Borrower of such demand for payment and whether the Issuing Bank has made or
will make an L/C Disbursement thereunder; provided that any failure to give or
delay in giving such notice shall not relieve the Borrower of its obligation to
reimburse the Issuing Bank and the Revolving Credit Lenders with respect to any
such L/C Disbursement in accordance with paragraph (e) above. The Paying Agent
shall promptly give each Revolving Credit Lender notice thereof.

         (h) Interim Interest. If the Issuing Bank shall make any L/C
Disbursement in respect of a Letter of Credit, then, unless the Borrower shall
reimburse such L/C Disbursement in full on such date, the unpaid amount thereof
shall bear interest for the account of the Issuing Bank, for each day from and
including the date of such L/C Disbursement, to but excluding the earlier of the
date of payment by the Borrower or the date on which interest shall commence to
accrue thereon as provided in Section 2.02(f), at the rate per annum that would
apply to such amount if such amount were a Base Rate Loan.
<PAGE>
 
                                                                              40

         (i) Resignation or Removal of the Issuing Bank. The Issuing Bank may
resign at any time by giving 180 days' prior written notice to the Paying Agent,
the Lenders and the Borrower, and may be removed at any time by the Borrower by
notice to the Issuing Bank, the Paying Agent and the Lenders. Upon the
acceptance of any appointment as the Issuing Bank hereunder by a Lender that
shall agree to serve as successor Issuing Bank, such successor shall succeed to
and become vested with all the interests, rights and obligations of the retiring
Issuing Bank and the retiring Issuing Bank shall be discharged from its
obligations to issue additional Letters of Credit hereunder. At the time such
removal or resignation shall become effective, the Borrower shall pay all
accrued and unpaid fees pursuant to Section 2.05(b)(ii). The acceptance of any
appointment as the Issuing Bank hereunder by a successor Lender shall be
evidenced by an agreement entered into by such successor, in a form satisfactory
to the Borrower and the Paying Agent, and, from and after the effective date of
such agreement, (i) such successor Lender shall have all the rights and
obligations of the previous Issuing Bank under this Agreement and the other Loan
Documents and (ii) references herein and in the other Loan Documents to the term
"Issuing Bank" shall be deemed to refer to such successor or to any previous
Issuing Bank, or to such successor and all previous Issuing Banks, as the
context shall require. After the resignation or removal of the Issuing Bank
hereunder, the retiring Issuing Bank shall remain a party hereto and shall
continue to have all the rights and obligations of an Issuing Bank under this
Agreement and the other Loan Documents with respect to Letters of Credit issued
by it prior to such resignation or removal, but shall not be required to issue
additional Letters of Credit.

         (j) Cash Collateralization. If (i) any Event of Default shall occur and
be continuing or (ii) to the extent and so long as the L/C Exposure exceeds the
Total Revolving Credit Commitments, the Borrower shall, on the Business Day it
receives notice from the Paying Agent or the Required Lenders (or, if the
maturity of the Loans has been accelerated, Revolving Credit Lenders holding
participations in outstanding Letters of Credit representing greater than 50% of
the aggregate undrawn amount of all outstanding Letters of Credit) thereof and
of the amount to be deposited, deposit in an account with the Collateral Agent,
for the benefit of the Revolving Credit Lenders, an amount in cash equal to the
L/C Exposure (or in the case of clause (ii) of this sentence, the excess of the
L/C Exposure over the Total Revolving Credit Commitment) as of such date. Such
deposit shall be held by the Collateral Agent as collateral for the payment and
performance of the Obligations. The Collateral Agent shall have exclusive
dominion and control, including the exclusive right of withdrawal, over such
account. Other than any interest earned on the investment of such deposits in
Permitted Investments, which investments shall be made as selected by the
Collateral Agent, such deposits shall not bear interest. Interest or profits, if
any, on such investments shall accumulate in such account. Moneys in such
account shall (i) automatically be applied by the Paying Agent to reimburse the
Issuing Bank for L/C Disbursements for which it has not been reimbursed, (ii) be
held for the satisfaction of the reimbursement obligations of the Borrower for
the L/C Exposure at such time and (iii) if the maturity of the Loans has been
accelerated (but subject to the consent of Revolving Credit Lenders holding
participations in outstanding Letters of Credit representing greater than 50% of
the aggregate undrawn amount of all outstanding Letters of Credit), be applied
to satisfy the Obligations. If the Borrower is required to provide an amount of
cash collateral pursuant to clause (i) of the first sentence of this paragraph
(j), such amount (to the extent not applied as aforesaid) shall be returned to
the Borrower within three Business Days after all Events of Default have been
cured or waived. If the Borrower is required to provide an amount of cash
collateral pursuant to clause (ii) of the first sentence of this paragraph (j),
such amount shall be returned to the Borrower from time to time to the extent
that the amount of such cash collateral held by the Collateral Agent exceeds the
excess, if any, of the L/C
<PAGE>
 
                                                                              41

Exposure over the Total Revolving Credit Commitment so long as no Event of
Default shall have occurred and be continuing.

                                   ARTICLE III

                         Representations and Warranties

         The Borrower represents and warrants to the Paying Agent, the
Collateral Agent, the Issuing Bank and each of the Lenders that:

         SECTION 3.01. Organization. Each of the Borrower and the Restricted
Subsidiaries is duly incorporated or organized, validly existing and in good
standing under the laws of its jurisdiction of incorporation or organization, as
the case may be, and has all organizational powers and all material governmental
licenses, authorizations, consents and approvals required to carry on its
business as now conducted, except, in each case, where the failure to satisfy
any of the above could not be reasonably expected to result in a Material
Adverse Effect.

         SECTION 3.02. Corporate and Governmental Authorization; No
Contravention. The execution and delivery by the Borrower of this Agreement and
the Pledge Agreement and the performance by the Borrower of its obligations
hereunder and thereunder are within the Borrower's corporate powers and have
been duly authorized by all necessary corporate action. This Agreement has been
duly executed and delivered by the Borrower. No registration, recordation or
filing with or consent, approval or other action by any regulatory or other
governmental body, agency or official is required in connection with the
execution or delivery of this Agreement and the Pledge Agreement by the
Borrower, except where the failure to register, record or file could not
reasonably be expected to result in a Material Adverse Effect, or is necessary
for the validity or enforceability hereof or thereof, and the execution,
delivery, performance and enforcement of this Agreement and the Pledge Agreement
do not and will not contravene, or constitute a default under, any provision of
applicable law or regulation, or of the certificate of incorporation or by-laws
of the Borrower or any of the Restricted Subsidiaries, except where such
contravention or default could not be reasonably expected to result in a
Material Adverse Effect, or of any agreement, judgment, injunction, order,
decree or other instrument binding upon the Borrower or result in the creation
or imposition of any material Lien upon any asset of the Borrower or any of the
Restricted Subsidiaries (other than any Lien created under the Loan Documents).

         SECTION 3.03. Enforceability. This Agreement constitutes (and, upon
execution and delivery thereof as contemplated thereby, the Pledge Agreement
will constitute) a valid and binding agreement of the Borrower, in each case
enforceable in accordance with its terms, except as the foregoing may be limited
by bankruptcy, insolvency, fraudulent transfer, reorganization, moratorium, or
other similar laws affecting the rights of creditors generally and by general
principles of equity, including those limiting the availability of specific
performance, injunctive relief, and other equitable remedies and those providing
for defenses based on fairness and reasonableness, regardless of whether
considered in a proceeding in equity or at law.

         SECTION 3.04. Financial Statements. (a) The Borrower has heretofore
furnished to the Lenders (i) the consolidated balance sheet and statements of
income and retained earnings and cash flows of each of (A) the Borrower and its
subsidiaries and (B) PTI and its subsidiaries as of and for
<PAGE>
 
                                                                              42

the fiscal year ended December 31, 1996, in each case audited by and accompanied
by the opinion of Deloitte & Touche LLP, independent public accountants, and
(ii) as of and for the fiscal quarter ended March 31, 1997, certified by a
Financial Officer of the Borrower or PTI, as the case may be. Such financial
statements were prepared in accordance with GAAP applied on a consistent basis.
Such financial statements present fairly in accordance with GAAP the financial
condition and results of operations and cash flows of the Borrower and PTI, in
each case, as of such dates and for such periods. Such balance sheets and the
notes thereto (if any) disclose all material liabilities, direct or contingent,
of each of (A) the Borrower and its subsidiaries and (B) PTI and its
subsidiaries, in each case, as of the dates thereof, as required in accordance
with GAAP.

         (b) The Borrower has heretofore caused the delivery to the Lenders of
the unaudited pro forma consolidating balance sheet of Newco and its
subsidiaries as of December 31, 1996 and March 31, 1997, prepared to give effect
to the Transactions as if they had occurred on such dates and the Borrower has
delivered to the Lenders unaudited pro forma consolidating statements of income
of Newco and its subsidiaries for the year ended December 31, 1996 and for the
twelve months ended March 31, 1997, assuming the Transactions had actually
occurred on January 1, 1996 and April 1, 1996, respectively. Such pro forma
balance sheets and income statements have been prepared based on reasonable
assumptions, are based on information which the Borrower believes to be the best
information available to Newco as of the date of delivery thereof, accurately
reflect all material adjustments required to be made to give effect to the
Transactions and present fairly on a pro forma basis the estimated consolidated
financial position of Newco and its subsidiaries as of December 31, 1996 and
March 31, 1997, assuming that the Transactions had actually occurred on such
dates, and present fairly on a pro forma basis the estimated consolidated
results of operations of Newco and its subsidiaries for the years ended December
31, 1996 and March 31, 1997, assuming that the Transactions had actually
occurred on January 1, 1996 and April 1, 1996, respectively.

         SECTION 3.05. No Material Adverse Change. There has been no material
adverse change in the business, assets, operations, condition, financial or
otherwise, or material agreements of the Borrower and the Restricted
Subsidiaries, taken as a whole, since December 31, 1996, except for any such
change that results solely from a sale of all the capital stock or all or
substantially all of the assets of any of the Restricted Subsidiaries or PFS,
the sale of the Spring Creek Note, the making of the Powercor Contribution, the
PPM Contribution or the TPC Contribution, or the transfer of the Excluded
Assets, in each case in accordance with the terms hereof.

         SECTION 3.06. Restricted Subsidiaries. The shares of capital stock or
other ownership interests of the Restricted Subsidiaries pledged as Collateral
under the Pledge Agreement are fully paid and non-assessable and are owned by
the Borrower, directly or indirectly, free and clear of all Liens (other than
any Lien created under the Loan Documents).

         SECTION 3.07. Litigation; Compliance with Laws. (a) Except as set forth
in Schedule 3.07, there are not any actions, suits or proceedings at law or in
equity or by or before any Governmental Authority now pending or, to the
knowledge of the Borrower, threatened against or affecting the Borrower or any
Restricted Subsidiary or any business, property or rights of any such person (i)
that expressly involve any Loan Document or the Transactions or (ii) as to which
there is a reasonable possibility of an adverse determination and that, in
either case, could reasonably be expected, individually or in the aggregate, to
result in a Material Adverse Effect.
<PAGE>
 
                                                                              43

         (b) None of the Borrower or any of the Restricted Subsidiaries or any
of their respective material properties or assets is in violation of, nor will
the continued operation of their material properties and assets as currently
conducted violate, any law, rule or regulation, or is in default with respect to
any judgment, writ, injunction, decree or order of any Governmental Authority,
where such violation or default could reasonably be expected to result in a
Material Adverse Effect.

         SECTION 3.08. Agreements. (a) Neither the Borrower nor any of the
Restricted Subsidiaries is a party to any agreement or instrument or subject to
any corporate or other organizational restriction that has resulted or could
reasonably be expected to result in a Material Adverse Effect.

         (b) Neither the Borrower nor any of the Restricted Subsidiaries is in
default in any manner under any provision of any indenture or other agreement or
instrument evidencing Indebtedness, or any other material agreement or
instrument to which it is a party or by which it or any of its properties or
assets are or may be bound, where such default could reasonably be expected to
result in a Material Adverse Effect.

         (c) Each of the Spring Creek Loan Agreement, the Spring Creek Note and
the Spring Creek Participation Agreement is a valid and binding agreement or
obligation of the parties thereto and is in full force and effect. The
execution, delivery and performance of the Spring Creek Loan Agreement, the
Spring Creek Note and the Spring Creek Participation Agreement did not and will
not contravene, or constitute a default under, any provision of the Spring Creek
Coal Supply Contract.

         SECTION 3.09. Federal Reserve Regulations. No part of the proceeds of
any Loan or any Letter of Credit will be used, whether directly or indirectly,
and whether immediately, incidentally or ultimately, for any purpose that
entails a violation of, or that is inconsistent with, the provisions of the
Regulations of the Board, including Regulation G, T, U or X.

         SECTION 3.10. Investment Company Act; Public Utility Holding Company
Act. Neither the Borrower nor any Restricted Subsidiary is subject to regulation
under the Public Utility Holding Company Act of 1935, the Investment Company Act
of 1940, the Interstate Commerce Act or any other law or regulation which limits
the incurrence by the Borrower of Indebtedness, including laws relating to
common or contract carriers or the sale of electricity, gas, steam, water or
other public utility services.

         SECTION 3.11. Use of Proceeds. The Borrower will use the proceeds of
the Loans and will request the issuance of Letters of Credit only for the
purposes specified in the preamble to this Agreement.

         SECTION 3.12. Tax Returns. Each of the Borrower and the Restricted
Subsidiaries, and any other affiliate with joint and several liability for
taxes, has filed or caused to be filed all Federal, state, local and other
material tax returns or materials required to have been filed by it and has paid
or caused to be paid all taxes due and payable by it pursuant thereto and all
assessments received by it, except where the failure to do any of the foregoing
could not reasonably be expected to result in a Material Adverse Effect.

         SECTION 3.13. No Material Misstatements. None of (a) the Confidential
Information Memorandum or (b) any other information, report, financial
statement, exhibit or schedule furnished
<PAGE>
 
                                                                              44

by or on behalf of the Borrower to the Paying Agent or any Lender in connection
with the negotiation of any Loan Document or included therein or delivered
pursuant thereto, when taken as a whole, contained, contains or will contain any
material misstatement of fact or omitted, omits or will omit to state any
material fact necessary to make the statements therein, in the light of the
circumstances under which they were, are or will be made, not misleading;
provided that to the extent any such information report, financial statement,
exhibit or schedule was based upon or constitutes a forecast or projection, the
Borrower represents only that it acted in good faith and utilized reasonable
assumptions and due care in the preparation of such information, report,
financial statement, exhibit or schedule.

         SECTION 3.14. Employee Benefit Plans. Each of the Borrower and its
ERISA Affiliates is in compliance with the applicable provisions of ERISA and
the Code and the regulations and published interpretations thereunder, except
where the failure to comply could not be reasonably expected to result in a
Material Adverse Effect. None of the Borrower or any ERISA Affiliate has (i)
sought a waiver of the minimum funding standard under Section 412 of the Code in
respect of any Plan, (ii) failed to make any contribution or payment to any Plan
or Multiemployer Plan or made any amendment to any Plan which has resulted or
could result in the imposition of a Lien or the posting of a bond or other
security under ERISA or the Code or (iii) incurred any material liability under
Title IV of ERISA other than a liability to the PBGC for premiums under Section
4007 of ERISA.

         SECTION 3.15. Environmental Matters. Except as set forth in Schedule
3.15:

         (a) The properties owned or operated by the Borrower and the Restricted
Subsidiaries (the "Properties") do not contain any Hazardous Materials in
amounts or concentrations which (i) constitute a violation of, (ii) require
Remedial Action under, or (iii) could give rise to liability under,
Environmental Laws, which violations, Remedial Actions and liabilities, in the
aggregate, could result in a Material Adverse Effect;

         (b) The Properties and all operations of the Borrower and the
Restricted Subsidiaries are in compliance with all Environmental Laws and all
necessary Environmental Permits have been obtained and are in effect, except to
the extent that such non-compliance or failure to obtain any necessary permits,
in the aggregate, could not result in a Material Adverse Effect;

         (c) There have been no Releases or threatened Releases at, from or
under the Properties or otherwise in connection with the operations of the
Borrower or the Restricted Subsidiaries, which Releases or threatened Releases,
in the aggregate, could result in a Material Adverse Effect;

         (d) Neither the Borrower nor any of the Restricted Subsidiaries has
received any notice of an Environmental Claim in connection with the Properties
or the operations of the Borrower or the Restricted Subsidiaries or with regard
to any person whose liabilities for environmental matters the Borrower or the
Restricted Subsidiaries has retained or assumed, in whole or in part,
contractually, by operation of law or otherwise, which, in the aggregate, could
result in a Material Adverse Effect, nor do the Borrower or the Restricted
Subsidiaries have reason to believe that any such notice will be received or is
being threatened; and

         (e) Hazardous Materials have not been transported from the Properties,
nor have Hazardous Materials been generated, treated, stored or disposed of at,
on or under any of the Properties in a
<PAGE>
 
                                                                              45

manner that could give rise to liability under any Environmental Law, nor have
the Borrower or the Restricted Subsidiaries retained or assumed any liability,
contractually, by operation of law or otherwise, with respect to the generation,
treatment, storage or disposal of Hazardous Materials, which transportation,
generation, treatment, storage or disposal, or retained or assumed liabilities,
in the aggregate, could result in a Material Adverse Effect.

         SECTION 3.16. Pledge Agreement. The Pledge Agreement is effective to
create in favor of the Collateral Agent, for the ratable benefit of the Secured
Parties, a legal, valid and enforceable security interest in the Collateral and,
when the Collateral is delivered to the Collateral Agent, the Pledge Agreement
shall constitute a duly perfected first priority Lien on, and security interest
in, all right, title and interest of the pledgor thereunder in the Collateral,
in each case prior and superior in right to any other person.

                                   ARTICLE IV

                                   Conditions

         SECTION 4.01. Effective Date. The effectiveness of this Agreement shall
be subject to the satisfaction of each of the following conditions:

                  (a) The Paying Agent shall have received, on behalf of itself
         and the Lenders and the Issuing Bank, a favorable written opinion of
         Stoel Rives LLP, counsel for the Borrower, substantially to the effect
         set forth in Exhibit E-1 and a favorable written opinion of Davis Polk
         & Wardwell, special counsel for the Borrower, substantially to the
         effect set forth in Exhibit E-2.

                  (b) The Paying Agent shall have received (i) a copy of the
         certificate or articles of incorporation, including all amendments
         thereto, of the Borrower, certified as of a recent date by the
         Secretary of State of the state of its organization, and a certificate
         as to the good standing of the Borrower as of a recent date, from such
         Secretary of State; (ii) a certificate of the Secretary or Assistant
         Secretary of the Borrower dated the Closing Date and certifying (A)
         that attached thereto is a true and complete copy of the by-laws of the
         Borrower as in effect on the Closing Date and at all times since a date
         prior to the date of the resolutions described in clause (B) below, (B)
         that attached thereto is a true and complete copy of resolutions duly
         adopted by the Board of Directors of the Borrower authorizing the
         execution, delivery and performance of the Loan Documents to which such
         person is a party and the borrowings hereunder, and that such
         resolutions have not been modified, rescinded or amended and are in
         full force and effect, (C) that the certificate or articles of
         incorporation of the Borrower have not been amended since the date of
         the last amendment thereto shown on the certificate of good standing
         furnished pursuant to clause (i) above, and (D) as to the incumbency
         and specimen signature of each officer executing any Loan Document or
         any other document delivered in connection herewith on behalf of the
         Borrower; and (iii) a certificate of another officer as to the
         incumbency and specimen signature of the Secretary or Assistant
         Secretary executing the certificate pursuant to clause (ii) above.

                  (c) The Paying Agent shall have received a certificate, signed
         by a Financial Officer of the Borrower, dated the Closing Date and
         confirming that the representations and
<PAGE>
 
                                                                              46

         warranties set forth in Article III hereof are true and correct in all
         material respects, except to the extent any such representation and
         warranty relates to an earlier date.

                  (d) The Pledge Agreement shall have been duly executed by the
         parties thereto and delivered to the Collateral Agent.

                  (e) The Paying Agent and the Initial Lenders shall have
         received all fees and other amounts due and payable on the Closing Date
         in connection with the Offer.

         SECTION 4.02. Borrowings. (a) The obligation of any Lender to make a
Loan on the occasion of any Borrowing, the proceeds of which are to be used,
directly or indirectly, to finance the Offer or to pay costs and expenses
related thereto or for any other purpose set forth in Clause 3.1(a)(i) of the
Bidco Facility Agreement, as in effect on the Restatement Date, or to enable the
Borrower to repay or prepay the Existing Indebtedness or the Refinanced
Indebtedness, is subject to the satisfaction of the following conditions:

                  (i) The Paying Agent shall have received a notice of Borrowing
         as required by Section 2.03.

                  (ii) At the time of and immediately after such Borrowing, no
         Event of Default described in clause (g), (h) or (l) of Article VII
         shall have occurred and be continuing with respect to the Borrower.

                  (iii)  The PFS Pre-Funding Sale shall have been consummated.

                  (iv) The representations and warranties set forth in Sections
         3.01, 3.02 and 3.03, as they relate to the Borrower, shall be true and
         correct in all material respects on the date of any such Borrowing with
         the same effect as though made on such date.

                  (v) The Borrower shall have repaid in full (or shall have made
         satisfactory provision for the repayment in full of) the principal of
         all loans outstanding, interest thereon and other amounts due and
         payable in respect of the Refinanced Indebtedness, and the Paying Agent
         shall have received duly executed documentation either evidencing or
         reasonably providing for (A) the cancelation of the Refinanced
         Indebtedness and each agreement related thereto except for indemnity
         provisions that expressly survive the termination of such applicable
         agreement, (B) the cancelation of all commitments to lend under any
         such agreement and (C) the termination of all related guarantees and
         security interests granted by the Borrower or any other person in
         connection therewith and the discharge of all obligations or interests
         thereunder.

                  (vi) Each of the applicable conditions precedent with respect
         to a borrowing to finance the Offer set forth in the Powercoal Credit
         Agreement, the Energyco Bridge Loan Agreement and the Bidco Facility
         Agreement (other than any condition in any such agreement requiring
         that borrowings shall have been made under this or any other such
         agreement and/or the proceeds of such borrowings have been made
         available directly or indirectly to Bidco) shall have been satisfied or
         waived in accordance with the terms thereof and each of such agreements
         shall be in full force and effect.
<PAGE>
 
                                                                              47

Each Borrowing hereunder of the type described in this Section 4.02(a) shall be
deemed to be a representation and warranty by the Borrower on the date of such
Borrowing as to the facts specified in clauses (ii), (iii), (iv), (v) and (vi)
of this Section 4.02(a).

         (b) The obligation of any Lender to make a Loan, or of the Issuing Bank
to issue a Letter of Credit (each, a "Credit Event") on the occasion of any
Credit Event other than (i) a Borrowing of the type described in Section 4.02(a)
or (ii) a continuation or conversion of a Borrowing of the type described in
Section 2.10, is subject to the satisfaction of the following conditions:

                  (i) The Paying Agent shall have received a notice of such
         Credit Event as required by Section 2.03 or, in the case of the
         issuance of a Letter of Credit, the Issuing Bank and the Paying Agent
         shall have received a notice requesting the issuance of such Letter of
         Credit as required by Section 2.22(b).

                  (ii) The representations and warranties set forth in Article
         III hereof shall be true and correct in all material respects on and as
         of the date of such Credit Event with the same effect as though made on
         and as of such date, except to the extent such representations and
         warranties expressly relate to an earlier date.

                  (iii) At the time of and immediately after such Credit Event,
         no Event of Default or Default shall have occurred and be continuing.

Each Credit Event of the type described in this Section 4.02(b) shall be deemed
to constitute a representation and warranty by the Borrower on the date of such
Credit Event as to the matters specified in paragraphs (ii) and (iii) of this
Section 4.02(b).


                                    ARTICLE V

                              Affirmative Covenants

         The Borrower covenants and agrees with each Lender that so long as this
Agreement shall remain in effect and until the Commitments have been terminated
and the principal of and interest on each Loan, all Fees and all other expenses
or amounts then due and payable under any Loan Document shall have been paid in
full and all Letters of Credit have been canceled or have expired and all
amounts drawn thereunder have been reimbursed in full, unless the Required
Lenders shall otherwise consent in writing, the Borrower will, and will cause
each of the Restricted Subsidiaries to:

         SECTION 5.01. Existence; Businesses and Properties. (a) Do or cause to
be done all things necessary to preserve, renew and keep in full force and
effect the legal existence of the Borrower and each Significant Subsidiary,
except as otherwise expressly permitted under Section 6.05.

         (b) Do or cause to be done all things necessary to obtain, preserve,
renew, extend and keep in full force and effect the rights, licenses, permits,
franchises, authorizations, patents, copyrights, trademarks and trade names
material to the conduct of its business; except as contemplated by this
Agreement, maintain and operate such business in substantially the manner in
which it is presently conducted and operated; and at all times maintain and
preserve all property material to the conduct
<PAGE>
 
                                                                              48

of such business and keep such property in good repair, working order and
condition and from time to time make, or cause to be made, all needful and
proper repairs, renewals, additions, improvements and replacements thereto
necessary in order that the business carried on in connection therewith may be
properly conducted in all material respects at all times, in each case, where
the failure to do so could reasonably be expected to have a Material Adverse
Effect.

         SECTION 5.02. Insurance. Keep its insurable properties adequately
insured at all times by financially sound and reputable insurers; maintain such
other insurance (including self insurance), to such extent and against such
risks, including fire and other risks insured against by extended coverage, as
is customary with companies in the same or similar businesses operating in the
same or similar locations, including public liability insurance against claims
for personal injury or death or property damage occurring upon, in, about or in
connection with the use of any properties owned, occupied or controlled by it;
and maintain such other insurance as may be required by law.

         SECTION 5.03. Obligations and Taxes. Pay its Indebtedness and other
material obligations promptly and in accordance with their terms and pay and
discharge promptly when due all material taxes, assessments and governmental
charges or levies imposed upon it or upon its income or profits or in respect of
its property, before the same shall become delinquent or in default, as well as
all material lawful claims for labor, materials and supplies or otherwise that,
if unpaid, might give rise to a Lien upon such properties or any part thereof;
provided, however, that such payment and discharge shall not be required with
respect to any such tax, assessment, charge, levy or claim so long as the
validity or amount thereof shall be contested in good faith by appropriate
proceedings and the Borrower shall have set aside on its books adequate reserves
with respect thereto in accordance with GAAP and such contest operates to
suspend collection of the contested obligation, tax, assessment or charge and
enforcement of a Lien.

         SECTION 5.04. Financial Statements, Reports, etc. In the case of the
Borrower, furnish to the Paying Agent and each Lender:

                  (a) as soon as available and in any event within 120 days
         after the end of each fiscal year, a consolidated balance sheet and
         related statement of income and retained earnings and cash flows
         showing the financial condition of each of (i) the Borrower and its
         subsidiaries and (ii) PTI and its subsidiaries as of the close of and
         during such fiscal year, in each case audited by Deloitte & Touche LLP
         or other independent public accountants of recognized national standing
         and accompanied by an opinion of such accountants (which shall not be
         qualified in any material respect) to the effect that such consolidated
         financial statements fairly present the financial condition and results
         of operations of (A) the Borrower and its subsidiaries and (B) PTI and
         its subsidiaries, as the case may be, on a consolidated basis in
         accordance with GAAP consistently applied (except as otherwise provided
         in the notes thereto);

                  (b) as soon as available and in any event within 120 days
         after the end of each fiscal year, an unaudited consolidating balance
         sheet and related statement of income for the Borrower and its
         subsidiaries for the four quarter period ending as of the close of such
         fiscal year;
<PAGE>
 
                                                                              49

                  (c) as soon as available and in any event within 60 days after
         the end of each of the first three fiscal quarters of each fiscal year
         (or, in the case of PFS, each fiscal quarter), a consolidated balance
         sheet and related statement of income and retained earnings and cash
         flows showing the financial condition of each of (i) the Borrower and
         its subsidiaries, (ii) PTI and its subsidiaries and (iii) PFS and its
         subsidiaries as of the close of and during such fiscal quarter and the
         then elapsed portion of the fiscal year, in each case certified by one
         of the Borrower's, PTI's or PFS's (as the case may be) Financial
         Officers as fairly presenting the financial condition and results of
         operations of (A) the Borrower and its subsidiaries, (B) PTI and its
         subsidiaries and (C) PFS and its subsidiaries, as the case may be, on a
         consolidated basis in accordance with GAAP consistently applied (except
         for the absence of footnote disclosure), subject to normal year-end
         audit adjustments;

                  (d) concurrently with any delivery of financial statements
         under paragraph (a), (b) or (c) above, (i) a certificate of the
         applicable accounting firm or Financial Officer opining on or
         certifying such statements (which certificate, when furnished by an
         accounting firm, may be limited to accounting matters and disclaim
         responsibility for legal interpretations) certifying that no Event of
         Default has occurred and that no Default has occurred and is continuing
         or, if such an Event of Default has occurred or a Default has occurred
         and is continuing, specifying the nature and extent thereof and any
         corrective action taken or proposed to be taken with respect thereto
         and (ii) a certificate of a Financial Officer of the Borrower setting
         forth the Net Termination Value as of the date of such financial
         statements;

                  (e) promptly after the same become publicly available, copies
         of all periodic and other reports, proxy statements and other materials
         filed by the Borrower or any Restricted Subsidiary with the Securities
         and Exchange Commission, or any Governmental Authority succeeding to
         any or all of the functions of said Commission, or with any national
         securities exchange, or distributed to its public shareholders, as the
         case may be; and

                  (f) promptly, from time to time, such other information
         regarding the operations, business affairs and financial condition of
         the Borrower or any Restricted Subsidiary or any of its subsidiaries,
         or compliance with the terms of any Loan Document, as the Paying Agent
         or any Lender may reasonably request.

         SECTION 5.05. Litigation and Other Notices. Furnish to the Paying
Agent, the Issuing Bank and each Lender prompt written notice of the following:

                  (a) any Event of Default or Default, specifying the nature and
         extent thereof and the corrective action (if any) taken or proposed to
         be taken with respect thereto;

                  (b) the filing or commencement of, or any threat or notice of
         intention of any person to file or commence, any action, suit or
         proceeding, whether at law or in equity or by or before any
         Governmental Authority, against the Borrower or any Affiliate thereof
         that could reasonably be expected to result in a Material Adverse
         Effect; and

                  (c) any development of which a Responsible Officer is aware
         that has resulted in, or which such Responsible Officer has reasonably
         concluded will result in, a Material Adverse Effect.
<PAGE>
 
                                                                              50

         SECTION 5.06. Maintaining Records; Access to Properties and
Inspections. Keep proper books of record and account in which full, true and
correct entries in conformity with GAAP and all requirements of law are made of
all dealings and transactions in relation to its business and activities. The
Borrower will, and will cause each of the Restricted Subsidiaries to, permit any
representatives designated by the Paying Agent or any Lender to visit and
inspect the financial records and the properties of the Borrower or any
Restricted Subsidiary at reasonable times and as often as reasonably requested
and to make extracts from and copies of such financial records, and permit any
representatives designated by the Paying Agent or any Lender to discuss (in the
presence of the Borrower or such Restricted Subsidiary, as applicable, unless a
Default or Event of Default shall have occurred and is continuing) the affairs,
finances and condition of the Borrower or any Restricted Subsidiary with the
officers thereof and independent accountants therefor.

         SECTION 5.07. Use of Proceeds. Use the proceeds of the Loans and
request the issuance of Letters of Credit only for the purposes set forth in the
preamble to this Agreement.

         SECTION 5.08. Compliance with Laws. Comply in all respects with all
applicable laws, ordinances, rules, regulations and requirements of Governmental
Authorities (including Environmental Laws and ERISA and the rules and
regulations thereunder), except where the necessity of compliance therewith is
contested in good faith by appropriate proceedings or where non-compliance
therewith could not reasonably be expected to have a Material Adverse Effect.

         SECTION 5.09. Further Assurances. Execute any and all further
documents, financing statements, agreements and instruments, and take all
further action (including filing Uniform Commercial Code and other financing
statements) that may reasonably be required under applicable law, or that the
Required Lenders, the Paying Agent or the Collateral Agent may reasonably
request, in order to effectuate the transactions contemplated by the Loan
Documents and in order to grant, preserve, protect and perfect the validity and
first priority of the security interests created or intended to be created by
the Pledge Agreement.

         SECTION 5.10. Repayment of Existing Indebtedness. As soon as
practicable, and in any event no later than 30 days after the date of the
initial Acquisition Borrowing, the Borrower shall repay or cause to be repaid
all Existing Indebtedness, and all obligations thereunder shall be terminated
(except for obligations that, by the terms of the applicable agreement,
expressly survive termination) and all commitments thereunder shall be canceled.

         SECTION 5.11. Open Market Shares. On or prior to the date of the
initial Acquisition Borrowing pursuant to Section 4.02(a), transfer or cause to
be transferred all the Open Market Shares to Bidco.

         SECTION 5.12. PPM Contribution. As soon as practicable, but in any
event not later than 270 days after the initial Acquisition Borrowing, effect
the PPM Contribution.
<PAGE>
 
                                                                              51

                                   ARTICLE VI

                               Negative Covenants

         The Borrower covenants and agrees with each Lender that, so long as
this Agreement shall remain in effect and until the Commitments have been
terminated and the principal of and interest on each Loan, all Fees and all
other expenses or amounts then due and payable under any Loan Document have been
paid in full and all Letters of Credit have been canceled or have expired and
all amounts drawn thereunder have been reimbursed in full, unless the Required
Lenders shall otherwise consent in writing, the Borrower will not, and will not
cause or permit any of the Restricted Subsidiaries to:

         SECTION 6.01. Indebtedness. Incur, create, assume or permit to exist
any Indebtedness, except:

                  (a) Indebtedness outstanding on the Closing Date, or available
         under debt instruments existing on the Closing Date;

                  (b) Indebtedness created hereunder and under the other Loan
         Documents;

                  (c) Guarantees in respect of Indebtedness permitted pursuant
         to this Section 6.01 or in respect of investments permitted by Section
         6.04(b) (provided that any Guarantees in respect of Indebtedness that
         is subordinated to the Obligations shall be subordinated to the
         Obligations to the same extent as such Indebtedness is subordinated to
         the Obligations);

                  (d) Indebtedness of any wholly owned Restricted Subsidiary to
         any other wholly owned Restricted Subsidiary or the Borrower;

                  (e) Indebtedness of the Restricted Subsidiaries (including tax
         exempt financings and Capital Lease Obligations) to acquire, construct,
         develop or improve assets in the ordinary course of business after the
         Closing Date incurred in the ordinary course of business after the
         Closing Date or in connection with sale and lease-back transactions of
         a type described in Section 6.03; provided that the aggregate principal
         amount of any Indebtedness incurred pursuant to this paragraph (e)
         outstanding at any time shall not exceed $50,000,000;

                  (f)  Indebtedness of PTI and its subsidiaries;

                  (g) extensions, renewals or refinancing of Indebtedness under
         paragraph (a) so long as (i) such Indebtedness (the "Refinancing
         Indebtedness") is in an aggregate principal amount not greater than the
         aggregate principal amount of the Indebtedness being extended, renewed
         or refinanced plus the amount of any premiums required to be paid
         thereon and fees and expenses associated therewith, (ii) such
         Refinancing Indebtedness has a later or equal final maturity and a
         longer or equal weighted average life than the Indebtedness being
         extended, renewed or refinanced, (iii) the interest rate applicable to
         such Refinancing Indebtedness shall be a market interest rate (as
         determined in good faith by the Board of Directors of the Borrower) as
         of the time of such extension, renewal or refinancing, (iv) if the
         Indebtedness being extended, renewed or refinanced is subordinated to
         the Obligations, such Refinancing
<PAGE>
 
                                                                              52

         Indebtedness is subordinated to the Obligations to the extent of the
         Indebtedness being extended, renewed or refinanced, (v) the covenants,
         events of default and other provisions thereof (including any
         Guarantees thereof), taken as a whole, shall be no less favorable to
         the Lenders than those contained in the Indebtedness being refinanced
         and (vi) at the time of and after giving effect to such extension,
         renewal or refinancing, no Default or Event of Default shall have
         occurred and be continuing;

                  (h) in the case of PPM only, Guarantees in respect of
         Powercoal's obligations under the Powercoal Credit Agreement; and

                  (i) unsecured Indebtedness of the Restricted Subsidiaries in
         addition to that permitted by paragraphs (a) through (h) above in an
         aggregate principal amount outstanding not to exceed at any time
         $50,000,000.

         SECTION 6.02. Liens. Create, incur, assume or permit to exist any Lien
on any property or assets (including stock or other securities of any person,
including any Restricted Subsidiary) now owned or hereafter acquired by it or on
any income or revenues or rights in respect of any thereof, except:

                  (a) Liens on property or assets of the Borrower and the
         Restricted Subsidiaries existing on the Closing Date; provided that
         such Liens shall secure only those obligations which they secure on the
         Closing Date;

                  (b)  any Lien created under the Loan Documents;

                  (c) any Lien existing on any property or asset prior to the
         acquisition thereof by the Borrower or any Restricted Subsidiary;
         provided that (i) such Lien is not created in contemplation of or in
         connection with such acquisition and (ii) such Lien does not apply to
         any other property or assets of the Borrower or any Restricted
         Subsidiary;

                  (d) Liens for taxes not yet due or which are being contested
         in compliance with Section 5.03;

                  (e) carriers', warehousemen's, mechanics', materialmen's,
         repairmen's, landlord's or other like Liens arising in the ordinary
         course of business and securing obligations that are not due and
         payable or which are being contested in compliance with Section 5.03;

                  (f) pledges and deposits made in the ordinary course of
         business in compliance with workmen's compensation, unemployment
         insurance and other social security laws or regulations;

                  (g) deposits to secure the performance of bids, trade
         contracts (other than for Indebtedness), leases (other than Capital
         Lease Obligations), statutory obligations, surety and appeal bonds,
         performance bonds and other obligations of a like nature incurred in
         the ordinary course of business;
<PAGE>
 
                                                                              53

                  (h) Liens created by or relating to any legal proceeding which
         at the time is being contested in good faith by appropriate
         proceedings; provided that, in the case of a Lien consisting of an
         attachment or judgment Lien, the judgment it secures shall, within 60
         days of entry thereof, have been discharged or execution thereof stayed
         pending appeal, or discharged within 60 days after the expiration of
         any such stay;

                  (i) any Lien on (i) the proceeds of sale of commercial paper
         issued by the Borrower or (ii) the Borrower's right to receive such
         proceeds, securing the Borrower's obligation to reimburse the issuer of
         a letter of credit for drawings to repay commercial paper previously
         issued by the Borrower;

                  (j) zoning restrictions, easements, rights-of-way,
         restrictions on use of real property and other similar encumbrances
         incurred in the ordinary course of business which, in the aggregate,
         are not substantial in amount and do not materially detract from the
         value of the property subject thereto or interfere with the ordinary
         conduct of the business of the Borrower or any of the Restricted
         Subsidiaries;

                  (k) purchase money security interests in real property,
         improvements thereto, equipment or other fixed assets hereafter
         acquired (or, in the case of improvements, equipment or other fixed
         assets, constructed) by the Borrower or any Restricted Subsidiary;
         provided that (i) such security interests secure Indebtedness permitted
         by Section 6.01, (ii) such security interests are incurred, and the
         Indebtedness secured thereby is created, no later than 90 days after
         such acquisition (or completion of such construction), (iii) the
         Indebtedness secured thereby does not exceed the cost of such real
         property, improvements or equipment at the time of such acquisition (or
         construction) and (iv) such security interests do not apply to any
         other property or assets of the Borrower or any Restricted Subsidiary
         (other than the proceeds of the real property, improvements, equipment
         or other fixed assets subject to such Lien);

                  (l) Liens securing Refinancing Indebtedness, to the extent
         that the Indebtedness being refinanced was originally secured in
         accordance with this Section 6.02, provided that such Lien does not
         apply to any additional property or assets of the Borrower or any
         Restricted Subsidiary (other than the proceeds of the property or asset
         subject to such Lien);

                  (m) Liens arising out of Indebtedness permitted under Section
         6.01(e), so long as such Liens (i) attach only to the property subject
         to such Indebtedness and (ii) do not interfere with the business of the
         Borrower or any of the Restricted Subsidiaries in any material respect;

                  (n) Liens securing Non-Recourse Indebtedness; provided that
         such Lien does not apply to any additional property or assets of the
         Borrower or any Restricted Subsidiary (other than the property or
         Single Purpose Entity relating to such Non-Recourse Indebtedness);

                  (o) Liens on the property or assets of PTI and its
         subsidiaries;
<PAGE>
 
                                                                              54

                  (p) Liens on cash and cash equivalents securing hedging by
         PPM; provided that the aggregate amount of cash and cash equivalents
         subject to such Liens shall not exceed at any time $5,000,000;

                  (q) Liens on the capital stock and assets of PPM to secure its
         obligations under the Indebtedness permitted under Section 6.01(h); and

                  (r) Liens in addition to those permitted by paragraphs (a)
         through (q); provided, however, that the aggregate principal amount of
         Indebtedness and amount of other liabilities of the Restricted
         Subsidiaries that is secured by such Liens do not exceed at any time
         $50,000,000.

         SECTION 6.03. Sale and Lease-Back Transactions. Enter into any
arrangement, directly or indirectly, with any person whereby it shall sell or
transfer any property, real or personal, used or useful in its business, whether
now owned or hereafter acquired, and thereafter rent or lease such property or
other property which it intends to use for substantially the same purpose or
purposes as the property being sold or transferred; provided that (a) the
Borrower and the Restricted Subsidiaries may enter into any such transaction to
the extent the Indebtedness and Liens associated therewith would be permitted by
Sections 6.01(e) and 6.02(m), respectively and (b) PTI and its subsidiaries may
enter into any sale and lease-back transaction.

         SECTION 6.04. Investments, Loans and Advances. Purchase, hold or
acquire any capital stock, evidences of indebtedness or other securities of,
make or permit to exist any loans or advances to, or make or permit to exist any
investment or any other interest in, any other person, except:

                  (a) existing investments in its subsidiaries (including PPM
         prior to the date the PPM Contribution is effected in accordance with
         Section 5.12) and additional investments in the Restricted
         Subsidiaries;

                  (b) investments, loans and advances of the Borrower and the
         Restricted Subsidiaries existing on the Closing Date or pursuant to
         commitments set forth in Schedule 6.04(b);

                  (c) investments, loans and advances in or to its subsidiaries
         the proceeds of which are used (i) by Bidco to finance a portion of the
         Offer or (ii) by Powercoal to prepay loans under the Powercoal Credit
         Agreement;

                  (d) Permitted Investments;

                  (e) investments, loans and advances in or to Affiliates (other
         than Newco and its subsidiaries) not exceeding in the aggregate
         $85,000,000 at any time outstanding;

                  (f) investments in Hedging Agreements permitted under this
         Agreement, including any Funding Exchange Rate Protection Agreements
         and the contribution of such agreements to Newco and its subsidiaries
         in connection with the Offer;

                  (g) investments constituting non-cash consideration received
         in connection with a sale of assets not prohibited by Section 6.05;
<PAGE>
 
                                                                              55

                  (h) investments, loans and advances by PTI and its
         subsidiaries; provided that the aggregate consideration to be paid by
         PTI or any of its subsidiaries in connection with the acquisition of
         any person or assets or business unit of any person in a single
         transaction or series of related transactions shall not exceed
         $150,000,000 (except with respect to any acquisition set forth in
         Schedule 6.04(h));

                  (i) loans, advances and letter of credit reimbursement
         obligations relating to the PFS Intercompany Note;

                  (j) so long as no Event of Default shall have occurred and be
         continuing, investments in the form of payments made pursuant to the
         Tax Sharing Arrangement;

                  (k) the Powercor Contribution, the PPM Contribution, the TPC
         Contribution and the PFS Pre-Funding Sale; and

                  (l) investments, loans and advances to the extent not
         permitted by paragraphs (a) through (k) above; provided that such
         investments, loans and advances do not exceed in the aggregate
         $50,000,000.

         SECTION 6.05. Mergers, Consolidations, Sales of Assets, Equity
Issuances and Acquisitions. (a) Merge into or consolidate with any other person,
or permit any other person to merge into or consolidate with it, permit any
Restricted Subsidiary to effect an Equity Issuance, or sell, transfer, lease or
otherwise dispose of (in one transaction or in a series of transactions) all or
substantially all the assets of the Borrower, or purchase, lease or otherwise
acquire (in one transaction or a series of transactions) all or any substantial
part of the assets of any other person, except:

                  (i) the Borrower and any Restricted Subsidiary may purchase
         and sell inventory in the ordinary course of business;

                  (ii) if at the time thereof and immediately after giving
         effect thereto no Event of Default or Default shall have occurred and
         be continuing, any wholly owned Restricted Subsidiary may merge into or
         consolidate with any other wholly owned Restricted Subsidiary in a
         transaction in which the surviving entity is a wholly owned Restricted
         Subsidiary and no person other than the Borrower or a wholly owned
         Restricted Subsidiary receives any consideration;

                  (iii) PTI or any of its subsidiaries may effect any sale,
         lease, transfer or other disposition set forth in Schedule 1.01(c) or
         any PTI Asset Sale (other than as permitted by Section 6.05(a)(v)
         below) if the aggregate consideration to be received by PTI in
         connection with one such transaction or series of related transactions
         does not exceed $150,000,000;

                  (iv) the Borrower may effect the Powercor Contribution, the
         PPM Contribution, the TPC Contribution and the PFS Pre-Funding Sale;

                  (v) the Borrower may sell, transfer or otherwise dispose of
         all the capital stock of any Restricted Subsidiary (including PTI), the
         PFSAC Obligation or the Spring Creek Note so long as (i) at the time
         thereof and immediately after giving effect thereto, no Event of
<PAGE>
 
                                                                              56

         Default or Default shall have occurred and be continuing, (ii) the
         Borrower complies with Section 2.13 with respect to the Net Cash
         Proceeds received from any such sale, transfer or other disposition,
         and (iii) in the case of any sale of the capital stock or substantially
         all of the assets of PTI, the terms and conditions of such sale
         (including with respect to the purchase price and the form of
         consideration to be received) shall be reasonably satisfactory to the
         Required Lenders, unless the Net Cash Proceeds from such sale of PTI
         exceed $1,000,000,000;

                  (vi) acquisitions constituting investments permitted by
         Section 6.04; and

                  (vii) the Borrower may sell, transfer or otherwise dispose of
         the Excluded Assets to any subsidiary of PacifiCorp.

         (b) Notwithstanding Section 6.05(a), no Asset Sale or PTI Asset Sale
shall be permitted under this Agreement unless (i) the consideration to be
received in connection therewith shall be at least equal to the fair market
value of the assets or property sold, transferred or otherwise disposed of (as
determined in good faith by the board of directors of the Borrower) and (ii)
except with respect to any Asset Sale that results in an investment permitted by
6.04(l), in the case of an Asset Sale of property having a value of (x) more
than $25,000,000 but less than $150,000,000, such Asset Sale shall be for
consideration at least 50% of which is cash, and (y) $150,000,000 or more, such
Asset Sale shall be for consideration at least 80% of which is cash.

         SECTION 6.06. Dividends and Distributions; Restrictions on Ability of
Restricted Subsidiaries to Pay Dividends. (a) Declare or pay, directly or
indirectly, any dividend or make any other distribution (by reduction of capital
or otherwise), whether in cash, property, securities or a combination thereof,
with respect to any shares of its capital stock or directly or indirectly
redeem, purchase, retire or otherwise acquire for value (or permit any
Restricted Subsidiary to purchase or acquire) any shares of any class of its
capital stock or set aside any amount for any such purpose; provided, however,
that (i) any Restricted Subsidiary may declare and pay dividends or make other
distributions to the Borrower or another Restricted Subsidiary to facilitate a
dividend to the Borrower and (ii) if no Default or Event of Default shall have
occurred and be continuing or would occur as a consequence thereof, the Borrower
and the Restricted Subsidiaries may make payments required to be made under the
Tax Sharing Arrangement so long as the payment thereunder by the Borrower and
the Restricted Subsidiaries shall not exceed the amount the Borrower and its
Restricted Subsidiaries would be required to pay under such arrangement as in
effect on the Closing Date.

         (b) Permit the Restricted Subsidiaries to, directly or indirectly,
create or otherwise cause or suffer to exist or become effective any encumbrance
or restriction on the ability of any such subsidiary to (i) pay any dividends or
make any other distributions on its capital stock or any other interest or (ii)
make or repay any loans or advances to the Borrower or the parent of such
subsidiary (subclauses (i) and (ii) are collectively referred to as an "Upstream
Payment"); provided, however, that the foregoing shall not restrict any
encumbrances or restrictions:

                  (i) existing on the Closing Date under Indebtedness permitted
         by Section 6.01(a);

                  (ii) contained in any debt instrument relating to a person
         acquired after the Closing Date; provided that (A) such encumbrances
         and restrictions are not applicable to any person
<PAGE>
 
                                                                              57

         other than such person or property or assets acquired, (B) such
         instrument was in existence at the time of such acquisition and was not
         created in contemplation of or in connection with such acquisition, and
         (C) the Borrower reasonably believes at the time of such acquisition
         that the terms of such instrument will not encumber or restrict the
         ability of such acquired person to make an Upstream Payment in a manner
         that would adversely affect the Borrower's ability to perform its
         obligations under the Loan Documents when due;

                  (iii) incurred in connection with any Indebtedness permitted
         pursuant to Section 6.01 (including any extension, refinancing, renewal
         or replacement of Indebtedness contemplated by clauses (i) and (ii)
         above); provided that (A) the Borrower reasonably believes at the time
         such Indebtedness is incurred that the terms of such Indebtedness will
         not restrict the ability of the person incurring such Indebtedness to
         make an Upstream Payment in a manner that would adversely affect the
         Borrower's ability to perform its obligations under the Loan Documents
         when due, and (B) such Indebtedness contains no express encumbrances on
         restrictions on the ability of such person to make an Upstream Payment;

                  (iv) imposed on any Single Purpose Entity;

                  (v) existing under, or by reason of, applicable law; and

                  (vi) any encumbrance or restriction on the transfer of any
         property or asset in an agreement relating to the acquisition or
         creation or disposition of such property or asset or any Lien on such
         property or asset that is otherwise permitted by the terms of this
         Agreement.

         SECTION 6.07. Transactions with Affiliates. Make any material payment
to, or sell, lease, transfer or otherwise dispose of any material properties or
assets to, or purchase any material property or assets from, or enter into or
make or amend any material transaction, contract, agreement, understanding,
loan, advance or guarantee with, or for the benefit of, any Affiliate of any
such person (each of the foregoing, an "Affiliate Transaction"), unless such
Affiliate Transaction is on terms that are no less favorable to the Borrower or
the relevant Restricted Subsidiary than those that would have been obtained in a
comparable transaction by the Borrower or such Restricted Subsidiary with an
unrelated person; provided that (a) any payments that are permitted by Section
6.01, 6.04, 6.05(a)(vii) or 6.06(a) shall not be deemed to be Affiliate
Transactions and (b) the foregoing restriction shall not apply to (i)
transactions among the Borrower and the Restricted Subsidiaries, (ii)
transactions pursuant to the PFS Intercompany Note and (iii) transactions
pursuant to agreements entered into or in effect on the Closing Date (including
the Tax Sharing Arrangement).

         SECTION 6.08. Business of Borrower and Restricted Subsidiaries. Engage
at any time in any business or business activity other than the business
currently conducted by it and business activities reasonably incidental thereto.

         SECTION 6.09. Other Agreements. Permit any waiver, supplement,
modification, amendment, termination or release of any indenture, instrument or
agreement pursuant to which any Indebtedness or preferred stock of the Borrower
or any Restricted Subsidiary is outstanding or any other agreement (including
the Tax Sharing Arrangement) that is material to the conduct and operations of
the Borrower or any Restricted Subsidiary, or modify its charter or by-laws, in
each case
<PAGE>
 
                                                                              58

to the extent that any such waiver, supplement, modification, amendment,
termination or release would be adverse to the Lenders in any material respect.

         SECTION 6.10. Interest Coverage. As at the end of any fiscal quarter of
the Borrower, permit the ratio of (i) Cash Income Available for Interest for the
preceding four fiscal quarter period to (ii) Interest Expense (After Tax) for
such period to be less than 1.25 to 1.00.

         SECTION 6.11. PTI Total Debt/Total Capitalization. For so long as PTI
is a subsidiary of the Borrower, permit the ratio as at the end of any fiscal
quarter of (i) Total Debt to (ii) the sum of Consolidated Net Worth and Total
Debt to exceed 55%.

         SECTION 6.12. PTI Consolidated EBITDA. For so long as PTI is a
subsidiary of the Borrower, permit Consolidated EBITDA for any period of four
consecutive fiscal quarters to be less than $225,000,000.


                                   ARTICLE VII

                                Events of Default

         In case of the happening of any of the following events ("Events of
         Default"):

                  (a) any representation or warranty made or deemed made in or
         in connection with any Loan Document or the borrowings or issuances of
         Letters of Credit hereunder, or any representation, warranty, statement
         or information contained in any report, certificate, financial
         statement or other instrument furnished in connection with or pursuant
         to any Loan Document, shall prove to have been false or misleading in
         any material respect when so made, deemed made or furnished;

                  (b) default shall be made in the payment of any principal of
         any Loan when and as the same shall become due and payable, whether at
         the due date thereof or at a date fixed for prepayment thereof or by
         acceleration thereof or otherwise;

                  (c) default shall be made in the payment of any interest on
         any Loan or any Fee or any other amount (other than an amount referred
         to in (b) above) due under any Loan Document, when and as the same
         shall become due and payable, and such default shall continue
         unremedied for a period of five Business Days;

                  (d) default shall be made in the due observance or performance
         by the Borrower or any Restricted Subsidiary of any covenant, condition
         or agreement contained in Section 5.01(a), 5.05(a) or 5.07 or in
         Article VI;

                  (e) default shall be made in the due observance or performance
         by the Borrower or any Restricted Subsidiary of any covenant, condition
         or agreement contained in any Loan Document (other than those specified
         in (b), (c) or (d) above) and such default shall continue unremedied
         for a period of 30 days after notice thereof from the Paying Agent or
         any Lender to the Borrower;
<PAGE>
 
                                                                              59

                  (f) the Borrower or any Restricted Subsidiary shall (i) fail
         to pay any principal or interest, regardless of amount, due in respect
         of any Indebtedness (other than Non-Recourse Indebtedness) in a
         principal amount in excess of $50,000,000, when and as the same shall
         become due and payable, (ii) fail to observe or perform any other term,
         covenant, condition or agreement contained in any agreement or
         instrument evidencing or governing any such Indebtedness if the effect
         of any failure referred to in this clause (ii) is to cause, or to
         permit the holder or holders of such Indebtedness or a trustee on its
         or their behalf to cause, such Indebtedness to become due prior to its
         stated maturity or (iii) fail to make any payment in respect of any
         Material Hedging Obligations when due;

                  (g) an involuntary proceeding shall be commenced or an
         involuntary petition shall be filed in a court of competent
         jurisdiction seeking (i) relief in respect of PacifiCorp, the Borrower,
         Newco or any Significant Subsidiary (or any group of subsidiaries of
         the Borrower which, if considered in the aggregate as a single
         subsidiary, would constitute a Significant Subsidiary), or of a
         substantial part of the property or assets of PacifiCorp, the Borrower,
         Newco, such Significant Subsidiary or such group of subsidiaries of the
         Borrower, under Title 11 of the United States Code, as now constituted
         or hereafter amended, or any other Federal, state or foreign
         bankruptcy, insolvency, receivership or similar law, (ii) the
         appointment of a receiver, trustee, custodian, sequestrator,
         conservator or similar official for PacifiCorp, the Borrower, Newco or
         any Significant Subsidiary (or any group of subsidiaries of the
         Borrower which, if considered in the aggregate as a single subsidiary,
         would constitute a Significant Subsidiary) or for a substantial part of
         the property or assets of PacifiCorp, the Borrower, Newco, a
         Significant Subsidiary or any such group of subsidiaries of the
         Borrower or (iii) the winding-up or liquidation of PacifiCorp, the
         Borrower, Newco or any Significant Subsidiary (or any group of
         subsidiaries of the Borrower which, if considered in the aggregate as a
         single subsidiary, would constitute a Significant Subsidiary); and such
         proceeding or petition shall continue undismissed for 60 days or an
         order or decree approving or ordering any of the foregoing shall be
         entered;

                  (h) PacifiCorp, the Borrower, Newco or any Significant
         Subsidiary (or any group of subsidiaries of the Borrower which, if
         considered in the aggregate as a single subsidiary, would constitute a
         Significant Subsidiary) shall (i) voluntarily commence any proceeding
         or file any petition seeking relief under Title 11 of the United States
         Code, as now constituted or hereafter amended, or any other Federal,
         state or foreign bankruptcy, insolvency, receivership or similar law,
         (ii) consent to the institution of, or fail to contest in a timely and
         appropriate manner, any proceeding or the filing of any petition
         described in paragraph (g) above, (iii) apply for or consent to the
         appointment of a receiver, trustee, custodian, sequestrator,
         conservator or similar official for PacifiCorp, the Borrower, Newco,
         any Significant Subsidiary or any such group of subsidiaries of the
         Borrower or for a substantial part of the property or assets of
         PacifiCorp, the Borrower, Newco, any Significant Subsidiary or any such
         group of subsidiaries of the Borrower, (iv) file an answer admitting
         the material allegations of a petition filed against it in any such
         proceeding, (v) make a general assignment for the benefit of creditors,
         (vi) become unable, admit in writing its inability or fail generally to
         pay its debts as they become due or (vii) take any action for the
         purpose of effecting any of the foregoing;
<PAGE>
 
                                                                              60

                  (i) one or more judgments for the payment of money in an
         aggregate amount in excess of $50,000,000 shall be rendered against the
         Borrower, any Restricted Subsidiary or any combination thereof and the
         same shall remain undischarged for a period of 30 consecutive days
         during which execution shall not be effectively stayed, or any action
         shall be legally taken by a judgment creditor to levy upon assets or
         properties of the Borrower or any Restricted Subsidiary to enforce any
         such judgment;

                  (j) an ERISA Event shall have occurred that, in the opinion of
         the Required Lenders, when taken together with all other such ERISA
         Events, could reasonably be expected to have a Material Adverse Effect;

                  (k) the security interest purported to be created by the
         Pledge Agreement shall cease to be, or shall be asserted by the
         Borrower not to be, a valid, perfected, first priority (except as
         otherwise expressly provided in this Agreement or the Pledge Agreement)
         security interest with respect to a material portion of the Collateral,
         except to the extent that any such loss of perfection or priority
         results from an act or failure to act by the Collateral Agent; or

                  (l)  there shall have occurred a Change in Control;

then, at any time during the continuance of such event (other than an event with
respect to the Borrower described in paragraph (g) or (h) above), the Paying
Agent may, and at the request of the Required Lenders shall, by notice to the
Borrower, take either or both of the following actions, at the same or different
times: (i) terminate forthwith the Commitments and (ii) declare the Loans then
outstanding to be forthwith due and payable in whole or in part, whereupon the
principal of the Loans so declared to be due and payable, together with accrued
interest thereon and any unpaid accrued Fees and all other liabilities of the
Borrower accrued hereunder and under any other Loan Document, shall become
forthwith due and payable, without presentment, demand, protest or any other
notice of any kind, all of which are hereby expressly waived by the Borrower,
anything contained herein or in any other Loan Document to the contrary
notwithstanding; provided that (A) in any event with respect to the Borrower
described in paragraph (g) or (h) above, the Commitments shall automatically
terminate and the principal of the Loans then outstanding, together with accrued
interest thereon and any unpaid accrued Fees and all other liabilities of the
Borrower accrued hereunder and under any other Loan Document, shall
automatically become due and payable, without presentment, demand, protest or
any other notice of any kind, all of which are hereby expressly waived by the
Borrower, anything contained herein or in any other Loan Document to the
contrary notwithstanding and (B) except as described in the immediately
preceding clause (A), during the period commencing with the Closing Date and
ending on the earlier of (x) the date of the initial Acquisition Borrowing and
(y) the Termination Date, the Paying Agent and the Lenders shall not be entitled
to terminate the Commitments, rescind this Agreement or seek to enjoin any use
of proceeds of the Loans permitted hereby without the consent of the Borrower.
<PAGE>
 
                                                                              61

                                  ARTICLE VIII

                    The Paying Agent and the Collateral Agent

         In order to expedite the transactions contemplated by this Agreement,
Citibank is hereby appointed to act as Paying Agent on behalf of the Lenders and
as the Issuing Bank, and Citicorp USA is hereby appointed to act as Collateral
Agent on behalf of the Lenders (for purposes of this Article VIII, the Paying
Agent and the Collateral Agent are referred to collectively as the "Agents").
Each of the Lenders and each assignee of any such Lender and the Issuing Bank,
hereby irrevocably authorizes the Agents to take such actions on behalf of such
Lender or assignee or the Issuing Bank and to exercise such powers as are
specifically delegated to the Agents by the terms and provisions hereof and of
the other Loan Documents, together with such actions and powers as are
reasonably incidental thereto. The Paying Agent is hereby expressly authorized
by the Lenders and the Issuing Bank, without hereby limiting any implied
authority, (a) to receive on behalf of the Lenders and the Issuing Bank all
payments of principal of and interest on the Loans, all payments in respect of
L/C Disbursements and all other amounts due to the Lenders hereunder, and
promptly to distribute to each Lender or the Issuing Bank its proper share of
each payment so received; (b) to give notice on behalf of each of the Lenders to
the Borrower of any Event of Default specified in this Agreement of which the
Paying Agent has actual knowledge acquired in connection with its agency
hereunder; and (c) to distribute to each Lender copies of all notices, financial
statements and other materials delivered by the Borrower pursuant to this
Agreement or the other Loan Documents as received by the Paying Agent. Without
limiting the generality of the foregoing, the Agents are hereby expressly
authorized to execute any and all documents (including releases) with respect to
the Collateral and the rights of the Secured Parties with respect thereto, as
contemplated by and in accordance with the provisions of this Agreement and the
Pledge Agreement.

         Neither the Agents nor any of their respective directors, officers,
employees or agents shall be liable as such for any action taken or omitted by
any of them except for its or his own gross negligence or wilful misconduct, or
be responsible for any statement, warranty or representation herein or the
contents of any document delivered in connection herewith, or be required to
ascertain or to make any inquiry concerning the performance or observance by the
Borrower of any of the terms, conditions, covenants or agreements contained in
any Loan Document. The Agents shall not be responsible to the Lenders for the
due execution, genuineness, validity, enforceability or effectiveness of this
Agreement or any other Loan Documents, instruments or agreements. The Agents
shall in all cases be fully protected in acting, or refraining from acting, in
accordance with written instructions signed by the Required Lenders and, except
as otherwise specifically provided herein, such instructions and any action or
inaction pursuant thereto shall be binding on all the Lenders. Each Agent shall,
in the absence of knowledge to the contrary, be entitled to rely on any
instrument or document believed by it in good faith to be genuine and correct
and to have been signed or sent by the proper person or persons. Neither the
Agents nor any of their respective directors, officers, employees or agents
shall have any responsibility to the Borrower on account of the failure of or
delay in performance or breach by any Lender or the Issuing Bank of any of their
respective obligations hereunder or to any Lender or the Issuing Bank on account
of the failure of or delay in performance or breach by any other Lender or the
Issuing Bank or the Borrower of any of their respective obligations hereunder or
under any other Loan Document or in connection herewith or therewith. Each of
the Agents may execute any and all duties hereunder by or through agents or
employees and shall be entitled to rely upon the advice of legal counsel
selected by it with respect to
<PAGE>
 
                                                                              62

all matters arising hereunder and shall not be liable for any action taken or
suffered in good faith by it in accordance with the advice of such counsel.

         The Lenders hereby acknowledge that neither Agent shall be under any
duty to take any discretionary action permitted to be taken by it pursuant to
the provisions of this Agreement unless it shall be requested in writing to do
so by the Required Lenders.

         Subject to the appointment and acceptance of a successor Agent as
provided below, either Agent may resign at any time by notifying the Lenders and
the Borrower. Upon any such resignation, the Required Lenders shall have the
right to appoint a successor, subject to the prior consent of the Borrower (not
to be unreasonably withheld). If no successor shall have been so appointed by
the Required Lenders and shall have accepted such appointment within 30 days
after the retiring Agent gives notice of its resignation, then the retiring
Agent may, on behalf of the Lenders, appoint a successor Agent, subject to the
prior consent of the Borrower (not to be unreasonably withheld), which shall be
a bank with an office in New York, New York, having a combined capital and
surplus of at least $500,000,000 or an Affiliate of any such bank. Upon the
acceptance of any appointment as Agent hereunder by a successor bank, such
successor shall succeed to and become vested with all the rights, powers,
privileges and duties of the retiring Agent and the retiring Agent shall be
discharged from its duties and obligations hereunder. After the Agent's
resignation hereunder, the provisions of this Article and Section 9.05 shall
continue in effect for its benefit in respect of any actions taken or omitted to
be taken by it while it was acting as Agent.

         With respect to the Loans made by it hereunder, each Agent in its
individual capacity and not as Agent shall have the same rights and powers as
any other Lender and may exercise the same as though it were not an Agent, and
the Agents and their Affiliates may accept deposits from, lend money to and
generally engage in any kind of business with the Borrower or any Restricted
Subsidiary or other Affiliate thereof as if it were not an Agent.

         Each Lender agrees (a) to reimburse the Agents, on demand, in the
amount of its pro rata share (based on its Commitments hereunder) of any
expenses incurred for the benefit of the Lenders by the Agents, including
counsel fees and compensation of agents and employees paid for services rendered
on behalf of the Lenders, that shall not have been reimbursed by the Borrower
and (b) to indemnify and hold harmless each Agent and any of its directors,
officers, employees or agents, on demand, in the amount of such pro rata share,
from and against any and all liabilities, taxes, obligations, losses, damages,
penalties, actions, judgments, suits, costs, expenses or disbursements of any
kind or nature whatsoever that may be imposed on, incurred by or asserted
against it in its capacity as Agent or any of them in any way relating to or
arising out of this Agreement or any other Loan Document or any action taken or
omitted by it or any of them under this Agreement or any other Loan Document, to
the extent the same shall not have been reimbursed by the Borrower, provided
that no Lender shall be liable to an Agent or any such other indemnified person
for any portion of such liabilities, obligations, losses, damages, penalties,
actions, judgments, suits, costs, expenses or disbursements determined by a
court of competent jurisdiction by final and nonappealable judgment to have
resulted from the gross negligence or wilful misconduct of such Agent or any of
its directors, officers, employees or agents. Each Revolving Credit Lender
agrees to reimburse the Issuing Bank and its directors, employees and agents to
the same extent and subject to the same limitations as provided above for the
Agents.
<PAGE>
 
                                                                              63

         Each Lender acknowledges that it has, independently and without
reliance upon the Agents or any other Lender and based on such documents and
information as it has deemed appropriate, made its own credit analysis and
decision to enter into this Agreement. Each Lender also acknowledges that it
will, independently and without reliance upon the Agents or any other Lender and
based on such documents and information as it shall from time to time deem
appropriate, continue to make its own decisions in taking or not taking action
under or based upon this Agreement or any other Loan Document, any related
agreement or any document furnished hereunder or thereunder.


                                   ARTICLE IX

                                  Miscellaneous

         SECTION 9.01. Notices. Notices and other communications provided for
herein shall be in writing and shall be delivered by hand or overnight courier
service, mailed by certified or registered mail or sent by telecopy, as follows:

                  (a) if to the Borrower, to it at 700 NE Multnomah, Suite 1600,
         Portland, Oregon 97232, Attention of William E. Peressini-Vice
         President and Treasurer (Telecopy No. (503) 731-2017), with a copy to
         Stoel Rives LLP at 700 NE Multnomah, Suite 950, Portland, Oregon 97232,
         Attention of John M. Schweitzer, Esq. (Telecopy No. (503) 230-1907);

                  (b) if to the Paying Agent, to Citibank, N.A., 399 Park
         Avenue, New York, New York 10043, Attention of Sandip Sen (Telecopy No.
         (212) 793-6130); and

                  (c) if to a Lender, to it at its address (or telecopy number)
         set forth on Schedule 2.01 or in the Assignment and Acceptance pursuant
         to which such Lender shall have become a party hereto.

All notices and other communications given to any party hereto in accordance
with the provisions of this Agreement shall be deemed to have been given on the
date of receipt if delivered by hand or overnight courier service or sent by
telecopy or on the date five Business Days after dispatch by certified or
registered mail if mailed, in each case delivered, sent or mailed (properly
addressed) to such party as provided in this Section 9.01 or in accordance with
the latest unrevoked direction from such party given in accordance with this
Section 9.01.

         SECTION 9.02. Survival of Agreement. All covenants, agreements,
representations and warranties made by the Borrower herein and in the
certificates or other instruments prepared or delivered in connection with or
pursuant to this Agreement or any other Loan Document shall be considered to
have been relied upon by the Lenders and the Issuing Bank and shall survive the
making by the Lenders of the Loans and the issuance of Letters of Credit by the
Issuing Bank, regardless of any investigation made by the Lenders or the Issuing
Bank or on their behalf, and shall continue in full force and effect as long as
the principal of or any accrued interest on any Loan or any Fee or any other
amount payable under this Agreement or any other Loan Document is outstanding
and unpaid or any Letter of Credit is outstanding and so long as the Commitments
have not been terminated. The provisions of Sections 2.14, 2.16, 2.20 and 9.05
shall remain operative and in full force and effect
<PAGE>
 
                                                                              64

regardless of the expiration of the term of this Agreement, the consummation of
the transactions contemplated hereby, the repayment of any of the Loans, the
expiration of the Commitments, the expiration of any Letter of Credit, the
invalidity or unenforceability of any term or provision of this Agreement or any
other Loan Document, or any investigation made by or on behalf of the Paying
Agent, the Collateral Agent or any Lender or the Issuing Bank.

         SECTION 9.03. Binding Effect. This Agreement shall become effective (a)
when it shall have been executed by the Borrower and the Paying Agent and when
the Paying Agent shall have received counterparts hereof which, when taken
together, bear the signatures of each of the other parties hereto, and (b) when
each of the conditions set forth in Section 4.01 shall have been satisfied or
waived in writing, and thereafter shall be binding upon and inure to the benefit
of the parties hereto and their respective permitted successors and assigns. By
its execution and delivery of the amendment and restatement of this Agreement,
the Borrower hereby confirms that the representations and warranties set forth
in Article III are true and correct in all material respects on the date of this
amendment and restatement with the same effect as though made on such date.

         SECTION 9.04. Successors and Assigns. (a) Whenever in this Agreement
any of the parties hereto is referred to, such reference shall be deemed to
include the permitted successors and assigns of such party; and all covenants,
promises and agreements by or on behalf of the Borrower, the Paying Agent, the
Issuing Bank or the Lenders that are contained in this Agreement shall bind and
inure to the benefit of their respective successors and assigns.

         (b) Each Lender may assign to one or more assignees all or a portion of
its interests, rights and obligations under this Agreement (including all or a
portion of its Commitment and the Loans at the time owing to it); provided,
however, that (i) except in the case of an assignment to a Lender or an
Affiliate of such Lender, (x) the Borrower (unless an Event of Default shall
have occurred and is continuing) and the Paying Agent (and, in the case of any
assignment of a Revolving Credit Commitment, the Issuing Bank) must give their
prior written consent to such assignment (which consent shall not be
unreasonably withheld) and (y) the amount of the Commitment of the assigning
Lender subject to each such assignment (determined as of the date the Assignment
and Acceptance with respect to such assignment is delivered to the Paying Agent)
shall not be less than $5,000,000 (or, if less, the entire remaining amount of
such Lender's Commitment), (ii) the parties to each such assignment shall
execute and deliver to the Paying Agent an Assignment and Acceptance, together
with a processing and recordation fee of $3,500 (except for assignments by any
Initial Lender or as otherwise agreed to by the Paying Agent) and (iii) the
assignee, if it shall not be a Lender, shall deliver to the Paying Agent an
Administrative Questionnaire. Upon acceptance and recording pursuant to
paragraph (e) of this Section 9.04, from and after the effective date specified
in each Assignment and Acceptance, which effective date shall be at least five
Business Days after the execution thereof, (A) the assignee thereunder shall be
a party hereto and, to the extent of the interest assigned by such Assignment
and Acceptance, have the rights and obligations of a Lender under this Agreement
and (B) the assigning Lender thereunder shall, to the extent of the interest
assigned by such Assignment and Acceptance, be released from its obligations
under this Agreement (and, in the case of an Assignment and Acceptance covering
all or the remaining portion of an assigning Lender's rights and obligations
under this Agreement, such Lender shall cease to be a party hereto but shall
continue to be entitled to the benefits of Sections 2.14, 2.16, 2.20 and 9.05,
as well as to any Fees accrued for its account and not yet paid).
<PAGE>
 
                                                                             65




         (c) By executing and delivering an Assignment and Acceptance, the
assigning Lender thereunder and the assignee thereunder shall be deemed to
confirm to and agree with each other and the other parties hereto as follows:
(i) such assigning Lender warrants that it is the legal and beneficial owner of
the interest being assigned thereby free and clear of any adverse claim and that
its Term Loan Commitment and Revolving Credit Commitment, and the outstanding
balances of its Term Loans and Revolving Loans, in each case without giving
effect to assignments thereof which have not become effective, are as set forth
in such Assignment and Acceptance, (ii) except as set forth in (i) above, such
assigning Lender makes no representation or warranty and assumes no
responsibility with respect to any statements, warranties or representations
made in or in connection with this Agreement, or the execution, legality,
validity, enforceability, genuineness, sufficiency or value of this Agreement,
any other Loan Document or any other instrument or document furnished pursuant
hereto, or the financial condition of the Borrower or any Restricted Subsidiary
or the performance or observance by the Borrower or any Restricted Subsidiary of
any of its obligations under this Agreement, any other Loan Document or any
other instrument or document furnished pursuant hereto; (iii) such assignee
represents and warrants that it is legally authorized to enter into such
Assignment and Acceptance; (iv) such assignee confirms that it has received a
copy of this Agreement, together with copies of the most recent financial
statements referred to in Section 3.04 or delivered pursuant to Section 5.04 and
such other documents and information as it has deemed appropriate to make its
own credit analysis and decision to enter into such Assignment and Acceptance;
(v) such assignee will independently and without reliance upon the Paying Agent,
the Collateral Agent, such assigning Lender or any other Lender and based on
such documents and information as it shall deem appropriate at the time,
continue to make its own credit decisions in taking or not taking action under
this Agreement; (vi) such assignee appoints and authorizes the Paying Agent and
the Collateral Agent to take such action as agent on its behalf and to exercise
such powers under this Agreement as are delegated to the Paying Agent and the
Collateral Agent, respectively, by the terms hereof, together with such powers
as are reasonably incidental thereto; and (vii) such assignee agrees that it
will perform in accordance with their terms all the obligations which by the
terms of this Agreement are required to be performed by it as a Lender.

         (d) The Paying Agent, acting for this purpose as an agent of the
Borrower, shall maintain at one of its offices in The City of New York a copy of
each Assignment and Acceptance delivered to it and a register for the
recordation of the names and addresses of the Lenders, and the Commitment of,
and principal amount of the Loans owing to, each Lender pursuant to the terms
hereof from time to time (the "Register"). The entries in the Register shall be
conclusive and the Borrower, the Paying Agent, the Issuing Bank, the Collateral
Agent and the Lenders may treat each person whose name is recorded in the
Register pursuant to the terms hereof as a Lender hereunder for all purposes of
this Agreement, notwithstanding notice to the contrary. The Register shall be
available for inspection by the Borrower, the Issuing Bank, the Collateral Agent
and any Lender, at any reasonable time and from time to time upon reasonable
prior notice.

         (e) Upon its receipt of a duly completed Assignment and Acceptance
executed by an assigning Lender and an assignee, an Administrative Questionnaire
completed in respect of the assignee (unless the assignee shall already be a
Lender hereunder), the processing and recordation fee referred to in paragraph
(b) above and, if required, the written consent of the Borrower, the Paying
Agent and the Issuing Bank to such assignment, the Paying Agent shall (i) accept
such Assignment and Acceptance, (ii) record the information contained therein in
the Register and (iii) give prompt
<PAGE>
 
                                                                             66

notice thereof to the Lenders and the Issuing Bank. No assignment shall be
effective unless it has been recorded in the Register as provided in this
paragraph (e).

         (f) Each Lender may without the consent of the Borrower, the Issuing
Bank or the Paying Agent sell participations to one or more banks or other
entities in all or a portion of its rights and obligations under this Agreement
(including all or a portion of its Commitment and the Loans owing to it);
provided, however, that (i) such Lender's obligations under this Agreement shall
remain unchanged, (ii) such Lender shall remain solely responsible to the other
parties hereto for the performance of such obligations, (iii) the participating
banks or other entities shall be entitled to the benefit of the cost protection
provisions contained in Sections 2.14, 2.16 and 2.20 to the same extent as if
they were Lenders (provided that a participant shall not be entitled to receive
any greater payment under Sections 2.14, 2.16 and 2.20 than the applicable
Lender would have been entitled to receive with respect to the participation
sold to such participant, unless the sale of such participation is made with the
Borrower's prior written consent) and (iv) the Borrower, the Paying Agent, the
Issuing Bank and the Lenders shall continue to deal solely and directly with
such Lender in connection with such Lender's rights and obligations under this
Agreement, and such Lender shall retain the sole right to enforce the
obligations of the Borrower relating to the Loans or L/C Disbursements and to
approve any amendment, modification or waiver of any provision of this Agreement
(other than amendments, modifications or waivers decreasing any fees payable
hereunder or the amount of principal of or the rate at which interest is payable
on the Loans, extending any scheduled principal payment date or date fixed for
the payment of interest on the Loans or increasing or extending the
Commitments).

         (g) Any Lender or participant may, in connection with any assignment or
participation or proposed assignment or participation pursuant to this Section
9.04, disclose to the assignee or participant or proposed assignee or
participant any information relating to the Borrower furnished to such Lender by
or on behalf of the Borrower; provided that, prior to any such disclosure of
information designated by the Borrower as confidential, each such assignee or
participant or proposed assignee or participant shall execute an agreement
whereby such assignee or participant shall agree (subject to customary
exceptions) to preserve the confidentiality of such confidential information on
terms no less restrictive than those applicable to the Lenders pursuant to
Section 9.16.

         (h) Any Lender may at any time assign all or any portion of its rights
under this Agreement to a Federal Reserve Bank to secure extensions of credit by
such Federal Reserve Bank to such Lender; provided that no such assignment shall
release a Lender from any of its obligations hereunder or substitute any such
Bank for such Lender as a party hereto. In order to facilitate such an
assignment to a Federal Reserve Bank, the Borrower shall, at the request of the
assigning Lender, duly execute and deliver to the assigning Lender a promissory
note or notes evidencing the Loans made to the Borrower by the assigning Lender
hereunder.

         (i) The Borrower shall not assign or delegate any of its rights or
duties hereunder without the prior written consent of the Paying Agent, the
Issuing Bank and each Lender, and any attempted assignment without such consent
shall be null and void.

         SECTION 9.05.  Expenses; Indemnity. (a) The Borrower agrees to pay all
reasonable out-of-pocket expenses incurred by the Initial Lenders, the Paying
Agent, the Collateral Agent and the Issuing Bank in connection with the
arrangement of the credit facilities provided for herein and the
<PAGE>
 
                                                                              67

preparation and administration of this Agreement and the other Loan Documents or
in connection with any amendments, modifications or waivers of the provisions
hereof or thereof (whether or not the transactions hereby or thereby
contemplated shall be consummated) or incurred by the Initial Lenders, the
Paying Agent, the Collateral Agent or (after the occurrence and during the
continuance of an Event of Default) any other Lender in connection with the
enforcement of its rights in connection with this Agreement and the other Loan
Documents or in connection with the Loans made or Letters of Credit issued
hereunder, including the reasonable fees, charges and disbursements of Cravath,
Swaine & Moore, counsel for the Paying Agent and the Collateral Agent, and, in
connection with any such enforcement, the reasonable fees, charges and
disbursements of any other counsel for the Paying Agent, the Collateral Agent or
any Lender.

         (b) The Borrower agrees to indemnify the Initial Lenders, the Paying
Agent, the Collateral Agent, each other Lender and the Issuing Bank, each
Affiliate of any of the foregoing persons and each of their respective
directors, officers, partners, employees and agents (each such person being
called an "Indemnitee") against, and to hold each Indemnitee harmless from, any
and all losses, claims, damages, liabilities and related expenses, including
reasonable counsel fees, charges and disbursements, incurred by or asserted
against any Indemnitee arising out of, in any way connected with, or as a result
of any claim, litigation, investigation or proceeding (whether or not an
Indemnitee is a party thereto) relating to (i) the execution or delivery of this
Agreement or any other Loan Document or any agreement or instrument contemplated
thereby, the performance by the parties thereto of their respective obligations
thereunder or the consummation of the Transactions and the other transactions
contemplated thereby, the use of the proceeds of the Loans or issuance of
Letters of Credit, whether or not any Indemnitee is a party thereto, or (ii) any
actual or alleged presence or Release of Hazardous Materials on any property
owned or operated by the Borrower or any of the Restricted Subsidiaries, or any
Environmental Claim related in any way to the Borrower or the Restricted
Subsidiaries; provided that such indemnity shall not, as to any Indemnitee, be
available to the extent that such losses, claims, damages, liabilities or
related expenses are determined by a court of competent jurisdiction by final
and nonappealable judgment to have resulted from the gross negligence or wilful
misconduct of such Indemnitee.

         (c) The provisions of this Section 9.05 shall remain operative and in
full force and effect regardless of the expiration of the term of this
Agreement, the consummation of the transactions contemplated hereby, the
repayment of any of the Loans, the expiration of the Commitments, the expiration
of any Letter of Credit, the invalidity or unenforceability of any term or
provision of this Agreement or any other Loan Document, or any investigation
made by or on behalf of the Paying Agent, the Collateral Agent, any Lender or
the Issuing Bank. All amounts due under this Section 9.05 shall be payable on
written demand therefor.

                  SECTION 9.06. Right of Setoff. If an Event of Default shall
have occurred and be continuing, each Lender is hereby authorized at any time
and from time to time, except to the extent prohibited by law, to set off and
apply any and all deposits (general or special, time or demand, provisional or
final) at any time held and other indebtedness at any time owing by such Lender
to or for the credit or the account of the Borrower against any of and all the
obligations of the Borrower now or hereafter existing under this Agreement and
other Loan Documents held by such Lender, irrespective of whether or not such
Lender shall have made any demand under this Agreement or such other Loan
Document and although such obligations may be unmatured. Promptly after
exercising its rights under this Section 9.06, the applicable Lender shall
notify the Paying Agent and the
<PAGE>
 
                                                                             68




Borrower of the exercise of such rights. The rights of each Lender under this
Section 9.06 are in addition to other rights and remedies (including other
rights of setoff) which such Lender may have.

                  SECTION 9.07. APPLICABLE LAW. THIS AGREEMENT AND THE OTHER
LOAN DOCUMENTS (OTHER THAN LETTERS OF CREDIT AND AS EXPRESSLY SET FORTH IN OTHER
LOAN DOCUMENTS) SHALL BE CONSTRUED IN ACCORDANCE WITH AND GOVERNED BY THE LAWS
OF THE STATE OF NEW YORK. EACH LETTER OF CREDIT SHALL BE GOVERNED BY, AND SHALL
BE CONSTRUED IN ACCORDANCE WITH, THE LAWS OR RULES DESIGNATED IN SUCH LETTER OF
CREDIT, OR IF NO SUCH LAWS OR RULES ARE DESIGNATED, THE UNIFORM CUSTOMS AND
PRACTICE FOR DOCUMENTARY CREDITS (1993 REVISION), INTERNATIONAL CHAMBER OF
COMMERCE, PUBLICATION NO. 500 (THE "UNIFORM CUSTOMS") AND, AS TO MATTERS NOT
GOVERNED BY THE UNIFORM CUSTOMS, THE LAWS OF THE STATE OF NEW YORK.

                  SECTION 9.08. Waivers; Amendment. (a) No failure or delay of
the Paying Agent, the Collateral Agent, any Lender or the Issuing Bank in
exercising any power or right hereunder or under any other Loan Document shall
operate as a waiver thereof, nor shall any single or partial exercise of any
such right or power, or any abandonment or discontinuance of steps to enforce
such a right or power, preclude any other or further exercise thereof or the
exercise of any other right or power. The rights and remedies of the Paying
Agent, the Collateral Agent, the Issuing Bank and the Lenders hereunder and
under the other Loan Documents are cumulative and are not exclusive of any
rights or remedies that they would otherwise have. No waiver of any provision of
this Agreement or any other Loan Document or consent to any departure by the
Borrower therefrom shall in any event be effective unless the same shall be
permitted by paragraph (b) below, and then such waiver or consent shall be
effective only in the specific instance and for the purpose for which given. No
notice or demand on the Borrower in any case shall entitle the Borrower to any
other or further notice or demand in similar or other circumstances.

                  (b) Neither this Agreement nor any provision hereof may be
waived, amended or modified except pursuant to an agreement or agreements in
writing entered into by the Borrower and the Required Lenders; provided,
however, that no such agreement shall (i) decrease the principal amount of, or
extend the maturity of or any scheduled principal payment date or date for the
payment of any interest on any Loan or any date for reimbursement of an L/C
Disbursement, or waive or excuse any such payment or any part thereof, or
decrease the rate of interest on any Loan or L/C Disbursement, without the prior
written consent of each Lender affected thereby, (ii) change or extend the
Commitment or decrease or extend the date for payment of the Commitment Fees of
any Lender without the prior written consent of such Lender or (iii) amend or
modify the pro rata requirements of the provisions of Section 2.17, amend or
modify the provisions of Section 9.04(i), the provisions of this Section, the
definition of the term "Required Lenders" or release all or any substantial part
of the Collateral (except for any release expressly permitted by the Loan
Documents), without the prior written consent of each Lender; provided further
that no such agreement shall amend, modify or otherwise affect the rights or
duties of the Paying Agent, the Collateral Agent or the Issuing Bank hereunder
or under any other Loan Document without the prior written consent of the Paying
Agent, the Collateral Agent or the Issuing Bank.

                  SECTION 9.09.  Interest Rate Limitation. Notwithstanding
anything herein to the contrary, if at any time the interest rate applicable to
any Loan or participation in any L/C
<PAGE>
 
                                                                            69




Disbursement, together with all Fees, charges and other amounts which are
treated as interest on such Loan or participation in such L/C Disbursement under
applicable law (collectively the "Charges"), shall exceed the maximum lawful
rate (the "Maximum Rate") which may be contracted for, charged, taken, received
or reserved by the Lender holding such Loan or participation in accordance with
applicable law, the rate of interest payable in respect of such Loan or
participation hereunder, together with all Charges payable in respect thereof,
shall be limited to the Maximum Rate and, to the extent lawful, the interest and
Charges that would have been payable in respect of such Loan or participation
but were not payable as a result of the operation of this Section 9.09 shall be
cumulated and the interest and Charges payable to such Lender in respect of
other Loans or participations or periods shall be increased (but not above the
Maximum Rate therefor) until such cumulated amount, together with interest
thereon at the Federal Funds Effective Rate to the date of repayment, shall have
been received by such Lender.

                  SECTION 9.10. Entire Agreement. This Agreement and the other
Loan Documents constitute the entire contract between the parties relative to
the subject matter hereof. Any other previous agreement among the parties with
respect to the subject matter hereof is superseded by this Agreement and the
other Loan Documents. Nothing in this Agreement or in the other Loan Documents,
expressed or implied, is intended to confer upon any party other than the
parties hereto and thereto any rights, remedies, obligations or liabilities
under or by reason of this Agreement or the other Loan Documents.

                  SECTION 9.11. WAIVER OF JURY TRIAL. EACH PARTY HERETO HEREBY
WAIVES, TO THE FULLEST EXTENT PERMITTED BY APPLICABLE LAW, ANY RIGHT IT MAY HAVE
TO A TRIAL BY JURY IN RESPECT OF ANY LITIGATION DIRECTLY OR INDIRECTLY ARISING
OUT OF, UNDER OR IN CONNECTION WITH THIS AGREEMENT OR ANY OF THE OTHER LOAN
DOCUMENTS. EACH PARTY HERETO (A) CERTIFIES THAT NO REPRESENTATIVE, AGENT OR
ATTORNEY OF ANY OTHER PARTY HAS REPRESENTED, EXPRESSLY OR OTHERWISE, THAT SUCH
OTHER PARTY WOULD NOT, IN THE EVENT OF LITIGATION, SEEK TO ENFORCE THE FOREGOING
WAIVER AND (B) ACKNOWLEDGES THAT IT AND THE OTHER PARTIES HERETO HAVE BEEN
INDUCED TO ENTER INTO THIS AGREEMENT AND THE OTHER LOAN DOCUMENTS, AS
APPLICABLE, BY, AMONG OTHER THINGS, THE MUTUAL WAIVERS AND CERTIFICATIONS IN
THIS SECTION 9.11.

                  SECTION 9.12. Severability. In the event any one or more of
the provisions contained in this Agreement or in any other Loan Document should
be held invalid, illegal or unenforceable in any respect, the validity, legality
and enforceability of the remaining provisions contained herein and therein
shall not in any way be affected or impaired thereby (it being understood that
the invalidity of a particular provision in a particular jurisdiction shall not
in and of itself affect the validity of such provision in any other
jurisdiction). The parties shall endeavor in good-faith negotiations to replace
the invalid, illegal or unenforceable provisions with valid provisions the
economic effect of which comes as close as possible to that of the invalid,
illegal or unenforceable provisions.

                  SECTION 9.13.  Counterparts. This Agreement may be executed in
counterparts (and by different parties hereto on different counterparts), each
of which shall constitute an original but all of which when taken together shall
constitute a single contract, and shall become effective as
<PAGE>
 
                                                                            70




provided in Section 9.03. Delivery of an executed signature page to this
Agreement by facsimile transmission shall be as effective as delivery of a
manually signed counterpart of this Agreement.

                  SECTION 9.14. Headings. Article and Section headings and the
Table of Contents used herein are for convenience of reference only, are not
part of this Agreement and are not to affect the construction of, or to be taken
into consideration in interpreting, this Agreement.

                  SECTION 9.15. Jurisdiction; Consent to Service of Process. (a)
The Borrower hereby irrevocably and unconditionally submits, for itself and its
property, to the nonexclusive jurisdiction of any New York State court or
Federal court of the United States of America sitting in New York City, and any
appellate court from any thereof, in any action or proceeding arising out of or
relating to this Agreement or the other Loan Documents, or for recognition or
enforcement of any judgment, and each of the parties hereto hereby irrevocably
and unconditionally agrees that all claims in respect of any such action or
proceeding may be heard and determined in such New York State or, to the extent
permitted by law, in such Federal court. Each of the parties hereto agrees that
a final judgment in any such action or proceedings shall be conclusive and may
be enforced in other jurisdictions by suit on the judgment or in any other
manner provided by law. Nothing in this Agreement shall affect any right that
the Paying Agent, the Collateral Agent, the Issuing Bank or any Lender may
otherwise have to bring any action or proceeding relating to this Agreement or
the other Loan Documents against the Borrower or its properties in the courts of
any jurisdiction.

                  (b) The Borrower hereby irrevocably and unconditionally
waives, to the fullest extent it may legally and effectively do so, any
objection which it may now or hereafter have to the laying of venue of any suit,
action or proceeding arising out of or relating to this Agreement or the other
Loan Documents in any New York State or Federal court. Each of the parties
hereto hereby irrevocably waives, to the fullest extent permitted by law, the
defense of an inconvenient forum to the maintenance of such action or proceeding
in any such court.

                  (c) Each party to this Agreement irrevocably consents to
service of process in the manner provided for notices in Section 9.01. Nothing
in this Agreement will affect the right of any party to this Agreement to serve
process in any other manner permitted by law.

         SECTION 9.16. Confidentiality. The Paying Agent, the Collateral Agent,
the Issuing Bank and each of the Lenders agrees to keep confidential (and to use
its best efforts to cause its respective agents and representatives to keep
confidential) the Information (as defined below) and all copies thereof,
extracts therefrom and analyses or other materials based thereon, except that
the Paying Agent, the Collateral Agent, the Issuing Bank or any Lender shall be
permitted to disclose Information (a) to such of its respective officers,
directors, employees, agents, affiliates and representatives as need to know
such Information, (b) to the extent requested by any regulatory authority, (c)
to the extent otherwise required by applicable laws and regulations or by any
subpoena or similar legal process, (d) in connection with any suit, action or
proceeding relating to the enforcement of its rights hereunder or under the
other Loan Documents or (e) to the extent such Information (i) becomes publicly
available other than as a result of a breach of this Section 9.16 or (ii)
becomes available to the Paying Agent, any Lender, the Issuing Bank or the
Collateral Agent on a nonconfidential basis from a source other than the
Borrower. For the purposes of this Section, "Information" shall mean all
financial statements, certificates, reports, agreements and information
(including all analyses, compilations and studies prepared by the Paying Agent,
the Collateral Agent, the Issuing Bank or any Lender based on any of the
foregoing) that are received from the Borrower and related to the Borrower, any
shareholder of the Borrower or any employee, customer or supplier of the
Borrower other than any of the foregoing that were available to the Paying
Agent, the Collateral Agent, the
<PAGE>
 
                                                                             71




Issuing Bank or any Lender on a nonconfidential basis prior to its disclosure
thereto by the Borrower, and which are in the case of Information provided after
the Closing Date, clearly identified at the time of delivery as confidential.
The provisions of this Section 9.16 shall remain operative and in full force and
effect regardless of the expiration of this Agreement.

         SECTION 9.17. Margin Regulations. Notwithstanding any other provision
contained in this Agreement or the Pledge Agreement, including Section 2.13(b),
Section 6.02 and Section 6.05, the pledge or sale of the Shares by Bidco shall
be permitted hereunder until the Depositary Shares have been delisted from the
New York Stock Exchange (and the Shares shall not otherwise be "margin stock" as
defined in Regulations G and U of the Board); provided that until such time the
Borrower shall use its reasonable efforts to cause Bidco not to:

                  (i)   incur any Indebtedness other than (A) its obligations
         under the Offer, (B) its obligations under the Powercoal/Bidco Loans
         and (C) its obligations under or permitted under the Bidco Facility
         Agreement;

                  (ii)  engage in any business other than (A) acquiring and
         holding the Shares and (B) engaging in activities reasonably related to
         the Offer; or

                  (iii) sell or otherwise dispose of the Shares, unless (A)
         such Shares are sold for cash, (B) fair value is received for such
         Shares and (C) the proceeds of such sale are either held as cash or
         invested in certificates of deposit, U.S. government securities,
         commercial paper, other money market instruments that are exempted
         securities under the United States federal securities laws or Cash
         Investment Equivalents (as defined in the Bidco Facility Agreement).

         IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the parties hereto have caused this Agreement to be
duly executed by their respective authorized officers as of the day and year
first above written.


                           PACIFICORP HOLDINGS, INC.,

                              by
                                 /s/      William E. Peressini
                                 --------------------------------------
                                 Name:    William E. Peressini
                                 Title:   Treasurer
<PAGE>
 
                                                                             72




                              CITIBANK, N.A., individually as an Initial 
                              Lender and as Paying Agent and Issuing Bank,

                              by /s/      Sandip Sen
                                 --------------------------------------
                                 Name:    Sandip Sen
                                 Title:   Managing Director, Attorney-in-Fact


                              CITICORP USA, INC., as Collateral Agent,

                              by /s/      Sandip Sen
                                 --------------------------------------
                                 Name:    Sandip Sen
                                 Title:   Managing Director, Attorney-in-Fact


                              GOLDMAN SACHS CREDIT PARTNERS L.P., individually
                              as an Initial Lender,

                              by /s/      Edward C. Forst
                                 --------------------------------------
                                 Name:    Edward C. Forst
                                 Title:   Authorized Signatory


                              MORGAN GUARANTY TRUST COMPANY OF
                              NEW YORK, individually as an Initial Lender,

                              by /s/      Kathryn Sayko-Yanes
                                 --------------------------------------
                                 Name:    Kathryn Sayko-Yanes
                                 Title:   Vice President

<PAGE>
 
                              US$ 1,575,000,000.00


                              BRIDGE LOAN AGREEMENT

                                   dated as of

                                  June 12, 1997


                                      among


                               PACIFICORP ENERGYCO
                                   as Borrower

                        PACIFICORP GROUP HOLDINGS COMPANY
                                  as Guarantor



                            THE LENDERS named herein,

                       GOLDMAN SACHS CREDIT PARTNERS L.P.,
                    MORGAN GUARANTY TRUST COMPANY OF NEW YORK
                           CITIBANK N.A, as Arrangers,


                                       and


                         CITIBANK N.A., as Paying Agent
<PAGE>
 
<TABLE> 
<CAPTION> 
                                TABLE OF CONTENTS
                                                                            Page

                                   ARTICLE I

<S>               <C>                                                       <C>
 
                                  DEFINITIONS...............................  1
Section 1.1.      Defined Terms.............................................  1
Section 1.2.      Interpretation............................................ 29

                                  ARTICLE II

                        THE CREDIT FACILITY................................. 29
Section 2.1.      Commitments to Make Bridge Loans.......................... 29
Section 2.2.      Extension of Bridge Loans................................. 30
Section 2.3.      Certain Fees.............................................. 31
Section 2.4.      Interest; Payment in Kind Option; and Default Interest.... 31
Section 2.5.      Mandatory Prepayment...................................... 32
Section 2.6.      Optional Prepayment....................................... 33
Section 2.7.      Indemnity................................................. 34
Section 2.8.      Effect of Notice of Prepayment............................ 34
Section 2.9.      Method of Payment......................................... 34
Section 2.10.     Payments.................................................. 35
Section 2.11.     Taxes..................................................... 36
Section 2.12.     Right of Set Off; Sharing of Payments, Etc................ 40

                                  ARTICLE III

                         REPRESENTATIONS AND WARRANTIES..................... 41
Section 3.1.      Representations and Warranties in the Credit Facilities... 41
Section 3.2.      Organization; Powers...................................... 41
Section 3.3.      Due Authorization and Enforceability...................... 42
Section 3.4.      No Conflicts.............................................. 42
Section 3.5.      No Violations; Material Contracts......................... 43
Section 3.6.      Capital Stock; Subsidiaries............................... 43
Section 3.7.      Liens..................................................... 45
Section 3.8.      No Violation of Regulations of Board of Governors of
                   Federal Reserve System................................... 45
Section 3.9.      Governmental Regulations.................................. 45
Section 3.10.     Financial Statements; No Undisclosed Liabilities.......... 45
Section 3.11.     Full Disclosure........................................... 46
Section 3.12.     Private Offering; Rule 144A Matters....................... 46
</TABLE> 

                                        i
<PAGE>
 
<TABLE> 

<S>               <C>                                                        <C>
Section 3.13.     Absence of Proceedings..................................... 47
Section 3.14.     Taxes...................................................... 47
Section 3.15.     No Material Adverse Change................................. 47

                                  ARTICLE IV

                           COVENANTS......................................... 47
Section 4.1.      Use of Proceeds............................................ 48
Section 4.2.      Notice of Default and Related Matters...................... 48
Section 4.3.      Merger and Sale............................................ 48
Section 4.4.      Information; Special Rights; Compliance Certificates....... 49
Section 4.5.      Authorizations and Approvals............................... 51
Section 4.6.      Limitation on Incurrence of Additional Indebtedness
                   and Issuance of Additional Preferred Stock................ 51
Section 4.7.      Compliance with Laws....................................... 52
Section 4.8.      Anti-Layering.............................................. 53
Section 4.9.      Sale and Leaseback Transactions............................ 53
Section 4.10.     Restricted Payments........................................ 53
Section 4.11.     Limitation on Restrictions on Distributions from
                  Subsidiaries............................................... 54
Section 4.12.     Limitation on Sales of Assets and Subsidiary Stock......... 54
Section 4.13.     Limitation on Transactions with Affiliates................. 55
Section 4.14.     Line of Business; Limitation on Newco's Activities......... 55
Section 4.15.     Other Indebtedness and Agreements.......................... 56
Section 4.16.     Liens...................................................... 56
Section 4.17.     Existence; Business and Properties......................... 56
Section 4.18.     Insurance.................................................. 56
Section 4.19.     Stay, Extension and Usury Laws............................. 57
Section 4.20.     Change of Control.......................................... 57
Section 4.21.     Obligations and Taxes...................................... 59
Section 4.22.     Leverage Ratio............................................. 60
Section 4.23.     Interest Expense Coverage Ratio............................ 60
Section 4.24.     Offer Conditions........................................... 60
Section 4.25.     Margin Stock Limitations................................... 62

                                   ARTICLE V

                      CONDITIONS............................................. 62
Section 5.1.      Effectiveness.............................................. 62
Section 5.2.      Closing.................................................... 63
Section 5.3.      Conditions of the Lenders' Obligations..................... 63

</TABLE> 

                                   ARTICLE VI


                                       ii
<PAGE>
 
<TABLE> 

<S>               <C>                                                        <C>
                     TRANSFER OF THE SECURITIES; REPRESENTATIONS OF LENDERS.. 65
Section 6.1.      Transfer of the Securities................................. 65
Section 6.2.      Replacement Securities Upon Transfer or Exchange........... 66
Section 6.3.      Register................................................... 66

                                   ARTICLE VII

                         EVENTS OF DEFAULT................................... 67
Section 7.1.      Events of Default.......................................... 67
Section 7.2.      Acceleration............................................... 70
Section 7.3.      No Avoidance of Premium.................................... 71
Section 7.4.      Rights and Remedies Cumulative............................. 71
Section 7.5.      Delay or Omission Not Waiver............................... 71
Section 7.6.      Waiver of Past Defaults.................................... 71
Section 7.7.      Rights of Lenders To Receive Payment....................... 72

                                  ARTICLE VIII

                         PERMANENT SECURITIES................................ 72
Section 8.1.      Permanent Securities....................................... 72

                                   ARTICLE IX

                         TERMINATION......................................... 73
Section 9.1.      Termination................................................ 73
Section 9.2.      Liability.................................................. 73

                                    ARTICLE X

                         GUARANTEE........................................... 73
Section 10.1.     The Guarantee.............................................. 73
Section 10.2.     Limitation on Liability.................................... 75
Section 10.3.     Stay of Acceleration....................................... 75

                                   ARTICLE XI

                         INDEMNITY........................................... 76
Section 11.1.     Indemnification............................................ 76
Section 11.2.     Indemnity not Available.................................... 76
Section 11.3.     Settlement of Claims....................................... 77
Section 11.4.     Appearance Expenses........................................ 77
Section 11.5.     Indemnity for Taxes, Reserves and Expenses................. 77
Section 11.6.     Survival of Indemnification................................ 78
Section 11.7.     Liability Not Exclusive; Payments.......................... 78
</TABLE> 

                                       iii
<PAGE>
 
<TABLE> 

                                   ARTICLE XII

<S>               <C>                                                        <C>
                         THE AGENT; THE ARRANGERS............................ 78
Section 12.1.     Appointment................................................ 78
Section 12.2.     Delegation of Duties....................................... 79
Section 12.3.     Exculpatory Provisions..................................... 79
Section 12.4.     Reliance by Agent.......................................... 79
Section 12.5.     Notice of Default.......................................... 80
Section 12.6.     Non-Reliance on Agent and Other Lenders.................... 80
Section 12.7.     Indemnification............................................ 81
Section 12.8.     Agent, in Its Individual Capacities........................ 81
Section 12.9.     Successor Paying Agent..................................... 81
Section 12.10.    Successor Paying Agent..................................... 82

                                  ARTICLE XIII

                         MISCELLANEOUS....................................... 82
Section 13.1.     Expenses; Documentary Taxes................................ 82
Section 13.2.     Notices.................................................... 82
Section 13.3.     Consent to Amendments and Waivers.......................... 83
Section 13.4.     Parties.................................................... 84
Section 13.5.     New York Law; Submission to Jurisdiction; Waiver of Jury 
                   Trial..................................................... 84
Section 13.6.     Replacement Notes.......................................... 85
Section 13.7.     Marshalling; Recapture..................................... 85
Section 13.8.     Limitation of Liability.................................... 85
Section 13.9.     Independence of Covenants.................................. 86
Section 13.10.    Currency Indemnity......................................... 86
Section 13.11.    Waiver of Immunity......................................... 86
Section 13.12.    Freedom of Choice.......................................... 86
Section 13.13.    Successors and Assigns..................................... 86
Section 13.14.    Severability Clause........................................ 87
Section 13.15.    Representations, Warranties and Agreements to Survive 
                   Delivery.................................................. 87
Section 13.16.    Appointment of Agent....................................... 87
</TABLE> 


                                       iv
<PAGE>
 
<TABLE> 
<CAPTION> 

         Schedules and Exhibits
         ----------------------
         <S>                        <C>  
         Schedule 3.5               Material Contracts
         Schedule 3.6               Newco Subsidiaries and Ownership Percentage
         Schedule 3.9               Governmental Regulations
         Schedule 3.13              Pending or Threatened Proceedings
         Schedule 4.10              Permitted Investments
         Schedule 4.13              Affiliate Transactions

         Exhibit A                  Assignment and Acceptance
         Exhibit B                  Bridge Note
         Exhibit C                  Equity Registration Rights Agreement
         Exhibit D                  Escrow Agreement
         Exhibit E                  Stockholders Agreement
         Exhibit F-1                Newco Tax Sharing Agreement
         Exhibit F-2                Capital Contribution Agreement
         Exhibit F-3                U.K. Tax Sharing Agreement
         Exhibit F-4                U.S. Tax Sharing Agreement
         Exhibit G-1                Opinion of Counsel of Stoel Rives LLP
         Exhibit G-2                Opinion of Counsel of Davis Polk & Wardwell
         Exhibit G-3                Opinion of Counsel of Linklaters & Paines
         Exhibit H                  Riki Note Agreement
</TABLE> 

                                        v
<PAGE>
 
             THIS BRIDGE LOAN AGREEMENT, dated as of June 12, 1997 (as amended,
restated and/or otherwise modified from time to time, this "Agreement"), is by
and among:

             (a)  PACIFICORP ENERGYCO, an unlimited company incorporated in
         England and Wales (the "Borrower"),

             (b)  PACIFICORP GROUP HOLDINGS COMPANY, an Oregon corporation, as
         Guarantor ("Newco"),

             (c)  GOLDMAN SACHS CREDIT PARTNERS L.P., a Delaware limited
         partnership ("Goldman"), MORGAN GUARANTY TRUST COMPANY OF NEW YORK, a
         New York banking corporation ("J.P. Morgan"), and CITIBANK N.A., a
         national banking association ("Citibank" and, together with Goldman,
         and J.P. Morgan, the "Arrangers").


             The parties hereto agree as follows:


                                    ARTICLE I

                                   DEFINITIONS

             Section 1.1.      Defined Terms. As used in this Agreement, the
following terms shall have the meanings specified below:

             "Acquired Debt" means, with respect to any specified Person, (i)
Indebtedness of any other Person existing at the time such other Person is
merged with or into, or became a Subsidiary of, such specified Person including,
without limitation, Indebtedness incurred in connection with, or in
contemplation of, such other Person's merging with or into or becoming a
Subsidiary of such specified Person, and (ii) Indebtedness secured by a Lien
encumbering any asset acquired by such specified Person.

             "Act" means the United Kingdom Electricity Act of 1989 and, unless
the context otherwise requires, all subordinate legislation made pursuant
thereto.

             "Action" has the meaning specified in Section 11.2.

             "Adjusted LIBO Rate" means with respect to any LIBOR Loan for
any Interest Period, an interest rate per annum (rounded upwards, if necessary,
to the next 1/16 of 1%) equal to the product of (a) the LIBO Rate in effect for
such Interest Period and (b) Statutory Reserves.
<PAGE>
 
             "Affected Party" means any Lender, any Lender's Eurodollar Lending
Office, any beneficial owner of any Lender, and their respective successors and
assigns.

             "Affiliate" means, with respect to any specified Person, any
other Person directly or indirectly controlling or controlled by or under direct
or indirect common control with such specified Person. For purposes of this
definition, "control" (including, with correlative meanings, the terms
"controlling," "controlled by" and "under common control with"), as used with
respect to any Person, shall mean the possession, directly or indirectly, of the
power to direct or cause the direction of the management or policies of such
Person, whether through the ownership of voting securities, by agreement or
otherwise; provided that for purposes of Section 4.13, beneficial ownership of
10% or more of the voting securities of a Person shall be deemed to be control.
Neither the Lenders nor any of their Affiliates will be treated as an Affiliate
of Newco or any of its Subsidiaries for purposes of this Agreement.

             "Affiliate Transaction" has the meaning specified in Section 4.13.

             "Agreement" has the meaning specified in the preamble to this
Agreement.

             "Announcement Date" shall have the meaning specified in the
Recco Credit Facility as in effect on June 27, 1997.

             "Applicable Bridge Loan Margin" means:

             (i)  with respect to Bridge Loans that are Base Rate Loans, 300
         basis points at all times through, and including, the date that is 180
         days subsequent to the Closing Date, 400 basis points at all times
         after the date that is 180 days subsequent to the Closing Date and
         prior to the date that is 270 days subsequent to the Closing Date and
         increasing by 50 basis points on the date that is 270 days subsequent
         to the Closing Date and on the last day of each 90-day period
         thereafter for so long as any Bridge Loans are outstanding through, and
         including, the Extension Date; and

             (ii) with respect to Bridge Loans that are LIBOR Loans, 400
         basis points at all times through and including the date that is 180
         days subsequent to the Closing Date, 500 basis points at all times
         after the date that is 180 days subsequent to the Closing Date and
         prior to the date that is 270 days subsequent to the Closing Date and
         increasing by 50 basis points on the date that is 270 days subsequent
         to the Closing Date and on the last day of each 90-day period
         thereafter for so long as


                                       2
<PAGE>
 
         the Bridge Loans are outstanding through, and including, the Extension
         Date.

             "Arrangers" has the meaning specified in the preamble to this
Agreement.

             "Assessment Rate" means for any date the annual rate (rounded
upwards, if necessary, to the next 1/100 of 1%) most recently estimated by the
Paying Agent as the then current net annual assessment rate that will be
employed in determining amounts payable by the Paying Agent to the Federal
Deposit Insurance Corporation (or any successor thereto) for insurance by such
Corporation (or such successor) of time deposits made in dollars at the Paying
Agent's domestic offices.

             "Asset Sale" means the sale, lease, exchange, assignment,
transfer or other disposition (by way of merger or otherwise), by Newco or any
of its Subsidiaries to any person other than Newco or any Subsidiary of Newco of
(a) any Equity Interests of any of the Subsidiaries or (b) any other assets of
Newco or any of its Subsidiaries (other than inventory, obsolete or worn-out
assets, scrap and Permitted Investments, in each case disposed of in the
ordinary course of business), except (i) for any sale, lease, transfer or other
disposition in one transaction or a series of related transactions having a
value of $25.0 million (or the Dollar Equivalent thereof) or less, (ii) any sale
of accounts receivable (or any related assets) under any Permitted Receivables
Financing, (iii) transfers of assets in connection with making an Investment
permitted by Section 4.10, (iv) transfers of assets as part of a Sale and
Leaseback Transaction permitted by Section 4.9, (v) payment of a Restricted
Payment permitted by Section 4.10 and (vi) any substantially contemporaneous
exchange (including by way of substantially contemporaneous purchase and sale)
of discrete assets of Powercoal, Powercor, Recco or any Subsidiary thereof for
one or more other assets used for similar purposes, in each case provided that
any Net Cash Proceeds received by such person as consideration in connection
with such exchange are treated as Net Cash Proceeds of Asset Sales and applied
as provided pursuant to Section 4.12.

             "Assignment and Acceptance" shall mean an assignment and acceptance
entered into by a Lender and an assignee, and accepted by the Paying Agent, in
the form of Exhibit A or such other form as shall be approved by the Paying
Agent.

             "Attributable Debt" in respect of a Sale and Leaseback Transaction
means, at the time of determination, the present value (discounted at the rate
of interest implicit in such transaction) of the obligation of the lessee for
net rental payments during the remaining term of the lease included in such Sale
and Leaseback Transaction (including any period for which such lease has been
extended).



                                       3
<PAGE>
 
             "Bankruptcy Law" means (i) Title 11 of the U.S. Code, (ii) the
Insolvency Act 1986 or (iii) any other law of the United States, the United
Kingdom, Australia, any political subdivision thereof or any other jurisdiction
relating to bankruptcy, insolvency, winding up, liquidation, reorganization or
relief of debtors.

             "Base Rate" means for any day, a rate per annum (rounded
upwards, if necessary, to the next 1/16 of 1%) equal to the greatest of (a) the
Prime Rate in effect on such day, (b) the Base CD Rate in effect on such day
plus 1% and (c) the Federal Funds Effective Rate in effect on such day plus 1/2
of 1%. If for any reason the Paying Agent shall have determined (which
determination shall be conclusive absent manifest error) that it is unable to
ascertain the Base CD Rate or the Federal Funds Effective Rate or both for any
reason, including the inability or failure of the Paying Agent to obtain
sufficient quotations in accordance with the terms of the definition thereof,
the Base Rate shall be determined without regard to clause (b) or (c), or both,
of the preceding sentence, as appropriate, until the circumstances giving rise
to such inability no longer exist. Any change in the Base Rate due to a change
in the Prime Rate, the Base CD Rate or the Federal Funds Effective Rate shall be
effective on the effective date of such change in the Prime Rate, the Base CD
Rate or the Federal Funds Effective Rate, respectively. The term "Prime Rate"
shall mean the rate of interest per annum publicly announced from time to time
by the Paying Agent as its prime rate in effect at its principal office in New
York City; each change in the Prime Rate shall be effective on the date such
change is publicly announced as being effective. The term "Federal Funds
Effective Rate" shall mean, for any day, the weighted average of the rates on
overnight Federal funds transactions with members of the Federal Reserve System
arranged by Federal funds brokers, as published on the next succeeding Business
Day by the Federal Reserve Bank of New York, or, if such rate is not so
published for any day that is a Business Day, the average of the quotations for
the day for such transactions received by the Paying Agent from three Federal
funds brokers of recognized standing selected by it.

             "Base CD Rate" means the sum of (a) the product of (i) the Three-
Month Secondary CD Rate and (ii) Statutory Reserves and (b) the Assessment Rate.

             "Base Rate Loan" means a Bridge Loan at any time that the interest
rate thereon is computed with reference to the Base Rate.

             "beneficial owner" has the meaning as defined in Rule 13d-3 and
Rule 13d-5 under the Exchange Act.

             "Bidco" means PacifiCorp Acquisitions, an unlimited company
incorporated in England and Wales, all of the outstanding share capital of which
is beneficially owned by Finance.



                                       4
<PAGE>
 
             "Board" means the Board of Governors of the Federal Reserve System
of the United States or any successor.

             "Borrower" has the meaning specified in the preamble to this
Agreement.

             "Bridge Loan" means a loan made by any Lender to the Borrower
pursuant to Section 2.1.

             "Bridge Loan Commitment" means the "Bridge Loan Commitment" amount
set forth opposite each Lender's signature to this Agreement.

             "Bridge Note" means a promissory note of the Borrower in the form
attached as Exhibit B hereto evidencing the Bridge Loan of any Lender.

             "Business Day" means each day other than a Saturday, a Sunday or
any other day on which banking institutions in the City of New York or at a
place of payment are authorized by law, regulation or executive order to remain
closed and, if such day relates to a payment or prepayment of principal of, or
interest on, or an Interest Period for, LIBOR Loans, any day which is also a day
on which dealings in dollar deposits are carried out in the London interbank
markets.

             "Capital Contribution Agreement" means the capital contribution
agreement between Riki and Newco, for the benefit of the Lenders, in the form
attached as Exhibit F-2 hereto.

             "Capital Lease Obligations" of any person means the obligations of
such person to pay rent or other amounts under any lease of (or other
arrangement conveying the right to use) real or personal property, or a
combination thereof, which obligations are required to be classified and
accounted for as capital leases on a balance sheet of such person under GAAP,
and the amount of such obligations shall be the capitalized amount thereof
determined in accordance with GAAP.

             "Capital Markets Transaction" has the meaning specified in Section
2.5(a).

             "Capital Stock" means (i) in the case of a corporation, corporate
stock, (ii) in the case of an association or business entity, any and all
shares, interests, participations, rights or other equivalents (however
designated) of corporate stock and (iii) in the case of a partnership or limited
liability company, partnership (whether general or limited) or membership
interests.

             "Change of Control" means the occurrence of any of the following:



                                       5
<PAGE>
 
             (i)   the consummation of any transaction (including, without
         limitation, any merger or consolidation) the result of which is that
         any "person" (as such term is defined in Section 13(d)(3) of the
         Exchange Act) becomes the beneficial owner (except that a Person shall
         be deemed to have "beneficial ownership" of all securities that such
         Person has the right to acquire, whether such right is currently
         exercisable or is exercisable only upon the occurrence of a subsequent
         condition), directly or indirectly, of more than 35% of the Voting
         Stock of Richard (measured by voting power rather than number of
         shares),

             (ii)  the first day on which a majority of the members of the
         board of directors of any of the Borrower, Newco, Riki and Richard are
         not either (i) nominated by the Board of Directors of Richard or (ii)
         appointed by directors so nominated,

             (iii) the first day on which (a) unless Riki merges into Newco
         in a transaction not prohibited by this Agreement either (i) Richard
         ceases to own 80% or more of the outstanding Capital Stock and other
         Equity Interests of Riki or (ii) Riki ceases to own 80% or more of the
         outstanding Capital Stock and other Equity Interests of Newco, or (b)
         in the event Riki: merges into Newco in a transaction not prohibited by
         this Agreement, Richard ceases to own at least 80% of the outstanding
         Capital Stock and other Equity Interests in Newco.

             (iv)  Richard consolidates with, or merges with or into, any
         Person, or any Person consolidates with or merges with or into Richard,
         in any such event pursuant to a transaction in which any of the
         outstanding Voting Stock of Richard is converted into or exchanged for
         cash, securities or other property, other than any such transaction
         where the Voting Stock of Richard outstanding immediately prior to such
         transaction is converted into or exchanged for Voting Stock of the
         surviving or transferee Person constituting a majority of the
         outstanding shares of such Voting Stock of such surviving or transferee
         Person (immediately after giving effect to such conversion or
         exchange), or

             (v)   a "Change of Control" (or similar event however denominated)
         under any of the Credit Facilities.

             "Change of Control Offer" has the meaning specified in Section
4.20(a).

             "Change of Control Payment" has the meaning specified in Section
4.20(a).



                                       6
<PAGE>
 
             "Change of Control Payment Date" has the meaning specified in
Section 4.20(a).

             "Citibank" has the meaning specified in the preamble to this
Agreement.

             "Class" means (i) Lenders having Bridge Loan Commitments and
Lenders owning Bridge Loans made pursuant to Section 2.1 (a) (taken together as
a single class) and (ii) Lenders having Dedicated Interest Commitments and
Lenders owning Bridge Loans made pursuant to Section 2.1 (b) (taken together as
a single class).

             "Clean-up Period" shall mean the period commencing on the date
hereof and ending on the date that is 90 days after the Closing Date.

             "Closing" has the meaning specified in Section 5.2.

             "Closing Date" has the meaning specified in Section 5.2.

             "Code" means the Internal Revenue Code of 1986, as amended, and any
regulation promulgated thereunder.

             "Companies Act" means the Companies Act 1985 (as amended) of
England and Wales.

             "Commitment" means, with respect to any Lender, the aggregate of
the Bridge Loan Commitment and the Dedicated Interest Commitment (if any) of
that Lender.

             "Consolidated EBITDA" shall mean, for any period, the Consolidated
Net Income for such period, plus, without duplication and to the extent deducted
from revenues in determining such Consolidated Net Income, the sum of (a) the
aggregate amount of Consolidated Interest Expense for such period, (b) the
aggregate amount of income tax expense for such period, (c) all amounts
attributable to depreciation, depletion and amortization for such period and (d)
all noncash nonrecurring charges taken during such period (other than those
which would appear on a consolidated income statement of Powercoal for such
period prepared in accordance with GAAP), and minus, without duplication, (i) to
the extent included in determining Consolidated Net Income, all noncash or
nonrecurring items increasing such Consolidated Net Income for such period and
(ii) cash expenditures made during such period in respect of which a non-cash
reserve or accrual was previously established (other than any such payments made
by Powercoal or any of its Subsidiaries), all as determined on a consolidated
basis for Newco and its Subsidiaries in accordance with GAAP.

             "Consolidated Interest Expense" shall mean, for any period, the
gross interest expense (including the interest component in respect of Capital
Lease


                                       7
<PAGE>
 
Obligations), accrued or, without duplication, paid (unless accrued in a
previous period) by Newco and its Subsidiaries during such period, in each case,
as determined on a consolidated basis in accordance with GAAP plus, without
duplication, (a) interest-equivalent costs associated with any Permitted
Receivables Financing, whether accounted for as an interest expense or loss on
the sale of receivables and (b) imputed interest with respect to Attributable
Debt. For purposes of the foregoing, gross interest expense shall be determined
after giving effect to any net payments received (paid) by Newco or any of its
Subsidiaries with respect to Interest Rate Protection Agreements.

             "Consolidated Net Income" shall mean, for any period, net income or
loss of Newco and its Subsidiaries for such period determined on a consolidated
basis in accordance with GAAP, provided that there shall be excluded (a) the
income of any Person in which any other Person (other than Newco or any of its
Subsidiaries or any director holding qualifying shares in compliance with
applicable law) has a joint interest, except to the extent of the amount of
dividends or other distributions actually paid to Newco or any of its
Subsidiaries by such Person during such period and (b) the income (or loss) of
any Person accrued prior to the date it becomes a Subsidiary or is merged into
or consolidated with Newco or any of its Subsidiaries or the date that person's
assets are acquired by the Borrower or any of its Subsidiaries.

             "Credit Facilities" means, collectively, the Powercoal Credit
Facility, the Recco Credit Facility and the Powercor Credit Facility.

             "Custodian" means any receiver, sequestrator, receiver, receiver
and manager, trustee, assignee, liquidator, custodian or similar official under
any Bankruptcy Law.

             "Dedicated Interest Commitment" means the "Dedicated Interest
Commitment" amount set forth opposite each Arranger's signature to this
Agreement.

             "Default" means any event that, with the passage of time, the
giving of notice or both, would constitute an Event of Default.

             "Director General" means the person appointed from time to time by
the Secretary of State (as defined in the Act) to hold office as the Director
General of Electricity Supply (in the United Kingdom) for the purpose of the
Act, and means the person appointed from time to time by the Secretary of State
to hold office as the Director General of Gas Supply for the purpose of the Gas
Act.

             "Disqualified Stock" means any Capital Stock that, by its terms (or
by the terms of any security into which it is convertible or for which it is
exchangeable at the option of the holder thereof), or upon the happening of any
event, matures or is mandatorily redeemable, pursuant to a sinking fund
obligation or otherwise, or


                                       8
<PAGE>
 
redeemable at the option of the holder thereof, in whole or in part, on or prior
to the date that is 91 days after the ten year anniversary of the Closing Date.

             "Dollar Equivalent" means, with respect to any monetary amount in a
currency other than dollars, at any time for the determination thereof, the
amount of dollars obtained by converting such foreign currency involved in such
computation into dollars at the spot rate for the purchase of dollars with the
applicable foreign currency as quoted by the Paying Agent at approximately 11:00
a.m. (New York City time) on the date two business days prior to such
determination (it being understood that any subsequent change in any such
conversion rate shall not have any effect on the Dollar Equivalent of such
monetary amount).

             "dollars" or "$" shall mean lawful money of the United States of
America.

             "Energyco" shall mean PacifiCorp EnergyCo, an unlimited company
incorporated in England and Wales, all of the outstanding share capital is on
the Closing Date beneficially owned by Newco.

             "Engagement Letter" means the engagement letter among Goldman,
Sachs & Co., Citicorp Securities Inc., and J.P. Morgan Securities Inc., on the
one hand, and Riki, Newco and the Borrower, on the other hand, dated the date
hereof.

             "environment" shall mean ambient air, surface water and groundwater
(including potable water, navigable water and wetlands), the land surface or
subsurface strata, the workplace or as otherwise defined in any Environmental
Law.

             "Environmental Laws" means any and all applicable present and
future treaties, laws, rules, regulations, codes, ordinances, orders, decrees,
judgments, injunctions, notices or binding agreements issued, promulgated or
entered into by any Governmental Entity, relating in any way to the environment,
preservation or reclamation of natural resources, the management, Release or
threatened Release of any Hazardous Material or to health and safety matters.

             "Equity Financing" means, collectively, (a) the borrowing by Riki
of at least $1.20 billion under the Riki Credit Facility and (b) the
contribution to the common equity capital of Newco by Riki on or before the
Closing Date of (i) at least $777 million of the proceeds of such borrowing,
(ii) the Riki Note and (iii) any and all Ordinary Shares (of 10p each) of Target
(or American Depository Receipts therefor) owned directly or indirectly by Riki.

             "Equity Interests" means, collectively, Capital Stock and all
warrants, options or other rights to acquire Capital Stock (but excluding any
debt security that is convertible into, or exchangeable for, Capital Stock).


                                       9
<PAGE>
 
             "ERISA" means the Employee Retirement Income Security Act of 1974,
as amended, and any regulation promulgated thereunder.

             "ERISA Affiliate" means any trade or business (whether or not
incorporated) that, together with Newco or any Subsidiary is treated as a single
employer under Section 414(b) or (c) of the Code, or solely for purposes of
Section 302 of ERISA and Section 412 of the Code, is treated as a single
employer under Section 414 of the Code.

             "ERISA Event" means (a) any "reportable event," as defined in
Section 4043 of ERISA or the regulations issued thereunder, with respect to a
Plan except a reportable event for which the requirement of notice to the PBGC
had been waived; (b) the adoption of any amendment to a Plan that would require
the provision of security pursuant to Section 401(a)(29) of the Code or Section
307 of ERISA; (c) the existence with respect to any Plan of an "accumulated
funding deficiency" (as defined in Section 412 of the Code or Section 302 of
ERISA), whether or not waived; (d) the filing pursuant to Section 412(d) of the
Code or Section 303(d) of ERISA of an application for a waiver of the minimum
funding standard with respect to any Plan; (e) the incurrence of any liability
in excess of $1,000,000 under Title IV of ERISA with respect to the termination
of any Plan or the withdrawal or partial withdrawal of Newco or any Subsidiary
or any of their ERISA Affiliates from any Plan or Multiemployer Plan; (f) the
receipt by Newco or any Subsidiary or any ERISA Affiliate from the PBGC or a
plan administrator of a Multiemployer Plan of any notice relating to the
intention to terminate any Plan or Plans or to appoint a trustee to administer
any Plan; (g) the receipt by Newco or any Subsidiary or any ERISA Affiliate of
any notice concerning the imposition of Withdrawal Liability in excess of
$1,000,000 or a determination that a Multiemployer Plan is, or is expected to
be, insolvent or in reorganization, within the meaning of Title IV of ERISA; (h)
the occurrence of a "prohibited transaction" with respect to which Newco or any
Subsidiary is a party to the prohibited transaction and is a "disqualified
person" (within the meaning of Section 4975 of the Code) or with respect to
which Newco or any Subsidiary could otherwise be liable; and (i) any other event
or condition with respect to a Plan or Multiemployer Plan that could reasonably
be expected to result in liability in excess of $1,000,000 of Newco or any
Subsidiary.

             "Escrow Account" has the meaning specified in the Escrow Agreement.

             "Escrow Agent" means the escrow agent under the Escrow Agreement.

             "Escrow Agreement" means the escrow agreement among Newco, the
Borrower, the Paying Agent, on behalf of the Lenders, and the Escrow Agent, in
the form attached as Exhibit D.



                                      10
<PAGE>
 
             "Escrowed Shares" means the shares of common stock of Newco, no par
value, deposited with the Escrow Agent pursuant to the Escrow Agreement.

             "Eurodollar Lending Office" means, with respect to any Lender, the
office, if any, of such Lender specified from time to time as its "Eurodollar
Lending Office" in a written notice to the Borrower.

             "Eurocurrency Liabilities" has the meaning assigned to that term in
Regulation D of the Board, as in effect from time to time.

             "Eurodollar Reserve Percentage" of any Lender for any Interest
Period for any LIBOR Loan means the reserve percentage applicable during such
Interest Period (or if more than one such percentage shall be so applicable, the
daily average of such percentages for those days in such Interest Period during
which any such percentage shall be so applicable) under regulations issued from
time to time by the Board for determining the maximum reserve requirement
(including, without limitation, any emergency, supplemental or other marginal
reserve requirement) for such Lender with respect to liabilities or assets
consisting of or including Eurocurrency Liabilities having a term equal to such
Interest Period. 

             "Event of Default" means any event specified in Section 7.1.

             "Exchange Act" means the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as
amended.

             "Exchange Rate Protection Agreement" shall mean any Hedging
Agreement or other arrangement entered into by the Borrower with a counterparty
that as of the date of such Hedging Agreement is a Lender (or an affiliate of a
Lender), which is designed to protect the Borrower against fluctuations in
currency exchange rates and not for speculation.

             "Extension Date" means the Maturity Date unless an Extension
Default exists and is continuing on the date on which the Borrower exercises its
rights to extend the maturity of the Bridge Loans in accordance with Section
2.2.

             "Extension Default" means the occurrence of any one or more of the
following: (i) any Payment Default, (ii) any acceleration of any of the Credit
Facilities, or (iii) any Default or Event of Default under Section 7.1(h).

             "Extension Rate" means, as of any date, the sum of (i) the then
applicable Extension Spread, plus (ii) the greatest of the following (expressed
as a fixed percentage per annum) determined on the Extension Date:



                                      11
<PAGE>
 
             (a) the sum of (1) the rate of interest applicable on the Bridge
         Loans on the Extension Date plus (2) 50 basis points,

             (b) the sum of (1) the yield (expressed as a percentage per
         annum) in effect on the Extension Date for United States Treasury Notes
         with a remaining maturity closest to ten years from the Closing Date
         (provided, however, that if the remaining term of the Loans is not
         equal to the constant maturity of a United States Treasury security for
         which a weekly average yield is given, such yield on United States
         Treasury Notes shall be obtained by linear interpolation (calculated to
         the nearest one-twelfth of a year) from the weekly average yields of
         United States Treasury securities for which such yields are given),
         plus (2) 550 basis points, and

             (c) the sum of (1) the Goldman Sachs High Yield Composite Index
         Rate in effect on the Extension Date plus (2) 300 basis points.

             "Extension Spread" means zero basis points during the three-month
period commencing on the Extension Date, increasing by 50 basis points at the
beginning of each subsequent 90-day period.

             "Fee Letter" means that certain Fee Letter dated the date hereof,
among Riki, Newco, the Borrower and the Arrangers.

             "Financeco" means PacifiCorp Finance (UK) Limited, a private
limited company incorporated in England and Wales, all of the outstanding share
capital of which is directly owned by Recco.

             "GAAP" means with respect to the financial statements or other
financial information of any Person, generally accepted accounting principles in
the jurisdiction of organization of such Person which are in effect from time to
time.

             "Gas Act" means the Gas Act 1986 (as amended by the Gas Act 1995).

             "Goldman" has the meaning specified in the preamble to this
Agreement.

             "Goldman Sachs High Yield Composite Index Rate" means the rate
(expressed as a percentage per annum) determined by Goldman to represent the
weighted average of the market yields during the preceding month on high-yield
debt securities issued in minimum issue sizes of $100 million each.

             "Governmental Entity" means any government or political subdivision
or any agency, authority, bureau, central bank, commission, department or


                                      12
<PAGE>
 
instrumentality thereof, or any court, tribunal, grand jury or arbitrator, in
each case whether foreign or domestic.

             "Guarantee" means the guarantee by Newco pursuant to Article X
hereof.

             "guarantee" of or by any Person means any obligation, contingent or
otherwise, of such Person guaranteeing (the "primary obligor") or having the
economic effect of guaranteeing any Indebtedness or other obligation of any
other Person in any manner, whether directly or indirectly, and including any
obligation of such Person, direct or indirect, (a) to purchase or pay (or
advance or supply funds for the purchase or payment of) such Indebtedness or
other obligation or to purchase (or to advance or supply funds for the purchase
of) any security for the payment of such Indebtedness or other obligation, (b)
to purchase or lease property, securities or services for the purpose of
assuring the owner of such Indebtedness or other obligation of the payment of
such Indebtedness or other obligation or (c) to maintain working capital, equity
capital or any other financial statement condition or liquidity of the primary
obligor so as to enable the primary obligor to pay such Indebtedness or other
obligation; provided, however, that the term "guarantee" shall not include
endorsements for collection or deposit in the ordinary course of business.

             "Guaranteed Obligations" has the meaning specified in Section 10.1.

             "Hazardous Material" means all explosive or radioactive
substances or wastes, hazardous or toxic substances or wastes, pollutants,
solid, liquid or gaseous wastes, including petroleum or petroleum distillates,
asbestos or asbestos containing materials, polychlorinated biphenyls ("PCBs") or
PCB-containing materials or equipment, radon gas, infectious or medical wastes
and all other substances or wastes of any nature regulated pursuant to any
Environmental Law.

             "Hedging Agreement" shall mean any rate swap transaction, basis
swap, forward rate transaction, commodity swap, commodity option, equity or
equity index swap, equity or equity index option, bond option, interest rate
option, foreign exchange transaction, cap transaction, floor transaction, collar
transaction, currency swap transaction, cross-currency rate swap transaction,
currency option or any other similar transaction (including any option with
respect to any of the foregoing transactions) or any combination of the
foregoing transactions.

             "Indebtedness" of any Person means, without duplication, (a) all
obligations of such Person for borrowed money, (b) all obligations of such
Person evidenced by bonds, debentures, notes or similar instruments, (c) all
obligations of such Person under conditional sale or other title retention
agreements relating to property or assets purchased by such Person, (d) all
obligations of such Person issued or assumed as the deferred purchase price of
property or services (excluding trade


                                      13
<PAGE>
 
accounts payable and accrued obligations incurred in the ordinary course of
business), (e) all Indebtedness of others secured by (or for which the holder of
such Indebtedness has an existing right, contingent or otherwise, to be secured
by) any Lien on property owned or acquired by such Person, whether or not the
obligations secured thereby have been assumed (provided that, for purposes
hereof, the amount of such Indebtedness shall be limited to the lesser of (x)
the principal amount thereof and (y) the fair market value of such property),
(f) all guarantees by such person of Indebtedness of others, (g) all Capital
Lease Obligations of such Person, (h) all obligations of such Person as an
account party in respect of letters of credit and bankers' acceptances and (i)
all obligations of such person for Production Payments from property operated by
or on behalf of such person; provided that, for purposes of the definition of
"Total Debt," "Indebtedness" shall also include all obligations of such person
in respect of Hedging Agreements (other than any Interest Rate Protection
Agreement and any Exchange Rate Protection Agreement) to the extent the Net
Termination Value of such Hedging Agreements at any time exceeds $200 million
(or the Dollar Equivalent thereof). To the extent such Indebtedness is included
as consolidated Indebtedness of Newco and its Subsidiaries in accordance with
GAAP, Non-Recourse Indebtedness shall be included in Indebtedness in an amount
equal to the lesser of (i) the aggregate principal amount of such Indebtedness
and (ii) the equity of the Borrower and its subsidiaries in the asset or Single
Purpose Entity, as the case may be, relating to such Non-Recourse Indebtedness.
To the extent such Indebtedness is included as consolidated Indebtedness of
Newco and its Subsidiaries in accordance with GAAP, Indebtedness (other than
Non-Recourse Indebtedness) of any partnership, limited liability company or
similar pass-through entity (a "partnership") in which Newco or a Subsidiary is
a general partner and in which there are one or more Qualified General Partners
shall only be included (a) to the extent of Newco's or Subsidiary's pro rata
share of the interest of the general partners in the partnership, or (b) if the
applicable governing (or other relevant) agreement specifies that Newco or any
of its Subsidiaries are liable to the partnership (or a creditor) for a specific
percentage of such partnership's liabilities, to the extent of such specified
percentage. For purposes hereof, "Qualified General Partner" shall mean a
general partner of a partnership that (a) is a person that was not created
solely for the purpose of investing in such partnership, and (b) at the time of
the investment in such partnership, Newco reasonably believes that (i) such
person has a credit quality (or credit support) approximately equal to that of
Newco or the applicable Subsidiary, and (ii) such person will be able to perform
its share of the obligations under such Indebtedness when due. Subject to the
foregoing and without duplication, the Indebtedness of any Person shall include
the Attributable Debt relating to any Sale and Leaseback Transaction.

             "Indemnified Party" has the meaning specified in Section 11.1.

             "Indemnifying Party" has the meaning specified in Section 11.1.



                                      14
<PAGE>
 
             "Interest Expense Coverage Ratio" shall mean, as of the last
day of any fiscal quarter, the ratio of (a) Consolidated EBITDA for the period
of four consecutive fiscal quarters ended on such day to (b) Consolidated
Interest Expense for such period. For purposes of determining the "Interest
Expense Coverage Ratio" for each of the four-fiscal quarter periods ending
December 31, 1997, March 31, 1998, and June 30, 1998, Consolidated Interest
Expense and Consolidated EBITDA for such four-fiscal quarter period shall be
determined on a pro forma basis as if the Transaction occurred on the first day
of such four-fiscal quarter period.

             "Interest Payment Date" means (i) the last day of each March,
June, September and December after the Closing Date in the case of the Base Rate
Loans, (ii) the last day of each Interest Period in the case of LIBOR Loans,
(iii) the Maturity Date and (iv) the date of any prepayment of all or any
portion of the principal of the Loans.

             "Interest Period" means, in respect of any LIBOR Loan, (i) in
the case of the first Interest Period (if any) applicable to the Bridge Loans,
the period commencing on and including the Closing Date and ending on the
numerically corresponding date in the month thereafter, and (ii) in the case of
each subsequent Interest Period, the period beginning on the last day of the
prior Interest Period and ending on the numerically corresponding date in the
month thereafter; provided, however, that if any Interest Period would end on a
day other than a Business Day, such Interest Period shall be extended until the
next succeeding Business Day unless the next Business Day would fall in the next
calendar month, in which case such Interest Period shall end on the next
preceding Business Day. Notwithstanding the foregoing, no Interest Period in
respect of the Bridge Loans may extend beyond the Maturity Date and each
Interest Period that would otherwise commence before and end after the Maturity
Date shall end on the Maturity Date.

             "Interest Rate Protection Agreement" shall mean any Hedging
Agreement entered into by the Borrower with a counterparty that, as of the date
of such Hedging Agreement is a Lender (or an affiliate of a Lender) and is
designed to protect the Borrower against fluctuations in interest rates and not
for speculation.

             "Investment Banks" means, collectively, Goldman, Sachs & Co., J.P.
Morgan Securities Inc. and Citicorp Securities, Inc.

             "Investments" means, with respect to any Person, all investments by
such Person in other Persons (including Affiliates) in the form of direct or
indirect loans (including guarantees of Indebtedness or other obligations),
advances or capital contributions (excluding commission, travel and similar
advances to officers and employees made in the ordinary course of business),
purchases or other acquisitions for consideration of Indebtedness, Equity
Interests or other securities, together with


                                      15
<PAGE>
 
all items that are or would be classified as investments on a balance sheet
prepared in accordance with GAAP.

             "Lenders" shall mean (a) each financial institutions that has
executed a counterpart to this Agreement (other than any such financial
institution that has ceased to be a party hereto pursuant to an Assignment and
Acceptance) and (b) any financial institution that has become a party hereto
pursuant to an Assignment and Acceptance.

             "Leverage Ratio" shall mean, as of the last day of any fiscal
quarter, the ratio of (a) Total Debt as of such date to (b) Consolidated EBITDA
for the period of four consecutive fiscal quarters ended on such date
(calculated, with respect to any such four-fiscal quarter period ending on or
prior to June 30, 1998, on a pro forma basis as if the Transaction occurred on
the first day of such four-fiscal quarter period).

             "LIBO Rate" means with respect to any LIBOR Loan for any Interest
Period, the rate appearing on Page 3750 of the Telerate Service (or on any
successor or substitute page of such Service, or any successor to or substitute
for such Service, providing rate quotations comparable to those currently
provided on such page of such Service, as determined by the Paying Agent from
time to time for purposes of providing quotations of interest rates applicable
to dollar deposits in the London interbank market) at approximately 11:00 a.m.,
London time, two Business Days prior to the commencement of such Interest
Period, as the rate for dollar deposits with a maturity comparable to such
Interest Period. In the event that such rate is not available at such time for
any reason, then the "LIBO Rate" with respect to such LIBOR Loan for such
Interest Period shall be the rate at which dollar deposits of $5,000,000 and for
a maturity comparable to such Interest Period are offered by the principal
London office of the Paying Agent in immediately available funds in the London
interbank market at approximately 11:00 a.m., London time, two Business Days
prior to the commencement of such Interest Period.

             "LIBOR Loan" means a Bridge Loan at any time that the interest
rate thereon is computed with reference to the Adjusted LIBO Rate.

             "License" means a license for the generation, transmission or
supply of electricity held by Newco or any of its Subsidiaries and issued
pursuant to Section 6(1) of the Act, as modified or supplemented from time to
time.

             "License Undertaking" means any and each written undertaking
or assurance given in connection with the Offer by any one or more of Newco or
the Target or any Affiliate of any of them to the Director General or the
Secretary of State (as defined in the Act) concerning the management and/or
ownership of and/or other


                                      16
<PAGE>
 
matters concerning the Target or any of its Subsidiaries once it has become a
Subsidiary of Newco.

             "Lien" means, with respect to any asset, any mortgage, lien,
pledge, charge, security interest or encumbrance of any kind in respect of such
asset, whether or not filed, recorded or otherwise perfected under applicable
law (including any conditional sale or other title retention agreement, any
capital lease and any other preferential arrangement that has substantially the
same practical effect as a security interest in any asset).

             "Liquidated Damages" means any and all liquidated damages then
owing pursuant to any of the Loan Documents.

             "Loan" means a Bridge Loan.

             "Loan Documents" means this Agreement, the Bridge Notes and the
Related Documents.

             "Loan Register" means the register maintained by the Paying
Agent on behalf of the Borrower pursuant to Section 6.3.

             "Majority Lenders" means at any time Lenders holding at least
a majority of the then aggregate unpaid principal balance of the Loans, or, if
no such principal amount is then outstanding, Lenders having at least a majority
of the total Commitments; provided that, for purposes hereof, neither Newco, nor
any of its Affiliates shall be included in (i) the Lenders holding such amount
of the Loans or having such amount of the Commitments or (ii) determining the
aggregate unpaid principal amount of the Loans or the total Commitments.

             "Margin Stock" means "margin stock" as defined in Regulation U
of the Board of Governors of the Federal Reserve System.

             "Material Contracts" has the meaning specified in Section 3.4(a).

             "Material Adverse Effect" means any circumstance or event that
(i) has, or may be reasonably expected to have, any materially adverse effect
upon the validity or enforceability of this Agreement or any of the Transaction
Documents, (ii) is, or may be reasonably expected to be, materially adverse to
the consolidated financial condition, business, operations, assets, liabilities,
management of Newco, the Borrower and their Subsidiaries, taken as a whole or
(iii) materially impairs the ability of Newco or the Borrower to consummate the
Transaction or of Newco and the Borrower to perform their Obligations under the
Loan Documents.



                                      17
<PAGE>
 
             "Material Hedging Obligations" shall mean payment obligations
in respect of one or more Hedging Agreements with a single counterparty (or its
Affiliates) that have aggregate an Negative Termination Value exceeding $50
million (or the Dollar Equivalent thereof).

             "Material Subsidiary" means, at any time, each Subsidiary of
Newco that is a "significant subsidiary" as defined in Rule 1-02(v) of
Regulation S-X under the Securities Act and the Exchange Act (as such regulation
is in effect on the date hereof).

             "Maturity Date" means the date that is one year after the Closing
Date, unless such date is extended in accordance with Section 2.2.

             "Multiemployer Plan" means a multiemployer plan as defined in
Section 4001(a)(3) of ERISA.

             "Negative Termination Value" shall mean, with respect to any
Hedging Agreement, the amount (if any) that would be required to be paid by
Newco or any of its Subsidiaries if such Hedging Agreement were terminated by
reason of a default by or other termination event relating to Newco or any of
its Subsidiaries. The Negative Termination Value of any Hedging Agreement at any
date shall be determined (a) as of the end of the most recent fiscal quarter
ended on or prior to such date if such Hedging Agreement was then outstanding or
(b) as of the date such Hedging Agreement is entered into if it is entered into
after the end of such fiscal quarter; provided, however, that if an agreement
between Newco or any of its Subsidiaries and the relevant counterparty provides
that, upon any such termination by such counterparty, one or more other Hedging
Agreements (if any then exist) between Newco or any of its Subsidiaries and such
counterparty would also terminate and the amount (if any) payable by Newco or
any of its Subsidiaries would be a net amount reflecting the termination of all
Hedging Agreements so terminated, then the Negative Termination Value of all the
Hedging Agreements subject to such netting shall be, at any date, a single
amount equal to such net amount (if any) payable by Newco or any of its
Subsidiaries determined as of the later of (a) the end of the most recently
ended fiscal quarter or (b) the date on which the most recent Hedging Agreement
subject to such netting was entered into.

             "Net Cash Proceeds" means the aggregate cash proceeds received
(including any cash and cash equivalents and cash payments received by way of
deferred payment of principal pursuant to a note, an installment receivable or
otherwise, but only as and when received) from any Asset Sale or other Capital
Markets Transaction, net, (a) in the case of an Asset Sale, of (i) costs of sale
(including payment of the outstanding principal amount of, premium or penalty,
if any, interest and other amounts on any Indebtedness (other than Loans)
secured by a Lien permitted pursuant to Section 4.16 on such assets and required
to be repaid under


                                      18
<PAGE>
 
the terms thereof as a result of such Asset Sale), (ii) taxes paid or payable in
the year such Asset Sale occurs or in the following year as a result thereof and
(iii) amounts provided as a reserve against any liabilities under any
indemnification obligations associated with such Asset Sale (except that, to the
extent and at the time any such amounts are released from such reserve, such
amounts shall constitute Net Cash Proceeds), and (b) with respect to any other
Capital Market Transactions, the cash proceeds thereof net of underwriting
commissions or placement fees and expenses directly incurred in connection
therewith.

             "Net Termination Value" shall mean, with respect to all
Hedging Agreements (other than any Interest Rate Protection Agreement and any
Exchange Rate Protection Agreement), the difference between (a) the aggregate
amounts (if any) that would be required to be paid by Newco or any Subsidiary if
such Hedging Agreements were terminated by reason of a default relating to Newco
or any Subsidiary, and (b) the aggregate amounts (if any) that Newco or any
Subsidiary would be entitled to receive if such Hedging Agreements were
terminated by reason of a default relating to Newco or any Subsidiary. The Net
Termination Value shall be determined (a) as of the end of the most recent
fiscal quarter ended on or prior to such date if such Hedging Agreement was then
outstanding or (b) as of the date such Hedging Agreement is entered into if it
is entered into after the end of such fiscal quarter.

             "Newco Tax Sharing Agreement" means the agreement among Newco
and its Subsidiaries, attached as Exhibit F-1 hereto.

             "Non-Recourse Indebtedness" of any person shall mean at any time
Indebtedness secured by a Lien in or upon one or more assets of such person
where the rights and remedies of the holder of such Indebtedness in respect of
such Indebtedness do not extend to any other assets of such person or any other
person. Notwithstanding the foregoing, Indebtedness of any person shall not fail
to constitute Non-Recourse Indebtedness by reason of the inclusion in any
document evidencing, governing, securing or otherwise relating such Indebtedness
of provisions to the effect that such person shall be liable, beyond the assets
securing such Indebtedness, for (a) misapplied moneys, including insurance and
condemnation proceeds and security deposits, (b) indemnification by such person
in favor of holders of such Indebtedness and their affiliates in respect of
liabilities to third parties, including environmental liabilities, (c) breaches
of customary representations and warranties given to the holders of such
Indebtedness and (d) such other similar obligations as are customarily excluded
from the provisions that otherwise limit the recourse of commercial lender
making so-called "non-recourse" loans to institutional borrowers. Indebtedness
of a Single Purpose Entity shall constitute Non-Recourse Indebtedness of such
Single Purpose Entity.



                                      19
<PAGE>
 
             "Obligations" means all now existing and hereafter arising
obligations and liabilities of any of the Borrower and Newco to any and all of
the Lenders arising under or in connection with the Loan Documents, whether
absolute or contingent, and whether for principal, interest, penalties, premium,
fees, indemnifications, reimbursements, damages (including, if applicable,
Liquidated Damages), including post-petition interest (whether or not an
allowable claim).

             "Offer" means the offer by Goldman Sachs International on
behalf of Bidco to acquire all of the outstanding Ordinary Shares (of 10p each)
of Target (including any such shares represented by American Depositary
Receipts) substantially on the terms and conditions referred to in the press
release related thereto, as amended, supplemented, varied, renewed, waived or
otherwise modified.

             "Offer Document" means the document to be delivered to holders
of Ordinary Shares of Target (or American Depository Receipts therefor)
containing the formal Offer.

             "Offering Documents" means an offering memorandum or
prospectus together with such other documents, instruments and agreements as the
Investment Banks may request in their sole discretion in connection with the
issuance of the Permanent Securities.

             "Officer" means, with respect to any Person, the Chairman of
the Board, the Chief Executive Officer, the President, the Chief Operation
Officer, the Chief Financial Officer, the Treasurer, any Assistant Treasurer,
the Controller, the Secretary or any Vice-President of such Person.

             "Officer's Certificate" means a certificate signed on behalf
of either Newco or the Borrower by an Officer of Newco or the Borrower, as the
case may be, who must be the principal executive officer, a vice chairman, the
principal financial officer, the treasurer or the principal accounting officer
of Newco or the Borrower, as the case may be.

             "Opinion of Counsel" means an opinion from legal counsel of
Newco or the Borrower, which legal counsel is reasonably acceptable to the
Paying Agent.

             "Panel" shall have the meaning specified in the Recco Credit
Facility as in effect on June 27, 1997.

             "Paying Agent" means Citibank, acting as agent pursuant to
Article XII, or any successor or replacement Paying Agent, acting in such
capacity.



                                      20
<PAGE>
 
             "Payment Default" means any Default or Event of Default under
Section 7.1(b), (c) or (d) or any matured or unmatured default under the
analogous provisions of the documents governing any of the Credit Facilities.

             "PBGC" means the Pension Benefit Guaranty Corporation or any
entity succeeding to any of its functions under ERISA.

             "Permanent Securities" means senior unsecured debt securities
issued by the Borrower and fully and unconditionally guaranteed by Newco which
have either been registered with the SEC and sold pursuant to a registration
statement in a public offering or privately placed or otherwise sold in an
offering exempt from registration with the SEC to refinance the Loans.

             "Permits" has the meaning specified in Section 4.5.

             "Permitted Distributions" means (a) the reimbursement on the
Closing Date of cash advances by Riki to Newco prior to such date, the proceeds
of which were used by Newco or its Subsidiaries to pay fees and expenses of
Newco or such Subsidiaries, as the case may be, incurred in connection with the
Transaction, in an aggregate amount not exceeding $75.0 million (or the Dollar
Equivalent thereof); (b) the redemption, repurchase, retirement, defeasance or
other acquisition of any Indebtedness or Equity Interests of Newco in exchange
for, or out of the net cash proceeds of the substantially concurrent sale (other
than to a Subsidiary of Newco) of, other Equity Interests of Newco (other than
any Disqualified Stock); (c) the defeasance, redemption, repurchase or other
acquisition of Indebtedness of the Borrower or Newco with the net cash proceeds
from an incurrence of Refinancing Indebtedness (with respect to the Indebtedness
being defeased, redeemed, repurchased or otherwise acquired); and (d) the
payment of any dividend by a Subsidiary of Newco to the holders of its Equity
Interests on a pro rata basis.

             "Permitted Investments" means:

             (a) direct obligations of, or obligations the principal of and
         interest on which are unconditionally guaranteed by, the United States
         of America (or by any agency thereof to the extent such obligations are
         backed by the full faith and credit of the United States of America),
         in each case maturing within one year from the date of acquisition
         thereof;

             (b) Investments in commercial paper (or money market funds
         substantially all the assets of which are invested in such commercial
         paper) maturing within 270 days from the date of acquisition thereof
         and having, at such date of acquisition, one of the two highest credit
         ratings obtainable from Standard & Poor's Ratings Group or from Moody's
         Investors Service, Inc.;



                                      21
<PAGE>
 
             (c) Investments in certificates of deposit, banker's
         acceptances and time deposits maturing within one year from the date of
         acquisition thereof issued or guaranteed by or placed with, and money
         market deposit accounts issued or offered by, any domestic office of
         any commercial bank organized under the laws of the United States of
         America or any State thereof that has a combined capital and surplus
         and undivided profits of not less than $250,000,000;

             (d) Obligations issued by any state or political subdivision
         thereof, having a rating of A or better by Standard & Poor's Ratings
         Group, or similar rating by any other nationally recognized rating
         agency with maturities of not more than one year;

             (e)  Investments committed to be made on the date hereof and set
         forth on Schedule 4.10 and Investments existing on the date hereof;

             (f)  Investments by Newco or any Subsidiary of Newco in Newco or
         any Subsidiary of Newco;

             (g)  Investments constituting non-cash consideration received in
         connection with a sale of assets not prohibited by Section 4.12;

             (h)  Investments in Hedging Agreements that are not prohibited by
         this Agreement;

             (i)  Investments in a Receivables Subsidiary pursuant to any
         Permitted Receivables Financing;

             (j)  Investments that are Sale and Leaseback Transactions permitted
         by Section 4.9;

             (k)  Investments to the extent made with the proceeds of cash
         contributions to the common equity of Newco from Riki or Richard (other
         than amounts received by Newco in respect of the Capital Contribution
         Agreement and the Riki Note);

             (l)  Investments in minority interests in businesses or in
         joint ventures or similar entities engaged in a Related Business, not
         exceeding in the aggregate $100.0 million (or the Dollar Equivalent
         thereof) at any time;

             (m)  Investments in the nature of Production Payments,
         royalties, dedications of reserves under supply agreements or similar
         rights or interests granted, taken subject to, or otherwise imposed on
         properties consistent with normal practices in the mining industry; and


                                      22
<PAGE>
 
             (n) Investments, in addition to those permitted by paragraphs
         (a) through (m), not exceeding in the aggregate $50.0 million (or the
         Dollar Equivalent thereof) at any time outstanding (measured as of the
         date made and without giving effect to subsequent changes in value).

             "Permitted Liens" means:

             (a)  Liens for taxes not yet due or which are being contested in
         compliance with Section 4.21;

             (b)  carriers', warehousemen's, mechanics', materialmen's,
         repairmen's or other like Liens arising in the ordinary course of
         business and securing obligations that are not due and payable or which
         are being contested in compliance with Section 4.21;

             (c)  pledges and deposits made in the ordinary course of business
         in compliance with workmen's compensation, unemployment insurance and
         other security laws or regulations;

             (d)  deposits to secure the performance of bids, trade
         contracts (other than for Indebtedness), leases (other than Capital
         Lease Obligations), statutory obligations, surety and appeal bonds,
         performance bonds, reclamation bonds and other obligations of a like
         nature incurred in the ordinary course of business;

             (e)  Liens created by or relating to any legal proceeding which
         at the time is being contested in good faith by appropriate
         proceedings; provided that, in the case of a Lien consisting of an
         attachment or judgment Lien, the judgment it secures shall, within 60
         days of entry thereof, have been discharged or execution thereof stayed
         pending appeal, or discharged within 60 days after the expiration of
         such stay;

             (f)  zoning restrictions, easements, rights-of-way,
         restrictions on use of real property and other similar encumbrances
         incurred in the ordinary course of business which, in the aggregate,
         are not substantial in account and do not materially detract from the
         value of the property subject thereto or interfere with the ordinary
         conduct of the business of the Borrower or any of its Subsidiaries;

             (g) purchase money security interests in real property,
         improvements thereto, equipment or other fixed assets hereafter
         acquired (or, in the case of improvements, equipment or other fixed
         assets, constructed) by Newco or any Subsidiary thereof, provided that
         (i) such security interests secure Indebtedness permitted by Sections
         4.6(a)(v) and 4.6(a)(viii), (ii) such security interests are


                                      23
<PAGE>
 
         incurred, and the Indebtedness secured thereby is created, no later
         than 90 days after such acquisition (or completion of such
         construction), (iii) the Indebtedness secured thereby does not exceed
         the cost of such real property, improvements or equipment at the time
         of such acquisition (or construction) and (iv) such security interests
         do not apply to any other property or assets or any Subsidiary thereof
         (other than the proceeds of the real property, improvements, equipment
         or other fixed assets subject to such Lien); and

             (h) Liens arising out of Capitalized Lease Obligations
         permitted under Section 4.6(a)(v), so long as such Liens attach only to
         the property subject to such capitalized lease.

             "Permitted Receivables Financing" shall mean the sale,
non-recourse borrowing against or similar financing (a "Sale") of receivables
(and related assets) originated by Newco or any Subsidiary, provided that (i)
such receivables financing involves Sales of receivables to secure not more than
an aggregate $400.0 million of Indebtedness outstanding at any time, (ii) Sales
of receivables are made at fair market value for the sales of receivables in
comparable receivables financings, (iii) the interest rate applicable to such
receivables financing shall be a market interest rate (as determined in good
faith by a Responsible Officer of Newco or the relevant Subsidiary, as the case
may be) as of the time such financing is entered into, (iv) such financing is
non-recourse to Newco and its Subsidiaries (other than a Receivables
Subsidiary), except to a limited extent customary for such financings, and (v)
the covenants, events of default and other provisions thereof, collectively,
shall be market terms (as determined in good faith by a Responsible Officer of
Newco or the relevant Subsidiary, as the case may be).

             "Person" means any individual, corporation, partnership, limited
liability company, joint venture, association, trust, unincorporated
organization or government or any agency or political subdivision thereof or any
other entity.

             "Plan" means any employee pension benefit plan (other than a
Multiemployer Plan) subject to the provisions of Title IV of ERISA or Section
412 of the Code or Section 307 of ERISA, and in respect of which Newco or any
Subsidiary or any ERISA Affiliate is (or, if such plan were terminated, would
under Section 4069 of ERISA be deemed to be) an "employer" as defined in Section
3(5) of ERISA.

             "pounds" or "(Pound)" shall mean lawful money of the United
Kingdom.

             "Powercoal" means PacifiCorp Powercoal LLC, an Oregon limited
liability company, all of the Capital Stock of which is owned by Newco.

             "Powercoal Credit Facility" means the Credit Agreement, dated
as of June 12, 1997, as amended and restated as of June 27, 1997, by and among


                                      24
<PAGE>
 
Powercoal, the Lenders referred to therein and Morgan Guaranty Trust Company of
New York, as administrative agent, as the same may be amended, extended,
renewed, restated, supplemented or otherwise modified, refinanced, refunded,
replaced or substituted (in each case, in whole or in part, and without
limitation as to amount, terms, conditions, covenants and other provisions) from
time to time. The term "Powercoal Credit Facility" shall include all related or
ancillary documents, including, without limitation, any guarantee agreements and
security documents.

             "Powercor" means PacifiCorp Australia L.L.C., an Oregon limited
liability company.

             "Powercor Credit Facility" means the Credit Facility, dated as
of December 11, 1995, and in effect on June 27, 1997, by and among, Powercor, as
borrower, the Lenders referred to therein and Citibank, N.A., as administrative
agent, as the same may be amended, extended, renewed, restated, supplemented or
otherwise modified, refinanced, refunded, replaced or substituted (in each case,
in whole or in part, and without limitation as to amount, terms, conditions,
covenants and other provisions) from time to time. The term "Powercor Credit
Facility" shall include all related or ancillary documents, including, without
limitation, any guarantee agreements and security documents.

             "Powercor Members" means each of (i) Pan Pacific Global
Corporation, an Oregon corporation and (ii) Eastern Investment Company, an
Oregon corporation.

             "PPM" means PacifiCorp Power Marketing, Inc., an Oregon
corporation.

             "Prepayment Date" has the meaning specified in Section 2.8.

             "Press Release" shall have the meaning specified in the Recco
Credit Facility, as in effect on the date thereof.

             "Production Payments" means, with respect to any person, all
production payment obligations and other similar obligations with respect to
natural resources of such Person that are recorded as a liability or deferred
revenue on the financial statements of such Person in accordance with GAAP.

             "Pro Forma Financial Statements" shall have the meaning
assigned to such term in Section 3.10.

             "Rate Fixing Notice" means a written notice given by a Variable
Rate Holder to the Borrower in connection with a transfer, after the Extension
Date, of all or any portion of the outstanding balance of a Bridge Loan to a
Person other than a Variable Rate Holder that the transferee wishes to fix the
interest rate on the transferred Bridge Loan at the rate per annum in effect on
the date of transfer.


                                      25
<PAGE>
 
             "Rate Selection Notice" has the meaning specified in Section
2.4(a).

             "Receivables Subsidiary" shall mean a bankruptcy-remote, special-
purpose Wholly Owned Subsidiary of Newco formed solely for purposes of engaging
in any Permitted Receivables Financing.

             "Recco" means PacifiCorp Services Limited, a private limited
company incorporated in England and Wales, all of the outstanding share capital
of which is directly owned by the Borrower.

             "Recco Credit Facility" means the Credit Agreement, dated June
13, 1997, by and among Bidco as borrower, Recco, Bidco and Finance as
guarantors, the Arrangers and Lenders referred to therein and Citibank
International plc, as facility agent and Citibank as Security Agent and LC Bank,
as the same may be amended, extended, renewed, restated, supplemented or
otherwise modified, refinanced, refunded, replaced or substituted (in each case,
in whole or in part, and without limitation as to amount, terms, conditions,
covenants and other provisions) from time to time. The term "Recco Credit
Facility" shall include all related or ancillary documents, including, without
limitation, any guarantee agreements and security documents.

             "Refinancing Indebtedness" has the meaning specified in Section
4.6.

             "Registration Rights Agreement" means the registration rights
agreement between Newco and the Arrangers pursuant to which the Escrowed Shares
are required to be registered for public sale, in the form attached as 
Exhibit C.

             "Related Business" has the meaning specified in Section 4.14.

             "Related Documents" means the Tax Sharing Agreements, the Riki
Note, the Registration Rights Agreement, the Escrow Agreement, the Stockholders
Agreement, the Engagement Letter and the Fee Letter.

             "Release" means any spilling, leaking, pumping, pouring,
emitting, emptying, discharging, injecting, escaping, leaching, dumping,
disposing, depositing, dispersing, emanating or migrating of any Hazardous
Material in, into, onto or through the environment.

             "Remedial Action" shall mean (a) "remedial action" as such
term is defined in CERCLA, 42 U.S.C. Section 96-1(24), and (b) all other actions
required by a Governmental Entity or voluntarily undertaken to: (i) cleanup,
remove, treat, abate or in any other way address any Hazardous Material in the
environment; (ii) prevent the Release or threat of Release, or minimize the
further Release of any Hazardous Material so it does not migrate or endanger or
threaten to endanger public health,


                                      26
<PAGE>
 
welfare or the environment; or (iii) perform studies and investigations in
connection with, or as a precondition to, (i) or (ii) above.

             "Requisite Class Lenders" means at any time for any Class of
Lenders, Lenders having or holding 66 2/3% of the aggregate outstanding
Commitments and Loans of all Lenders of such Class.

             "Responsible Officer" of any corporation shall mean any
executive officer or financial officer of such corporation and any other officer
or similar official thereof responsible for the administration of the
obligations of such corporation in respect of this Agreement.

             "Restricted Investment" means any Investment other than a Permitted
Investment.

             "Restricted Payments" has the meaning specified in Section 4.10(a).

             "Richard" means PacifiCorp, an Oregon corporation, and its
successors.

             "Riki" means PacifiCorp Holdings, Inc., a Delaware corporation, and
its successors.

             "Riki Credit Facility" means the Credit Agreement, dated as of
June 12, 1997, as amended and restated as of June 27, 1997, by and among Riki,
as borrower, the Lenders referred to therein and Citibank, N.A., as
administrative agent, as the same may be amended, extended, renewed, restated,
supplemented or otherwise modified, refinanced, refunded, replaced or
substituted (in each case, in whole or in part, and without limitation as to
amount, terms, conditions, covenants and other provisions) from time to time.
The term "Riki Credit Facility" shall include all related or ancillary
documents, including, without limitation, any guarantee agreements and security
documents.

             "Riki Note" means the promissory note agreement dated the
Closing Date issued by Riki to Newco in substantially the form attached as
Exhibit H.

             "Sale and Leaseback Transaction" has the meaning specified in
Section 4.9.

             "SEC" means the Securities and Exchange Commission.

             "Securities Act" means the Securities Act of 1933, as amended.

             "Securities" means, collectively, the Bridge Notes and the Escrowed
Shares.


                                      27
<PAGE>
 
             "Single Purpose Entity" shall mean a Person, other than an
individual, that is organized solely for the purpose of holding, directly or
indirectly, an ownership interest in one entity or property that is acquired,
purchased or constructed, or in the case of previously undeveloped, non-income
generating property of Newco or a Subsidiary, developed, by Newco or its
Subsidiaries or, does not engage in any business unrelated to such entity or
property or the financing thereof and does not have any assets or Indebtedness
other than those related to its interest in such entity or property or the
financing thereof.

             "Stated Maturity" means, with respect to any installment of
interest or principal on any series of Indebtedness, the date on which such
payment of interest or principal was scheduled to be paid in the original
documentation governing such Indebtedness, and shall not include any contingent
obligations to repay, redeem or repurchase any such interest or principal prior
to the date originally scheduled for the payment thereof.

             "Statutory Reserves" means a fraction (expressed as a
decimal), the numerator of which is the number one and the denominator of which
is the number one minus the aggregate of the maximum reserve percentages
(including any marginal, special, emergency or supplemental reserves) expressed
as a decimal established by the Board (a) with respect to the Base CD Rate, for
new negotiable nonpersonal time deposits in dollars of over $100,000 with
maturities approximately equal to three months, and (b) with respect to the
Adjusted LIBO Rate, for Eurocurrency Liabilities. Such reserve percentages shall
include those imposed pursuant to such Regulation D. Statutory Reserves shall be
adjusted automatically on and as of the effective date of any change in any
reserve percentage.

             "Stockholders Agreement" means the stockholders agreement
among the Arrangers, Newco and each of the other parties listed therein, in the
form attached as Exhibit E.

             "Subsidiary" means, with respect to any person (herein
referred to as the "parent"), any corporation, partnership, association or other
business entity of which securities or other ownership interests representing
more than 50% of the equity or more than 50% of the ordinary voting power or
more than 50% of the general partnership interests are, at the time any
determination is being made, owned, controlled or held, directly or indirectly,
by the parent.

             "Target" means The Energy Group plc, a company organized under
the laws of England and Wales.

             "Tax Sharing Agreements" means each of the U.S. Tax Sharing
Agreement, the U.K. Tax Sharing Agreement, the Newco Tax Sharing Agreement and
the Capital Contribution Agreement.


                                      28
<PAGE>
 
             "Termination Date" has the meaning specified in Section 9.1.

             "Three-Month Secondary CD Rate" means for any day, the
secondary market rate for three-month certificates of deposit reported as being
in effect on such day (or, if such day shall not be a Business Day, the next
preceding Business Day) by the Board through the public information telephone
line of the Federal Reserve Bank of New York (which rate will, under the current
practices of the Board, be published in Federal Reserve Statistical Release
H.15(519) during the week following such day), or, if such rate shall not be so
reported on such day or such next preceding Business Day, the average of the
secondary market quotations for three-month certificates of deposit of major
money center banks in New York City received at approximately 10:00 a.m., New
York City time, on such day (or, if such day shall not be a Business Day, on the
next preceding Business Day) by the Paying Agent from three New York City
negotiable certificate of deposit dealers of recognized standing selected by it.

             "Total Debt" shall mean, as of any date of determination, without
duplication, the aggregate principal amount of Indebtedness of Newco and its
Subsidiaries outstanding as of such date, determined on a consolidated basis
(other than Indebtedness of the type referred to in clause (h) of the definition
of the term "Indebtedness", except to the extent of any unreimbursed drawings
thereunder).

             "TPC" shall mean TPC Corporation, a corporation organized
under the laws of Delaware.

             "Transaction" means, collectively, (i) the Offer and the
acquisition of up to 100% of the Equity Interests of Target pursuant thereto;
(ii) the financing thereof, pursuant to the Equity Financing, and borrowings of
up to $1,625 million and (pound)2,850 million under the Powercoal Credit
Facility and the Recco Credit Facility, respectively and borrowings of up to
$1,575 million hereunder and (iii) the payment of up to $350 million (or the
Dollar Equivalent thereof) of fees and expenses in connection therewith.

             "Transaction Documents" means, collectively, the Offer Documents,
the Loan Documents, the Credit Facilities, the Riki Credit Facility and the
agreements, documents and instruments to be executed and delivered in connection
therewith.

             "Trust Indenture Act" means the Trust Indenture Act of 1939, as
amended.

             "U.K. Tax Sharing Agreement" means the Agreement among Energyco and
certain of its Subsidiaries (including Target and certain of its subsidiaries
which are, directly or indirectly, at least 75% owned by Target) in the form of
Exhibit F-3 hereto.



                                      29
<PAGE>
 
             "U.S. Tax Sharing Agreement" means the Agreement Regarding Tax
Policy and the Tax Policy of Richard attached as Exhibit A thereto, all attached
as Exhibit F-4 hereto.

             "Unconditional Date" shall have the meaning specified in the
Recco Credit Facility as amended as of June 27, 1997.

             "Variable Rate Holder" means an Arranger, any of their
affiliates and any Lender which is designated as a Variable Rate Holder by
notice to the Borrower and to such holder given by the previous Lender
substantially contemporaneously with the transfer to such subsequent Lender.

             "Voting Stock" means, with respect to any Person at any time,
the Capital Stock of such Person that is at such time entitled to vote in the
election of the board of directors of such Person.

             "Wholly Owned Subsidiary" of any Person means a Subsidiary of
such Person, 100% of the Capital Stock and other Equity Interests of which is
owned directly or indirectly by such Person (other than directors' qualifying
shares).

             "Withdrawal Liabilities" means liability to a Multiemployer
Plan as a result of a complete or partial withdrawal from such Multiemployer
Plan, as such terms are defined in Part I of Subtitle E of Title IV of ERISA.

             Section 1.2. Interpretation. In this Agreement, the singular
includes the plural and the plural includes the singular; words implying either
gender includes the other gender; references to any section, exhibit or schedule
are to sections, exhibits or schedules hereto unless otherwise indicated;
references to statutes are to be construed as including all statutory provisions
consolidating, amending or replacing the statute referred to; references to
"writing" include printing, typing, lithography and other means of reproducing
words in a visible form; "including" following a word or phrase shall not be
construed to limit the generality of such word or phrase; and an accounting term
not otherwise defined has the meaning assigned to it in accordance with GAAP as
in effect from time to time; provided, however, that if the Borrower notifies
the Paying Agent that the Borrower wishes to amend any covenant in Article IV or
any related definition to eliminate the effect of any change in GAAP occurring
after the date of this Agreement on the operation of such covenant (or if the
Paying Agent notifies the Borrower that the Majority Lenders wish to amend
Article IV or any related definition for such purpose), then the Borrower's
compliance with such covenant shall be determined on the basis of GAAP in effect
immediately before the relevant change in GAAP became effective, until either
such notice is withdrawn or such covenant or definition is amended in a manner
satisfactory to the Borrower and the Majority Lenders.



                                      30
<PAGE>
 
                                   ARTICLE II

                               THE CREDIT FACILITY

             Section 2.1.      Commitments to Make Bridge Loans.

             (a)    In reliance upon the representations and warranties of Newco
and the Borrower set forth herein and subject to the terms and conditions herein
set forth, each of the Lenders severally agrees to make a Bridge Loan to the
Borrower on the Closing Date in the amount of such Lender's Commitment.

             (b)    In reliance upon the representations and warranties of Newco
and the Borrower set forth herein and subject to the terms and conditions herein
set forth, each of the Arrangers severally agrees to make one or more Bridge
Loans to the Borrower on each Interest Payment Date during the period beginning
on the Closing Date and ending on the date that is 365 days after the Closing
Date in an aggregate amount during such period not exceeding, when taken
together with all other Bridge Loans made on or prior to such date pursuant to
this Section 2.1(b) by such Arranger, such Arranger's Dedicated Interest
Commitment; provided, that the proceeds of all such Bridge Loans shall be
            --------
utilized by the Borrower solely to fund the payment of interest then due and
owing on outstanding Bridge Loans.

             (c)    The proceeds of each such Bridge Loan shall be disbursed by
wire transfer as provided in Section 5.2. Each Bridge Loan shall be made by the
applicable Lenders ratably in accordance with their respective Bridge Loan
Commitments or Dedicated Interest Commitments, as applicable and will mature on
the Maturity Date.

             Section 2.2.      Extension of Bridge Loans.

             (a)    If, on the Maturity Date: (i) all principal and interest in
respect of the Bridge Loans has not been paid in full, (ii) no Extension Default
exists and is continuing and (iii) the Paying Agent receives an Officer's
Certificate from the Borrower certifying to the foregoing and requesting an
extension of the maturity of the Bridge Loans, each of the Lenders hereby
commits that, on the Maturity Date, such Lender will, upon delivery of such
Officer's Certificate, extend the maturity of its Bridge Loan (including,
without limitation, any Bridge Loans resulting from the capitalization of
interest pursuant to Section 2.4(e) below), to the tenth anniversary of the
Closing Date (and the Maturity Date shall be deemed to have been extended to
such tenth anniversary date).

             (b)    If, on the Maturity Date, (i) all principal and interest in
respect of the Bridge Loans has not been paid in full, and (ii) an Extension
Default exists arising solely by virtue of a Payment Default as to which a cure
period is applicable but has

                                       31
<PAGE>
 
not then expired, the Maturity Date shall be automatically deemed extended until
the earlier to occur of:

             (A)    the expiration of such cure period without cure (without
      giving effect to any waivers or amendments other than those which have the
      effect of unconditionally waiving such Payment Default for a period of at
      least one year from the Maturity Date) of such Payment Default (in which
      case all Obligations shall become immediately due and payable on the last
      day of such cure period), or

             (B)    the cure (without waiver or amendment other than those which
      have the effect of unconditionally waiving such Payment Default for a
      period of at least one year from the Maturity Date) of such Payment
      Default on or before the last day of the applicable cure period and
      delivery by the Borrower to the Paying Agent on or prior to such day of an
      Officer's Certificate certifying that no Extension Default exists and is
      continuing and requesting an extension of the maturity of the Bridge Loans
      to the tenth anniversary of the Closing Date (in which case the Extension
      Date shall be deemed to have occurred and the Maturity Date shall be
      deemed to have been extended to such tenth anniversary date).

             Section 2.3.      Certain Fees. The Borrower agrees to pay to the
Paying Agent, for its own account, a non-refundable administration fee in an
amount, and on terms, previously agreed to with the Paying Agent.

             Section 2.4.      Interest; Payment in Kind Option; and Default 
                               Interest.

             (a)    Interest Rate Applicable to Bridge Loans. The Bridge Loans
shall be Base Rate Loans unless, not later than three Business Days prior to the
Closing Date, the Borrower shall irrevocably specify in a written notice (a
"Rate Selection Notice") delivered to the Paying Agent that the Bridge Loans
will be LIBOR Loans. Subject to Sections 2.4(d), (e) and (f) below prior to the
Extension Date:

             (i)    If the Bridge Loans are Base Rate Loans, the unpaid
      principal balance thereof shall bear interest until paid at a rate per
      annum equal to the sum of the Base Rate plus the Applicable Bridge Loan
      Margin, changing when and as the Base Rate and/or the Applicable Bridge
      Loan Margin changes, and

             (ii)   If the Bridge Loans are LIBOR Loans, the unpaid principal
      balance thereof shall bear interest until paid at a rate per annum equal
      to the sum of the Adjusted LIBO Rate plus the Applicable Bridge Loan
      Margin, changing on the first day of each Interest Period when and as

                                       32
<PAGE>
 
      the Adjusted LIBO Rate and/or the Applicable Bridge Loan Margin changes.

             (b)    Interest After Extension Date. Subject to Sections 2.4(d),
(e) and (f) below subsequent to the Extension Date:

             (i)    Interest on the unpaid principal balance of the Bridge Loans
      of each Lender will accrue at a rate per annum equal to the Extension
      Rate, changing when and as the Extension Spread changes, unless and until
      a Rate Fixing Notice is delivered to the Borrower and the Escrow Agent by
      such Lender, and

             (ii)   Upon transfer of any portion of a Bridge Loan to a Lender
         other than a Variable Rate Holder and delivery of a Rate Fixing Notice
         by such Lender, the interest rate on the portion of the Bridge Loan so
         transferred shall become fixed at the rate per annum applicable on the
         date of such transfer.

             (c)    Basis of Computation of Interest; Payment of Interest. All
interest shall be calculated for actual days elapsed on the basis of a 360-day
year (or 365 days in the case of Base Rate Loans) and shall be payable in
arrears not later than 12:00 noon (New York City time) on each Interest Payment
Date by wire transfer of immediately available funds in accordance with Section
2.10.

             (d)    Maximum Interest Rate. Notwithstanding anything contained in
Section 2.4(a) or 2.4(b), but subject to Section 2.4(f), in no event shall the
interest rate on the Loans for any Interest Period exceed an annual rate equal
to the lesser of (i) 16% and (ii) the maximum interest rate permitted by law.

             (e)    Option to Pay Interest in Kind. Subject to Section 2.4(f),
to the extent that the interest rate on the Bridge Loans for any period exceeds
an annual rate equal to 14% per annum, the Borrower shall have the option to pay
to each Lender, pro rata, all or a portion of the interest payable in excess of
the amount of interest that would have been payable on such date at an interest
rate of 14% per annum, by capitalizing such excess interest and adding it to the
aggregate principal amount of outstanding Loans held by such Lender. The
Borrower shall give the Paying Agent an irrevocable notice that it will exercise
such rights at least three Business Days prior to any Interest Payment Date as
to which such right is to be exercised.

             (f)    Default Interest. If the Borrower shall default in the
payment of the principal of or interest on any Loan or any other amount becoming
due hereunder, by acceleration or otherwise, or under any other Loan Document,
the Borrower shall, on demand from time to time, pay interest, to the extent
permitted by law, on such

                                       33
<PAGE>
 
defaulted amount to but excluding the date of actual payment (after as well as
before judgment) to the extent lawful, at a rate per annum equal to 200 basis
points in excess of the interest rate in effect on the Loans from time to time.
The Borrower shall pay such default interest and all interest accruing on any
overdue Obligation in cash on demand from time to time.

             Section 2.5.      Mandatory Prepayment.

             (a)    The Borrower shall prepay the Loans ratably in accordance
with the aggregate outstanding principal balances thereof, with the Net Cash
Proceeds of: (i) any direct or indirect public offering or private placement of
the Permanent Securities, or any other debt or equity securities of either of
Newco or the Borrower other than (a) the Equity Financing, (b) any cash
contribution by Richard or Riki to the common equity of Newco, (c) any issuance
of directors' qualifying shares and (d) any issuance or sale of common stock (or
common stock equivalents) of Newco to officers and employees under employee
benefit or compensation plans, (ii) the incurrence of any other Indebtedness by
any of Newco or the Borrower (other than Indebtedness permitted to be incurred
under Section 4.6) and (iii) any Asset Sale by any of Newco or the Borrower
(each of the transactions in the foregoing clauses (i), (ii) and (iii), a
"Capital Markets Transaction"). Newco or the Borrower shall, not later than the
fourth Business Day following the receipt of the Net Cash Proceeds of any
Capital Markets Transaction, prepay the Loans pursuant to this Section 2.5,
without premium or penalty, by paying to each Lender an amount equal to 100% of
such Lender's pro rata share of the aggregate principal amount of the Loans to
be prepaid, plus accrued and unpaid interest thereon to the Prepayment Date. Any
amounts to be applied pursuant to Section 2.5(a) to prepay LIBOR Loans shall, at
the option of the Borrower, be applied to prepay LIBOR Loans immediately and/or
shall be deposited in the Prepayment Account (as defined below). The Paying
Agent shall apply any cash deposited in the Prepayment Account to prepay LIBOR
Loans on the last day of their Interest Period (or, at the direction of the
Borrower, on any earlier date) until all outstanding Loans have been prepaid or
until all the cash on deposit with respect to such Loans has been exhausted. For
purposes of this Agreement, the term Prepayment Account" shall mean an account
established by the Borrower with the Paying Agent and over which the Paying
Agent shall have exclusive dominion and control, including the exclusive right
of withdrawal for application in accordance with this paragraph. The Paying
Agent will, at the request of the Borrower, invest amounts on deposit in the
Prepayment Account in Permitted Investments of the kind specified in clauses
(a), (b) and (c) of the definition thereof that mature prior to the last day of
the applicable Interest Period of the LIBOR Loans to be prepaid; provided,
however, that (i) the Paying Agent shall not be required to make any investment
that, in its sole judgment, would require or cause the Paying Agent to be in, or
would result in, any violation of any law, statute, rule or regulation and (ii)
the Paying Agent shall have no obligation to invest amounts on deposit in the
Prepayment Account if an Event of Default shall have occurred and be continuing.
The Borrower shall indemnify

                                       34
<PAGE>
 
the Paying Agent for any losses relating to the investments so that the amount
available to prepay LIBOR Loans on the last day of the applicable Interest
Period is not less than the amount that would have been available had no
investments been made pursuant thereto. Other than any interest earned on such
investments, the Prepayment Account shall not bear interest. Interest or
profits, if any, on such investments shall be deposited in the Prepayment
Account and reinvested and disbursed as specified above. If the maturity of the
Loans has been accelerated pursuant to Article VII, the Paying Agent may, in its
sole discretion, apply all amounts on deposit in the Prepayment Account to
satisfy any of the Obligations. The Borrower hereby grants to the Paying Agent,
for its benefit and the benefit of the Lenders, a security interest in the
Prepayment Account to secure the Borrower's obligations hereunder.

             (b)    Subject to and in accordance with Section 4.20, in the event
of any Change of Control, the Borrower shall offer to prepay the Loans pursuant
to Section 4.20.

             Section 2.6.      Optional Prepayment. The Borrower may, upon three
Business Days' prior written notice (which may not be conditional) to each of
the Lenders, prepay the Loans at any time, in whole or in part, on a pro rata
basis, by paying to each applicable Lender an amount equal to 100% of such
Lender's pro rata share of the aggregate principal amount of Loans to be
prepaid, plus accrued and unpaid interest thereon to the Prepayment Date.

             Section 2.7.      Indemnity. The Borrower agrees to indemnify and
hold each Affected Party harmless from and against any loss or expense which
such Affected Party sustains or incurs as a consequence of:

             (a)    the failure by the Borrower to borrow LIBOR Loans on the
      Closing Date after the Borrower has given a notice with respect thereof in
      accordance with Sections 2.4 and 5.2,

             (b)    default by the Borrower in making any prepayment after the
      Borrower has given a notice thereof in accordance with the provisions of
      Section 2.5 or 2.6, as applicable, or

             (c)    the mandatory or optional prepayment of LIBOR Loans on a day
      which is not the last day of an Interest Period.

Such indemnification may include an amount equal to the excess, if any of (i)
such Affected Party's actual loss and expenses incurred (excluding lost profits)
in connection with, or by reason of, any of the foregoing events and (ii) the
excess, if any of (A) the amount of interest which would have accrued on the
principal amount of Bridge Loans not so made or the principal amount of Loans so
prepaid from the

                                       35
<PAGE>
 
date of such proposed issuance or prepayment, as the case may be, in the case of
a failure to make Bridge Loans, to the last day of the Interest Period that
would have commenced on the proposed date of funding, or in the case of any such
prepayment, to the last day of the Interest Period in which such a prepayment
occurred, in each case at the applicable rate of interest for such Loans
provided for herein (excluding, however, the Applicable Bridge Loan Margin
included therein, if any) over (B) the amount of interest (as reasonably
determined by such Affected Party) which would have accrued to such Affected
Party on such amount by placing such amount on deposit for a period comparable
to such Interest Period with leading banks in the interbank Eurodollar market. A
certificate as to any amounts payable pursuant to this Section 2.7 submitted to
the Borrower by any Affected Party shall be conclusive in the absence of
manifest error. This covenant shall survive the termination of this Agreement
and the payment of the Obligations.

             Section 2.8.      Effect of Notice of Prepayment. The Borrower
shall notify the Lenders in writing at their addresses shown in the Loan
Register of any date set for prepayment (each such day, a "Prepayment Date") of
Loans. Once such notice is sent or mailed, the Loans to be prepaid shall become
due and payable on the Prepayment Date set forth in such notice.

             Section 2.9.      Method of Payment.

             (a)    Except as provided in Section 2.4(e) with respect to the
payment of certain interest by capitalizing it and adding it to the principal of
outstanding Loans, the principal of, fees, premium, if any, and interest on each
Bridge Note and all other Obligations arising under the Loan Documents shall be
payable by wire transfer in immediately available funds (in United States
dollars) to the respective accounts of the Lenders set forth on the signature
pages hereof below their signatures hereto or otherwise designated in the Loan
Register from time to time to the Borrower by any Lender at least three Business
Days prior to the due date therefor.

             (b)    If prior to the first day of any Interest Period with
respect to a LIBOR Loan, the Lenders shall have determined (which determination
shall be conclusive and binding upon the Borrower and Newco) that: (i) by reason
of circumstances affecting the relevant market, adequate and reasonable means do
not exist for ascertaining the Adjusted LIBO Rate for such Interest Period, or
(ii) the Adjusted LIBO Rate determined or to be determined for such Interest
Period will not adequately and fairly reflect the cost to such Lenders or their
Eurodollar Lending Office of maintaining their LIBOR Loans during such Interest
Period, then such Lenders shall give facsimile or telephone notice thereof to
the Borrower as soon as practicable thereafter. If such notice is given, the
interest rate on each Bridge Loan for such Interest Period and for each
subsequent Interest Period until such Lenders give notice to the Borrower
otherwise shall equal the sum of the Base Rate plus the Applicable Bridge Loan
Margin.

                                       36
<PAGE>
 
             (c)    Notwithstanding any other provision of this Agreement, if
any Lender shall notify the Borrower that subsequent to the date hereof the
introduction of or any change in or in the interpretation of any law or
regulation makes it unlawful, or any central bank or other governmental
authority asserts that it is unlawful, for such Lender or its Eurodollar Lending
Office to make or maintain LIBOR Loans hereunder, (i) the obligation of such
Lender to make or maintain LIBOR Loans shall be suspended until such Lender
shall notify the Borrower that the circumstances causing such suspension no
longer exist and (ii) any LIBOR Loan then outstanding from such Lender shall be
converted into a Base Rate Loan at the end of the current Interest Period or at
such earlier date as is required by law.

             Section 2.10.     Payments.

             (a)    Payments on Business Days. If any payment to be made
hereunder or under any Bridge Note shall be due on a day other than a Business
Day, such payment shall be made on the next succeeding Business Day (and such
extension of time shall be included in computing interest in connection with
such payment); provided, however, that if such succeeding Business Day falls in
the next calendar month, such payment shall be made on the next preceding
Business Day.

             (b)    Partial Prepayments and Redemptions. All partial prepayments
and redemptions of the outstanding principal balance of the Loans shall be made
ratably amongst the applicable Lenders in accordance with their respective
shares of the aggregate outstanding principal balance of the Loans eligible for
prepayment or redemption.

             (c)    No Defense. To the fullest extent permitted by law, the
Borrower and Newco shall make all payments hereunder and under the Bridge Notes
regardless of any defense or counterclaim.

             (d)    Allocation. Any money paid to, received by, or collected by
the Paying Agent or any Lender pursuant to this Agreement or any other Loan
Document, shall be applied in the following order, at the date or dates fixed by
the Paying Agent:

             First:  to any unpaid fees and reimbursement or unpaid expenses of
      the Paying Agent hereunder;

             Second:  to the payment of all costs, expenses, other fees,
      commissions and taxes owing to any Lender hereunder;

             Third:  to the indefeasible payment of all accrued interest to the
      date of such payment or collection;

                                       37
<PAGE>
 
             Fourth: to the indefeasible payment of the amounts then due and
      unpaid under this Agreement, the Bridge Notes or any other Loan Document
      for principal, in respect of which or for the benefit of which such money
      has been paid or collected, ratably, without preference or priority of any
      kind, according to the amounts due and payable on the Bridge Notes for
      principal; and

             Fifth: the balance, if any, to the Person lawfully entitled
      thereto.

             Section 2.11.     Taxes.

             (a)    Taxes. Any and all payments by the Borrower and each
Guarantor hereunder or under the Bridge Notes or any other Loan Document shall
be made, in accordance with Section 2.10 or the other applicable provision of
the applicable Loan Document, free and clear of and without deduction or
withholding for or on account of any and all present or future taxes, levies,
imports, deductions, charges or withholdings, additions to tax, interest,
penalties and all other liabilities with respect thereto, excluding income,
franchise or similar taxes imposed or levied on the Paying Agent or the Lenders
as a result of a present or former connection between the Paying Agent or the
Lenders and the jurisdiction of the governmental authority imposing such tax or
any political subdivision or taxing authority thereof or therein (other than any
such connection arising solely from the Paying Agent or such Lenders having
executed, delivered or performed its obligations or received a payment under, or
enforced, this Agreement) (all such non-excluded taxes, levies, imports,
deductions, charges, withholdings and liabilities being hereinafter referred to
as "Taxes"). If the Borrower or any Guarantor shall be required by law to deduct
or withhold any Taxes from or in respect of any sum payable hereunder or under
the Bridge Notes or any other Loan Document to the Paying Agent or the Lenders
or any of their respective Affiliates who may become a Lender: (i) the sum
payable shall be increased as may be necessary so that after making all required
deductions or withholdings (including deductions or withholdings applicable to
additional sums payable under this Section 2.11) the Paying Agent or the Lenders
or any of their respective Affiliates receives an amount equal to the sum it
would have received had no such deductions or withholdings been made; (ii) the
Borrower or such Guarantor, as the case may be, shall make such deductions or
withholdings; and (iii) the Borrower or such Guarantor, as the case may be,
shall pay the full amount deducted to the relevant tax authority or other
authority in accordance with applicable law.

             (b)    Other Taxes. In addition, the Borrower agrees to pay any
present or future stamp, mortgage recording or documentary taxes or any other
excise or property taxes, charges or similar levies which arise from any payment
made hereunder or under a Bridge Note or other Loan Document or from the
execution, delivery or registration of, or otherwise with respect to, this
Agreement or the other Loan Documents (hereinafter referred to as "Other Taxes")
and hold the Paying Agent and each Lender harmless from and against any and all
liabilities with respect to or

                                       38
<PAGE>
 
resulting from any delay or omission (other than to the extent attributable to
such Lender) to pay such Other Taxes. Each Lender represents that, to the best
of its knowledge, except for any such Other Taxes that may be imposed under the
federal, state or local laws of the United States and the United Kingdom (or any
political subdivision thereof), it is not aware of any such stamp, mortgage
recording or documentary taxes or any other excise or property taxes, charges or
similar levies.

             (c)    Indemnity. The Borrower and Newco will indemnify the Paying
Agent and any Lender for the full amount of Taxes or Other Taxes arising in
connection with payments made under this Agreement or any other Loan Document
(including, without limitation, any Taxes or Other Taxes imposed by any
jurisdiction on amounts payable under this Section 2.11) paid by the Paying
Agent or any Lender or any of their respective Affiliates and any liability
(including penalties, additions to tax interest and expenses) arising therefrom
or with respect thereto. Payment under this indemnification shall be made within
fifteen (15) days from the date the Paying Agent or any Lender or any of their
respective Affiliates makes written demand therefor; provided, however, that the
Borrower or Newco (as the case may be) shall not be obligated to make payment to
the Lender or the Paying Agent (as the case may be) pursuant to this Section in
respect of penalties, interest and other liabilities attributable to any Taxes
or Other Taxes, if (i) written demand therefor has not been made by such Lender
or the Paying Agent within 60 days from the date on which such Lender or the
Paying Agent knew of the imposition of Taxes or Other Taxes by the relevant
taxing or governmental authority, but only to the extent such penalties,
interest and other similar liabilities are attributable to such failure or delay
by the Paying Agent or the Lender in making such written demand, (ii) such
penalties, interest and other liabilities have accrued after the Borrower or
Newco (as the case may be) had indemnified or paid an additional amount due as
of the date of such payment pursuant to this Section or (iii) such penalties,
interest and other liabilities are attributable to the gross negligence or
willful misconduct of the Lender or the Paying Agent. After the Lender or the
Paying Agent (as the case may be) learns of the imposition of the Taxes or Other
Taxes which are subject to Section 2.11(c), such Lender and Paying Agent will
act in good faith to promptly notify the Borrower or Newco (as the case may be)
of its obligations hereunder; provided, however, that the failure to so act
shall not, standing alone, affect the rights of the Paying Agent or the Lenders
under this Section 2.11(c).

             (d)    Furnish Evidence to Paying Agent. The Borrower will make
reasonable efforts to obtain certified copies of tax receipts evidencing the
payment of any Taxes so deducted or withheld from each taxing authority imposing
such Taxes. The Borrower will furnish to the Lenders, within 60 days after the
date the payment of any Taxes so deducted or withheld is due pursuant to
applicable law, original or certified copies of tax receipts evidencing such
payment by the Borrower or, if such receipts are not obtainable, other evidence
of such payments by the Borrower reasonably satisfactory to the Lenders.

                                       39
<PAGE>
 
             (e)    Survival. Without prejudice to the survival of any other
agreement of the Borrower or Newco hereunder, the agreements and obligations of
the Borrower and Newco contained in this Section 2.11 shall survive the payment
in full of all amounts due hereunder and under the Bridge Notes.

             (f)    Mitigation. If the Borrower or Newco (as the case may be) is
required to pay additional amounts to or for the account of any Lender pursuant
to this Section 2.11 as a result of a change in law or treaty occurring after
such Lender first became a party to this Agreement, then such Lender will, at
the request of the Borrower or Newco, change the jurisdiction of its Applicable
Lending Office if such change (i) will eliminate or reduce any such additional
payment which may thereafter accrue and (ii) is, in such Lender's sole,
reasonable discretion, determined not to be materially disadvantageous or cause
unreasonable hardship to such Lender, provided that fees, charges, costs or
expenses that are related to such change shall be borne by the Borrower or Newco
on behalf of a Lender, and the mere existence of such expenses, fees or costs
shall not be deemed to be materially disadvantageous or cause undue hardship to
the Lender.

                    Each Lender and the Paying Agent agrees that it will (i)
take all reasonable actions reasonably requested by the Borrower or Newco in
writing that are without risk and material cost to such Lender or the Paying
Agent and consistent with the internal policies of such Lender and applicable
legal and regulatory restrictions (as the case may be) to maintain all
exemptions, if any, available to it from withholding taxes (whether available by
treaty or existing administrative waiver), and (ii) to the extent reasonable and
without risk and material cost to it, otherwise cooperate with the Borrower or
Newco to minimize any amounts payable by the Borrower or Newco under this
section; provided, however, that in each case, any cost relating to such action
or cooperation requested by the Borrower or Newco shall be borne by the Borrower
or Newco, respectively.

             (g)    Tax Benefit. If and to the extent that any Lender is able,
in its sole opinion, to apply or otherwise take advantage of any offsetting tax
credit or other similar tax benefit arising out of or in conjunction with any
deduction or withholding which gives rise to an obligation on the Borrower or
Newco to pay any additional amount pursuant to this Section 2.11 then such
Lender shall, to the extent that in its sole opinion it can do so without
prejudice to the retention of the amount of such credit or benefit and without
any other adverse tax consequences for such Lender, reimburse to the Borrower at
such time as such tax credit or benefit shall have actually been received by
such Lender such amount as such Lender shall, in its sole opinion, have
determined to be attributable to the relevant deduction or withholding and as
will leave such Lender in no better or worse position than it would have been in
if the payment of such additional amount had not been required.

                                       40
<PAGE>
 
                    Nothing in this Section 2.11 shall oblige any Lender to
disclose to the Borrower or any other person any information regarding its tax
affairs or tax computations or interfere with the right of any Lender to arrange
its tax affairs in whatever manner it thinks fit and, in particular, no Lender
shall be under any obligation to claim relief from its corporate profits or
similar tax liability in credits or deductions available to it and, if it does
claim, the extent, order and manner in which it does so shall be at its absolute
discretion.

             (h)    Exceptions. No additional amount will be payable to a Person
that is a Lender on or prior to the date that is 365 days after the Closing Date
under this Section 2.11 as a result of any deduction or withholding of United
Kingdom taxes to the extent that at the time such payment falls due such Lender
is not a Qualifying Lender and such payment would not have fallen due had such
Lender been a Qualifying Lender, unless the only reason such Lender is not a
Qualifying Lender is a change (after the date of this Agreement or in the case
of a Lender which became a party to this Agreement after the date of this
Agreement on which it became a party) in any law or directive or in the
published interpretation or application thereof or in any published practice or
concession of the United Kingdom Inland Revenue.

             For this purpose "Qualifying Lender" means:

                    (i)    a bank as defined in Section 840A of the Income and
      Corporation Taxes Act 1988 for the purposes of Section 349 of that Act
      which is beneficially entitled to and within the charge to UK corporation
      tax as regards any interest payable to it under this Agreement; or

                    (ii)   in the case of a Lender which has its lending office
      outside the United Kingdom, an entity or a person which is a resident in a
      country with which the United Kingdom has an appropriate double taxation
      treaty (the "Treaty") and the Treaty provides at the date hereof under its
      terms for zero withholding tax on the United Kingdom source interest paid
      to residents of such country, and such Lender is a resident of such
      country within the meaning of the Treaty.

             Each Person that is a Lender during the period beginning on the
Closing Date and ending on the date that is 365 days after the Closing Date is a
Qualifying Lender.

             (i)    Cooperation. Each Lender and the Agent shall, at the request
of the Borrower or the Guarantor, use reasonable efforts (consistent with
applicable legal and regulatory restrictions) relating to the provision of any
certificate or document (including Internal Revenue Service Form 1001 or 4224,
if applicable) requested by the Borrower or the Guarantor if such certificate or
document could avoid the

                                       41
<PAGE>
 
payment of any additional amounts to or for the account of such Lender or the
Agent (as the case may be) under this Section 2.11.

             Section 2.12.     Right of Set Off; Sharing of Payments, Etc.

             (a)    Right of Set-Off. In addition to any rights now or hereafter
granted under applicable law or otherwise, and not by way of limitation of any
such rights, upon the occurrence and during the continuance of any Event of
Default, the Borrower authorizes each Lender at any time or from time to time,
without presentment, demand, protest or other notice of any kind to the Borrower
or to any other Person, any such notice being hereby expressly waived, to set
off and to appropriate and apply any and all deposits (general or special, time
or demand, provisional or final) in any currency and any other indebtedness at
any time held or owing by such Lender (including, without limitation, by
branches and agencies of such Lender wherever located) to or for the credit or
the account of the Borrower against and on account of the Obligations of the
Borrower to such Lender under this Agreement or under any of the other Loan
Documents, including, without limitation, to the extent permitted by applicable
law, all interests in or participation in the Obligations purchased by such
Lender, and all other claims of any nature or description arising out of or in
connection with this Agreement or any other Loan Document, irrespective of
whether or not such Lender shall have made any demand hereunder and although the
Obligations, liabilities or claims, or any of them, shall be contingent or
unmatured. A Lender may exercise such rights notwithstanding that the amounts
concerned may be expressed in different currencies and each Lender is authorized
to effect any necessary conversions at a market rate of exchange selected by it.
A Lender exercising its rights under this Section 2.12(a) shall provide prompt
notice to the Borrower following such exercise.

             (b)    Sharing. If any Lender shall obtain from the Borrower
payment of any principal of or interest on any Loan owing to it or payment of
any other amount under this Agreement, a Loan Document or any Bridge Note held
by it though the exercise of any right of set-off, banker's lien or counterclaim
or similar right or otherwise (other than from the Paying Agent as provided
herein) and, as a result of such payment, such Lender shall have received a
greater percentage of the principal of or interest on the Loans or such other
amounts then due to such Lender by the Borrower than the percentage received by
any other Lenders, it shall promptly purchase from such other Lenders
participation in (or, if and to the extent specified by such Lender, direct
interests in) the Loans or such other amounts, respectively, owing to such other
Lenders (or any interest due thereon, as the case may be) in such amounts, and
make such other adjustments from time to time as shall be equitable, to the end
that all the Lenders shall share the benefit of such excess payment (net of any
expenses which may be incurred by such Lender in obtaining or preserving such
excess payment) pro rata in accordance with the unpaid principal of and/or
interest on the Loans or such other amounts, respectively, owing to each of

                                       42
<PAGE>
 
the Lenders. To such end all the Lenders shall make appropriate adjustments
among themselves (by the resale of participation sold or otherwise) if such
payment is rescinded or must otherwise be restored.

             (c)    No Requirement. Nothing in this Agreement shall require any
Lender to exercise any such right or shall affect the right of any lender to
exercise, and retain the benefits of exercising, any such right with respect to
any other indebtedness or obligation of the Borrower. If, under any applicable
bankruptcy, insolvency or other similar law, any Lender receives a secured claim
in lieu of a set-off to which this Section applies, such Lender shall, to the
extent practicable, exercise its rights in respect of such secured claim in
manner consistent with the rights of the Lenders entitled under this Section to
share in the benefits of any recovery on such secured claim.


                                   ARTICLE III

                         REPRESENTATIONS AND WARRANTIES

             As of the date hereof and as of the Closing Date, in each case,
both before and after giving pro forma effect to the Transaction, each of Newco
and the Borrower hereby agrees with, and represents and warrants to, the Lenders
as follows:

             Section 3.1.      Representations and Warranties in the Credit
Facilities. The representations and warranties of Powercor, Recco, Financeco,
Bidco, Powercoal and Riki, to the extent each is a party thereto, contained in
the Credit Facilities and the Riki Credit Facility are hereby incorporated
herein by reference for the benefit of the Lenders (without giving effect to any
waivers thereof or amendment thereto subsequent to the date hereof) and are true
and correct in all material respects.

             Section 3.2.      Organization; Powers. Newco and each of its
Subsidiaries (a) is duly organized, validly existing and in good standing under
the laws of the jurisdiction of its organization, (b) has all requisite power
and authority to own its property and assets and to carry on its business as now
conducted and as proposed to be conducted, (c) is qualified to do business in,
and is in good standing in, every jurisdiction where such qualification is
required, except where the failure so to qualify could not reasonably be
expected to result in a Material Adverse Effect, and (d) has the power and
authority to execute, deliver and perform (or in the case of the U.K. Tax
Sharing Agreement, prior to the date of execution thereof, will have the power
to execute, deliver and perform) its obligations under each of the Transaction
Documents and each other agreement or instrument contemplated hereby to which it
is or will be party and, in the case of the Borrower, to borrow hereunder.

                                       43
<PAGE>
 
             Section 3.3.      Due Authorization and Enforceability.

             (a)    Each of the Transaction Documents: (i) has been duly
authorized (or in the case of the U.K. Tax Sharing Agreement, prior to the date
of execution thereof, will be duly authorized) by Newco and each of its
Subsidiaries (to the extent each is a party thereto and (ii) upon the execution
and delivery thereof by Newco and its Subsidiaries (to the extent each is a
party thereto) (and, in the case of the U.K. Tax Sharing Agreement, subject to
complying with any required procedures set out in Sections 155 to 158 of the
Companies Act) will constitute a valid and binding obligation of Newco and each
of its Subsidiaries (to the extent each is a party thereto) enforceable against
each such Person in accordance with its terms, except as enforcement may be
limited by applicable bankruptcy, insolvency, reorganization, moratorium and
other similar laws affecting the enforceability of creditors' rights generally
and by general principles of equity (whether arising under a proceeding at law
or in equity).

             (b)    The Loans and the Bridge Notes have been duly authorized by
the Borrower and the Guarantee has been duly authorized by Newco. When the
Bridge Notes have been executed and delivered pursuant to the terms of this
Agreement, each of the Loans, the Bridge Notes, and the Guarantee will be valid
and binding obligations of the Borrower or Newco, as applicable, enforceable
against it in accordance with their terms, except as enforcement thereof may be
limited by applicable bankruptcy, insolvency, reorganization, moratorium and
other similar laws affecting the enforceability of creditors' rights generally
and by general principles of equity (whether arising under a proceeding at law
or in equity).

             (c)    The Escrowed Shares have been duly authorized and upon
delivery to the Escrow Account in accordance with the terms of the Escrow
Agreement will be validly issued, and upon release from the Escrow Account in
accordance with the terms of the Escrow Agreement will be fully paid and
nonassessable.

             Section 3.4.      No Conflicts.

             (a)    Neither the execution and delivery of any of the Transaction
Documents nor the consummation of any of the transactions contemplated hereby or
thereby nor compliance with the terms and provisions hereof or thereof (i)
violates or will violate any material law or regulation or any order or decree
of any court or Governmental Entity applicable to Newco or any of its
Subsidiaries or by which any of their respective properties or assets may be
bound, (ii) constitutes or will constitute a breach or a violation of, any of
the terms or provisions of, or a default under, the organizational documents
(including any certificate of incorporation or bylaws) or any other corporate
restriction of any of Newco or any of its Subsidiaries except where such breach,
violation or default would not reasonably be expected to have a Material Adverse
Effect, or (iii) conflicts with or will result in the breach of, or constitutes
a

                                       44
<PAGE>
 
default under, any material contract, lease, indenture, loan agreement
(including, without limitation, the Credit Facilities), mortgage, deed of trust
or other agreement or instrument (each, a "Material Contract") to which Newco or
the Borrower is a party or by which any of them or any of their respective
assets may be bound except where such breach, violation or default would not
reasonably be expected to have a Material Adverse Effect.

             (b)    No consent, approval, authorization or order of, or any
registration or filing with, any Governmental Entity is or will be required in
connection with (i) the execution and delivery of any of the Transaction
Documents by Newco or any of its Subsidiaries (to the extent each is a party
thereto) or the consummation of the transactions contemplated hereby or thereby,
or (ii) the issuance and delivery of the Escrowed Shares by Newco, other than
(A) such authorizations, approvals, consents, exemptions, registrations or
filings as shall have been made or secured by the date hereof, (B) such actions
as may be required under the Registration Rights Agreement after the date hereof
in connection with any transfer of the Escrowed Shares, or (C) where the failure
to register or file would not, singly or in the aggregate, reasonably be
expected to have a Material Adverse Effect.

             Section 3.5.      No Violations; Material Contracts.

             (a)    There does not currently exist (i) any violation of any
law or regulation or any order or decree of any court or Governmental Entity
applicable to Newco or the Borrower or (ii) any conflict or violation of any
terms or provisions of the organizational documents (including any articles or
certificate of incorporation or bylaws) of Newco or the Borrower except where
such violation or conflict would not reasonably be expected to have a Material
Adverse Effect.

             (b)    Neither Newco nor the Borrower is a party to any agreement
or instrument or subject to any corporate or other restriction that,
individually or in the aggregate, has had or would reasonably be expected to
have a Material Adverse Effect. Each Material Contract to which Newco or the
Borrower is a party or by which Newco or the Borrower or any of their respective
properties or assets are or may be bound as of the Closing Date is listed on
Schedule 3.5 and true and correct copies of all such Material Contracts have
been delivered to the Paying Agent.

             (c)    As of the Closing Date: (i) each Material Contract is in all
material respects valid, binding and in full force and effect and is enforceable
by Newco and the Borrower (to the extent that each is a party thereto) in
accordance with its terms, (ii) Newco and the Borrower (to the extent each is a
party thereto) has performed in all material respects all obligations required
to be performed by it to date under all of its Material Contracts and is not
(with or without the lapse of time or the giving of notice, or both) in breach
or default in any material respect thereunder and, to the knowledge of Newco and
the Borrower, no other party to any of the Material

                                       45
<PAGE>
 
Contracts is (with or without the lapse of time or the giving of notice, or
both) in breach or default or in any material respect thereunder, (iii) neither
Newco nor the Borrower, nor, to the knowledge of Newco and the Borrower, any
other party to any Material Contract, has given notice of termination of, or
taken any action inconsistent with the continuation of, any Material Contract,
and (iv) none of such other parties has any presently exercisable or future
right to terminate any Material Contract, including any right to terminate any
Material Contract on account of the execution, delivery or performance of any of
the Transaction Documents.

             Section 3.6.    Capital Stock; Subsidiaries.

             (a)   All shares of Capital Stock and other Equity Interests of
Newco are duly authorized, validly issued, fully paid and non-assessable and
owned by Riki, beneficially and of record, free and clear of any Lien (other
than the Escrowed Shares and Liens under the Riki Credit Facility). All shares
of Capital Stock and other Equity Interests of the Borrower, Powercoal and the
Powercor Members are duly authorized, validly issued, fully paid and non-
assessable and owned by Newco beneficially and of record, free and clear of any
Lien other than, in the case of Powercoal, Liens under the Powercoal Credit
Facility. All shares of Capital Stock and other Equity Interests of each of
Recco, Financeco and Bidco are duly authorized, validly issued, fully paid and
non-assessable and owned by Energyco, Recco and Financeco, respectively,
beneficially and of record, free and clear of any Lien other than under the
Recco Credit Facility. Schedule 3.6 sets forth, (i) as of the date hereof (and
without giving effect to the Transaction) a list of all direct and indirect
Subsidiaries of Newco and the percentage ownership (direct and indirect) of
Newco therein and (ii) as of the Closing Date (after giving effect to the
Transaction), a list of all direct Subsidiaries of Newco and the Borrower and
the percentage ownership interest of Newco or the Borrower, as applicable,
therein. All such shares of Capital Stock or other ownership interest are duly
authorized, validly issued, fully paid and assessable and owned by Newco or the
Borrower, as the case may be, free and clear of all Liens (other than Liens
under the Credit Facilities and the Riki Credit Facility, in each case as in
effect on June 27, 1997.

             (b)   There are (i) no outstanding subscriptions, warrants,
options, calls or commitments of any character related to or entitling any
Person to purchase or otherwise acquire any shares of the Capital Stock or other
Equity Interests of Riki, Newco, the Borrower, Powercoal, Powercor, Financeco,
Recco and Bidco (other than the Escrowed Shares), (ii) no obligations or
securities convertible into or exchangeable for shares of any Capital Stock or
other Equity Interests of Riki, Newco, the Borrower, Powercoal, Powercor,
Financeco, Recco and Bidco or any commitments of any character relating to or
entitling any Person to purchase or otherwise acquire any such obligations or
securities, other than the Stockholders Agreement and (iii) no preemptive or
similar rights to subscribe for or to purchase any Capital Stock or other

                                      46
<PAGE>
 
Equity Interests of Riki, Newco, the Borrower, Powercoal, Powercor, Financeco,
Recco and Bidco, except those contemplated by the Stockholders Agreement.

             Section 3.7.    Liens.  There are no Liens on any assets of Newco
or the Borrower except Permitted Liens.

             Section 3.8.    No Violation of Regulations of Board of Governors
of Federal Reserve System. None of the transactions contemplated by this
Agreement (including without limitation the use of the proceeds from the Loans
and Permanent Securities) will violate or result in a violation of Section 7 of
the Exchange Act, or any rule or regulation issued pursuant thereto, including,
without limitation, Regulations G, T, U and X of the Board of Governors of the
Federal Reserve System.

             Section 3.9.    Governmental Regulations. Except as set forth on
Schedule 3.9, none of Newco or any of its Subsidiaries is or will be subject to
regulation under the Investment Company Act of 1940, as amended, the Public
Utility Holding Company Act of 1935, as amended, the Federal Power Act, the
Interstate Commerce Act or to any other statute, rule or regulation limiting its
ability to incur Indebtedness for borrowed money.

             Section 3.10.   Financial Statements; No Undisclosed Liabilities.

             (a)   The Borrower has made available the audited combined balance
sheets and the related combined profit and loss accounts of the Target for the
fiscal year most recently ended. The consolidated balance sheets of Powercor and
its Subsidiaries that have previously been delivered to the Lenders fairly
present the consolidated financial position of Powercor and its Subsidiaries as
of the dates set forth therein, in accordance with GAAP consistently applied
during the periods involved (except as otherwise specifically indicated
therein). The consolidated statements of income and cash flows of Powercor and
its Subsidiaries that have been previously delivered to the Lenders have been
prepared in conformity with GAAP applied on a consistent basis through all the
periods involved and fairly present the consolidated financial position and
results of operations of Powercor and its Subsidiaries as of the dates and for
the periods indicated therein.

             (b)   Newco has heretofore delivered to the Lenders its unaudited
pro forma consolidating balance sheet as of December 31, 1996 (the "Pro Forma
Financial Statements"), prepared giving effect to the Transaction as if they had
occurred on such date and consolidating income statement for the year ended
December 31, 1996, assuming the Transaction had actually occurred on 
January 1, 1996. Such pro forma balance sheets and income statement have been
prepared in good faith by Newco based on reasonable assumptions, are based on
the best information available to Newco as of the date of delivery thereof,
accurately reflect all material adjustments required to be made to give effect
to the Transaction and present fairly on a pro

                                      47
<PAGE>
 
forma basis the estimated consolidated financial position of Newco as of
December 31, 1996, assuming that the Transaction had actually occurred at
December 31, 1996.

             (c)   None of Newco, the Borrower, Recco, Financeco, Bidco or
Powercoal (i) has engaged in any business or other activity other than the
ownership and voting of the Capital Stock of their respective Subsidiaries and
the performance of their respective obligations under the Transaction Documents
to which they are party or (ii) has any liability (absolute or contingent)
except (i) those shown on the financial statements described in Section 3.10(a)
and (ii) those incurred under the Transaction Documents.

             Section 3.11.    Full Disclosure. The information, reports,
financial statements and certificates delivered to the Lenders in connection
with the Transaction do not and will not, taken as a whole, contain any untrue
statement of material fact or omit to state a material fact necessary to make
such statements not misleading in light of the circumstances in which such
statements were made; provided that to the extent any such information, report,
financial statement, exhibit or schedule was based upon or constitutes a
forecast or projection, Newco and the Borrower represent only that they acted in
good faith and utilized reasonable assumptions and due care in the preparation
of such information, report, financial statement, exhibit or schedule.

             Section 3.12.    Private Offering; Rule 144A Matters.

             (a)   Based in part on the accuracy of the representations and
warranties of, and compliance with the covenants and agreements by, the Lenders
in Section 6.1, the making of the Loans hereunder and the issuance of the
Securities are and will be exempt from the registration and prospectus delivery
requirements of the Securities Act. Neither Newco nor the Borrower has issued or
sold Loans or the Securities or equity securities to anyone other than the
Lenders (and in the case of equity securities, Riki and Newco). No securities of
the same class as the Loans or the Securities have been issued or sold by Newco
or the Borrower within the six-month period immediately prior to the date hereof
(other than, in the case of the Escrowed Shares, to Riki). Each of Newco and the
Borrower agrees that neither it, nor anyone acting on its behalf, will (i) offer
the Loans or the Securities so as to subject the making, issuance and/or sale of
the Loans or the Securities, to the registration or prospectus delivery
requirements of Section 5 of the Securities Act or (ii) offer any similar
securities for issuance or sale to, or solicit any offer to acquire any of the
same from, or otherwise approach or negotiate with respect to the same with,
anyone if the issuance or sale of the Loans, the Securities and any such
securities would be integrated as a single offering for the purposes of the
Securities Act, including without limitation, Regulation D thereunder, in such a
manner as would require registration under the Securities Act thereof. Each
Bridge Note and (subject

                                      48
<PAGE>
 
to the terms of the Escrow Agreement) the Escrowed Shares shall have a legend
setting forth the restrictions on the transferability thereof imposed by the
Securities Act for so long as the Borrower and Newco reasonably determine that
such restrictions are applicable thereto.

             (b)   In the case of each offer, sale or issuance of the Loans or
the Securities no form of general solicitation or general advertising was or
will be used by Newco or the Borrower or their representatives, including, but
not limited to, advertisements, articles, notices or other communications
published in any newspaper, magazine or similar medium or broadcast over
television or radio, or any seminar or meeting whose attendees have been invited
by any general solicitation or general advertising.

             (c)   The Loans and the Securities will be eligible for resale
pursuant to Rule 144A under the Securities Act. When the Loans and Securities
are issued and delivered pursuant to the Transaction Documents, they will not be
of the same class (within the meaning of Rule 144A(d)(3) under the Securities
Act) as any other security of Newco or the Borrower that is listed on a national
securities exchange registered under Section 6 of the Exchange Act or that is
quoted in a United States automated interdealer quotation system. Neither the
issuance of the Bridge Notes nor the execution, delivery and performance of the
Transaction Documents will require the qualification of an indenture under the
Trust Indenture Act of 1939, as amended.

             Section 3.13.    Absence of Proceedings. Except with respect to
the matters disclosed in Schedule 3.13, there is not pending or threatened any
action, suit or proceeding to which Newco or the Borrower is a party, before or
by any court or other Governmental Entity or body (domestic or foreign), that
could reasonably be expected to cause a Material Adverse Effect.

             Section 3.14.    Taxes. Newco and its Subsidiaries have filed or
caused to be filed all material tax returns and reports required to have been
filed and paid or caused to be paid all taxes due and payable, and all
assessments received by it, except where the failure to do any of the foregoing
would not reasonably be expected to have a Material Adverse Effect.

             Section 3.15.    No Material Adverse Change. There has been no
material adverse change in the consolidated financial condition, business,
operations, assets, liabilities, management, or value of any of Newco and its
Subsidiaries, taken as a whole (including any event which, in the opinion of the
Majority Lenders, is reasonably likely to result in such a material adverse
change) from the position reflected in the Pro Forma Financial Statements.

                                      49
<PAGE>
 
                                  ARTICLE IV

                                   COVENANTS

             So long as any Commitment shall remain outstanding or any
Obligation shall remain unpaid, each of Newco and the Borrower covenants and
agrees with each of the Lenders as follows:

             Section 4.1.      Use of Proceeds.

                         (a)   The Borrower shall use the proceeds of the Bridge
Loans made pursuant to Section 2.1(a) solely to make a contribution to Recco
either pursuant to an equity contribution or pursuant to an intercompany loan,
which will be made available to Bidco (directly and/or through Financeco) solely
to finance, in part, the Transaction (including the purposes set forth in
Section 3.1(a)(i) of the Recco Credit Facility, as in effect on June 27, 1997).

                         (b)   The Borrower shall use the proceeds of the Bridge
Loans made pursuant to Section 2.1(b) solely to make payments of interest then
due and owing on outstanding Bridge Loans.

             Section 4.2.      Notice of Default and Related Matters. Newco
shall furnish to the Paying Agent (with copies for each Lender) written notice,
promptly upon becoming aware of the existence of:

                   (a)   any condition or event that constitutes a Default or an
         Event of Default, specifying the nature and period of existence thereof
         and the action taken or proposed to be taken with respect thereto;

                   (b)   the filing or commencement of, or any threat or notice
         of intention of any Person to file or commence, any action, suit or
         proceeding, whether at law or in equity or by or before any
         Governmental Entity, against or affecting Newco or any of its
         Subsidiaries or any of their respective Affiliates that would
         reasonably be expected to result, individually or in the aggregate, in
         a Material Adverse Effect; and

                   (c)   any development of which a Responsible Officer is aware
         that has resulted in, or which such Responsible Officer has reasonably
         concluded will result in, a Material Adverse Effect.

                                      50
<PAGE>
 
             Section 4.3.    Merger and Sale.

             (a)   Newco and the Borrower shall not:

                   (i)    consolidate or merge with or into any other Person,
except that so long as immediately before and immediately after giving effect
thereto no Default or Event of Default shall have occurred and be continuing (A)
Wholly Owned Subsidiaries of Newco may merge with and into Newco or the Borrower
and (B) upon termination of the Riki Credit Facility and payment in full of all
amounts due thereunder, Riki may merge with and into Newco,

                   (ii)   directly or indirectly (through one or more
Subsidiaries) sell, convey or transfer or lease all or substantially all of the
assets of Newco or the Borrower (in one or more related transactions), or

                   (iii)  assign any of its respective Obligations under the
Loan Documents to any other Person.

             (b)   Newco and the Borrower shall not permit any of Powercor,
Powercoal or Recco to, directly or indirectly (by way of merger or otherwise),
sell or otherwise transfer all or any substantial part of their respective
assets to any Affiliate of such Person other than a Subsidiary of such Person.

             Section 4.4.    Information; Special Rights; Compliance
Certificates.

             (a)   Each of Newco and the Borrower shall, and shall cause each of
its respective Subsidiaries to, promptly provide such information concerning the
businesses, properties, liabilities and financial condition of Newco, the
Borrower and such Subsidiaries as any Lender may from time to time reasonably
request, including, if so requested, any reports or other documents provided to
lenders in connection with the Recco Credit Facility, the Powercoal Credit
Facility or the Powercor Credit Facility. Each of Newco and the Borrower shall,
and shall cause each of their respective Subsidiaries to:

             (i)   keep proper books of record and account in which full, true
         and correct entries shall be made of all dealings and transactions in
         relation to its business and activities,

             (ii)  permit any Lender or its representatives to visit and inspect
         any of their respective properties, to examine and make abstracts from
         any of their respective books and records and to discuss their
         respective businesses, finances and accounts with their respective
         executive officers and, subject to the right of the Borrower's
         representatives to participate in any such discussion, with their
         independent public

                                      51
<PAGE>
 
         accountants, all upon reasonable notice and at such reasonable times
         and as often as may reasonably be desired, and

             (iii) permit any Lender or its representatives to consult with
         Newco and the Borrower with respect to their businesses and make
         proposals with respect to such businesses, and meet with the respective
         executive officers of Newco and the Borrower with respect to such
         proposals.

             (b)   Newco shall furnish to each of the Lenders (i) all quarterly
and annual financial information that would be required to be contained in a
filing with the SEC on Forms 10-Q and 10-K if Newco were required to file such
financial information and, with respect to the annual information only, a report
thereon by Newco's certified independent public accountants (who shall be a firm
of established national reputation) and (ii) all current reports that would be
required to be filed with the SEC on Form 8-K if Newco were required to file
such reports, in each case within the time periods set forth in the SEC's rules
and regulations (beginning with the first fiscal quarter ending after the
Closing Date; provided, that prior to such date Newco shall furnish to each
Lender any information made publicly available relating thereto); provided, that
if the Closing Date occurs prior to September 30, 1997 the quarterly financial
statements and other information required by this paragraph shall not be
required to be delivered until December 31, 1997. In addition, until such time
as the Borrower and Newco are subject to Section 13 or 15(d) of the Exchange Act
or exempt from reporting pursuant to Rule 12g3-2(b) thereunder, each of the
Borrower and Newco shall furnish to the Lenders, each holder of securities and
to prospective investors designated by a Lender or such a holder, upon their
request, the information required to be delivered pursuant to Rule 144A(d)(4)
under the Securities Act.

             (c)   Newco shall deliver to each of the Lenders, within 60 days
after the end of each fiscal quarter of Newco (beginning with the first fiscal
quarter ending after the Closing Date; provided, that prior to such date Newco
shall furnish to each Lender any information made publicly available relating
thereto), an Officer's Certificate stating that a review of the activities of
Newco and its Subsidiaries during the preceding fiscal quarter have been
performed with a view to determining whether Newco and the Borrower and their
respective Subsidiaries have kept, observed, performed and fulfilled their
respective Obligations under this Agreement, and further stating that (i) Newco
and the Borrower and their respective Subsidiaries have kept, observed,
performed and fulfilled each and every covenant contained in this Agreement and
are not in default in the performance or observance of any of the terms,
provisions or conditions hereof or under any other mortgage, indenture or debt
instrument (or, if a Default, Event of Default or default under any such
mortgage, indenture or instrument shall have occurred, describing all such
Defaults, Events of Default or defaults and what action Newco and the Borrower
are taking or propose to take with respect thereto) and (ii) setting forth the
Net Termination Value as of the

                                      52
<PAGE>
 
last day of the most recently completed fiscal quarter; provided, that if the
Closing Date occurs prior to September 30, 1997, such Officers Certificate shall
not be required to be delivered prior to January 1, 1998.

             (d)   So long as not contrary to the then current recommendations
of the American Institute of Certified Public Accountants, the annual financial
statements delivered pursuant to paragraph (b) above shall be accompanied by a
written statement of Newco's certified independent public accountants (who shall
be from a firm of established national reputation) that, solely in making the
examination necessary for certification of such financial statements and without
independent investigation or inquiry, nothing has come to their attention that
would lead them to believe that Newco, the Borrower or any of their respective
Subsidiaries has violated any provisions of Article IV of this Agreement or, if
any such violation has occurred, specifying the nature and period of existence
thereof, it being understood that such accountants shall not be liable directly
or indirectly to any Person for any failure to obtain knowledge of any such
violation.

             Section 4.5.    Authorizations and Approvals. Each of Newco and
the Borrower shall, and shall cause each of their respective Subsidiaries to,
promptly obtain, from time to time, all permits, licenses, franchises,
authorizations, consents and approvals (collectively, "Permits") as may be
required to enable Newco, the Borrower and each of their respective Subsidiaries
to comply with their respective obligations under the Transaction Documents
except to the extent the failure to obtain any such permits would not, singly or
in the aggregate, be reasonably expected to have a Material Adverse Effect.

             Section 4.6.    Limitation on Incurrence of Additional Indebtedness
and Issuance of Additional Preferred Stock.

             (a)   Newco and the Borrower shall not, and shall not permit any of
their respective Subsidiaries to, directly or indirectly, create, incur, issue,
assume, guarantee or otherwise become liable, contingently or otherwise, with
respect to (collectively, "incur"), or permit to exist, any Indebtedness
(including Acquired Debt) or any shares of preferred stock except for:

                   (i)   (x) Indebtedness of Recco and Bidco and their
         Subsidiaries under the Recco Credit Facility in an aggregate principal
         amount not to exceed (pound)2,850 million minus the aggregate amount of
         all principal repayments with respect to term loans made under the
         Recco Credit Facility since the Closing Date, (y) Indebtedness of
         Powercoal and its Subsidiaries (and prior to the consummation of the
         Asset Separation, Recco and Bidco and their Subsidiaries) under the
         Powercoal Credit Facility in an aggregate principal amount not to
         exceed $1,625 million minus the aggregate amount of all principal
         repayments with respect to term loans made under the Powercoal Credit
         Facility since the

                                      53
<PAGE>
 
         Closing Date, and (z) Indebtedness of Powercor and its Subsidiaries
         under the Powercor Credit Facility in an aggregate principal amount not
         to exceed AUS $1,275 million minus the aggregate amount of all
         principal repayments with respect to term loans made under the Powercor
         Credit Facility since the Closing Date;

                   (ii)   the Loans and the Guarantee;

                   (iii)  Indebtedness (other than Indebtedness of the Target
         and its Subsidiaries) outstanding on the date hereof and Indebtedness
         of the Target and its Subsidiaries outstanding on the Closing Date
         (other than any such Indebtedness refinanced with the proceeds of
         borrowings under the Credit Facilities).

                   (iv)   the incurrence by Newco or any of its Subsidiaries of
         intercompany Indebtedness between or among Newco and any of its
         Subsidiaries; provided, however, that (i) if Newco or the Borrower is
         the obligor on such Indebtedness, such Indebtedness is expressly
         subordinated to the prior payment in full in cash of all Obligations
         and (ii)(A) any subsequent issuance or transfer of Equity Interests
         that results in any such Indebtedness being held by a Person other than
         Newco or a Subsidiary and (B) any sale or other transfer of any such
         Indebtedness to a Person that is neither Newco nor a Subsidiary shall
         be deemed, in each case, to constitute an incurrence of such
         Indebtedness by Newco or such Subsidiary, as the case may be;

                   (v)    Indebtedness (including tax exempt financing and
         Capitalized Lease Obligations) incurred by the Company or any of its
         Subsidiaries, to finance the purchase, construction, lease, development
         or improvement of property (real or personal) or equipment (whether
         through the direct purchase of assets or the Capital Stock of any
         Person owning such assets) in an aggregate outstanding principal amount
         which, when aggregated with the principal amount of all other
         Indebtedness then outstanding and incurred pursuant to this clause 
         (v) (including all Indebtedness incurred to refund, refinance or
         replace any other Indebtedness incurred pursuant to this clause (v)),
         does not exceed $200 million (or the Dollar Equivalent thereof)
         outstanding at any time;

                 (vi)     Indebtedness incurred pursuant to any Permitted
         Receivables Financing;

                 (vii)    Indebtedness in respect of surety and appeal bonds,
         performance bonds, reclamation bonds and other obligations of a like
         nature incurred in the ordinary course of business;

                                      54
<PAGE>
 
                 (viii)  Non-Recourse Indebtedness (as the principal amount of
         such Non-Recourse Indebtedness is calculated in the definition of
         "Indebtedness" herein) in an aggregate principal amount outstanding not
         to exceed $200 million (or the Dollar Equivalent thereof) at any time;


                 (ix)    extensions, renewals or refinancings of Indebtedness
         described under paragraphs (iii) and (v), and this paragraph (ix) so
         long as (A) such Indebtedness ("Refinancing Indebtedness") is in an
         aggregate principal amount not greater than the aggregate principal
         amount of the Indebtedness being extended, renewed or refinanced plus
         the amount of any premiums required to be paid thereon and fees and
         expenses associated therewith, (B) such Refinancing Indebtedness has a
         longer or equal weighted average life than the Indebtedness being
         extended, renewed or refinanced, (C) the interest rate applicable to
         such Refinancing Indebtedness shall be a market interest rate (as
         determined in good faith by a Responsible Officer of Newco) as of the
         time of such extension, renewal or refinancing, (D) if the Indebtedness
         being extended, renewed or refinanced is subordinated to the
         obligations, such Refinancing Indebtedness is subordinated to the
         Obligations to the extent of the Indebtedness being extended, renewed
         or refinanced, and (E) at the time and after giving effect to such
         extension, renewal or refinancing, no Default or Event of Default shall
         have occurred and be continuing; and

                 (x)     the incurrence by Newco, the Borrower or any of their
         respective Subsidiaries of additional Indebtedness in an aggregate
         principal amount (or accreted value, as applicable) at any time
         outstanding not to exceed $100 million (or the Dollar Equivalent
         thereof).

             (b)   For purposes of determining compliance with this Section 4.6,
accrual of interest, the accretion of accreted value and the payment of interest
by capitalizing the same or issuing additional Indebtedness will not be deemed
to be an incurrence of Indebtedness.

             (c)   Newco shall promptly notify the Paying Agent in writing of
any refinancing, refunding, replacement or substitution of any Credit Facility
or the Riki Credit Facility.

             Section 4.7.    Compliance with Laws. Newco and the Borrower shall,
and shall cause each of their respective Subsidiaries to, comply in all respects
with all applicable laws, ordinances, rules, regulations and requirements of
governmental authorities (including Environmental Laws and ERISA and the rules
and regulations thereunder), except where the necessity of compliance therewith
is contested in good faith by appropriate proceedings or where non-compliance
therewith would not reasonably be expected to have a Material Adverse Effect.

                                      55
<PAGE>
 
             Section 4.8.    Anti-Layering. Notwithstanding any other provision
hereof, (i) the Borrower will not incur, create, issue, assume, guarantee or
otherwise become directly or indirectly liable for any Indebtedness that is 
(x) subordinate or junior in right of payment to any unsubordinated Indebtedness
of the Borrower and (y) pari passu in right of payment with the Loans and 
(ii) Newco will not incur, create, issue, assume, guarantee or otherwise become
liable for any Indebtedness that is (x) subordinate or junior in right of
payment to unsubordinated Indebtedness of Newco and (y) pari passu in right of
payment with the Guarantee.

             Section 4.9.    Sale and Leaseback Transactions. Newco and the
Borrower shall not, and shall not permit any of their respective Subsidiaries
to, enter into any arrangement, directly or indirectly, with any person whereby
it shall sell or transfer any property, real or personal, used or useful in its
business, whether now owned or hereafter acquired, and thereafter rent or lease
such property or other property which it intends to use for substantially the
same purpose or purposes as the property being sold or transferred (a "Sale and
Leaseback Transaction") unless Newco or such Subsidiary could have (a) incurred
Indebtedness in an amount equal to the Attributable Debt relating to such Sale
and Leaseback Transaction pursuant to Section 4.6 and (b) a Lien to secure such
Indebtedness which would not have been prohibited by Section 4.16; provided,
that in the event Newco or any of its Subsidiaries extends the term of any lease
entered into in connection with a Sale and Leaseback Transaction, such extension
shall be deemed to constitute a new Sale and Leaseback Transaction which shall
be subject to the restrictions set forth in this Section 4.9.

             Section 4.10.   Restricted Payments. Newco shall not, and shall
not permit any of its Subsidiaries to, directly or indirectly: (i) declare or
pay any dividend or make any other payment or distribution on account of their
respective Equity Interests (including, without limitation, any payment in
connection with any merger or consolidation) to the direct or indirect holders
of any of their respective Equity Interests (other than dividends or
distributions payable in Equity Interests (other than Disqualified Stock) of
Newco or payable to Newco or a Subsidiary of Newco and other than Permitted
Distributions); (ii) purchase, redeem or otherwise acquire or retire for value
(including without limitation, in connection with any merger or consolidation)
any Equity Interests of Newco, the Borrower (other than any such Equity
Interests owned by Newco or any Subsidiary of Newco); (iii) make any payment on
or with respect to, or purchase, redeem, defease or otherwise acquire or retire
for value any Indebtedness that is pari passu with or subordinated to the Loans
or the Guarantee, except a payment of interest or principal at its Stated
Maturity; or (iv) make any Restricted Investment (all such payments and other
actions set forth in clauses (i) through (iv) above being collectively referred
to as "Restricted Payments").

             Section 4.11.   Limitation on Restrictions on Distributions from
Subsidiaries. Newco and the Borrower shall not, and shall not permit any of
their respective Subsidiaries to, directly or indirectly, create or otherwise
cause or suffer

                                      56
<PAGE>
 
to exist or become effective any encumbrance or restriction on the ability of
any Subsidiary of Newco to (i)(a) pay dividends or make any other distributions
to Newco or any of its Subsidiaries on its Capital Stock or other Equity
Interests, or (b) pay any Indebtedness owed to Newco or any of its Subsidiaries,
(ii) make loans or advances to Newco or any of its Subsidiaries or 
(iii) transfer any of its properties or assets to Newco or any of its
Subsidiaries, except for such encumbrances or restrictions existing under or by
reason of (a) the Credit Facilities as in effect on June 27, 1997 and as
amended, extended, supplemented, modified, refinanced, replaced or substituted
from time to time or Indebtedness incurred subsequent to the date hereof, as the
case may be; provided that such amendments, extensions, modifications,
supplements, refinancings, replacements, refundings or substitutions and
Indebtedness incurred subsequent to the date hereof in accordance with this
Agreement are no more restrictive in any respect material to the Lenders than
the restrictions contained in the applicable Credit Facility as in effect on
June 27, 1997; (b) the Loan Documents; (c) applicable law; (d) restrictions of
the nature described in clause (iii) above by reason of customary non-assignment
provisions in leases entered into in the ordinary course of business material to
the Lenders; (e) purchase money obligations for property acquired in the
ordinary course of business that impose restrictions of the nature described in
clause (iii) above on the property so acquired; (f) Indebtedness existing on the
date hereof, and any extensions, refinancing, renewals or replacements of any of
such Indebtedness; provided that the encumbrances and restrictions in any such
extensions, refinancing, renewals or replacements are no more restrictive in any
respect material to the Lenders than those encumbrances or restrictions that are
in effect on the date hereof; (g) agreements existing with respect to any Person
or the property or assets of such Person acquired by Newco or any of its
Subsidiaries and existing at the time of such acquisition and not created in
contemplation thereof, which encumbrances or restrictions are not applicable to
any Person or the property or assets of any Person other than such Person or
property or assets acquired, and any extensions, refinancing, renewals or
replacements of any of the foregoing; provided that the encumbrances and
restrictions in any such extensions, refinancing, renewals or replacements are
no more restrictive in any respect material to the Lenders than those
encumbrances or restrictions that are then in effect and that are being
extended, refinanced, renewed or replaced; (h) encumbrances on any Receivables
Subsidiary or any Single Purpose Entity; and (i) any encumbrance or restriction
on the transfer of any property or asset in an agreement relating to the
acquisition or creation or disposition of such property or asset or any Lien on
such property or asset that is otherwise permitted by the terms of this
Agreement.

             Section 4.12.    Limitation on Sales of Assets and Subsidiary
Stock. Newco and the Borrower shall not, and shall not permit any of their
respective Subsidiaries to, enter into any agreement with respect to or
consummate any Asset Sale, (except for sales or other dispositions of Margin
Stock permitted by Section 4.25), unless (i) the consideration received in
connection therewith is at least equal

                                      57
<PAGE>
 
to the fair market value of the assets or property sold, transferred or
otherwise disposed of (as determined in good faith by a Responsible Officer of
Newco), (ii) in the case of an Asset Sale of property having a value of (x) more
than $25,000,000 but less than $100,000,000, such Asset Sale shall be for
consideration at least 50% of which is cash and (y) $100,000,000 or more, such
Asset Sale shall be for consideration at least 80% of which is cash; provided,
that (a) if such Asset Sale is made by Newco or the Borrower, the Net Cash
Proceeds thereof are applied in accordance with Section 2.5(a) and (b) in the
case of all other Asset Sales, the Net Cash Proceeds are applied within 180 days
to either (x) the permanent reduction of outstanding Indebtedness of any
Subsidiary of Newco (other than the Borrower) or (y) to the acquisition of
assets used in the business of Newco and its Subsidiaries; provided, further,
that for purposes of this Section 4.12, the right to receive production
payments, royalty payments and other similar rights that are contingent on the
performance of the assets sold in such Asset Sale shall be deemed not to be
consideration for such Asset Sale.

             Section 4.13.    Limitation on Transactions with Affiliates. Newco
and the Borrower shall not, and shall not permit any of their respective
Subsidiaries to, make any material payment to, or sell, lease, transfer or
otherwise dispose of any material properties or assets to, or purchase any
property or assets from, or enter into or make or amend any transaction,
contract, agreement, understanding, loan, advance or guarantee with, or for the
benefit of, any Affiliate of any such Person (each of the foregoing, an
"Affiliate Transaction"), unless such Affiliate Transaction is on terms that are
no less favorable to Newco, the Borrower or the relevant Subsidiary than those
that would have been obtained in a comparable transaction by Newco, the Borrower
or such Subsidiary with an unrelated Person; provided that the foregoing
provisions shall not apply to (w) transactions between or among Newco and its
Subsidiaries not otherwise prohibited by this Agreement, (x) Restricted Payments
(other than Investments) that are permitted by Section 4.10, (y) any Permitted
Receivables Financing and (z) transactions pursuant to agreements entered into
or in effect on the Closing Date and set forth in Schedule 4.13.

             Section 4.14.    Line of Business; Limitation on Newco's
Activities.

             (a)   Newco and the Borrower shall not, and shall not permit any of
their respective Subsidiaries (other than any Receivables Subsidiary) to,
directly or indirectly, engage to any material extent in any line of business
other than the mining or energy businesses and business activities reasonably
incidental or related thereto (collectively, the "Related Businesses").

             (b)   Newco shall not create or acquire any direct Subsidiary and
shall not engage in any activity other than the holding of the stock of the
Borrower, Powercoal and the Powercor Members. Newco shall at all times directly
own 100% of the issued and outstanding Voting Stock and other Equity Interests
of the

                                      58
<PAGE>
 
Borrower, Powercoal and the Powercor Members and the Borrower shall at all times
own 100% of the outstanding Capital Stock and other Equity Interests in Recco.

             (c)   Neither Newco nor the Borrower shall make any payments in
respect of the Tax Sharing Agreements except to the extent that Newco or the
Borrower, as the case may be, shall have previously received payments in respect
of the Tax Sharing Agreements from their respective Subsidiaries.

             Section 4.15.    Other Indebtedness and Agreements. (a) Newco and
the Borrower shall not, and shall not permit, any of their respective
Subsidiaries to, permit any waiver, supplement, modification, amendment,
termination or release of any rights under or provisions of any indenture,
instrument or agreement pursuant to which any Indebtedness or preferred stock of
Newco or the Borrower is outstanding or the Tax Sharing Agreements (or take any
action pursuant to Section 7.2 of the U.K. Tax Sharing Agreement), the Riki Note
or any other agreement that is material to the conduct and operations of Newco
or its Subsidiaries taken as a whole, or modify their respective charter or by-
laws, in each case to the extent that any such waiver, supplement, modification,
amendment, termination or release (or action pursuant to Section 7.2 of the U.K.
Tax Sharing Agreement) would be adverse to the Lenders in any material respect.
Within 270 days following the Closing Date, Newco shall cause (x) Target and
each of its Subsidiaries organized in the United Kingdom to enter into the U.K.
Tax Sharing Agreement and (y) each Subsidiary of Target organized in the United
States to enter into the U.S. Tax Sharing Agreement. In addition, neither Newco
nor the Borrower shall fail to enforce or waive any of its rights under, or any
provisions of, or otherwise forgive any amounts due and payable under, the Riki
Note or the Tax Sharing Agreements (to the extent each is a party thereto).

             (b)   The Borrower shall use its reasonable endeavours to ensure
that any procedures set out in Section 155 et seq. Companies Act required to be
completed to permit Target and its relevant Subsidiaries to enter into the U.K.
Tax Sharing Agreement shall be implemented:

                   (i)    if the requirements of S.429 Companies Act for the
                          implementation of the procedures set out therein shall
                          be met with respect to the Offer, promptly after the
                          completion of those procedures; or

                   (ii)   if such requirements shall not be met within the
                          period specified in S.429(3) Companies Act, promptly
                          after the expiry of such period.

             Section 4.16.    Liens. Newco and the Borrower shall not directly
or

                                      59
<PAGE>
 
indirectly, create, incur, assume or suffer to exist any Lien on any asset now
owned or hereafter acquired by Newco or the Borrower, or any income or profits
therefrom or assign or convey any right to receive income therefrom, except
Permitted Liens.


             Section 4.17.    Existence; Business and Properties. Newco and
the Borrower shall, and shall cause each of their respective Subsidiaries to,
(a) do or cause to be done all things necessary to preserve, renew and keep in
full force and effect its legal existence, except as otherwise expressly
permitted under Section 4.3 hereof, and (b) do or cause to be done all things
necessary to obtain, preserve, renew, extend and keep in full force and effect
the rights, licenses, permits, franchises, authorizations, patents, copyrights,
trademarks and trade names that are material to the conduct of its business; and
at all times maintain and preserve all property material to the conduct of such
business and keep such property in good repair, working order and condition and
from time to time make, or cause to be made, all needful and proper repairs,
renewals, additions, improvements and replacements thereto necessary in order
that the business carried on in connection therewith may be properly conducted
in all material respects at all times, in each case where failure to do so would
reasonably be expected to have a Material Adverse Effect.

             Section 4.18.    Insurance. Each of Newco and the Borrower shall,
and shall cause their respective Subsidiaries, to keep its insurable properties
adequately insured at all times by financially sound and reputable insurers;
maintain such other insurance (including self insurance), to such extent and
against such risks, including fire and other risks insured against by extended
coverage, as is customary with companies in the same or similar businesses
operating in the same or similar locations, including public liability insurance
against claims for personal injury or death or property damage occurring upon,
in, about or in connection with the use of any properties owned, occupied or
controlled by it; and maintain such other insurance as may be required by law.

             Section 4.19.    Stay, Extension and Usury Laws. Newco and the
Borrower covenants (to the extent that they may lawfully do so) that they shall
not, and shall not permit any of their respective Subsidiaries to, at any time
insist upon, plead, or in any manner whatsoever claim or take the benefit or
advantage of, any stay, extension or usury law wherever enacted, now or at any
time hereafter in force, that may affect the covenants in or the performance of
this Agreement; and each of Newco and the Borrower waives, and agrees to cause
each of their respective Subsidiaries to waive (to the extent that they may
lawfully do so), all benefit or advantage of any such law, and covenant that
they shall not, and shall not permit their respective Subsidiaries to, by resort
to any such law, hinder, delay or impede the execution of any power herein
granted to the Lenders, but shall suffer and permit,


                                      60
<PAGE>
 
and shall cause their respective Subsidiaries to suffer and permit, the
execution of every such power as though no such law has been enacted.

           Section 4.20.     Change of Control.

           (a)    Upon the occurrence of a Change of Control, each Lender will
have the right to require the Borrower to prepay all or any part of such
Lender's Loans pursuant to the offer described below (the "Change of Control
Offer") at a prepayment price in cash equal to 101% of the aggregate principal
amount thereof plus accrued and unpaid interest and Liquidated Damages thereon,
if any, to the date of prepayment (the "Change of Control Payment"). Within 10
days following any Change of Control, the Borrower will mail a notice to each
Lender describing the transaction or transactions that constituted the Change of
Control and offer to repay the Loans on the date specified in such notice, which
date shall be no earlier than 30 days and no later than 45 days from the date
such notice is mailed (the "Change of Control Payment Date"), pursuant to the
procedures set forth below.

           (b)    Notice of a Change of Control Offer shall be mailed by the
Borrower to the Lenders at their addresses set forth in the Loan Register. The
Change of Control Offer shall remain open from the time of mailing until the
Change of Control Payment Date. The notice shall be accompanied by a copy of the
most recent reports furnished pursuant to Section 4.4(b)(i) and (ii). The notice
shall contain all instructions and materials necessary to enable such Lenders to
tender Bridge Notes pursuant to the Change of Control Offer. The notice, which
shall govern the terms of the Change of Control Offer, shall state:

                  (1)  that the Change of Control Offer is being made pursuant
      to this Section 4.20, that Bridge Notes may be surrendered in whole or in
      part and that all Bridge Notes will be accepted for payment;

                  (2)  the purchase price and the Change of Control Payment
      Date;

                  (3)  that any Loan not repaid will continue to accrue
      interest;

                  (4)  that any Loan to be prepared pursuant to the Change
      of Control Offer shall cease to accrue interest after the Change of
      Control Payment Date;

                  (5)  that Lenders electing to have a Loan repaid pursuant to a
      Change of Control Offer will be required to surrender the related Bridge
      Note, with the form entitled "Option of Holder to Elect Purchase" on the
      reverse of such Bridge Note completed, to the Borrower at the address
      specified in the


                                      61
<PAGE>
 
       notice prior to 5:00 p.m., New York City time, on the Change of Control
       Payment Date;

                  (6)  that Lenders will be entitled to withdraw their election
       if the Borrower receives not later than 5:00 p.m. (New York City time) on
       the Change of Control Payment Date, a telegram, telex, facsimile
       transmission or letter setting forth the name of the Lender, the
       principal amount of Loans such Holder initially elected to have repaid
       and a statement that such Lender is withdrawing his election to have such
       Loans repaid; and

                  (7)  that Lenders whose Loans are repaid only in part will be
       issued new Bridge Notes equal in principal amount to the principal amount
       of the Loan to remain outstanding.

            (c)   On the Change of Control Payment Date, the Borrower shall
repay all Loans or portions thereof of all Lenders that properly elected
repayment thereof pursuant to the Change of Control Offer, pay the Change of
Control Payment for each such Loan (or portion thereof) elected to be prepaid
and deliver to each Lender a new Bridge Note equal in principal amount
(excluding premiums, if any) to any unpurchased portion of the corresponding
Bridge Note surrendered. The Borrower will notify the remaining Lenders of the
results of the Change of Control Offer on or as soon as practicable after the
Change of Control Payment Date.

            (d)   The Borrower shall comply with the requirements of Rule
14e-1 under the Exchange Act and any other securities laws and regulations
thereunder to the extent such laws and regulations are applicable in connection
with the prepayment of the Loans as a result of a Change of Control.

            Section 4.21.  Obligations and Taxes. Each of Newco and the Borrower
shall, and shall cause their respective Subsidiaries to, pay its Indebtedness
and other material obligations promptly and in accordance with their terms and
pay and discharge promptly when due all material taxes, assessments and
governmental charges or levies imposed upon it or upon its income or profits or
in respect of its property, before the same shall become delinquent or in
default, as well as all material lawful claims for labor, materials and supplies
or otherwise that, if unpaid, might give rise to a Lien upon such properties or
any part thereof; provided, however, that such payment and discharge shall not
be required with respect to any such tax, assessment, charge, levy or claim so
long as the validity or amount thereof shall be contested in good faith by
appropriate proceedings and Newco or the Borrower (as applicable) shall have set
aside on its books adequate reserves with respect thereto in accordance with
GAAP and such contest operates to suspend collection of the contested
obligation, tax, assessment or charge and enforcement of a Lien.



                                      62
<PAGE>
 
            Section 4.22.  Leverage Ratio.  Newco shall not permit the Leverage
Ratio as of any date after the Closing Date to be in excess of 6.25 to 1.

            Section 4.23.  Interest Expense Coverage Ratio. Newco and the
Borrower shall not permit the Interest Expense Coverage Ratio as of the end of
any fiscal quarter which ends after the Closing Date to be less than 1.85 to 1.

            Section 4.24.  Offer Conditions.

            (a)   Each of Newco and the Borrower undertakes that:

                  (i)   without the prior agreement of the Majority Lenders
    (such agreement being conclusively evidenced by a written notice from the
    Paying Agent to the Borrower and, in the case of sub-paragraphs (A) and (B),
    not to be unreasonably withheld or delayed), Newco shall not permit Bidco to
    and, in respect of sub-paragraph (B) only, Newco shall not, and shall not
    permit any of its Subsidiaries to:

                        (A)   amend or vary in any material respect any material
            term or condition of the Offer other than by virtue of an extension
            of the time for acceptance of the Offer;

                        (B)   take or permit to be taken any step as a result of
            which the offer price stated in the Offer is, or may be required to
            be, increased beyond the level agreed between Newco and the Lenders
            from time to time;

                (ii)    in all material respects relevant in the context of the
    Offer, Newco and its Subsidiaries will comply with The City Code of
    Takeovers and Mergers (subject to any applicable waiver by the Panel), the
    Financial Services Act 1986, the Companies Act 1985 and all other applicable
    statutes, laws and regulations;

                (iii)   Newco will keep the Paying Agent informed as to the
    status and progress of the Offer and, in particular, will from time to time
    and promptly on request give to the Paying Agent reasonable details as to
    the current level of acceptances of the Offer (including a copy of every
    certificate delivered by the receiving agent to Bidco and/or its advisers
    pursuant to the Code) and such other matters relevant to the Offer as the
    Paying Agent may reasonably request.

            (b) Newco shall cause Bidco not to, without the prior agreement of
the Majority Lenders, decide, declare or accept that valid acceptances in
respect of less than 90 per cent in nominal value of securities of Target to
which the Offer


                                      63
<PAGE>
 
relates shall be required for fulfillment of the condition set out in paragraph
(a) of Appendix 1 to the Press Release; provided that the Majority Lenders shall
not unreasonably withhold or delay giving their agreement if it is shown to
their reasonable satisfaction that Bidco will achieve acceptances sufficient to
enable it to give notice under section 429 of the Companies Act of 1985 in
relation to the shares to which the Offer relates.

            (c) Newco shall cause Bidco to keep the Paying Agent informed and
consult with it as to:

                (i)     the terms of any undertaking or assurance proposed to be
    given by it, any of its Affiliates or Target or any of its Subsidiaries to
    the Director General of Electricity Supply, the Director General of Gas
    Supply or the Secretary of State for Trade and Industry in connection with
    the Offer;

                (ii)    the terms of any modification to any licenses of Target
    and its Subsidiaries under the Gas Act or the Act proposed in connection
    with the Offer;

                (iii)   any terms proposed in connection with any authorization
    or determination necessary or appropriate in connection with the Offer,
    including those from the Secretary of State for Trade and Industry and the
    Foreign Investment Review Board of Australia.

If any of such proposed undertakings, assurances, modifications or terms are,
where applicable, of a type materially more onerous than those accepted in
connection with the acquisition of other regional electricity companies in the
UK and the Majority Lenders, acting reasonably, state that in their opinion such
proposed undertaking(s), assurance(s), modification(s) and/or term(s), or
compliance therewith, would materially and adversely affect the ability of Newco
and its Subsidiaries to comply with their material obligations under the Loan
Documents, Newco shall cause Bidco to promptly request the Panel to confirm (and
shall use its reasonable endeavors to ensure that the Panel does confirm) that
the Panel will not object to the lapsing of the Offer as a result of the
non-satisfaction of whichever of conditions (b) to (f), (j) and (l) in Appendix
1 to the Press Release is relevant. If the Panel gives a confirmation
substantially in those terms, Newco shall cause Bidco to, at the earliest
opportunity, declare the Offer lapsed by reason of the non-fulfillment of such
condition(s).

            (d) If Newco or any of its Subsidiaries becomes aware (whether
through notice from the Paying Agent or any Lender or otherwise) of a
circumstance or event which is or could reasonably be construed to be covered by
any condition of the Offer (other than those contained in paragraphs (a) to (j)
of Appendix 1 to the Press Release) which, if not waived, would entitle Bidco
(with the Panel's consent, if needed) to lapse the Offer, Newco shall cause
Bidco to promptly notify the Paying


                                      64
<PAGE>
 
Agent and, if the Majority Lenders, acting reasonably, state that in their
opinion such circumstance or event would materially and adversely affect the
ability of Newco and its Subsidiaries comply with its material obligations under
the Loan Documents, Newco shall cause Bidco to promptly request the Panel to
confirm (and shall use its reasonable endeavors to ensure that the Panel does
confirm) that the Panel will not object to the lapsing of the Offer as a result
of the non-satisfaction of that condition. If the Panel gives a confirmation
substantially in those terms, Newco shall cause Bidco to not waive that
condition or treat it as fulfilled and shall declare the Offer lapsed at the
earliest opportunity.

            Section 4.25.    Margin Stock Limitations. Notwithstanding any
other provisions contained in this Agreement or the other Loan Documents, the
pledge or sale of Margin Stock owned by Bidco shall be permitted until Target
has become a Wholly Owned Subsidiary of Bidco and Bidco ceases to own any Margin
Stock; provided that until such time Newco shall not permit Bidco to:

            (a)   incur any Indebtedness other than (i) its obligations under
    the Offer, (ii) its obligations under or permitted under the Recco Credit
    Facility (as in effect on June 27, 1997) and the Powercoal/Bidco Loans (as
    defined in the Powercoal Credit Facility, as in effect on June 27, 1997 and
    (iii) intercompany loans between or among Newco and its Subsidiaries;

            (b)   engage in any business other than acquiring and holding Equity
    Interests of Target and engaging in the related activities contemplated by
    the Offer Documents; or

            (c)   sell or otherwise dispose of Margin Stock unless (x) such
    Margin Stock is sold for cash, (y) fair value is received for such Margin
    Stock and (z) the proceeds of such sale are either held as cash or invested
    in certificates of deposit, U.S. government securities, commercial paper or
    other money market instruments that are exempted securities under the United
    States federal securities laws.


                                    ARTICLE V

                                   CONDITIONS

            Section 5.1.     Effectiveness. This Agreement shall become
effective upon the execution and delivery of a counterpart of this Agreement by
each of Newco and the Borrower and the satisfaction of each of the following
conditions:

            (a)    Opinions; Reliance Letters. The Paying Agent shall have
received (i) the legal opinion of each of Stoel Rives LLP, special United States
counsel to


                                      65
<PAGE>
 
Newco and the Borrower, Davis Polk & Wardwell, special United States counsel to
Newco and the Borrower, and Linklaters and Paines, special United Kingdom
counsel to Newco and the Borrower, and addressed to the Lenders and dated as of
the date of this Agreement, in the forms attached as Exhibits G-1, G-2 and G-3,
respectively, and (ii) reliance letters permitting the Lenders to rely on all of
the opinions of counsel rendered in connection with the Transaction.

            (b) Closing Papers. The Paying Agent shall have received the
following, dated as of the date of this Agreement and in form and substance
reasonably satisfactory to them and to their special counsel, Latham & Watkins:

                (i)     a certificate of the Secretary or Assistant Secretary of
    each of Newco and the Borrower certifying as to the attached copy of the
    resolutions adopted by the board of directors of such Person or their
    Subsidiaries, as applicable, authorizing, to the extent applicable, the
    execution, delivery and performance of each of this Agreement and each of
    the other Transaction Documents;

                (ii)    a certificate of the Secretary or Assistant Secretary of
    each of Newco and the Borrower certifying as to attached copies of the
    articles or certificate of incorporation and by-laws of such Person as in
    effect on the date of this Agreement; and

                (iii)   a certificate of the Secretary or Assistant Secretary of
    each of Newco and the Borrower, dated the date of this Agreement, as to the
    incumbency and signatures of the Officers of such Person, authorized, to the
    extent applicable, to act with respect to this Agreement, the Recco Credit
    Facility, the Powercoal Credit Facility, the Related Documents and each of
    the other Transaction Documents.

            Section 5.2.    Closing. Upon satisfaction of the conditions set
forth herein, each of the Lenders shall disburse the proceeds of its Bridge Loan
made pursuant to Section 2.1(a) by wire transfer of immediately available funds
to the account designated by the Borrower in New York, New York or London,
England, against delivery to the Lenders of Bridge Notes in the names and
denominations specified by the Lenders (the "Closing"). The Borrower shall give
the Lenders at least three (3) Business Days' notice of the expected date of
such Closing (the "Closing Date"). The Closing shall take place at such place as
shall be agreed upon by the Lenders and the Borrower.

            Section 5.3.    Conditions of the Lenders' Obligations. (a) The
obligation of each of the Lenders to make its Bridge Loan made pursuant to
Section 2.1(a) on the Closing Date in the amount of its Bridge Loan Commitment
is several


                                      66
<PAGE>
 
and not joint and is subject to the prior or concurrent satisfaction on the
Closing Date of each of the following conditions:

                (i)     Representations and Warranties; Agreements; No Default.
The representations and warranties of Newco and the Borrower set forth in or
incorporated by reference in Sections 3.2, 3.3 and 3.4(a) of this Agreement in
relation to the Borrower or Newco only (excluding references to their
Subsidiaries) shall be true and correct at and as if repeated on and as of the
Closing Date after giving effect to the Transaction. There shall exist no Event
of Default described in Section 7.1(h) in relation to Newco or the Borrower only
(excluding references to their Subsidiaries).

                (ii)    Fees.  All fees and expenses due to any Lender or their
respective affiliates and all actions required to be taken on or before the
Closing Date in connection with this Agreement, the Engagement Letter, any of
the other Loan Documents or otherwise shall have been paid in full.

                (iii)   The Paying Agent shall have received executed copies of
the Registration Rights Agreement, the Stockholders Agreement and the Escrow
Agreement.  All such documents shall have been duly authorized, executed and
delivered by Newco or the Borrower.

                (iv)    The Escrow Agent shall have received, and be holding in
escrow for the benefit of the Lenders, executed and delivered Escrowed Shares
dated in blank.

                (v)     Concurrent Transactions.  All of the outstanding Capital
Stock and other Equity Interests of the Powercor Members and their respective
Subsidiaries and other assets (as of the date hereof) shall have been
transferred to Newco. All conditions precedent to borrowings under the Riki
Credit Facility to finance the Offer shall have been satisfied or waived (other
than any such condition in such agreement requiring that the borrowings shall
have been made under this Agreement, the Powercoal Credit Facility or any other
Credit Facility and/or the proceeds of such borrowings have been made available
to Bidco). The actions set forth in Clauses (b) (ii) and (iii) of the definition
of "Equity Financing" herein shall have been consummated. All conditions
precedent to borrowings under the Recco Credit Facility and the Powercoal Credit
Facility to finance the Offer shall have been satisfied or waived (other than
any condition in any such agreement requiring that Borrowings shall have been
made under this Agreement, the Riki Credit Facility or any other Credit Facility
and/or the proceeds of such borrowings have been made available to Bidco).



                                      67
<PAGE>
 
                (vi)    Offer.  The Offer shall have become or been declared
unconditional in all respects without Bidco having declared the Offer or
permitted the Offer to become unconditional in circumstances where any provision
of Section 4.24 other than paragraph (a)(ii) or (iii) is breached thereby.

            (b) The obligation of each of the Lenders to make Bridge Loans made
pursuant to Section 2.1(b) is several and not joint and is subject to the prior
or concurrent satisfaction on the date of the making of such Loan of each of the
following conditions:

                (i)     Representations and Warranties; Agreements; No Default.
The representations and warranties of Newco and the Borrower set forth in or
incorporated by reference in this Agreement and each other Loan Document shall
be true and correct at and as if repeated on and as of the making of such Loan
after giving effect to the making of such Loan. Each of Newco and the Borrower
shall have performed all agreements on its part to be performed pursuant to this
Agreement on or prior to the date of the making of such Loan and there shall
exist no Default or Event of Default.

                (ii)    Fees.   All fees and expenses due to any Lender or their
respective affiliates on or before the date of the making of such Loan in
connection with this Agreement, the Engagement Letter, any of the other Loan
Documents or otherwise shall have been paid in full.

                (iii)   Change of Control. There shall not have occurred a
Change of Control.

                (iv)    The aggregate principal amount of the Bridge Loans to be
made on such date by such Lender does not, when taken together with the
aggregate principal amount of all Bridge Loans made by such Lender pursuant to
Section 2.1(b) on or prior to such date, exceed such Lender's Dedicated Interest
Commitment.

                (v)     The Borrower shall have given the Arrangers at least
three (3) Business Days' notice of its intention to incur Bridge Loans pursuant
to Section 2.1(b) hereof which notice shall include the date of incurrence and
the aggregate amount of such Bridge Loans and shall have delivered to the
Arrangers Bridge Notes evidencing such Bridge Loans duly completed and executed,
in the appropriate amounts.

            (c) Each borrowing of the Bridge Loans shall constitute a joint and
several representation and warranty by each of Newco and the Borrower to the
effect that the applicable conditions precedent set forth in this Article V are
satisfied on the date of such borrowing.



                                      68
<PAGE>
 
                                   ARTICLE VI

             TRANSFER OF THE SECURITIES; REPRESENTATIONS OF LENDERS

                Section 6.1.     Transfer of the Securities. Each Lender
acknowledges that the Loans have not been registered under the Securities Act
and represents and agrees that it is acquiring the Loans and the Securities for
its own account and that it will not, directly or indirectly, transfer, sell,
assign, pledge or otherwise dispose of its Loans or Securities (or any interest
therein) unless such transfer, sale, assignment, pledge or other disposition is
made (i) pursuant to an effective registration statement under the Securities
Act or (ii) pursuant to an available exemption from registration under, and
otherwise in compliance with, the Securities Act. Each Lender represents,
warrants, covenants and agrees to and with the Borrower and Newco that it is
either (i) a qualified institutional buyer within the meaning of Rule 144A under
the Securities Act acting for its own account or the account of one or more
other qualified institutional buyers, and is aware that the Borrower and Newco
may rely upon the exemption from the provisions of Section 5 of the Securities
Act provided by Rule 144A thereunder or (ii) an institutional "accredited
investor" within the meaning of Rule 501(a)(1), (2), (3) or (7) under the
Securities Act. Each of the Lenders acknowledges that the Securities will bear a
legend restricting the transfer thereof in accordance with the Securities Act
and the rules and regulations thereunder to the extent set forth in Section
3.12.

                Subject to the provisions of the previous paragraph, each of
Newco and the Borrower agrees that each Lender will be free to sell or transfer
all or any part of the Loans or the Securities (including, without limitation,
participation interest in the Loans) to any third party and to pledge any or all
of the Securities to any commercial bank or other institutional lender. Any
assignment by any Lender of all or any part of such Lender's rights and
obligations hereunder and under the other Loan Documents shall be made pursuant
to an Assignment and Acceptance executed by the assigning Lender, the assignee
and delivered to the Paying Agent for recording in the Loan Register.

                Section 6.2.     Replacement Securities Upon Transfer or
Exchange. Upon surrender of any Securities by any Lender in connection with any
permitted transfer or exchange, the Borrower will execute and deliver in
exchange therefor a new Security or Securities of the same aggregate tenor and
principal amount, payable to the order of such Persons and in such denominations
as such Lender may request. The Borrower may require payment by such Lender of a
sum sufficient to cover any stamp tax or governmental charge imposed in respect
of any such transfer.

                Section 6.3.     Register. The Paying Agent on behalf of the
Borrower shall maintain a register of the principal amount of the Loans held by
each Lender and any interest due and payable with respect thereto and a copy of
each Assignment and


                                      69
<PAGE>
 
Acceptance delivered to it. The entries in the Loan Register shall be
conclusive, in the absence of manifest error, and the Borrower, the Paying Agent
and the Lenders shall treat each Person whose name is recorded in the Loan
Register as the owner of a Loan or other Obligation hereunder as the owner
thereof for all purposes of this Agreement, notwithstanding any notice to the
contrary. Any assignment of any Loan or other Obligation shall be effective only
upon appropriate entries with respect thereto being made in the Loan Register.
The Paying Agent will allow any Lender to inspect and copy such register at the
Paying Agent's principal place of business during normal business hours.


                                   ARTICLE VII

                                EVENTS OF DEFAULT

            Section 7.1.      Events of Default.  The occurrence of any one or
more of the following events shall constitute an "Event of Default":

            (a)  any representation or warranty made or deemed made by Newco or
the Borrower herein or that is contained in any certificate, document or
financial or other statement furnished by either of them at any time under or in
connection with any Loan Document or shall prove to have been incorrect in any
material respect on or as of the date made or deemed made;

            (b)  the Borrower defaults in the payment of the principal of or
premium on any of the Loans, when the same shall become due and payable, whether
at stated maturity, upon acceleration, upon redemption, or otherwise;

            (c)  the Borrower defaults in the payment of any interest upon any
of the Loans, when the same becomes due and payable and such default continues
for five Business Days;

            (d)  the Borrower defaults in the payment of any other amounts
payable under this Agreement which, in the aggregate, exceed $1,000,000 (or the
Dollar Equivalent thereof) and such default continues for five Business Days;

            (e)  Newco or the Borrower or any of their Subsidiaries fails to
observe or perform any of its covenants or agreements contained in Article IV;

            (f)  Newco or the Borrower or any of their Subsidiaries fails to
observe or perform any of its covenants or agreements (other than those set
forth in clause (e) above) contained in any of the Loan Documents, and such
failure continues for a period of 30 days;



                                      70
<PAGE>
 
            (g)  (x) default under any mortgage, indenture or instrument under
which there may be issued or by which there may be secured or evidenced any
Indebtedness for money borrowed by Newco or any of its Material Subsidiaries (or
the payment of which is guaranteed by Newco or any of its Material
Subsidiaries), whether such Indebtedness or guarantee now exists, or is created
after the date of the this Agreement, which default (a) is caused by a failure
to pay principal of or premium, if any, or interest on such Indebtedness prior
to the expiration of the grace period provided in such Indebtedness on the date
of such default or (b) results in the acceleration of such Indebtedness prior to
its express maturity and, in each case, the principal amount of any such
Indebtedness, together with the principal amount of any other such Indebtedness
under which there has been a default described in clause (a) above or the
maturity of which has been so accelerated aggregates $50.0 million (or the
Dollar Equivalent thereof) or more or (y) failure to make any payment in respect
of any Material Hedging Obligations when due.

            (h)  (i)    any order is made or resolution passed or any legal
proceedings are initiated or are consented to by Newco, the Borrower or any
Material Subsidiary or any petition shall be presented or legal proceeding
commenced by any Person (and not, where that Person is unconnected with Newco,
the Borrower or such Material Subsidiary save for being a creditor thereof,
discharged or stayed within twenty-one days in the case of both legal
proceedings and such petition) for the suspension of payments generally or for
any process giving protection against creditors or for the dissolution,
termination of existence, liquidation, winding up, bankruptcy or other like
process, in each case with respect to Newco, the Borrower or any Material
Subsidiary (other than a solvent liquidation, dissolution or winding up of a
Material Subsidiary (other than the Borrower or Newco) in a transaction not
otherwise prohibited by this Agreement);

                 (ii)   a moratorium in respect of all or any debts of Newco,
the Borrower or any Material Subsidiary or a composition or an arrangement with
creditors generally of Newco, the Borrower or any Material Subsidiary or any
other arrangement whereby their respective affairs and/or assets are submitted
to the control of or are protected from their respective creditors is applied
for, ordered or declared, save where the relevant company is, in good faith,
contesting such application, moratorium, composition or arrangement by
appropriate proceedings diligently pursued and such application, moratorium,
composition or arrangement is discharged within 21 days;

                 (iii)  an application is made for the appointment of an
administrator (as such term is used in the Insolvency Act 1986) or similar
official in relation to Newco, the Borrower or any Material Subsidiary or an
administrator or administrative receiver is appointed in respect of Newco, the
Borrower or any Material Subsidiary save where the relevant company is, in good
faith, contesting such application or appointment by appropriate proceedings
diligently pursued and such


                                      71
<PAGE>
 
application is not discharged or appointment rescinded within 21 days or an
effective resolution is passed by the directors or shareholders of Newco, the
Borrower or any Material Subsidiary for such an application to be made;

                 (iv)   a liquidator or provisional liquidator (save as excepted
in paragraph (i) of this Section 7.1(h)) or, a trustee, receiver, administrative
receiver, manager (being a person acting on behalf of all or any creditors) or
similar officer is appointed in respect of Newco, the Borrower or any Material
Subsidiary or in respect of (or takes possession of) all or any part of its
assets with a value in excess of $50.0 million (or the Dollar Equivalent
thereof);

                 (v)    Newco, the Borrower or any Material Subsidiary is
declared or deemed pursuant to any applicable legislation to be insolvent or is
deemed pursuant to any applicable legislation to be unable, or admits in writing
its inability, to pay its debts as they fall due or stops or threatens to stop
payment of its debts generally or becomes insolvent within the terms or any
applicable law excluding Section 123(1)(a) of the Insolvency Act of 1986;

                 (vi)   any distress, execution, attachment, sequestration or
other like process affects Newco, the Borrower or any Material Subsidiary save
where (i)(A) the relevant Person is, in good faith, contesting the distress,
execution, attachment, sequestration or other like process by appropriate
proceedings diligently pursued or (B) such process is discharged within 21 days
or (C) such process is being pursued in respect of an amount due not exceeding
(pound)30,000,000 and (ii) the ability of Newco or the Borrower to comply with
its obligations under the Loan Documents will not be materially and adversely
affected while such distress, execution, attachment, sequestration or other
process is being so contested;

                 (vii)  there occurs, in relation to Newco, the Borrower or any
Material Subsidiary in any country or territory in which it is incorporated or
carries on business or to the jurisdiction of whose courts it or any part of its
assets is subject, any event which, in the reasonable opinion of the Majority
Lenders, corresponds in that country or territory with any of the events
mentioned in Section 7.1(h) or Newco, the Borrower or any Material Subsidiary
otherwise becomes subject, in any of those countries or territories, to any law
or proceedings relating to insolvency, bankruptcy, liquidation, reorganization
or dissolution having a similar effect to the events mentioned in Section
7.1(h);

            (i)  all or any material part of the assets of Riki, Newco, the
Borrower or any of their Material Subsidiaries is seized, nationalized,
expropriated or compulsorily acquired by, or by the order of, any Governmental
Entity;

            (j)  (i)    any License (or any replacement License as contemplated
in paragraph (a) below) is:


                                      72
<PAGE>
 
                        (a)   Revoked or surrendered other than in circumstances
                              which permit Target or any of its Subsidiaries to
                              carry on the electricity distribution generation
                              and supply business of Target substantially as is
                              engaged in or the date of this Agreement either
                              without a License (as a result of a change to the
                              Act) or with a new License whose terms are not
                              materially less favorable than those of the
                              License in force prior to such revocation or
                              surrender; or

                        (b)   Any amendment is made to the terms and conditions
                              of a License and the amendment has a Material
                              Adverse Effect and, if the amendment is required
                              pursuant to a law or regulation applying to the
                              electricity industry as a whole, within 30 days
                              Newco and the Paying Agent (on behalf of the
                              Lenders) have not agreed new terms for this
                                            ---    
                              Agreement acceptable to the Majority Lenders; or

                        (ii)  Target or any of its Subsidiaries fails to comply
with a final order (within the meaning of Section 25 of the Act) or with a
provisional order (within the meaning of that section) which has been confirmed
under that section (and not since been revoked);

                  (k)   a final judgment or final judgments for the payment of
money are entered by a court or courts of competent jurisdiction against Newco
or any of its Subsidiaries and such judgment or judgments remain undischarged
for a period (during which execution shall not be effectively stayed) of 60
days, if the aggregate of all such undischarged judgments exceeds $50.0 million
(or the Dollar Equivalent thereof);

                  (l)   Newco's Obligations under its Guarantee shall be held in
any judicial proceeding to be unenforceable or invalid or shall cease for any
reason to be in full force and effect or Newco, or any Person acting on behalf
of Newco, shall deny or disaffirm its Obligations under its Guarantee; or

                  (m)   an Erisa Event shall have occurred that, in the opinion
of the Majority Lenders, when taken together with all other ERISA Events, could
reasonably be expected to have a Material Adverse Effect; or

                  (n)   a Change of Control shall have occurred on or prior to
the Closing Date.

                  Section 7.2.      Acceleration. If any Event of Default (other
than an Event of Default specified in Section 7.1(h) applicable to Newco, the
Borrower or any Material Subsidiary other than the Target and its Subsidiaries)
occurs and is


                                      73
<PAGE>
 
continuing, the Lenders holding at least a majority in aggregate principal
amount of the then outstanding Loans may, by written notice to the Borrower,
declare the unpaid principal of and any accrued and unpaid interest and fees on
all of the Loans to be immediately due and payable; provided, that during the
period commencing with the date hereof and ending on the Termination Date, the
Lenders shall not be entitled to terminate or rescind this Agreement or the
Commitments without the consent of the Borrower or seek to enjoin the use of
proceeds in any manner permitted hereby. Upon such declaration, all Obligations
in respect of the Loans shall become immediately due and payable. If an Event of
Default specified in Section 7.1(h) applicable to Newco, the Borrower or any
Material Subsidiary other than the Target and its Subsidiaries occurs, all
Obligations in respect of the Loans shall ipso facto become and be immediately
due and payable without any declaration, notice or other act on the part of any
Lender; provided, that during the period commencing with the date hereof and
ending on the Termination Date, the Lenders shall not be entitled to terminate
or rescind this Agreement or the Commitments without the consent of the Borrower
or seek to enjoin the use of proceeds in any manner permitted hereby.

                  Notwithstanding anything to the contrary in the preceding
paragraph, during the Cleanup Period, none of the Paying Agent or any Lender may
declare that an Event of Default has occurred, or declare the Loans to be due
and payable, as a result solely of one or more Defaults described in Section
7.1(a) or (e) (except for a Default in respect of Section 4.1, 4.22, 4.23 or
4.25) or paragraph (f) or clause (x)(b) of paragraph (g) of Section 7.1 insofar
as it involves Indebtedness of the Target or any of its subsidiaries to the
extent such Indebtedness is refinanced in connection with the Offer; provided
that, the event or circumstance giving rise to such Default (i) directly relates
to the Target or any of its subsidiaries (or any of their businesses, assets or
liabilities), (ii) is capable of being cured or remedied during the Cleanup
Period and (iii) except to the extent it involves Indebtedness of the Target or
any of its subsidiaries to the extent such Indebtedness is refinanced in
connection with the Offer, the Responsible Officers of Newco or the Borrower
were not aware of such event of circumstance prior to the Closing Date;
provided, further, that the Paying Agent and the Lenders shall be entitled to
exercise any and all rights and remedies granted to them hereunder and under the
Loan Documents with respect to an occurrence or continuation of any such Event
of Default after the Cleanup Period.

                  Section 7.3.     No Avoidance of Premium. In the case of any
Event of Default occurring by reason of any willful action (or inaction) taken
(or not taken) by or on behalf of Newco or any of its Subsidiaries with the
intention of avoiding payment of the premium that the Borrower would have had to
pay upon prepayment of the Loans pursuant to this Agreement, an equivalent
premium shall also become and be immediately due and payable to the extent
permitted by law upon the acceleration of the Loans in accordance with Section
7.2.



                                      74
<PAGE>
 
            Section 7.4.     Rights and Remedies Cumulative. No right or remedy
herein conferred upon or reserved to the Lenders is intended to be exclusive of
any other right or remedy, and every right and remedy shall, to the extent
permitted by law, be cumulative and in addition to every other right and remedy
given hereunder or now or hereafter existing at law or in equity or otherwise.
The assertion or employment of any right or remedy hereunder, or otherwise,
shall not prevent the concurrent or subsequent assertion or employment of any
other appropriate right or remedy.

            Section 7.5.     Delay or Omission Not Waiver. No delay or omission
by any Lender to exercise any right or remedy accruing upon any Event of Default
shall impair any such right or remedy or constitute a waiver of any such Event
of Default or an acquiescence therein. Every right and remedy given by this
Article or by law to the Lenders may be exercised from time to time, and as
often as may be deemed expedient, by the Lenders.

            Section 7.6.     Waiver of Past Defaults. Subject to Section 11.3,
the Majority Lenders by written notice to the Borrower may rescind an
acceleration and its consequences if the rescission would not conflict with any
judgment or decree and if all existing Events of Default (except nonpayment of
principal or interest that has become due solely because of the acceleration)
have been cured or waived.

            Section 7.7.     Rights of Lenders To Receive Payment.
Notwithstanding anything to the contrary contained in this Agreement, the right
of any Lender to receive payment of principal of and interest on the Loans and
Bridge Notes held by such Lender, on or after the respective due dates expressed
in this Agreement or the Bridge Notes, or to bring suit for the enforcement of
any such payment on or after such respective dates, shall not be impaired or
affected without the consent of such Lender.


                                  ARTICLE VIII

                              PERMANENT SECURITIES

            Section 8.1.     Permanent Securities. Newco and the Borrower shall
use their best efforts to do all things required in the reasonable opinion of
the Investment Banks in connection with the sale of the Permanent Securities,
including, but not limited to (i) no later than three days following the Closing
Date, commencing the preparation of a Rule 144A offering memorandum or
registration statement under the Securities Act with respect to the Permanent
Securities, and other documentation (including an indenture), all as deemed
reasonably necessary by the Investment Banks, to effect the offering of
Permanent Securities, (ii) no later than 90 days following the Closing Date,
delivering to the Investment Banks such unaudited


                                      75
<PAGE>
 
consolidated and pro forma financial information, projections as to future
operations and such other financial information relating to Newco and its
Subsidiaries and their respective businesses and any probable or recently
completed acquisition as may be reasonably requested by the Investment Banks,
(iii) no later than 90 days following the Closing Date, finalizing the Offering
Documents in form and substance reasonably satisfactory to the Investment Banks,
Newco, and the Borrower, including, if applicable, filings of a registration
statement under the Securities Act, (iv) no later than 90 days following the
Closing Date, making appropriate Officers of Newco and its Subsidiaries
available to the Investment Banks for meetings with prospective purchasers of
the Permanent Securities and preparing and presenting to potential investors
road show material in a manner consistent with other new issuances of high yield
debt securities and (v) executing an underwriting or purchase agreement
substantially in the form of Goldman's standard underwriting or purchase
agreement, as the case may be, modified as appropriate to reflect the terms of
the transactions contemplated thereby and containing such terms, covenants,
conditions, representations, warranties and indemnities as are customary in
similar transactions and providing for the delivery of legal opinions, comfort
letters, and Officer's Certificates, all in form and substance reasonably
satisfactory to the Investment Banks and their counsel, as well as such other
terms and conditions as the Investment Banks and their counsel may in their
reasonable discretion consider appropriate in light of then prevailing market
conditions applicable to similar financings or in light of any aspect of the
transactions contemplated hereby that requires such other terms or conditions.
The proceeds from the issuance of the Permanent Securities shall be used to
prepay the Loans pursuant to Section 2.5.




                                   ARTICLE IX

                                   TERMINATION

          Section 9.1. Termination. (a) The Lenders, by notice to the Borrower,
may terminate the Commitments under this Agreement at any time after the earlier
of (i) the date that is 200 days after the Announcement Date, (ii) the date that
is the later of (A) three months after the Unconditional Date and (B) the date
that is 49 days after the first date on which Bidco first becomes entitled to
implement the procedures set out in Section 429 of the Companies Act 1985 of
England and Wales and (iii) the date that is 200 days from the date hereof (such
earlier date, the "Termination Date").

          (b) The Dedicated Interest Commitment shall terminate at the close of
business (New York City time) on the date that is 365 days after the Closing
Date.



                                      76
<PAGE>
 
          Section 9.2. Liability. If this Agreement is terminated pursuant to
this Article IX, such termination shall be without liability of any party to any
other party, except that, whether or not the transactions contemplated by this
Agreement are consummated, (i) the Borrower and Newco shall reimburse the
Lenders for all their reasonable out-of-pocket expenses pursuant to Section 13.1
and the Engagement Letter and (ii) the indemnity provisions contained in Article
XI shall remain operative and in full force and effect.



                                    ARTICLE X

                                    GUARANTEE

          Section 10.1.     The Guarantee.
          
          (a)    Newco hereby absolutely, unconditionally and irrevocably
guarantees the full and punctual payment (whether at stated maturity, upon
acceleration or otherwise) of the principal of and interest, fees and premium
(if any) on the Loans and the Bridge Notes, and the full and punctual payment of
all other Obligations of the Borrower under this Agreement, the Bridge Notes and
the other Loan Documents, including all reasonable costs of collection and
enforcement thereof and interest thereon which would be owing by the Borrower
but for the effect of any Bankruptcy Law (collectively, the "Guaranteed
Obligations"). Newco understands, agrees and confirms that each of the Lenders
may enforce this Guarantee up to the full amount guaranteed by Newco hereunder
against Newco without proceeding against any other obligor, against any security
for the Guaranteed Obligations. All payments made by Newco under this Guarantee
shall be paid at the place and in the manner specified in Section 2.10. Newco
agrees that this is a continuing Guarantee of payment and not merely a Guarantee
of collection.

          (b)    The obligations of Newco hereunder shall be unconditional and
absolute and, without limiting the generality of the foregoing, shall not be
released, discharged or otherwise affected by:

          (i)    any extension, renewal, settlement, compromise, waiver or
     release in respect of any Obligation of the Borrower under this Agreement,
     the Bridge Notes or any other Loan Document, by operation of law or
     otherwise;

          (ii)   any modification or amendment of or supplement to this
     Agreement, the Bridge Notes or any of the other Loan Documents;

          (iii)  any release, non-perfection or invalidity of any direct or
     indirect security for, or any other Person's guarantee of, any of the
     Guaranteed Obligations;


                                      77
<PAGE>
 
          (iv)   any change in the corporate existence, structure or ownership
     of the Borrower or any other guarantor of the Borrower's Obligations, or
     any insolvency, bankruptcy, reorganization or other similar proceeding
     affecting the Borrower or any obligor or any of their respective assets or
     any resulting release or discharge of any Obligation of the Borrower
     contained in the Loan Documents;

          (v)    the existence of any claim, set-off or other rights which any
     obligor may have at any time against the Borrower or any other Person,
     whether in connection herewith or with any unrelated transactions, provided
     that nothing herein shall prevent the assertion of any such claim by
     separate suit or compulsory counterclaim;

          (vi)   any invalidity or unenforceability relating to or against the
     Borrower for any reason of this Agreement, the Bridge Notes or any other
     Loan Document, or any provision of applicable law or regulation purporting
     to prohibit the payment by the Borrower of the principal of, interest,
     premium or fees on the Loans or any other amount payable by the Borrower
     under this Agreement, the Bridge Notes or any of the other Loan Documents;
     or

          (vii)  any other act or omission to act or delay of any kind by the
     Borrower or any other Person or any other circumstance whatsoever which
     might, but for the provisions of this paragraph, constitute a legal or
     equitable discharge of Guaranteed Obligations hereunder.

          (c)    Newco hereby waives diligence, presentment, demand of payment,
filing of claims with a court in the event of insolvency or bankruptcy of the
Borrower, any right to require a proceeding first against the Borrower or
obligor, protest, notice and all demands whatsoever and covenants that, subject
to this Article X, this Guarantee shall not be discharged except by complete
payment and performance of all Guaranteed Obligations.

          (d)    If any Lender is required by any court or otherwise to return
to the Borrower or Newco, or any Custodian for the Borrower or any of the other
obligor or their respective assets, any amount paid to any Lender, this
Guarantee, to the extent of the amount so returned, shall be reinstated in full
force and effect.

          (e)    Newco agrees that it shall not be entitled to any right of
subrogation in relation to the Lenders in respect of any Guaranteed Obligations
until payment in full of all Guaranteed Obligations. Newco further agrees that
(i) the maturity of the Guaranteed Obligations may be accelerated as provided in
Section 7.2 notwithstanding any stay, injunction or other prohibition preventing
such acceleration in respect of the Guaranteed Obligations and (ii) in the event
of any declaration of acceleration of such Guaranteed Obligations as provided in
Section 7.2, such


                                      78
<PAGE>
 
Guaranteed Obligations (whether or not due and payable) shall forthwith become
due and payable by Newco for the purpose of this Guarantee.

          Section 10.2. Limitation on Liability. Newco and, by its acceptance of
any Bridge Note, each Lender, hereby confirms that it is the intention of all
such parties that this Guarantee not constitute a fraudulent transfer or
conveyance for purposes of any Bankruptcy Law, the Uniform Fraudulent Conveyance
Act, the Uniform Fraudulent Transfer Act or any similar law to the extent
applicable to this Guarantee. To effectuate the foregoing intention, the Lenders
and Newco hereby irrevocably agree that the Obligations of Newco under this
Guarantee shall be limited to the maximum amount as will, after giving effect to
such maximum amount and all other contingent and fixed liabilities of Newco that
are relevant under such laws, result in the Obligations of Newco under the
Guarantee not constituting a fraudulent transfer or conveyance.

          Section 10.3. Stay of Acceleration. In the event that acceleration of
the time for payment of any Guaranteed Obligation is stayed upon insolvency,
bankruptcy or reorganization of the Borrower, all such amounts otherwise subject
to acceleration under the terms of this Agreement and the Bridge Notes shall
nonetheless by payable by Newco forthwith on demand by any Lender.


                                   ARTICLE XI

                                    INDEMNITY

          Section 11.1. Indemnification. The Borrower and Newco (each, an
"Indemnifying Party" and, collectively, the "Indemnifying Parties") jointly and
severally agree to indemnify and hold harmless each Lender and their respective
controlling Persons and Affected Parties and each director, officer, employee,
affiliate and agent thereof (each, an "Indemnified Party") from and against any
and all losses, claims, damages and liabilities, joint or several, to which any
Indemnified Party may become subject relating to or arising out of or in
connection with the transactions contemplated by this Agreement (including the
use of the proceeds of the Loans) or any related transaction, and to reimburse
each Indemnified Party, promptly upon demand, for expenses (including reasonable
counsel fees and expenses) as they are incurred in connection with the
investigation of, preparation for or defense of any pending or threatened loss,
claim, damage or liability, or any litigation, proceeding or other action in
respect thereof, including any amount paid in settlement of any litigation,
proceeding or other action (commenced or threatened) to which the Indemnifying
Parties shall have consented in writing (such consent not to be unreasonably
withheld) whether or not any Indemnified Party is a party and whether or not
liability resulted; provided, however, that the indemnity contained in this
Section 11.1 will not apply to any Indemnified Party with respect to losses,
claims,


                                      79
<PAGE>
 
damages, liabilities or related expenses arising from the willful misconduct or
gross negligence of such Indemnified Party.

          Section 11.2. Indemnity not Available. If indemnification were for
reason of public policy not to be available, the Indemnifying Party, on the one
hand, and the Lenders, on the other hand, agree to contribute (in proportion to
their respective Commitments in the case of the Lenders) to the losses, claims,
damages, liabilities or expenses (or any investigation, claim, litigation,
proceeding or other action (collectively, an "Action") in respect thereof) for
which such indemnification is held unavailable in such proportion as is
appropriate to reflect the relative benefits to the Indemnifying Party, on the
one hand, and the Lenders, on the other hand, in connection with the matter
giving rise to such losses, claims, damages, liabilities or expenses (or actions
in respect thereof). Newco and the Borrower agree that for the purposes of this
Section 11.2 the relative benefits to Newco and its Subsidiaries on the one
hand, and the Indemnified Parties on the other hand, of the transactions
contemplated by this Agreement, including, without limitation, the Loans and the
other transactions contemplated by any of their document in any way relating to
any Loan, including the use of the proceeds of the Loans shall be deemed to be
in the same proportion that the proceeds of all Loans made or to be made to the
Borrower bears to the interest and fees paid or to be paid to the Lenders in
connection with the Loans; provided, however, that, to the extent permitted by
applicable law, in no event shall the Indemnified Parties be required to
contribute an aggregate amount in excess of the aggregate interest and fees
actually paid to the Lenders in connection with the Loans. The foregoing
contribution agreement shall be in addition to any rights that any Indemnified
Party may have at common law or otherwise. No investigation or failure to
investigate by any Indemnified Party shall impair the foregoing indemnification
and contribution agreement or any right an Indemnified Party may have.

          Section 11.3. Settlement of Claims. Newco and the Borrower agree that,
neither it nor any of its Subsidiaries will settle, compromise or consent to the
entry of any judgment in any pending or threatened claim, action or proceeding
in respect of which indemnification or contribution could be sought under
Section 11.1 or 11.2 (whether or not any Indemnified Party is an actual or
potential party to such claim, action or proceeding), unless such settlement,
compromise or consent includes any unconditional release of each Indemnified
Party from all liability arising out of such claim, action or proceeding.

          Section 11.4. Appearance Expenses. If an Indemnified Party is
requested or required to appear as a witness in any action brought by or on
behalf of or against Newco or any Affiliate thereof in which such Indemnified
party is not named as a defendant, the Borrower agrees to reimburse such
Indemnified Party for all reasonable expenses incurred by it in connection with
such Indemnified Party's


                                      80
<PAGE>
 
appearing and preparing to appear as such a witness, including, without
limitation, the reasonable fees and disbursements of its legal counsel.

          Section 11.5. Indemnity for Taxes, Reserves and Expenses. If, after
the date hereof, the adoption of any law or guideline or any amendment or change
in the administration, interpretation or application of any existing or future
law or guideline by any Governmental Entity charged with the administration,
interpretation or application thereof, or the compliance with any request or
directive of any Governmental Entity (whether or not having the force of law
made or issued after the date hereof):

          (a) subjects any Affected Party to any tax of any kind with respect to
     this Agreement or the Bridge Notes or changes the basis of taxation of
     payments of amounts due hereunder or thereunder or with respect to this
     Agreement or the Related Documents, (including, without limitation, any
     sales, gross receipts, general corporate, personal property, privilege or
     license taxes, and including claims, losses and liabilities arising from
     any failure to pay or delay in paying any such tax (unless such failure or
     delay results solely from such Affected Party's negligence or willful
     misconduct), but excluding (i) federal, state or local taxes based on net
     income incurred by such Affected Party arising out of or as a result of
     this Agreement, the Notes or the Related Documents and (ii) Taxes, Other
     Taxes and any taxes, levies, imposts, deductions, charges or withholding
     that are excluded under Section 2.11(a));

          (b) imposes, modifies or deems applicable any reserve (including,
     without limitation, any reserve imposed by the Board of Governors of the
     Federal Reserve System), special deposit or similar requirement against
     assets held by, credit extended by, deposits with or for the account of, or
     other acquisition of funds by, any Affected Party;

          (c) shall change the amount of capital maintained or requested or
     directed to be maintained by an Affected Party; or

          (d) imposes upon an Affected Party any other condition or expense
     (including, without limitation, (i) loss of margin and (ii) attorneys' fees
     and expenses, expenses incurred by officers or employees of an Affected
     Party (or any successor thereto) and expenses of litigation or preparation
     therefor in contesting any of the foregoing) with respect to this Agreement
     or the Related Documents or the purchase, maintenance or funding of the
     Loans by an Affected Party,

and the result of any of the foregoing is to increase the cost to, reduce the
income receivable by, reduce the rate of return on capital of, or impose any
expense (including loss of margin) upon, an Affected Party with respect to this
Agreement, the


                                      81
<PAGE>
 
obligations hereunder, the Related Documents or the funding of the Loans
hereunder, the Affected Party may notify the Indemnifying Party of the amount of
such increase, reduction, or imposition, and the Indemnifying Parties shall pay
to the Affected Party the amount the Affected Party deems necessary to
compensate the Affected Party for such increase, reduction or imposition which
determination shall be conclusive. Such amounts shall be due and payable by the
Indemnifying Parties 15 days after such notice is given.

          Section 11.6. Survival of Indemnification. The provisions contained in
this Article XI shall remain in full force and effect whether or not any of the
transactions contemplated hereby are consummated and notwithstanding the
termination of this Agreement or the payment in full of all Obligations
hereunder. The amounts payable by any Indemnifying Party under this Article XI
shall be payable whether or not any of the transactions contemplated under this
Agreement are consummated.

          Section 11.7. Liability Not Exclusive; Payments. The agreements of
each Indemnifying Party in this Article XI shall be in addition to any liability
that each may otherwise have. All amounts due under this Article XI shall be
payable as incurred upon written demand therefor.


                                   ARTICLE XII

                            THE AGENT; THE ARRANGERS

          Section 12.1. Appointment. Each Lender hereby irrevocably designates
and appoints the Paying Agent as the agent of such Lender under this Agreement
and the other Loan Documents, and each such Lender irrevocably authorizes the
Paying Agent, in such capacity, to take such action on its behalf under the
provisions of this Agreement and the other Loan Documents and to exercise such
powers and perform such duties as are expressly delegated to the Paying Agent by
the terms of this Agreement and the other Loan Documents, together with such
other powers as are reasonably incidental thereto. Notwithstanding any provision
to the contrary elsewhere in this Agreement, the Paying Agent shall have no
duties or responsibilities, except those expressly set forth herein, or any
fiduciary relationship with any Lender, and no implied covenants, functions,
responsibilities, duties, obligations or liabilities shall be read into this
Agreement or any other Loan Document or otherwise exist against the Paying
Agent.

          Section 12.2. Delegation of Duties. The Paying Agent may execute any
of its duties under this Agreement and the other Loan Documents by or through
agents or attorneys-in-fact and shall be entitled to the advice of counsel
concerning all matters pertaining to such duties. The Paying Agent shall be
responsible for the


                                      82
<PAGE>
 
negligence or misconduct of any agents or attorneys in-fact selected by it with
reasonable care.

          Section 12.3. Exculpatory Provisions. Neither the Paying Agent nor any
of its officers, directors, employees, agents, attorneys-in-fact or Affiliates
shall be (i) liable for any action lawfully taken or omitted to be taken by it
or such Person under or in connection with this Agreement or any other Loan
Documents (except for its or such Person's own gross negligence or willful
misconduct) or (ii) responsible in any manner to any of the Lenders for any
recitals, statements, representations or warranties made by Newco or the
Borrower or any officer thereof contained in this Agreement or any other Loan
Document or in any certificate, report, statement or other document referred to
or provided for in, or received by the Paying Agent under or in connection with,
this Agreement or any other Loan Document or for the value, validity,
effectiveness, genuineness, enforceability or sufficiency of this Agreement or
any other Loan Document or for any failure of Newco or the Borrower to perform
its obligations hereunder or thereunder. The Paying Agent shall not be under any
obligation to any Lender to ascertain or to inquire as to the observance or
performance of any of the agreements contained in, or conditions of, this
Agreement or any other Loan Document, or to inspect the properties, books or
records of Newco or the Borrower.

          Section 12.4. Reliance by Agent. The Paying Agent shall be entitled to
rely, and shall be fully protected in relying, upon any writing, resolution,
notice, consent, certificate, affidavit, letter, telecopy, telex or teletype
message, statement, order or other document or conversation believed by it to be
genuine and correct and to have been signed, sent or made by the proper Person
or Persons and upon advice and statements of legal counsel (including, without
limitation, counsel to Newco or the Borrower), independent accountants and other
experts selected by the Paying Agent. The Paying Agent may deem and treat the
payee of the Bridge Note as the owner thereof for all purposes unless a written
notice of assignment, negotiation or transfer thereof shall have been filed with
the Paying Agent. The Paying Agent shall be fully justified in failing or
refusing to take any action under this Agreement or any other Loan Document
unless it shall first receive such advice or concurrence of the Majority Lenders
as it deems appropriate or it shall first be indemnified to its satisfaction by
the Lenders against any and all liability and expense which may be incurred by
it by reason of taking or continuing to take any such action. The Paying Agent
shall in all cases be fully protected in acting, or in refraining from acting,
under this Agreement and the other Loan Documents in accordance with a request
of the Majority Lenders, and such request and any action taken or failure to act
pursuant thereto shall be binding upon all the Lenders and all future holders of
the Loans.

          Section 12.5. Notice of Default. The Paying Agent shall not be deemed
to have knowledge or notice of the occurrence of any Default or Event of Default
hereunder unless the Paying Agent has received notice from a Lender, Newco


                                      83
<PAGE>
 
or the Borrower referring to this Agreement, describing such Default or Event of
Default and stating that such notice is a 'notice of default'. In the event that
the Paying Agent receives such a notice, the Paying Agent shall give notice
thereof to the Lenders. The Paying Agent shall take such action with respect to
such Default or Event of Default as shall be reasonably directed by the Majority
Lenders; provided that unless and until the Paying Agent shall have received
such directions, the Paying Agent may (but shall not be obligated to) take such
action, or refrain from taking such action, with respect to such Default or
Event of Default as it shall deem advisable in the best interests of the
Lenders.

          Section 12.6. Non-Reliance on Agent and Other Lenders. Each Lender
expressly acknowledges that neither the Paying Agent nor any of its officers,
directors, employees, agents, attorneys-in-fact or Affiliates has made any
representations or warranties to it and that no act by any of the Paying Agent
hereafter taken, including any review of the affairs of Newco or the Borrower,
shall be deemed to constitute any representation or warranty by the Paying Agent
to any Lender. Each Lender represents to the Paying Agent that it has,
independently and without reliance upon the Paying Agent or any other Lenders,
and based on such documents and information as it has deemed appropriate, made
its own appraisal of and investigation into the business, operations, property,
financial and other condition and credit worthiness of Newco and the Borrower
and made its own decision to make its Loans hereunder and enter into this
Agreement. Each Lender also represents that it will, independently and without
reliance upon the Paying Agent or any other Lender, and based on such documents
and information as it shall deem appropriate at the time, continue to make its
own credit analysis, appraisals and decisions in taking or not taking action
under this Agreement and the other Loan Documents, and to make such
investigation as it deems necessary to inform itself as to the business,
operations, property, financial and other condition and credit worthiness of
Newco and the Borrower. Except for notices, reports and other documents
expressly required to be furnished to the Lenders by the Paying Agent hereunder,
the Paying Agent shall have no any duty or responsibility to provide any Lender
with any credit or other information concerning the business, operations,
property, condition (financial or otherwise), prospects or credit worthiness of
Newco or the Borrower which may come into the possession of the Paying Agent or
any of its officers, directors, employees, agents, attorneys-in-fact or
Affiliates.

          Section 12.7. Indemnification. The Lenders agree to indemnify the
Paying Agent in its capacity as such (to the extent not reimbursed by the
Borrower or Newco and without limiting the obligation of the Borrower and Newco
to do so), ratably according to their respective Commitments in effect on the
date on which indemnification is sought, from and against any and all
liabilities, obligations,. losses, damages, penalties, actions, judgments,
suits, costs, expenses or disbursements of any kind whatsoever which may at any
time (include, without limitation, at any time following the payment of the
Loans) be imposed on, incurred by or asserted against


                                      84
<PAGE>
 
the Paying Agent in any way relating to or arising out of, the Commitments, this
Agreement, any of the other Loan Documents or any documents contemplated by or
referred to herein or therein or the transactions contemplated hereby or thereby
or any action taken or omitted by the Paying Agent under or in connection with
any of the foregoing, provided that no Lender shall be liable for the payment of
any portion of such liabilities, obligations, losses, damages, penalties,
actions, judgments, suits, costs, expenses or disbursements resulting solely
from the Paying Agent's gross negligence or willful misconduct. The agreements
in this subsection shall survive the payment of the Loans and all other amounts
payable hereunder.

          Section 12.8. Agent, in Its Individual Capacities. The Paying Agent
and its Affiliates may make loans to, accept deposits from and generally engage
in any kind of business with the Borrower as though the Paying Agent was not
acting in such capacities hereunder and under the other Loan Documents. With
respect to the Loans made or renewed by it and the Bridge Note issued to it the
Paying Agent shall have the same rights and powers under this Agreement and the
other Loan Documents as any Lender and may exercise the same as though it were
not the Paying Agent, and the terms "Lender" and "Lenders" shall include the
Paying Agent in its individual capacity.

          Section 12.9. Successor Paying Agent. The Paying Agent, may resign as
Paying Agent upon 30 days' notice to the Lenders. If the Paying Agent shall
resign as Paying Agent under this Agreement and the other Loan Documents then
the Majority Lenders shall appoint from among the Lenders a successor agent for
the Lenders, which successor agent (provided that it shall have been approved by
the Borrower), shall succeed to the rights, powers and duties of the Paying
Agent, hereunder. Effective upon such appointment and approval, the term "Paying
Agent" shall mean and include such successor agent, and the former Paying
Agent's rights, powers and duties as Paying Agent shall be terminated, without
any other or further act or deed on the part of such former Paying Agent any of
the parties to this Agreement or any holders of the Loans. After any retiring
Paying Agent's resignation as Paying Agent the provisions of this Article XII
shall inure to its benefit as to any actions taken or omitted to be taken by it
while it was Paying Agent under this Agreement and the other Loan Documents.

          Section 12.10. Successor Paying Agent. Except as expressly set forth
herein, the Arrangers, in their capacity as such, shall have no duties or
responsibilities, and shall incur no liabilities, under this Agreement or the
other Loan Documents.


                                      85
<PAGE>
 
                                  ARTICLE XIII

                                  MISCELLANEOUS

          Section 13.1. Expenses; Documentary Taxes. Newco and the Borrower
agree to pay all reasonable out-of-pocket expenses (including, without
limitation, expenses incurred in connection with due diligence of the Lenders)
associated with the preparation, execution and delivery, administration, waiver,
enforcement or modification and enforcement of the documentation contemplated
hereby; provided that, except with respect to any such enforcement, Newco and
the Borrower shall not be obligated to reimburse any Lender, other than the
Paying Agent, with respect to the fees and expenses of their counsel. Newco and
the Borrower agree to indemnify the Lenders against any transfer taxes,
documentary taxes, assessments or charges made by any Governmental Entity by
reason of the execution and delivery, or the terms, of this Agreement, the
Bridge Notes or the other Loan Documents.

          Section 13.2. Notices. All notices and other communications pertaining
to this Agreement or any Bridge Note shall be in writing and shall be delivered
(a) in Person (with receipt acknowledged), (b) by facsimile (confirmed
immediately in writing by a copy mailed by registered or certified mail, return
receipt requested, postage prepaid, addressed as hereafter set forth), or (c)
mailed by registered or certified mail, return receipt requested, postage
prepaid, addressed as follows:

                (i)    If to the Paying Agent, to it at:

                       399 Park Avenue                                
                       New York, New York  10043                      
                       Attention:  Ray Cubero                         
                       Facsimile No.:  (212) 559-0292                 
                                                                      
                       with a copy to:                                
                                                                      
                       Latham & Watkins                               
                       885 Third Avenue, Suite 1000                   
                       New York, New York  10022                      
                       Attention:  Kirk A. Davenport, Esq.             
                       Facsimile No.:  (212) 751-4864                  

                (ii)   If to any Lender, to it at its address set forth on the
                       signature pages hereto:


                                      86
<PAGE>
 
                (iii)  If to Newco or the Borrower, to it at:

                       700 NE Multnomah                                         
                       Suite 1600                                             
                       Portland, Oregon  97232                                
                       Attention:  William E. Peressini                       
                                   Vice President and Treasurer               
                       Facsimile No.:  (503) 731-2017                         
                                                                              
                       with a copy to:                                        
                                                                              
                       Stoel Rives LLP                                        
                       700 NE Multnomah                                       
                       Suite 950                                              
                       Portland, Oregon  97232                                
                       Attention:  John M. Schweitzer, Esq.                   
                       Facsimile No.:  (503) 230-1907                         
                       
or to such other Person or address as shall be furnished in writing delivered to
the other parties in compliance with this Section.

          Section 13.3.     Consent to Amendments and Waivers.

          (a) Except as provided in Section 13.3(b), this Agreement and the
Bridge Notes may be amended or supplemented with the consent of Newco, the
Borrower and the Majority Lenders and any existing default or compliance with
any provision of this Agreement or the Bridge Notes may be waived with the
consent of the Majority Lenders. Bridge Notes held by the Borrower or any of its
Affiliates will not be deemed to be outstanding for purposes of this Section
13.3.

          (b) Without the consent of Newco, the Borrower and each Lender
affected, an amendment or waiver may not: (i) reduce the principal amount of any
Loan, (ii) change the fixed maturity of any Loan, (iii) reduce the rate of or
change the time for payment of interest on any Loan, (iv) waive a Default or
Event of Default in the payment of principal of or premium, if any, or interest
or premium on the Loans or an other amounts payable under any of the Loan
Documents, (v) make any Loan payable in money other than that stated in the
applicable Loan, (vi) make any change in the provisions of this Agreement
relating to the rights of Lenders to receive payments of principal of, premium,
if any, or fees, interest on the Loans, provided that the Majority Lenders may
waive any mandatory prepayment of Loans required by Section 2.5 other than a
mandatory prepayment with the proceeds of the Permanent Securities, (vii) make
any change to the provisions of Article VIII which would adversely affect the
rights of any Lender, (viii) release Newco from its Guarantee or (ix) make any
change in the foregoing amendment and waiver


                                      87
<PAGE>
 
provisions. Notwithstanding the foregoing: (A) any amendment to the provisions
of Section 4.20 shall require the consent of the Lenders holding at least 75% in
aggregate principal amount of the Loans then outstanding if such amendment would
adversely affect the rights of any Lender, (B) without the consent of Newco, the
Borrower and each Lender affected thereby, an amendment or waiver may not change
or extend any Commitment of any Lender or decrease or extend the date for
payment of the fees of any Lender under any Loan Document and, (C) no amendment
or waiver shall amend, modify or otherwise affect the duties of the Paying Agent
or any Arranger hereunder or under any other Loan Documents without the prior
written consent of the Paying Agent or such Arranger, as the case may be. In
addition to the foregoing, no amendment, modification, termination, or waiver of
any provision of this Agreement or any other Loan Document which has the effect
of changing any scheduled payments, voluntary or mandatory prepayments (or the
applications thereof), conditions to making Bridge Loans hereunder, Commitment
reductions or the termination of Commitments applicable to any Class (an
"Affected Class") in a manner that disproportionately disadvantages such Class
relative to the other Class shall be effective without the written concurrence
of the Requisite Class Lenders of the Affected Class. Notwithstanding the
foregoing, any waiver or change in any of the provisions of Section 4.24 may
only be effected with the consent of each of the Arrangers as well as the
consent of the Majority Lenders.

          (c) Newco shall not and shall not permit any of its Subsidiaries to,
directly or indirectly, pay or cause to be paid any consideration, whether by
way of interest, fee or otherwise, to any Lender for or as an inducement to any
consent, waiver or amendment permitted by Section 13.3(a) or (b) unless such
consideration is offered to be paid or is paid to all Lenders that consent,
waive or agree to amend in the time frame set forth in the solicitation
documents relating to such consent, waiver or agreement.

          Section 13.4. Parties. This Agreement shall inure to the benefit of
and be binding upon Newco and the Borrower, the Affected Parties and each of
their respective successors and assigns. Except as expressly in this Agreement,
nothing expressed or mentioned in this Agreement is intended or shall be
construed to give any other Person any legal or equitable right, remedy or claim
under or in respect of this Agreement or any provision herein contained. Except
as expressly provided in this Agreement, this Agreement and all conditions and
provisions hereof are intended to be for the sole and exclusive benefit of the
Affected Parties and their respective successors and assigns, and for the
benefit of no other Person.

          Section 13.5. New York Law; Submission to Jurisdiction; Waiver of Jury
Trial. THIS AGREEMENT AND THE BRIDGE NOTES SHALL BE CONSTRUED IN ACCORDANCE WITH
AND GOVERNED BY THE LAWS OF THE STATE OF NEW YORK. EACH OF NEWCO, THE BORROWER
AND EACH OF THE LENDERS HEREBY SUBMITS TO THE NONEXCLUSIVE JURISDICTION OF THE
UNITED STATES


                                      88
<PAGE>
 
DISTRICT COURT FOR THE SOUTHERN DISTRICT OF NEW YORK AND OF ANY NEW YORK STATE
COURT SITTING IN NEW YORK CITY (EACH, A "NEW YORK COURT") FOR PURPOSES OF ALL
LEGAL PROCEEDINGS ARISING OUT OF OR RELATING TO THE BRIDGE NOTES, THIS
AGREEMENT, ANY OF THE OTHER LOAN DOCUMENTS OR THE TRANSACTIONS CONTEMPLATED
HEREBY. EACH OF NEWCO, THE BORROWER AND THE LENDERS IRREVOCABLY WAIVES, TO THE
FULLEST EXTENT PERMITTED BY LAW, ANY OBJECTION WHICH IT MAY NOW OR HEREAFTER
HAVE TO THE LAYING OF THE VENUE OF ANY SUCH PROCEEDING BROUGHT IN SUCH A COURT
AND ANY CLAIM THAT ANY SUCH PROCEEDING BROUGHT IN SUCH A COURT HAS BEEN BROUGHT
IN AN INCONVENIENT FORUM. EACH OF NEWCO, THE BORROWER AND THE LENDERS
IRREVOCABLY WAIVES ANY AND ALL RIGHT TO TRIAL BY JURY IN ANY LEGAL PROCEEDING
ARISING OUT OF OR RELATING TO THE BRIDGE NOTES, THIS AGREEMENT, ANY OF THE OTHER
LOAN DOCUMENTS OR THE TRANSACTIONS CONTEMPLATED HEREBY.

          Section 13.6. Replacement Notes. If any Bridge Note becomes mutilated
and is surrendered by the applicable Lender to the Borrower, or if any Lender
claims that any of its Bridge Notes has been lost, destroyed or wrongfully
taken, the Borrower shall execute and deliver to such Lender a replacement
Bridge Note, upon the delivery by such Lender of an indemnity to the Borrower to
save it and any agent of it harmless in respect of such loss, destruction or
wrongful taking with respect to such Bridge Note.

          Section 13.7. Marshalling; Recapture. Neither the Paying Agent nor any
Lender shall be under any obligation to marshall any assets in favor of the
Borrower or any other party or against or in payment of any or all of the
Obligations. To the extent any Lender receives any payment by or on behalf of
the Borrower, which payment or any part thereof is subsequently invalidated,
declared to be fraudulent or preferential, set aside or required to be repaid to
the Borrower or its estate, trustee, receiver, custodian or any other party
under any bankruptcy law, state or federal law, common law or equitable cause,
then, to the extent of such payment or repayment, the obligation or part thereof
which has been paid, reduced or satisfied by the amount so repaid shall be
reinstated by the amount so repaid and shall be included within the liabilities
of Borrower to such Lender as of the date such initial payment, reduction or
satisfaction occurred.

          Section 13.8. Limitation of Liability. No claim may be made by the
Borrower, Newco or any other Person against the Paying Agent or any Lender or
the Affiliates, directors, officers, employees, attorneys or agents of any of
them for any special, indirect, consequential or punitive damages in respect of
any claim for breach of contract or any of their theory of liability arising out
of or related to the transactions contemplated by this Agreement or the other
Loan Documents, or any act, omission or event occurring in connection therewith;
and to the fullest extent permitted by law, the Borrower and Newco hereby waive,
release and agree not to


                                      89
<PAGE>
 
sue and shall cause each of its respective Subsidiaries to waive, release or
agree not to sue (if required), upon any claim for any such damages, whether or
not accrued and whether or not known or suspected to exist in its favor.

          Section 13.9. Independence of Covenants. All covenants hereunder shall
be given independent effect so that if a particular action or condition is not
permitted by any of such covenants, the fact that it would be permitted by an
exception to, or be otherwise within the limitations of, another covenant shall
not avoid the occurrence of a Default or Event of Default if such action is
taken or condition exists.

          Section 13.10. Currency Indemnity. The Borrower acknowledges and
agrees that this is a credit transaction which specification of dollars is of
the essence and dollars shall be the currency of account and payment in all
events. If, pursuant to a judgment or for any other reason, payment shall be
made in another currency and such payment, after prompt conversion to dollars
and transfer to New York City in accordance with normal banking procedures,
falls short of the sum due the Lenders in dollars, the Borrower shall pay the
Lender such shortfall and the Lenders shall have a separate cause of action for
such amount.

          Section 13.11. Waiver of Immunity. To the extent that the Borrower or
Newco has or hereafter may acquire any immunity from:

          (a) the jurisdiction of any court of (i) any jurisdiction in which the
     Borrower or Newco owns or leases property or assets or (ii) the United
     States, the State of New York or any political subdivision thereof; or

          (b) from any legal process (whether through service of notice,
     attachment prior to judgment, attachment in aid of execution, execution or
     otherwise) with respect to itself or its property and assets, this
     Agreement, any Loan Document or actions to enforce judgments in respect of
     any thereof,

it hereby irrevocably waives, to the fullest extent permitted by law, such
immunity in respect of its obligations under the above-referenced document.

          Section 13.12. Freedom of Choice. The submission to the jurisdiction
of the courts referred to in this Article XIII shall not (and shall not be
construed so as to) limit the right of any Lender to take proceedings against
the Borrower in the courts of any country in which the Borrower has assets or in
any other court of competent jurisdiction nor shall the taking of proceedings in
any one or more jurisdictions preclude the taking of proceedings in any other
jurisdiction (whether concurrently or not) if and to the extent permitted by
applicable law.


                                      90
<PAGE>
 
                  Section 13.13. Successors and Assigns. Whenever in this
Agreement any of the parties hereto is referred to, such reference shall be
deemed to include the successors and permitted assigns of such party; and all
covenants and agreements of the Newco and the Borrower in this Agreement shall
bind their respective successors and permitted assigns. Neither Newco nor the
Borrower may assign or transfer any of its rights or obligations hereunder (by
operation of law or otherwise) without the prior written consent of the Majority
Lenders.

                  Section 13.14. Severability Clause. In case any provision in
this Agreement or any Bridge Note shall be invalid, illegal or unenforceable in
any jurisdiction, the validity, legality and enforceability of the remaining
provisions shall not in any way be affected or impaired thereby and such
provision shall be ineffective in such jurisdiction only to the extent of such
invalidity, illegality or unenforceability.

                  Section 13.15. Representations, Warranties and Agreements to
Survive Delivery. All representations, warranties and agreements contained in or
incorporated into this Agreement, or contained in Officer's Certificates
submitted pursuant hereto, shall remain operative and in full force and effect
as of the dates on which they are made until all Obligations in respect of the
Loans have been repaid in full, regardless of any investigation made by or on
behalf of the Lenders or any controlling Person of the Lenders, or by or on
behalf of the Borrower or any controlling Person of the Borrower, and shall
survive delivery of the Bridge Notes.

                  Section 13.16. Appointment of Agent. The Borrower designates
and appoints Newco and such other Persons as may irrevocably agree in writing to
serve as their respective agent to receive on their behalf service of all
process in any proceedings in any New York Court, such service being hereby
acknowledged by the Borrower to be effective and binding in every respect. If
any agent appointed by the Borrower refuses to receive and forward such service,
the Borrower hereby agrees that service upon it by mail shall constitute
sufficient service.


                            [signature pages follow]


                                      91
<PAGE>
 
                  IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the parties hereto have duly executed this
Agreement as of the date first above written.

                                   PACIFICORP ENERGYCO


                                   By:/s/ W.E. PERESSINI
                                      ----------------------------------------
                                        Name: W.E. Peressini
                                        Title: Deputy Chief Finance Officer


                                   PACIFICORP GROUP HOLDINGS COMPANY


                                   By:/S/ W.E. PERESSINI
                                      ----------------------------------------
                                        Name:  W.E. PERESSINI
                                        Title: Treasurer



                                     92
<PAGE>
 
Bridge Loan Commitment: $631,000,000
Dedicated Interest Commitment: $31,500,000


                                  CITIBANK N.A.

                               
                                  By:/s/ THOMAS W. NG
                                     -----------------------------------
                                        Name:  Thomas W. Ng
                                        Title: Attorney-in-Fact


                                  Wire Transfer Instructions

                                  Name of Bank:
                                  Address:


                                  ABA#:
                                  Account Name:

                                  Account No.:
                                  Attention:
                                  Telephone:



                                      93
<PAGE>
 
Bridge Loan Commitment: $631,000,000
Dedicated Interest Commitment: $31,500,000



                                              GOLDMAN SACHS CREDIT PARTNERS L.P.


                                              By:/s/ EDWARD C. FORST
                                                 ------------------------------
                                                    Name:  Edward C. Forst
                                                    Title: Authorized Signatory


                                              Wire Transfer Instructions

                                              Name of Bank:
                                              Address:


                                              ABA#:
                                              Account Name:

                                              Account No.:
                                              Attention:
                                              Telephone:



                                      94
<PAGE>
 
Bridge Loan Commitment: $238,000,000
Dedicated Interest Commitment: $12,000,000


                                    MORGAN GUARANTY TRUST COMPANY OF
                                    NEW YORK


                                    By:/s/ KATHRYN SAYKO-YANES
                                       ----------------------------------
                                         Name:  Kathryn Sayko-Yanes
                                         Title: Vice-President


                                    Wire Transfer Instructions

                                    Name of Bank:
                                    Address:


                                    ABA#:
                                    Account Name:

                                    Account No.:
                                    Attention:
                                    Telephone:



                                      95

<PAGE>
 
                                                            CONFORMED COPY

    ======================================================================   
                                                                                



                                CREDIT AGREEMENT

                           Dated as of June 12, 1997,

                  as amended and restated as of June 27, 1997



                                     among



                           PACIFICORP POWERCOAL LLC,

                            THE LENDERS NAMED HEREIN



                                      and



                   MORGAN GUARANTY TRUST COMPANY OF NEW YORK,
                       as Paying Agent, Collateral Agent,
                       Issuing Bank and Swingline Lender

                             --------------------

                           CITICORP SECURITIES, INC.,
                       GOLDMAN SACHS CREDIT PARTNERS L.P.
                                      and
                          J.P. MORGAN SECURITIES INC.,
                                  as Arrangers



    ======================================================================   
                                                  [CS&M Ref. No. 4020-271]
<PAGE>
 
                               TABLE OF CONTENTS

<TABLE> 
<CAPTION> 
                                                                            Page
                                                                            ----
<S>                                                                         <C> 
                                   ARTICLE I

                                  Definitions

SECTION 1.01.  Defined Terms                                                  2
SECTION 1.02.  Terms Generally                                               28

                                  ARTICLE II

                                  The Credits
 
SECTION 2.01.  Commitments                                                   28
SECTION 2.02.  Loans                                                         29
SECTION 2.03.  Borrowing Procedure                                           30
SECTION 2.04.  Evidence of Debt; Repayment of Loans                          31
SECTION 2.05.  Fees                                                          31
SECTION 2.06.  Interest on Loans                                             32
SECTION 2.07.  Default Interest                                              33
SECTION 2.08.  Alternate Rate of Interest                                    33
SECTION 2.09.  Termination and Reduction of Commitments                      33
SECTION 2.10.  Conversion and Continuation of  Borrowings                    34
SECTION 2.11.  Repayment of Term Borrowings                                  35
SECTION 2.12.  Optional Prepayments                                          38
SECTION 2.13.  Mandatory Prepayments                                         38
SECTION 2.14.  Reserve Requirements; Change in Circumstances                 40
SECTION 2.15.  Change in Legality                                            41
SECTION 2.16.  Indemnity                                                     42
SECTION 2.17.  Pro Rata Treatment                                            42
SECTION 2.18.  Sharing of Setoffs                                            43
SECTION 2.19.  Payments                                                      43
SECTION 2.20.  Taxes                                                         44
SECTION 2.21.  Assignment of Commitments Under Certain Circumstances;      
                 Duty to Mitigate                                            46
SECTION 2.22.  Swingline Loans                                               47
SECTION 2.23.  Letters of Credit                                             48

                                 ARTICLE III 

                        Representations and Warranties
 
SECTION 3.01.  Organization                                                  52
SECTION 3.02.  Corporate and Governmental Authorization; No Contravention    52
SECTION 3.03.  Enforceability                                                52
SECTION 3.04.  Financial Statements                                          53
SECTION 3.05.  No Material Adverse Change                                    53
SECTION 3.06.  Title to Properties; Possession Under Leases                  53
SECTION 3.07.  Subsidiaries                                                  54
SECTION 3.08.  Litigation; Compliance with Laws; Reserves                    54
 
</TABLE>
<PAGE>
 
                                                                   Contents, p.2

<TABLE>
<S>                                                                         <C>

SECTION 3.09.  Agreements................................................... 54
SECTION 3.10.  Federal Reserve Regulations.................................. 55
SECTION 3.11.  Investment Company Act; Public Utility Holding Company Act... 55
SECTION 3.12.  Use of Proceeds.............................................. 55
SECTION 3.13.  Tax Returns.................................................. 55
SECTION 3.14.  No Material Misstatements.................................... 55
SECTION 3.15.  Employee Benefit Plans....................................... 55
SECTION 3.16.  Environmental Matters........................................ 56
SECTION 3.17.  Insurance.................................................... 56
SECTION 3.18.  Security Documents........................................... 56
SECTION 3.19.  Location of Real Property and Leased Premises................ 57
SECTION 3.20.  Labor Matters................................................ 57
SECTION 3.21.  Solvency..................................................... 58

                                  ARTICLE IV

                                  Conditions

SECTION 4.01.  Effective Date............................................... 58
SECTION 4.02.  Borrowings................................................... 59

                                   ARTICLE V

                             Affirmative Covenants

SECTION 5.01.  Existence; Businesses and Properties......................... 61
SECTION 5.02.  Insurance.................................................... 61
SECTION 5.03.  Obligations and Taxes........................................ 61
SECTION 5.04.  Financial Statements, Reports, etc........................... 62
SECTION 5.05.  Litigation and Other Notices................................. 63
SECTION 5.06.  Maintaining Records; Access to Properties and Inspections.... 63
SECTION 5.07.  Use of Proceeds.............................................. 63
SECTION 5.08.  Compliance with Laws......................................... 63
SECTION 5.09.  Preparation of Environmental Reports......................... 64
SECTION 5.10.  Further Assurances........................................... 64
SECTION 5.11.  Interest Rate Protection Agreements.......................... 65
SECTION 5.12.  Concentration and Disbursement Accounts...................... 65
SECTION 5.13.  Pedro Subsidiaries; PPM Contribution......................... 65

                                  ARTICLE VI

                              Negative Covenants

SECTION 6.01.  Indebtedness................................................. 65
SECTION 6.02.  Liens........................................................ 67
SECTION 6.03.  Sale and Lease-Back Transactions............................. 68
SECTION 6.04.  Investments, Loans and Advances.............................. 68
SECTION 6.05.  Mergers, Consolidations, Sales of Assets and Acquisitions.... 70
SECTION 6.06.  Dividends and Distributions; Restrictions on Ability of
                 Subsidiaries to Pay Dividends.............................. 70
SECTION 6.07.  Transactions with Affiliates................................. 71
SECTION 6.08.  Business of Borrower and Subsidiaries........................ 72
 
</TABLE>
<PAGE>
 
                                                                   Contents, p.3

<TABLE>
<S>                                                                         <C>
SECTION 6.09.  Other Indebtedness and Agreements............................ 72
SECTION 6.10.  Capital Expenditures......................................... 72
SECTION 6.11.  Leverage Ratio............................................... 73
SECTION 6.12.  Interest Expense Coverage Ratio.............................. 73
SECTION 6.13.  Net Worth.................................................... 73
SECTION 6.14.  Current Ratio................................................ 73
SECTION 6.15.  Fiscal Year.................................................. 74

                                  ARTICLE VII

                               Events of Default

                                 ARTICLE VIII

                   The Paying Agent and the Collateral Agent

                                  ARTICLE IX

                                 Miscellaneous

SECTION 9.01.  Notices...................................................... 79
SECTION 9.02.  Survival of Agreement........................................ 80
SECTION 9.03.  Binding Effect............................................... 80
SECTION 9.04.  Successors and Assigns....................................... 80
SECTION 9.05.  Expenses; Indemnity.......................................... 83
SECTION 9.06.  Right of Setoff.............................................. 84
SECTION 9.07.  APPLICABLE LAW............................................... 84
SECTION 9.08.  Waivers; Amendment........................................... 84
SECTION 9.09.  Interest Rate Limitation..................................... 85
SECTION 9.10.  Entire Agreement............................................. 85
SECTION 9.11.  WAIVER OF JURY TRIAL......................................... 86
SECTION 9.12.  Severability................................................. 86
SECTION 9.13.  Counterparts................................................. 86
SECTION 9.14.  Headings..................................................... 86
SECTION 9.15.  Jurisdiction; Consent to Service of Process.................. 86
SECTION 9.16.  Judgment Currency............................................ 87
SECTION 9.17.  Confidentiality.............................................. 87
SECTION 9.18.  Intercreditor Agreement...................................... 88
SECTION 9.19.  Additional Borrowers......................................... 88
SECTION 9.20.  Margin Regulations........................................... 88

</TABLE>                                                              
                             Exhibits and Schedules                   
                                                                      
Exhibit A             Administrative Questionnaire                    
Exhibit B             Assignment and Acceptance                       
Exhibit C             Bidco Note                                      
Exhibit D             Borrowing Request                               
Exhibit E             Collateral Assignment
Exhibit F             Intercreditor Agreement
Exhibit G             Guarantee Agreement
Exhibit H             Indemnity, Subrogation and Contribution Agreement
<PAGE>
 
                                                                   Contents, p.4


Exhibit I              Pledge Agreement
Exhibit J              Security Agreement
Exhibit K-1            Opinion of Stoel Rives LLP
Exhibit K-2            Opinion of Davis Polk & Wardwell

Schedule 1.01(a)       Offer Conditions Precedent
Schedule 1.01(b)       Pedro Indebtedness
Schedule 1.01(c)       Pedro Subsidiaries
Schedule 2.01          Commitments
Schedule 3.06(b)       Leases
Schedule 3.07(a)       Subsidiaries
Schedule 3.08          Litigation
Schedule 3.16          Environmental Matters
Schedule 3.17          Insurance
Schedule 3.19(a)       Owned Real Property
Schedule 3.19(b)       Leased Real Property
Schedule 6.01(a)       Indebtedness
Schedule 6.04(c)       Investments, Loans and Advances
Schedule 6.05(a)       Certain Subsidiaries
<PAGE>
 
                                CREDIT AGREEMENT dated as of June 12, 1997, as
                          amended and restated as of June 27, 1997, among
                          PACIFICORP POWERCOAL LLC, an Oregon limited liability
                          company (the "Borrower"), the Lenders (as defined in
                          Article I), and MORGAN GUARANTY TRUST COMPANY OF NEW
                          YORK, a New York banking corporation ("Morgan"), as
                          swingline lender (in such capacity, the "Swingline
                          Lender"), as issuing bank (in such capacity, the
                          "Issuing Bank"), as paying agent (in such capacity,
                          the "Paying Agent") and as collateral agent (in such
                          capacity, the "Collateral Agent") for the Lenders.


     The parties hereto are parties to a Credit Agreement dated as of June 12,
1997 (the "Original Credit Agreement").

     Pursuant to the Offer (such term and each other capitalized term used but
not defined herein having the meaning given it in Article I), Bidco has offered
or will offer  to purchase each outstanding Share (including Shares represented
by Depositary Shares) at a purchase price of 695.5 pence net per share in cash
to the holder thereof (which includes a net dividend of 5.5 pence per share to
be paid by the Target on July 4, 1997).  In connection therewith and to provide
a portion of the financing therefor, (a) Bidco has entered into the Bidco
Facility Agreement, (b) Energyco has entered into the Energyco Bridge Loan
Agreement and (c) PHI has entered into the PHI Credit Agreement.

     The Borrower has requested the Lenders to extend credit in the form of (a)
Tranche A Term Loans at any time during the Term Loan Availability Period, in an
aggregate principal amount not in excess of  $250,000,000, (b) Tranche B Term
Loans at any time during the Term Loan Availability Period, in an aggregate
principal amount not in excess of $800,000,000, and (c) Revolving Loans at any
time and from time to time prior to the Revolving Credit Maturity Date, in an
aggregate principal amount at any time outstanding not in excess of
$575,000,000.  The Borrower has requested the Swingline Lender to extend credit,
at any time and from time to time prior to the Revolving Credit Maturity Date,
in the form of Swingline Loans.  The Borrower has requested the Issuing Bank to
issue letters of credit, in an aggregate face amount at any time outstanding not
in excess of $400,000,000, to support payment obligations incurred in the
ordinary course of business by the Borrower and the Subsidiaries (including PPM
before it becomes a Subsidiary if it shall have become a Guarantor) and
Citizens.

     The proceeds of the Term Loans, together with not less than $600,000,000 in
net cash proceeds of the equity contribution received by Powercoal from Newco
(the "Newco Equity Contribution"), are to be used solely to fund loans (the
"Powercoal/Bidco Loans") to Bidco in exchange for the Bidco Note, and to pay
fees and expenses related to the Offer.  The proceeds of the Revolving Loans
(including Letters of Credit) and the Swingline Loans are to be used (a) to
refinance the Pedro Refinanced Indebtedness and (b) for general corporate
purposes of the Borrower and the Subsidiaries (including PPM before it becomes a
Subsidiary if it shall have become a Guarantor) and Citizens. .  Bidco will use
(a) the proceeds of the Powercoal/Bidco Loans, (b) certain proceeds from
borrowings under the Bidco Facility Agreement and (c) certain proceeds that
Bidco will receive as a result of borrowings by Energyco and PHI under the
Energyco Bridge Loan Agreement and the PHI Credit Agreement, respectively, to
(i) finance the Offer and for the purposes specified in 
<PAGE>

                                                                               2
 
Clause 3.1(a)(i) of the Bidco Facility Agreement, as in effect on the
Restatement Date, and (ii) refinance certain existing Indebtedness of the Target
and its subsidiaries.

     The Borrower has requested that the Original Credit Agreement be amended
and restated in the form hereof.  The Lenders and the Issuing Bank are willing
so to amend and restate the Original Credit Agreement and to extend such credit
to the Borrower, on the terms and subject to the conditions set forth herein.
Accordingly, the parties hereto agree as follows:


                                   ARTICLE I

                                  Definitions

          SECTION 1.01. Defined Terms. As used in this Agreement, the following
terms shall have the meanings specified below:

          "Acquisition Borrowing" shall mean any Term Borrowing, the proceeds of
which are loaned to Bidco and used by Bidco to finance a portion of the Offer
and/or for the purposes specified in Clause 3.1(a)(i) of the Bidco Facility
Agreement, as in effect on the Restatement Date.

          "Adjustment Amount" shall mean the cumulative amount (during the
period from the initial Borrowing hereunder to the end of the period relating to
the relevant determination) by which the cash expenditures of the Borrower and
its subsidiaries for reclamation and related liabilities, workers compensation
liabilities, postretirement benefit costs, industry fund obligations and similar
items exceed the sum of:  (a) the cumulative expense during such period
recognized in Consolidated Net Income of the Borrower and its subsidiaries
(after giving effect to the transfer of the Pedro Subsidiaries to the Borrower)
for reclamation and related liabilities, workers compensation liabilities,
postretirement benefit costs, industry fund obligations and similar items and
(b) $50,000,000.

          "Adjusted LIBO Rate" shall mean, with respect to any Eurodollar
Borrowing for any Interest Period, an interest rate per annum (rounded upwards,
if necessary, to the next 1/16 of 1%) equal to the product of (a) the LIBO Rate
in effect for such Interest Period and (b) Statutory Reserves.

          "Administrative Questionnaire" shall mean an Administrative
Questionnaire in the form of Exhibit A or such other form as shall be approved
by the Paying Agent.

          "Affiliate" shall mean, when used with respect to a specified person,
any other person that directly or indirectly, through one or more
intermediaries, Controls or is Controlled by or is under direct or indirect
common Control with such specified person; provided that, for purposes of
Section 6.07 only, beneficial ownership of 10% or more of the voting securities
of a person shall be deemed to be Control for purposes of the definition of
"Affiliate".  Neither the Lenders nor any of their Affiliates will be treated as
an Affiliate of the Borrower or any of its Subsidiaries for purposes of this
Agreement.

          "Aggregate Revolving Credit Exposure" shall mean the aggregate amount
of the Lenders' Revolving Credit Exposures.
<PAGE>
                                                                               3
 
          "Applicable Percentage" shall mean, for any day, with respect to any
Eurodollar Loan or Base Rate Loan that is a Tranche A Term Loan or a Revolving
Loan, or with respect to the Commitment Fees, as the case may be, the applicable
percentage set forth below under the caption "Eurodollar Spread", "Base Rate
Spread" or "Fee Percentage", as the case may be, based upon the Leverage Ratio
as of the relevant date of determination:

<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
 
                                        Eurodollar    Base Rate     Fee
                                          Spread       Spread    Percentage
                                        -----------  ----------  -----------
<S>                                     <C>          <C>         <C>
Category 1
- ----------

Greater than or equal to 4.50 to            2.50%       1.50%         .50%
1.00

Category 2
- ----------

Less than 4.50 to 1.00 but greater          1.75%        .75%         .50%
than or equal to 4.00 to 1.00

Category 3
- ----------

Less than 4.00 to 1.00 but greater          1.50%        .50%         .45%
than or equal to 3.50 to 1.00

Category 4
- ----------

Less than 3.50 to 1.00 but greater          1.25%        .25%        .375%
than or equal to 3.00 to 1.00

Category 5
- ----------

Less than 3.00 to 1.00 but greater          1.00%        .00%         .30%
than or equal to 2.50 to 1.00

Category 6
- ----------

Less than 2.50 to 1.00                       .75%        .00%         .25%

</TABLE>

          Notwithstanding the foregoing, until the Borrower has delivered the
financial statements for the fiscal quarter ending June 30, 1998, in accordance
with Section 5.04(b), the Leverage Ratio shall be deemed to be in Category 2 for
purposes of determining the Applicable Percentage; provided, however that, in
the event that any financial statements delivered in accordance with Section
5.04(a) or (b) prior thereto indicate that the Leverage Ratio is greater than or
equal to 4.50 to 1.00, the Applicable Percentage shall be as set forth in
Category 1.  Each change in the Applicable Percentage resulting from a change in
the Leverage Ratio shall be effective with respect to all Tranche A Term Loans,
Revolving Loans, Commitments and Letters of Credit outstanding on and after the
date of delivery to the Paying Agent of the financial statements and
certificates required by Section 5.04(a) or (b) indicating such change until the
date immediately preceding the next date of delivery of such
<PAGE>
                                                                              4

financial statements and certificates indicating another such change.
Notwithstanding the foregoing, (i) at any time during which the Borrower has
failed to deliver the financial statements and certificates required by Section
5.04(a) or (b), or (ii) at any time after the occurrence and during the
continuance of an Event of Default, the Leverage Ratio shall be deemed to be in
Category 1 for purposes of determining the Applicable Percentage.

          "Applicable Tranche B Percentage" shall mean, for any day, with
respect to any Eurodollar Loan or Base Rate Loan that is a Tranche B Term Loan,
as the case may be, the applicable percentage set forth below under the caption
"Eurodollar Spread" or "Base Rate Spread", as the case may be, based upon the
Leverage Ratio as of the relevant date of determination:

<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
 
                                      Eurodollar   Base Rate
                                        Spread       Spread
                                      -----------  ----------

<S>                                   <C>          <C>
Category 1
- ----------

Greater than or equal to 4.50 to          3.00%       2.00%
1.00

Category 2
- ----------

Less than 4.50 to 1.00 but greater        2.25%       1.25%
than or equal to 3.50 to 1.00

Category 3
- ----------

Less than 3.50 to 1.00                    2.00%       1.00%

</TABLE>

          Notwithstanding the foregoing, until the Borrower has delivered the
financial statements for the fiscal quarter ending June 30, 1998, in accordance
with Section 5.04(b), the Leverage Ratio shall be deemed to be in Category 2 for
purposes of determining the Applicable Tranche B Percentage; provided, however
that, in the event that any financial statements delivered in accordance with
Section 5.04(a) or (b) prior thereto indicate that the Leverage Ratio is greater
than or equal to 4.50 to 1.00, the Applicable Tranche B Percentage shall be as
set forth in Category 1.  Each change in the Applicable Tranche B Percentage
resulting from a change in the Leverage Ratio shall be effective with respect to
all Tranche B Term Loans outstanding on and after the date of delivery to the
Paying Agent of the financial statements and certificates required by Section
5.04(a) or (b) indicating such change until the date immediately preceding the
next date of delivery of such financial statements and certificates indicating
another such change.  Notwithstanding the foregoing, (i) at any time during
which the Borrower has failed to deliver the financial statements and
certificates required by Section 5.04(a) or (b), or (ii) at any time after the
occurrence and during the continuance of an Event of Default, the Leverage Ratio
shall be deemed to be in Category 1 for purposes of determining the Applicable
Tranche B Percentage.

          "Assessment Rate" shall mean for any date the annual rate (rounded
upwards, if necessary, to the next 1/100 of 1%) most recently estimated by the
Paying Agent as the then current net annual assessment rate that will be
employed in determining amounts payable by the Paying Agent to the
<PAGE>
                                                                               5

 
Federal Deposit Insurance Corporation (or any successor thereto) for insurance
by such Corporation (or such successor) of time deposits made in dollars at the
Paying Agent's domestic offices.

          "Asset Sale" shall mean the sale, lease, transfer or other disposition
(by way of merger or otherwise, including as a result of a Condemnation Event or
a Casualty Event) by the Borrower or any of the Subsidiaries to any person other
than the Borrower or any wholly owned Subsidiary of (a) any capital stock of any
of the Subsidiaries or (b) any other assets of the Borrower or any of the
Subsidiaries (other than inventory, obsolete or worn-out assets, scrap and
Permitted Investments, in each case disposed of in the ordinary course of
business), except for (i) any sale, lease, transfer or other disposition in one
transaction or a series of related transactions having a value of $25,000,000 or
less, (ii) any sale of accounts receivable (or any related assets) under any
Permitted Receivables Financing, (iii) transfers of assets permitted by Section
6.05(a)(i), (iv) transfers of assets as part of a sale and lease-back
transaction permitted by Section 6.03, (v) payment of a cash dividend permitted
by Section 6.06(a), (vi) any disposition or cancelation of the Bidco Note in
connection with the transfer of the Pedro Subsidiaries to the Borrower and (vii)
any substantially contemporaneous exchange (including by way of a substantially
contemporaneous purchase and sale) of discrete energy-related assets of the
Borrower or any Subsidiary for one or more other energy-related assets used for
similar purposes, in each case to the extent that no net cash proceeds are
received by the Borrower or any Subsidiary as consideration in connection with
such exchange (the cash portion of such transaction, if any, being subject to
clause (i) above), provided that the Borrower or such Subsidiary complies with
Section 5.10 with respect to the property received by the Borrower or such
Subsidiary pursuant to such exchange.  Notwithstanding anything to the contrary
with respect to the foregoing, all arrangements or transactions resulting in the
prepayment in respect of a coal supply contract of $25,000,000 or more in any
fiscal year (excluding, to the extent included in Consolidated Net Income, the
portion due to be paid within one year of any such arrangement or transaction in
accordance with the terms of such coal supply contract prior to any amendment
thereof relating to such transaction or arrangement) shall be deemed an Asset
Sale for purposes of Section 2.13(b).

          "Assignment and Acceptance" shall mean an assignment and acceptance
entered into by a Lender and an assignee, and accepted by the Paying Agent, in
the form of Exhibit B or such other form as shall be approved by the Paying
Agent.

          "Base Rate" shall mean, for any day, a rate per annum (rounded
upwards, if necessary, to the next 1/16 of 1%) equal to the greatest of (a) the
Prime Rate in effect on such day, (b) the Base CD Rate in effect on such day
plus 1% and (c) the Federal Funds Effective Rate in effect on such day plus 1/2
of 1%.  If for any reason the Paying Agent shall have determined (which
determination shall be conclusive absent manifest error) that it is unable to
ascertain the Base CD Rate or the Federal Funds Effective Rate or both for any
reason, including the inability or failure of the Paying Agent to obtain
sufficient quotations in accordance with the terms of the definition thereof,
the Base Rate shall be determined without regard to clause (b) or (c), or both,
of the preceding sentence, as appropriate, until the circumstances giving rise
to such inability no longer exist.  Any change in the Base Rate due to a change
in the Prime Rate, the Base CD Rate or the Federal Funds Effective Rate shall be
effective on the effective date of such change in the Prime Rate, the Base CD
Rate or the Federal Funds Effective Rate, respectively.  The term "Prime Rate"
shall mean the rate of interest per annum publicly announced from time to time
by the Paying Agent as its prime rate in effect at its principal office in New
York City; each change in the Prime Rate shall be effective on the date such
change is publicly announced as being effective.  The term "Base CD Rate" shall
mean the sum of (a) the product of
<PAGE>

                                                                               6
 
(i) the Three-Month Secondary CD Rate and (ii) Statutory Reserves and (b) the
Assessment Rate.  The term "Federal Funds Effective Rate" shall mean, for any
day, the weighted average of the rates on overnight Federal funds transactions
with members of the Federal Reserve System arranged by Federal funds brokers, as
published on the next succeeding Business Day by the Federal Reserve Bank of New
York, or, if such rate is not so published for any day that is a Business Day,
the average of the quotations for the day for such transactions received by the
Paying Agent from three Federal funds brokers of recognized standing selected by
it.

          "Base Rate Borrowing" shall mean a Borrowing comprised of Base Rate
Loans.

          "Base Rate Loan" shall mean any Base Rate Term Loan or Base Rate
Revolving Loan.

          "Base Rate Revolving Loan" shall mean any Revolving Loan bearing
interest at a rate determined by reference to the Base Rate in accordance with
the provisions of Article II.

          "Base Rate Term Borrowing" shall mean a Borrowing comprised of Base
Rate Term Loans.

          "Base Rate Term Loan" shall mean any Term Loan bearing interest at a
rate determined by reference to the Base Rate in accordance with the provisions
of Article II.

          "Bidco" shall mean PacifiCorp Acquisitions, an unlimited company
incorporated in England and Wales, all the outstanding share capital of which on
the Restatement Date is beneficially owned by FinanceCo.

          "Bidco Agent" shall mean Citibank International plc, in its capacity
as facility agent for the Bidco Lenders under the Bidco Facility Agreement, and
any successor or assign in such capacity.

          "Bidco Facility Agreement" shall mean the facility agreement dated
June 13, 1997, among Bidco, Recco, FinanceCo, the Bidco Lenders,  the Bidco
Agent and the Arrangers, the Security Agent and the LC Bank named therein.

          "Bidco Lenders" shall mean the financial institutions that are parties
from time to time to the Bidco Facility Agreement as lenders thereunder.

          "Bidco Note" shall mean the note in the form of Exhibit C, which shall
be issued to the Borrower to evidence the Powercoal/ Bidco Loans.

          "Bidco Note Payment Default" shall mean the failure by Bidco to pay
any amount that it is obligated to pay under the Bidco Note to the Borrower at
the time such amount is due in accordance with the terms of the Bidco Note.

          "Board" shall mean the Board of Governors of the Federal Reserve
System of the United States of America.

          "Borrowing" shall mean a group of Loans of a single Type made by the
Lenders on a single date and as to which a single Interest Period is in effect.
<PAGE>

                                                                               7
 
          "Borrowing Request" shall mean a request by the Borrower in accordance
with the terms of Section 2.03 and substantially in the form of Exhibit D or
such other form as shall be approved by the Paying Agent.

          "Business Day" shall mean any day other than a Saturday, Sunday or day
on which banks in New York City are authorized or required by law to close;
provided, however, that when used in connection with a Eurodollar Loan, the term
"Business Day" shall also exclude any day on which banks are not open for
dealings in dollar deposits in the London interbank market.

          "Capital Expenditures" shall mean, for any period, the sum of the
aggregate of all expenditures (whether paid in cash or other consideration or
accrued as a liability) by the Borrower and the Subsidiaries during such period
that, in accordance with GAAP, are or should be included in additions to
property, plant or equipment  or similar items reflected in the consolidated
statement of cash flows of the Borrower and the Subsidiaries for such period,
except that (notwithstanding GAAP) bonuses relating to Federal coal leases
contemplated in the Confidential Information Memorandum and the information
previously provided to the Initial Lenders prior to the Closing Date shall be
deemed "Capital Expenditures" only to the extent cash payments are made;
provided, however, that "Capital Expenditures" shall not include (a)
acquisitions of property that are investments permitted by Section 6.04 (other
than investments permitted by Section 6.04(d)) and (b) any acquisition of or
investment in property in connection with an exchange contemplated by clause
(vii) of the definition of "Asset Sale" or in connection with a reinvestment
contemplated by clause (y) of the proviso to the definition of "Net Cash
Proceeds".

          "Capital Lease Obligations" of any person shall mean the obligations
of such person to pay rent or other amounts under any lease of (or other
arrangement conveying the right to use) real or personal property, or a
combination thereof, which obligations are required to be classified and
accounted for as capital leases on a balance sheet of such person under GAAP,
and the amount of such obligations shall be the capitalized amount thereof
determined in accordance with GAAP.

          "Casualty Event" shall mean an event pursuant to which the Borrower or
any of the Subsidiaries has the right to collect insurance proceeds under any
insurance policies with respect to any insured casualty or other insured damage
to any property of the Borrower or any of the Subsidiaries.

          A "Change in Control" shall be deemed to have occurred if (a) any
person or group (within the meaning of Rule 13d-5 of the Securities Exchange Act
of 1934 as in effect on the Closing Date) shall own directly or indirectly,
beneficially or of record, shares representing more than 35% of the aggregate
ordinary voting power represented by the issued and outstanding capital stock of
PacifiCorp; (b) a majority of the seats (other than vacant seats) on the board
of directors of PacifiCorp shall at any time be occupied by persons who were
neither (i) nominated by the board of directors of PacifiCorp, nor (ii)
appointed by directors so nominated; (c) any change in control (or similar
event, however denominated) with respect to PacifiCorp shall occur under and as
defined in any indenture or agreement in respect of Indebtedness to which the
Borrower, any person directly or indirectly Controlling the Borrower or any
Subsidiary is a party; (d) PacifiCorp consolidates with, or merges with or into,
any person, or any person consolidates with or merges with or into PacifiCorp in
any such event pursuant to a transaction in which any of the issued and
outstanding capital stock of PacifiCorp is converted into or exchanged for cash,
securities or other property, other than any such
<PAGE>

                                                                               8
 
transaction where the capital stock of PacifiCorp outstanding immediately prior
to such transaction is converted into or exchanged for capital stock of the
surviving or transferee person constituting a majority of the issued and
outstanding shares of such capital stock of such surviving or transferee person
(immediately after giving effect to such conversion or exchange); (e) PacifiCorp
shall own, directly or indirectly, beneficially and of record, less than 80% of
the outstanding capital stock of Newco, free and clear of all Liens (other than
Liens permitted under the Transaction Loan Documents); or (f) Newco shall cease
to own, directly or indirectly, beneficially and of record, 100% of the
outstanding capital stock of the Borrower, free and clear of all Liens (other
than Liens permitted under the Transaction Loan Documents).

          "Citibank" shall mean Citibank, N.A., a national banking association.

          "Citizens" shall mean Citizens Power LLC and its subsidiaries.

          "Clean-up Period" shall mean the period commencing on the Closing Date
and ending on the date that is 90 days after the date of the initial Borrowing
hereunder.

          "Closing Date" shall mean June 12, 1997.

          "Code" shall mean the Internal Revenue Code of 1986, as amended from
time to time.

          "Collateral" shall mean all the "Collateral" as defined in any
Security Document.

          "Collateral Assignment" shall mean the Collateral Assignment,
substantially in the form of Exhibit E, made by the Borrower in favor of the
Collateral Agent for the benefit of the Secured Parties.

          "Commitment" shall mean, with respect to any Lender, such Lender's
Revolving Credit Commitment, Term Loan Commitment and Swingline Commitment.

          "Commitment Fee" shall have the meaning assigned to such term in
Section 2.05(a).

          "Condemnation Event" shall mean an event pursuant to which the
Borrower or any of the Subsidiaries has the right to collect and receive
proceeds as a result of any action or proceeding for the taking of any property
of the Borrower or any Subsidiary, or any part thereof or interest therein, for
public or quasi-public use under the power of eminent domain, by reason of any
public improvement or condemnation proceeding, or in any other manner.

          "Confidential Information Memorandum" shall mean the Confidential
Information Memorandum of the Borrower to be used by the Initial Lenders and
their Affiliates in connection with the syndication of the Commitments following
the Closing Date.

          "Consolidated Current Assets" shall mean, at any date of
determination, all assets (other than cash and cash-equivalents) that would, in
accordance with GAAP, be classified on a consolidated balance sheet of the
Borrower and its subsidiaries as current assets at such date of determination.
<PAGE>
                                                                               9
 
          "Consolidated Current Liabilities" shall mean, at any date of
determination, all liabilities (other than, without duplication (x) the current
portion of long-term Indebtedness and (y) outstanding Swingline Loans and
Revolving Loans) that would, in accordance with GAAP, be classified on a
consolidated balance sheet of the Borrower and its subsidiaries as current
liabilities at such date of determination.

          "Consolidated EBITDA" shall mean, for any period, Consolidated Net
Income for such period, plus, without duplication and to the extent deducted
from revenues in determining Consolidated Net Income, the sum of (a) the
aggregate amount of Consolidated Interest Expense for such period, (b) the
aggregate amount of income tax expense for such period, (c) all amounts
attributable to  depreciation, depletion and amortization for such period and
(d) all noncash nonrecurring charges during such period, and minus, without
duplication, (i) to the extent included in determining Consolidated Net Income,
all nonrecurring gains during such period (including any gains attributable to
commodities to be delivered in subsequent periods under Prepaid Forward Sales
Agreements) and (ii) the Net Adjustment Amount, all as determined on a
consolidated basis with respect to the Borrower or its subsidiaries in
accordance with GAAP.

          "Consolidated Interest Expense" shall mean, for any period, the gross
interest expense (including the interest component in respect of Capital Lease
Obligations), accrued or, without duplication, paid (unless accrued in a
previous period) by the Borrower and its subsidiaries during such period (all as
determined on a consolidated basis with respect to the Borrower or its
subsidiaries in accordance with GAAP), plus, without duplication, interest-
equivalent costs associated with any Permitted Receivables Financing, whether
accounted for as an interest expense or loss on the sale of receivables.  For
purposes of the foregoing, gross interest expense shall be determined after
giving effect to any net payments made or received by the Borrower or its
subsidiaries (after giving effect to the transfer of the Pedro Subsidiaries to
the Borrower) with respect to the Interest Rate Protection Agreements.

          "Consolidated Net Income" shall mean, for any period, net income or
loss of the Borrower and its subsidiaries for such period determined on a
consolidated basis in accordance with GAAP, provided that there shall be
excluded (a) the income of any person in which any other person (other than the
Borrower or any of such subsidiaries or any director holding qualifying shares
in compliance with applicable law) has a joint interest, except to the extent of
the amount of dividends or other distributions actually paid to the Borrower or
any of such subsidiaries by such person during such period and (b) the income
(or loss) of any person accrued prior to the date it becomes a subsidiary (other
than the Pedro Subsidiaries) or is merged into or consolidated with the Borrower
or any of its subsidiaries or the date that person's assets are acquired by the
Borrower or any of its subsidiaries.

          "Consolidated Net Worth" shall mean, as at any date of determination,
the consolidated stockholders' equity of the Borrower and its consolidated
subsidiaries, as determined on a consolidated basis in accordance with GAAP,
plus Permitted Junior Indebtedness.

          "Consolidated Working Capital" shall mean, at any date of
determination, Consolidated Current Assets at such date of determination minus
Consolidated Current Liabilities at such date of determination.
<PAGE>

                                      10
 
          "Control" shall mean the possession, directly or indirectly, of the
power to direct or cause the direction of the management or policies of a
person, whether through the ownership of voting securities, by contract or
otherwise, and the terms "Controlling" and "Controlled" shall have meanings
correlative thereto.

          "Default" shall mean any event or condition which upon notice, lapse
of time or both would constitute an Event of Default.

          "Depositary Shares" shall mean the American Depositary Shares,
evidenced by American Depositary Receipts, each such American Depositary Share
representing four Shares.

          "dollars" or "$" shall mean lawful money of the United States of
America.

          "Domestic Subsidiaries" shall mean all Subsidiaries incorporated or
organized under the laws of the United States of America, any State thereof or
the District of Columbia.

          "Energyco" shall mean PacifiCorp EnergyCo, an unlimited company
incorporated in England and Wales, all the outstanding share capital of which on
the Restatement Date is beneficially owned by Newco.

          "Energyco Bridge Loan Agreement" shall mean the bridge loan agreement
dated as of June 12, 1997, among Energyco, Newco, the lenders from time to time
party thereto, the Arrangers named therein, and Citibank, as administrative
agent thereunder.

          "Energyco Senior Notes" shall mean the Senior Notes issued by Energyco
after the Closing Date, the proceeds of which shall be used to repay all amounts
outstanding under the Energyco Bridge Loan Agreement.

          "environment" shall mean ambient air, surface water and groundwater
(including potable water, navigable water and wetlands), the land surface or
subsurface strata, the workplace or as otherwise defined in any Environmental
Law.

          "Environmental Claim" shall mean any written accusation, allegation,
notice of violation, claim, demand, order, directive, cost recovery action or
other cause of action by, or on behalf of, any Governmental Authority or any
person for damages, injunctive or equitable relief, personal injury (including
sickness, disease or death), Remedial Action costs, tangible or intangible
property damage, natural resource damages, nuisance, pollution, any adverse
effect on the environment caused by any Hazardous Material, or for fines,
penalties or restrictions, resulting from or based upon (a) the existence, or
the continuation of the existence, of a Release (including sudden or non-sudden,
accidental or non-accidental Releases), (b) exposure to any Hazardous Material,
(c) the presence, use, handling, transportation, storage, treatment or disposal
of any Hazardous Material or (d) the violation or alleged violation of any
Environmental Law or Environmental Permit.

          "Environmental Law" shall mean any and all applicable present and
future treaties, laws, rules, regulations, codes, ordinances, orders, decrees,
judgments, injunctions, notices or binding agreements issued, promulgated or
entered into by any Governmental Authority, relating in any way


                                      10
<PAGE>
                                                                              11
 
to the environment, preservation or reclamation of natural resources, the
management, Release or threatened Release of any Hazardous Material or to health
and safety matters.

          "Environmental Permit" shall mean any permit, approval, authorization,
certificate, license, variance, filing or permission required by or from any
Governmental Authority pursuant to any Environmental Law.

          "Equity Contribution" shall mean any equity contribution made by
PacifiCorp, Newco or PHI to the Borrower.

          "Equity Issuance" shall mean any issuance or sale by the Borrower or
any Subsidiary of any shares of capital stock or other equity securities of the
Borrower or any Subsidiary or any obligations convertible into or exchangeable
for, or giving any person a right, option or warrant to acquire such securities
or such convertible or exchangeable obligations, except in each case for (a) any
issuance or sale to PacifiCorp, PHI, Newco, the Borrower or any wholly owned
Subsidiary, (b) any issuance of directors' qualifying shares, (c) any issuance
or sale to officers and employees under employee benefit or compensation plans,
(d) any Equity Contribution and (e) any issuance or sale of an interest in a
Single Purpose Entity.

          "ERISA" shall mean the Employee Retirement Income Security Act of
1974, as the same may be amended from time to time.

          "ERISA Affiliate" shall mean any trade or business (whether or not
incorporated) that, together with the Borrower, is treated as a single employer
under Section 414(b) or (c) of the Code, or solely for purposes of Section 302
of ERISA and Section 412 of the Code, is treated as a single employer under
Section 414 of the Code.

          "ERISA Event" shall mean (a) any "reportable event", as defined in
Section 4043 of ERISA or the regulations issued thereunder, with respect to a
Plan, except a reportable event for which the requirement of notice to the PBGC
has been waived; (b) the adoption of any amendment to a Plan that would require
the provision of security pursuant to Section 401(a)(29) of the Code or Section
307 of ERISA; (c) the existence with respect to any Plan of an "accumulated
funding deficiency (as defined in Section 412 of the Code or Section 302 of
ERISA), whether or not waived; (d) the filing pursuant to Section 412(d) of the
Code or Section 303(d) of ERISA of an application for a waiver of the minimum
funding standard with respect to any Plan; (e) the incurrence of any liability
in excess of $1,000,000 under Title IV of ERISA with respect to the termination
of any Plan or the withdrawal or partial withdrawal of the Borrower or any of
its ERISA Affiliates from any Plan or Multiemployer Plan; (f) the receipt by the
Borrower or any ERISA Affiliate from the PBGC or a plan administrator of a
Multiemployer Plan of any notice relating to the intention to terminate any Plan
or Plans or to appoint a trustee to administer any Plan; (g) the receipt by the
Borrower or any ERISA Affiliate of any notice concerning the imposition of
Withdrawal Liability in excess of $1,000,000 or a determination that a
Multiemployer Plan is, or is expected to be, insolvent or in reorganization,
within the meaning of Title IV of ERISA; (h) the occurrence of a "prohibited
transaction" with respect to which the Borrower or any of its Subsidiaries is a
party to the prohibited transaction and is a "disqualified person" (within the
meaning of Section 4975 of the Code) or with respect to which the Borrower or
any such Subsidiary could otherwise be liable; and (i) any other event or
condition with respect to a


<PAGE>

                                                                              12
 
Plan or Multiemployer Plan that could reasonably be expected to result in
liability of the Borrower in excess of $1,000,000.

          "Eurodollar Borrowing" shall mean a Borrowing comprised of Eurodollar
Loans.

          "Eurodollar Loan" shall mean any Eurodollar Revolving Loan or
Eurodollar Term Loan.

          "Eurodollar Revolving Loan" shall mean any Revolving Loan bearing
interest at a rate determined by reference to the Adjusted LIBO Rate in
accordance with the provisions of Article II.

          "Eurodollar Term Borrowing" shall mean a Borrowing comprised of
Eurodollar Term Loans.

          "Eurodollar Term Loan" shall mean any Term Loan bearing interest at a
rate determined by reference to the Adjusted LIBO Rate in accordance with the
provisions of Article II.

          "Event of Default" shall have the meaning assigned to such term in
Article VII.

          "Excess Cash Flow" shall mean, for any fiscal year, the excess of (a)
the sum, without duplication, of (i) Consolidated EBITDA, (ii) the Net Cash
Proceeds received by the Borrower and its consolidated subsidiaries in
connection with the issuance of debt or equity securities, the sale or other
disposition of assets or Casualty or Condemnation Events to the extent not
included in Consolidated EBITDA and to the extent used for mandatory prepayments
of the principal of the Loans in accordance with Section 2.13 (other than
Section 2.13(d)), (iii) extraordinary cash gains of the Borrower and its
subsidiaries to the extent not included in Consolidated EBITDA, (iv) interest
income of the Borrower and its subsidiaries to the extent not included in
Consolidated EBITDA, (v) an amount equal to any decrease in Consolidated Working
Capital during such fiscal year and (vi) an amount equal to any increase in
provisions for reclamation and related liabilities, workers compensation
liabilities, postretirement benefit costs, industry fund obligations and similar
items over (b) the sum, without duplication, of (i) taxes paid or payable
(including payments in respect of taxes under the Tax Sharing Arrangement) in
cash by the Borrower and its subsidiaries on a consolidated basis during such
fiscal year, (ii) Consolidated Interest Expense paid in cash by the Borrower and
its subsidiaries during such fiscal year, (iii) Capital Expenditures made in
cash (excluding any Capital Expenditures made from amounts that are carried-
forward from the prior year) and in accordance with Section 6.10 during such
fiscal year and carry-forwards to the following year of Capital Expenditures
permitted by the proviso to Section 6.10, (iv) scheduled and mandatory principal
repayments of Indebtedness made by the Borrower and its subsidiaries during such
fiscal year, (v) optional and mandatory prepayments of the principal of Loans
(other than mandatory prepayments pursuant to Section 2.13(d)) during such
fiscal year, but only to the extent that such prepayments cannot by their terms
be reborrowed or redrawn and do not occur in connection with a refinancing of
all or any portion of such Loans, (vi) an amount equal to any increase in
Consolidated Working Capital during such fiscal year, (vii) dividends or other
distributions made by the Borrower in cash that are permitted by Section
6.06(a)(ii), (viii) extraordinary cash expenses paid, if any, by the Borrower
and its subsidiaries and not included in Consolidated EBITDA, (ix) an amount
equal to any decrease in provisions for reclamation and  related liabilities,
workers compensation liabilities, postretirement benefit costs, industry fund
obligations and similar items and (x) non-cash revenues used in determining
Consolidated EBITDA.


<PAGE>
                                                                              13

          "Exchange Rate Protection Agreement" shall mean any Hedging Agreement
that is (a) entered into by the Borrower with a counterparty that as of the date
of such Hedging Agreement is a Lender (or an affiliate of a Lender) and (b) is
designed to protect the Borrower against fluctuations in currency exchange rates
and not for speculation.

          "Fees" shall mean the Commitment Fees, the L/C Participation Fees and
the Issuing Bank Fees.

          "FinanceCo" shall mean PacifiCorp Finance (UK)  Limited, a limited
company incorporated in England and Wales, all the outstanding share capital of
which on the Restatement Date is beneficially owned by Recco.

          "Financial Definitions" shall mean Adjustment Amount, Capital
Expenditures, Consolidated Current Amount, Consolidated Current Liabilities,
Consolidated EBITDA, Consolidated Interest Expense, Consolidated Net Income, Net
Adjustment Amount and Total Debt.

          "Financial Officer" of any corporation shall mean the chief financial
officer, principal accounting officer, Treasurer or Controller of such
corporation.

          "Foreign Subsidiary" shall mean any Subsidiary that is not a Domestic
Subsidiary.

          "Funding Exchange Rate Protection Agreement" shall mean any Exchange
Rate Protection Agreement that is designed to ensure that the applicable
borrowings under this Agreement, the Energyco Bridge Loan Agreement and the PHI
Credit Agreement will provide a sufficient amount in pounds sterling (together
with borrowings under the Bidco Facility Agreement and certain other sources of
funds) to pay for the Shares.

          "GAAP" shall mean generally accepted accounting principles in the
United States applied on a consistent basis.

          "Goldman" shall mean Goldman Sachs Credit Partners L.P., a Bermuda
limited partnership.

          "Governmental Authority" shall mean any Federal, state, local or
foreign court or governmental agency, authority, instrumentality or regulatory
body.

          "Guarantee" of or by any person shall mean any obligation, contingent
or otherwise, of such person guaranteeing or having the economic effect of
guaranteeing any Indebtedness of any other person (the "primary obligor") in any
manner, whether directly or indirectly, and including any obligation of such
person, direct or indirect, (a) to purchase or pay (or advance or supply funds
for the purchase or payment of) such Indebtedness or to purchase (or to advance
or supply funds for the purchase of) any security for the payment of such
Indebtedness, (b) to purchase or lease property, securities or services for the
purpose of assuring the owner of such Indebtedness of the payment of such
Indebtedness or (c) to maintain working capital, equity capital or any other
financial statement condition or liquidity of the primary obligor so as to
enable the primary obligor to pay such Indebtedness; provided, however, that the
term "Guarantee" shall not include endorsements for collection or deposit in the
ordinary course of business.


<PAGE>

                                      14
 
          "Guarantee Agreement" shall mean the Guarantee Agreement,
substantially in the form of Exhibit G, made by the Guarantors in favor of the
Collateral Agent for the benefit of the Secured Parties.

          "Guarantors" shall mean each person that becomes party to a Guarantee
Agreement as a Guarantor, and the permitted successors and assigns of each such
person.

          "Hazardous Materials" shall mean all explosive or radioactive
substances or wastes, hazardous or toxic substances or wastes, pollutants,
solid, liquid or gaseous wastes, including petroleum or petroleum distillates,
asbestos or asbestos containing materials, polychlorinated biphenyls ("PCBs") or
PCB-containing materials or equipment, radon gas, infectious or medical wastes
and all other substances or wastes of any nature regulated pursuant to any
Environmental Law.

          "Hedging Agreement" shall mean any rate swap transaction, basis swap,
forward rate transaction, commodity swap, commodity option, equity or equity
index swap, equity or equity index option, bond option, interest rate option,
foreign exchange transaction, cap transaction, floor transaction, collar
transaction, currency swap transaction, cross-currency rate swap transaction,
currency option or any other similar transaction (including any option with
respect to any of the foregoing transactions) or any combination of the
foregoing transactions.

          "Inactive Subsidiaries" shall mean any subsidiary of the Borrower that
has (a) total assets not in excess of $10,000, (b) has not in the last six
months conducted any business activity and (c)  is not the obligor (whether
primary or by virtue of any Guarantee) in respect of any Indebtedness other than
Indebtedness held by the Borrower or any Guarantor.

          "Indebtedness" of any person shall mean, without duplication, (a) all
obligations of such person for borrowed money, (b) all obligations of such
person evidenced by bonds, debentures, notes or similar instruments, (c) all
obligations of such person under conditional sale or other title retention
agreements relating to property or assets purchased by such person, (d) all
obligations of such person issued or assumed as the deferred purchase price of
property or services (excluding trade accounts payable and accrued obligations
incurred in the ordinary course of business), (e) all Indebtedness of others
secured by (or for which the holder of such Indebtedness has an existing right,
contingent or otherwise, to be secured by) any Lien on property owned or
acquired by such person, whether or not the obligations secured thereby have
been assumed (provided that, for purposes hereof, the amount of such
Indebtedness shall be limited to the lesser of (x) the principal amount thereof
and (y) the fair market value of such property), (f) all Guarantees by such
person of Indebtedness of others, (g) all Capital Lease Obligations of such
person, (h) all obligations of such person as an account party in respect of
letters of credit and bankers' acceptances and (i) all obligations of such
person for Production Payments from property operated by or on behalf of such
person; provided that, for purposes of the definition of "Total Debt" as used in
Section 6.11, "Indebtedness" shall also include all obligations of such person
in respect of Hedging Agreements (other than any Interest Rate Protection
Agreement and any Exchange Rate Protection Agreement) to the extent the Net
Termination Value of such Hedging Agreements at any time exceeds $100,000,000.
For purposes of this Agreement, the amount of Non-Recourse Indebtedness of the
Borrower and its subsidiaries included in the calculation of Indebtedness of the
Borrower and its subsidiaries at any time shall equal the lesser of (i) the
aggregate principal amount of such Indebtedness and (ii) the equity of the
Borrower and its subsidiaries in the asset or Single Purpose Entity, as the case
may be, relating to such


<PAGE>

                                                                              15
 
Non-Recourse Indebtedness.  For the purposes of this Agreement, the amount of
Indebtedness (other than Non-Recourse Indebtedness) of any partnership, limited
liability company or similar pass-through entity (as used in this definition, a
"partnership") in which the Borrower or a subsidiary is a general partner or
other member or equity holder with unlimited liability (as used on this
definition, a "general partner") and in which there are one or more Qualified
General Partners shall only be included in the calculation of Indebtedness of
the Borrower and its subsidiaries at any time (a) to the extent of the
Borrower's or such subsidiary's pro rata share of the interest of the general
partners in the partnership at such time, or (b) if the applicable governing or
other relevant agreement specifies that the Borrower or any of its subsidiaries
is liable to the partnership or its creditors for a specific percentage of such
partnership's liabilities, to the extent of such specified percentage.  For
purposes hereof,  "Qualified General Partner" shall mean a general partner of a
partnership that (a) is a person that was not created solely for the purpose of
investing in such partnership, and (b) at the time of the investment in such
partnership, the Borrower reasonably believes that (i) such person has a credit
quality (or credit support) approximately equal to that of  the Borrower or the
applicable Subsidiary, and (ii) such person will be able to perform its share of
the obligations under such Indebtedness when due.

          "Indemnity, Subrogation and Contribution Agreement" shall mean the
Indemnity, Subrogation and Contribution Agreement, substantially in the form of
Exhibit H, among the Borrower, the Guarantors and the Collateral Agent.

          "Initial Lenders" shall mean Citibank, Goldman and Morgan.

          "Intercreditor Agreement" shall mean the Intercreditor Agreement dated
27 June, 1997, among the Borrower, Bidco,  the Paying Agent on behalf of itself
and the Lenders and the Bidco Agent on behalf of itself and the Bidco Lenders,
substantially in the form of Exhibit F.

          "Interest Expense Coverage Ratio" shall mean, as of the last day of
any fiscal quarter, the ratio of (a) Consolidated EBITDA for the period of four
consecutive fiscal quarters ended on such day to (b) Consolidated Interest
Expense for the period of four consecutive fiscal quarters ended on such date,
with the pro forma results as set forth on the Pro Forma Financial Statements,
or the pro forma financial statements provided by the Borrower pursuant to
Section 5.04(c), used for the periods prior to the Separation Date.

          "Interest Payment Date" shall mean, with respect to any Loan, the last
day of the Interest Period applicable to the Borrowing of which such Loan is a
part and, in the case of a Eurodollar Borrowing with an Interest Period of more
than three months' duration, each day that would have been an Interest Payment
Date had successive Interest Periods of three months' duration been applicable
to such Borrowing, and, in addition, the date of any prepayment of such
Borrowing or conversion of such Borrowing to a Borrowing of a different Type.

          "Interest Period" shall mean (a) as to any Eurodollar Borrowing, the
period commencing on the date of such Borrowing and ending on the numerically
corresponding day (or, if there is no numerically corresponding day, on the last
day) in the calendar month that is 1, 2, 3 or 6 months thereafter, as the
Borrower may elect and (b) as to any Base Rate Borrowing, the period commencing
on the date of such Borrowing and ending on the earliest of (i) the next
succeeding March 31, June 30, September 30 or December 31, (ii) the Revolving
Credit Maturity Date, the Tranche A Maturity Date
<PAGE>
 
                                                                              16

or the Tranche B Maturity Date, as applicable, and (iii) the date such Borrowing
is converted to a Borrowing of a different Type in accordance with Section 2.10
or repaid or prepaid in accordance with Section 2.11, 2.12 or 2.13; provided,
however, that if any Interest Period would end on a day other than a Business
Day, such Interest Period shall be extended to the next succeeding Business Day
unless, in the case of a Eurodollar Borrowing only, such next succeeding
Business Day would fall in the next calendar month, in which case such Interest
Period shall end on the next preceding Business Day.  Interest shall accrue from
and including the first day of an Interest Period to but excluding the last day
of such Interest Period.

          "Interest Rate Protection Agreement" shall mean any Hedging Agreement
that is (a) entered into by the Borrower with a counterparty that as of the date
of such Hedging Agreement is a Lender (or an affiliate of a Lender) and (b) is
designed to protect the Borrower against fluctuations in interest rates and not
for speculation.

          "Issuing Bank Fees" shall have the meaning assigned to such term in
Section 2.05(b).

          "L/C Commitment" shall mean the commitment of the Issuing Bank to
issue Letters of Credit pursuant to Section 2.23.

          "L/C Disbursement" shall mean a payment or disbursement made by the
Issuing Bank pursuant to a Letter of Credit.

          "L/C Exposure" shall mean at any time the sum of (a) the aggregate
undrawn amount of all outstanding Letters of Credit at such time plus (b) the
aggregate principal amount of all L/C Disbursements that have not yet been
reimbursed at such time. The L/C Exposure of any Revolving Credit Lender at any
time shall mean its Pro Rata Percentage of the aggregate L/C Exposure at such
time.

          "L/C Participation Fee" shall have the meaning assigned to such term
in Section 2.05(b).

          "Lenders" shall mean (a) the Initial Lenders (other than any such
Initial Lender that has ceased to be a party hereto pursuant to an Assignment
and Acceptance) and (b) any financial institution that has become a party hereto
pursuant to an Assignment and Acceptance. Unless the context clearly indicates
otherwise, the term "Lenders" shall include the Swingline Lender.

          "Letter of Credit" shall mean any letter of credit issued pursuant to
Section 2.23.

          "Leverage Ratio" shall mean, as of the last day of any fiscal quarter,
the ratio of (a) Total Debt as of such date to (b) Consolidated EBITDA for the
period of four consecutive fiscal quarters ended on such date, with the pro
forma results as set forth on the Pro Forma Financial Statements, or the pro
forma financial statements provided by the Borrower pursuant to Section 5.04(c),
used for the periods prior to the Separation Date.

          "LIBO Rate" shall mean, with respect to any Eurodollar Borrowing for
any Interest Period, the rate appearing on Page 3750 of the Telerate Service (or
on any successor or substitute page of such Service, or any successor to or
substitute for such Service, providing rate quotations comparable to those
currently provided on such page of such Service, as determined by the Paying
Agent from time
<PAGE>
 
                                                                              17

to time for purposes of providing quotations of interest rates applicable to
dollar deposits in the London interbank market) at approximately 11:00 a.m.,
London time, two Business Days prior to the commencement of such Interest
Period, as the rate for dollar deposits with a maturity comparable to such
Interest Period. In the event that such rate is not available at such time for
any reason, then the "LIBO Rate" with respect to such Eurodollar Borrowing for
such Interest Period shall be the rate at which dollar deposits of $5,000,000
and for a maturity comparable to such Interest Period are offered by the
principal London office of the Paying Agent in immediately available funds in
the London interbank market at approximately 11:00 a.m., London time, two
Business Days prior to the commencement of such Interest Period.

          "Lien" shall mean, with respect to any asset, (a) any mortgage, deed
of trust, lien, pledge, encumbrance, charge or security interest in or on such
asset, (b) the interest of a vendor or a lessor under any conditional sale
agreement, capital lease or title retention agreement relating to such asset and
(c) any other preferential arrangement that has substantially the same practical
effect as a security interest.

          "Loan Documents" shall mean this Agreement, the Guarantee Agreement,
the Security Documents, the Intercreditor Agreement and the Indemnity,
Subrogation and Contribution Agreement.

          "Loan Parties" shall mean the Borrower and the Guarantors.

          "Loans" shall mean the Revolving Loans, the Term Loans and the
Swingline Loans.

          "Margin Stock" shall have the meaning assigned to such term in
Regulation U.

          "Matching Amount" shall have the meaning assigned to such term in the
Bidco Facility Agreement, as in effect on the Restatement Date.

          "Material Adverse Effect" shall mean (a) a materially adverse effect
on the business, assets, liabilities, operations or condition, financial or
otherwise, of the Borrower and the Subsidiaries, taken as a whole, (b) material
impairment of the ability of the Loan Parties to perform their obligations under
the Loan Documents to which they are or will be a party or (c) material
impairment of the rights of or benefits available to the Lenders under the Loan
Documents.

          "Material Hedging Obligations" shall mean payment obligations in
respect of one or more Hedging Agreements with a single counterparty (or its
Affiliates) that have Negative Termination Values exceeding $50,000,000 in the
aggregate amount.

          "Morgan" shall have the meaning assigned to such term in the preamble
to this Agreement.

          "Mortgages" shall have the meaning assigned to such term in Section
5.10.

          "Multiemployer Plan" shall mean a multiemployer plan as defined in
Section 4001(a)(3) of ERISA.
<PAGE>
 
                                                                              18

          "Negative Termination Value" shall mean, with respect to any Hedging
Agreement, the amount (if any) that would be required to be paid by the Borrower
or any Subsidiary if such Hedging Agreement were terminated by reason of a
default by or other termination event relating to the Borrower or any
Subsidiary.  The Negative Termination Value of any Hedging Agreement at any date
shall be determined (a) as of the end of the most recent fiscal quarter ended on
or prior to such date if such Hedging Agreement was then outstanding or (b) as
of the date such Hedging Agreement is entered into if it is entered into after
the end of such fiscal quarter; provided, however, that if an agreement between
the Borrower or any Subsidiary and the relevant counterparty provides that, upon
any such termination by such counterparty, one or more other Hedging Agreements
(if any then exist) between the Borrower or any Subsidiary and such counterparty
would also terminate and the amount (if any) payable by the Borrower or any
Subsidiary would be a net amount reflecting the termination of all Hedging
Agreements so terminated, then the Negative Termination Value of all the Hedging
Agreements subject to such netting shall be, at any date, a single amount equal
to such net amount (if any) payable by the Borrower or any Subsidiary determined
as of the later of (a) the end of the most recently ended fiscal quarter or (b)
the date on which the most recent Hedging Agreement subject to such netting was
entered into.

          "Net Adjustment Amount" shall mean, for any period, the Adjustment
Amount less the aggregate Adjustment Amounts applied to reduce Consolidated
EBITDA in prior periods.

          "Net Cash Proceeds" shall mean (a) with respect to any Asset Sale, the
cash proceeds thereof received by the Borrower or the Subsidiaries (including
cash and cash equivalents and cash payments received by way of deferred payment
of principal pursuant to a note or installment receivable or otherwise, but only
as and when received), net of (i) costs of sale (including payment of the
outstanding principal amount of, premium or penalty, if any, interest and other
amounts on any Indebtedness (other than Loans) secured by a Lien permitted
pursuant to Section 6.02 on such assets and required to be repaid under the
terms thereof as a result of such Asset Sale), (ii) taxes paid or payable in the
year such Asset Sale occurs or in the following year as a result thereof and
(iii) amounts provided as a reserve against any liabilities under any
indemnification obligations associated with such Asset Sale (except that, to the
extent and at the time any such amounts are released from such reserve, such
amounts shall constitute Net Cash Proceeds); provided, however, that (x) in the
event the Asset Sale is a result of a Casualty Event or Condemnation Event, the
cash proceeds thereof for purposes of this definition shall not include proceeds
thereof to the extent they are used (or committed to be used) to replace or
repair the damaged or condemned property, as applicable, within 180 days of
receipt of such proceeds, in each case so long as no Default or Event of Default
shall have occurred and be continuing, and (y) with respect to any Asset Sale of
energy-related assets, if the Borrower shall deliver a certificate of a
Financial Officer to the Paying Agent at the time of any Asset Sale setting
forth the Borrower's intent to reinvest (or commit to reinvest) the proceeds of
such Asset Sale in other energy-related assets within 180 days of receipt of
such proceeds and no Default shall have occurred and shall be continuing at the
time of such certificate or at the proposed time of the application of such
proceeds, such proceeds shall not constitute Net Cash Proceeds, except to the
extent not so used or committed within such 180-day period (or if committed
within such 180 days, not used within 270 days of the receipt thereof), at which
time such proceeds shall be deemed Net Cash Proceeds, and (b) with respect to
any Equity Issuance, any issuance or other disposition of Indebtedness for
borrowed money or any Permitted Receivables Financing, the cash proceeds thereof
net of underwriting commissions or placement fees and expenses directly incurred
in connection therewith.
<PAGE>
 
                                                                              19

          "Newco" shall mean PacifiCorp Group Holdings Company, a corporation
organized under the laws of Oregon, all the outstanding capital stock of which
on the Restatement Date is directly owned by PHI.

          "Newco Equity Contribution" shall have the meaning assigned to such
term in the preamble to this Agreement.

          "Net Termination Value" shall mean with respect to all Hedging
Agreements (other than any Interest Rate Protection Agreement and any Exchange
Rate Protection Agreement), the difference between (a) the aggregate amounts (if
any) that would be required to be paid by the Borrower or any subsidiary if such
Hedging Agreements were terminated by reason of a default relating to the
Borrower or any subsidiary, and (b) the aggregate amounts (if any) that the
Borrower or any subsidiary would be entitled to receive if such Hedging
Agreements were terminated by reason of a default relating to the Borrower or
any subsidiary.  The Net Termination Value shall be determined (a) as of the end
of the most recent fiscal quarter ended on or prior to such date if such Hedging
Agreement was then outstanding or (b) as of the date such Hedging Agreement is
entered into if it is entered into after the end of such fiscal quarter.

          "Non-Recourse Indebtedness" of any person shall mean at any time
Indebtedness secured by a Lien in or upon one or more assets of such person
where the rights and remedies of the holder of such Indebtedness in respect of
such Indebtedness do not extend to any other assets of such person.
Notwithstanding the foregoing, Indebtedness of any person shall not fail to
constitute Non-Recourse Indebtedness by reason of the inclusion in any document
evidencing, governing, securing or otherwise relating to such Indebtedness of
provisions to the effect that such person shall be liable, beyond the assets
securing such Indebtedness, for (a) misapplied moneys, including insurance and
condemnation proceeds and security deposits, (b) indemnification by such person
in favor of holders of such Indebtedness and their affiliates in respect of
liabilities to third parties, including environmental liabilities, (c) breaches
of customary representations and warranties given to the holders of such
Indebtedness and (d) such other similar obligations as are customarily excluded
from the provisions that otherwise limit the recourse of commercial lenders
making so-called "non-recourse" loans to institutional borrowers.  Indebtedness
of a Single Purpose Entity shall constitute Non-Recourse Indebtedness of such
Single Purpose Entity.

          "Obligation Currency" shall have the meaning assigned to such term in
Section 9.16.

          "Obligations" shall mean all obligations defined as "Obligations" in
the Guarantee Agreement and the Security Documents.

          "Offer" shall mean the offer by Goldman Sachs International on behalf
of Bidco to acquire all the outstanding Shares (including the Shares represented
by Depositary Shares), substantially on the terms and conditions referred to in
the Press Release, as amended, supplemented or otherwise modified.

          "Offer Account" shall mean the account in the name of Bidco opened
with the Bidco Agent on or before the Unconditional Date for the purposes of
effecting the acquisition of the Shares.
<PAGE>
 
                                                                              20

          "Offer Conditions Precedent" shall mean the conditions precedent set
forth on Schedule 1.01(a).

          "Offer Document" shall mean the document to be delivered to the
shareholders of the Target containing the formal Offer.

          "PacifiCorp" shall mean PacifiCorp, a corporation organized under the
laws of Oregon.

          "PBGC" shall mean the Pension Benefit Guaranty Corporation referred to
and defined in ERISA.

          "Pedro Group" shall mean Peabody Holding Company, Inc. and its
consolidated subsidiaries.

          "Pedro Indebtedness" shall mean the Indebtedness of the Pedro
Subsidiaries set forth on Schedule 1.01(b).

          "Pedro Refinanced Indebtedness" shall mean the Pedro Indebtedness
designated as "Pedro Refinanced Indebtedness" on Schedule 1.01(b).

          "Pedro Subsidiaries" shall mean the persons set forth on Schedule
1.01(c).

          "Perfection Certificate" shall mean the Perfection Certificate
substantially in the form of Annex 1 to the Security Agreement.

          "Permitted Capital Expenditures" shall mean Capital Expenditures not
in excess of:

               (a) for the fiscal year ending December 31, 1998, $175,000,000;
          and

               (b) for each fiscal year thereafter, the greater of (i)
          $150,000,000 and (ii) the amount equal to 50% of Consolidated EBITDA
          for the fiscal year immediately preceding such fiscal year.

          "Permitted Dividend Amount" shall mean, (a) with respect to the period
prior to December 31, 1997, $5,000,000, and (b) with respect to any fiscal year
ending after December 31, 1997, the greater of (i) $20,000,000 and (ii) 40% of
the lesser of (A) cumulative Consolidated Net Income and (B) cumulative Excess
Cash Flow, in each case, (x) measured from the Closing Date through and
including the last day of the fiscal quarter for which financial statements have
been delivered to the Paying Agent immediately prior to the date of the
applicable dividend and (y) less cumulative dividend payments made during such
period (such greater amount referred to as the "Base Dividend Amount").
Notwithstanding the foregoing, if and during any time that the Leverage Ratio as
of the last day of the fiscal quarter for which financial statements have been
delivered to the Paying Agent immediately prior to any dividend payment is less
than 2.75 to 1.00, the Borrower may make dividend payments in addition to the
Base Dividend Amount so long as the total amount of dividends on a cumulative
basis made during the term of this Agreement pursuant to this proviso shall not
exceed $40,000,000, plus 60% of cumulative Consolidated Net Income measured from
the Closing Date through and including the last day of the fiscal quarter for
which financial statements have been delivered to the Paying Agent immediately
prior to the date of the applicable dividend.
<PAGE>
 
                                                                              21

          "Permitted Investments" shall mean:

               (a) direct obligations of, or obligations the principal of and
          interest on which are unconditionally guaranteed by, the United States
          of America (or by any agency thereof to the extent such obligations
          are backed by the full faith and credit of the United States of
          America), in each case maturing within one year from the date of
          acquisition thereof;

               (b) investments in commercial paper (or money market funds
          substantially all the assets of which are invested in such commercial
          paper) maturing within 270 days from the date of acquisition thereof
          and having, at such date of acquisition, one of the two highest credit
          ratings obtainable from Standard & Poor's Ratings Group or from
          Moody's Investors Service, Inc.;

               (c) investments in certificates of deposit, banker's acceptances
          and time deposits maturing within one year from the date of
          acquisition thereof issued or guaranteed by or placed with, and money
          market deposit accounts issued or offered by, any domestic office of
          any commercial bank organized under the laws of the United States of
          America or any State thereof that has a combined capital and surplus
          and undivided profits of not less than $250,000,000; and

               (d) obligations issued by any state or political subdivision
          thereof, having a rating of A or better by Standard & Poor's Ratings
          Group, or similar rating by any other nationally recognized rating
          agency with maturities of not more than one year.

          "Permitted Junior Indebtedness" shall mean subordinated Indebtedness
of the Borrower that has (i) no principal payments due on a date that is earlier
than twenty-four months after the Tranche B Maturity Date, (ii) subordination
and intercreditor provisions that are reasonably satisfactory to the Required
Lenders and (iii) a fixed interest rate, which rate shall be, in the good faith
judgment of the a Financial Officer of the Borrower, consistent with the market
at the time of issuance for similar subordinated Indebtedness.

          "Permitted Receivables Financing" shall mean the sale, nonrecourse
borrowing against or similar financing (a "Sale") of receivables (and related
assets) originated by the Borrower or any Subsidiary, provided that (i) any such
receivables financing involves Sales of receivables to secure not more than
$100,000,000 of Indebtedness outstanding at any time, (ii) Sales of receivables
are made at fair market value for the sales of receivables in comparable
receivables financings, (iii) the interest rate applicable to such receivables
financing shall be a market interest rate (as determined in good faith by a
Financial Officer of the Borrower) as of the time such financing is entered
into, (iv) such financing is non-recourse to the Borrower and the Subsidiaries
(other than a Receivables Subsidiary), except to a limited extent customary for
such financings, and (v) the covenants, events of default and other provisions
thereof, collectively, shall be market terms (as determined in good faith by a
Financial Officer of the Borrower).

          "person" shall mean any natural person, corporation, limited liability
company,  business trust, joint venture, association, company, partnership or
government, or any agency or political subdivision thereof.
<PAGE>
 
                                                                              22

          "PHI" shall mean PacifiCorp Holdings, Inc., a corporation organized
under the laws of Delaware, all the capital stock of which is directly owned by
PacifiCorp.

          "PHI Credit Agreement" shall mean the credit agreement dated as of
June 12, 1997, among PHI, the lenders from time to time party thereto, and
Citibank, as paying agent and issuing bank and Citicorp USA, Inc., as collateral
agent.

          "PHI Equity Contribution" shall mean the cash contribution from PHI to
Newco from the proceeds of borrowings under the PHI Credit Agreement, a portion
of which such contribution shall be  immediately contributed by Newco to the
Borrower.

          "Plan" shall mean any employee pension benefit plan (other than a
Multiemployer Plan) subject to the provisions of Title IV of ERISA or Section
412 of the Code or Section 307 of ERISA, and in respect of which the Borrower or
any ERISA Affiliate is (or, if such plan were terminated, would under Section
4069 of ERISA be deemed to be) an "employer" as defined in Section 3(5) of
ERISA.

          "Pledge Agreement" shall mean the Pledge Agreement, substantially in
the form of Exhibit I, among Newco, the Borrower, the Subsidiaries party thereto
and the Collateral Agent for the benefit of the Secured Parties.

          "pounds sterling" or "pence" shall mean the lawful currency for the
time being of the United Kingdom.

          "Powercoal/Bidco Loans" shall have the meaning assigned to such term
in the preamble to this Agreement.

          "PPM" shall mean PacifiCorp Power Marketing, Inc., a corporation
organized under the laws of Oregon.

          "PPM Contribution" shall mean the indirect contribution of all the
capital stock of PPM by PHI to the Borrower.

          "Prepaid Forward Sales Agreements" shall mean physical delivery
contracts for which the Borrower or any Subsidiary has received or has the right
to receive a cash payment in advance of physical delivery of the applicable
commodity and that would be reflected as a liability or a contingent liability
in the financial statements or notes thereto of such person in accordance with
GAAP.

          "Prepayment Account" shall have the meaning assigned to such term in
Section 2.13(j).

          "Press Release" shall have the meaning assigned to such term in the
Bidco Facility Agreement.

          "Production Payments", with respect to any person, shall mean all
production payment obligations and other similar obligations with respect to
natural resources of such person that are
<PAGE>
 
                                                                              23

recorded as a liability or deferred revenue on the financial statements of such
person in accordance with GAAP.

          "Pro Forma Financial Statements" shall have the meaning assigned to
such term in Section 3.04(b).

          "Pro Rata Percentage" of any Revolving Credit Lender at any time shall
mean the percentage of the Total Revolving Credit Commitment represented by such
Lender's Revolving Credit Commitment.

          "Properties" shall have the meaning assigned to such term in Section
3.16(a).

          "Receivables Subsidiary" shall mean a bankruptcy-remote, special-
purpose wholly owned Subsidiary formed solely for purposes of engaging in any
Permitted Receivables Financing.

          "Recco" shall mean PacifiCorp Services Limited, a limited company
incorporated in England and Wales, all the outstanding share capital of which on
the Restatement Date is directly owned by Energyco.

          "Refinancing Indebtedness" shall have the meaning assigned to such
term in Section 6.01(k).

          "Register" shall have the meaning given to such term in Section
9.04(d).

          "Regulation G" shall mean Regulation G of the Board as from time to
time in effect and all official rulings and interpretations thereunder or
thereof.

          "Regulation T" shall mean Regulation T of the Board as from time to
time in effect and all official rulings and interpretations thereunder or
thereof.

          "Regulation U" shall mean Regulation U of the Board as from time to
time in effect and all official rulings and interpretations thereunder or
thereof.

          "Regulation X" shall mean Regulation X of the Board as from time to
time in effect and all official rulings and interpretations thereunder or
thereof.

          "Release" shall mean any spilling, leaking, pumping, pouring,
emitting, emptying, discharging, injecting, escaping, leaching, dumping,
disposing, depositing, dispersing, emanating or migrating of any Hazardous
Material in, into, onto or through the environment.

          "Remedial Action" shall mean (a) "remedial action" as such term is
defined in CERCLA, 42 U.S.C. Section 9601(24), and (b) all other actions
required by any Governmental Authority or voluntarily undertaken to: (i)
cleanup, remove, treat, abate or in any other way address any Hazardous Material
in the environment; (ii) prevent the Release or threat of Release, or minimize
the further Release of any Hazardous Material so it does not migrate or endanger
or threaten to endanger public health, welfare or the environment; or (iii)
perform studies and investigations in connection with, or as a precondition to,
(i) or (ii) above.
<PAGE>
 
                                                                              24

          "Required Lenders" shall mean, at any time, Lenders having Loans
(excluding Swingline Loans), L/C Exposure, Swingline Exposure and unused
Revolving Credit and Term Loan Commitments representing at least a majority of
the sum of all Loans outstanding (excluding Swingline Loans), L/C Exposure,
Swingline Exposure and unused Revolving Credit and Term Loan Commitments at such
time; provided, however, with respect to any waivers of the conditions set forth
in Section 4.02(a)(iv), the term "Required Lenders" shall also include each
Initial Lender.

          "Responsible Officer" of any corporation shall mean any executive
officer or Financial Officer of such corporation and any other officer or
similar official thereof responsible for the administration of the obligations
of such corporation in respect of this Agreement.

          "Restatement Date" shall mean June 27, 1997.

          "Revolving Credit Borrowing" shall mean a Borrowing comprised of
Revolving Loans.

          "Revolving Credit Commitment" shall mean, with respect to each Lender,
the commitment of such Lender to make Revolving Loans hereunder as set forth on
Schedule 2.01, or in the Assignment and Acceptance pursuant to which such Lender
assumed its Revolving Credit Commitment, as applicable, as the same may be (a)
reduced from time to time pursuant to Section 2.09 and (b) reduced or increased
from time to time pursuant to assignments by or to such Lender pursuant to
Section 9.04.

          "Revolving Credit Exposure" shall mean, with respect to any Lender at
any time, the aggregate principal amount at such time of all outstanding
Revolving Loans of such Lender, plus the aggregate amount at such time of such
Lender's L/C Exposure, plus the aggregate amount at such time of such Lender's
Swingline Exposure.

          "Revolving Credit Lender" shall mean a Lender with a Revolving Credit
Commitment.

          "Revolving Credit Maturity Date" shall mean June 12, 2003.

          "Revolving Loans" shall mean the revolving loans made by the Lenders
to the Borrower pursuant to Section 2.01(c).  Each Revolving Loan shall be a
Eurodollar Revolving Loan or a Base Rate Revolving Loan.

          "Secured Parties" shall have the meaning assigned to such term in the
Security Agreement.

          "Security Agreement" shall mean the Security Agreement, substantially
in the form of Exhibit J, between the Borrower, the Subsidiaries party thereto
and the Collateral Agent for the benefit of the Secured Parties.

          "Security Documents" shall mean the Mortgages, the Security Agreement,
the Pledge Agreement, the Collateral Assignment and each of the security
agreements, mortgages and other instruments and documents executed and delivered
pursuant to any of the foregoing or pursuant to Section 5.10.
<PAGE>
 
                                                                              25

          "Separation Date" shall mean the first date upon which each Pedro
Subsidiary is a wholly owned Subsidiary of the Borrower.

          "Shares" shall mean the ordinary shares of the Target (par value 10
pence per share).

          "Significant Subsidiary" shall mean, on any date, any Subsidiary that
(a) has total assets, determined on a consolidated basis with its subsidiaries,
as of the end of the fiscal quarter preceding such date equal to or greater than
2.5% of the total assets of the Borrower and its Subsidiaries on a consolidated
basis as of the end of such fiscal quarter or (b) has income from continuing
operations before income taxes, extraordinary items and the cumulative effect of
a change in accounting principles ("Adjusted Income"), determined on a
consolidated basis with its subsidiaries, for the four fiscal quarter period
preceding such date equal to or greater than 2.5% of the Adjusted Income of the
Borrower and its Subsidiaries on a consolidated basis for such period, in all
cases as determined in accordance with GAAP.

          "Single Purpose Entity" shall mean a person, other than an individual,
that (a) is organized solely for the purpose of holding, directly or indirectly,
an ownership interest in one entity or property that is acquired, purchased or
constructed, or in the case of previously undeveloped, non-income generating
property of the Borrower or a Subsidiary, developed by the Borrower or its
Subsidiaries, (b) does not engage in any business unrelated to such entity or
property or the financing thereof and (c) does not have any assets or
Indebtedness other than those related to its interest in such entity or property
or the financing thereof.

          "Statutory Reserves" shall mean a fraction (expressed as a decimal),
the numerator of which is the number one and the denominator of which is the
number one minus the aggregate of the maximum reserve percentages (including any
marginal, special, emergency or supplemental reserves) expressed as a decimal
established by the Board (a) with respect to the Base CD Rate, for new
negotiable nonpersonal time deposits in dollars of over $100,000 with maturities
approximately equal to three months, and (b) with respect to the Adjusted LIBO
Rate, for Eurocurrency Liabilities (as defined in Regulation D of the Board).
Such reserve percentages shall include those imposed pursuant to such Regulation
D.  Eurodollar Loans shall be deemed to constitute Eurocurrency Liabilities and
to be subject to such reserve requirements without benefit of or credit for
proration, exemptions or offsets that may be available from time to time to any
Lender under such Regulation D.  Statutory Reserves shall be adjusted
automatically on and as of the effective date of any change in any reserve
percentage.

          "subsidiary" shall mean, with respect to any person (herein referred
to as the "parent"), any corporation, partnership, association or other business
entity of which securities or other ownership interests representing more than
50% of the equity or more than 50% of the ordinary voting power or more than 50%
of the general partnership interests are, at the time any determination is being
made, owned, controlled or held by the parent.

          "Subsidiary" shall mean any subsidiary of the Borrower, other than any
Inactive Subsidiary.
<PAGE>
 
                                                                              26

          "Swingline Commitment" shall mean the commitment of the Swingline
Lender to make loans pursuant to Section 2.22, as the same may be reduced from
time to time pursuant to Section 2.09.

          "Swingline Exposure" shall mean at any time the aggregate principal
amount at such time of all outstanding Swingline Loans.  The Swingline Exposure
of any Revolving Credit Lender at any time shall equal its Pro Rata Percentage
of the aggregate Swingline Exposure at such time.

          "Swingline Loan" shall mean any loan made by the Swingline Lender
pursuant to Section 2.22.

          "Target" shall mean The Energy Group PLC, a public limited company
incorporated in England and Wales.

          "Tax Sharing Arrangement" shall mean the Income Tax Allocation Policy
dated as of January 1, 1997 of Newco relating to Newco and its subsidiaries
(including the Borrower and its subsidiaries).

          "Term Borrowing" shall mean a Borrowing comprised of Tranche A Term
Loans or Tranche B Term Loans.

          "Termination Date" shall mean the earlier of (a) December 30, 1997 and
(b) the later of (i) the date that is three months after the Unconditional Date
and (ii) the date that is 49 days after the first date on which Bidco acquires
90% of the outstanding Shares to which the Offer relates.

          "Term Loan Availability Period" shall mean the period from and
including the Closing Date to and including the Termination Date.

          "Term Loan Commitments" shall mean the Tranche A Commitments and the
Tranche B Commitments.

          "Term Loan Repayment Dates" shall mean the Tranche A Term Loan
Repayment Dates and the Tranche B Term Loan Repayment Dates.

          "Term Loans" shall mean the Tranche A Term Loans and the Tranche B
Term Loans.

          "Three-Month Secondary CD Rate" shall mean, for any day, the secondary
market rate for three-month certificates of deposit reported as being in effect
on such day (or, if such day shall not be a Business Day, the next preceding
Business Day) by the Board through the public information telephone line of the
Federal Reserve Bank of New York (which rate will, under the current practices
of the Board, be published in Federal Reserve Statistical Release H.15(519)
during the week following such day), or, if such rate shall not be so reported
on such day or such next preceding Business Day, the average of the secondary
market quotations for three-month certificates of deposit of major money center
banks in New York City received at approximately 10:00 a.m., New York City time,
on such day (or, if such day shall not be a Business Day, on the next preceding
Business Day) by the Paying Agent from three New York City negotiable
certificate of deposit dealers of recognized standing selected by it.
<PAGE>

                                                                              27

          "Total Debt" shall mean, as of any date of determination, without
duplication, the aggregate principal amount of Indebtedness of the Borrower and
the Subsidiaries (after giving effect to the transfer of the Pedro Subsidiaries
to the Borrower) outstanding as of such date, determined on a consolidated basis
(other than (a) Indebtedness of the type referred to in clause (h) of the
definition of the term "Indebtedness", except  to the extent of any unreimbursed
drawings thereunder, and (b) Permitted Junior Indebtedness).

          "Total Revolving Credit Commitment" shall mean, at any time, the
aggregate amount of the Revolving Credit Commitments, as in effect at such time.

          "TPC" shall mean TPC Corporation, a corporation organized under the
laws of Delaware.

          "TPC Contribution" shall mean the indirect contribution of all the
capital stock of TPC by PHI to the Borrower.

          "Tranche A Commitment" shall mean, with respect to each Lender, the
commitment of such Lender to make Tranche A Term Loans hereunder as set forth on
Schedule 2.01, or  in the Assignment and Acceptance pursuant to which such
Lender assumed its Term Loan Commitment, as applicable, as the same may be (a)
reduced from time to time pursuant to Section 2.09 and (b) reduced or increased
from time to time pursuant to assignments by or to such Lender pursuant to
Section 9.04.

          "Tranche A Maturity Date" shall mean June 12, 2003.

          "Tranche A Term Borrowing" shall mean a Borrowing comprised of Tranche
A Term Loans.

          "Tranche A Term Loan Repayment Date" shall have the meaning assigned
to such term in Section 2.11(a)(i).

          "Tranche A Term Loans" shall mean the term loans made by the Lenders
to the Borrower pursuant to clause (a) of Section 2.01.  Each Tranche A Term
Loan shall be either a Eurodollar Term Loan or a Base Rate Term Loan.

          "Tranche B Commitment" shall mean with respect to each Lender, the
commitment of such Lender to make Tranche B Term Loans hereunder as set forth on
Schedule 2.01, or in the Assignment and Acceptance pursuant to which such Lender
assumed its Term Loan Commitment, as applicable, as the same may be (a) reduced
from time to time pursuant to Section 2.09 and (b) reduced or increased from
time to time pursuant to assignments by or to such Lender pursuant to Section
9.04.

          "Tranche B Maturity Date" shall mean June 12, 2005.

          "Tranche B Term Borrowing" shall mean a Borrowing comprised of Tranche
B Term Loans.
<PAGE>
 
                                                                              28

          "Tranche B Term Loan Repayment Date" shall have the meaning assigned
to such term in Section 2.11(a)(ii).

          "Tranche B Term Loans" shall mean the term loans made by the Lenders
to the Borrower pursuant to clause (b) of Section 2.01.  Each Tranche B Term
Loan shall be either a Eurodollar Term Loan or a Base Rate Term Loan.

          "Transaction Loan Documents" shall mean (a) the Loan Documents, (b)
the Bidco Facility Agreement and the security documents and guarantees related
thereto, (c) the  Energyco Bridge Loan Agreement and the guarantees related
thereto and (d) the PHI Credit Agreement and the security documents related
thereto.

          "Transactions" shall mean the Offer, the transactions contemplated
thereby and the transactions contemplated by the Transaction Loan Documents.

          "Type", when used in respect of any Loan or Borrowing, shall refer to
the Rate by reference to which interest on such Loan or on the Loans comprising
such Borrowing is determined.  For purposes hereof, the term "Rate" shall
include the Adjusted LIBO Rate and the Base Rate.

          "Unconditional Date" shall have the meaning assigned to such term in
the Bidco Facility Agreement, as in effect on the Restatement Date.

          "wholly owned Subsidiary" of any person shall mean a subsidiary of
such person of which securities (except for directors' qualifying shares) or
other ownership interests representing 100% of the equity or 100% of the
ordinary voting power (other than directors' qualifying shares) or 100% of the
general partnership interests are, at the time any determination is being made,
owned, controlled or held by such person or one or more wholly owned
subsidiaries of such person or by such person and one or more wholly owned
subsidiaries of such person.

          "Withdrawal Liability" shall mean liability to a Multiemployer Plan as
a result of a complete or partial withdrawal from such Multiemployer Plan, as
such terms are defined in Part I of Subtitle E of Title IV of ERISA.

          SECTION 1.02.  Terms Generally.  The definitions in Section 1.01 shall
apply equally to both the singular and plural forms of the terms defined.
Whenever the context may require, any pronoun shall include the corresponding
masculine, feminine and neuter forms.  The words "include", "includes" and
"including" shall be deemed to be followed by the phrase "without limitation".
All references herein to Articles, Sections, Exhibits and Schedules shall be
deemed references to Articles and Sections of, and Exhibits and Schedules to,
this Agreement unless the context shall otherwise require.  Except as otherwise
expressly provided herein, (a) any reference in this Agreement to any
Transaction Loan Document shall mean such document as amended, restated,
supplemented or otherwise modified from time to time and (b) all terms of an
accounting or financial nature shall be construed in accordance with GAAP, as in
effect from time to time; provided, however, that if the Borrower notifies the
Paying Agent that the Borrower wishes to amend any covenant in Article VI or any
related definition (including as such definitions relate to the definition of
"Excess Cash Flow") to eliminate the effect of any change in GAAP occurring
<PAGE>
 
                                                                              29

after the date of this Agreement on the operation of such covenant (or if the
Paying Agent notifies the Borrower that the Required Lenders wish to amend
Article VI or any related definition for such purpose), then the Borrower's
compliance with such covenant shall be determined on the basis of GAAP in effect
immediately before the relevant change in GAAP became effective, until either
such notice is withdrawn or such covenant or definition is amended in a manner
satisfactory to the Borrower and the Required Lenders.  Notwithstanding anything
to the contrary, for purposes of each Financial Definition as used in Sections
6.10, 6.11, 6.12, 6.13 and 6.14 and the definition of "Excess Cash Flow", as
applicable,  prior to the Separation Date, each reference to subsidiaries of the
Borrower shall include the Pedro Subsidiaries as if the Pedro Subsidiaries are
in fact subsidiaries of the Borrower and the Bidco Note has been satisfied.


                                  ARTICLE II

                                  The Credits

          SECTION 2.01.  Commitments. Subject to the terms and conditions and
relying upon the representations and warranties herein set forth, each Lender
agrees, severally and not jointly, (a) to make Tranche A Term Loans to the
Borrower at any time and from time to time on or after the Closing Date and
until the earlier of the expiration of the Term Loan Availability Period and the
termination of the Tranche A Commitment of such Lender in accordance with the
terms hereof, in a principal amount not to exceed its Tranche A Term Commitment,
(b) to make Tranche B Term Loans to the Borrower at any time and from time to
time on or after the Closing Date and until the earlier of the expiration of the
Term Loan Availability Period and the termination of the Tranche B Term
Commitment of such Lender in accordance with the terms hereof, in a principal
amount not to exceed its Tranche B Commitment, and (c) to make Revolving Loans
to the Borrower, at any time and from time to time on or after the Closing Date,
and until the earlier of the Revolving Credit Maturity Date and the termination
of the Revolving Credit Commitment of such Lender in accordance with the terms
hereof, in an aggregate principal amount at any time outstanding that will not
result in such Lender's Revolving Credit Exposure exceeding such Lender's
Revolving Credit Commitment.  Within the limits set forth in clause (c) of the
preceding sentence and subject to the terms, conditions and limitations set
forth herein, the Borrower may borrow, pay or prepay and reborrow Revolving
Loans. Amounts paid or prepaid in respect of Term Loans may not be reborrowed.

          SECTION 2.02.  Loans. (a)  Each Loan (other than Swingline Loans)
shall be made as part of a Borrowing consisting of Loans made by the Lenders
ratably in accordance with their Tranche A Commitment, Tranche B Commitment or
Revolving Credit Commitment, as applicable; provided, however, that the failure
of any Lender to make any Loan shall not in itself relieve any other Lender of
its obligation to lend hereunder (it being understood, however, that no Lender
shall be responsible for the failure of any other Lender to make any Loan
required to be made by such other Lender). Except for Loans deemed made pursuant
to Section 2.02(f) and except as provided in the immediately succeeding
sentence, the Loans comprising any Borrowing shall be in an aggregate principal
amount that is (i) an integral multiple of $1,000,000 (except in the case of
Acquisition Borrowings) and not less than $10,000,000 or (ii) equal to the
remaining available balance of the applicable Commitments. Subject to the other
terms and conditions provided for herein, the aggregate principal amount of the
Loans comprising each Acquisition Borrowing shall be an amount sufficient, when
added to the amount of the Newco Equity Contribution as yet unused for such
purpose (and to pay fees and
<PAGE>
 
                                                                              30

expenses related to the Offer), to enable the Borrower to fund to Bidco under
the Bidco Note the relevant Matching Amount (it being understood and agreed that
substantially the entire Newco Equity Contribution shall be used for such
purpose prior to or simultaneously with the making of any Loan for such purpose
or the payment of fees and expenses related to the Offer).

          (b)  Subject to Sections 2.08 and 2.15, each Borrowing shall be
comprised entirely of Base Rate Loans or Eurodollar Loans as the Borrower may
request pursuant to Section 2.03.  Each Lender may at its option make any
Eurodollar Loan by causing any domestic or foreign branch or Affiliate of such
Lender to make such Loan; provided that any exercise of such option shall not
(i) affect the obligation of the Borrower to repay such Loan or (ii) increase
the costs of the Borrower that would otherwise be payable under Section 2.14 or
2.20 with respect thereto, in each case in accordance with the terms of this
Agreement.  Borrowings of more than one Type may be outstanding at the same
time; provided, however, that the Borrower shall not be entitled to request any
Borrowing that, if made, would result in more than 15 Eurodollar Borrowings
outstanding hereunder at any time.  For purposes of the foregoing, Borrowings
having different Interest Periods, regardless of whether they commence on the
same date, shall be considered separate Borrowings.

          (c)  Except with respect to Loans made or deemed made pursuant to
Section 2.02(f), each Lender shall make each Loan to be made by it hereunder on
the proposed date thereof by wire transfer of immediately available funds to
such account in New York City as the Paying Agent may designate not later than
11:00 a.m., New York City time, and the Paying Agent shall by 12:00 (noon), New
York City time, credit the amounts so received (i) with respect to any
Acquisition Borrowing, to the Offer Account, and (ii) with respect to any other
Borrowing, to an account in the name of the Borrower, maintained with the Paying
Agent and designated by the Borrower in the applicable Borrowing Request or, if
a Borrowing shall not occur on such date because any condition precedent herein
specified shall not have been met, return the amounts so received to the
respective Lenders.

          (d)  Unless the Paying Agent shall have received notice from a Lender
prior to the date of any Borrowing that such Lender will not make available to
the Paying Agent such Lender's portion of such Borrowing, the Paying Agent may
assume that such Lender has made such portion available to the Paying Agent on
the date of such Borrowing in accordance with paragraph (c) above and the Paying
Agent may, in reliance upon such assumption, make available to the Borrower on
such date a corresponding amount.  If the Paying Agent shall have so made funds
available then, to the extent that such Lender shall not have made such portion
available to the Paying Agent, such Lender and the Borrower severally agree to
repay to the Paying Agent forthwith on demand such corresponding amount together
with interest thereon, for each day from the date such amount is made available
to the Borrower until the date such amount is repaid to the Paying Agent at (i)
in the case of the Borrower, the interest rate applicable at the time to the
Loans comprising such Borrowing and (ii) in the case of such Lender, a rate
determined by the Paying Agent to represent its cost of overnight or short-term
funds (which determination shall be conclusive absent manifest error).  If such
Lender shall repay to the Paying Agent such corresponding amount, such amount
shall constitute such Lender's Loan as part of such Borrowing for purposes of
this Agreement.

          (e)  Notwithstanding any other provision of this Agreement, the
Borrower shall not be entitled to request any Interest Period with respect to a
Revolving Credit Borrowing, Tranche A Term Borrowing or Tranche B Term Borrowing
that would end after the Revolving Credit Maturity Date, the Tranche A Maturity
Date or the Tranche B Maturity Date, respectively.
<PAGE>
 
                                                                              31

          (f)  If the Issuing Bank shall not have received from the Borrower the
payment required to be made by Section 2.23(e) within the time specified in such
Section, the Issuing Bank will promptly notify the Paying Agent of the L/C
Disbursement and the Paying Agent will promptly notify each Revolving Credit
Lender of such L/C Disbursement and its Pro Rata Percentage thereof.  Each
Revolving Credit Lender shall pay by wire transfer of immediately available
funds to the Paying Agent not later than 2:00 p.m., New York City time, on such
date (or, if such Revolving Credit Lender shall have received such notice later
than 12:00 (noon), New York City time, on any day, not later than 10:00 a.m.,
New York City time, on the immediately following Business Day), an amount equal
to such Lender's Pro Rata Percentage of such L/C Disbursement (it being
understood that such amount shall be deemed to constitute a Base Rate Revolving
Loan of such Lender and such payment shall be deemed to have reduced the L/C
Exposure), and the Paying Agent will promptly pay to the Issuing Bank amounts so
received by it from the Revolving Credit Lenders.  The Paying Agent will
promptly pay to the Issuing Bank any amounts received by it from the Borrower
pursuant to Section 2.23(e) prior to the time that any Revolving Credit Lender
makes any payment pursuant to this paragraph (f); any such amounts received by
the Paying Agent thereafter will be promptly remitted by the Paying Agent to the
Revolving Credit Lenders that shall have made such payments and to the Issuing
Bank, as their interests may appear.  If any Revolving Credit Lender shall not
have made its Pro Rata Percentage of such L/C Disbursement available to the
Paying Agent as provided above, such Lender and the Borrower severally agree to
pay interest on such amount, for each day from and including the date such
amount is required to be paid in accordance with this paragraph to but excluding
the date such amount is paid, to the Paying Agent for the account of the
Issuing Bank at (i) in the case of the Borrower, a rate per annum equal to the
interest rate applicable to Revolving Loans pursuant to Section 2.06(a), and
(ii) in the case of such Lender, for the first such day, the Federal Funds
Effective Rate, and for each day thereafter, the Base Rate.

          SECTION 2.03.  Borrowing Procedure. In order to request a Borrowing
(other than a Swingline Loan or a deemed Borrowing pursuant to Section 2.02(f),
as to which this Section 2.03 shall not apply), the Borrower shall hand deliver
or telecopy to the Paying Agent a duly completed Borrowing Request (a) in the
case of a Eurodollar Borrowing, not later than 11:00 a.m., New York City time,
three Business Days before a proposed Borrowing, and (b) in the case of a Base
Rate Borrowing, not later than 11:00 a.m., New York City time, on the Business
Day of a proposed Borrowing.  Each Borrowing Request shall be irrevocable, shall
be signed by or on behalf of the Borrower and shall specify the following
information:  (i) whether the Borrowing then being requested is to be a Term
Borrowing or a Revolving Credit Borrowing, whether such Borrowing is to be a
Eurodollar Borrowing or a Base Rate Borrowing and whether such Borrowing is to
be an Acquisition Borrowing; (ii) the date of such Borrowing (which shall be a
Business Day), (iii) the number and location of the account to which funds are
to be disbursed (which shall be an account that complies with the requirements
of Section 2.02(c)); (iv) the amount of such Borrowing; and (v) if such
Borrowing is to be a Eurodollar Borrowing, the Interest Period with respect
thereto; provided, however, that, notwithstanding any contrary specification in
any Borrowing Request, each requested Borrowing shall comply with the
requirements set forth in Section 2.02.  Any request for a Term Borrowing by the
Borrower shall be allocated between the Tranche A Commitments and the Tranche B
Commitments pro rata in accordance with the aggregate unused amounts of such
Commitments.  If no election as to the Type of Borrowing is specified in any
such notice, then the requested Borrowing shall be a Base Rate Borrowing.  If no
Interest Period with respect to any Eurodollar Borrowing is specified in any
such notice, then the Borrower shall be deemed to have selected an Interest
Period of one month's duration.  The Paying Agent shall promptly advise the
<PAGE>
 
                                                                              32

applicable Lenders of any notice given pursuant to this Section 2.03 (and the
contents thereof), and of each Lender's portion of the requested Borrowing.

          SECTION 2.04.  Evidence of Debt; Repayment of Loans.  (a) The Borrower
hereby unconditionally promises to pay to the Paying Agent for the account of
each Lender  the then unpaid principal amount of each Swingline Loan, on the
last day of the Interest Period applicable to such Loan or, if earlier, on the
Revolving Credit Maturity Date , the principal amount of each Term Loan of such
Lender as provided in Section 2.11  and the then unpaid principal amount of each
Revolving Loan on the Revolving Credit Maturity Date.

          (b)  Each Lender shall maintain in accordance with its usual practice
an account or accounts evidencing the indebtedness of the Borrower to such
Lender resulting from each Loan made by such Lender from time to time, including
the amounts of principal and interest payable and paid to such Lender from time
to time under this Agreement.

          (c)  The Paying Agent shall maintain accounts in which it will record
(i) the amount of each Loan made hereunder, the Type thereof and the Interest
Period applicable thereto, (ii) the amount of any principal or interest due and
payable or to become due and payable from the Borrower to each Lender hereunder
and (iii) the amount of any sum received by the Paying Agent hereunder from the
Borrower or any Guarantor and each Lender's share thereof.

          (d)  The entries made in the accounts maintained pursuant to
paragraphs (b) and (c) above shall be prima facie evidence of the existence and
amounts of the obligations therein recorded; provided, however, that the failure
of any Lender or the Paying Agent to maintain such accounts or any error therein
shall not in any manner affect the obligations of the Borrower to repay the
Loans in accordance with their terms.

          (e)  Notwithstanding any other provision of this Agreement, in the
event any Lender shall request and receive a promissory note payable to such
Lender and its registered assigns, the interests represented by such note shall
at all times (including after any assignment of all or part of such interests
pursuant to Section 9.04) be represented by one or more promissory notes payable
to the payee named therein or its registered assigns.

          SECTION 2.05.  Fees.  (a)  The Borrower agrees to pay to each Lender,
through the Paying Agent, on the last day of March, June, September and December
in each year and on each date on which any Commitment of such Lender shall
expire or be terminated as provided herein, a commitment fee (a "Commitment
Fee") equal to the Applicable Percentage per annum in effect from time to time
on the average daily unused amount of the Commitments of such Lender (other than
the Swingline Commitment) during the preceding quarter (or other period
commencing with the Closing Date or ending with the Revolving Credit Maturity
Date or the date on which the Commitments of such Lender shall expire or be
terminated).  All Commitment Fees shall be computed on the basis of the actual
number of days elapsed in a year of 360 days.  The Commitment Fee due to each
Lender shall commence to accrue on the Closing Date and shall cease to accrue on
the date on which the Commitment of such Lender shall expire or be terminated as
provided herein.  For purposes of calculating Commitment Fees only, no portion
of the Revolving Credit Commitments shall be deemed utilized under Section 2.17
as a result of outstanding Swingline Loans.
<PAGE>
 
                                                                              33

          (b)  The Borrower agrees to pay (i) to each Revolving Credit Lender,
through the Paying Agent, on the last day of March, June, September and December
of each year and on the date on which the Revolving Credit Commitment of such
Lender shall be terminated as provided herein, a fee (an "L/C Participation
Fee") calculated on such Lender's Pro Rata Percentage of the average daily
aggregate L/C Exposure (excluding the portion thereof attributable to
unreimbursed L/C Disbursements) during the preceding quarter (or shorter period
commencing with the date hereof or ending with the Revolving Credit Maturity
Date or the date on which all Letters of Credit have been canceled or have
expired and the Revolving Credit Commitments of all Lenders shall have been
terminated) at a rate equal to the Applicable Percentage from time to time used
to determine the interest rate on Revolving Credit Borrowings comprised of
Eurodollar Loans pursuant to Section 2.06, and (ii) to the Issuing Bank with
respect to each Letter of Credit the standard fronting, issuance and drawing
fees specified from time to time by the Issuing Bank (the "Issuing Bank Fees").
All L/C Participation Fees and Issuing Bank Fees shall be computed on the basis
of the actual number of days elapsed in a year of 360 days.

          (c)  All Fees shall be paid on the dates due, in immediately available
funds, to the Paying Agent for distribution, if and as appropriate, among the
Lenders, except that the Issuing Bank Fees shall be paid directly to the Issuing
Bank.  Once paid, none of the Fees shall be refundable under any circumstances,
absent manifest error.

          SECTION 2.06.  Interest on Loans. (a)  Subject to the provisions of
Section 2.07, the Loans comprising each Base Rate Borrowing, including each
Swingline Loan, shall bear interest (computed on the basis of the actual number
of days elapsed over a year of 365 or 366 days, as the case may be, when the
Base Rate is determined by reference to the Prime Rate and over a year of 360
days at all other times) at a rate per annum equal to (i) in the case of
Revolving Credit Borrowings and Tranche A Term Borrowings, the Base Rate plus
the Applicable Percentage in effect from time to time and (ii) in the case of
Tranche B Term Borrowings, the Base Rate plus the Applicable Tranche B
Percentage in effect from time to time.

          (b)  Subject to the provisions of Section 2.07, the Loans comprising
each Eurodollar Borrowing shall bear interest (computed on the basis of the
actual number of days elapsed over a year of 360 days) at a rate per annum equal
to (i) in the case of Revolving Credit Borrowings and Tranche A Term Borrowings,
the Adjusted LIBO Rate for the Interest Period in effect for such Borrowing plus
the Applicable Percentage in effect from time to time and (ii) in the case of
Tranche B Term Borrowings, the Adjusted LIBO Rate for the Interest Period then
in effect for such Borrowing plus the Applicable Tranche B Percentage in effect
from time to time.

          (c)  Interest on each Loan shall be payable on the Interest Payment
Dates applicable to such Loan except as otherwise provided in this Agreement.
The applicable Base Rate or Adjusted LIBO Rate for each Interest Period or day
within an Interest Period, as the case may be, shall be determined by the Paying
Agent, and such determination shall be conclusive absent manifest error.

          SECTION 2.07.  Default Interest. If the Borrower shall default in the
payment of the principal of or interest on any Loan or any other amount becoming
due hereunder, by acceleration or otherwise, or under any other Loan Document,
the Borrower shall on demand from time to time pay interest, to the extent
permitted by law, on such defaulted amount to but excluding the date of actual
payment (after as well as before judgment) (a) in the case of overdue principal,
at the rate otherwise applicable
<PAGE>
 
                                                                              34

to such Loan pursuant to Section 2.06 plus 2.00% per annum and (b) in all other
cases, at a rate per annum (computed on the basis of the actual number of days
elapsed over a year of 365 or 366 days, as the case may be, when determined by
reference to the Prime Rate and over a year of 360 days at all other times)
equal to the sum of the Base Rate plus 2.00%.

          SECTION 2.08.  Alternate Rate of Interest.  In the event, and on each
occasion, that on the day two Business Days prior to the commencement of any
Interest Period for a Eurodollar Borrowing the Paying Agent shall have
determined that dollar deposits in the principal amounts of the Loans comprising
such Borrowing are not generally available in the London interbank market, or
that the rates at which such dollar deposits are being offered will not
adequately and fairly reflect the cost to the Lender or Lenders holding a
majority of the Eurodollar Loans comprising such Eurodollar Borrowing of making
or maintaining such Eurodollar Loan during such Interest Period, or that
reasonable means do not exist for ascertaining the Adjusted LIBO Rate, the
Paying Agent shall, as soon as practicable thereafter, give written or telecopy
notice of such determination to the Borrower and the Lenders.  In the event of
any such determination, until the Paying Agent shall have advised the Borrower
and the Lenders that the circumstances giving rise to such notice no longer
exist, any request by the Borrower for a Eurodollar Borrowing pursuant to
Section 2.03 or 2.10 shall be deemed to be a request for a Base Rate Borrowing.
Each determination by the Paying Agent hereunder shall be conclusive absent
manifest error.

          SECTION 2.09.  Termination and Reduction of Commitments. (a)  The Term
Loan Commitments shall automatically terminate at 5:00 p.m., New York City time,
on the Termination Date.  The Revolving Credit Commitments, the Swingline
Commitment and the L/C Commitment shall automatically terminate on the Revolving
Credit Maturity Date.  Notwithstanding the foregoing, the Revolving Credit
Commitment, the Swingline Commitment and the L/C Commitment shall automatically
terminate at 5:00 p.m., New York City time, on the Termination Date if the
initial Borrowing hereunder shall not have occurred by such time.

          (b)  Upon at least three Business Days' prior irrevocable written or
telecopy notice to the Paying Agent, the Borrower may at any time in whole
permanently terminate, or from time to time in part permanently reduce, the Term
Loan Commitments or the Revolving Credit Commitments; provided, however, that
(i) each partial reduction of the Term Loan Commitments or the Revolving Credit
Commitments shall be in an integral multiple of $1,000,000 and in a minimum
amount of $10,000,000 and (ii) the Total Revolving Credit Commitment shall not
be reduced to an amount that is less than the Aggregate Revolving Credit
Exposure at the time.

          (c)  Each reduction in the Term Loan Commitments or the Revolving
Credit Commitments hereunder shall be made ratably among the Lenders in
accordance with their respective applicable Commitments.  The Borrower shall pay
to the Paying Agent for the account of the applicable Lenders, on the date of
each termination or reduction, the Commitment Fees on the amount of the
Commitments so terminated or reduced accrued to but excluding the date of such
termination or reduction.

          SECTION 2.10.  Conversion and Continuation of  Borrowings. The
Borrower shall have the right at any time upon prior irrevocable notice to the
Paying Agent (a) not later than 12:00 (noon), New York City time, one Business
Day prior to conversion, to convert any Eurodollar  Borrowing into a Base Rate
Borrowing, (b) not later than 11:00 a.m., New York City time, three Business
Days prior
<PAGE>
 
                                                                              35

to conversion or continuation, to convert any Base Rate Borrowing into a
Eurodollar Borrowing or to continue any Eurodollar Borrowing as a Eurodollar
Borrowing for an additional Interest Period, and (c) not later than 11:00 a.m.,
New York City time, three Business Days prior to conversion, to convert the
Interest Period with respect to any Eurodollar  Borrowing to another permissible
Interest Period, subject in each case to the following:

                (i) each conversion or continuation shall be made pro rata among
          the Lenders in accordance with the respective principal amounts of the
          Loans comprising the converted or continued Borrowing;
 
                (ii) if less than all the outstanding principal amount of any
          Borrowing shall be converted or continued, then each resulting
          Borrowing shall satisfy the limitations specified in Sections 2.02(a)
          and 2.02(b) regarding the principal amount and maximum number of
          Borrowings of the relevant Type;
 
                (iii) each conversion shall be effected by each Lender and the
          Paying Agent by recording for the account of such Lender the new Loan
          of such Lender resulting from such conversion and reducing the Loan
          (or portion thereof) of such Lender being converted by an equivalent
          principal amount; accrued interest on any Eurodollar Loan (or portion
          thereof) being converted shall be paid by the Borrower at the time of
          conversion;

                (iv) if any Eurodollar Borrowing is converted at a time other
          than the end of the Interest Period applicable thereto, the Borrower
          shall pay, upon demand, any amounts due to the Lenders pursuant to
          Section 2.16;
 
                (v) any portion of a Borrowing maturing or required to be repaid
          in less than one month may not be converted into or continued as a
          Eurodollar Borrowing;

                (vi) any portion of a Eurodollar Borrowing that cannot be
          converted into or continued as a Eurodollar Borrowing by reason of the
          immediately preceding clause shall be automatically converted at the
          end of the Interest Period in effect for such Borrowing into a Base
          Rate Borrowing;
 
                (vii) no Interest Period may be selected for any Eurodollar Term
          Borrowing that would end later than a Term Loan Repayment Date
          occurring on or after the first day of such Interest Period if, after
          giving effect to such selection, the aggregate outstanding amount of
          (A) the Eurodollar Term Borrowings with Interest Periods ending on or
          prior to such Term Loan Repayment Date and (B) the Base Rate Term
          Borrowings would not be at least equal to the principal amount of Term
          Borrowings to be paid on such Term Loan Repayment Date; and
 
                (viii) upon notice to the Borrower from the Paying Agent given
          at the request of the Required Lenders, after the occurrence and
          during the continuance of a Default or Event of Default, no
          outstanding Loan may be converted into, or continued as, a Eurodollar
          Loan.

          Each notice pursuant to this Section 2.10 shall be irrevocable and
shall refer to this Agreement and specify (i) the identity and amount of the
Borrowing that the Borrower requests be
<PAGE>
 
                                                                              36

converted or continued, (ii) whether such Borrowing is to be converted to or
continued as a Eurodollar Borrowing or a Base Rate Borrowing, (iii) if such
notice requests a conversion, the date of such conversion (which shall be a
Business Day) and (iv) if such Borrowing is to be converted to or continued as a
Eurodollar Borrowing, the Interest Period with respect thereto.  If no Interest
Period is specified in any such notice with respect to any conversion to or
continuation as a Eurodollar Borrowing, the Borrower shall be deemed to have
selected an Interest Period of one month's duration. The Paying Agent shall
advise the Lenders of any notice given pursuant to this Section 2.10 and of each
Lender's portion of any converted or continued Borrowing.  If the Borrower shall
not have given notice in accordance with this Section 2.10 to continue any
Borrowing into a subsequent Interest Period (and shall not otherwise have given
notice in accordance with this Section 2.10 to convert such Borrowing), such
Borrowing shall, at the end of the Interest Period applicable thereto (unless
repaid pursuant to the terms hereof), automatically be continued into a new
Interest Period as a Base Rate Borrowing.

          SECTION 2.11.  Repayment of Term Borrowings. (a)  (i) The Borrower
shall pay to the Paying Agent, for the account of the Lenders, on the dates set
forth below under Category 1 if the initial Tranche A Term Borrowing hereunder
occurs on or after September 30, 1997, or under Category 2 if the initial
Tranche A Term Borrowing hereunder occurs prior to September 30, 1997, or if any
such applicable date is not a Business Day, on the next succeeding Business Day
(each such applicable date being a "Tranche A Term Loan Repayment Date"), a
principal amount of the Tranche A Term Loans (as adjusted from time to time
pursuant to Sections 2.11(b), 2.12 and 2.13(h)) equal to the amount set forth
below for such applicable date, together in each case with accrued and unpaid
interest on the principal amount to be paid to but excluding the applicable date
of such payment:
<PAGE>
 
                                                                              37

<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
 
               Category 1                          Category 2
               ----------                          ----------
       Date            Amount                 Date          Amount
       ----            ------                 ----          ------
 <S>                   <C>              <C>                 <C>
                                        December 31, 1997   $ 5,000,000
 March 31, 1998        $ 6,250,000      March 31, 1998      $ 5,000,000
 June 30, 1998         $ 6,250,000      June 30, 1998       $ 5,000,000
 September 30, 1998    $ 6,250,000      September 30, 1998  $ 5,000,000
 December 31, 1998     $ 6,250,000      December 31, 1998   $ 5,000,000
                                   
 March 31, 1999        $12,500,000      March 31, 1999      $12,500,000
 June 30, 1999         $12,500,000      June 30, 1999       $12,500,000
 September 30, 1999    $12,500,000      September 30, 1999  $12,500,000
 December 31, 1999     $12,500,000      December 31, 1999   $12,500,000
                                   
 March 31, 2000        $12,500,000      March 31, 2000      $12,500,000
 June 30, 2000         $12,500,000      June 30, 2000       $12,500,000
 September 30, 2000    $12,500,000      September 30, 2000  $12,500,000
 December 31, 2000     $12,500,000      December 31, 2000   $12,500,000
                                   
 March 31, 2001        $12,500,000      March 31, 2001      $12,500,000
 June 30, 2001         $12,500,000      June 30, 2001       $12,500,000
 September 30, 2001    $12,500,000      September 30, 2001  $12,500,000
 December 31, 2001     $12,500,000      December 31, 2001   $12,500,000
                                   
 March 31, 2002        $12,500,000      March 31, 2002      $12,500,000
 June 30, 2002         $12,500,000      June 30, 2002       $12,500,000
 September 30, 2002    $12,500,000      September 30, 2002  $12,500,000
 December 31, 2002     $12,500,000      December 31, 2002   $12,500,000
                                   
 March 31, 2003        $12,500,000      March 31, 2003      $12,500,000
 Tranche A Maturity    $12,500,000      Tranche A           $12,500,000
  Date                                  Maturity
                                        Date
</TABLE>

          (ii) The Borrower shall pay to the Paying Agent, for the account of
the Lenders, on the dates set forth below under Category 1 if the initial
Tranche B Term Borrowing hereunder occurs on or after September 30, 1997, or
under Category 2 if the initial Tranche B Term Borrowing hereunder occurs prior
to September 30, 1997, or if any such applicable date is not a Business Day, on
the next succeeding Business Day (each such applicable date being a "Tranche B
Term Loan Repayment Date"), a principal amount of the Tranche B Term Loans (as
adjusted from time to time pursuant to Sections 2.11(b), 2.12 and 2.13(h)) equal
to the amount set forth below for such applicable date, together in each case
with accrued and unpaid interest on the principal amount to be paid to but
excluding the date of such payment:


<TABLE>
<CAPTION>

               Category 1                          Category 2
               ----------                          ----------
       Date            Amount                 Date          Amount
       ----            ------                 ----          ------
 <S>                   <C>              <C>                 <C>
                                        December 31, 1997   $  2,000,000
 March 31, 1998        $  2,000,000     March 31, 1998      $  2,000,000
</TABLE>
<PAGE>
 
                                                                              38

<TABLE>
 <S>                    <C>              <C>                   <C>
 June 30, 1998          $  2,000,000     June 30, 1998         $  2,000,000
 September 30, 1998     $  2,000,000     September 30, 1998    $  2,000,000
 December 31, 1998      $  2,000,000     December 31, 1998     $  2,000,000
                                                           
 March 31, 1999         $  2,000,000     March 31, 1999        $  2,000,000
 June 30, 1999          $  2,000,000     June 30, 1999         $  2,000,000
 September 30, 1999     $  2,000,000     September 30, 1999    $  2,000,000
 December 31, 1999      $  2,000,000     December 31, 1999     $  2,000,000
                                                           
 March 31, 2000         $  2,000,000     March 31, 2000        $  2,000,000
 June 30, 2000          $  2,000,000     June 30, 2000         $  2,000,000
 September 30, 2000     $  2,000,000     September 30, 2000    $  2,000,000
 December 31, 2000      $  2,000,000     December 31, 2000     $  2,000,000
                                                           
 March 31, 2001         $  2,000,000     March 31, 2001        $  2,000,000
 June 30, 2001          $  2,000,000     June 30, 2001         $  2,000,000
 September 30, 2001     $  2,000,000     September 30, 2001    $  2,000,000
 December 31, 2001      $  2,000,000     December 31, 2001     $  2,000,000
                                                           
 March 31, 2002         $  2,000,000     March 31, 2002        $  2,000,000
 June 30, 2002          $  2,000,000     June 30, 2002         $  2,000,000
 September 30, 2002     $  2,000,000     September 30, 2002    $  2,000,000
 December 31, 2002      $  2,000,000     December 31, 2002     $  2,000,000
                                                           
 March 31, 2003         $  2,000,000     March 31, 2003        $  2,000,000
 June 30, 2003          $  2,000,000     June 30, 2003         $  2,000,000
 September 30, 2003     $  2,000,000     September 30, 2003    $  2,000,000
 December 31, 2003      $  2,000,000     December 31, 2003     $  2,000,000
                                                           
 March 31, 2004         $ 27,000,000     March 31, 2004        $ 27,000,000
 June 30, 2004          $ 27,000,000     June 30, 2004         $ 27,000,000
 September 30, 2004     $ 27,000,000     September 30, 2004    $ 27,000,000
 December 31, 2004      $ 27,000,000     December 31, 2004     $ 27,000,000
                                                           
 March 31, 2005         $322,000,000     March 31, 2005        $321,000,000
 Tranche B Maturity     $322,000,000     Tranche B             $321,000,000
  Date                                   Maturity             
                                         Date                 
</TABLE>

          (b)  In the event and on each occasion that any Term Loan Commitments
shall be reduced or shall expire or terminate other than as a result of the
making of a Term Loan, the installments payable on each Term Loan Repayment Date
shall be reduced pro rata by an aggregate amount equal to the amount of such
reduction, expiration or termination.

          (c)  To the extent not previously paid, all Tranche A Term Loans and
Tranche B Term Loans shall be due and payable on the Tranche A Maturity Date and
Tranche B Maturity Date, respectively, together with accrued and unpaid interest
on the principal amount to be paid to but excluding the date of payment.
<PAGE>
 
                                                                              39

          (d)  All repayments pursuant to this Section 2.11 shall be subject to
Section 2.16, but shall otherwise be without premium or penalty.

          SECTION 2.12.  Optional Prepayments. (a)  The Borrower shall have the
right at any time and from time to time to prepay any Borrowing, in whole or in
part, upon at least three Business Days' prior written or telecopy notice (or
telephone notice promptly confirmed by written or telecopy notice) to the Paying
Agent before 11:00 a.m., New York City time; provided, however, that each
partial prepayment shall be in an amount that is an integral multiple of
$1,000,000 and not less than $10,000,000.

          (b) Optional prepayments of Term Loans shall be allocated pro rata
between the then-outstanding Tranche A Term Loans and Tranche B Term Loans and
applied pro rata against the remaining scheduled installments of principal due
in respect of the Tranche A Term Loans and Tranche B Term Loans under Sections
2.11(a)(i) and (ii), respectively.

          (c)  Each notice of prepayment shall specify the prepayment date and
the principal amount of each Borrowing (or portion thereof) to be prepaid, shall
be irrevocable and shall commit the Borrower to prepay such Borrowing by the
amount stated therein on the date stated therein.  All prepayments under this
Section 2.12 shall be subject to Section 2.16 but otherwise without premium or
penalty.  All prepayments under this Section 2.12 shall be accompanied by
accrued interest on the principal amount being prepaid to the date of payment.

          SECTION 2.13.  Mandatory Prepayments. (a)  In the event of any
termination of all the Revolving Credit Commitments, the Borrower shall repay or
prepay all its outstanding Revolving Credit Borrowings and all outstanding
Swingline Loans on the date of such termination.  In the event of any partial
reduction of the Revolving Credit Commitments, then (i) at or prior to the
effective date of such reduction, the Paying Agent shall notify the Borrower and
the Revolving Credit Lenders of the Aggregate Revolving Credit Exposure after
giving effect thereto and (ii) if the Aggregate Revolving Credit Exposure would
exceed the Total Revolving Credit Commitment after giving effect to such
reduction or termination, then the Borrower shall, on the date of such reduction
or termination, repay or prepay Revolving Credit Borrowings or Swingline Loans
(or a combination thereof) in an amount sufficient to eliminate such excess.

          (b)  Not later than the fourth Business Day following the receipt of
Net Cash Proceeds from any Asset Sale (except to the extent the Borrower has
notified the Paying Agent of its intention to reinvest the proceeds thereof in
accordance with the definition of the term "Net Cash Proceeds" and such proceeds
are in fact so reinvested or committed to be reinvested within the 180-day or
270-day period referred to in such definition), the Borrower shall apply 100% of
such Net Cash Proceeds received with respect thereto to prepay outstanding Term
Loans in accordance with Section 2.13(h).

          (c)  In the event and on each occasion that an Equity Issuance occurs,
the Borrower shall, substantially simultaneously with (and in any event not
later than the fourth Business Day next following) the receipt of Net Cash
Proceeds from any such Equity Issuance, apply 100% of such Net Cash Proceeds to
prepay outstanding Term Loans in accordance with Section 2.13(h).

          (d)  No later than (i) in the case of the fiscal year ending December
31, 1997, the later of (x) 15 days after the Separation Date and (y) April 30,
1998, and (ii) in the case of each fiscal year
<PAGE>
 
                                                                              40

thereafter, 120 days after the end of such fiscal year, the Borrower shall
prepay outstanding Term Loans in accordance with Section 2.13(h) in an aggregate
principal amount equal to 50% of Excess Cash Flow for the fiscal year then
ended.

          (e)  In the event that any Loan Party or any subsidiary of a Loan
Party shall receive Net Cash Proceeds from the issuance or other disposition of
Indebtedness for money borrowed of  any Loan Party or any subsidiary of a Loan
Party (other than Indebtedness permitted by Section 6.01 (other than
subparagraph (i) thereof)), the Borrower shall, substantially simultaneously
with (and in any event not later than the fourth Business Day next following)
the receipt of such Net Cash Proceeds by such Loan Party or such subsidiary,
apply an amount equal to 100% of such Net Cash Proceeds to prepay outstanding
Term Loans in accordance with Section 2.13(h).

          (f)  Not later than the fourth Business Day following the completion
of a Permitted Receivables Financing,  the Borrower or the applicable Subsidiary
shall apply 100% of the Net Cash Proceeds therefrom to prepay outstanding Term
Loans in accordance with Section 2.13(h).

          (g)  Not later than the fourth Business Day following the receipt of
any net cash proceeds attributable to any Prepaid Forward Sales Agreement, the
Borrower or the applicable Subsidiary shall apply 100% of such net cash proceeds
to prepay outstanding Term Loans in accordance with Section 2.13(h).

          (h)  Mandatory prepayments of outstanding Term Loans under this
Agreement shall be allocated pro rata between the then-outstanding Tranche A
Term Loans and Tranche B Term Loans, and applied pro rata against the remaining
scheduled installments of principal due in respect of Tranche A Term Loans and
Tranche B Term Loans under Sections 2.11(a)(i) and (ii), respectively.

          (i)  The Borrower shall deliver to the Paying Agent, at the time of
each prepayment required under this Section 2.13, (i) a certificate signed by a
Financial Officer of the Borrower setting forth in reasonable detail the
calculation of the amount of such prepayment and (ii) to the extent practicable,
at least four days' prior written notice of such prepayment.  Each notice of
prepayment shall specify the prepayment date, the Type of each Loan being
prepaid and the principal amount of each Loan (or portion thereof) to be
prepaid.  All prepayments of Borrowings under this Section 2.13 shall be subject
to Section 2.16, but shall otherwise be without premium or penalty.

          (j) Amounts to be applied pursuant to this Section 2.13 to the
prepayment of Term Loans and Revolving Loans shall be applied, as applicable,
first to reduce outstanding Base Rate Term Loans and Base Rate Revolving Loans.
Any amounts remaining after each such application shall, at the option of the
Borrower, be applied to prepay Eurodollar Term Loans or Eurodollar Revolving
Loans, as the case may be, immediately and/or shall be deposited in the
Prepayment Account (as defined below).  The Paying Agent shall apply any cash
deposited in the Prepayment Account (i) allocable to Term Loans to prepay
Eurodollar Term Loans and (ii) allocable to Revolving Loans to prepay Eurodollar
Revolving Loans, in each case on the last day of their respective Interest
Periods (or, at the direction of the Borrower, on any earlier date) until all
outstanding Term Loans or Revolving Loans, as the case may be, have been prepaid
or until all the allocable cash on deposit with respect to such Loans has been
exhausted.  For purposes of this Agreement, the term "Prepayment Account" shall
mean an account established by the Borrower with the Paying Agent and over which
the Paying Agent shall have exclusive dominion and control, including the
exclusive right of withdrawal for
<PAGE>
 
                                                                              41

application in accordance with this paragraph (j). The Paying Agent will, at the
request of the Borrower, invest amounts on deposit in the Prepayment Account in
Permitted Investments that mature prior to the last day of the applicable
Interest Periods of the Eurodollar Term Borrowings or Euro dollar Revolving
Borrowings to be prepaid, as the case may be; provided, however, that (i) the
Paying Agent shall not be required to make any investment that, in its sole
judgment, would require or cause the Paying Agent to be in, or would result in
any, violation of any law, statute, rule or regulation and (ii) the Paying Agent
shall have no obligation to invest amounts on deposit in the Prepayment Account
if an Event of Default shall have occurred and be continuing.  The Borrower
shall indemnify the Paying Agent for any losses relating to the investments so
that the amount available to prepay Eurodollar Borrowings on the last day of the
applicable Interest Period is not less than the amount that would have been
available had no investments been made pursuant thereto.  Other than any
interest earned on such investments, the Prepayment Account shall not bear
interest.  Interest or profits, if any, on such investments shall be deposited
in the Prepayment Account and reinvested and disbursed as specified above.  If
the maturity of the Loans has been accelerated pursuant to Article VII, the
Paying Agent may, in its sole discretion, apply all amounts on deposit in the
Prepayment Account to satisfy any of the Obligations. The Borrower hereby grants
to the Paying Agent, for its benefit and the benefit of the Issuing Bank, the
Swingline Lender and the Lenders, a security interest in the Prepayment Account
to secure the Obligations.

          SECTION 2.14.  Reserve Requirements; Change in Circumstances.  (a)
Notwithstanding any other provision of this Agreement, if after the date of this
Agreement any change in applicable law or regulation or in the interpretation or
administration thereof by any Governmental Authority charged with the
interpretation or administration thereof (whether or not having the force of
law) shall impose, modify or deem applicable any reserve, special deposit or
similar requirement against assets of, deposits with or for the account of or
credit extended by any Lender or the Issuing Bank (except any such reserve
requirement which is reflected in the Adjusted LIBO Rate) or shall impose on
such Lender or the Issuing Bank or the London interbank market any other
condition affecting this Agreement or Eurodollar Loans made by such Lender or
any Letter of Credit or participation therein, and the result of any of the
foregoing shall be to increase the cost to such Lender or the Issuing Bank of
making or maintaining any Eurodollar Loan or increase the cost to any Lender of
issuing or maintaining any Letter of Credit or purchasing or maintaining a
participation therein or to reduce the amount of any sum received or receivable
by such Lender or the Issuing Bank hereunder (whether of principal, interest or
otherwise) by an amount deemed by such Lender or  the Issuing Bank to be
material, then the Borrower will pay to such Lender or the Issuing Bank, as the
case may be, upon demand such additional amount or amounts as will compensate
such Lender or the Issuing Bank, as the case may be, for such additional costs
incurred or reduction suffered.

          (b)  If any Lender or the Issuing Bank shall have determined that the
adoption after the Closing Date of any law, rule, regulation, agreement or
guideline regarding capital adequacy, or any change after the Closing Date in
any such law, rule, regulation, agreement or guideline (whether or not having
the force of law) or in the interpretation or administration thereof by any
Governmental Authority  charged with the interpretation or administration
thereof, or compliance by any Lender (or any lending office of such Lender) or
the Issuing Bank or any Lender's or the Issuing Bank's holding company with any
request or directive regarding capital adequacy (whether or not having the force
of law) of any Governmental Authority made or issued after the Closing Date has
or would have the effect of reducing the rate of return on such Lender's or the
Issuing Bank's capital or on the capital of such Lender's or the Issuing Bank's
holding company, if any, as a consequence of this Agreement or
<PAGE>
 
                                                                              42

the Loans made or participations in Letters of Credit purchased by such Lender
pursuant hereto or the Letters of Credit issued by the Issuing Bank pursuant
hereto to a level below that which such Lender or the Issuing Bank or such
Lender's or the Issuing Bank's holding company could have achieved but for such
applicability, adoption, change or compliance (taking into consideration such
Lender's or the Issuing Bank's policies and the policies of such Lender's or the
Issuing Bank's holding company with respect to capital adequacy) by an amount
deemed by such Lender or the Issuing Bank to be material, then from time to time
the Borrower shall pay to such Lender or the Issuing Bank, as the case may be,
such additional amount or amounts as will compensate such Lender or the Issuing
Bank or such Lender's or the Issuing Bank's holding company for any such
reduction suffered.

          (c)  A certificate of a Lender or the Issuing Bank setting forth the
amount or amounts necessary to compensate such Lender or the Issuing Bank or its
respective holding company, as applicable, as specified in paragraph (a) or (b)
above shall be delivered to the Borrower and shall be conclusive absent manifest
error.  The Borrower shall pay such Lender or the Issuing Bank the amount shown
as due on any such certificate delivered by it within 10 days after its receipt
of the same.

          (d)  Failure or delay on the part of any Lender or the Issuing Bank to
demand compensation for any increased costs or reduction in amounts received or
receivable or reduction in return on capital shall not constitute a waiver of
such Lender's or the Issuing Bank's right to demand such compensation; provided
that neither any Lender nor the Issuing Bank shall be entitled to compensation
under this Section 2.14 for any increased costs or reductions incurred or
suffered with respect to any date unless such Lender or the Issuing Bank, as the
case may be, shall have notified the Borrower under paragraph (c) above, not
more than 90 days after the later of (i) such date and (ii) the date on which
such Lender or Issuing Bank, as applicable, shall have become aware of such
costs or reductions.  The protection of this Section shall be available to each
Lender and the Issuing Bank regardless of any possible contention of the
invalidity or inapplicability of the law, rule, regulation, agreement, guideline
or other change or condition that shall have occurred or been imposed.

          SECTION 2.15.  Change in Legality. (a)  Notwithstanding any other
provision of this Agreement, if, after the Closing Date, any change in any law
or regulation or in the interpretation thereof by any Governmental Authority
charged with the administration or interpretation thereof shall make it unlawful
for any Lender to make or maintain any Eurodollar Loan or to give effect to its
obligations as contemplated hereby with respect to any Eurodollar Loan, then, by
written notice to the Borrower and to the Paying Agent:

                (i) such Lender may declare that Eurodollar Loans will not
          thereafter (for the duration of such unlawfulness) be made by such
          Lender hereunder (or be continued for additional Interest Periods and
          Base Rate Loans will not thereafter (for such duration) be converted
          into Eurodollar Loans), whereupon any request for a Eurodollar
          Borrowing (or to convert a Base Rate Borrowing to a Eurodollar
          Borrowing or to continue a Eurodollar Borrowing for an additional
          Interest Period) shall, as to such Lender only, be deemed a request
          for a Base Rate Loan (or a request to continue a Base Rate Loan as
          such for an additional Interest Period or to convert a Eurodollar Loan
          into a Base Rate Loan, as the case may be), unless such declaration
          shall be subsequently withdrawn; and
 
                (ii) such Lender may require that all outstanding Eurodollar
          Loans made by it be converted to Base Rate Loans, in which event all
          such Eurodollar Loans shall be
<PAGE>
 
                                                                              43
 
          automatically converted to Base Rate Loans as of the effective date of
          such notice as provided in paragraph (b) below.

In the event any Lender shall exercise its rights under (i) or (ii) above, all
payments and prepayments of principal that would otherwise have been applied to
repay the Eurodollar Loans that would have been made by such Lender or the
converted Eurodollar Loans of such Lender shall instead be applied to repay the
Base Rate Loans made by such Lender in lieu of, or resulting from the conversion
of, such Eurodollar Loans.

          (b)  For purposes of this Section 2.15, a notice to the Borrower by
any Lender shall be effective as to each Eurodollar Loan made by such Lender, if
lawful, on the last day of the Interest Period currently applicable to such
Eurodollar Loan; in all other cases such notice shall be effective on the date
of receipt by the Borrower.

          SECTION 2.16.  Indemnity. The Borrower shall indemnify each Lender
against any loss or expense that such Lender may sustain or incur as a
consequence of any event, other than a default by such Lender in the performance
of its obligations hereunder, which results in (a) such Lender receiving or
being deemed to receive any amount on account of the principal of any Eurodollar
Loan prior to the end of the Interest Period in effect therefor, (b) the
conversion of any Eurodollar Loan to a Base Rate Loan, or the conversion of the
Interest Period with respect to any Eurodollar Loan, in each case other than on
the last day of the Interest Period in effect therefor, or (c) any Eurodollar
Loan to be made by such Lender (including any Eurodollar Loan to be made
pursuant to a conversion or continuation under Section 2.10) not being made
after notice of such Loan shall have been given by the Borrower hereunder (any
of the events referred to in this sentence being called a "Breakage Event").  In
the case of any Breakage Event, such loss shall include an amount equal to the
excess, as reasonably determined by such Lender, of (i) its cost of obtaining
funds for the Eurodollar Loan (excluding loss of margin) that is the subject of
such Breakage Event for the period from the date of such Breakage Event to the
last day of the Interest Period in effect (or that would have been in effect)
for such Loan over (ii) the amount of interest likely to be realized by such
Lender in redeploying the funds released or not utilized by reason of such
Breakage Event for such period.  A certificate of any Lender setting forth any
amount or amounts which such Lender is entitled to receive pursuant to this
Section 2.16 shall be delivered to the Borrower and shall be conclusive absent
manifest error.

          SECTION 2.17.  Pro Rata Treatment.  Except as provided below in this
Section 2.17 with respect to  Swingline Loans and as required under Section
2.15, each Borrowing, each payment or prepayment of principal of any Borrowing,
each payment of interest on the Loans, each payment of the Commitment Fees, each
reduction of the Term Loan Commitments or the Revolving Credit Commitments  and
each  conversion of any Borrowing to or continuation of any Borrowing as a
Borrowing of any Type shall be allocated pro rata among the Lenders in
accordance with their respective applicable Commitments (or, if such Commitments
shall have expired or been terminated, in accordance with the respective
principal amounts of their outstanding Loans).  For purposes of determining the
available Revolving Credit Commitments of the Lenders at any time, each
outstanding Swingline Loan shall be deemed to have utilized the Revolving Credit
Commitments of the Lenders (including those Lenders which shall not have made
Swingline Loans) pro rata in accordance with such respective Revolving Credit
Commitments.  Each Lender agrees that in computing such Lender's portion of any
Borrowing to be made hereunder, the Paying Agent may, in
<PAGE>
 
                                                                              44


its discretion, round each Lender's percentage of such Borrowing to the next
higher or lower whole dollar amount.

          SECTION 2.18.  Sharing of Setoffs. Each Lender agrees that if it
shall, through the exercise of a right of banker's lien, setoff or counterclaim
against the Borrower or any other Loan Party, or pursuant to a secured claim
under Section 506 of Title 11 of the United States Code or other security or
interest arising from, or in lieu of, such secured claim, received by such
Lender under any applicable bankruptcy, insolvency or other similar law or
otherwise, or by any other means, obtain payment (voluntary or involuntary) in
respect of any Loan or Loans or L/C Disbursement as a result of which the unpaid
principal portion of its Tranche A Term Loans, Tranche B Term Loans and
Revolving Loans and participations in L/C Disbursements shall be proportionately
less than the unpaid principal portion of the Tranche A Term Loans, Tranche B
Term Loans and Revolving Loans and participations in L/C Disbursements of any
other Lender, it shall be deemed simultaneously to have purchased from such
other Lender at face value, and shall promptly pay to such other Lender the
purchase price for, a participation in the Tranche A Term Loans, Tranche B Term
Loans and Revolving Loans and L/C Exposure, as the case may be of such other
Lender, so that the aggregate unpaid principal amount of the Tranche A Term
Loans, Tranche B Term Loans and Revolving Loans and L/C Exposure and
participations in Tranche A Term Loans, Tranche B Term Loans and Revolving Loans
and L/C Exposure held by each Lender shall be in the same proportion to the
aggregate unpaid principal amount of all Tranche A Term Loans, Tranche B Term
Loans and Revolving Loans and L/C Exposure then outstanding as the principal
amount of its Tranche A Term Loans, Tranche B Term Loans and Revolving Loans and
L/C Exposure prior to such exercise of banker's lien, setoff or counterclaim or
other event was to the principal amount of all Tranche A Term Loans, Tranche B
Term Loans and Revolving Loans and L/C Exposure outstanding prior to such
exercise of banker's lien, setoff or counterclaim or other event; provided,
however, that if any such purchase or purchases or adjustments shall be made
pursuant to this Section 2.18 and the payment giving rise thereto shall
thereafter be recovered, such purchase or purchases or adjustments shall be
rescinded to the extent of such recovery and the purchase price or prices or
adjustment restored without interest.  The Borrower expressly consents to the
foregoing arrangements and agrees that any Lender holding a participation in a
Term Loan or Revolving Loan or L/C Disbursement deemed to have been so purchased
may exercise any and all rights of banker's lien, setoff or counterclaim with
respect to any and all moneys owing by the Borrower to such Lender by reason
thereof as fully as if such Lender had made a Loan directly to the Borrower in
the amount of such participation.

          SECTION 2.19.  Payments. (a)  The Borrower shall make each payment
(including principal of or interest on any Borrowing or any L/C Disbursement or
any Fees or other amounts) hereunder and under any other Loan Document not later
than 12:00 (noon), New York City time, on the date when due in immediately
available dollars, without setoff, defense or counterclaim.  Each such payment
(other than (i) Issuing Bank Fees, which shall be paid directly to the Issuing
Bank, and (ii) principal of and interest on Swingline Loans, which shall be paid
directly to the Swingline Lender except as otherwise provided in Section
2.21(e)) shall be made to the Paying Agent at its offices at 60 Wall Street, New
York, New York.

          (b)  Whenever any payment (including principal of or interest on any
Borrowing or any Fees or other amounts) hereunder or under any other Loan
Document shall become due, or otherwise would occur, on a day that is not a
Business Day, such payment may be made on the next succeeding Busi- 
<PAGE>
 
                                                                              45


ness Day, and such extension of time shall in such case be included in the
computation of interest or Fees, if applicable.

          SECTION 2.20.  Taxes. (a)  Any and all payments by or on behalf of the
Borrower or any Loan Party hereunder and under any other Loan Document shall be
made, in accordance with Section 2.19, free and clear of and without deduction
for any and all current or future taxes, levies, imposts, deductions, charges or
withholdings imposed by the United Kingdom, the United States or any political
subdivision thereof, and all liabilities with respect thereto, excluding all
taxes, levies, imposts, deductions, charges or withholdings imposed by reason of
the Paying Agent or Lender or Issuing Bank (or any transferee or assignee
thereof including a participation holder (any such entity, a "Transferee")), as
the case may be, doing business or being regulated, organized, managed,
controlled or having a lending office in the jurisdiction imposing such tax,
other than solely as a result of this Agreement or any other Loan Document or
any transaction contemplated hereby (all such nonexcluded taxes, levies,
imposts, deductions, charges, withholdings and liabilities, collectively or
individually, being called "Taxes").  If the Borrower or any Loan Party shall be
required to deduct any Taxes from or in respect of any sum payable hereunder or
under any other Loan Document to the Paying Agent, any Lender or the Issuing
Bank (or any Transferee), (i) the sum payable shall be increased by the amount
(an "additional amount") necessary so that after making all required deductions
(including deductions applicable to additional sums payable under this Section
2.20) the Paying Agent, such Lender or  the Issuing Bank (or Transferee), as the
case may be, shall receive an amount equal to the sum it would have received had
no such deductions been made, (ii) the Borrower or such Loan Party shall make
such deductions and (iii) the Borrower or such Loan Party shall pay the full
amount deducted to the relevant Governmental Authority in accordance with
applicable law.

          (b)  In addition, the Borrower agrees to pay to the relevant
Governmental Authority of the United Kingdom, the United States or any political
subdivision thereof in accordance with applicable law any current or future
stamp or documentary taxes or any other excise or property taxes, charges or
similar levies (including, without limitation, mortgage recording taxes and
similar fees) that arise from any payment made hereunder or under any other Loan
Document or from the execution, delivery or registration of, or otherwise with
respect to, this Agreement or any other Loan Document ("Other Taxes").

          (c)  The Borrower will indemnify the Paying Agent, each Lender and the
Issuing Bank (or Transferee) for the full amount of Taxes and Other Taxes paid
by the Paying Agent, such Lender or the Issuing Bank (or Transferee), as the
case may be, and any liability (including penalties, interest and expenses
(including reasonable attorney's fees and expenses)) arising therefrom or with
respect thereto, whether or not such Taxes or Other Taxes were correctly or
legally asserted by the relevant Governmental Authority.  A certificate as to
the amount of such payment or liability prepared by the Paying Agent, a Lender
or the  Issuing Bank (or Transferee), or the Paying Agent on its behalf, absent
manifest error, shall be final, conclusive and binding for all purposes.  Such
indemnification shall be made within 30 days after the date the Paying Agent,
any Lender or the Issuing Bank (or Transferee), as the case may be, makes
written demand therefor.

          (d)  As soon as practicable after the date of any payment of Taxes or
Other Taxes by the Borrower or any other Loan Party to the relevant Governmental
Authority, the Borrower or such other Loan Party will deliver to the Paying
Agent, at its address referred to in Section 9.01 to the extent
<PAGE>
 
                                                                              46


legally available, the original or a certified copy of a receipt issued by such
Governmental Authority evidencing payment thereof.

          (e)  Each Lender (or Transferee) that is organized under the laws of a
jurisdiction other than the United States, any State thereof or the District of
Columbia (a "Non-U.S. Lender") shall deliver to the Borrower and the Paying
Agent two copies of either United States Internal Revenue Service Form 1001 or
Form 4224, or, in the case of a Non-U.S. Lender claiming exemption from U.S.
Federal withholding tax under Section 871(h) or 881(c) of the Code with respect
to payments of "portfolio interest", a Form W-8, or any subsequent versions
thereof or successors thereto (and, if such Non-U.S. Lender delivers a Form W-8,
a certificate representing that such Non-U.S. Lender is not a bank for purposes
of Section 881(c) of the Code, is not a 10-percent shareholder (within the
meaning of Section 871(h)(3)(B) of the Code) of the Borrower and is not a
controlled foreign corporation related to the Borrower (within the meaning of
Section 864(d)(4) of the Code)), properly completed and duly executed by such
Non-U.S. Lender claiming complete exemption from, or reduced rate of, U.S.
Federal withholding tax on payments by the Borrower under this Agreement and the
other Loan Documents.  Such forms shall be delivered by each Non-U.S. Lender on
or before the date it becomes a party to this Agreement (or, in the case of a
Transferee that is a participation holder, on or before the date such
participation holder becomes a Transferee hereunder) and on or before the date,
if any, such Non-U.S. Lender changes its applicable lending office by
designating a different lending office (a "New Lending Office").  In addition,
each Non-U.S. Lender shall deliver such forms promptly upon the obsolescence or
invalidity of any form previously delivered by such Non-U.S. Lender.
Notwithstanding any other provision of this Section 2.20(e), a Non-U.S. Lender
shall not be required to deliver any form pursuant to this Section 2.20(e) that
such Non-U.S. Lender  is not legally able to deliver.

          (f)  The Borrower shall not be required to indemnify any Non-U.S.
Lender or to pay any additional amounts to any Non-U.S. Lender, in respect of
United States Federal withholding tax pursuant to paragraph (a) or (c) above to
the extent that (i) the obligation to withhold amounts with respect to United
States Federal withholding tax existed on the date such Non-U.S. Lender became a
party to this Agreement (or, in the case of a Transferee that is a participation
holder, on the date such participation holder became a Transferee hereunder) or,
with respect to payments to a New Lending Office, the date such Non-U.S. Lender
designated such New Lending Office with respect to a Loan; provided, however,
that this paragraph (f) shall not apply (x) to any Transferee or New Lending
Office that becomes a Transferee or New Lending Office as a result of an
assignment, participation, transfer or designation made at the request of the
Borrower and (y) to the extent the indemnity payment or additional amounts any
Transferee, or any Lender (or Transferee), acting through a New Lending Office,
would be entitled to receive (without regard to this paragraph (f)) do not
exceed the indemnity payment or additional amounts that the person making the
assignment, participation or transfer to such Transferee, or Lender (or
Transferee) making the designation of such New Lending Office, would have been
entitled to receive in the absence of such assignment, participation, transfer
or designation or (ii) the obligation to pay such additional amounts would not
have arisen but for a failure by such Non-U.S. Lender to comply with the
provisions of paragraph (e) above.

          (g)  Nothing contained in this Section 2.20 shall require any Lender
or the Issuing Bank (or any Transferee) or the Paying Agent to make available
any of its tax returns (or any other information that it deems to be
confidential or proprietary).
<PAGE>
 
                                                                              47


          SECTION 2.21.  Assignment of Commitments Under Certain Circumstances;
Duty to Mitigate.  (a)  In the event (i) any Lender or the Issuing Bank delivers
a certificate requesting compensation pursuant to Section 2.14, (ii) any Lender
or the Issuing Bank delivers a notice described in Section 2.15 or (iii) the
Borrower is required to pay any additional amount to any Lender or the Issuing
Bank or any Governmental Authority on account of any Lender or the Issuing Bank
pursuant to Section 2.20, the Borrower may, at its sole expense and effort
(including with respect to the processing and recordation fee referred to in
Section 9.04(b)), upon notice to such Lender or the Issuing Bank and the Paying
Agent, require such Lender or the Issuing Bank to transfer and assign, without
recourse (in accordance with and subject to the restrictions contained in
Section 9.04), all of its interests, rights and obligations under this Agreement
to an assignee that shall assume such assigned obligations (which assignee may
be another Lender, if a Lender accepts such assignment); provided that (x) such
assignment shall not conflict with any law, rule or regulation or order of any
court or other Governmental Authority having jurisdiction, (y) the Borrower
shall have received the prior written consent of the Paying Agent (and, if a
Revolving Credit Commitment is being assigned, of the Issuing Bank and the
Swingline Lender), which consent shall not unreasonably be withheld, and (z) the
Borrower or such assignee shall have paid to the affected Lender or the Issuing
Bank in immediately available funds an amount equal to the sum of the principal
of and interest accrued to the date of such payment on the outstanding Loans or
L/C Disbursements of such Lender or the Issuing Bank, respectively, plus all
Fees and other amounts accrued for the account of such Lender or the Issuing
Bank hereunder (including any amounts under Section 2.14 and Section 2.16);
provided further that, if prior to any such transfer and assignment the
circumstances or event that resulted in such Lender's or the Issuing Bank's
claim for compensation under Section 2.14 or notice under Section 2.15 or the
amounts paid pursuant to Section 2.20, as the case may be, cease to cause such
Lender or the Issuing Bank to suffer increased costs or reductions in amounts
received or receivable or reduction in return on capital, or cease to have the
consequences specified in Section 2.15, or cease to result in amounts being
payable under Section 2.20, as the case may be (including as a result of any
action taken by such Lender or the Issuing Bank pursuant to paragraph (b)
below), or if such Lender or the Issuing Bank shall waive its right to claim
further compensation under Section 2.14 in respect of such circumstances or
event or shall withdraw its notice under Section 2.15 or shall waive its right
to further payments under Section 2.20 in respect of such circumstances or
event, as the case may be, then such Lender or the Issuing Bank shall not
thereafter be required to make any such transfer and assignment hereunder.

          (b)  If (i) any Lender or the Issuing Bank shall request compensation
under Section 2.14, (ii) any Lender or the Issuing Bank delivers a notice
described in Section 2.15 or (iii) the Borrower is required to pay any
additional amount to any Lender or the Issuing Bank or any Governmental
Authority on account of any Lender or the Issuing Bank, pursuant to Section
2.20, then such Lender or the Issuing Bank shall use reasonable efforts (which
shall not require such Lender or the Issuing Bank to incur an unreimbursed loss
or unreimbursed cost or expense or otherwise take any action inconsistent with
its internal policies or legal or regulatory restrictions or suffer any
disadvantage or burden deemed by it to be significant) (x) to file any
certificate or document reasonably requested in writing by the Borrower or (y)
to assign its rights and delegate and transfer its obligations hereunder to
another of its offices, branches or affiliates, if such filing or assignment
would reduce its claims for compensation under Section 2.14 or enable it to
withdraw its notice pursuant to Section 2.15 or would reduce amounts payable
pursuant to Section 2.20, as the case may be, in the future.  The Borrower
hereby agrees to pay all reasonable costs and expenses incurred by any Lender or
the Issuing Bank in connection with any such filing or assignment, delegation
and transfer.
<PAGE>
 
                                                                              48


          SECTION 2.22.  Swingline Loans. (a)  Swingline Commitment.  Subject to
the terms and conditions and relying upon the representations and warranties
herein set forth, the Swingline Lender agrees to make loans to the Borrower at
any time and from time to time on and after the Closing Date and until the
earlier of the Revolving Credit Maturity Date and the termination of the
Revolving Credit Commitments in accordance with the terms hereof, in an
aggregate principal amount at any time outstanding that will not result in (i)
the aggregate principal amount of all Swingline Loans exceeding $50,000,000 in
the aggregate or (ii) the Aggregate Revolving Credit Exposure, after giving
effect to any Swingline Loan, exceeding the Total Revolving Credit Commitment.
Each Swingline Loan shall be in a principal amount that is an integral multiple
of $250,000.  The Swingline Commitment may be terminated or reduced from time to
time as provided herein.  Within the foregoing limits, the Borrower may borrow,
pay or prepay and reborrow Swingline Loans hereunder, subject to the terms,
conditions and limitations set forth herein.

          (b)  Swingline Loans. The Borrower shall notify the Paying Agent by
telecopy, or by telephone (confirmed by telecopy), not later than 11:00 a.m.,
New York City time, on the day of a proposed Swingline Loan.  Such notice shall
be delivered on a Business Day, shall be irrevocable and shall refer to this
Agreement and shall specify the requested date (which shall be a Business Day)
and amount of such Swingline Loan. The Paying Agent will promptly advise the
Swingline Lender of any notice received from the Borrower pursuant to this
paragraph (b).  The Swingline Lender shall make each Swingline Loan available to
the Borrower by means of a credit to the general deposit account of the Borrower
with the Swingline Lender by 3:00 p.m. on the date such Swingline Loan is so
requested.

          (c)  Prepayment. The Borrower shall have the right at any time and
from time to time to prepay any Swingline Loan, in whole or in part, upon giving
written or telecopy notice (or telephone notice promptly confirmed by written,
or telecopy notice) to the Swingline Lender and to the Paying Agent before 12:00
(noon), New York City time on the date of prepayment at the Swingline Lender's
address for notices specified on Schedule 2.01. All principal payments of
Swingline Loans shall be accompanied by accrued interest on the principal amount
being repaid to the date of payment.

          (d)  Interest. Each Swingline Loan shall be a Base Rate Loan and,
subject to the provisions of Section 2.07, shall bear interest as provided in
Section 2.06(a).

          (e)  Participations. The Swingline Lender may by written notice given
to the Paying Agent not later than 10:00 a.m., New York City time, on any
Business Day require the Revolving Credit Lenders to acquire participations on
such Business Day in all or a portion of the Swingline Loans outstanding.  Such
notice shall specify the aggregate amount of Swingline Loans in which Revolving
Credit Lenders will participate.  The Paying Agent will, promptly upon receipt
of such notice, give notice to each Revolving Credit Lender, specifying in such
notice such Lender's Pro Rata Percentage of such Swingline Loan or Loans.  In
furtherance of the foregoing, each Revolving Credit Lender hereby absolutely and
unconditionally agrees, upon receipt of notice as provided above, to pay to the
Paying Agent, for the account of the Swingline Lender, such Revolving Credit
Lender's Pro Rata Percentage of such Swingline Loan or Loans.  Each Lender
acknowledges and agrees that its obligation to acquire participations in
Swingline Loans pursuant to this paragraph is absolute and unconditional and
shall not be affected by any circumstance whatsoever, including the occurrence
and continuance of a Default or an Event of Default, and that each such payment
shall be made without any offset, abatement, withholding or reduction
whatsoever.  Each Lender shall comply with its
<PAGE>
 
                                                                              49


obligation under this paragraph by wire transfer of immediately available funds,
in the same manner as provided in Section 2.02(c) with respect to Loans made by
such Lender (and Section 2.02(c) shall apply, mutatis mutandis, to the payment
obligations of the Lenders) and the Paying Agent shall promptly pay to the
Swingline Lender the amounts so received by it from the Lenders.  The Paying
Agent shall notify the Borrower of any participations in any Swingline Loan
acquired pursuant to this paragraph and thereafter payments in respect of such
Swingline Loan shall be made to the Paying Agent and not to the Swingline
Lender.  Any amounts received by the Swingline Lender from the Borrower (or
other party on behalf of the Borrower) in respect of a Swingline Loan after
receipt by the Swingline Lender of the proceeds of a sale of participations
therein shall be promptly remitted to the Paying Agent; any such amounts
received by the Paying Agent shall be promptly remitted by the Paying Agent to
the Lenders that shall have made their payments pursuant to this paragraph and
to the Swingline Lender, as their interests may appear. The purchase of
participations in a Swingline Loan pursuant to this paragraph shall not relieve
the Borrower (or other party liable for obligations of the Borrower) of any
default in the payment thereof.

          SECTION 2.23.  Letters of Credit.  (a) General. The Borrower may
request the issuance of a Letter of Credit for its own account or the account of
any Subsidiary (including PPM before it becomes a Subsidiary if it shall have
become a Guarantor) (provided that the Borrower shall be a co-applicant and co-
obligor with respect to each Letter of Credit issued for the account of or in
favor of any such Subsidiary), in a form reasonably acceptable to the Paying
Agent and the Issuing Bank, at any time and from time to time while the
Revolving Credit Commitments remain in effect.  This Section shall not be
construed to impose an obligation upon the Issuing Bank to issue any Letter of
Credit that is inconsistent with the terms and conditions of this Agreement.

          (b)  Notice of Issuance, Amendment, Renewal, Extension; Certain
Conditions.  In order to request the issuance of a Letter of Credit (or to
amend, renew or extend an existing Letter of Credit), the Borrower shall hand
deliver or telecopy to the Issuing Bank and the Paying Agent (reasonably in
advance of the requested date of issuance, amendment, renewal or extension) a
notice requesting the issuance of a Letter of Credit, or identifying the Letter
of Credit to be amended, renewed or extended, the date of issuance, amendment,
renewal or extension, the date on which such Letter of Credit is to expire
(which shall comply with paragraph (c) below), the amount of such Letter of
Credit, the name and address of the beneficiary thereof and such other
information as shall be necessary to prepare such Letter of Credit.  A Letter of
Credit shall be issued, amended, renewed or extended only if, and upon issuance,
amendment, renewal or extension of each Letter of Credit the Borrower shall be
deemed to represent and warrant that, after giving effect to such issuance,
amendment, renewal or extension (A) the L/C Exposure shall not exceed
$250,000,000 and (B) the Aggregate Revolving Credit Exposure shall not exceed
the Total Revolving Credit Commitment.

          (c) Expiration Date.  Each Letter of Credit shall expire at the close
of business on the earlier of the date one year after the date of the issuance,
renewal or extension, as applicable, of such Letter of Credit and the date that
is five Business Days prior to the Revolving Credit Maturity Date, unless such
Letter of Credit expires by its terms on an earlier date.  Each Letter of Credit
may, upon the request of the Borrower, include a provision whereby such Letter
of Credit shall be renewed automatically for additional consecutive periods of
12 months or less (but not beyond the date that is five Business Days prior to
the Revolving Credit Maturity Date) unless the Issuing Bank notifies the
beneficiary thereof at least 30 days prior to the then-applicable expiration
date that such Letter of Credit will not be renewed.
<PAGE>
 
                                                                              50


          (d)  Participations. By the issuance of a Letter of Credit and without
any further action on the part of the Issuing Bank or the Lenders, the Issuing
Bank hereby grants to each Revolving Credit Lender, and each such Lender hereby
acquires from the applicable Issuing Bank, a participation in such Letter of
Credit equal to such Lender's Pro Rata Percentage of the aggregate amount
available to be drawn under such Letter of Credit, effective upon the issuance
of such Letter of Credit.  In consideration and in furtherance of the foregoing,
each Revolving Credit Lender hereby absolutely and unconditionally agrees to pay
to the Paying Agent, for the account of the Issuing Bank, such Lender's Pro Rata
Percentage of each L/C Disbursement made by the Issuing Bank and not reimbursed
by the Borrower (or, if applicable, another party pursuant to its obligations
under any other Loan Document) forthwith on the date due as provided in Section
2.02(f).  Each Revolving Credit Lender acknowledges and agrees that its
obligation to acquire participations pursuant to this paragraph in respect of
Letters of Credit is absolute and unconditional and shall not be affected by any
circumstance whatsoever, including the occurrence and continuance of a Default
or an Event of Default, and that each such payment shall be made without any
offset, abatement, withholding or reduction whatsoever.

          (e)  Reimbursement. If the Issuing Bank shall make any L/C
Disbursement in respect of a Letter of Credit, the Borrower shall pay to the
Paying Agent an amount equal to such L/C Disbursement not later than 2:00 p.m.
on the day that the Borrower shall have received notice from the Issuing Bank of
such L/C Disbursement, or, if the Borrower shall have received such notice later
than 10:00 a.m., New York City time, on any Business Day, not later than 10:00
a.m., New York City time, on the immediately following Business Day.

          (f)  Obligations Absolute. The Borrower's obligations to reimburse L/C
Disbursements as provided in paragraph (e) above shall be absolute,
unconditional and irrevocable, and shall be performed strictly in accordance
with the terms of this Agreement, under any and all circumstances whatsoever,
and irrespective of:

               (i)   any lack of validity or enforceability of any Letter of
          Credit or any Loan Document, or any term or provision therein;

               (ii)  any amendment or waiver of or any consent to departure from
          all or any of the provisions of any Letter of Credit or any Loan
          Document;

               (iii) the existence of any claim, setoff, defense or other right
          that the Borrower, any other party guaranteeing, or otherwise
          obligated with, the Borrower, any Subsidiary or other Affiliate
          thereof or any other person may at any time have against the
          beneficiary under any Letter of Credit, the Issuing Bank, the Paying
          Agent or any Lender or any other person, whether in connection with
          this Agreement, any other Loan Document or any other related or
          unrelated agreement or transaction ;

               (iv)  any draft or other document presented under a Letter of
          Credit proving to be forged, fraudulent, invalid or insufficient in
          any respect or any statement therein being untrue or inaccurate in any
          respect;

               (v)   payment by the Issuing Bank under a Letter of Credit
          against presentation of a draft or other document that does not comply
          with the terms of such Letter of Credit; and
<PAGE>
 
                                                                              51


               (vi)  any other act or omission to act or delay of any kind of
          the Issuing Bank, the Lenders, the Paying Agent or any other person or
          any other event or circumstance whatsoever, whether or not similar to
          any of the foregoing, that might, but for the provisions of this
          Section, constitute a legal or equitable discharge of the Borrower's
          obligations hereunder.

          Without limiting the generality of the foregoing, it is expressly
understood and agreed that the absolute and unconditional obligation of the
Borrower hereunder to reimburse L/C Disbursements will not be excused by the
gross negligence or wilful misconduct of the Issuing Bank.  However, the
foregoing shall not be construed to excuse the Issuing Bank from liability to
the Borrower to the extent of any direct damages (as opposed to consequential
damages, claims in respect of which are hereby waived by the Borrower to the
extent permitted by applicable law) suffered by the Borrower that are caused by
the Issuing Bank's gross negligence or wilful misconduct in determining whether
drafts and other documents presented under a Letter of Credit comply with the
terms thereof; it is understood that the Issuing Bank may accept documents that
appear on their face to be in order, without responsibility for further
investigation, regardless of any notice or information to the contrary and, in
making any payment under any Letter of Credit (i) the Issuing Bank's exclusive
reliance on the documents presented to it under such Letter of Credit as to any
and all matters set forth therein, including reliance on the amount of any draft
presented under such Letter of Credit, whether or not the amount due to the
beneficiary thereunder equals the amount of such draft and whether or not any
document presented pursuant to such Letter of Credit proves to be insufficient
in any respect, if such document on its face appears to be in order, and whether
or not any other statement or any other document presented pursuant to such
Letter of Credit proves to be forged or invalid or any statement therein proves
to be inaccurate or untrue in any respect whatsoever and (ii) any noncompliance
in any immaterial respect of the documents presented under such Letter of Credit
with the terms thereof shall, in each case, be deemed not to constitute wilful
misconduct or gross negligence of the Issuing Bank.

          (g)  Disbursement Procedures. The Issuing Bank shall, promptly
following its receipt thereof, examine all documents purporting to represent a
demand for payment under a Letter of Credit.  The Issuing Bank shall as promptly
as possible give telephonic notification, confirmed by telecopy, to the Paying
Agent and the Borrower of such demand for payment and whether the Issuing Bank
has made or will make an L/C Disbursement thereunder; provided that any failure
to give or delay in giving such notice shall not relieve the Borrower of its
obligation to reimburse the Issuing Bank and the Revolving Credit Lenders with
respect to any such L/C Disbursement in accordance with paragraph (e) above.
The Paying Agent shall promptly give each Revolving Credit Lender notice
thereof.

          (h)  Interim Interest. If the Issuing Bank shall make any L/C
Disbursement in respect of a Letter of Credit, then, unless the Borrower shall
reimburse such L/C Disbursement in full on such date, the unpaid amount thereof
shall bear interest for the account of the Issuing Bank, for each day from and
including the date of such L/C Disbursement, to but excluding the earlier of the
date of payment by the Borrower or the date on which interest shall commence to
accrue thereon as provided in Section 2.02(f), at the rate per annum that would
apply to such amount if such amount were a Base Rate Loan.
<PAGE>
 
                                                                              52


          (i)  Resignation or Removal of the Issuing Bank.  The Issuing Bank may
resign at any time by giving 180 days' prior written notice to the Paying Agent,
the Lenders and the Borrower, and may be removed at any time by the Borrower by
notice to the Issuing Bank, the Paying Agent and the Lenders.  Upon the
acceptance of any appointment as the Issuing Bank hereunder by a Lender that
shall agree to serve as successor Issuing Bank, such successor shall succeed to
and become vested with all the interests, rights and obligations of the retiring
Issuing Bank and the retiring Issuing Bank shall be discharged from its
obligations to issue additional Letters of Credit hereunder.  At the time such
removal or resignation shall become effective, the Borrower shall pay all
accrued and unpaid fees pursuant to Section 2.05(b)(ii).  The acceptance of any
appointment as the Issuing Bank hereunder by a successor Lender shall be
evidenced by an agreement entered into by such successor, in a form satisfactory
to the Borrower and the Paying Agent, and, from and after the effective date of
such agreement, (i) such successor Lender shall have all the rights and
obligations of the previous Issuing Bank under this Agreement and the other Loan
Documents and (ii) references herein and in the other Loan Documents to the term
"Issuing Bank" shall be deemed to refer to such successor or to any previous
Issuing Bank, or to such successor and all previous Issuing Banks, as the
context shall require.  After the resignation or removal of the Issuing Bank
hereunder, the retiring Issuing Bank shall remain a party hereto and shall
continue to have all the rights and obligations of an Issuing Bank under this
Agreement and the other Loan Documents with respect to Letters of Credit issued
by it prior to such resignation or removal, but shall not be required to issue
additional Letters of Credit.

          (j)  Cash Collateralization.  If (i) any Event of Default shall occur
and be continuing or (ii) to the extent and so long as the L/C Exposure exceeds
the Total Revolving Credit Commitments, the Borrower shall, on the Business Day
it receives notice from the Paying Agent or the Required Lenders (or, if the
maturity of the Loans has been accelerated, Revolving Credit Lenders holding
participations in outstanding Letters of Credit representing greater than 50% of
the aggregate undrawn amount of all outstanding Letters of Credit) thereof and
of the amount to be deposited, deposit in an account with the Collateral Agent,
for the benefit of the Revolving Credit Lenders, an amount in cash equal to the
L/C Exposure (or in the case of clause (ii) of this sentence, the excess of the
L/C Exposure over the Total Revolving Credit Commitment) as of such date.  Such
deposit shall be held by the Collateral Agent as collateral for the payment and
performance of the Obligations.  The Collateral Agent shall have exclusive
dominion and control, including the exclusive right of withdrawal, over such
account. Other than any interest earned on the investment of such deposits in
Permitted Investments, which investments shall be made as selected by the
Collateral Agent, such deposits shall not bear interest. Interest or profits, if
any, on such investments shall accumulate in such account.  Moneys in such
account shall (i) automatically be applied by the Paying Agent to reimburse the
Issuing Bank for L/C Disbursements for which it has not been reimbursed, (ii) be
held for the satisfaction of the reimbursement obligations of the Borrower for
the L/C Exposure at such time and (iii) if the maturity of the Loans has been
accelerated (but subject to the consent of Revolving Credit Lenders holding
participations in outstanding Letters of Credit representing greater than 50% of
the aggregate undrawn amount of all outstanding Letters of Credit), be applied
to satisfy the Obligations.  If the Borrower is required to provide an amount of
cash collateral pursuant to clause (i) of the first sentence of this paragraph
(j), such amount (to the extent not applied as aforesaid) shall be returned to
the Borrower within three Business Days after all Events of Default have been
cured or waived.  If the Borrower is required to provide an amount of cash
collateral pursuant to clause (ii) of the first sentence of this paragraph (j),
such amount shall be returned to the Borrower from time to time to the extent
that the amount of such cash collateral held by the Collateral Agent exceeds the
excess, if any, of the
<PAGE>
 
                                                                              53


L/C Exposure over the Total Revolving Credit Commitment so long as no Event of
Default shall have occurred and be continuing.


                              ARTICLE III

                         Representations and Warranties

          The Borrower represents and warrants to the Paying Agent, the
Collateral Agent, the Issuing Bank and each of the Lenders that:

          SECTION 3.01.  Organization.  Each of the Borrower and the
Subsidiaries is duly incorporated or organized, validly existing and in good
standing under the laws of its jurisdiction of incorporation or organization, as
the case may be, and has all organizational powers and all material governmental
licenses, authorizations, consents and approvals required to carry on its
business as now conducted, except, in each case, where the failure to satisfy
any of the above could not be reasonably expected to result in a Material
Adverse Effect.

          SECTION 3.02.  Corporate and Governmental Authorization; No
Contravention.  The execution and delivery by the Borrower of this Agreement and
by the Borrower and each other Loan Party of the other Loan Documents to which
it is or will be a party and the performance by each Loan Party of its
obligations under each Loan Document to which it is or will be a party are
within such Loan Party's organizational powers and have been duly authorized by
all necessary organizational action.  This Agreement has been duly executed and
delivered by the Borrower, and each other Loan Document has (as of the date of
execution thereof by the relevant Loan Party) been duly executed and delivered
by the Loan Parties party thereto.  No registration, recordation or filing with
or consent, approval or other action by any regulatory or other governmental
body, agency or official is required in connection with the execution or
delivery of this Agreement and the other Loan Documents by the Borrower and the
other Loan Parties party thereto, except where the failure to register, record
or file could not reasonably be expected to result in a Material Adverse Effect,
or is necessary for the validity or enforceability hereof or thereof, and the
Transactions and the execution, delivery, performance and enforcement of this
Agreement and the other Loan Documents do not and will not contravene, or
constitute a default under, any provision of applicable law or regulation, or of
the certificate of incorporation or by-laws of the Borrower or any of the
Subsidiaries, except where such contravention or default could not be reasonably
expected to result in a Material Adverse Effect, or of any agreement, judgment,
injunction, order, decree or other instrument binding upon the Borrower or
result in the creation or imposition of any material Lien upon any asset of the
Borrower or any of the Subsidiaries (other than any Lien created under the Loan
Documents).

          SECTION 3.03.  Enforceability.  This Agreement constitutes (and, upon
execution and delivery thereof as contemplated thereby, the other Loan Documents
will constitute) a valid and binding agreement of the Borrower and each Loan
Party thereto, in each case enforceable in accordance with its terms, except as
the foregoing may be limited by bankruptcy, insolvency, fraudulent transfer,
reorganization, moratorium, or other similar laws affecting the rights of
creditors generally and by general principles of equity, including those
limiting the availability of specific performance, injunctive relief, and other
equitable remedies and those providing for defenses based on fairness and
reasonableness, regardless of whether considered in a proceeding in equity or at
law.
<PAGE>
 
                                                                              54


          SECTION 3.04.  Financial Statements. (a)  The Borrower has heretofore
furnished to the Lenders the consolidated balance sheet and statements of income
and retained earnings and cash flows of (i) the Pedro Group and (ii) TPC and its
subsidiaries, in each case as of and for the fiscal year most recently ended, as
applicable.  Such financial statements present fairly the financial condition
and results of operations and cash flows of the Pedro Subsidiaries and TPC and
its subsidiaries as of such dates and for such periods.  The Borrower has also
heretofore delivered to the Lenders an unaudited balance sheet for PPM.  The
balance sheets (and, in the case of the Pedro Group and TPC, the notes thereto)
disclose all material liabilities, direct or contingent, of the Pedro Group, TPC
and its subsidiaries and PPM as of the dates thereof.  Such financial statements
were prepared in accordance with GAAP applied on a consistent basis (except for
the absence of footnote disclosure).

          (b)  The Borrower has heretofore delivered to the Lenders its
unaudited pro forma consolidating balance sheet as of December 31, 1996 (the
"Pro Forma Financial Statements"), prepared giving effect to the Transactions
(including the transfer of the Pedro Subsidiaries) as if they had occurred on
such date and consolidating income statement for the year ended December 31,
1996, assuming the Transactions (including the transfer of the Pedro
Subsidiaries) had actually occurred on January 1, 1996.  Such pro forma balance
sheet and income statement have been prepared in good faith by the Borrower
based on reasonable assumptions, are based on the best information available to
the Borrower as of the date of delivery thereof, accurately reflect all material
adjustments required to be made to give effect to the Transactions (including
the transfer of the Pedro Subsidiaries) and present fairly on a pro forma basis
the estimated consolidated financial position of the Borrower as of December 31,
1996, assuming that the Transactions (including the transfer of the Pedro
Subsidiaries) had actually occurred at December 31, 1996, and present fairly on
a pro forma basis the estimated consolidated results of operations of the
Borrower for the year ended December 31, 1996, assuming that the Transactions
(including the transfer of the Pedro Subsidiaries) had actually occurred on
January 1, 1996.

          SECTION 3.05.  No Material Adverse Change.  (a) Prior to the
Separation Date, there has been no material adverse change in the business,
assets, operations, condition, financial or otherwise, or material agreements of
(i) the Borrower, since December 31, 1996, or (ii) the Pedro Subsidiaries, taken
as a whole, from the position reflected in the Pro Forma Financial Statements.

          (b) On and after the Separation Date, there has been no material
adverse change in the business, assets, operations, condition, financial or
otherwise, or material agreements of the Borrower and the Subsidiaries, taken as
a whole, from the position reflected in the Pro Forma Financial Statements.

          SECTION 3.06.  Title to Properties; Possession Under Leases.  (a)
Each of the Borrower and the Subsidiaries has good and marketable title to, or
valid leasehold interests in, all its material properties and assets, except for
defects that could not reasonably be expected to result in a Material Adverse
Effect.  All such material properties and assets are free and clear of Liens,
other than Liens permitted by Section 6.02.

          (b)  Except as set forth in Schedule 3.06(b), each of the Borrower and
the Subsidiaries has complied with all obligations under all material leases to
which it is a party and all such leases are in full force and effect, except
where such noncompliance or failure to be in full force and effect, individually
or in the aggregate, could not reasonably be expected to result in a Material
Adverse
<PAGE>
 
                                                                              55


Effect.  Each of the Borrower and the Subsidiaries enjoys peaceful and
undisturbed possession under all such leases, other than Liens permitted by
Section 6.02.

          SECTION 3.07.  Subsidiaries. (a) Schedule 3.07(a) sets forth as of the
Closing Date a list of all Subsidiaries and the percentage ownership interest of
the Borrower therein.  The shares of capital stock or other ownership interests
so indicated in Schedule 3.07(a) are fully paid and non-assessable and are owned
by the Borrower, directly or indirectly, free and clear of all Liens, except for
Liens permitted by Section 6.02.

          (b)  Schedule 1.01(c) sets forth as of the Closing Date a list of all
Pedro Subsidiaries and the percentage ownership interest of the Borrower
therein, after giving effect to the transfer of the Pedro Subsidiaries to the
Borrower.  On and after the Separation Date, the shares of capital stock or
other ownership interests so indicated in Schedule 1.01(c) of the Pedro
Subsidiaries will be fully paid and non-assessable and will be owned by the
Borrower, directly or indirectly, free and clear of all Liens, except for Liens
permitted by Section 6.02.

          SECTION 3.08.  Litigation; Compliance with Laws; Reserves. (a)  Except
as set forth in Schedule 3.08, there are not any actions, suits or proceedings
at law or in equity or by or before any Governmental Authority now pending or,
to the knowledge of the Borrower, threatened against or affecting the Borrower
or any Subsidiary (after giving effect to the transfer of the Pedro Subsidiaries
to the Borrower) or any business, property or rights of any such person (i) that
expressly involve any Loan Document or the Transactions or (ii) as to which
there is a reasonable possibility of an adverse determination and that, in
either case could reasonably be expected, individually or in the aggregate, to
result in a Material Adverse Effect.

          (b) The Borrower and the Subsidiaries (after giving effect to the
transfer of the Pedro Subsidiaries to the Borrower) maintain adequate reserves
for (i) future costs associated with any lung disease claim alleging
pneumococcosis or silicosis or arising out of exposure or alleged exposure to
coal dust or the coal mining environment and (ii) future costs associated with
reclamation costs of disturbed acreage, removal of facilities and other closing
costs in connection with its mining operations.  Such reserves are not
materially less than is required by GAAP.

          (c)  None of the Borrower or any of the Subsidiaries (after giving
effect to the transfer of the Pedro Subsidiaries to the Borrower and taking into
account reserves reflected in the Pro Forma Financial Statements or the
financial statements delivered by the Borrower and its Subsidiaries pursuant to
Section 5.04) or any of its respective material properties or assets is in
violation of, nor will the continued operation of its material properties and
assets as currently conducted violate, any law, rule or regulation (including
any zoning, building, Environmental Law, ordinance, code or approval or any
building permits), or is in default with respect to any judgment, writ,
injunction, decree or order of any Governmental Authority, where such violation
or default could reasonably be expected to result in a Material Adverse Effect.

          SECTION 3.09.  Agreements. (a)  Neither the Borrower nor any of the
Subsidiaries is a party to any agreement or instrument or subject to any
corporate or other organizational restriction that has resulted or could
reasonably be expected to result in a Material Adverse Effect.
<PAGE>
 
                                                                              56


          (b)  Neither the Borrower nor any of the Subsidiaries (after giving
effect to the transfer of the Pedro Subsidiaries to the Borrower) is in default
in any manner under any provision of any indenture or other agreement or
instrument evidencing Indebtedness, or any other material agreement or
instrument to which it is a party or by which it or any of its properties or
assets are or may be bound, where such default could reasonably be expected to
result in a Material Adverse Effect.

          SECTION 3.10.  Federal Reserve Regulations.  No part of the proceeds
of any Loan or any Letter of Credit will be used, whether directly or
indirectly, and whether immediately, incidentally or ultimately, for any purpose
that entails a violation of, or that is inconsistent with, the provisions of the
Regulations of the Board, including Regulation G, T, U or X.

          SECTION 3.11.  Investment Company Act; Public Utility Holding Company
Act.  Neither the Borrower nor any Subsidiary (after giving effect to the
transfer of the Pedro Subsidiaries to the Borrower) is (a) an "investment
company" as defined in, or subject to regulation under, the Investment Company
Act of 1940 or (b) a "holding company" as defined in, or subject to regulation
under, the Public Utility Holding Company Act of 1935.

          SECTION 3.12.  Use of Proceeds.  The Borrower will use the proceeds of
the Loans and will request the issuance of Letters of Credit only for the
purposes specified in the preamble to this Agreement.

          SECTION 3.13.  Tax Returns. Each of the Borrower and the Subsidiaries,
and any other affiliate with joint and several liability for taxes (after giving
effect to the transfer of the Pedro Subsidiaries to the Borrower), has filed or
caused to be filed all Federal, state, local and other material tax returns or
materials required to have been filed by it and has paid or caused to be paid
all taxes due and payable by it pursuant thereto and all assessments received by
it, except where the failure to do any of the foregoing could not reasonably be
expected to result in a Material Adverse Effect.

          SECTION 3.14.  No Material Misstatements. None of (a) the Confidential
Information Memorandum or (b) any other information, report, financial statement
(including forecasts and projections), exhibit or schedule furnished by or on
behalf of the Borrower to the Paying Agent or any Lender in connection with the
negotiation of any Loan Document or included therein or delivered pursuant
thereto, when taken as a whole, contained, contains or will contain any material
misstatement of fact or omitted, omits or will omit to state any material fact
necessary to make the statements therein, in the light of the circumstances
under which they were, are or will be made, not misleading; provided that to the
extent any such information, report, financial statement, exhibit or schedule
was based upon or constitutes a forecast or projection, the Borrower represents
only that it acted in good faith and utilized reasonable assumptions and due
care in the preparation of such information, report, financial statement,
exhibit or schedule.

          SECTION 3.15.  Employee Benefit Plans. Each of the Borrower and its
ERISA Affiliates is in compliance in all material respects with the applicable
provisions of ERISA and the Code and the regulations and published
interpretations thereunder, except where the failure to comply could not be
reasonably expected to result in a Material Adverse Effect.  None of the
Borrower or any ERISA Affiliate has (i) sought a waiver of the minimum funding
standard under Section 412 of the Code in respect of any Plan, (ii) failed to
make any contribution or payment to any Plan or Multiemployer Plan or made any
amendment to any Plan which has resulted or could result in the imposition of a
Lien or
<PAGE>
 
                                                                              57


the posting of a bond or other security under ERISA or the Code or (iii)
incurred any material liability under Title IV of ERISA other than a liability
to the PBGC for premiums under Section 4007 of ERISA.

          SECTION 3.16.  Environmental Matters. Except as set forth in Schedule
3.16:

          (a) The properties (the "Properties") owned or operated by the
Borrower and the Subsidiaries (after giving effect to the transfer of the Pedro
Subsidiaries to the Borrower) do not contain any Hazardous Materials in amounts
or concentrations which (i) constitute a violation of, (ii) require Remedial
Action under, or (iii) could give rise to liability under, Environmental Laws,
which violations, Remedial Actions and liabilities, in the aggregate, could
result in a Material Adverse Effect;

          (b) The Properties and all operations of the Borrower and the
Subsidiaries (after giving effect to the transfer of the Pedro Subsidiaries to
the Borrower) are in compliance with all Environmental Laws and all necessary
Environmental Permits have been obtained and are in effect, except to the extent
that such non-compliance or failure to obtain any necessary permits, in the
aggregate, could not result in a Material Adverse Effect;

          (c) There have been no Releases or threatened Releases at, from, or
under the Properties or otherwise in connection with the operations of the
Borrower or the Subsidiaries  (after giving effect to the transfer of the Pedro
Subsidiaries to the Borrower), which Releases or threatened Releases, in the
aggregate, could result in a Material Adverse Effect;

          (d) Neither the Borrower nor any of the Subsidiaries (after giving
effect to the transfer of the Pedro Subsidiaries to the Borrower) has received
any notice of an Environmental Claim in connection with the Properties or the
operations of the Borrower or such Subsidiaries or with regard to any person
whose liabilities for environmental matters the Borrower or such Subsidiaries
has retained or assumed, in whole or in part, contractually, by operation of law
or otherwise, which, in the aggregate, could result in a Material Adverse
Effect, nor do the Borrower or such Subsidiaries have reason to believe that any
such notice will be received or is being threatened; and

          (e) Hazardous Materials have not been transported from the Properties,
nor have Hazardous Materials been generated, treated, stored or disposed of at,
on or under any of the Properties in a manner that could give rise to liability
under any Environmental Law, nor have the Borrower or the Subsidiaries (after
giving effect to the transfer of the Pedro Subsidiaries to the Borrower)
retained or assumed any liability, contractually, by operation of law or
otherwise, with respect to the generation, treatment, storage or disposal of
Hazardous Materials, which transportation, generation, treatment, storage or
disposal, or retained or assumed liabilities, in the aggregate, could result in
a Material Adverse Effect.

          SECTION 3.17.  Insurance. Schedule 3.17 sets forth a true, complete
and correct description of all material insurance maintained by the Borrower or
by the Borrower for its Subsidiaries as of the Closing Date and the Separation
Date.  As of each such date, such insurance is in full force and effect and all
premiums have been duly paid.  The Borrower and its Subsidiaries (after giving
effect to the transfer of the Pedro Subsidiaries to the Borrower) have (or will
have, as the case may be) insurance
<PAGE>
 
                                                                              58


in such amounts and covering such risks and liabilities as are in accordance
with normal industry practice.

          SECTION 3.18.  Security Documents. (a)  The Pledge Agreement is
effective to create in favor of the Collateral Agent, for the ratable benefit of
the Secured Parties, a legal, valid and enforceable security interest in the
Collateral (as defined in the Pledge Agreement) and, when the Collateral is
delivered to the Collateral Agent, the Pledge Agreement shall constitute a duly
perfected first priority Lien on, and security interest in, all right, title and
interest of the pledgors thereunder in such Collateral, in each case prior and
superior in right to any other person.

          (b)  The Security Agreement is effective to create in favor of the
Collateral Agent, for the ratable benefit of the Secured Parties, a legal, valid
and enforceable security interest in the Collateral (as defined in the Security
Agreement) and, when financing statements in appropriate form are filed in the
offices specified on Schedule 6 to the Perfection Certificate, the Security
Agreement shall constitute (to the extent such security interest can be
perfected under applicable uniform commercial codes) a duly perfected Lien on,
and security interest in, all right, title and interest of the grantors
thereunder in such Collateral, in each case prior and superior in right to any
other person, other than with respect to Liens expressly permitted by Section
6.02.

          (c)  The Collateral Assignment is effective to create in favor of the
Collateral Agent, for the ratable benefit of the Secured Parties, a legal, valid
and enforceable security interest in the Collateral (as defined in the
Collateral Assignment) and, when the Bidco Note is delivered to the Collateral
Agent and financing statements in appropriate form are filed in appropriate
filing offices, the Collateral Assignment shall constitute (to the extent such
security interest can be perfected by filing under applicable uniform commercial
codes) a duly perfected Lien on, and security interest in, all right, title and
interest of the Borrower in such Collateral, in each case prior and superior in
right to any other person, other than with respect to Liens expressly permitted
by Section 6.02.

          SECTION 3.19.  Location of Real Property and Leased Premises.  (a)
Schedule 3.19(a) lists completely and correctly as of the Closing Date all
material real property owned by the Borrower and the Subsidiaries (after giving
effect to the transfer of the Pedro Subsidiaries to the Borrower) and the
addresses thereof.  As of the Closing Date, the Borrower and the Subsidiaries
own in fee all the real property set forth on Schedule 3.19(a) not designated
therein as "Pedro Owned Property".  As of  the Separation Date, the Borrower and
the Subsidiaries own in fee all the real property designated as "Pedro Owned
Property" on Schedule 3.19(a).

          (b)  Schedule 3.19(b) lists completely and correctly as of the Closing
Date all material real property leased by the Borrower and the Subsidiaries
(after giving effect to the transfer of the Pedro Subsidiaries to the Borrower)
and the addresses thereof.  As of the Closing Date, the Borrower and the
Subsidiaries have valid leases in all the real property set forth on Schedule
3.19(b) not designated therein as "Pedro Leased Property".  As of the Separation
Date, the Borrower and the Subsidiaries have valid leases in all real property
designated as  "Pedro Leased Property" on Schedule 3.19(b).

          SECTION 3.20.  Labor Matters.  As of the Closing Date, there are no
strikes, lockouts or slowdowns against the Borrower or any Subsidiary (after
giving effect to the transfer of the Pedro Subsidiaries to the Borrower)
pending or, to the knowledge of the Borrower, threatened, except where any such
strike, lockout or slowdown could not reasonably be expected to result in a
Material Adverse
<PAGE>
 
                                                                              59

Effect.  The hours worked by and payments made to employees of the Borrower and
such Subsidiaries have not been in material violation of the Fair Labor
Standards Act or any other applicable Federal, state, local or foreign law
dealing with such matters.  All payments due from the Borrower or any such
Subsidiary, or for which any claim may be made against the Borrower or any such
Subsidiary, on account of wages and employee health and welfare insurance and
other benefits, have been paid or accrued as a liability on the books of the
Borrower or such Subsidiary.  The consummation of the Transactions will not give
rise to any right of termination or right of renegotiation on the part of any
union under any collective bargaining agreement to which the Borrower or any
such Subsidiary is bound.

          SECTION 3.21.  Solvency. Immediately after the consummation of the
Transactions and immediately following the making of each Loan and after giving
effect to the application of the proceeds of such Loans, and taking into account
all rights of indemnity, subrogation and contribution of the Loan Parties under
applicable law and the Indemnity, Subrogation and Contribution Agreement, (a)
the fair value of the assets of each Loan Party, at a fair valuation, will
exceed its debts and liabilities, subordinated, contingent or otherwise; (b) the
present fair saleable value of the property of each Loan Party will be greater
than the amount that will be required to pay the probable liability of its debts
and other liabilities, subordinated, contingent or otherwise, as such debts and
other liabilities become absolute and matured; (c) each Loan Party will be able
to pay its debts and liabilities, subordinated, contingent or otherwise, as such
debts and liabilities become absolute and matured; and (d) each Loan Party will
not have unreasonably small capital with which to conduct the business in which
it is engaged as such business is now conducted and is proposed to be conducted
following the Closing Date.


                                  ARTICLE IV

                                  Conditions

          SECTION 4.01.  Effective Date.  The effectiveness of this Agreement
shall be subject to the satisfaction of each of the following conditions:

                  (a) The Paying Agent shall have received, on behalf of itself,
          the Lenders and the Issuing Bank, a favorable written opinion of Stoel
          Rives LLP, counsel for the Borrower, substantially to the effect set
          forth in Exhibit K-1, and a favorable written opinion of Davis Polk &
          Wardwell, special counsel for the Borrower, substantially to the
          effect set forth in Exhibit K-2.
  
                  (b) The Paying Agent shall have received (i) a copy of the
          certificate or articles of incorporation, including all amendments
          thereto, of each Loan Party, certified as of a recent date by the
          Secretary of State of the state of its organization, and a certificate
          as to the good standing of each Loan Party as of a recent date, from
          such Secretary of State; (ii) a certificate of the Secretary or
          Assistant Secretary of each Loan Party dated the Closing Date and
          certifying (A) that attached thereto is a true and complete copy of
          the by-laws of such Loan Party as in effect on the Closing Date and at
          all times since a date prior to the date of the resolutions described
          in clause (B) below, (B) that attached thereto is a true and complete
          copy of resolutions duly adopted by the Board of Directors of such
          Loan Party authorizing
<PAGE>
 
                                                                              60

          the execution, delivery and performance of the Loan Documents to which
          such person is a party and, in the case of the Borrower, the
          borrowings hereunder, and that such resolutions have not been
          modified, rescinded or amended and are in full force and effect, (C)
          that the certificate or articles of incorporation of such Loan Party
          have not been amended since the date of the last amendment thereto
          shown on the certificate of good standing furnished pursuant to clause
          (i) above, and (D) as to the incumbency and specimen signature of each
          officer executing any Loan Document or any other document delivered in
          connection herewith on behalf of such Loan Party; (iii) a certificate
          of another officer as to the incumbency and specimen signature of the
          Secretary or Assistant Secretary executing the certificate pursuant to
          clause (ii) above.
 
                  (c) The Paying Agent shall have received a certificate, signed
          by a Financial Officer of the Borrower, dated the Closing Date and
          confirming that the representations and warranties set forth in
          Article III hereof are true and correct in all material respects,
          except to the extent such representation and warranty relates to a
          later date.
  
                  (d) The Paying Agent and the Initial Lenders shall have
          received all fees and other amounts due and payable on the Closing
          Date in connection with the Offer.
  
                  (e) The Pledge Agreement shall have been duly executed by the
          parties thereto and delivered to the Collateral Agent and shall be in
          full force and effect.
  
                  (f) The Security Agreement shall have been duly executed by
          the Loan Parties party thereto and shall have been delivered to the
          Collateral Agent and shall be in full force and effect.
  
                  (g) The Collateral Assignment shall have been duly executed by
          the parties thereto and shall have been delivered to the Collateral
          Agent and shall be in full force and effect.

          SECTION 4.02.  Borrowings.  (a) The obligation of any Lender to make a
Loan or of the Issuing Bank to issue a Letter of Credit (each, a "Credit Event")
on the occasion of any Credit Event, the proceeds of which are to be used,
directly or indirectly (i) in the case of a Loan, to finance the Offer or to pay
costs and expenses related thereto or for any other purpose set forth in Clause
3.1(a)(i) of the Bidco Facility Agreement, as in effect on the Restatement Date,
or (ii) in the case of a Letter of Credit, to replace a letter of credit issued
for the account of a Pedro Subsidiary and included as Pedro Refinanced
Indebtedness, is subject to the satisfaction of the following conditions:

                  (i) The Paying Agent shall have received a notice of such
          Credit Event as required by Section 2.03 (or such notice shall have
          been deemed given in accordance with Section 2.03) or, in the case of
          the issuance of a Letter of Credit, the Issuing Bank and the Paying
          Agent shall have received a notice requesting the issuance of such
          Letter of Credit as required by Section 2.23(b).
 
                  (ii) At the time of and immediately after such Credit Event,
          no Event of Default described in clause (g), (h) or (o) of Article VII
          shall have occurred and be continuing with respect to the Borrower.
<PAGE>
 
                                                                              61
 
                  (iii) The representations and warranties set forth in Sections
          3.01, 3.02 and 3.03, as they relate to the Borrower, shall be true and
          correct in all material respects on the date of any such Credit Event
          with the same effect as though made on such date.
 
                  (iv) Each of the Offer Conditions Precedent, unless waived in
          writing by the Required Lenders (such waiver being conclusively
          evidenced by written notice from the Paying Agent to the Borrower and,
          in the case of paragraph 1 of such Offer Conditions Precedent, not to
          be unreasonably withheld or delayed), shall have been satisfied.

                  (v) Each of the TPC Contribution, the PHI Equity Contribution
          and the Newco Equity Contribution shall have been completed.
 
                  (vi) Each of the applicable conditions precedent with respect
          to a borrowing to finance the Offer set forth in the PHI Credit
          Agreement, the Energyco Bridge Loan Agreement and the Bidco Facility
          Agreement (other than any condition in any such agreement requiring
          that borrowings shall have been made under this or any other such
          agreement and/or the proceeds of such borrowings have been made
          available directly or indirectly to Bidco) shall have been satisfied
          or waived in accordance with the terms thereof, and each of such
          agreements shall be in full force and effect.
 
Each Credit Event hereunder of the type described in this Section 4.02(a) shall
be deemed to be a representation and warranty by the Borrower on the date of
such Credit Event as to the facts specified in clauses (ii), (iii), (iv), (v)
and (vi) of this Section 4.02(a).

          (b) The obligation of any Lender or of the Issuing Bank on the
occasion of any Credit Event other than (i) a Credit Event of the type described
in Section 4.02(a) or (ii) a continuation or conversion of a Borrowing of the
type described in Section 2.10 is subject to the satisfaction of the following
conditions:

                  (i) The Paying Agent shall have received a notice of such
          Credit Event as required by Section 2.03 (or such notice shall have
          been deemed given in accordance with Section 2.03) or, in the case of
          the issuance of a Letter of Credit, the Issuing Bank and the Paying
          Agent shall have received a notice requesting the issuance of such
          Letter of Credit as required by Section 2.23(b) or, in the case of the
          Borrowing of a Swingline Loan, the Swingline Lender and the Paying
          Agent shall have received a notice requesting such Swingline Loan as
          required by Section 2.22(b).
 
                  (ii) The representations and warranties set forth in Article
          III hereof shall be true and correct in all material respects on and
          as of the date of such Credit Event with the same effect as though
          made on and as of such date, except to the extent such representations
          and warranties expressly relate to an earlier date.
 
                  (iii) At the time of and immediately after such Credit Event,
          no Event of Default or Default shall have occurred and be continuing.
<PAGE>
 
                                                                              62

Each Credit Event hereunder of the type described in this Section 4.02(b) shall
be deemed to constitute a representation and warranty by the Borrower on the
date of such Credit Event as to the matters specified in paragraphs (i) and (ii)
of this Section 4.02(b).


                                   ARTICLE V

                             Affirmative Covenants

          The Borrower covenants and agrees with each Lender that so long as
this Agreement shall remain in effect and until the Commitments have been
terminated and the principal of and interest on each Loan, all Fees and all
other expenses or amounts then due and payable under any Loan Document shall
have been paid in full and all Letters of Credit have been canceled or have
expired and all amounts drawn thereunder have been reimbursed in full, unless
the Required Lenders shall otherwise consent in writing, the Borrower will, and
will cause each of the Subsidiaries to:

          SECTION 5.01.  Existence; Businesses and Properties. (a)  Do or cause
to be done all things necessary to preserve, renew and keep in full force and
effect the legal existence of the Borrower and each Significant Subsidiary,
except as otherwise expressly permitted under Section 6.05.

          (b)  Do or cause to be done all things necessary to obtain, preserve,
renew, extend and keep in full force and effect the rights, licenses, permits,
franchises, authorizations, patents, copyrights, trademarks and trade names
material to the conduct of its business; except as contemplated by this
Agreement, maintain and operate such business in substantially the manner in
which it is presently conducted and operated; at all times maintain and preserve
all property material to the conduct of such business and keep such property in
good repair, working order and condition and from time to time make, or cause to
be made, all needful and proper repairs, renewals, additions, improvements and
replacements thereto necessary in order that the business carried on in
connection therewith may be properly conducted in all material respects at all
times, in each case, where the failure to do so could reasonably be expected to
have a Material Adverse Effect.

          (c)  Without limiting the generality of the foregoing, operate in all
material respects, and cause each of its Subsidiaries to operate in all material
respects, its mines in accordance with sound coal mining practices and all
applicable Federal, state and local laws, rules and regulations, including,
without limitation, laws and regulations relating to land reclamation, pollution
control and mine safety, and maintain and develop the coal reserves included in
the mining plans of the Borrower and the Subsidiaries made available to the
Lenders pursuant to Section 5.06.

          SECTION 5.02.  Insurance. (a)  Keep its insurable properties
adequately insured at all times by financially sound and reputable insurers;
maintain such other insurance (including self insurance), to such extent and
against such risks, including fire and other risks insured against by extended
coverage, as is customary with companies in the same or similar businesses
operating in the same or similar locations, including public liability insurance
against claims for personal injury or death or property damage occurring upon,
in, about or in connection with the use of any properties owned, occupied or
controlled by it; and maintain such other insurance as may be required by law.
<PAGE>
 
                                                                              63

          (b)  Notify the Paying Agent and the Collateral Agent immediately
whenever any material separate insurance concurrent in form or contributing in
the event of loss with that required to be maintained under this Section 5.02 is
taken out by the Borrower; and promptly deliver to the Paying Agent and the
Collateral Agent a duplicate original copy of such policy or policies.

          SECTION 5.03.  Obligations and Taxes. Pay its Indebtedness and other
material obligations promptly and in accordance with their terms and pay and
discharge promptly when due all material taxes, assessments and governmental
charges or levies imposed upon it or upon its income or profits or in respect of
its property, before the same shall become delinquent or in default, as well as
all material lawful claims for labor, materials and supplies or otherwise that,
if unpaid, might give rise to a Lien upon such properties or any part thereof;
provided, however, that such payment and discharge shall not be required with
respect to any such tax, assessment, charge, levy or claim so long as the
validity or amount thereof shall be contested in good faith by appropriate
proceedings and the Borrower shall have set aside on its books adequate reserves
with respect thereto in accordance with GAAP and such contest operates to
suspend collection of the contested obligation, tax, assessment or charge and
enforcement of a Lien.

          SECTION 5.04.  Financial Statements, Reports, etc. In the case of the
Borrower, furnish to the Paying Agent and each Lender:

                  (a) within 120 days after the end of each fiscal year, its
          consolidated balance sheets and related statement of income and
          retained earnings and cash flows showing the financial condition of
          (i) the Borrower and its consolidated subsidiaries and (ii) prior to
          the transfer of the Pedro Subsidiaries to the Borrower, the Pedro
          Subsidiaries as of the close of such fiscal year and the results of
          its operations and the operations of such subsidiaries during such
          year, in each case audited by independent public accountants of
          recognized national standing and accompanied by an opinion of such
          accountants (which shall not be qualified in any material respect) to
          the effect that such consolidated financial statements fairly present
          the financial condition and results of operations of the Borrower and
          its consolidated subsidiaries and the Pedro Subsidiaries, as
          applicable, on a consolidated basis in accordance with GAAP
          consistently applied (except as otherwise provided in the notes
          thereto);

                  (b) within 60 days after the end of each of the first three
          fiscal quarters of each fiscal year beginning with the first fiscal
          quarter ending after the initial Acquisition Borrowing (provided that
          prior to such date, the Borrower shall furnish to the Paying Agent and
          each Lender any information made publicly available relating thereto),
          its consolidated balance sheets and related statements of income and
          retained earnings and cash flows showing the financial condition of
          (i) the Borrower and its consolidated subsidiaries and (ii) prior to
          the transfer of the Pedro Subsidiaries to the Borrower, the Pedro
          Subsidiaries as of the close of such fiscal quarter and the results of
          its operations and the operations of such subsidiaries during such
          fiscal quarter and the then elapsed portion of the fiscal year, in
          each case certified by a Financial Officer or independent public
          accountant as fairly presenting the financial condition and results of
          operations of the Borrower and its consolidated subsidiaries and the
          Pedro Subsidiaries, as applicable, on a consolidated basis in
          accordance with GAAP consis tently applied (except for the absence of
          footnote disclosure), subject to normal year-end audit adjustments;
<PAGE>
 
                                                                              64

                  (c) within 60 days after the end of each of the first three
          fiscal quarters of each fiscal year beginning with January 1, 1997 and
          ending on the Separation Date, its unaudited pro forma consolidating
          balance sheet as of the close of such fiscal quarter, and as of
          December 31, 1997, as the case may be, prepared giving effect to the
          Transactions (including the transfer of the Pedro Subsidiaries) as if
          they had occurred on such date, and consolidating income statement for
          the applicable period, assuming the Transactions (including the
          transfer of the Pedro Subsidiaries) had actually occurred at the
          beginning of each such period. Such pro forma balance sheets and
          income statements will be prepared in good faith by the Borrower based
          on reasonable assumptions, will be based on the best information
          available to the Borrower as of the date of delivery thereof, will
          accurately reflect all material adjustments required to be made to
          give effect to the Transactions (including the transfer of the Pedro
          Subsidiaries) and will present fairly on a pro forma basis the
          estimated consolidated financial position of the Borrower as of the
          end of the applicable period, assuming that the Transactions
          (including the transfer of the Pedro Subsidiaries) had actually
          occurred at such date, and will present fairly on a pro forma basis
          the estimated consolidated results of operations of the Borrower for
          such period, assuming that the Transactions (including the transfer of
          the Pedro Subsidiaries) had actually occurred on the first day of such
          period;
 
                  (d) concurrently with any delivery of financial statements
          under paragraph (a) or (b) above, (i) a certificate of the applicable
          accounting firm or Financial Officer opining on or certifying such
          statements (which certificate, when furnished by an accounting firm,
          may be limited to accounting matters and disclaim responsibility for
          legal interpretations) and certifying that no Event of Default has
          occurred and that no Default has occurred and is continuing or, if
          such an Event of Default has occurred or Default has occurred and is
          continuing, specifying the nature and extent thereof and any
          corrective action taken or proposed to be taken with respect thereto
          and (ii) a certificate of a Financial Officer of the Borrower setting
          forth the Net Termination Value as of the date of such financial
          statements;
 
                  (e) promptly after the same become publicly available, copies
          of all periodic and other reports, proxy statements and other
          materials filed by the Borrower or any Subsidiary with the Securities
          and Exchange Commission, or any Governmental Authority succeeding to
          any or all of the functions of said Commission, or with any national
          securities exchange, or distributed to public shareholders, as the
          case may be;

                  (f) promptly, from time to time, such other information
          regarding the operations, business affairs and financial condition of
          the Borrower or any Subsidiary, or compliance with the terms of any
          Loan Document, as the Paying Agent or any Lender may reasonably
          request; and
 
                  (g) as soon as available but in any event no later than 60
          days after the beginning of each fiscal year, a copy of the annual
          business plan of the Borrower and the Subsidiaries and forecasts
          (prepared by management of the Borrower) of the Borrower's
          consolidated balance sheets and related statements of operations and
          cash flows on a monthly basis for such fiscal year and on an annual
          basis for each of the following four fiscal years.
 
<PAGE>
 
                                                                              65

          SECTION 5.05.  Litigation and Other Notices. Furnish to the Paying
Agent, the Issuing Bank and each Lender prompt written notice of the following:

                  (a) any Event of Default or Default, specifying the nature and
          extent thereof and the corrective action (if any) taken or proposed to
          be taken with respect thereto;
 
                  (b) the filing or commencement of, or any threat or notice of
          intention of any person to file or commence, any action, suit or
          proceeding, whether at law or in equity or by or before any
          Governmental Authority, against the Borrower or any Affiliate thereof
          that could reasonably be expected to result in a Material Adverse
          Effect; and
 
                  (c) any development of which a Responsible Officer is aware
          that has resulted in, or which such Responsible Officer has reasonably
          concluded will result in, a Material Adverse Effect.

          SECTION 5.06.  Maintaining Records; Access to Properties and
Inspections.  Keep proper books of record and account in which full, true and
correct entries in conformity with GAAP and all requirements of law are made of
all dealings and transactions in relation to its business and activities. Each
Loan Party will, and will cause each of its Subsidiaries to, permit any
representatives designated by the Paying Agent or any Lender to visit and
inspect the financial records (including any mining plans with respect to any
material mines owned or operated by the Borrower or any Subsidiary) and the
properties of the Borrower or any Subsidiary at reasonable times and as often as
reasonably requested and to make extracts from and copies of such financial
records, and permit any representatives designated by the Paying Agent or any
Lender to discuss (in the presence of the Borrower, unless a Default or Event of
Default shall have occurred and is continuing) the affairs, finances and
condition of the Borrower or any Subsidiary with the officers thereof and
independent accountants therefor.

          SECTION 5.07.  Use of Proceeds. Use the proceeds of the Loans and
request the issuance of Letters of Credit only for the purposes set forth in the
preamble to this Agreement.

          SECTION 5.08.  Compliance with Laws.  Comply in all respects with all
applicable laws, ordinances, rules, regulations and requirements of Governmental
Authorities (including Environmental Laws and ERISA and the rules and
regulations thereunder), except where the necessity of compliance therewith is
contested in good faith by appropriate proceedings or where noncompliance
therewith could not reasonably be expected to have a Material Adverse Effect.

          SECTION 5.09.  Preparation of Environmental Reports. If a Default
caused by reason of a breach of Section 3.16 or 5.08 (with respect to compliance
with Environmental Laws) shall have occurred and be continuing, at the request
of the Required Lenders through the Paying Agent, provide to the Lenders within
45 days after such request, at the expense of the Borrower, an environmental
site assessment report for the Properties which are the subject of such default
prepared by an environmental consulting firm reasonably acceptable to the Paying
Agent and indicating the presence or absence of Hazardous Materials and the
estimated cost of any compliance or Remedial Action in connection with such
Properties.
<PAGE>
 
                                                                              66

          SECTION 5.10.  Further Assurances. Upon the reasonable request of the
Required Lenders or the Paying Agent, from time to time, execute any and all
further documents, financing statements, agreements and instruments, and take
all further action (including filing Uniform Commercial Code and other financing
statements, mortgages and deeds of trust) in order to effectuate the
transactions contemplated by the Loan Documents and in order to grant, preserve,
protect and perfect the validity and priority of the security interests created
or intended to be created by the Security Documents.  The Borrower will cause
any subsequently acquired or organized Domestic Subsidiary (including the Pedro
Subsidiaries, but excluding any Receivables Subsidiary and any Single Purpose
Entity) to execute a Guarantee Agreement, Indemnity, Subrogation and
Contribution Agreement and each applicable Security Document in favor of the
Collateral Agent.  Upon the reasonable request of the Required Lenders or the
Paying Agent, from time to time, the Borrower will, at its cost and expense,
promptly secure the Obligations by pledging or creating, or causing to be
pledged or created, perfected security interests with respect to such of its
assets and properties as the Paying Agent or the Required Lenders shall
designate (it being understood that it is the intent of the parties that the
Obligations shall be secured by, among other things, substantially all the
assets of the Borrower (including real and other properties acquired subsequent
to the Closing Date, including the assets of the Pedro Subsidiaries, but
excluding any Receivables Subsidiary and any Single Purpose Entity)). Such
security interests and Liens will be created under the Security Documents and
other security agreements, mortgages, deeds of trust and other instruments and
documents in form and substance satisfactory to the Collateral Agent, and the
Borrower shall deliver or cause to be delivered to the Lenders all such
instruments and documents (including legal opinions, title insurance policies
and lien searches) as the Collateral Agent shall reasonably request to evidence
compliance with this Section.  The Borrower agrees to provide such evidence as
the Collateral Agent shall reasonably request as to the perfection and priority
status of each such security interest and Lien.  Without limiting the generality
of the foregoing, (a) upon the reasonable request of the Paying Agent or the
Required Lenders, the Borrower shall execute, or cause the appropriate
Subsidiary to execute, a mortgage (collectively, the "Mortgages") in form
reasonably satisfactory to the Collateral Agent and deliver other instruments
and documents (including legal opinions, title insurance policies and lien
searches) reasonably requested by the Paying Agent or the Required Lenders in
connection with creating a security interest in favor of the Collateral Agent
for the benefit of the Secured Parties with respect to any real property
interest of the Borrower or any Subsidiary and (b) the Borrower shall use its
reasonable efforts to ensure that the applicable security interests created
under this Section 5.10 with respect to property acquired in connection with an
exchange contemplated by clause (vii) of the definition of "Asset Sale" or in
connection with a reinvestment contemplated by clause (y) to the proviso of the
definition of "Net Cash Proceeds" shall be substantially similar as the
applicable security interests with respect to the property that is transferred
or sold.

          SECTION 5.11.  Interest Rate Protection Agreements.  As promptly as
practicable and in any event within 180 days after the date of the initial
Borrowing hereunder, enter into, and thereafter maintain in full force and
effect through the third anniversary of the date of such initial Borrowing, one
or more Interest Rate Protection Agreements in form reasonably satisfactory to
the Paying Agent, the effect of which shall be to set at fixed rates the
interest cost to the Borrower and its Subsidiaries with respect to at least 50%
of the aggregate average outstanding principal amount of Term Loans and deliver
evidence of the execution and delivery thereof to the Paying Agent.

          SECTION 5.12.  Concentration and Disbursement Accounts.  As promptly
as practicable and in any event within (i) 180 days after the date of the
initial Borrowing hereunder with respect to the
<PAGE>
 
                                                                              67

Borrower and its Subsidiaries other than the Pedro Subsidiaries and (ii) 30 days
after the Separation Date with respect to the Pedro Subsidiaries (if later than
180 days after the date of the initial Acquisition Borrowing), maintain their
material concentration and disbursement accounts with one or more financial
institutions that are Lenders.

          SECTION 5.13.  Pedro Subsidiaries; PPM Contribution.  As soon as
practicable, but in any event not later than 270 days after the initial
Acquisition Borrowing, use its best efforts to (a) (i) cause each Pedro
Subsidiary to be transferred to the Borrower and (ii) cause each Pedro
Subsidiary to comply with Section 5.10 after completion of such transfer and (b)
cause the PPM Contribution to be effected.


                                  ARTICLE VI

                              Negative Covenants

          The Borrower covenants and agrees with each Lender that, so long as
this Agreement shall remain in effect and until the Commitments have been
terminated and the principal of and interest on each Loan, all Fees and all
other expenses or amounts due and payable under any Loan Document have been paid
in full and all Letters of Credit have been canceled or have expired and all
amounts drawn thereunder have been reimbursed in full, unless the Required
Lenders shall otherwise consent in writing, the Borrower will not, and will not
cause or permit any of the Subsidiaries (other than any Receivables Subsidiary,
except in the case of Sections 6.01, 6.02 and 6.08) to:

          SECTION 6.01. Indebtedness. Incur, create, assume or permit to exist
any Indebtedness, except:

                  (a) Indebtedness outstanding on the Closing Date, or available
          under debt instruments existing on the Closing Date, and set forth in
          Schedule 6.01(a);

                  (b) Indebtedness created hereunder and under the other Loan
          Documents;

                  (c) the Pedro Indebtedness;

                  (d) Guarantees in respect of Indebtedness permitted pursuant
          to this Section 6.01; (provided that any Guarantees in respect of
          Indebtedness that is subordinated to the Obligations shall be
          subordinated to the Obligations to the same extent as such
          Indebtedness is subordinated to the Obligations);
 
                  (e) Indebtedness of the Borrower or any wholly owned
          Subsidiary to any other wholly owned Subsidiary or the Borrower, so
          long as, with respect to any Indebtedness, the obligee of which is not
          a Loan Party, such Indebtedness is subordinated to all Indebtedness
          incurred pursuant hereto and pursuant to the Guarantee Agreement;
 
                  (f) Indebtedness of the Borrower or the Subsidiaries
          (including tax exempt financings and Capital Lease Obligations) to
          purchase, construct, develop or improve assets in the
<PAGE>
 
                                                                              68

          ordinary course of business after the Closing Date or incurred in the
          ordinary course of business after the Closing Date to finance Capital
          Expenditures permitted under Section 6.10;
 
                  (g) Indebtedness incurred pursuant to any Permitted
          Receivables Financing;

                  (h) Indebtedness in respect of surety and appeal bonds,
          performance bonds, reclamation bonds and other obligations of a like
          nature incurred in the ordinary course of business;
 
                  (i)  Permitted Junior Indebtedness;

                  (j) Indebtedness of a Subsidiary (other than any Pedro
          Subsidiary) acquired after the Closing Date and Indebtedness of a
          corporation (other than any Pedro Subsidiary) merged or consolidated
          with or into the Borrower or a Subsidiary after the Closing Date,
          which Indebtedness in each case exists at the time of such
          acquisition, merger, consolidation or conversion into a Subsidiary and
          is not created in contemplation of such event and where such
          acquisition, merger or consolidation is permitted by this Agreement;
          provided that the Borrower and the Subsidiaries shall comply with the
          provisions of Section 5.10 with respect to such acquired or newly
          formed Subsidiary;
 
                  (k) extensions, renewals or refinancings of Indebtedness under
          paragraphs (a), (c), (d), (f), (g), (i) and (j) so long as (i) such
          Indebtedness (the "Refinancing Indebtedness") is in an aggregate
          principal amount not greater than the aggregate principal amount of
          the Indebtedness being extended, renewed or refinanced plus the amount
          of any premiums required to be paid thereon and fees and expenses
          associated therewith, (ii) such Refinancing Indebtedness has a later
          or equal final maturity and a longer or equal weighted average life
          than the Indebtedness being extended, renewed or refinanced, (iii) the
          interest rate applicable to such Refinancing Indebtedness shall be a
          market interest rate (as determined in good faith by the Board of
          Directors of the Borrower) as of the time of such extension, renewal
          or refinancing, (iv) if the Indebtedness being extended, renewed or
          refinanced is subordinated to the Obligations, such Refinancing
          Indebtedness is subordinated to the Obligations to the extent of the
          Indebtedness being extended, renewed or refinanced, (v) the covenants,
          events of default and other provisions thereof (including any
          Guarantees thereof), taken as a whole, shall be no less favorable to
          the Lenders than those contained in the Indebtedness being refinanced
          and (vi) at the time and after giving effect to such extension,
          renewal or refinancing, no Default or Event of Default shall have
          occurred and be continuing; and
 
                  (l) unsecured Indebtedness in addition to that permitted by
          paragraphs (a) through (k) above in an aggregate principal amount
          outstanding not to exceed at any time $50,000,000.
<PAGE>
 
                                                                              69
 
          SECTION 6.02.  Liens. Create, incur, assume or permit to exist any
Lien on any property or assets (including stock or other securities of any
person, including any Subsidiary) now owned or hereafter acquired by it or on
any income or revenues or rights in respect of any thereof, except:

                  (a) Liens on property or assets of the Borrower and its
          Subsidiaries existing on the Closing Date; provided that such Liens
          shall secure only those obligations which they secure on the Closing
          Date;

                  (b) any Lien created under the Loan Documents;

                  (c) any Lien existing on any property or asset prior to the
          acquisition thereof by the Borrower or any Subsidiary; provided that
          (i) such Lien is not created in contemplation of or in connection with
          such acquisition and (ii) such Lien does not apply to any other
          property or assets of the Borrower or any Subsidiary;

                  (d) Liens for taxes not yet due or which are being contested
          in compliance with Section 5.03;

                  (e) carriers', warehousemen's, mechanics', materialmen's,
          repairmen's, landlord's or other like Liens arising in the ordinary
          course of business and securing obligations that are not due and
          payable or which are being contested in compliance with Section 5.03;
 
                  (f) pledges and deposits made in the ordinary course of
          business in compliance with workmen's compensation, unemployment
          insurance and other social security laws or regulations;
 
                  (g) deposits to secure the performance of bids, trade
          contracts (other than for Indebtedness), leases (other than Capital
          Lease Obligations), statutory obligations, surety and appeal bonds,
          performance bonds, reclamation bonds and other obligations of a like
          nature incurred in the ordinary course of business;
 
                  (h) Liens created by or relating to any legal proceeding which
          at the time is being contested in good faith by appropriate
          proceedings; provided that, in the case of a Lien consisting of an
          attachment or judgment Lien, the judgment it secures shall, within 60
          days of entry thereof, have been discharged or execution thereof
          stayed pending appeal, or discharged within 60 days after the
          expiration of any such stay;

                  (i) zoning restrictions, easements, rights-of-way,
          restrictions on use of real property and other similar encumbrances
          incurred in the ordinary course of business which, in the aggregate,
          are not substantial in amount and do not materially detract from the
          value of the property subject thereto or interfere with the ordinary
          conduct of the business of the Borrower or any of its Subsidiaries;
 
                  (j) purchase money security interests in real property,
          improvements thereto, equipment or other fixed assets hereafter
          acquired (or, in the case of improvements, equipment or other fixed
          assets, constructed) by the Borrower or any Subsidiary; provided that
          (i) such security interests secure Indebtedness permitted by Section
          6.01, (ii) such
<PAGE>
 
                                                                              70

          security interests are incurred, and the Indebtedness secured thereby
          is created, no later than 90 days after such acquisition (or
          completion of such construction), (iii) the Indebtedness secured
          thereby does not exceed the cost of such real property, improvements
          or equipment at the time of such acquisition (or construction) and
          (iv) such security interests do not apply to any other property or
          assets of the Borrower or any Subsidiary (other than the proceeds of
          the real property, improvements, equipment or other fixed assets
          subject to such Lien);

                  (k) Liens securing Refinancing Indebtedness, to the extent
          that the Indebtedness being refinanced was originally secured in
          accordance with this Section 6.02; provided that such Lien does not
          apply to any additional property or assets of the Borrower or any
          Subsidiary (other than the proceeds of the property or asset subject
          to such Lien);
 
                  (l) Liens on accounts receivables and related assets financed
          in connection with any Permitted Receivables Financing;
 
                  (m) Liens arising out of Indebtedness permitted under Section
          6.01(f), so long as such Liens (i) attach only to the property subject
          to such Indebtedness and (ii) do not interfere with the business of
          the Borrower or any of the Subsidiaries in any material respect;
 
                  (n) Production Payments, royalties, dedication of reserves
          under supply agreements or similar rights or interests granted, taken
          subject to, or otherwise imposed on properties consistent with normal
          practices in the mining industry;

                  (o) Liens on cash and cash equivalents securing obligations
          under Hedging Agreements; provided that the aggregate amount of cash
          and cash equivalents subject to such Liens shall not exceed at any
          time $10,000,000; and
 
                  (p) Liens in addition to those permitted by paragraphs (a)
          through (o); provided, however, that the aggregate principal amount of
          the Indebtedness and amount of other liabilities that is secured by
          such Liens do not exceed at any time $50,000,000.

          SECTION 6.03.  Sale and Lease-Back Transactions. Enter into any
arrangement, directly or indirectly, with any person whereby it shall sell or
transfer any property, real or personal, used or useful in its business, whether
now owned or hereafter acquired, and thereafter rent or lease such property or
other property which it intends to use for substantially the same purpose or
purposes as the property being sold or transferred; provided that the Borrower
and the Subsidiaries may enter into any such transaction to the extent the
Capital Lease Obligation and Liens associated therewith would be permitted by
Sections 6.01(f) and 6.02(m), respectively.

          SECTION 6.04.  Investments, Loans and Advances. Purchase, hold or
acquire any capital stock, evidences of indebtedness or other securities of,
make or permit to exist any loans or advances from the Borrower or any
Subsidiary to, or make or permit to exist any investment or any other interest
in, any other person, except:

                  (a) investments by the Borrower and the Subsidiaries in the
          capital stock of the Subsidiaries (including after the Separation
          Date, the Pedro Subsidiaries);
<PAGE>
 
                                                                              71
 
                  (b) Permitted Investments;
 
                  (c) investments existing on the Closing Date and set forth on
          Schedule 6.04(c) or pursuant to commitments set forth in Schedule
          6.04(c);

                  (d) investments constituting Capital Expenditures permitted
          under Section 6.10;
 
                  (e) investments constituting non-cash consideration received
          in connection with a sale of assets not prohibited by Section 6.05;
 
                  (f) loans or advances by the Borrower or any wholly owned
          Subsidiary to the Borrower or any wholly owned Subsidiary that are
          permitted under Section 6.01(e);
 
                  (g) investments in Hedging Agreements that are permitted
          under this Agreement;

                  (h) the Borrower or any Subsidiary may transfer accounts
          receivable and related assets to a Receivables Subsidiary pursuant to
          any Permitted Receivables Financing;
 
                  (i) investments that are sale and lease-back transactions
          permitted by Section 6.03;

                  (j) investments, loans or advances made from the proceeds of
          equity contributions to the Borrower from its parents;

                  (k) investments of the type contemplated in clause (vii) of
          the definition of "Asset Sale";

                  (l) the Powercoal/Bidco Loans;

                  (m) investments in the nature of production payments,
          royalties, dedications of reserves under supply agreements or similar
          rights or interests granted, taken subject to, or otherwise imposed on
          properties consistent with normal practices in the mining industry;
 
                  (n) investments, loans or advances in an amount not to exceed
          the portion of Excess Cash Flow from the preceding fiscal year not
          required to be used to prepay Term Loans in accordance with Section
          2.13(d);

                  (o) investments that do not constitute Capital Expenditures
          and that are made in connection with the purchase, construction,
          development or improvement of assets in the ordinary course of
          business after the Closing Date; and
 
                  (p) investments, loans or advances in addition to those
          permitted by paragraphs (a) through (o) not exceeding in the aggregate
          $50,000,000 at any time outstanding;
 
provided, however, that to the extent any investment permitted by this Section
6.04 results in the acquisition of a Subsidiary, the Borrower shall, and shall
cause such Subsidiary to, comply with the applicable provisions of Section 5.10.
<PAGE>
 
                                                                              72

          SECTION 6.05.  Mergers, Consolidations, Sales of Assets and
Acquisitions.  (a)  Merge into or consolidate with any other person, or permit
any other person to merge into or consolidate with it, or sell, transfer, lease
or otherwise dispose of (in one transaction or in a series of transactions) all
or any substantial part of the assets of the Borrower and its Subsidiaries
(taken as a whole) (whether now owned or hereafter acquired) or any capital
stock of any Subsidiary, or sell, transfer, lease or otherwise dispose of (in
one transaction or a series of related transactions) all or substantially all of
the assets or capital stock of any Subsidiary set forth in Schedule 6.05(a), or
purchase, lease or otherwise acquire (in one transaction or a series of
transactions) all or any substantial part of the assets of any other person,
except:

                  (i) if at the time thereof and immediately after giving effect
          thereto no Event of Default or Default shall have occurred and be
          continuing (A) any wholly owned Subsidiary may merge into or
          consolidate with, or sell or transfer all or substantially all its
          assets to, the Borrower in a transaction in which, in the case of a
          merger or consolidation, the Borrower is the surviving corporation and
          (B) any wholly owned Subsidiary may merge into or consolidate with, or
          sell or transfer all or substantially all its assets to, any other
          wholly owned Subsidiary in a transaction in which, in the case of a
          merger or consolidation, the surviving entity is a wholly owned
          Subsidiary and no person other than the Borrower or a wholly owned
          Subsidiary receives any consideration;
 
                  (ii) the Borrower may acquire the Pedro Subsidiaries;

                  (iii) acquisitions constituting Capital Expenditures permitted
          by Section 6.10; and

                  (iv) acquisitions constituting investments permitted by
          Section 6.04.
 
          (b)  Notwithstanding Section 6.05(a), no Asset Sale shall be permitted
under this Agreement unless (i) the consideration received in connection
therewith is at least equal to the fair market value of the assets or property
sold, transferred or otherwise disposed of (as determined in good faith by a
Financial Officer of the Borrower), (ii) except with respect to any Asset Sale
that results in an investment permitted by Section 6.04(p), in the case of an
Asset Sale of property having a value of (x) more than $25,000,000 but less than
$100,000,000, such Asset Sale shall be for consideration at least 50% of which
is cash and (y) $100,000,000 or more, such Asset Sale shall be for consideration
at least 80% of which is cash, and (iii) to the extent required, the Net Cash
Proceeds thereof are applied in accordance with Section 2.13(b); provided,
however, that for purposes of this Section 6.05(b), the right to receive
Production Payments, royalty payments and other similar rights that are
contingent on the performance of the assets sold in such Asset Sale shall be
deemed not to be consideration for such Asset Sale.

          SECTION 6.06.  Dividends and Distributions; Restrictions on Ability of
Subsidiaries to Pay Dividends. (a)  Declare or pay, directly or indirectly, any
dividend or make any other distribution (by reduction of capital or otherwise),
whether in cash, property, securities or a combination thereof, with respect to
any shares of its capital stock or directly or indirectly redeem, purchase,
retire or otherwise acquire for value (or permit any Subsidiary to purchase or
acquire) any shares of any class of its capital stock or set aside any amount
for any such purpose; provided, however, that (i) any Subsidiary may declare and
pay dividends or make other distributions to the Borrower or another Subsidiary
and (ii) if no Event of Default shall have occurred and be continuing or would
occur as a consequence
<PAGE>
 
                                                                              73

thereof, (A) the Borrower and its Subsidiaries may make payments required to be
made under the Tax Sharing Arrangement so long as the payment thereunder by the
Borrower and its Subsidiaries shall not exceed the amount the Borrower and its
Subsidiaries would be required to pay under such arrangement as in effect on the
Closing Date and (B) the Borrower may pay dividends to Newco not in excess of
the Permitted Dividend Amount.

          (b)  Permit its subsidiaries to, directly or indirectly, create or
otherwise cause or suffer to exist or become effective any encumbrance or
restriction on the ability of any such subsidiary to (i) pay any dividends or
make any other distributions on its capital stock or any other interest or (ii)
make or repay any loans or advances to the Borrower or the parent of such
subsidiary (subclauses (i) and (ii) are collectively referred to as an "Upstream
Payment"); provided, however, that the foregoing shall not restrict any
encumbrances or restrictions:

          (i) existing on the Closing Date under Indebtedness set forth on
Schedule 6.01(a);

          (ii) contained in any debt instrument relating to a person acquired
after the Closing Date; provided that (A) such encumbrances and restrictions are
not applicable to any person other than such person or property or assets
acquired, (B) such instrument was in existence at the time of such acquisition
and was not created in contemplation of or in connection with such acquisition,
and (C) the Borrower reasonably believes at the time of such acquisition that
the terms of such instrument will not encumber or restrict the ability of such
acquired person to make an Upstream Payment in a manner that would adversely
affect the Borrower's ability to perform its obligations under the Loan
Documents when due;

          (iii) incurred in connection with any Indebtedness permitted pursuant
to Section 6.01 (including any extension, refinancing, renewal or replacement of
Indebtedness contemplated by clauses (i) and (ii) above); provided that, (A) the
Borrower reasonably believes at the time such Indebtedness is incurred that the
terms of such Indebtedness will not restrict the ability of the person incurring
such Indebtedness to make an Upstream Payment in a manner that would adversely
affect the Borrower's ability to perform its obligations under the Loan
Documents when due and (B) such Indebtedness contains no express encumbrances or
restrictions on the ability of such person to make an Upstream Payment;

          (iv) imposed on any Receivables Subsidiary or Single Purpose Entity;
 
          (v) existing under, or by reason of, applicable law; and

          (vi) any encumbrance or restriction on the transfer of any property or
asset in an agreement relating to the acquisition or creation or disposition of
such property or asset or any Lien on such property or asset that is otherwise
permitted by the terms of this Agreement.

          SECTION 6.07.  Transactions with Affiliates.  Make any material
payment to, or sell, lease, transfer or otherwise dispose of any material
properties or assets to, or purchase any material property or assets from, or
enter into or make or amend any material transaction, contract, agreement,
understanding, loan, advance or guarantee with, or for the benefit of, any
Affiliate (each of the foregoing, an "Affiliate Transaction"), unless such
Affiliate Transaction is on terms that are not less favorable to the Borrower or
the relevant Subsidiary than those that would have been obtained in a
<PAGE>
 
                                                                              74

comparable transaction by the Borrower or such Subsidiary with an unrelated
person; provided, however, that (a) payments that are permitted by Section 6.01,
6.04 or 6.06(a) shall not be deemed to be Affiliate Transactions and (b) the
foregoing restriction shall not apply to (i) any Permitted Receivables Financing
and (ii) transactions among the Loan Parties or any other Subsidiary that the
Required Lenders have agreed is not to be a Loan Party.

          SECTION 6.08.  Business of Borrower and Subsidiaries.  (a) In the case
of the Borrower and the Subsidiaries (other than any Receivables Subsidiary),
engage to any material extent in any business or business activity other than
the mining or energy business and business activities reasonably incidental or
related thereto and (b) in the case of each Receivables Subsidiary, engage to
any material extent in any business or business activity other than the purpose
for which such Subsidiary was formed and business activities reasonably
incidental or related thereto.

          SECTION 6.09. Other Indebtedness and Agreements. (a) Except to the
extent permitted by Section 6.06(b), permit any waiver, supplement,
modification, amendment, termination or release of any indenture, instrument or
agreement pursuant to which any Indebtedness or preferred stock of the Borrower
or any Subsidiary is outstanding or any other agreement (including the Tax
Sharing Arrangement) that is material to the conduct and operations of the
Borrower or any Subsidiary, or modify its charter or by-laws, in each case to
the extent that any such waiver, supplement, modification, amendment,
termination or release would be adverse to the Lenders in any material respect.

          (b) Make any payment, whether in cash, property, securities or a
combination thereof, other than scheduled (or with respect to senior
indebtedness held by a person that is not an Affiliate of the obligor,
mandatory) payments of principal and interest as and when due (to the extent not
prohibited by applicable subordination provisions), in respect of, or pay, or
offer or commit to pay, or directly or indirectly redeem, repurchase, retire or
otherwise acquire for consideration, or set apart any sum for the aforesaid
purposes, any Indebtedness for borrowed money of the Borrower or any Subsidiary,
except for (i) the Loans; (ii) the Pedro Refinanced Indebtedness; (iii)
Indebtedness that is refinanced by Refinancing Indebtedness; and (iv) any other
Indebtedness that is not subordinated to the Obligations, provided that the
amount that may be prepaid in respect of such other senior Indebtedness shall
not exceed $25,000,000 in any fiscal year.

          SECTION 6.10.  Capital Expenditures. Incur or make Capital
Expenditures (a) during the period from the date of the initial Borrowing
hereunder through December 31, 1997, in excess of $50,000,000 and (b) during any
fiscal year thereafter in excess of the amount of Permitted Capital Expenditures
for such fiscal year; provided, however, that the amount of Permitted Capital
Expenditures in any fiscal year ending after December 31, 1997, shall be
increased by the total amount of unused Permitted Capital Expenditures for the
immediately preceding year (less an amount equal to any unused Permitted Capital
Expenditures carried forward to such preceding year pursuant to this proviso)
(it being understood that such increased amount that is carried forward shall be
deemed to be expended for purposes of this Agreement only after the amount of
Permitted Capital Expenditures, without giving effect such increase, are
expended).
<PAGE>
 
                                                                              75

          SECTION 6.11. Leverage Ratio. Permit the Leverage Ratio as of the end
of any fiscal quarter falling in any period set forth below to be in excess of
the ratio set forth below for such quarter.

<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
 
                               Period                             Ratio         
                               ------                             -----    
             <S>                                               <C>         
             From and including the Closing Date through       5.00 to 1.00
             and including December 30, 1998                               
                                                                           
             From and including December 31, 1998              4.25 to 1.00
             through and including December 30, 1999                       
                                                                           
             From and including December 31, 1999              4.00 to 1.00
             through and including December 30, 2000                       
                                                                           
             From and including December 31, 2000              3.75 to 1.00
             through and including December 30, 2002                       
                                                                           
             Thereafter                                        3.50 to 1.00
</TABLE>

          SECTION 6.12. Interest Expense Coverage Ratio. Permit the Interest
Expense Coverage Ratio as of the end of any fiscal quarter falling in any period
set forth below to be less than the ratio set forth below for such quarter.

<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
 
                               Period                            Ratio   
                               ------                            -----    
             <S>                                              <C>        
             From and including the Closing Date              2.75 to 1.00
             through and including December 30, 1998         
                                                                         
             From and including December 31, 1998             3.00 to 1.00
             through and including December 30, 1999                     
                                                                         
             From and including December 31, 1999             3.25 to 1.00
             through and including December 30, 2001                     
                                                                         
             From and including December 31, 2001             3.50 to 1.00
             through and including December 30, 2002                     
                                                                         
             Thereafter                                       3.75 to 1.00
</TABLE>

          SECTION 6.13.  Net Worth.  Permit Consolidated Net Worth at any date
following the date of initial Borrowing hereunder to be less than the sum of (a)
$675,000,000, plus (b) 50% of Consolidated Net Income for each fiscal quarter
with positive Consolidated Net Income ending on or after the Closing Date and on
or prior to the date as to which compliance with this Section 6.13 is being
determined, plus (c) 75% of Net Cash Proceeds in respect of Equity Issuances
received on or after the Closing Date and on or prior to the date as to which
compliance with this Section 6.13 is being determined.

          SECTION 6.14.  Current Ratio.  Permit the ratio of (a) Consolidated
Current Assets to (b) Consolidated Current Liabilities as of the end of any
fiscal quarter to be less than 1.00 to 1.00;
<PAGE>
 
                                                                              76

provided, however, that for purposes of this Section 6.14, Consolidated Current
Assets shall include cash and cash equivalents and the unused remaining
available balance of the Total Revolving Credit Commitment as of the end of such
fiscal quarter.

          SECTION 6.15.  Fiscal Year.  In the case of the Borrower, change the
end of its fiscal year from December 31 to any other date.


                                  ARTICLE VII

                               Events of Default

          In case of the happening of any of the following events ("Events of
Default"):

               (a) any representation or warranty made or deemed made in or in
          connection with any Loan Document or the borrowings or issuances of
          Letters of Credit hereunder, or any representation, warranty,
          statement or information contained in any report, certificate,
          financial statement or other instrument furnished in connection with
          or pursuant to any Loan Document, shall prove to have been false or
          misleading in any material respect when so made, deemed made or
          furnished;

               (b) default shall be made in the payment of any principal of any
          Loan when and as the same shall become due and payable, whether at the
          due date thereof or at a date fixed for prepayment thereof or by
          acceleration thereof or otherwise;

               (c) default shall be made in the payment of any interest on any
          Loan or any Fee or any other amount (other than an amount referred to
          in (b) above) due under any Loan Document, when and as the same shall
          become due and payable, and such default shall continue unremedied for
          a period of three Business Days;

               (d) default shall be made in the due observance or performance by
          the Borrower or any Subsidiary of any covenant, condition or agreement
          contained in Section 5.01(a), 5.05(a) or 5.07 or in Article VI;

               (e) default shall be made in the due observance or performance by
          the Borrower or any Subsidiary of any covenant, condition or agreement
          contained in any Loan Document (other than those specified in (b), (c)
          or (d) above) and such default shall continue unremedied for a period
          of 30 days after notice thereof from the Paying Agent or any Lender to
          the Borrower;

               (f) the Borrower or any Subsidiary shall (i) fail to pay any
          principal or interest, regardless of amount, due in respect of any
          Indebtedness (other than Non-Recourse Indebtedness) in a principal
          amount in excess of $50,000,000, when and as the same shall become due
          and payable, (ii) fail to observe or perform any other term, covenant,
          condition or agreement contained in any agreement or instrument
          evidencing or governing any such Indebtedness if the effect of any
          failure referred to in this clause (ii) is to cause, or to permit the
          holder or holders of such Indebtedness or a trustee on its or their
          behalf to cause, such
<PAGE>
 
                                                                              77

          Indebtedness to become due prior to its stated maturity or (iii) fail
          to make any payment in respect of any Material Hedging Obligations
          when due;

               (g) an involuntary proceeding shall be commenced or an
          involuntary petition shall be filed in a court of competent
          jurisdiction seeking (i) relief in respect of the Borrower or any
          Significant Subsidiary (or any group of subsidiaries of the Borrower
          which, if considered in the aggregate as a single subsidiary, would
          constitute a Significant Subsidiary), or of a substantial part of the
          property or assets of the Borrower, such Significant Subsidiary or
          such group of subsidiaries of the Borrower, under Title 11 of the
          United States Code, as now constituted or hereafter amended, or any
          other Federal, state or foreign bankruptcy, insolvency, receivership
          or similar law, (ii) the appointment of a receiver, trustee,
          custodian, sequestrator, conservator or similar official for the
          Borrower or any Significant Subsidiary (or any group of subsidiaries
          of the Borrower which, if considered in the aggregate as a single
          subsidiary, would constitute a Significant Subsidiary) or for a
          substantial part of the property or assets of the Borrower a
          Significant Subsidiary or such group of subsidiaries of the Borrower
          or (iii) the winding-up or liquidation of the Borrower or any
          Significant Subsidiary (or any group of subsidiaries of the Borrower
          which, if considered in the aggregate as a single subsidiary, would
          constitute a Significant Subsidiary); and such proceeding or petition
          shall continue undismissed for 60 days or an order or decree approving
          or ordering any of the foregoing shall be entered;

               (h) the Borrower or any Significant Subsidiary (or any group of
          subsidiaries of the Borrower which, if considered in the aggregate as
          a single subsidiary, would constitute a Significant Subsidiary) shall
          (i) voluntarily commence any proceeding or file any petition seeking
          relief under Title 11 of the United States Code, as now constituted or
          hereafter amended, or any other Federal, state or foreign bankruptcy,
          insolvency, receivership or similar law, (ii) consent to the
          institution of, or fail to contest in a timely and appropriate manner,
          any proceeding or the filing of any petition described in (g) above,
          (iii) apply for or consent to the appointment of a receiver, trustee,
          custodian, sequestrator, conservator or similar official for the
          Borrower or any Significant Subsidiary (or any group of subsidiaries
          of the Borrower which, if considered in the aggregate as a single
          subsidiary, would constitute a Significant Subsidiary) or for a
          substantial part of the property or assets of the Borrower, any
          Significant Subsidiary or any such group of subsidiaries of the
          Borrower, (iv) file an answer admitting the material allegations of a
          petition filed against it in any such proceeding, (v) make a general
          assignment for the benefit of creditors, (vi) become unable, admit in
          writing its inability or fail generally to pay its debts as they
          become due or (vii) take any action for the purpose of effecting any
          of the foregoing;

               (i) a Bidco Note Payment Default shall have occurred;
          
               (j) one or more judgments for the payment of money in an
          aggregate amount in excess of $50,000,000 shall be rendered against
          the Borrower, any Subsidiary or any combination thereof and the same
          shall remain undischarged for a period of 30 consecutive days during
          which execution shall not be effectively stayed, or any action shall
          be legally taken by a judgment creditor to levy upon assets or
          properties of the Borrower or any Subsidiary to enforce any such
          judgment;
<PAGE>
 
                                                                              78

               (k) an ERISA Event shall have occurred that, in the opinion of
          the Required Lenders, when taken together with all other such ERISA
          Events, could reasonably be expected to have a Material Adverse
          Effect.

               (l) any security interest purported to be created by any Security
          Document shall cease to be, or shall be asserted by the Borrower or
          any other Loan Party not to be, a valid, perfected, first priority
          (except as otherwise expressly provided in this Agreement or such
          Security Document) security interest in the securities, assets or
          properties covered thereby with respect to a material portion of the
          Collateral, except to the extent that any such loss of perfection or
          priority results from the failure of the Collateral Agent to maintain
          possession of certificates representing securities pledged under the
          Pledge Agreement;

               (m) any Loan Document shall not for any reason, or shall be
          asserted by any Loan Party not to be, in full force and effect and
          enforceable in accordance with its terms; or

               (n) the Pedro Subsidiaries shall not have become Subsidiaries of
          the Borrower on or prior to the 270th day following the date of the
          initial Acquisition Borrowing;

               (o) there shall have occurred a Change in Control;

then, at any time during the continuance of such event (other than an event with
respect to the Borrower described in paragraph (g) or (h) above), the Paying
Agent may, and at the request of the Required Lenders shall, by notice to the
Borrower, take either or both of the following actions, at the same or different
times:  (i) terminate forthwith the Commitments and (ii) declare the Loans then
out standing to be forthwith due and payable in whole or in part, whereupon the
principal of the Loans so declared to be due and payable, together with accrued
interest thereon and any unpaid accrued Fees and all other liabilities of the
Borrower accrued hereunder and under any other Loan Document, shall become
forthwith due and payable, without presentment, demand, protest or any other
notice of any kind, all of which are hereby expressly waived by the Borrower,
anything contained herein or in any other Loan Document to the contrary
notwithstanding; provided that, (A) in any event with respect to the Borrower
described in paragraph (g) or (h) above, the Commitments shall automatically
terminate and the principal of the Loans then outstanding, together with accrued
interest thereon and any unpaid accrued Fees and all other liabilities of the
Borrower accrued hereunder and under any other Loan Document, shall
automatically become due and payable, without presentment, demand, protest or
any other notice of any kind, all of which are hereby expressly waived by the
Borrower, anything contained herein or in any other Loan Document to the
contrary notwithstanding and (B) except as described in the immediately
preceding clause (A), during the period commencing with the Closing Date and
ending on the Termination Date the Paying Agent and the Lenders shall not be
entitled to terminate the Commitments, rescind this Agreement or seek to enjoin
any use of proceeds of the Loans permitted hereby without the consent of the
Borrower.

     Notwithstanding anything to the contrary in the preceding paragraph, during
the Clean-up Period, none of the Paying Agent, the Collateral Agent or any
Lender may declare that an Event of Default has occurred, or terminate the
Commitments or declare the Loans to be due and payable as a result solely of one
or more Defaults described in paragraph (a), (d) (except for a Default in
respect of Section 5.07, 6.11, 6.12, 6.13 or 6.14) or (e) of this Article VII,
or paragraph (f)(ii) of this Article VII insofar as it involves Indebtedness of
the Pedro Subsidiaries to the extent such
<PAGE>
 
                                                                              79

Indebtedness is refinanced as part of the Offer; provided that the event or
circumstance giving rise to such Default, or the result of such Default,  (i)
directly relates to the Pedro Subsidiaries (or any of their businesses, assets
or liabilities), (ii) is capable of being cured or remedied during the Clean-up
Period and (iii) except to the extent it involves Indebtedness of the Pedro
Subsidiaries to the extent such Indebtedness is refinanced as part of the Offer,
was not known by a Responsible Officer of PHI, Newco or the Borrower prior to
the Closing Date; provided, further, that the Paying Agent, the Collateral Agent
and the Lenders shall be entitled to exercise any and all rights and remedies
granted to them hereunder and under the Loan Documents with respect to an
occurrence or continuation of an Event of Default after the Clean-up Period.


                              ARTICLE VIII

                   The Paying Agent and the Collateral Agent

          In order to expedite the transactions contemplated by this Agreement,
Morgan is hereby appointed to act as Paying Agent and Collateral Agent on behalf
of the Lenders and the Issuing Bank (for purposes of this Article VIII, the
Paying Agent and the Collateral Agent are referred to collectively as the
"Agents").  Each of the Lenders and each assignee of any such Lender, hereby
irrevocably authorizes the Agents to take such actions on behalf of such Lender
or assignee or the Issuing Bank and to exercise such powers as are specifically
delegated to the Agents by the terms and provisions hereof and of the other Loan
Documents, together with such actions and powers as are reasonably incidental
thereto.  The Paying Agent is hereby expressly authorized by the Lenders and the
Issuing Bank, without hereby limiting any implied authority, (a) to receive on
behalf of the Lenders and the Issuing Bank all payments of principal of and
interest on the Loans, all payments in respect of L/C Disbursements and all
other amounts due to the Lenders hereunder, and promptly to distribute to each
Lender or the Issuing Bank its proper share of each payment so received; (b) to
give notice on behalf of each of the Lenders to the Borrower of any Event of
Default specified in this Agreement of which the Paying Agent has actual
knowledge acquired in connection with its agency hereunder; and (c) to
distribute to each Lender copies of all notices, financial statements and other
materials delivered by the Borrower or any other Loan Party pursuant to this
Agreement or the other Loan Documents as received by the Paying Agent.  Without
limiting the generality of the foregoing, the Agents are hereby expressly
authorized (a) to execute any and all documents (including releases) with
respect to the Collateral and the rights of the Secured Parties with respect
thereto, as contemplated by and in accordance with the provisions of this
Agreement and the Security Documents and (b) to execute the Intercreditor
Agreement on behalf of the Lenders and the Issuing Bank, and each of the Lenders
and the Issuing bank agrees to be bound thereby as if it were a signatory
thereto.

          Neither the Agents nor any of their respective directors, officers,
employees or agents shall be liable as such for any action taken or omitted by
any of them except for its or his own gross negligence or wilful misconduct, or
be responsible for any statement, warranty or representation herein or the
contents of any document delivered in connection herewith, or be required to
ascertain or to make any inquiry concerning the performance or observance by the
Borrower or any other Loan Party of any of the terms, conditions, covenants or
agreements contained in any Loan Document.  The Agents shall not be responsible
to the Lenders for the due execution, genuineness, validity, enforceability or
effectiveness of this Agreement or any other Loan Documents, instruments or
agreements.  The Agents shall in all cases be fully protected in acting, or
refraining from acting, in
<PAGE>
 
                                                                              80

accordance with written instructions signed by the Required Lenders and, except
as otherwise specifically provided herein, such instructions and any action or
inaction pursuant thereto shall be binding on all the Lenders.  Each Agent
shall, in the absence of knowledge to the contrary, be entitled to rely on any
instrument or document believed by it in good faith to be genuine and correct
and to have been signed or sent by the proper person or persons.  Neither the
Agents nor any of their respective directors, officers, employees or agents
shall have any responsibility to the Borrower or any other Loan Party on account
of the failure of or delay in performance or breach by any Lender or the Issuing
Bank of any of its obligations hereunder or to any Lender or the Issuing Bank on
account of the failure of or delay in performance or breach by any other Lender
or the Issuing Bank or the Borrower or any other Loan Party of any of its
obligations hereunder or under any other Loan Document or in connection herewith
or therewith.  Each of the Agents may execute any and all duties hereunder by or
through agents or employees and shall be entitled to rely upon the advice of
legal counsel selected by it with respect to all matters arising hereunder and
shall not be liable for any action taken or suffered in good faith by it in
accordance with the advice of such counsel.

          The Lenders hereby acknowledge that neither Agent shall be under any
duty to take any discretionary action permitted to be taken by it pursuant to
the provisions of this Agreement unless it shall be requested in writing to do
so by the Required Lenders.

          Subject to the appointment and acceptance of a successor Agent as
provided below, either Agent may resign at any time by notifying the Lenders and
the Borrower. Upon any such resignation, the Required Lenders shall have the
right to appoint a successor, subject to the prior consent of the Borrower (not
to be unreasonably withheld). If no successor shall have been so appointed by
the Required Lenders and shall have accepted such appointment within 30 days
after the retiring Agent gives notice of its resignation, then the retiring
Agent may, on behalf of the Lenders, appoint a successor Agent, subject to the
prior consent of the Borrower (not to be unreasonably withheld), which shall be
a bank with an office in New York, New York, having a combined capital and
surplus of at least $500,000,000 or an Affiliate of any such bank. Upon the
acceptance of any appointment as Agent hereunder by a successor bank, such
successor shall succeed to and become vested with all the rights, powers,
privileges and duties of the retiring Agent and the retiring Agent shall be
discharged from its duties and obligations hereunder. After the Agent's
resignation hereunder, the provisions of this Article VIII and Section 9.05
shall continue in effect for its benefit in respect of any actions taken or
omitted to be taken by it while it was acting as Agent.

          With respect to the Loans made by it hereunder, each Agent in its
individual capacity and not as Agent shall have the same rights and powers as
any other Lender and may exercise the same as though it were not an Agent, and
the Agents and their Affiliates may accept deposits from, lend money to and
generally engage in any kind of business with the Borrower or any Subsidiary or
other Affiliate thereof as if it were not an Agent.

          Each Lender agrees (a) to reimburse the Agents, on demand, in the
amount of its pro rata share (based on its Commitments hereunder) of any
expenses incurred for the benefit of the Lenders by the Agents, including
counsel fees and compensation of agents and employees paid for services rendered
on behalf of the Lenders, that shall not have been reimbursed by the Borrower
and (b) to indemnify and hold harmless each Agent and any of its directors,
officers, employees or agents, on demand, in the amount of such pro rata share,
from and against any and all liabilities, taxes, obligations, losses, damages,
penalties, actions, judgments, suits, costs, expenses or disbursements
<PAGE>
 
                                                                              81

of any kind or nature whatsoever that may be imposed on, incurred by or asserted
against it in its capacity as  Agent or any of them in any way relating to or
arising out of this Agreement or any other Loan Document or any action taken or
omitted by it or any of them under this Agreement or any other Loan Document, to
the extent the same shall not have been reimbursed by the Borrower or any other
Loan Party, provided that no Lender shall be liable to an Agent or any such
other indemnified person for any portion of such liabilities, obligations,
losses, damages, penalties, actions, judgments, suits, costs, expenses or
disbursements determined by a court of competent jurisdiction by final and
nonappealable judgment to have resulted from the gross negligence or wilful
misconduct of such Agent or any of its directors, officers, employees or agents.
Each Revolving Credit Lender agrees to reimburse the Issuing Bank and its
directors, employees and agents, in each case, to the same extent and subject to
the same limitations as provided above for the Agents.

          Each Lender acknowledges that it has, independently and without
reliance upon the Agents or any other Lender and based on such documents and
information as it has deemed appropriate, made its own credit analysis and
decision to enter into this Agreement and the Intercreditor Agreement. Each
Lender also acknowledges that it will, independently and without reliance upon
the Agents or any other Lender and based on such documents and information as it
shall from time to time deem appropriate, continue to make its own decisions in
taking or not taking action under or based upon this Agreement or any other Loan
Document, any related agreement or any document furnished hereunder or
thereunder.


                                  ARTICLE IX

                                 Miscellaneous

          SECTION 9.01. Notices. Notices and other communications provided for
herein shall be in writing and shall be delivered by hand or overnight courier
service, mailed by certified or registered mail or sent by telecopy, as follows:

               (a) if to the Borrower, to it at 700 NE Multnomah, Suite 1600,
          Portland, Oregon 97232, Attention of William E. Peressini--Vice
          President and Treasurer (Telecopy No. (503) 731-2017), with a copy to
          Stoel Rives LLP at 700 NE Multnomah, Suite 950, Portland, Oregon
          97232, Attention of John M. Schweitzer, Esq. (Telecopy No. (503) 230-
          1907);

               (b) if to the Paying Agent, to Morgan Guaranty Trust Company of
          New York, 60 Wall Street, New York, New York 10005, Attention of James
          S. Finch (Telecopy No. (212) 648-5014, with a copy to Morgan Guaranty
          Trust Company of New York, c/o J.P. Morgan Services Inc., 500 Stanton
          Christiana Road, Newark, DE 19713, Attention of Sandra Doherty
          (Telecopy No. (302) 634-1092); and

               (c) if to a Lender, to it at its address (or telecopy number) set
          forth on Schedule 2.01 or in the Assignment and Acceptance pursuant to
          which such Lender shall have become a party hereto.
<PAGE>
 
                                                                              82

All notices and other communications given to any party hereto in accordance
with the provisions of this Agreement shall be deemed to have been given on the
date of receipt if delivered by hand or overnight courier service or sent by
telecopy or on the date five Business Days after dispatch by certified or
registered mail if mailed, in each case delivered, sent or mailed (properly
addressed) to such party as provided in this Section 9.01 or in accordance with
the latest unrevoked direction from such party given in accordance with this
Section 9.01.

          SECTION 9.02.  Survival of Agreement. All covenants, agreements,
representations and warranties made by the Borrower herein and in the
certificates or other instruments prepared or delivered in connection with or
pursuant to this Agreement or any other Loan Document shall be considered to
have been relied upon by the Lenders and the Issuing Bank and shall survive the
making by the Lenders of the Loans and the issuance of Letters of Credit by the
Issuing Bank, regardless of any investigation made by the Lenders or the Issuing
Bank or on their behalf, and shall continue in full force and effect as long as
the principal of or any accrued interest on any Loan or any Fee or any other
amount payable under this Agreement or any other Loan Document is outstanding
and unpaid or any Letter of Credit is outstanding and so long as the Commitments
have not been terminated.  The provisions of Sections 2.14, 2.16, 2.20 and 9.05
shall remain operative and in full force and effect regardless of the expiration
of the term of this Agreement, the consummation of the transactions contemplated
hereby, the repayment of any of the Loans, the expiration of the Commitments,
the expiration of any Letter of Credit, the invalidity or unenforceability of
any term or provision of this Agreement or any other Loan Document, or any
investigation made by or on behalf of the Paying Agent, the Collateral Agent,
any Lender or the Issuing Bank.

          SECTION 9.03. Binding Effect. This Agreement shall become effective
(a) when it shall have been executed by the Borrower and the Paying Agent and
when the Paying Agent shall have received counterparts hereof which, when taken
together, bear the signatures of each of the other parties hereto, and (b) when
each of the conditions set forth in Section 4.01 shall have been satisfied or
waived in writing, and thereafter shall be binding upon and inure to the benefit
of the parties hereto and their respective permitted successors and assigns. By
its execution and delivery of the amendment and restatement of this Agreement,
the Borrower hereby confirms that the representations and warranties set forth
in Article III are true and correct in all material respects on the date of this
amendment and restatement with the same effect as though made on such date.

          SECTION 9.04. Successors and Assigns. (a) Whenever in this Agreement
any of the parties hereto is referred to, such reference shall be deemed to
include the permitted successors and assigns of such party; and all covenants,
promises and agreements by or on behalf of the Borrower, the Paying Agent, the
Issuing Bank or the Lenders that are contained in this Agreement shall bind and
inure to the benefit of their respective successors and assigns.

          (b) Each Lender may assign to one or more assignees all or a portion
of its interests, rights and obligations under this Agreement (including all or
a portion of its Commitment and the Loans at the time owing to it); provided,
however, that (i) except in the case of an assignment to a Lender or an
Affiliate of such Lender, (x) the Borrower (unless an Event of Default shall
have occurred and is continuing) and the Paying Agent (and, in the case of any
assignment of a Revolving Credit Commitment, the Issuing Bank and the Swingline
Lender) must give their prior written consent to such assignment (which consent
shall not be unreasonably withheld) and (y) the amount of the Commitment of the
assigning Lender subject to each such assignment (determined as of the date the
<PAGE>
 
                                                                              83

Assignment and Acceptance with respect to such assignment is delivered to the
Paying Agent) shall not be less than $5,000,000 (or, if less, the entire
remaining amount of such Lender's Commitment), (ii) the parties to each such
assignment shall execute and deliver to the Paying Agent an Assignment and
Acceptance, together with a processing and recordation fee of $3,500 (except for
assignments by any Initial Lender or as otherwise agreed to by the Paying Agent)
and (iii) the assignee, if it shall not be a Lender, shall deliver to the Paying
Agent an Administrative Questionnaire.  Upon acceptance and recording pursuant
to paragraph (e) of this Section 9.04, from and after the effective date
specified in each Assignment and Acceptance, which effective date shall be at
least five Business Days after the execution thereof, (A) the assignee
thereunder shall be a party hereto and, to the extent of the interest assigned
by such Assignment and Acceptance, have the rights and obligations of a Lender
under this Agreement and (B) the assigning Lender thereunder shall, to the
extent of the interest assigned by such Assignment and Acceptance, be released
from its obligations under this Agreement (and, in the case of an Assignment and
Acceptance covering all or the remaining portion of an assigning Lender's rights
and obligations under this Agreement, such Lender shall cease to be a party
hereto but shall continue to be entitled to the benefits of Sections 2.14, 2.16,
2.20 and 9.05, as well as to any Fees accrued for its account and not yet paid).

          (c) By executing and delivering an Assignment and Acceptance, the
assigning Lender thereunder and the assignee thereunder shall be deemed to
confirm to and agree with each other and the other parties hereto as follows:
(i) such assigning Lender warrants that it is the legal and beneficial owner of
the interest being assigned thereby free and clear of any adverse claim and that
its Term Loan Commitment and Revolving Credit Commitment, and the outstanding
balances of its Term Loans and Revolving Loans, in each case without giving
effect to assignments thereof which have not become effective, are as set forth
in such Assignment and Acceptance; (ii) except as set forth in (i) above, such
assigning Lender makes no representation or warranty and assumes no
responsibility with respect to any statements, warranties or representations
made in or in connection with this Agreement, or the execution, legality,
validity, enforceability, genuineness, sufficiency or value of this Agreement,
any other Loan Document or any other instrument or document furnished pursuant
hereto, or the financial condition of the Borrower or any Subsidiary or the
performance or observance by the Borrower or any Subsidiary of any of its
obligations under this Agreement, any other Loan Document or any other
instrument or document furnished pursuant hereto; (iii) such assignee represents
and warrants that it is legally authorized to enter into such Assignment and
Acceptance; (iv) such assignee confirms that it has received a copy of this
Agreement and the Intercreditor Agreement (unless the Intercreditor Agreement is
no longer in effect), together with copies of the most recent financial
statements or delivered pursuant to Section 5.04 and such other documents and
information as it has deemed appropriate to make its own credit analysis and
decision to enter into such Assignment and Acceptance; (v) such assignee will
independently and without reliance upon the Paying Agent, the Collateral Agent,
such assigning Lender or any other Lender and based on such documents and
information as it shall deem appropriate at the time, continue to make its own
credit decisions in taking or not taking action under this Agreement; (vi) such
assignee appoints and authorizes the Paying Agent and the Collateral Agent to
take such action as agent on its behalf and to exercise such powers under this
Agreement (and as are delegated to the Paying Agent and the Collateral Agent,
respectively, by the terms hereof, together with such powers as are reasonably
incidental thereto; and (vii) such assignee agrees that it will perform in
accordance with their terms all the obligations which by the terms of this
Agreement are required to be performed by it as a Lender.
<PAGE>
 
                                                                              84

          (d) The Paying Agent, acting for this purpose as an agent of the
Borrower, shall maintain at one of its offices in The City of New York a copy of
each Assignment and Acceptance delivered to it and a register for the
recordation of the names and addresses of the Lenders, and the Commitment of,
and principal amount of the Loans owing to, each Lender pursuant to the terms
hereof from time to time (the "Register"). The entries in the Register shall be
conclusive and the Borrower, the Paying Agent, the Issuing Bank, the Collateral
Agent and the Lenders may treat each person whose name is recorded in the
Register pursuant to the terms hereof as a Lender hereunder for all purposes of
this Agreement, notwithstanding notice to the contrary. The Register shall be
available for inspection by the Borrower, the Issuing Bank, the Collateral Agent
and any Lender, at any reasonable time and from time to time upon reasonable
prior notice.

          (e) Upon its receipt of a duly completed Assignment and Acceptance
executed by an assigning Lender and an assignee, an Administrative Questionnaire
completed in respect of the assignee (unless the assignee shall already be a
Lender hereunder), the processing and recordation fee referred to in paragraph
(b) above and, if required, the written consent of the Borrower, the Swingline
Lender, the Issuing Bank and the Paying Agent to such assignment, the Paying
Agent shall (i) accept such Assignment and Acceptance, (ii) record the
information contained therein in the Register and (iii) give prompt notice
thereof to the Lenders, the Issuing Bank and the Swingline Lender. No assignment
shall be effective unless it has been recorded in the Register as provided in
this paragraph (e).

          (f) Each Lender may without the consent of the Borrower, the Swingline
Lender, the Issuing Bank or the Paying Agent sell participations to one or more
banks or other entities in all or a portion of its rights and obligations under
this Agreement (including all or a portion of its Commitment and the Loans owing
to it); provided, however, that (i) such Lender's obligations under this
Agreement shall remain unchanged, (ii) such Lender shall remain solely
responsible to the other parties hereto for the performance of such obligations,
(iii) the participating banks or other entities shall be entitled to the benefit
of the cost protection provisions contained in Sections 2.14, 2.16 and 2.20 to
the same extent as if they were Lenders (provided that a participant shall not
be entitled to receive any greater payment under Sections 2.14, 2.16 and 2.20
than the applicable Lender would have been entitled to receive with respect to
the participation sold to such participant, unless the sale of such
participation is made with the Borrower's prior written consent) and (iv) the
Borrower, the Paying Agent, the Issuing Bank and the Lenders shall continue to
deal solely and directly with such Lender in connection with such Lender's
rights and obligations under this Agreement, and such Lender shall retain the
sole right to enforce the obligations of the Borrower relating to the Loans or
L/C Disbursements and to approve any amendment, modification or waiver of any
provision of this Agreement (other than amendments, modifications or waivers
decreasing any fees payable hereunder or the amount of principal of or the rate
at which interest is payable on the Loans, extending any scheduled principal
payment date or date fixed for the payment of interest on the Loans or
increasing or extending the Commitments).

          (g) Any Lender or participant may, in connection with any assignment
or participation or proposed assignment or participation pursuant to this
Section 9.04, disclose to the assignee or participant or proposed assignee or
participant any information relating to the Borrower furnished to such Lender by
or on behalf of the Borrower; provided that, prior to any such disclosure of
information designated by the Borrower as confidential, each such assignee or
participant or proposed assignee or participant shall execute an agreement
whereby such assignee or participant shall agree
<PAGE>
 
                                                                              85

(subject to customary exceptions) to preserve the confidentiality of such
confidential information on terms no less restrictive than those applicable to
the Lenders pursuant to Section 9.17.

          (h) Any Lender may at any time assign all or any portion of its rights
under this Agreement to a Federal Reserve Bank to secure extensions of credit by
such Federal Reserve Bank to such Lender; provided that no such assignment shall
release a Lender from any of its obligations hereunder or substitute any such
Bank for such Lender as a party hereto. In order to facilitate such an
assignment to a Federal Reserve Bank, the Borrower shall, at the request of the
assigning Lender, duly execute and deliver to the assigning Lender a promissory
note or notes evidencing the Loans made to the Borrower by the assigning Lender
hereunder.

          (i) The Borrower shall not assign or delegate any of its rights or
duties hereunder without the prior written consent of the Paying Agent, the
Issuing Bank and each Lender, and any attempted assignment without such consent
shall be null and void.

          (j) In the event that Standard & Poor's Ratings Group, Moody's
Investors Service, Inc., and Thompson's BankWatch (or InsuranceWatch Ratings
Service, in the case of Lenders that are insurance companies (or Best's
Insurance Reports, if such insurance company is not rated by Insurance Watch
Ratings Service)) shall, after the date that any Lender becomes a Revolving
Credit Lender, downgrade the long-term certificate deposit ratings of such
Lender, and the resulting ratings shall be below BBB-, Baa3 and C (or BB, in the
case of a Lender that is an insurance company (or B, in the case of an insurance
company not rated by InsuranceWatch Ratings Service)), then the Issuing Bank
shall have the right (subject to the Borrower's consent not to be unreasonably
withheld), but not the obligation, at its own expense, upon notice to such
Lender and the Paying Agent, to replace (or to request the Borrower to use its
reasonable efforts to replace) such Lender with an assignee (in accordance with
and subject to the restrictions contained in paragraph (b) above), and such
Lender hereby agrees to transfer and assign without recourse (in accordance with
and subject to the restrictions contained in paragraph (b) above) all its
interests, rights and obligations in respect of its Revolving Credit Commitment
to such assignee; provided, however, that (i) no such assignment shall conflict
with any law, rule and regulation or order of any Governmental Authority and
(ii) the Issuing Bank or such assignee, as the case may be, shall pay to such
Lender in immediately available funds on the date of such assignment the
principal of and interest accrued to the date of payment on the Loans made by
such Lender hereunder and all other amounts accrued for such Lender's account or
owed to it hereunder.

          SECTION 9.05. Expenses; Indemnity. (a) The Borrower agrees to pay all
out-of-pocket expenses incurred by the Initial Lenders, the Paying Agent, the
Collateral Agent, the Issuing Bank and the Swingline Lender in connection with
the arrangement of the credit facilities provided for herein and the preparation
and administration of this Agreement and the other Loan Documents or in
connection with any amendments, modifications or waivers of the provisions
hereof or thereof (whether or not the transactions hereby or thereby
contemplated shall be consummated) or incurred by the Initial Lenders, the
Paying Agent, the Collateral Agent or (after the occurrence and during the
continuance of an Event of Default) any other Lender in connection with the
enforcement or protection of its rights in connection with this Agreement and
the other Loan Documents or in connection with the Loans made or Letters of
Credit issued hereunder, including the reasonable fees, charges and
disbursements of Cravath, Swaine & Moore, counsel for the Paying Agent and the
<PAGE>
 
                                                                              86

Collateral Agent, and, in connection with any such enforcement, the reasonable
fees, charges and disbursements of any other counsel for the Paying Agent, the
Collateral Agent or any Lender.

          (b) The Borrower agrees to indemnify the Initial Lenders, the Paying
Agent, the Collateral Agent, each other Lender and the Issuing Bank, each
Affiliate of any of the foregoing persons and each of their respective
directors, partners, officers, employees and agents (each such person being
called an "Indemnitee") against, and to hold each Indemnitee harmless from, any
and all losses, claims, damages, liabilities and related expenses, including
reasonable counsel fees, charges and disbursements, incurred by or asserted
against any Indemnitee arising out of, in any way connected with, or as a result
of any claim, litigation, investigation or proceeding (whether or not an
Indemnitee is a party thereto) relating to (i) the execution or delivery of this
Agreement or any other Loan Document or any agreement or instrument contemplated
thereby, the performance by the parties thereto of their respective obligations
thereunder or the consummation of the Transactions and the other transactions
contemplated thereby, the use of the proceeds of the Loans or issuance of
Letters of Credit, whether or not any Indemnitee is a party thereto, or (ii) any
actual or alleged presence or Release of Hazardous Materials on any property
owned or operated by the Borrower or any of the Subsidiaries, or any
Environmental Claim related in any way to the Borrower or the Subsidiaries;
provided that such indemnity shall not, as to any Indemnitee, be available to
the extent that such losses, claims, damages, liabilities or related expenses
are determined by a court of competent jurisdiction by final and nonappealable
judgment to have resulted from the gross negligence or wilful misconduct of such
Indemnitee.

          (c) The provisions of this Section 9.05 shall remain operative and in
full force and effect regardless of the expiration of the term of this
Agreement, the consummation of the transactions contemplated hereby, the
repayment of any of the Loans, the expiration of the Commitments, the expiration
of any Letter of Credit, the invalidity or unenforceability of any term or
provision of this Agreement or any other Loan Document, or any investigation
made by or on behalf of the Paying Agent, the Collateral Agent, any Lender or
the Issuing Bank. All amounts due under this Section 9.05 shall be payable on
written demand therefor.

          SECTION 9.06. Right of Setoff. If an Event of Default shall have
occurred and be continuing, each Lender is hereby authorized at any time and
from time to time, except to the extent prohibited by law, to set off and apply
any and all deposits (general or special, time or demand, provisional or final)
at any time held and other indebtedness at any time owing by such Lender to or
for the credit or the account of the Borrower against any of and all the
obligations of the Borrower now or hereafter existing under this Agreement and
other Loan Documents held by such Lender, irrespective of whether or not such
Lender shall have made any demand under this Agreement or such other Loan
Document and although such obligations may be unmatured. Promptly after
exercising its rights under this Section 9.06, the applicable Lender shall
notify the Paying Agent and the Borrower of the exercise of such rights. The
rights of each Lender under this Section 9.06 are in addition to other rights
and remedies (including other rights of setoff) which such Lender may have.

          SECTION 9.07. APPLICABLE LAW. THIS AGREEMENT AND THE OTHER LOAN
DOCUMENTS (OTHER THAN LETTERS OF CREDIT AND AS EXPRESSLY SET FORTH IN OTHER LOAN
DOCUMENTS) SHALL BE CONSTRUED IN ACCORDANCE WITH AND GOVERNED BY THE LAWS OF THE
STATE OF NEW YORK. EACH LETTER OF CREDIT SHALL BE GOVERNED BY, AND SHALL BE
CONSTRUED IN ACCORDANCE WITH, THE
<PAGE>
 
                                                                              87

LAWS OR RULES DESIGNATED IN SUCH LETTER OF CREDIT, OR IF NO SUCH LAWS OR RULES
ARE DESIGNATED, THE UNIFORM CUSTOMS AND PRACTICE FOR DOCUMENTARY CREDITS (1993
REVISION), INTERNATIONAL CHAMBER OF COMMERCE, PUBLICATION NO. 500 (THE "UNIFORM
CUSTOMS") AND, AS TO MATTERS NOT GOVERNED BY THE UNIFORM CUSTOMS, THE LAWS OF
THE STATE OF NEW YORK.

          SECTION 9.08. Waivers; Amendment. (a) No failure or delay of the
Paying Agent, the Collateral Agent, any Lender or the Issuing Bank in exercising
any power or right hereunder or under any other Loan Document shall operate as a
waiver thereof, nor shall any single or partial exercise of any such right or
power, or any abandonment or discontinuance of steps to enforce such a right or
power, preclude any other or further exercise thereof or the exercise of any
other right or power. The rights and remedies of the Paying Agent, the
Collateral Agent, the Issuing Bank and the Lenders hereunder and under the other
Loan Documents are cumulative and are not exclusive of any rights or remedies
that they would otherwise have. No waiver of any provision of this Agreement or
any other Loan Document or consent to any departure by the Borrower or any other
Loan Party therefrom shall in any event be effective unless the same shall be
permitted by paragraph (b) below, and then such waiver or consent shall be
effective only in the specific instance and for the purpose for which given. No
notice or demand on the Borrower in any case shall entitle the Borrower to any
other or further notice or demand in similar or other circumstances.

          (b) Neither this Agreement nor any provision hereof may be waived,
amended or modified except pursuant to an agreement or agreements in writing
entered into by the Borrower and the Required Lenders; provided, however, that
no such agreement shall (i) decrease the principal amount of, or extend the
maturity of or any scheduled principal payment date or date for the payment of
any interest on any Loan or any date for reimbursement of an L/C Disbursement,
or waive or excuse any such payment or any part thereof, or decrease the rate of
interest on any Loan or L/C Disbursement, without the prior written consent of
each Lender affected thereby, (ii) change or extend the Commitment or decrease
or extend the date for payment of the Commitment Fees of any Lender without the
prior written consent of such Lender, (iii) amend or modify the pro rata
requirements of the provisions of Section 2.17, amend or modify the provisions
of Section 9.04(i), the provisions of this Section 9.08, the definition of the
term "Required Lenders" or release any Guarantor or all or any substantial part
of the Collateral (except for any release expressly permitted by the Loan
Documents), without the prior written consent of each Lender or (iv) change the
allocation between Tranche A Term Loans and Tranche B Term Loans of any
prepayment pursuant to Section 2.12 or 2.13 without the prior written consent of
(A) Lenders holding a majority of the aggregate outstanding principal amount of
the Tranche A Term Loans and (B) Lenders holding a majority of the aggregate
outstanding principal amount of the Tranche B Term Loans; provided further that
no such agreement shall amend, modify or otherwise affect the rights or duties
of the Paying Agent, the Collateral Agent, the Issuing Bank or the Swingline
Lender hereunder or under any other Loan Document without the prior written
consent of the Paying Agent, the Collateral Agent, the Issuing Bank or the
Swingline Lender.

          SECTION 9.09. Interest Rate Limitation. Notwithstanding anything
herein to the contrary, if at any time the interest rate applicable to any Loan
or participation in any L/C Disbursement, together with all fees, charges and
other amounts which are treated as interest on such Loan or participation in
such L/C Disbursement under applicable law (collectively the "Charges"), shall
exceed the maximum lawful rate (the "Maximum Rate") which may be contracted for,
charged, taken, received or reserved by the Lender holding such Loan or
participation in accordance with applicable
<PAGE>
 
                                                                              88

law, the rate of interest payable in respect of such Loan or participation
hereunder, together with all Charges payable in respect thereof, shall be
limited to the Maximum Rate and, to the extent lawful, the interest and Charges
that would have been payable in respect of such Loan or participation but were
not payable as a result of the operation of this Section 9.09 shall be cumulated
and the interest and Charges payable to such Lender in respect of other Loans or
participations or periods shall be increased (but not above the Maximum Rate
therefor) until such cumulated amount, together with interest thereon at the
Federal Funds Effective Rate to the date of repayment, shall have been received
by such Lender.

          SECTION 9.10. Entire Agreement. This Agreement and the other Loan
Documents constitute the entire contract between the parties relative to the
subject matter hereof. Any other previous agreement among the parties with
respect to the subject matter hereof is superseded by this Agreement and the
other Loan Documents. Nothing in this Agreement or in the other Loan Documents,
expressed or implied, is intended to confer upon any party other than the
parties hereto and thereto any rights, remedies, obligations or liabilities
under or by reason of this Agreement or the other Loan Documents.

          SECTION 9.11. WAIVER OF JURY TRIAL. EACH PARTY HERETO HEREBY WAIVES,
TO THE FULLEST EXTENT PERMITTED BY APPLICABLE LAW, ANY RIGHT IT MAY HAVE TO A
TRIAL BY JURY IN RESPECT OF ANY LITIGATION DIRECTLY OR INDIRECTLY ARISING OUT
OF, UNDER OR IN CONNECTION WITH THIS AGREEMENT OR ANY OF THE OTHER LOAN
DOCUMENTS. EACH PARTY HERETO (A) CERTIFIES THAT NO REPRESENTATIVE, AGENT OR
ATTORNEY OF ANY OTHER PARTY HAS REPRESENTED, EXPRESSLY OR OTHERWISE, THAT SUCH
OTHER PARTY WOULD NOT, IN THE EVENT OF LITIGATION, SEEK TO ENFORCE THE FOREGOING
WAIVER AND (B) ACKNOWLEDGES THAT IT AND THE OTHER PARTIES HERETO HAVE BEEN
INDUCED TO ENTER INTO THIS AGREEMENT AND THE OTHER LOAN DOCUMENTS, AS
APPLICABLE, BY, AMONG OTHER THINGS, THE MUTUAL WAIVERS AND CERTIFICATIONS IN
THIS SECTION 9.11.

          SECTION 9.12. Severability. In the event any one or more of the
provisions contained in this Agreement or in any other Loan Document should be
held invalid, illegal or unenforceable in any respect, the validity, legality
and enforceability of the remaining provisions contained herein and therein
shall not in any way be affected or impaired thereby (it being understood that
the invalidity of a particular provision in a particular jurisdiction shall not
in and of itself affect the validity of such provision in any other
jurisdiction). The parties shall endeavor in good-faith negotiations to replace
the invalid, illegal or unenforceable provisions with valid provisions the
economic effect of which comes as close as possible to that of the invalid,
illegal or unenforceable provisions.

          SECTION 9.13. Counterparts. This Agreement may be executed in
counterparts (and by different parties hereto on different counterparts), each
of which shall constitute an original but all of which when taken together shall
constitute a single contract, and shall become effective as provided in Section
9.03. Delivery of an executed signature page to this Agreement by facsimile
transmission shall be as effective as delivery of a manually signed counterpart
of this Agreement.

          SECTION 9.14. Headings. Article and Section headings and the Table of
Contents used herein are for convenience of reference only, are not part of this
Agreement and are not to affect the construction of, or to be taken into
consideration in interpreting, this Agreement.
<PAGE>
 
                                                                              89

          SECTION 9.15. Jurisdiction; Consent to Service of Process. (a) The
Borrower hereby irrevocably and unconditionally submits, for itself and its
property, to the nonexclusive jurisdiction of any New York State court or
Federal court of the United States of America sitting in New York City, and any
appellate court from any thereof, in any action or proceeding arising out of or
relating to this Agreement or the other Loan Documents, or for recognition or
enforcement of any judgment, and each of the parties hereto hereby irrevocably
and unconditionally agrees that all claims in respect of any such action or
proceeding may be heard and determined in such New York State or, to the extent
permitted by law, in such Federal court. Each of the parties hereto agrees that
a final judgment in any such action or proceeding shall be conclusive and may be
enforced in other jurisdictions by suit on the judgment or in any other manner
provided by law. Nothing in this Agreement shall affect any right that the
Paying Agent, the Collateral Agent, the Issuing Bank or any Lender may otherwise
have to bring any action or proceeding relating to this Agreement or the other
Loan Documents against the Borrower or its properties in the courts of any
jurisdiction.

          (b) The Borrower hereby irrevocably and unconditionally waives, to the
fullest extent it may legally and effectively do so, any objection which it may
now or hereafter have to the laying of venue of any suit, action or proceeding
arising out of or relating to this Agreement or the other Loan Documents in any
New York State or Federal court. Each of the parties hereto hereby irrevocably
waives, to the fullest extent permitted by law, the defense of an inconvenient
forum to the maintenance of such action or proceeding in any such court.

          (c) Each party to this Agreement irrevocably consents to service of
process in the manner provided for notices in Section 9.01. Nothing in this
Agreement will affect the right of any party to this Agreement to serve process
in any other manner permitted by law.

          SECTION 9.16. Judgment Currency. (a) The obligations of the Borrower
and the other Loan Parties hereunder and under the other Loan Documents to make
payments in dollars (the "Obligation Currency") shall not be discharged or
satisfied by any tender or recovery pursuant to any judgment expressed in or
converted into any currency other than the Obligation Currency, except to the
extent that such tender or recovery results in the effective receipt by the
Paying Agent or a Lender or the Issuing Bank of the full amount of the
Obligation Currency expressed to be payable to the Paying Agent or such Lender
or the Issuing Bank under this Agreement or the other Loan Documents. If, for
the purpose of obtaining or enforcing judgment against the Borrower or any other
Loan Party or in any court or in any jurisdiction, it becomes necessary to
convert into or from any currency other than the Obligation Currency (such other
currency being hereinafter referred to as the "Judgment Currency") an amount due
in the Obligation Currency, the conversion shall be made at the rate of exchange
(as quoted by the Paying Agent or if the Paying Agent does not quote a rate of
exchange on such currency, by a known dealer in such currency designated by the
Paying Agent) determined, in each case, as of the date immediately preceding the
day on which the judgment is given (such Business Day being hereinafter referred
to as the "Judgment Currency Conversion Date").

          (b) If there is a change in the rate of exchange prevailing between
the Judgment Currency Conversion Date and the date of actual payment of the
amount due, the Borrower covenants and agrees to pay, or cause to be paid, as a
separate obligation and notwithstanding any judgment, such additional amounts,
if any (but in any event not a lesser amount), as may be necessary to ensure
that the amount paid in the Judgment Currency, when converted at the rate of
exchange prevailing on the date of payment, will produce the amount of the
Obligation Currency which could have been
<PAGE>
 
                                                                           90

purchased with the amount of Judgment Currency stipulated in the judgment or
judicial award at the rate of exchange prevailing on the Judgment Currency
Conversion Date.

     (c)  For purposes of determining the rate of exchange for this Section
9.16, such amounts shall include any premium and costs payable in connection
with the purchase of the Obligation Currency.

     SECTION 9.17.  Confidentiality.  The Paying Agent, the Collateral Agent,
the Issuing Bank and each of the Lenders agree to keep confidential (and to use
its best efforts to cause its respective (agents and representatives to keep
confidential) the Information (as defined below) and all copies thereof,
extracts therefrom and analyses or other materials based thereon, except that
the Paying Agent, the Collateral Agent, the Issuing Bank or any Lender shall be
permitted to disclose Information (a) to such of its respective officers,
directors, employees, agents, affiliates and representatives as need to know
such Information, (b) to the extent requested by any regulatory authority, (c)
to the extent otherwise required by applicable laws and regulations or by any
subpoena or similar legal process, (d) in connection with any suit, action or
proceeding relating to the enforcement of its rights hereunder or under the
other Loan Documents or (e) to the extent such Information (i) becomes publicly
available other than as a result of a breach of this Section 9.17 or (ii)
becomes available to the Paying Agent, the Issuing Bank, any Lender or the
Collateral Agent on a nonconfidential basis from a source other than the
Borrower.  For the purposes of this Section, "Information" shall mean all
financial statements, certificates, reports, agreements and information
(including all analyses, compilations and studies prepared by the Paying Agent,
the Collateral Agent, the Issuing Bank or any Lender based on any of the
foregoing) that are received from the Borrower and related to the Borrower, any
shareholder of the Borrower or any employee, customer or supplier of the
Borrower, other than any of the foregoing that were available to the Paying
Agent, the Collateral Agent, the Issuing Bank or any Lender on a nonconfidential
basis prior to its disclosure thereto by the Borrower, and which are in the case
of Information provided after the Closing Date, clearly identified at the time
of delivery as confidential.  The provisions of this Section 9.17 shall remain
operative and in full force and effect regardless of the expiration of this
Agreement.

     SECTION 9.18.  Intercreditor Agreement.  Notwithstanding anything to the
contrary contained in this Agreement or any other Loan Document, prior to the
Separation Date, to the extent the terms of this Agreement conflict with the
terms of the Intercreditor Agreement, the terms of the Intercreditor Agreement
shall be controlling as if such terms of the Intercreditor Agreement replaced
the conflicting terms of this Agreement mutatis mutandis.

     SECTION 9.19.  Additional Borrowers.  The Borrower may designate any Pedro
Subsidiary reasonably satisfactory to the Initial Lenders as an additional
borrower (an "Additional Borrower") under this Agreement by delivering a written
notice to the Initial Lenders to such effect; provided that on or prior to the
initial borrowing by such Additional Borrower, (a) such Additional Borrower will
enter into an agreement in writing in form and substance satisfactory to the
Initial Lenders pursuant
<PAGE>
 
                                                                              91

to which it will agree to be bound by (and will be entitled to the benefits of)
this Agreement, (b) the Borrower shall execute a guarantee agreement in form and
substance reasonably satisfactory to the Initial Lenders guaranteeing the
obligations of such Additional Borrower and (c) the subsidiaries of such
Additional Borrower shall execute security and guarantee agreements in form and
substance reasonably satisfactory to the Initial Lenders securing and
guaranteeing the obligations of such Additional Borrower.  The parties hereto
agree that upon such designation, this Agreement shall be modified as
appropriate to account for such designation in a manner to be agreed upon by the
Initial Lenders and the Borrower.  Notwithstanding anything to the contrary,
this Section 9.19 shall not, nor shall it be construed as providing for any,
increase in the Total Commitments.

     SECTION 9.20. Margin Regulations. Notwithstanding any other provision
contained in this Agreement or the other Loan Documents, including Section
2.13(b), Section 6.02 and Section 6.05, the pledge or sale of the Shares by
Bidco shall be permitted hereunder until the Depositary Shares have been
delisted from the New York Stock Exchange (and the Shares shall not otherwise be
"margin stock" as defined in Regulations G and U of the Board); provided that
until such time the Borrower shall use its reasonable efforts to cause Bidco not
to:

          (i) incur any Indebtedness other than (A) its obligations under the
     Offer, (B) its obligations under the Powercoal/Bidco Loans and (C) its
     obligations under or permitted under the Bidco Facility Agreement;

          (ii) engage in any business other than (A) acquiring and holding the
     Shares and (B) engaging in activities reasonably related to the Offer; or

          (iii) sell or otherwise dispose of the Shares, unless (A) such Shares
     are sold for cash, (B) fair value is received for such Shares and (C) the
     proceeds of such sale are either held as cash or invested in certificates
     of deposit, U.S. government securities, commercial paper, other money
     market instruments that are exempted securities under the United States
     federal securities laws or Cash Investment Equivalents (as defined in the
     Bidco Facility Agreement).


     IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the parties hereto have caused this Agreement to be
duly executed by their respective authorized officers as of the day and year
first above written.

                              PACIFICORP POWERCOAL LLC,

                                by PacifiCorp Group Holdings
                                  Company, its Member,

                                 by
                                     /s/ W. E. Peressini
                                     ---------------------------------
                                     Name:  William E. Peressini
                                     Title: Treasurer
<PAGE>
 
                                                                              92

                              MORGAN GUARANTY TRUST COMPANY OF NEW YORK,
                              individually as an  Initial Lender and as Paying
                              Agent, Collateral Agent, Swingline Lender and
                              Issuing Bank,

                                 by
                                   /s/ Kathryn Sayko-Yanes
                                   -----------------------------
                                   Name:  Kathryn Sayko-Yanes
                                   Title: Vice President


                              CITIBANK N.A., individually as an Initial Lender,

                                 by
                                   /s/ Sandip Sen
                                   ----------------------------------------
                                   Name:  Sandip Sen
                                   Title: Managing Director/Attorney-in/Fact


                              GOLDMAN SACHS CREDIT PARTNERS L.P., individually
                              as an Initial Lender,

                                 by
                                   /s/ Edward C. Forst
                                   ------------------------------------
                                   Name:  Edward C. Forst
                                   Title: Authorized Signatory

<PAGE>
                                        
                               FACILITY AGREEMENT


                             Dated 13th June, 1997

                             (Pounds)2,250,000,000

                               TERM LOAN FACILITY

                              (Pounds)600,000,000

                           REVOLVING CREDIT FACILITY
                                    Between

                          PACIFICORP SERVICES LIMITED
                        PACIFICORP FINANCE (UK) LIMITED
                            PACIFICORP ACQUISITIONS
                                 as Guarantors

                            PACIFICORP ACQUISITIONS
                                  as Borrower

                                 CITIBANK, N.A.
                          GOLDMAN SACHS INTERNATIONAL
                           J.P. MORGAN SECURITIES LTD
                                  as Arrangers

                                 CITIBANK, N.A.
                       GOLDMAN SACHS CREDIT PARTNERS L.P.
                   MORGAN GUARANTY TRUST COMPANY OF NEW YORK
                               as Original Banks

                           CITIBANK INTERNATIONAL PLC
                               as Facility Agent

                                 CITIBANK, N.A.
                               as Security Agent

                                 CITIBANK, N.A.
                                   as LC Bank

  THIS FACILITY AGREEMENT IS ENTERED INTO WITH THE BENEFIT AND SUBJECT TO THE
           TERMS OF AN INTERCREDITOR AGREEMENT AS REFERRED TO HEREIN

                                 ALLEN & OVERY
                                     London
                                   B3:95992.2
<PAGE>
 
                                    CONTENTS

<TABLE>
<CAPTION>

CLAUSE                                                                      PAGE
<C>  <S>                                                                    <C>

1.   Interpretation............................................................1
2.   Facilities and Related Matters...........................................29
3.   Purpose and Responsibility...............................................33
4.   Conditions Precedent.....................................................34
5.   Advances and Documentary Credits.........................................36
6.   Optional Currencies......................................................40
7.   Cancellation of Commitments..............................................41
8.   Repayment................................................................42
9.   Prepayment...............................................................42
10.  Interest Periods.........................................................45
11.  Interest.................................................................47
12.  Payments.................................................................48
13.  Taxes....................................................................50
14.  Market Disruption........................................................52
15.  Increased Costs..........................................................54
16.  Illegality...............................................................56
17.  Mitigation...............................................................57
18.  Guarantee................................................................58
19.  Additional Borrowers, Guarantors and Security............................61
20.  Representations and Warranties...........................................63
21.  Undertakings.............................................................69
22.  The Offer................................................................87
23.  Financial Ratios.........................................................89
24.  Default..................................................................91
25.  Indemnities..............................................................99
26.  Agents, Arrangers and Banks.............................................101
27.  Fees, Expenses and Stamp Taxes..........................................107
28.  Waivers, Remedies Cumulative............................................109
29.  Notices.................................................................110
30.  Assignments, Transfers and Substitutions................................110
31.  Set-Off and Redistribution..............................................115
32.  Governing Law and Jurisdiction..........................................116
33.  Confidentiality.........................................................117
34.  Miscellaneous...........................................................118
</TABLE> 
<PAGE>
 
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>

SCHEDULES                                                                   PAGE
<C>  <S>                                                                    <C>
A.   Notice Details for Borrower and Agents..................................119
B.   Banks' Commitments and Notice Details...................................122
C.   Forms of Request........................................................123
D.   Substitution Certificate................................................124
E.   Calculation of Additional Cost..........................................126
F.   Accession Agreement.....................................................128
G.   Documentary Conditions Precedent........................................134
H.   Terms of Banks' Indemnity to LC Bank....................................138
I.   Reservations............................................................140

SIGNATORIES..................................................................142

</TABLE> 
<PAGE>
 
THIS FACILITY AGREEMENT is dated the 13th June, 1997 and made BETWEEN:-

(1)  PACIFICORP SERVICES LIMITED a company incorporated in England and Wales
     (No. 3366016) ( the "COMPANY");

(2)  PACIFICORP ACQUISITIONS a company incorporated in England and Wales (No.
     3386442) ("BIDCO");

(3)  PACIFICORP FINANCE (UK) LIMITED a company incorporated in England and Wales
     (No. 3365681) ("FINANCE");

(4)  CITIBANK, N.A., GOLDMAN SACHS INTERNATIONAL and J.P. MORGAN SECURITIES LTD
     as Arrangers (in this capacity the "ARRANGERS");

(5)  CITIBANK, N.A., GOLDMAN SACHS CREDIT PARTNERS L.P. and MORGAN GUARANTY
     TRUST COMPANY OF NEW YORK as original lenders (in this capacity the
     "ORIGINAL BANKS");

(6)  CITIBANK INTERNATIONAL PLC as facility agent for the Banks (in this
     capacity the "FACILITY AGENT");

(7)  CITIBANK, N.A. as security agent and trustee for the Banks (in this
     capacity the "SECURITY AGENT"); and

(8)  CITIBANK, N.A. as LC Bank (as defined below).

WHEREAS pursuant to arrangements made by the Arrangers and upon and subject to
the terms of this Agreement, the Original Banks (as defined above) have agreed
to make available a term loan facility aggregating (Pounds)2,250,000,000 to
Bidco and, upon their accession hereto as Additional Borrowers, the Target and
certain of its Subsidiaries and a revolving credit facility of
(Pounds)600,000,000 to the Borrowers.

IT IS AGREED as follows:-

1.   INTERPRETATION

1.1  DEFINED TERMS

     In this Agreement:-

     "ACCOUNTING DATE" means each 30th June, 30th September, 31st December and
     31st March, falling after the date of this Agreement, save as any such date
     may be adjusted with the agreement of the Facility Agent to avoid an
     Accounting Date falling on a day which is not a Business Day and/or to
     ensure that all Accounting Dates fall on the same day of the relevant
     weeks.

     "ACCOUNTING PERIOD" means any period of approximately three months or one
     year ending on an Accounting Date for which Accounts are required to be
     prepared for the purposes of this Agreement.
<PAGE>
 
                                       2



     "ACCOUNTS" means from time to time:-

     (a)  the latest audited consolidated annual accounts of the Bidco Group
          together with a Reconciliation Statement in relation thereto;

     (b)  the latest unaudited consolidated quarterly accounts of the Bidco
          Group together with a Reconciliation Statement in relation thereto;

     (c)  the consolidated unaudited accounts of the Bidco Group prepared on a
          pro forma basis which are referred to in Clause 21.2(a)(vi);

     (d)  any other audited or unaudited consolidated or unconsolidated accounts
          (if any) of the Bidco Group or any Material Subsidiary,

     delivered or required to be delivered to the Facility Agent pursuant to
     this Agreement, or such of the foregoing as the context requires.

     "ACT" means the Electricity Act 1989 and, unless the context otherwise
     requires, all subordinate legislation made pursuant thereto.

     "ADDITIONAL BORROWER" means the Target and any wholly owned subsidiary of
     the Target, in each case upon it becoming, and any other entity which
     becomes, party to this Agreement as a Borrower pursuant to a Borrower
     Accession Agreement.

     "ADDITIONAL COST" in relation to each Advance or overdue amount means, for
     the Interest Period relating to that Advance or overdue amount:

     (i)  where such Advance or amount is denominated in Sterling, the cost as
          calculated by the Facility Agent in accordance with Schedule E imputed
          to each Bank participating in such Advance or overdue amount of
          compliance with the Mandatory Liquid Assets requirements of the Bank
          of England during that Interest Period, expressed as a percentage rate
          per annum; and

     (ii) where such Advance or amount is denominated in a currency other than
          Sterling, the rate per annum notified by any Bank to the Facility
          Agent to be the cost to that Bank of compliance with all reserve
          assets, liquidity or cash margin or other requirements of any
          applicable monetary or other authority in relation to that Advance or
          overdue amount.

     "ADDITIONAL GUARANTOR" means any member of the Bidco Group which becomes
     party to this Agreement as a Guarantor pursuant to a Guarantor Accession
     Agreement.

     "ADJUSTED CAPITAL AND RESERVES" means the amount (including any share
     premium) for the time being paid up or credited as paid up on the issued
     share capital of Bidco,

     PLUS the outstanding principal amount of any Subordinated Debt other than
     the Subordinated Debt arising pursuant to the Pedro Global Subordinated
     Loan Note;

     PLUS the amount standing to the credit (or, as the case may be, MINUS the
     amount standing to the debit) of the capital and revenue reserves of the
     Bidco Group;
<PAGE>
 
                                       3


     PLUS any amount standing to the credit or MINUS any amount standing to the
     debit of the consolidated profit and loss account of the Bidco Group;

     PLUS the amount of goodwill arising upon and in respect of the acquisition
     of the Shares and/or Offer Costs;

     MINUS any Distributions or other distribution declared or made by Bidco or
     any of its Subsidiaries (other than to another member of the Bidco Group),
     to the extent only that those reserves have not been reduced on account
     thereof and PLUS any repayment or refund of any Distribution or other
     distribution effectively deducted (whether by reason of the preceding minus
     item or by reduction in reserves), to the extent only that reserves have
     not been increased on account of such repayment or refund;

     MINUS amounts attributable to the interests (if any) of outside holders of
     issued share capital in any member of the Bidco Group other than Bidco
     itself;

     and for the purposes of the foregoing, no item shall be effectively
     deducted or added more than once, all items shall be calculated on a
     consolidated basis and (subject only as may be required in order to reflect
     the express inclusion or exclusion of items as specified in this
     definition) in accordance with the Applicable Accounting Principles and,
     where the calculation is being made as at the end of any Accounting Period,
     shall be determined from the balance sheet forming part of the Accounts for
     that Accounting Period.

     "ADJUSTED NET INCOME" for any quarterly Accounting Period of Bidco means
     the sum of (i) the net profit (after tax) of the Bidco Group for such
     period, determined on a consolidated basis and in accordance with the
     Applicable Accounting Principles and as determined from the consolidated
     Accounts of the Bidco Group for such quarterly Accounting Period and (ii)
     any interest in respect of Subordinated Debt taken into account in the net
     profit (after tax) of the Bidco Group for such quarterly Accounting Period
     adjusted for the amount by which the tax payable by the Bidco Group has
     been reduced by virtue of such interest.

     "ADVANCE" means the principal amount of each borrowing under this Agreement
     from the Tranche 1 Commitments (a "TRANCHE 1 ADVANCE") and if from the
     Tranche 1A Commitments, (a "TRANCHE 1A ADVANCE") and if from the Tranche 1B
     Commitments, (a "TRANCHE 1B ADVANCE") or the Tranche 2 Commitments (a
     "TRANCHE 2 ADVANCE") and any amount resulting from the splitting thereof
     pursuant to Clause 10.2 or, in each case, the principal amount of such
     borrowing outstanding from time to time.

     "AFFILIATE" for the purposes of this Agreement:-

     (a)  means a Subsidiary or a holding company (as defined in Section 736 of
          the Companies Act 1985) of a person and any other Subsidiary of that
          holding company; and

     (b)  Goldman Sachs International Bank and Goldman Sachs Credit Partners
          L.P. will be treated as Affiliates of each other.
<PAGE>
 
                                       4


     "AGENT" means:-

     (a)  when designated "FACILITY", Citibank International plc or any of its
          successors pursuant to Clause 26.14;

     (b)  when designated "SECURITY", Citibank N.A. or any of its successors
          pursuant to Clause 26.14 and any corresponding provision of any
          Security Document; and

     (c)  without any such designation, the Facility Agent or the Security
          Agent, as the context requires.

     "AGENT'S SPOT RATE OF EXCHANGE" with respect to any Optional Currency on
     any day means the spot rate of exchange of the Facility Agent (as
     determined by the Facility Agent) for the purchase of the appropriate
     amount of such Optional Currency with Sterling in the London Foreign
     Exchange Market in the ordinary course of business at or about 10.00 a.m.
     on the day in question for delivery three Business Days thereafter.

     "AMAZON ELECTRICITY" means Eastern Electricity plc.

     "AMAZON GAS" means Eastern Natural Gas Limited.

     "ANNOUNCEMENT DATE" means the date on which the Press Release is issued.

     "APPLICABLE ACCOUNTING PRINCIPLES" means accounting principles and
     practices, which at the date hereof are generally accepted in the United
     States of America and consistently applied and consistent in all material
     respects (other than the absence from the Model of notes) with the
     accounting principles and practices applied in the preparation of the
     Model, and any variation to such accounting principles and practices which
     is not material or, if material, has been agreed in writing by the Majority
     Banks.

     "APPLICABLE TAXES" has the meaning given to it in Clause 13.1.

     "ASSET SPLIT" means together:

     (i)    the transfer by Pedro Global to Bidco of 100% of the issued share
            capital of Pedro Holdings and the issuance by Bidco in favour of
            Pedro Global of the Pedro Global Subordinated Loan Note;

     (ii)   the transfer by Bidco to Coalco of 100% of the issued share capital
            of Pedro Holdings in satisfaction of the Coalco Loan and all
            obligations and liabilities arising pursuant to and the cancellation
            of the Coalco/Bidco Loan Agreement; and

     (iii)  the accession by Pedro Global as Subordinated Creditor to the
            Intercreditor Agreement with respect to the Pedro Global
            Subordinated Loan Note,

     as contemplated by the Structure Memorandum.

     "AUDITORS" means such firm of independent public accountants of
     international standing recognised and authorised by the Institute of
     Chartered Accountants of England and Wales which is appointed by Bidco to
     audit the consolidated annual accounts of Bidco.
<PAGE>
 
                                       5


     "AUSTRALIAN DOLLARS" means the lawful currency for the time being of
     Australia.

     "AUTHORISED SIGNATORY" in relation to any Obligor and any communication to
     be made or document to be executed or certified by that Obligor means, at
     any time, any person:-

     (a)  who is at such time duly authorised by a resolution of the board of
          directors of that Obligor or a committee thereof or by virtue of his
          appointment by that Obligor to a particular office to make that
          communication or to execute or certify that document on behalf of that
          Obligor and in respect of whom the Facility Agent has received a
          certificate of a director or the secretary or an assistant secretary
          of that Obligor setting out the name and signature of that person and
          confirming that person's authority so to act; and

     (b)  in respect of whom no notice has been received by the Facility Agent
          from that Obligor to the effect that that person is no longer an
          Authorised Signatory for that Obligor.

     "AVAILABLE FACILITY AMOUNT" means, at any time, the amount of the Tranche 2
     Commitments, less the Original Sterling Amount of the outstanding Tranche 2
     Utilisations at such time taking into account any Tranche 2 Utilisations
     scheduled to be made, repaid or prepaid by assuming that the same occurs
     when due.

     "AVAILABILITY PERIOD" means the period from opening of business in London
     on the date of this Agreement to:-

     (a)  when designated "TRANCHE 1", close of business in London on whichever
          is the earlier of (i) the date 200 days after the Announcement Date,
          (ii) the later of (A) the date three months after the Unconditional
          Date and (B) the date falling forty nine days after the date on which
          Bidco is obliged pursuant to Clause 21.10(o) to implement the
          procedures referred to therein, and (iii) the date 200 days after the
          date hereof;

     (b)  when designated "TRANCHE 2", close of business in London on whichever
          is the earlier of (i) (if no Tranche 1 Advance is drawn at all) the
          expiry of the Tranche 1 Availability Period, and (ii) the fifth
          anniversary of the date hereof;

     or in either case such later date as all the Banks may agree in writing on
     or after the date hereof, provided that the Tranche 1 Availability Period
     and the Tranche 2 Availability Period, if not already terminated, shall
     terminate on the date on which the Offer lapses or is withdrawn.

     "BANK" means each of the following:-

     (a)  each party whose name is set out in Schedule B;

     (b)  each bank to which rights and/or obligations under this Agreement are
          assigned or transferred pursuant to Clause 30 or which assumes rights
          and obligations pursuant to a Substitution Certificate; and

     (c)  any successor or successors in title to any of the foregoing,
<PAGE>
 
                                       6

     provided that upon (i) termination in full of all the Commitments of any
     Bank, and (ii) irrevocable payment in full of all amounts of principal,
     interest, fees and all amounts arising pursuant to Clauses 5.5 and 25.2(c)
     which may be or become payable to such Bank under the Finance Documents,
     such Bank shall not be regarded as being a Bank for the purposes of
     determining whether any provision of any of the Finance Documents requiring
     consultation with or the consent or approval of or instructions from the
     Banks or any of them or the Majority Banks has been complied with unless
     the Commitments of all other Banks have been terminated in full on the date
     on which such Bank's Commitments terminated.

     "BASE FINANCIAL STATEMENTS" means the audited annual consolidated accounts
     of the Target for and as at the end of the financial year of the Target
     ended 30th September, 1996.

     "BORROWER" means Bidco and each Additional Borrower.

     "BORROWER ACCESSION AGREEMENT" means an agreement substantially in the form
     of Schedule F Part I made pursuant to Clause 19.1.

     "BORROWING" means any indebtedness for, or for interest or other charges
     relating to, or otherwise in respect of or pursuant to:-

     (a)  moneys borrowed or raised, including, without limitation, monies
          raised by the sale of receivables or other financial assets on terms
          (and to the extent) that recourse may be had to the vendor (or any
          other member of the Group) in the event of non-payment of such
          receivables or financial assets when due and monies raised under
          acceptance credit facilities and through the issue of bonds, notes,
          debentures, bills, loan stocks and other debt securities (including
          any debt security convertible, but not at the relevant time converted,
          into share capital);

     (b)  the outstanding acquisition cost of assets or services to the extent
          payable on deferred payment terms after the time of acquisition or
          possession thereof by the party liable (whether or not evidenced by
          any bond, note, debenture, loan stock or other debt security),
          excluding retentions or trade credit (whether in respect of assets or
          services) which are  customary in the trade concerned carried on in
          the normal course and not entered into primarily as a means of raising
          finance, and which do not involve any deferral of payment of any sum
          for more than six months;

     (c)  moneys received in consideration for the supply of goods and/or
          services to the extent received more than six months before the due
          date for such supply (but excluding any liability in respect of bona
          fide advance payments and deposits received from customers in the
          ordinary course of  business carried on in the normal course);

     (d)  leases, agreements or instruments which are treated as finance leases
          in accordance with the Applicable Accounting Principles other than the
          variable amounts payable in respect of the generation lease
          arrangements in force as at the date hereof between National Power plc
          and any member of the Target Group and Powergen plc and any member of
          the Target Group;

     (e)  (i)  any guarantee, indemnity, letter of credit or other similar
               legally binding instrument to assure payment of, or against loss
               in respect of non-payment of,
<PAGE>
 
                                       7

               any of the indebtedness specified in this definition and any
               counter-indemnity in respect of any thereof; and/or

          (ii) any legally binding agreement or other instrument not falling
               within paragraph (i) above entered into in connection with any of
               the indebtedness specified in this definition requiring, or
               giving any person the right (contingently or otherwise) to
               require, that any other person invest in, make advances to,
               purchase assets of or maintain the solvency or financial
               condition of any other person;

     (f)  for the purpose of Clause 24.1(e), any Derivative Transaction;

     (g)  transactions which involve or have the commercial effect of the
          borrowing of commodities  as part of an arrangement for or in
          substitution for the raising of finance, the value of indebtedness
          concerned for this purpose being the sum which must be paid and/or the
          value in money terms of the commodities which must be delivered by the
          "borrower" to, or to the order of, the "lender";

     provided that in computing an amount of Borrowings of any person or persons
     for the purposes of the definition of Consolidated Net Total Borrowings in
     Clause 1.1 or for the purposes of Clause 21.4(a) double counting shall be
     avoided and:-

     (i)     any interest, dividends, commission, fees or other like financing
             charges, and any item falling within paragraph (g), shall be
             excluded, save in each case to the extent capitalised;

     (ii)    the outstanding amount of any Subordinated Debt and any Project
             Finance Borrowings shall be excluded;

     (iii)   (in the case of paragraph (d)) only the capitalised value (as
             determined in accordance with the Applicable Accounting Principles)
             of any items falling thereunder shall be included;

     (iv)    any item falling within paragraph (e) which is in respect of any
             sum excluded by item (i) of this proviso shall be excluded;

     (v)     any item falling within paragraph (e)(ii) shall be included only to
             the extent that the same has been or (in accordance with the
             Applicable Accounting Principles) ought to be given a value in the
             latest or next Accounts, or in any notes to those Accounts; and

     (vi)    all obligations and liabilities in respect of Derivative
             Transactions (other than any Hedging Documents) shall be included
             to the extent the Net Termination Value of such Derivative
             Transactions at any time exceeds (Pounds)100,000,000.

     "BORROWINGS LIST" means a list delivered to the Facility Agent on or about
     25th June, 1997 and initialled on behalf of the Company and the Facility
     Agent for the purposes of identification, identifying (a) all facilities
     (whether committed or uncommitted and whether or not utilised by the
     company or companies entitled so to do) as at 30th May, 1997 and in respect
     of which any utilisation thereunder constitutes or would constitute a
     Borrowing of any member of the Target Group, (b) which of those facilities
     were utilised as at 30th May, 1997 and the 
<PAGE>
 
                                       8

     approximate extent of such utilisation and indicating any such Borrowings
     which, to the extent outstanding on the Unconditional Date would be in
     default on the Unconditional Date or thereafter as a result of the
     consummation of those matters and things contemplated by the Transaction
     Documents (or any of them), (c) the Refinancing Debt, and (d) the member of
     the Group which (or, where more than one member is identified in respect of
     any particular Refinancing Debt, whichever of those members is selected by
     Bidco to be the member which), subject to becoming a Borrower hereunder, is
     to be the Borrower of any funds borrowed for the refinancing of the
     Refinancing Debt.

     "BUSINESS DAY" means:-

     (a)  a day (other than a Saturday or Sunday) on which banks are open for
          business in London; and

     (b)  (in respect of a day on which a payment or other transaction in an
          Optional Currency is required under this Agreement) a day (not being a
          Saturday or Sunday) on which banks and foreign exchange markets are
          open for business in:

          (i)     London;

          (ii)    the principal financial centre of the country of that
                  currency, or, if there is more than one relevant country, the
                  countries designated by the Facility Agent; and

          (iii)   the principal financial centre of the country of the place of
                  payment of the transaction of that Optional Currency, or, if
                  more than one relevant country, the countries designated by
                  the Facility Agent.

     "CASH" means any credit balances on any deposit, savings, current or other
     account and any cash in hand.

     "CASH EQUIVALENT INVESTMENTS" means:-

     (a)  debt securities denominated in Sterling or US Dollars or Australian
          Dollars issued by the Government of the United Kingdom or the United
          States of America or Australia (as the case may be) where such debt
          securities have not more than 12 months to final maturity and are not
          convertible into any other form of security;

     (b)  debt securities denominated in Sterling or US Dollars or Australian
          Dollars which have not more than 12 months to final maturity, are not
          convertible into any other form of security, are rated P2 or higher by
          Moody's Investor Services Inc. or A2 or higher by Standard & Poor's
          Ratings Group and are not issued or guaranteed by any member of the
          Group;

     (c)  certificates of deposit denominated in Sterling or US Dollars or
          Australian Dollars having not more than 12 months to final maturity
          issued by a bank incorporated in or having a branch in the United
          Kingdom or the United States of America or Australia (as the case may
          be) and rated P2 or higher by Moody's Investor Services Inc. or A2 or
          higher by Standard & Poor's Ratings Group.
<PAGE>
 
                                       9

     "CHIEF FINANCIAL OFFICER" means the finance director or chief financial
     officer of Bidco from time to time or in his absence his deputy (being an
     Authorised Signatory of Bidco).

     "CITIZENS" means Citizens Power LLC and each of its subsidiaries.

     "COALCO" means Pacificorp Powercoal LLC, a limited liability company
     organised on June 10, 1997 under the laws of Oregon.

     "COALCO/BIDCO LOAN" bears the meaning given to that term in Clause
     4.1(b)(iv).

     "COALCO/BIDCO LOAN AGREEMENT" means the agreement, note or other instrument
     pursuant to which the Coalco/Bidco Loan is outstanding or by which it is
     evidenced or, as the case may be, the intercompany loan arrangement
     pursuant to which the Coalco/Bidco Loan is to be made.

     "COALCO FACILITY AGREEMENT" means a credit agreement dated on or around the
     date hereof between Coalco, the Lenders (as defined therein), and Morgan
     Guaranty Trust Company of New York as swingline lender, issuing bank,
     paying agent and collateral agent for the Lenders (as defined therein).

     "COALCO INTERCREDITOR AGREEMENT" means an agreement dated on or about the
     25th June,1997 and entered into by certain of the parties hereto and
     certain of the parties to the Coalco Facility Agreement.

     "COALCO LENDERS" means the Lenders (as defined in the Coalco Facility
     Agreement) from time to time.

     "COALCO LOAN" means, at any time, all amounts outstanding at that time upon
     and subject to the terms of the Coalco Facility Agreement.

     "CODE" means The City Code on Takeovers and Mergers.

     "COMMITMENT" in relation to a Bank means an amount appearing and designated
     as such against that Bank's name in Schedule B or in the Substitution
     Certificate or other document by which it became party to or acquired
     rights under this Agreement (being a "TRANCHE 1 COMMITMENT" or a "TRANCHE 2
     COMMITMENT" as therein indicated and, if designated "1A" the amount so
     designated and, if designated "1B", the amount so designated), in each case
     as reduced or increased by substitution or transfer pursuant to Clause 30
     and any Substitution Certificates to which such Bank is party, and to the
     extent not cancelled, reduced or terminated under this Agreement.

     "COMPANY/BIDCO LOAN AGREEMENT" means the loan arrangements entered into or
     to be entered into between the Company and Bidco pursuant to which the
     Company shall lend to Bidco Subordinated Debt as more fully referred to in
     the Structure Memorandum.

     "CONSOLIDATED EBITDA" for any period comprising an annual Accounting Period
     or four (taking into account the provisions of Clause 23.2) consecutive
     quarterly Accounting Periods of Bidco (taken together as one period) means
     the profit of the Bidco Group for such period:-

     BEFORE DEDUCTING all depreciation and other amortisation (including,
     without limitation, amortisation of goodwill arising from and upon the
     acquisition of the Shares and amortisation 
<PAGE>
 
                                      10

     of Offer Costs and amortisation of any prepayment made prior to the date
     hereof of lease rentals arising pursuant to the generation lease
     arrangements in force as at the date hereof between National Power plc and
     a member of the Target Group and between Powergen Plc and a member of the
     Target Group);

     BEFORE TAKING INTO ACCOUNT all extraordinary items (whether positive or
     negative) but AFTER TAKING INTO ACCOUNT all exceptional items (whether
     positive or negative);

     BEFORE DEDUCTING advance corporation tax, mainstream corporation tax,
     windfall, occasional or non-recurring or recurring taxes and taxes imposed
     on the income, gains or turnover of a company by virtue of it being a
     company which falls within a specified class and their equivalents in any
     relevant jurisdiction;

     BEFORE TAKING INTO ACCOUNT Consolidated Total Net Interest Payable for such
     period;

     BEFORE DEDUCTING any Offer Costs;

     AFTER DEDUCTING any gain over and ADDING back any loss by reference to book
     value arising of the Bidco Group on the sale, lease or other disposal of
     any asset (other than on the sale of trading stock) during such period and
     any gain or loss arising on revaluation of any asset during such period, in
     each case to the extent that it would otherwise be taken into account;

     and for the purposes of the foregoing no item shall be effectively deducted
     credited or otherwise taken into account more than once in this
     calculation, all items shall be determined on a consolidated basis and
     (subject only as may be required in order to reflect the express inclusion
     or exclusion of items as specified in this definition) in accordance with
     the Applicable Accounting Principles and as determined from the
     consolidated Accounts of the Bidco Group for such annual Accounting Period
     or for the relevant Accounting Periods falling within such period.

     "CONSOLIDATED NET TOTAL BORROWINGS" at any time means the aggregate at that
     time of the Borrowings of the members of the Bidco Group from sources
     external to the Bidco Group (giving effect to the proviso to the definition
     of Borrowings in Clause 1.1.),

     LESS the Bidco Group's Cash (excluding moneys received by Amazon
     Electricity in consideration of the supply of goods and/or services prior
     to the date of such supply) and Cash Equivalent Investments except to the
     extent that such Cash or Cash Equivalent Investments cannot be legally
     remitted at that time to a member of the Bidco Group in the United Kingdom,
     the United States of America or Australia;

     calculated on a consolidated basis and (subject only as may be required in
     order to reflect the express inclusion or exclusion of items as specified
     herein and/or in the definition of Borrowings in Clause 1.1) in accordance
     with the Applicable Accounting Principles and, where the calculation is
     being made as at the end of any Accounting Period for which a consolidated
     balance sheet of the Bidco Group has been delivered to the Facility Agent,
     as determined from that balance sheet together with a Reconciliation
     Statement in relation thereto.

     "CONSOLIDATED TOTAL NET INTEREST PAYABLE" for any period comprising an
     annual Accounting Period or four (taking into account the provisions of
     Clause 23.2) consecutive quarterly Accounting Periods (taken together as
     one period) of Bidco means the Interest accrued during 
<PAGE>
 
                                      11

     such period as an obligation of any member or members of the Bidco Group
     (whether or not paid during or deferred for payment after such period but
     excluding interest capitalised in accordance with the Applicable Accounting
     Principles) adjusted to take account of any amount constituting Interest
     receivable by any member or members of the Bidco Group under interest rate
     and/or currency hedging agreements or instruments, LESS Interest (other
     than Interest under interest rate and/or currency hedging agreements or
     instruments already taken into account as aforesaid) accrued during such
     period in favour of members of the Bidco Group from external sources, all
     determined on a consolidated basis and (subject only as may be required in
     order to reflect the express inclusion or exclusion of items as specified
     in this definition) in accordance with the Applicable Accounting Principles
     and as shown in the consolidated Accounts of the Bidco Group for such
     annual Accounting Period or for the Accounting Periods falling within such
     period.

     "DANGEROUS SUBSTANCE" means any radioactive emissions, noise, any natural
     or artificial substance (whether in the form of a solid, liquid, gas or
     vapour) the generation, transportation, storage, treatment, use or disposal
     of which (whether alone or in combination with any other substance)
     including (without limitation) any controlled, special, hazardous, toxic,
     radioactive or dangerous substance or waste, gives rise to a risk of
     causing harm to man or any other living organism or damaging the
     Environment or public health or welfare.

     "DEBENTURE" means the mortgage debenture of even date herewith made between
     the Company, Finance, Bidco and the Security Agent as supplemented by any
     deeds of accession or other instrument supplemental thereto.

     "DEFAULT" means (a) any Event of Default or (b) any event which, with the
     giving of notice and/or the expiry of any grace or cure period stated in
     any Finance Document would be or become an Event of Default, provided that
     any such event which by reason of express provisions in any Finance
     Document requires the satisfaction of a condition as to materiality
     (including, without limitation, the existence or absence of an opinion or
     determination as to materiality) before it may become an Event of Default
     shall not be a Default unless that condition is satisfied.

     "DERIVATIVE TRANSACTIONS" means any rate swap transactions, basis swap,
     forward rate transaction, commodity swap, commodity option, equity or
     equity index swap, equity or equity index option, bond option, interest
     rate option, foreign exchange transaction, cap transaction, floor
     transaction, collar transaction, currency swap transaction, cross-currency
     rate swap transaction, currency option or any other similar transaction
     (including any option with respect to any of the foregoing transactions) or
     any combination of the foregoing transactions.

     "DIRECTOR-GENERAL" means the person appointed from time to time by the
     Secretary of State to hold office as the Director General of Electricity
     Supply for the purpose of the Act.

     "DIRECTOR GENERAL OF GAS SUPPLY" means the person appointed from time to
     time by the Secretary of State to hold office as the Director General of
     Gas Supply for the purpose of the Gas Act.

     "DISTRIBUTIONS" bears the meaning given to that term in Clause 21.6.

     "DISTRIBUTION BUSINESS" means the business of Amazon Electricity, or any
     successor undertaking to that business within the Bidco Group, in or
     ancillary to the distribution (whether 
<PAGE>
 
                                      12

     for its own account or that of any other party) of electricity through the
     distribution system of Amazon Electricity or, as the case may be, such
     successor and includes any business providing connections to such
     distribution system.

     "DOCUMENTARY CREDIT" means any letter of credit, guarantee or bond issued
     or to be issued pursuant to Clause 5.4, in each case as varied from time to
     time.

     "ENCUMBRANCE" means any mortgage, pledge, lien, charge, assignment for the
     purpose of providing security, hypothecation, security interest or other
     arrangement having the effect of providing security (including, without
     limitation, the deposit of monies or property with a person with the
     primary intention of affording such person a right of set-off or lien as a
     form of security).

     "ENERGYCO" means PacifiCorp Energyco an unlimited company incorporated
     under the laws of England and Wales (No. 3335442).

     "ENERGYCO/COMPANY LOAN AGREEMENT" means the loan arrangements entered into
     or to be entered into between the Company and Energyco pursuant to which
     Energyco shall lend to the Company an amount as more fully described in the
     Structure Memorandum.

     "ENVIRONMENT" means all, or any of, the following media, the air
     (including, without limitation, the air within buildings and the air within
     other natural or man-made structures above or below ground), water
     (including, without limitation, ground and surface water) and land
     (including, without limitation, surface and sub-surface soil).

     "ENVIRONMENTAL CLAIM" means any claim by any person:-

     (a)  in respect of any loss or liability suffered or incurred by that
          person as a result of or in connection with any violation of
          Environmental Law; or

     (b)  that arises as a result of or in connection with Environmental
          Contamination and that could give rise to any remedy or penalty
          (whether interim or final) that may be enforced or assessed by private
          or public legal action or administrative order or proceedings,
          including without limitation, any such claim arising from injury to
          persons, property or natural resources.

     "ENVIRONMENTAL CONTAMINATION" means each of the following and their
          consequences:-

     (a)  any release, emission, leakage or spillage of any Dangerous Substance
          at or from any site owned, occupied or used by any member of the
          Company Group into any part of the Environment; or

     (b)  any accident, fire, explosion or sudden event at any site owned,
          occupied or used by any member of the Company Group which is directly
          or indirectly caused by or attributable to any Dangerous Substance; or

     (c)  any other pollution of the Environment.

     "ENVIRONMENTAL LAW" means all applicable laws (including, without
     limitation, common law), regulations, directing codes of practice,
     circulars, guidance notices and the like having legal 
<PAGE>
 
                                      13


     effect (whether in the United Kingdom or elsewhere) concerning pollution or
     the protection of human health, the Environment, the conditions of the work
     place or the generation, transportation, storage, treatment or disposal of
     Dangerous Substances.

     "ENVIRONMENTAL LICENCE" means any permit, licence, authorisation, consent
     or other approval required by any Environmental Law.

     "EVENT OF DEFAULT" means, subject to Clause 24.3, any of the events
     specified in Clause 24.1.

     "FACILITY" means:-

     (a)  when designated "TRANCHE 1", the term loan facilities referred to in
          Clauses 2.1(a) and (b), being divided into the Tranche 1A Facility
          (referred in Clause 2.1(a)) and the Tranche 1B Facility (referred in
          Clause 2.1(b)), as indicated therein;

     (b)  when designated "TRANCHE 2", the revolving credit facility referred to
          in Clause 2.1(c);

     (c)  without any such designation, the Tranche 1 Facility or the Tranche 2
          Facility, as the context requires.

     "FACILITY OFFICE" in relation to a Bank means:-

     (a)  the office of that Bank whose address appears under its name in
          Schedule B or is specified for this purpose in the schedule to the
          Substitution Certificate or in any other document by which such Bank
          became party to or acquired rights under this Agreement; and/or

     (b)  any (and each) other office notified by that Bank to the Facility
          Agent in accordance with Clause 30.6 as the office through which that
          Bank will participate in the Facilities or any of them.

     "FEE LETTERS" means the letters referred to in Clause 27.2.

     "FINAL REPAYMENT DATE" means the fifth anniversary of the date hereof.

     "FINANCE DOCUMENTS" means this Agreement and any Documentary Credit issued
     hereunder, the Fee Letters, the Substitution Certificates, the Borrower
     Accession Agreements, the Guarantor Accession Agreements, the Security
     Documents, the Hedging Documents, the Intercreditor Agreement, the
     Coalco/Bidco Loan Agreement, the Pedro Global Subordinated Loan Note, the
     Energyco/Company Loan Agreement, the Company/Bidco Loan Agreement, the
     Coalco Intercreditor Agreement and any other document designated as such by
     the Facility Agent and the Company.

     "FINANCE PARTY" means each Arranger, each Bank, the LC Bank, the Security
     Agent and the Facility Agent (together the "FINANCE PARTIES").

     "FIXED DOLLAR EQUIVALENT" in relation to any amount denominated in Sterling
     means the equivalent thereof in Dollars at an exchange rate of (Pounds)1:
     $1.64.
<PAGE>
 
                                      14

     "FIXED STERLING EQUIVALENT" in relation to any amount denominated in
     Dollars means the equivalent thereof in Sterling at an exchange rate of
     $1.64: (Pounds)1.

     "GAS ACT" means the Gas Act 1986 (as amended by the Gas Act 1995).

     "GAS FRAMEWORK AGREEMENT" means an agreement dated 1st March, 1996 and
     entered into between British Gas Transco and Eastern Natural Gas (Retail)
     Limited.

     "GAS LICENCE" means a licence for the transportation, shipping or supply of
     gas held by a member of the Bidco Group, as issued pursuant to Section 7 or
     7A of the Gas Act.

     "GENERATION BUSINESS" means the business of Target and its Subsidiaries in
     or ancillary to the generation (whether for its own account or that of any
     other party) of electricity.

     "GROUP" means:

     (i)  when designated "COMPANY", the Company and its Subsidiaries (excluding
          Pedro Group) from time to time;

     (ii) when designated "BIDCO", Bidco and its Subsidiaries (excluding Pedro
          Group) from time to time,

     and without such designation the Bidco Group or the Company Group as the
     context so requires.

     "GUARANTOR" means each of the Company, Finance, Bidco and each Additional
     Guarantor.

     "GUARANTOR ACCESSION AGREEMENT" means an agreement substantially in the
     form of Schedule F Part II made pursuant to Clause 19.2.

     "HEDGING DOCUMENTS" means any and all interest rate swap and/or interest
     rate cap and/or other interest rate hedging agreements entered into or
     committed to be entered into by any member of the Bidco Group in relation
     to the risk management of Bidco Group's floating rate interest exposure as
     have been heretofore (and/or as may hereafter be) agreed in writing between
     the Company and the Facility Agent to constitute the Hedging Documents,
     including without limitation, and whether or not so further agreed in
     writing those contemplated by Clause 4.1(d).

     "HIGH YIELD BRIDGE FACILITY AGREEMENT" means a bridge loan agreement dated
     on or around the date hereof between Energyco as borrower, Newco as
     guarantor,  Citibank N.A., Goldman Sachs Credit Partners LP and Morgan
     Guaranty Trust Company of New York as arrangers.

     "HIGH YIELD LOAN" means loans of up to US$1,575,000,000 made or to be made
     to Energyco, upon and subject to the terms of the High Yield Bridge
     Facility Agreement.

     "HOLDING COMPANY" means, in relation to a body corporate, any other body
     corporate of which it is a Subsidiary.
<PAGE>
 
                                      15

     "INFORMATION MEMORANDUM" means an information memorandum relating to the
     Company Group as, when and if agreed between the Company and the Arrangers
     for use in the syndication of the Facility.

     "INTRA GROUP LOAN AGREEMENT" means a loan agreement, in the agreed form to
     be entered into by members of the Company Group.

     "INTERCREDITOR AGREEMENT" means an agreement in the agreed form made or to
     be made between the Company, Finance, Bidco, the Subordinated Creditors,
     the Senior Creditors, the Hedging Banks, the Facility Agent and the
     Security Agent (in each case as defined therein).

     "INTEREST" means:-

     (a)  interest and amounts in the nature of interest accrued (including,
          without limitation, the interest elements of finance leases);

     (b)  prepayment penalties or premiums incurred in repaying or prepaying any
          Borrowing;

     (c)  discount fees and acceptance fees payable or deducted in respect of
          any Borrowing (including all fees payable in connection with any
          letter of credit, guarantee or acceptance); and

     (d)  any other costs, expenses and deductions of the like effect and any
          net payment (or, if appropriate in the context, minus any net receipt)
          under any interest rate hedging agreement or instrument, taking into
          account any premiums payable for the same and the interest element of
          any net payment (or, if appropriate in the context, minus the interest
          element of any receipt) under any currency hedging instrument or
          arrangement (plus or minus any accrued exchange gains or losses with
          respect to such interest element).

     For the avoidance of doubt, "INTEREST" includes commitment, utilisation and
     non-utilisation fees (including, without limitation, those payable
     hereunder) but excludes agent's and front-end, management, arrangement and
     participation fees with respect to any Borrowing (including, without
     limitation, those payable hereunder) and includes any up-front premium or
     front-end fee payable pursuant to any interest rate hedging agreement or
     instrument.

     "INTEREST DATE" means, in relation to any Advance or any overdue amount,
     the last day of an Interest Period relating thereto.

     "INTEREST PERIOD" means, in relation to any Advance, each (or the) period
     determined in accordance with Clause 10 or Clause 5.2(f) respectively, and,
     in relation to any overdue amount, each period determined in accordance
     with Clause 11.3.

     "INTERIM PAYMENT" means any Distribution paid in respect of, or by
     reference to, the first two consecutive quarterly Accounting Periods in any
     annual Accounting Period of Bidco.

     "LC BANK" means Citibank, N.A. and/or any other bank which becomes an LC
     Bank pursuant to Clause 5.8.
<PAGE>
 
                                      16

     "LIBOR" in relation to any Advance or overdue amount for any Interest
     Period relative thereto, means:

     (i)  the annual rate of interest which appears on Telerate page 3750 or any
          equivalent successor to such page, as appropriate (as determined by
          the Facility Agent) (the "TELERATE SCREEN") at or about 11.00 a.m.
          (London time) on (in the case of an Advance in Sterling) the first
          Business Day of or (in the case of an Advance in an Optional Currency)
          the second Business Day prior to the commencement of, such Interest
          Period, as being the interest rate offered in the London Interbank
          Market (in the case of Sterling) or London Interbank Eurocurrency
          Market (in the case of an Optional Currency) for Sterling or such
          Optional Currency (as appropriate) deposits for delivery on the first
          day of such Interest Period and for a period comparable to such
          Interest Period; and

     (ii) (if the relevant rate does not appear on the Telerate Screen for the
          purposes of paragraph (i) or the Facility Agent determines that no
          rate for a period of comparable duration to the relevant Interest
          Period appears on the Telerate Screen), the arithmetic mean (rounded
          upward, if necessary, to four decimal places) of the respective rates,
          as supplied to the Facility Agent at its request, quoted by the
          Reference Banks (or if there is then only one Reference Bank, the rate
          quoted by that Reference Bank) to leading banks in the ordinary course
          of business in the London Interbank Market (in the case of an Advance
          denominated in Sterling) or London Interbank Eurocurrency Market (in
          the case of an Advance denominated in an Optional Currency) at or
          about 11.00 a.m. on (in the case of Sterling) the first Business Day
          of or (in the case of an Advance denominated in an Optional Currency)
          the second Business Day prior to the commencement of, such Interest
          Period for the offering of deposits in Sterling or such Optional
          Currency (as applicable) for a period comparable to its Interest
          Period and in an amount comparable to the amount of such Advance,
          provided that if any of the Reference Banks shall be unable or
          otherwise fails so to supply such offered rate by 1.00 p.m. on the
          required date, "LIBOR" for the relevant Interest Period shall be
          determined on the basis of the quotations of the remaining Reference
          Banks.

     "LICENCE" means a licence for the generation, transmission or supply of
     electricity held by a member of the Company Group and issued pursuant to
     Section 6(1) of the Act and any Gas Licence, in each case as modified or
     supplemented from time to time.

     "LICENCEHOLDER" means at any time a member of the Company Group which then
     holds a Licence.

     "LICENCE UNDERTAKING" means any and each written undertaking or assurance
     given in connection with the Offer by any one or more of the Company, Bidco
     or the Target or any Affiliate of any of them to the Director General or
     the Director General of Gas Supply or the Secretary of State concerning the
     management and/or ownership of and/or other matters concerning the Target
     or any other member of the Target Group once it has become a Subsidiary of
     the Company.
<PAGE>
 
                                      17

     "MAJORITY BANKS" means at any time:

     (a)  whilst no Utilisation is outstanding, a Bank or Banks the aggregate
          amount of whose Commitments at the relevant time represents by value
          more than sixty-six and two-thirds per cent. (66 2/3%) of the
          aggregate Commitments at such time;

     (b)  if a Utilisation is then outstanding, a Bank or Banks the aggregate of
          whose participations in the Utilisations and aggregate potential
          liability under Utilisations outstanding at such time represents by
          value more than sixty-six and two-thirds per cent. (66 2/3%) of the
          aggregate of all the Utilisations and all the Outstanding Liability
          Amounts of all Utilisations outstanding at such time;

     provided that whilst the Original Banks are the only Banks, the term
     "MAJORITY BANKS" shall mean all of the Banks together.

     "MAJORITY OFFER BANKS" means at any time Banks the aggregate amount of
     whose Commitments at the relevant time represents by value more than fifty
     per cent. (50%) of the aggregate Commitments at such time, provided that
     such Banks include all of the Original Banks.

     "MARGIN" means one point three zero per cent. (1.30%) per annum, provided
     that if at any time after the expiry of the Accounting Period ending 31st
     March, 1998 any consolidated Accounts of the Group delivered to the
     Facility Agent pursuant to Clauses 21.2(a)(i) or 21.2(a)(ii) as the case
     may be, and the reports and certificates relating thereto delivered
     pursuant to Clause 21.2(a)(iii) or 21.2(a)(iv) (as the case may be)
     disclose that the percentage of Consolidated Net Total Borrowings to the
     sum of Adjusted Capital and Reserves and Consolidated Net Total Borrowings
     of the Group as at the last day of the Accounting Period in respect of
     which such Accounts were delivered is within the ratios set out in column 1
     below:

<TABLE>
<CAPTION> 

                                         (1)                                     (2)                (3)            
                                          %                                   Margin (p.a)        Margin (p.a.)     
<S>                  <C>                                                      <C>                 <C>               
(a)                  Greater than 75%                                             1.30%              1.15%
(b)                  Equal to or less than 75%  but greater                       1.10%              0.95%
                     than 70%
(c)                  Equal to or less than 70% but greater than                   0.90%              0.75%
                     65%
(d)                  Equal to or less than 65% but greater than                   0.70%              0.55%
                     60%
(e)                  Equal to or less than 60%                                    0.50%              0.35%
</TABLE>

     then (subject as mentioned below) the Margin shall be the percentage per
     annum set out in Column 2 above opposite such ratio, or, in the case of
     determining any rate of interest or fees to apply hereunder to any
     Utilisation made by Amazon Electricity, the percentage per annum set out in
     Column 3 above, in each case during (but only during) the period from (and
     including) the date on which the Facility Agent has received the relevant
     Accounts pursuant to Clause 21.2(a)(i) and the reports and certificates
     relating thereto pursuant to Clause 21.2(a)(iii) or has received Accounts
     pursuant to Clause 21.2(a)(ii) and the certificates relating thereto
     pursuant to Clause 21.2(a)(iv), as the case may be, until (but excluding)
     the earlier of the following dates:
<PAGE>
 
                                      18

     (a)  the date on which the Facility Agent next receives the relevant
          Accounts for an annual Accounting Period pursuant to Clause 21.2(a)(i)
          and a report and certificates relating thereto pursuant to Clause
          21.2(a)(iii);

     (b)  the date on which the Facility Agent receives the relevant Accounts
          for the next succeeding quarterly Accounting Period of the Bidco Group
          pursuant to Clause 21.2(a)(ii) and a certificate relating thereto
          pursuant to Clause 21.2(a)(iv);

     (c)  the latest date (the "LATEST DATE") by which the Facility Agent should
          have received any such Accounts and certificates in accordance with
          the terms of such Clauses where the Facility Agent has not received
          the same by such date; and

     (d)  the date (falling on or after the first day of such period) on which
          the Facility Agent gives notice pursuant to Clause 24.2 declaring that
          an Event of Default has occurred,

     PROVIDED THAT:

     (i)  if the Margin has been reduced in reliance on unaudited Accounts (and
          corresponding certificate) for the quarterly Accounting Periods in any
          annual Accounting Period and the audited Accounts (and corresponding
          report and certificate) do not justify that reduction, such reduction
          shall be reversed with retrospective effect so that subject as
          provided in this definition the Margin shall be that justified by the
          audited Accounts and amounts calculated by reference to the reduced
          Margin (whether or not already paid) shall be recalculated by
          reference to the Margin justified by such audited Account; and

     (ii) if the Margin has been increased as a result of the occurrence of (c)
          or (d) above then upon the Facility Agent confirming in writing to the
          Banks and the Company that such Event of Default has been cured to the
          satisfaction of the Banks (acting reasonably) then as at the date of
          such confirmation the Margin shall be recalculated by reference to the
          Accounts and certificate received in respect of the last quarterly
          Accounting Period pursuant to Clauses 21.2(a)(ii) and 21.2(a)(iv), but
          such recalculation shall not have any retrospective effect.

     "MATCHING AMOUNT" means, with respect to any Tranche 1A Advance requested
     to be made hereunder pursuant to a Request, an amount in cash to be lent by
     Coalco to Bidco on the terms of the Coalco/Bidco Loan Agreement equal to
     the Fixed Dollar Equivalent of 61.666'% (or such other percentage as the
     Company and the Facility Agent after consultation with the Banks may agree
     in writing, provided that the Facility Agent shall not without the prior
     consent of the Majority Banks agree any percentage which differs from that
     specified in figures in this definition by more than 0.5) of the Requested
     Amount for that Tranche 1A Advance.

     "MATERIAL ADVERSE EFFECT" means any effect which is or is reasonably likely
     to have:

     (a)  a material  adverse effect on the ability of any Obligor which is also
          a Material Subsidiary to perform its obligations under the Finance
          Documents (taken as a whole); and/or
<PAGE>
 
                                      19

     (b)  (where the context so admits) a material impairment of the ability of
          the Obligors to perform their obligations under the Finance Documents
          to which they are a party or a material impairment of the rights of or
          benefits available to the Finance Parties under the Finance Documents.

     "MATERIAL SUBSIDIARY" means, at any time, each Obligor (other than the
     Company) and, on and from the Unconditional Date, each Licenceholder,
     together with:

     (i)  on and from the Unconditional Date until the date from which paragraph
          (ii) below applies:

          (a)  Target;

          (b)  Amazon Electricity;

          (c) Eastern Merchant Property Limited;

          (d) Eastern Power and Energy Trading Limited;

          (e) Eastern Merchant Generation Limited; or

     (ii) (from the date on which the Facility Agent first receives Accounts
          pursuant to Clause 21.2(a)(ii) and (vi)), any Subsidiary of Bidco
          (other than any Project Finance Subsidiary):

          (I)  (A) whose profit before tax (on a consolidated basis if it has
               Subsidiaries and for the latest period comprising an annual
               Accounting Period of Bidco or four consecutive quarterly
               Accounting Periods of Bidco (taken together as one period) for
               which consolidated Accounts of the Bidco Group have been
               delivered to the Facility Agent) on ordinary activities or (B)
               whose gross assets (excluding goodwill) represent 5% or more of
               the consolidated profits before tax on ordinary activities of the
               Bidco Group for such period or, as the case may be, consolidated
               gross assets (excluding goodwill) of the Bidco Group, in each
               case as calculated by reference to the latest consolidated
               Accounts  of the Bidco Group delivered to the Facility Agent
               adjusted in such manner as the auditors of Bidco may determine
               (which determination shall be conclusive in the absence of
               manifest error) to reflect the profits (or losses) before tax on
               ordinary activities and consolidated gross assets (excluding
               goodwill) of any person which has become or ceased to be a member
               of the Bidco Group since the end of the financial period to which
               the latest financial statements of the Bidco Group relate; or

          (II) to which is transferred (after the end of the financial period to
               which the latest consolidated financial statements of the Bidco
               Group relate) all or substantially all of the business,
               undertaking or assets of a Subsidiary which immediately prior to
               such transfer is a Material Subsidiary whereupon the transferor
               Subsidiary shall cease to be a Material Subsidiary under this
               sub-Clause (ii) upon the completion of such transfer.
<PAGE>
 
                                      20

     "MODEL" means the economic projections and base assumptions concerning the
     Bidco Group prepared by Ricardo in the agreed form.

     "NEGATIVE TERMINATION AMOUNT" means, with respect to any arrangement
     falling within paragraph (f) of the definition of Borrowing in Clause 1.1,
     the amount (if any) that would be required to be paid by the relevant
     member of the Bidco Group if such arrangement were terminated by reason of
     a default by it or other termination event relating to the arrangement.
     The Negative Termination Amount of any such arrangement at any date shall
     be determined (a) as of the end of the most recent quarterly Accounting
     Period ended on or prior to such date if such arrangement was then
     outstanding or (b) as at the date such arrangement is entered into if it is
     entered into after the end of such quarterly Accounting Period;  provided,
     however, that if an agreement between the member of the Bidco Group and the
     relevant counterparty provides that, upon any such termination by such
     counterparty, one or more other arrangements falling within paragraph (f)
     of the definition of Borrowing in Clause 1.1 (if any then exist) between
     such member of the Bidco Group and such counterparty would also terminate
     and the amount (if any) payable by such member of the Bidco Group would be
     a net amount reflecting the termination of all arrangements falling within
     paragraph (f) of the definition of Borrowing in Clause 1.1 so terminated,
     then the Negative Termination Amount of all such arrangements subject to
     such netting shall be, at any date, a single amount equal to such net
     amount (if any) payable by the member of the Bidco Group determined as of
     the later of (a) the end of the most recently ended quarterly Accounting
     Period or (b) the date on which the most recent arrangement subject to such
     netting was entered into.

     "NET PROCEEDS" means:

     (a)  the consideration received by any member of the Company Group in
          respect of the disposal to any person who is not a member of the
          Company Group of all or any part of its business, undertaking or
          assets (including the amount of any intercompany debt repaid to
          continuing members of the Group), net of all Taxes applicable on, or
          to any gain resulting from, the disposal and of all reasonable costs,
          fees and expenses incurred by members of the Company Group in
          arranging and effecting that disposal;

     (b)  the proceeds of any equity subscription in the capital of the Company
          made after the date hereof and not otherwise contemplated in the
          Structure Memorandum (other than any equity subscription made by
          Energyco to the extent permitted by Clause 21.6(f)); and/or

     (c)  the proceeds of any claim for loss or destruction of or damage to the
          property of a member of the Company Group made by a member of the
          Company Group under any insurance policy save where the Company
          notifies the Facility Agent in writing that such proceeds are to be
          applied in reinstating the property concerned or purchasing like
          replacement property,

     provided that to the extent such consideration is received by the relevant
     member of the Company Group other than in cash, the Net Proceeds in respect
     of such consideration shall be deemed to arise on the date on which that
     consideration is converted into cash.

     "NET TERMINATION VALUE" shall mean with respect to all Derivative
     Transactions (other than any Hedging Documents and electricity forward
     contracts and contracts for differences), the difference between (a) the
     aggregate amounts (if any) that would be required to be paid by any 
<PAGE>
 
                                      21

     member of the Bidco Group if such Derivative Transactions were terminated
     by reason of a default relating to any member of the Bidco Group, and (b)
     the aggregate amounts (if any) that any member of the Bidco Group would be
     entitled to receive if such Derivative Transactions were terminated by
     reason of a default relating to any member of the Bidco Group. The Net
     Termination Value shall be determined (a) as of the end of the most recent
     quarterly Accounting Period ended on or prior to such date if such
     Derivative Transaction was then outstanding or (b) as of the date such
     Derivative Transaction is entered into if it is entered into after the end
     of such fiscal quarter.

     "NETWORK CODE" means the Network Code Principal Document dated 1st March,
     1996 (as modified from time to time).

     "NEWCO" means Pacificorp Group Holdings Company, an Oregon corporation
     incorporated on June, 10 1997.

     "OBLIGOR" means each Borrower and each Guarantor.

     "OFFER" means the offer for the Shares to be made by Goldman Sachs
     International on behalf of Bidco substantially on the terms and conditions
     referred to in the Press Release, as the same may be amended, varied,
     renewed or waived in compliance with Clause 22 (other than Clause
     22(a)(i)(C), (ii) or (iii)).

     "OFFER ACCOUNT" means the account in the name of Bidco opened with the
     Facility Agent on or before the Unconditional Date for the purposes of
     effecting the acquisition of the Shares.

     "OFFER COSTS" means all banking, brokerage, foreign exchange hedging,
     accounting, legal, public relations and other fees and commissions, out-of-
     pocket costs and expenses and stamp, registration, transfer and similar
     taxes incurred by or on behalf of the Company or any Subsidiary thereof
     (including any member of the Target Group which becomes such a Subsidiary
     pursuant to the Offer) in connection with the negotiation, preparation,
     execution and implementation of the Transaction Documents  or otherwise in
     connection with the Offer (including any refinancing referred to in Clause
     3.1(a)(ii)).

     "OFFER DOCUMENT" means the document to be delivered to the shareholders of
     the Target containing the formal Offer.

     "OFFER TERMINATION DATE" means the earliest date (as notified by Bidco to
     the Facility Agent in writing) on which all of the following have occurred:
     (a) all payments in respect of acceptances of the cash alternative in the
     Offer have been made in full, (b) no further such acceptances are possible,
     and (c) all procedures pursuant to section 428 et seq. Companies Act 1985
     which are capable of being implemented have been completed and all payments
     pursuant thereto to shareholders in the Target have been made in full.

     "OPEN MARKET SHARES"  means the shares in the capital of Target purchased
     by Riki (or any Affiliate thereof) prior to the Unconditional Date
     (including any such shares represented by Target's American Depositary
     Shares).

     "OPTIONAL CURRENCY" means any freely available and transferable
     eurocurrency.
<PAGE>
 
                                      22

     "OPTION SCHEMES" means any employee share save or share option scheme, long
     term incentive plan, employee benefit trust, savings plan or other employee
     share scheme of the Target or any of its Subsidiaries as in effect at the
     Unconditional Date.

     "OPTIONHOLDERS" means holders for the time being of options issued under or
     participants in or beneficiaries under any of the Option Schemes.

     "ORIGINAL STERLING AMOUNT" means in relation to any amount:

     (a)  (if denominated in Sterling) the principal amount which is, or is to
          be outstanding, drawn or issued; or


     (b)  (if denominated in an Optional Currency) the Sterling Equivalent of
          the principal amount which is, or is to be outstanding, drawn or
          issued, calculated, in the case of an Advance, three Business Days
          prior to the Utilisation Date for that  Utilisation and in the case of
          a Documentary Credit, on the Utilisation Date for that Utilisation.

     "OUTSTANDING LIABILITY AMOUNT" in relation to any Documentary Credit at any
     time means the maximum amount for which the LC Bank or the Banks, as the
     case may be, could be actually and/or contingently liable thereunder LESS
     the aggregate of (i) all amounts thereof repaid or prepaid hereunder and
     (ii) all amounts (if any) paid out by the LC Bank (or the Banks) thereunder
     for which the LC Bank and/or the Banks have been reimbursed by the Obligors
     (whether or not out of the proceeds of a Tranche 2 Advance).

     "PANEL" means The Panel on Takeovers and Mergers.

     "PEDRO GLOBAL" means Peabody Global Investments, Inc.

     "PEDRO GLOBAL SUBORDINATED LOAN NOTE" means the subordinated loan note
     issued or to be issued by Bidco to Pedro Global as contemplated by the
     Structure Memorandum.

     "PEDRO GROUP" means Citizens and Pedro Holdings.

     "PEDRO HOLDINGS" means Peabody Holding Company Inc. and each of its
     subsidiaries.

     "PEDRO INVESTMENTS" means Peabody Investments Inc.

     "POOLING AND SETTLEMENT AGREEMENT" means an agreement dated 30th March,
     1990 made by the Target with the National Grid Company plc and others
     setting out the rules and procedures for the operation of an electricity
     trading pool and of a settlement system (and, while the same has effect,
     the "INITIAL SETTLEMENT AGREEMENT" also dated 30th March, 1990 and made
     between the same parties), as amended from time to time.

     "PRESS RELEASE" means the agreed form of press release by which the Offer
     is announced.

     "PROJECT FINANCE BORROWINGS" means any indebtedness of a type referred to
     in any of paragraphs (a)-(g) of the definition of "Borrowings" in this
     Clause 1.1 which finances or otherwise relates to the acquisition,
     development, ownership and/or operation of an asset:

     (a)   which is incurred by a Project Finance Subsidiary; or
<PAGE>
 
                                      23

     (b)  in respect of which the person or persons to whom such Borrowing is or
          may be owed by the relevant debtor (whether or not a member of the
          Bidco Group) has or have no recourse whatsoever to any member of the
          Bidco Group (other than to a Project Finance Subsidiary) for the
          repayment thereof other than:

          (i)   recourse to such debtor for amounts limited to the cash flow or
                net cash flow (other than historic cash flow or historic net
                cash flow) from such asset; and/or
                
          (ii)  recourse to such debtor for the purpose only of enabling amounts
                to be claimed in respect to such Borrowing in an enforcement of
                any Encumbrance given by such debtor over such asset or the
                income, cash flow or other proceeds deriving therefrom (or given
                by any shareholder or the like in the debtor over its shares or
                like interest in the capital of the debtor) to secure such
                Borrowing or to secure any recourse referred to in (iii) below,
                provided that (I) the extent of such recourse to such debtor is
                limited solely to the amount of any recoveries made on any such
                enforcement, and (II) such person or persons are not entitled,
                by virtue of any right or claim arising out of or in connection
                with such Borrowing, to commence proceedings for the winding up
                or dissolution of the debtor or to appoint or procure the
                appointment of any receiver, trustee or similar person or
                officer in respect of the debtor or any of its assets (save only
                for the assets the subject of such Encumbrance); and/or

          (iii) recourse to such debtor generally, or directly or indirectly to
                a member of the Bidco Group, under any form of assurance,
                undertaking or support, which recourse is limited to a claim for
                damages (other than liquidated damages and damages required to
                be calculated in a specific way) for breach of an obligation
                (not being a payment obligation or an obligation to procure
                payment by another or an indemnity in respect thereof or any
                obligation to comply or procure compliance by another with any
                financial ratios or other tests of financial condition) by the
                person against whom such recourse is available.

     "PROJECT FINANCE SUBSIDIARY" means any Subsidiary of Bidco:

     (a)  which is a company whose principal assets and business are constituted
          by the ownership, acquisition, development and/or operation of an
          asset whether directly or indirectly;

     (b)  none of whose Borrowings in respect of the financing of the ownership,
          acquisition, development and/or operation of an asset benefits from
          any recourse whatsoever to any member of the Company Group (other than
          the Subsidiary itself or another Project Finance Subsidiary) in
          respect of the repayment thereof, except as expressly referred to in
          paragraph (b)(iii) of the definition of "Project Finance Borrowings"
          in this Clause 1.1; and

     (c)  which has been designated as such by the Company by written notice to
          the Facility Agent provided that the Company may give written notice
          to the Facility Agent at any time that any Project Finance Subsidiary
          is no longer a Project Finance Subsidiary, whereupon it shall cease to
          be a Project Finance Subsidiary.
<PAGE>
 
                                      24

     "RECOGNISED BANK" means at any time a bank or other entity which:

     (a)  is a bank as defined in Section 840A of the Income and Corporation
          Taxes Act 1988 (or any statutory re-enactment or modification thereof,
          in substantially the same form and content as at the date hereof)
          which is beneficially entitled to and within the charge to corporation
          tax as regards any interest received by it under this Agreement; or

     (b)  if at any time Section 349 or Section 840A of the Income and
          Corporation Taxes Act 1988 (or a statutory re-enactment or
          modification thereof, in substantially the same form and context as at
          the date hereof) shall not be in full force and effect, is either
          (where no amendment to this definition is agreed with the intention of
          restoring the economic position of the parties hereunder as regards
          the applicability of UK withholding taxes) a bank carrying on through
          its Facility Office a bona fide banking business in the United Kingdom
          which is beneficially entitled to and is within the charge to United
          Kingdom corporation tax as regards any interest payable or paid to it
          under this Agreement or (if such an amendment is agreed) a bank
          qualifying for the purposes of any replacement tax legislation so that
          interest hereunder may be paid to it without deduction of United
          Kingdom income tax; or

     (c)  is acting from outside the United Kingdom if, at the time it becomes a
          party to this Agreement, it is resident (as defined in the appropriate
          double taxation treaty) in a country with which the United Kingdom has
          an appropriate double taxation treaty and such treaty provides at the
          date hereof (or in the case of a transferee under Clause 30, at the
          date of transfer) under its terms for exemption from United Kingdom
          income Tax on United Kingdom source interest for an entity such as
          itself when acting through the branch through which it is acting for
          the purposes of this Agreement, and such entity has made the
          appropriate application to the appropriate tax authority under such
          treaty for such exemption.

     "RECONCILIATION STATEMENT" in respect of any Accounts, means a statement
     signed (in respect of audited consolidated Annual Accounts) by the Auditors
     or, (in respect of unaudited consolidated quarterly Accounts) the Chief
     Financial Officer describing (a) any changes which would be required to be
     made to such Accounts and the treatment of any item therein (including,
     without limitation any necessary change in the treatment of goodwill) to
     conform such Accounts to the Applicable Accounting Principles and setting
     out the effects of such changes (if any) on the items therein, and (b) any
     departure from the Applicable Accounting Principles in the preparation of
     such Accounts and either stating that such departure has not altered any of
     the numerical information required for the purpose of establishing whether
     or not Bidco is in compliance with its obligations under Clause 23.1 or (if
     it has altered such information) setting out the effects of such alteration
     in reasonable detail.

     "REFERENCE BANKS" means the principal London offices of Citibank, N.A., and
     Morgan Guaranty Trust Company of New York and/or of such other Banks (if
     any) as may become Reference Banks pursuant to Clause 30.5.

     "REFINANCING DEBT" means all Borrowings set out in the Borrowings List
     which are indicated on that list as being likely to be in default as at the
     Unconditional Date or thereafter as a result of the consummation of those
     matters and things contemplated by the Transaction Documents (or any of
     them) occurring or which Bidco has indicated on that list may be refinanced
     in accordance with the provisions of Clause 21.9.

     
<PAGE>
 
                                      25

     "REQUEST" means a request, substantially in the form of Schedule C (as
     appropriate), made by a Borrower to the Facility Agent for a Utilisation.

     "RESERVATIONS" means the qualifications and reservations set out in
     Schedule I.

     "RICARDO" means PacifiCorp, an Oregon corporation incorporated on August
     11, 1987.

     "RIKI" means PacifiCorp Holdings, Inc, a Delaware corporation incorporated
     on July 3, 1994.

     "SECRETARY OF STATE" means the Secretary of State as referred to in the Act
     and the Secretary of State as referred to in the Gas Act.

     "SECURITY DOCUMENTS" means the Debenture of even date herewith executed by
     both the Company and Bidco and any other security documents identified in
     Schedule G Part IV, together with such other documents (if any) as may be
     required to be entered into by any Obligor pursuant to the terms of any
     Finance Documents.

     "SHARES" means existing unconditionally allotted or issued and fully paid
     shares in the Target and any further shares in the Target which are
     unconditionally allotted or issued before the date on which the Offer
     ceases to be open for acceptances (or such earlier date as the Company and
     the Banks may, subject to the Code, agree) upon the exercise of any options
     granted under the Option Schemes or otherwise including any such shares
     represented by the Target's American Depositary Shares.

     "STERLING" and "(Pounds)" means the lawful currency for the time being of
     the United Kingdom.

     "STERLING EQUIVALENT" means, in relation to an amount expressed or
     denominated in an Optional Currency, the equivalent thereof in Sterling
     converted at the Agent's Spot Rate of Exchange on the date of the relevant
     calculation (and if used in relation to an amount expressed or denominated
     in Sterling, such amount).

     "STRUCTURE MEMORANDUM" means the memorandum and charts entitled "Financing
     the Acquisition of The Energy Group plc" dated June 1997 delivered to the
     Facility Agent on or about 25th June, 1997 and initialled on behalf of the
     Company and the Facility Agent for the purposes of identification.

     "SUBORDINATED CREDITOR" bears the meaning given to that term in the
     Intercreditor Agreement.

     "SUBORDINATED DEBT" means:

     (i)   the outstanding principal amount from time to time under the
           Company/Bidco Loan Agreement;
         
     (ii)  the outstanding principal amount from time to time owing by Bidco to
           Finance;

     (iii) the Pedro Global Subordinated Loan Note; and

     (iv)  any separate unsecured loans to the Company or by the Company to
           Bidco which in each case (a) have a maturity falling after the Final
           Repayment Date, (b) are not 
<PAGE>
 
                                      26

          capable of acceleration whilst any amount of principal, interest, fees
          or breakage costs may be or become payable by any member of the Bidco
          Group hereunder or any of the Commitments remain in effect and (c) are
          subordinated (as regards priority of payment, ranking, rights of
          enforcement and all other rights) as to principal, interest and all
          other amounts payable on or in respect thereof and any and all claims
          (including for damages) related thereto, to all amounts which may be
          or become payable by the member of the Bidco Group under the Finance
          Documents on the terms set out in the Intercreditor Agreement; and

     (v)  any subordinated Borrowing by the Company or Finance or by Bidco from
          the Company or Finance that (i) has no principal payments due on a
          date that is earlier than twenty-four months after the Final Repayment
          Date, (ii) is subordinated and the subject of intercreditor provisions
          which are reasonably satisfactory to the Majority Banks and (iii) has
          a fixed interest rate, which rate shall be, in the good faith judgment
          of the Chief Financial Officer, consistent with the market at the time
          of issuance for similar subordinated Borrowings.

     "SUBSIDIARY" means:

     (a)  a subsidiary as defined in Section 736 of the Companies Act 1985, as
          amended (and "WHOLLY OWNED SUBSIDIARY" shall have the meaning ascribed
          thereto in such Section); and

     (b)  a subsidiary undertaking as defined in Section 258 of the Companies
          Act 1985, as amended or, in either case, any statutory re-enactment or
          replacement thereof,

     but, in each case, shall exclude any member of the Pedro Group.

     "SUBSTITUTION CERTIFICATE" has the meaning ascribed to it in Clause 30.4
     (together the "SUBSTITUTION CERTIFICATES"), and references to "SUBSTITUTES"
     shall be construed as references to persons becoming party to this
     Agreement pursuant to Substitution Certificates.

     "TARGET" means The Energy Group plc a company incorporated under the laws
     of England and Wales.

     "TARGET GROUP" means Target and its Subsidiaries.

     "TAXES" means all income and other taxes and levies, imposts, duties,
     charges, deductions and withholdings in the nature or on account of tax
     together with interest thereon and penalties with respect thereto, if any,
     and any payments made on or in respect thereof, and "TAX" and "TAXATION"
     shall be construed accordingly.

     "TAX SHARING AGREEMENT" means an Agreement in agreed form made or to be
     made between Energyco and members of the Bidco Group relating to the
     surrender of UK Corporation tax for group relief purposes.

     "TRANSACTION DOCUMENTS" means the Finance Documents, the Coalco Facility
     Agreement, the Coalco/Bidco Loan Agreement, the High Yield Bridge Facility
     Agreement, any Intra Group Loan Agreement and the Tax Sharing Agreement.
<PAGE>
 
                                      27

     "UNCONDITIONAL DATE" means the date upon which the Offer becomes or is
     declared unconditional in all respects without any breach of Clause 22
     (other than Clause 22(a)(i)(C), (ii) or (iii)).

     "US DOLLARS" and "$" means the lawful currency for the time being of the
     United States of America.

     "UTILISATION" means a utilisation of a Facility under this Agreement,
     being, when designated "TRANCHE 1", a utilisation of the Tranche 1 Facility
     and when designated "TRANCHE 2", a utilisation of the Tranche 2 Facility.

     "UTILISATION DATE" means in relation to each Utilisation, the date
     specified as such in the relative Request therefor or, on and after the
     making and/or issue thereof pursuant to such Request, the date on which it
     was made and/or issued.

     "WAIVER LETTER" means any letter or other document setting out the terms
     (if any) upon which (a) compliance with any provision of any Finance
     Document is waived, or (b) any amendment to or variation of or departure
     from the terms of any Finance Document is approved, or (c) any consent or
     approval required or requested to be given is given, in each case by the
     Facility Agent with the agreement of the Majority Banks or if so required
     by the terms of this Agreement or any other Finance Document, the Majority
     Offer Banks or all of the Banks.

1.2  CONSTRUCTION

     In this Agreement, save where the context otherwise requires:-

     (a)  references to documents being in the "AGREED FORM" means documents
          either (i) in a form previously agreed in writing by or on behalf of
          the Facility Agent and the Company, or (ii) in form and substance
          satisfactory to the Original Banks and initialled by or on behalf of
          the Company and the Facility Agent on or prior to the date hereof for
          the purposes of identification, or (iii) in a form substantially as
          set out in any Schedule to any Finance Document, or (iv) with respect
          only to the Offer Document, in a form which reflects and is consistent
          with the terms of the Press Release, or (v) (if not falling within (i)
          to (iv) above) in form and substance satisfactory to the Original
          Banks acting reasonably provided that a reference to the Press Release
          being in the "AGREED FORM" shall mean the Press Release in form and
          substance satisfactory to the Original Banks;

     (b)  references to "ASSETS" shall include revenues and the right thereto
          and property and rights of every kind, present, future and contingent
          and whether tangible or intangible (including uncalled share capital)
          references to "SHARES" shall include stock;

     (c)  the expressions "HEREOF", "HEREIN", "HEREUNDER" and similar
          expressions shall be construed as references to this Agreement as a
          whole (including all Schedules) and shall not be limited to the
          particular Clause or provision in which the relevant expression
          appears, and references to "THIS AGREEMENT" and all like indications
          shall include references to this Agreement as supplemented by the
          Borrower Accession Agreements, Guarantor Accession Agreements, the
          Substitution Certificates, the Waiver Letters and any other agreement
          or instrument supplementing or amending this Agreement;
<PAGE>
 
                                      28

     (d)  references to "INDEBTEDNESS" shall be construed so as to include any
          obligation or liability (whether present or future, actual or
          contingent) for the payment, repayment or redemption of any obligation
          expressed by reference to monetary value or quantity or value of
          commodities (whether such obligation is performable by the payment of
          money or in some other way);

     (e)  references to a "PERSON" shall be construed as a reference to any
          person, firm, company, corporation, government, state or agency of a
          state or any association or partnership (whether or not having
          separate legal personality) of two or more of the foregoing;

     (f)  references to any of the Transaction Documents and any other agreement
          or instrument shall be construed as a reference to the same as
          amended, varied, supplemented or novated from time to time (including,
          where relevant, by any Borrower Accession Agreement and/or Guarantor
          Accession Agreement and/or Substitution Certificate);

     (g)  unless otherwise specified, references to Clauses and Schedules are
          references to, respectively, Clauses of and schedules to this
          Agreement;

     (h)  words importing the singular shall include the plural and vice versa;

     (i)  references (by whatever term, including by name) to the Company,
          Bidco, the Target, each Obligor, the Arrangers, each Bank, the LC
          Bank, each Reference Bank, the Facility Agent, the Security Agent, or
          any other person referred to in this Agreement shall, where relevant
          and subject as otherwise provided in this Agreement, be deemed to be
          references to or to include, as appropriate, their respective
          successors, replacements and assigns, transferees and substitutes
          permitted by the terms of the relevant Finance Documents;

     (j)  reference to a time of day is, unless otherwise stated, a reference to
          London time and references to a "MONTH" are references to a period
          starting on a particular day in a calendar month and ending on the
          numerically corresponding day in the next calendar month provided that
          if a period starts on the last day in a calendar month or if there is
          no numerically corresponding day in the month in which the relevant
          period ends, that period shall, save as otherwise provided in this
          Agreement, end on the last day in such later month (and references to
          "MONTHS" shall be construed accordingly);

     (k)  the contents page of, and headings in, this Agreement are for
          convenience only and shall be ignored in construing this Agreement;

     (l)  all references to statutes and other legislation include all re-
          enactments and amendments of those statutes and that legislation;

     (m)  an outstanding Documentary Credit is "REPAID" or "PREPAID" by
          providing (in accordance with the terms hereof) cash cover therefor in
          the same currency as that in which such Documentary Credit is
          denominated or expressed to be payable, by reducing (in accordance
          with the terms hereof) the Outstanding Liability Amount of such
          Documentary Credit or by cancelling such Documentary Credit and
          returning the original to the LC Bank or the Facility Agent on behalf
          of the Banks or providing other
<PAGE>
 
                                      29

          evidence (in form and substance satisfactory to the LC Bank or, as the
          case may be, Facility Agent) that no further liability exists
          thereunder; references to Utilisations being repaid or prepaid are to
          be construed accordingly insofar as those Utilisations involve
          Documentary Credits;

     (n)  an amount "OUTSTANDING" at any time under or in respect of a
          Documentary Credit (or the "PRINCIPAL AMOUNT" thereof at any time) is
          the Outstanding Liability Amount of such a Documentary Credit and a
          "DRAWING" under the Tranche 2 Facility includes the issue of a
          Documentary Credit and each provision of this Agreement which contains
          reference to the concepts contained in this paragraph (n) shall be
          construed accordingly;

     (o)  any reference to "CERTIFICATE", "CERTIFICATION" (or any like term) in
          relation to an amount shall be a reference to a certificate containing
          such detail as is reasonably necessary in order to determine how such
          amount was calculated; and

     (p)  any reference to a document being "CERTIFIED" means a document
          certified by an Authorised Signatory of the party providing the
          document, or by lawyers acting on his behalf, as being genuine and in
          full force and effect and, if a copy, a true and complete copy of the
          original.

2.   FACILITIES AND RELATED MATTERS

2.1  FACILITIES

     Subject to the terms of this Agreement, and in reliance upon the
     representations and warranties set out in Clause 20.1 as repeated from time
     to time pursuant to Clause 20.2, the Banks grant to the relevant Borrowers
     the following facilities:

     (a)  TRANCHE 1A FACILITY: a term loan facility whereby, subject as
          aforesaid, the Banks, when requested by Bidco and/or (after becoming a
          Borrower hereunder pursuant to a Borrower Accession Agreement) the
          Target or any of the Target's Subsidiaries pursuant to a Request, will
          make Tranche 1A Advances denominated in Sterling to Bidco, the Target
          or any of the Target's Subsidiaries  (as the case may be) during the
          Tranche 1 Availability Period in an aggregate principal amount not
          exceeding the aggregate Tranche 1A Commitments;

     (b)  TRANCHE 1B FACILITY: a term loan facility whereby, subject as
          aforesaid, the Banks, when requested by Bidco and/or (after becoming a
          Borrower hereunder pursuant to a Borrower Accession Agreement) the
          Target or any of the Target's Subsidiaries pursuant to a Request will
          make Tranche 1B Advances denominated in Sterling to Bidco, the Target
          or any of the Target's Subsidiaries (as the case may be) during the
          Tranche 1 Availability Period in an aggregate principal amount not
          exceeding the aggregate Tranche 1B Commitments; and

     (c)  TRANCHE 2 FACILITY: a revolving credit facility whereby, subject as
          aforesaid, the Banks, when requested by a Borrower pursuant to a
          Request, during the Tranche 2 Availability Period will make to the
          Borrower specified in or giving such Request Tranche 2 Advances or
          issue, or procure the LC Bank to issue for the account of such
          Borrower, Documentary Credits denominated in Sterling and/or an
          Optional Currency 
<PAGE>
 
                                      30

          or Optional Currencies up to an aggregate principal amount not
          exceeding at any one time the Original Sterling Amount equal to the
          aggregate Tranche 2 Commitments at such time.

2.2  LIMITATIONS

     Subject to the terms of this Agreement unless otherwise agreed by the
     Facility Agent and the Banks:

     (a)  no Utilisation of any Facility may be made before the Unconditional
          Date;

     (b)  Tranche 1A Utilisations may be made only by Bidco and/or (upon it
          becoming a Borrower pursuant to a Borrower Accession Agreement) the
          Target or any Subsidiary of the Target;

     (c)  Tranche 1B Utilisations may be made only by Bidco and/or (upon it
          becoming a Borrower pursuant to a Borrower Accession Agreement) the
          Target or any Subsidiary of the Target;

     (d)  without prejudice to the provisions of Clause 10.4(d), Bidco will use
          its reasonable endeavours to ensure that the number of additional
          Utilisations shall be controlled and that no more than 20 Tranche 1A
          and five Tranche 1B Utilisations are made;

     (e)  the aggregate Original Sterling Amount of the outstanding Tranche 2
          Utilisations at any time may not exceed the Tranche 2 Commitments then
          in effect;

     (f)  no Tranche 2 Utilisation may be made before there has been (or unless
          there is on the same day occurring) a drawing of the Tranche 1
          Commitments and no more than 10 Tranche 2 Advances may be outstanding
          at any time;

     (g)  (Pounds)200,000,000 of the Tranche 2 Commitments shall not be capable
          of being drawn other than (i) by way of Documentary Credit in favour
          of lessors (or by way of Documentary Credit as a counter indemnity to
          banks with outstanding guarantees, indemnities or letters of credit in
          favour of lessors) in relation to the lease and/or cross-border lease
          facilities in favour of Peterborough Power, Ltd referred to in the
          Borrowings List, and/or (ii) by way of Advance the proceeds of which
          are applied to cash collateralise obligations to such lessors in
          respect of such leases and/or to such banks in respect of such
          outstanding guarantees, indemnities or letters of credit in favour of
          such lessors (and accordingly unless and until such amount is drawn
          for that purpose or cancelled it shall remain undrawn but available
          for drawing upon and subject to the terms of this Agreement);

     (h)  prior to the Asset Split occurring Bidco shall not make any Tranche 1B
          Utilisation unless the entire proceeds are applied for the purpose
          specified in Clause 3.1(a)(ii)(B); and

     (i)  prior to the Asset Split occurring, Bidco shall not itself make
          Tranche 2 Utilisations outstanding at any time of an aggregate
          Original Sterling Amount in excess of (Pounds)50,000,000.
<PAGE>
 
                                      31

2.3  NATURE OF THE BANKS' RIGHTS AND OBLIGATIONS HEREUNDER

(a)  BANKS' COMMITMENTS:  No Bank is obliged to participate in the making of any
     Utilisation (i) in the case of a Tranche 1 Advance, in an amount exceeding
     its undrawn Tranche 1 Commitment, and (ii) in the case of a Tranche 2
     Utilisation, if to do so would cause the aggregate of the Original Sterling
     Amounts of its participations in the Tranche 2 Utilisations outstanding
     under this Agreement to exceed its Tranche 2 Commitment (provided that for
     the purpose of this Clause 2.3(a) its participation in an outstanding
     Documentary Credit issued by the LC Bank shall be its maximum potential
     liability under Clause 5.6 in respect of such Documentary Credit).

(b)  OBLIGATIONS SEVERAL:  The obligations of each Finance Party under the
     Finance Documents are several.  The failure of a Finance Party to carry out
     its obligations under this Agreement shall not relieve any other party of
     its obligations under any Finance Document.  No Finance Party shall be
     responsible for the obligations of any other Finance Party under the
     Finance Documents.

(c)  AGENTS NOT RESPONSIBLE:  The Facility Agent and the Security Agent, in
     their capacities as such, shall not be responsible for the non-performance
     by any Bank of its obligations under this Agreement.

(d)  RIGHTS SEVERAL:  The obligations of each Obligor to the Finance Parties
     under the Finance Documents are owed to each of them as separate and
     independent obligations.  Each Finance Party may, except as otherwise
     stated herein, separately enforce its rights hereunder without joining in
     any other Finance Party.

2.4  NATURE OF BORROWERS' RIGHTS AND OBLIGATIONS HEREUNDER

(a)  RIGHTS AND OBLIGATIONS: The obligations of the Borrowers under this
     Agreement in their capacities as such shall be separate and independent and
     not joint and several, and the Company and not the other Borrowers (save in
     their capacities as Guarantors) shall be liable for:-

     (i)  payment of all amounts becoming due under Clause 15 to the extent that
          such amounts are not referable to Utilisations made by or to monies
          received or receivable from a particular Borrower or are not otherwise
          in the reasonable opinion of the Facility Agent referable to a
          particular Borrower; and

     (ii) payment of all amounts due under Clause 25, to the extent that in the
          reasonable opinion of the Facility Agent such amounts are not
          referable to a particular Borrower.

(b)  FACILITY AGENT'S DETERMINATION: The written determination of the Facility
     Agent acting reasonably with regard to any matter which, according to
     Clause 2.4(a), is to be determined according to its reasonable opinion
     shall be conclusive save in the case of manifest error.  No person shall
     have any recourse to the Facility Agent in relation to any such
     determination if it proves to be the case that its opinion was incorrect
     unless the Facility Agent was grossly negligent or fraudulent in making any
     such determination.

(c)  COMPANY AS OBLIGORS' AGENT: Any and each Obligor (other than the Company)
     by and upon its execution of this Agreement or a Borrower Accession
<PAGE>
 
                                      32

     Agreement or a Guarantor Accession Agreement, irrevocably appoints the
     Company to act on its behalf as its agent in relation to the Finance
     Documents and irrevocably authorises the Company on its behalf to give all
     notices and instructions (including Requests) to execute on its behalf any
     Borrower Accession Agreement or Guarantor Accession Agreement and to make
     such agreements capable of being given or made by such Obligor
     notwithstanding that they may affect such Obligor, without further
     reference to or the consent of such Obligor and such Obligor shall be bound
     thereby as though such Obligor itself had given such notices and
     instructions (including, without limitation, any Requests) or executed or
     made such agreements.

(d)  COMPANY'S ACTS BINDING: Every act, omission, agreement, undertaking,
     settlement, waiver, notice or other communication given or made by the
     Company under this Agreement, or in connection with this Agreement (whether
     or not known to any other Obligor and whether occurring before or after
     such other Obligor became an Obligor under this Agreement) shall be binding
     for all purposes on all the Obligors as if the Obligors had expressly
     concurred with the same.  In the event of any conflict between any notices
     or other communications of the Company and any other Obligor, those of the
     Company shall prevail.

2.5  CHANGE OF CURRENCY

(a)  If more than one currency or currency unit are at the same time recognised
     by the central bank of any country as the lawful currency of that country,
     then:

     (i)   any reference in the Finance Documents to, and any obligations
           arising under the Finance Documents, in the currency of that country
           shall be translated into, or paid in, the currency or currency unit
           of that country designated by the Facility Agent acting reasonably;
           and 

     (ii)  any translation from one currency or currency unit to
           another shall be

           at the official rate of exchange recognised by the central bank for
           the conversion of that currency or currency unit into the other,
           rounded up or down by the Facility Agent acting reasonably.

(b)  If a change in any currency of a country occurs, this Agreement will be
     amended to the extent the Facility Agent specifies (after consultation with
     the Company),  to be necessary to reflect the change in currency and to put
     the Banks and the Obligors in the same position, so far as possible, that
     they would have been in if no change in currency had occurred provided that
     if, in the reasonable opinion of the Facility Agent it is possible only to
     put one or the other (but not both) of the Banks and the Obligors into such
     position, the Facility Agent shall be entitled to that extent to give
     priority to putting the Banks into that position.

2.6  MARGIN STOCK

(a)  Clauses 9.3, 21.3(a) and 21.3(c)(i) shall each be disapplied with respect
     to the Shares or the Target's American Depositary Shares (or any of them)
     and any proceeds arising from a disposal thereof until the delisting from
     The New York Stock Exchange of the Target's American Depositary Shares.

(b)  Upon the occurrence of the event set out in paragraphs (a)  above this
     Clause shall be of no effect and the provisions of Clauses 9.3, 21.3(a) and
     21.3(c)(i) shall apply to its fullest extent with respect to the Shares.
<PAGE>
 
                                      33

(c)  Whilst Clause 2.6(a) applies to the terms of this Agreement:

     (i)  Bidco shall not be permitted to dispose of the Shares or the Target's
          American Depositary Shares (or any of them) other than:

          (A)  on arm's length terms, for fair market value; and

          (B)  for cash consideration payable to it on the date of such
               disposal; and

     (ii) the proceeds arising from any disposal of the Shares or the Target's
          American Depositary Shares (or any of them) shall be held by Bidco in
          Cash or Cash Equivalent Investments.

3.   PURPOSE AND RESPONSIBILITY

3.1  PURPOSE

(a)  The proceeds of each Utilisation shall be applied only in or towards
     financing the following:

     (i)  in the case of Tranche 1A Advances to finance:

          (A)  the acquisition by Bidco of Shares (I) pursuant to the Offer and
               (II) by way of open market purchases after the Unconditional Date
               and whilst the Offer is continuing;

          (B)  payments by Bidco, the Target or any of its Subsidiaries to the
               Optionholders under proposals with respect to the Option Schemes
               put to them in connection with the Offer;

          (C)  the consideration payable pursuant to the operation by Bidco with
               respect to the Shares of the procedures contained in Sections
               428-430 of the Companies Act, 1985; and

          (D)  to the extent (if at all) permitted pursuant to Clause 3.2, any
               of the purposes to which the proceeds of Tranche 1B Advances may
               be applied in accordance with Clause 3.1(a)(ii).

     (ii)  in the case of Tranche 1B Advances, to finance (A) the refinancing of
           the Refinancing Debt by the Target and its Subsidiaries in accordance
           with Clause 21.9 and (B) the payment of Offer Costs;

     (iii) in the case of Tranche 2 Utilisations, (A) the general working
           capital requirements of the Borrowers and their Subsidiaries (subject
           always to the other terms of this Agreement), and (B) other general
           corporate purposes of the Borrowers and their Subsidiaries  permitted
           under the terms of this Agreement and (C) the refinancing of the
           Refinancing Debt by Bidco, the Target and its Subsidiaries in
           accordance with Clause 21.9.
<PAGE>
 
                                      34

(b)  Each Borrower undertakes that the proceeds of each Utilisation by it shall
     be used only for the purposes permitted for such Utilisations by Clause
     3.1, and that no Utilisation in any event shall be used in any way which
     would be illegal under, or would cause the invalidity or unenforceability
     (in each case in whole or in part) of any Finance Document under, any
     applicable law (including, without limitation, section 151 of the Companies
     Act 1985).

3.2  ADDITIONAL PURPOSE - TRANCHE 1A ADVANCES

     If at any time after the Unconditional Date the Company gives
     written notice to the Facility Agent requesting that this Clause 3.2 should
     come into operation and demonstrating to the reasonable satisfaction of the
     Majority Banks that, after 100% of the Shares have been acquired by Bidco
     and the consideration therefor has been paid in full and all payments to be
     made to the Optionholders have been made in full, an amount (the "SURPLUS")
     of the Tranche 1A Commitments will remain undrawn, then from and after the
     date of such notice the proceeds of Tranche 1A Advances in an aggregate
     amount not at any time exceeding the Surplus may be applied as provided for
     in Clause 3.1(a)(i)(D).

3.3  RESPONSIBILITY

     Without prejudice to the foregoing and the remaining provisions of this
     Agreement, none of the Finance Parties shall be bound to enquire as to the
     use or application of the proceeds of any Utilisation, nor shall any of
     them be responsible for or for the consequences of such use or application.

4.   CONDITIONS PRECEDENT

4.1  CONDITIONS PRECEDENT TO FIRST UTILISATION

     The obligations of each Finance Party to the Company and each Borrower
     under this Agreement with respect to the making of any Utilisations
     hereunder are subject to the conditions precedent that on or before the
     date of the first Utilisation hereunder:

     (a)  DOCUMENTS: the Facility Agent shall have received all of the documents
          listed in Schedule G Part I in the agreed form and each of the
          documents referred to in Schedule G Part I as being certified shall be
          certified by or on behalf of the relevant Obligor as being a true and
          complete copy, and in full force and effect as at the date such
          document is required to be delivered;

     (b)  EQUITY:

          (i)   all those matters (including, without limitation,
                capitalisations, reorganisations, transfers and debt repayments
                and receipts) described in the Structure Memorandum and required
                to have been completed on or before the Unconditional Date have
                been completed substantially in accordance with the Structure
                Memorandum;
              
          (ii)  the Open Market Shares have been transferred to and are
                unconditionally owned by Bidco;

          (iii) an aggregate amount of at least (Pounds)980,000,000 (or the
                Fixed Dollar Equivalent of such amount to the extent not
                deposited in Sterling) has been deposited into 
<PAGE>
 
                                      35

                the Offer Account and (save to the extent already so applied) is
                standing to the credit of the Offer Account and available for
                application in financing the acquisition of Shares pursuant to
                the Offer and by way of open market purchase after the
                Unconditional Date, and whilst the Offer is continuing; and
              
          (iv)  Coalco has entered into the Coalco Facility Agreement and the
                obligations of all the parties to the Coalco Facility Agreement
                are unconditional as regards the loans to be made to Coalco to
                be applied by Coalco in funding its loans to Bidco contemplated
                by the Structure Memorandum save to the extent that any of those
                obligations are conditional upon the making of a Utilisation or
                Utilisations under this Agreement, and Coalco has entered into
                an intercompany loan arrangement with Bidco to the effect that
                proceeds of certain drawings made pursuant to the Coalco
                Facility Agreement will be lent to Bidco (such loan being
                referred to herein as the "COALCO/BIDCO LOAN"), and has
                instructed the Coalco Lenders to remit directly (or through
                their agent) the proceeds of any such drawing under the Coalco
                Facility Agreement to the Offer Account.

          As to satisfaction of the conditions in paragraphs (i), (ii) and (iv)
          above, the certificate of an Authorised Signatory of  the Company
          shall be prima facie evidence;

     (c)  OFFER: the Offer shall have become or been declared unconditional in
          all respects without Bidco having declared the Offer or permitted the
          Offer to become so unconditional in circumstances where any provision
          of Clause 22 is breached thereby;

     (d)  HEDGING: the Company and the Facility Agent shall have agreed in
          writing the extent and type of the interest rate hedging arrangements
          the terms of which are to be documented by the Hedging Documents.

4.2  FURTHER CONDITIONS PRECEDENT

     The obligations of each Finance Party with  respect to the making of any
     Utilisation the proceeds of which are to be applied for any of the purposes
     set out in:

     (A)  Clause 3.1(a)(i) (other than 3.1(a)(i)(A)(II)); and

     (B)  3.1(a)(ii)(A) and 3.1(a)(iii)(C),

     are subject to the further conditions precedent that both at the date of
     the Request for and at the Utilisation Date for such Utilisation:

     (a)  (i)  no breach of Clause 22 (other than Clause 22(a)(i)(C), (ii) or
               (iii)) shall have occurred and be continuing which has not been
               waived by a Waiver Letter; and

          (ii) all of the representations and warranties in Clause 20.1(a), (b),
               (c), (d)(i) and (ii), (n) and (p) of this Agreement are correct
               in all material respects (as if then made) ignoring any
               references to Subsidiaries (other than Bidco), the Target, its
               Subsidiaries and their respective businesses and assets; and
<PAGE>
 
                                      36


          (iii)  no Event of Default falling within any of paragraphs (f) to (l)
                 inclusive of Clause 24.1 has occurred with respect to the
                 Company, Finance or Bidco; and

     (b)  the Facility Agent (acting reasonably) is satisfied that with respect
          to the making of a Tranche 1A Advance an advance in an amount at least
          equal to the Matching Amount with respect thereto has been or will be
          advanced by Coalco to Bidco on the terms of the Coalco/Bidco Loan
          Agreement on or prior to the making of such Tranche 1A Advance.

4.3  FURTHER CONDITIONS PRECEDENT

     The obligations of the Finance Parties in respect of each Utilisation
     (other than one to which the conditions in Clause 4.2 apply) are subject to
     the further conditions precedent that both at the date of the Request for
     and at the Utilisation Date for such Utilisation:

     (a)  in respect of each Utilisation by the drawing of one or more Tranche 2
          Advances by a Borrower to the extent that the Original Sterling Amount
          thereof does not exceed the Original Sterling Amount of one or more
          Tranche 2 Advances made in the same currency to such  Borrower which
          is or are repaid on such Utilisation Date by such Borrower (a
          "ROLLOVER ADVANCE"), no Event of Default shall have occurred and be
          continuing which has been declared pursuant to Clause 24.2 and not
          been waived; and

     (b)  (other than in respect of a Rollover Advance) (i) no Default shall
          have occurred and be continuing or would result from the making of
          such Utilisation which has not been waived pursuant to a Waiver
          Letter, and (ii) the representations and warranties in Clause 20.1 of
          this Agreement to be repeated on those dates are correct in all
          material respects and will be correct in all material respects
          immediately after the making of such Utilisation.

5.   ADVANCES AND DOCUMENTARY CREDITS

5.1  DELIVERY OF REQUEST

(a)  Subject to the terms of this Agreement, Bidco or (upon its accession as a
     Borrower pursuant to a Borrower Accession Agreement) any Borrower may
     request  a Utilisation  by delivering to the Facility Agent by facsimile
     transmission (provided that the original is sent to the Facility Agent) or
     letter, (in the case of a Documentary Credit or an Advance to be
     denominated in Sterling) prior to 10.00 a.m. on the Business Day before the
     proposed Utilisation Date or (in the case of a Documentary Credit or an
     Advance to be denominated in an Optional Currency) prior to 10.00 a.m. on
     the third Business Day before the proposed Utilisation Date (or in any such
     case at such later time and/or date as may be agreed by the Facility Agent
     in writing), a duly completed Request.

(b)  No Request for the issuance of a Documentary Credit may be delivered to the
     Facility Agent until the form of that Documentary Credit has been agreed by
     the Facility Agent, the Company, the beneficiary and either the LC Bank or
     (in the case of a Documentary Credit to be issued severally by the Banks)
     the Banks.  No request for the issuance of a Documentary Credit without a
     fixed tenor and fixed amount may be made.  Documentary Credits shall only
     be issued subject to and in accordance with all applicable laws and
     regulations and the Uniform Customs and Practice as referred to in Clause
     5.5(b), as in force from time to time
<PAGE>
 
                                      37

5.2  FORM OF REQUEST

     Each Request shall specify:

     (a)  the Borrower in relation thereto (being, in the case of a Tranche 1A
          Advance  to be applied in financing the acquisition of Shares, Bidco
          and, in the case of any other Tranche 1 Advance, Bidco, the Target or
          any of the Targets' Subsidiaries (upon (in the case of the Target or
          any of its Subsidiaries) it becoming a Borrower pursuant to a Borrower
          Accession Agreement) or, in the case of any Tranche 2 Utilisation, any
          Borrower);

     (b)  whether the Utilisation is a Tranche 1A Advance, a Tranche 1B Advance,
          a Tranche 2 Advance or a Tranche 2 Utilisation by way of Documentary
          Credit (and, if in the case of a Utilisation by way of Documentary
          Credit, the type of Documentary Credit to be issued);

     (c)  the proposed Utilisation Date, which shall be a Business Day falling
          during the applicable Availability Period and complying with any other
          applicable provisions of this Agreement;

     (d)  in the case of a Tranche 2 Utilisation, the currency of the Advance or
          Documentary Credit requested (being, in each case, Sterling or an
          Optional Currency);

     (e)  the principal amount of the Utilisation (the "REQUESTED AMOUNT")
          being, in the case of a Tranche 1 Advance or a Tranche 2 Advance to be
          denominated in Sterling an amount of not less than (Pounds)10,000,000
          in the case of a Tranche 1 Advance or (Pounds)20,000,000 in the case
          of a Tranche 2 Advance to be denominated in Sterling and in the case
          of a Tranche 2 Utilisation to be denominated in an Optional Currency,
          an amount equal to not less than the Sterling Equivalent of
          (Pounds)20,000,000, and in the case of a Tranche 2 Utilisation by way
          of Letter of Credit, a Sterling Equivalent of at least
          (Pounds)2,000,000, provided always that no Requested Amount for a
          Tranche 2 Utilisation may exceed the then Available Facility Amount;

     (f)  the duration of its (or, in the case of a Tranche 1 Advance, its
          first) Interest Period, in the manner required by and subject to the
          terms of Clause 10;

     (g)  in the case of a Documentary Credit, the name and address of the
          beneficiary, the beneficiary's receiving bank account and reasonable
          details of the liabilities payment of which is to be assured by the
          Documentary Credit, as well as the expiry date of the Documentary
          Credit (which shall be less than one year from the Utilisation Date
          therefor unless the Facility Agent shall otherwise agree); and

     (h)  in the case of an Advance, unless previously notified to the Facility
          Agent in writing and not revoked, the details of the bank and account
          to which the proceeds of the proposed Advance are to be made
          available.

     Subject to the terms of this Agreement, each Request shall be irrevocable
     and the Borrower named in the same shall be bound to borrow an Advance in
     accordance with such Request.  The Facility Agent shall promptly notify
     each Bank of each Request.
<PAGE>
 
                                      38

5.3  PARTICIPATIONS IN ADVANCES

     Subject to the terms of this Agreement each Bank shall, on the date
     specified in any Request for an Advance, make available to the Facility
     Agent for the account of the relevant Borrower the amount of its
     participation in that Advance in the proportion (applied to the Requested
     Amount) which its Commitment bearing the same Tranche designation as such
     Advance bears to the aggregate amount of the Commitments having such
     designation.  All such amounts shall be made available to the Facility
     Agent in accordance with Clause 12.1 for disbursement to or to the order of
     the relevant Borrower in accordance with the provisions of this Agreement.

5.4  ISSUE OF DOCUMENTARY CREDITS

(a)  Subject to the terms of this Agreement, on the proposed Utilisation Date,
     either the LC Bank or the Facility Agent (on behalf of all the Banks
     severally in proportion to their Tranche 2 Commitments) will issue, in the
     form approved (in accordance with Clause 5.1(b)), a Documentary Credit as
     specified in the relevant Request by delivering the same to or to the order
     of the beneficiary.

(b)  The LC Bank shall not be obliged to issue a Documentary Credit if it has
     not approved the identity of any assignee or transferee of or substitute
     for any Bank with respect to its Tranche 2 Commitment or any part thereof,
     in which case such Documentary Credit will be issued by the Facility Agent
     on behalf of the Banks severally in proportion to their Tranche 2
     Commitments.

5.5  COUNTER-INDEMNITY FROM ACCOUNT PARTY

(a)  Without prejudice to Clause 5.6, the Borrower for whose account any
     Documentary Credit is opened or issued (the "ACCOUNT PARTY") will indemnify
     and hold harmless and keep each Finance Party indemnified and held harmless
     from and against all liabilities, losses, damages, claims and costs which
     such Finance Party may suffer or incur in connection with such Documentary
     Credit and any payment made pursuant to it, except to the extent that any
     such liability, loss, damage, claim or cost results from such Finance
     Party's negligence or wilful misconduct.

(b)  Each Account Party irrevocably directs each Finance Party to pay without
     further confirmation or investigation from or by it any demand appearing or
     purporting to be validly made pursuant to any Documentary Credit.  Where
     any Documentary Credit calls for certificates or other documents each
     Finance Party may assume, without investigation, that the certificates or
     documents tendered are duly signed by the person by whom they appear to be
     signed and are genuine and correct.  Without prejudice to the rights under
     the Uniform Customs and Practice for Documentary Credits (1993 Revision)
     (ICC Publication No. 500) (which shall apply in relation to all Documentary
     Credits issued under this Agreement), the relevant Account Party agrees to
     reimburse each Finance Party forthwith on written demand for any amounts
     paid by such Finance Party pursuant to any such demand in the currency paid
     by such Finance Party, together with interest on such amounts at a rate
     determined in accordance with Clause 11.3 from the date such amounts are
     paid by such Finance Party until reimbursement as aforesaid.

(c)  The obligations of each Account Party under this Clause 5.5 shall not be
     impaired by (a) any waiver or time granted to or by any Finance Party, (b)
     any release or dealings with any rights or security by any Finance Party
     (including, without limitation, under the Finance Documents), 
<PAGE>
 
                                      39

     (c) any invalidity of any Documentary Credit, or (d) any other
     circumstances which might impair such obligations.

(d)  So long as any amount is or is capable of becoming outstanding by any
     Obligor to any of the Finance Parties under any of the Finance Documents or
     any Commitment is in force, no Account Party shall by virtue of any payment
     made by it pursuant to this Clause 5.5 or by virtue of any realisation of
     security made in respect of its obligations under this Clause 5.5, claim or
     exercise any right of subrogation, contribution or indemnity against any
     member of the Company Group in competition with any Finance Party.

5.6  BANKS' COUNTER-GUARANTEE

(a)  Each Bank as primary obligor guarantees to the LC Bank, on demand by the LC
     Bank from time to time, the due performance by each Account Party in
     relation to each Documentary Credit issued by the LC Bank, of its
     obligations under Clause 5.5, provided that the liability of each Bank in
     relation to any particular default in performance of such obligations by
     such Account Party shall not exceed such Bank's pro rata share (being the
     proportion which its Tranche 2 Commitment bears to the aggregate of the
     Tranche 2 Commitments at the date the Documentary Credit was issued) of the
     amount in default.

(b)  The LC Bank shall promptly notify the Facility Agent and the Company of any
     demand served on it under any Documentary Credit and each payment made
     pursuant thereto and of any failure by any Account Party in performing its
     obligations under Clause 5.5.

(c)  The guarantees of each of the Banks contained in this Clause 5.6 shall be
     as supplemented by the terms set out in Schedule H. The provisions of
     Clauses 12.1, 13.2 and 13.3 shall apply, mutatis mutandis, in relation to
     payments to be made by each Bank to the LC Bank pursuant to this Clause.

(d)  Each Obligor agrees that, to the extent that any Bank makes any payment to
     the LC Bank pursuant to this Clause 5.6, that Bank will thereupon be
     subrogated to any rights the LC Bank may then have against any Obligor in
     respect of the amount so paid by that Bank, and each Account Party will
     indemnify such Bank in respect of the amount so paid by that Bank.  Each
     Account Party shall also indemnify that Bank against all costs and expenses
     incurred by that Bank in recovering or attempting to recover any amount
     pursuant to its rights of subrogation referred to above.

5.7  LC BANK'S POSITION

     To the extent not inconsistent with the LC Bank acting as principal and not
     as agent in issuing and agreeing to issue any Documentary Credit under this
     Agreement, the provisions of Clause 26 excluding or restricting liability
     and responsibility shall apply mutatis mutandis for the benefit of the LC
     Bank in its relations with the Banks and each Account Party.

5.8  CHANGE OF LC BANK

(a)  The Facility Agent, with the prior approval of the Company and the Majority
     Banks, may designate any Bank as a replacement LC Bank, but not with
     respect to Documentary Credits already issued by an existing LC Bank.
<PAGE>
 
                                      40

(b)  The LC Bank may resign at any time on giving not less than 3 months' prior
     written notice to the Facility Agent and the Company to expire on or after
     the first anniversary of the Unconditional Date if (i) the Company and the
     Majority Banks consent, or (ii) there is in the reasonable opinion of the
     LC Bank an actual or potential conflict of interest in it continuing to act
     as LC Bank, or (iii) it ceases to have a Commitment in effect.

(c)  If the LC Bank does so resign and no replacement is so appointed, any
     Documentary Credit to be issued in accordance with the terms of this
     Agreement will be issued by the Facility Agent on behalf of the Banks
     severally in proportion to their respective Tranche 2 Commitments as in
     effect at the date of issue.

6.   OPTIONAL CURRENCIES

6.1  SELECTION OF OPTIONAL CURRENCY

     The relevant Borrower shall, in relation to any Tranche 2 Advance or
     Documentary Credit in the Request therefor, specify an Optional Currency in
     which it wishes that Advance or Documentary Credit to be denominated and
     the Facility Agent shall promptly notify the Banks of that notice.

6.2  NOTIFICATION OF AGENT'S SPOT RATE OF EXCHANGE

     If a Tranche 2 Advance or Documentary Credit is to be denominated or issued
     in an Optional Currency, the Facility Agent shall promptly notify the
     relevant Borrower and the Banks of the applicable Agent's Spot Rate of
     Exchange, the Optional Currency amount and the Sterling Equivalent of such
     Tranche 2 Advance as soon as practicable after they are ascertained.

6.3  DETERMINATION OF CURRENCY

     If a Bank (the "DETERMINING BANK") gives notice to the Agent (which shall
     promptly notify the relevant Borrower) before 10.00 a.m. at least two
     Business Days prior to the Utilisation Date relative to any Tranche 2
     Advance to be denominated in an Optional Currency certifying in that notice
     that by reason of circumstances affecting the London interbank eurocurrency
     market deposits in the currency specified in the relevant Request of an
     amount of not less than its participation in such Advance will not be
     readily available to it in the London interbank eurocurrency market for the
     (or the first) Interest Period relative to such Advance, such certification
     being conclusive against the relevant Borrower, then the relevant Borrower
     may by notice to the Facility Agent before 11.00 a.m. on the second
     Business Day prior to the proposed Utilisation Date specify that the
     Determining Bank's portion of such Tranche 2 Advance shall be denominated
     in Sterling (if not initially requested) or another Optional Currency, and
     in the absence of such notice from the relevant Borrower by such time the
     Determining Bank's portion of such Advance shall be denominated in
     Sterling. Such changes shall be deemed to be made to the definition of
     LIBOR as the Facility Agent may reasonably determine to be necessary for
     the purpose of determining LIBOR to apply to the Determining Bank's portion
     of such Advance and notify to the relevant Borrower and the Banks.

6.4  REVOCATION OF CURRENCY

     If prior to 10.30 a.m. on the second Business Day prior to the proposed
     Utilisation Date there shall occur any changes in national or
     international, financial, political or economic conditions, currency
     availability, currency exchange rates or exchange controls which, in the
     reasonable 
<PAGE>
 
                                      41

     opinion (which shall be conclusive) of the Facility Agent after
     consultation with the Reference Banks, render it impracticable for any
     Advance to be denominated in the Optional Currency concerned, the Facility
     Agent shall give notice to the relevant Borrower to that effect before
     11.00 a.m. two Business Days prior to the Utilisation Date for the making
     of that Advance. In that event the relevant Advance shall be denominated in
     Sterling unless the relevant Borrower, the Facility Agent and the Banks
     agree that it shall be denominated in another Optional Currency (in which
     case, for the purpose only of determining LIBOR to apply to that Advance,
     such changes shall be deemed to be made to the definition of LIBOR as the
     Facility Agent may reasonably determine and notify to the relevant Borrower
     and the Banks).

6.5  AMOUNT

     Subject as otherwise provided in this Agreement if a Tranche 2 Advance is
     to be made in an Optional Currency, each Bank will make available to the
     Facility Agent an amount in that Optional Currency equal to its
     participation in such Requested Amount in the proportion which its
     Commitment bears to the Total Commitments.

7.   CANCELLATION OF COMMITMENTS

7.1  TRANCHE 1 COMMITMENTS

     Any part of the Tranche 1 Commitments not borrowed hereunder shall be
     cancelled automatically at the close of business in London on the expiry of
     the Tranche 1 Availability Period.

7.2  TRANCHE 2 COMMITMENTS

     The Tranche 2 Commitments shall be cancelled at close of business in London
     on the last day of the Tranche 2 Availability Period.

7.3  VOLUNTARY CANCELLATION

     The Company may, on giving not less than three Business Days' prior written
     notice to the Facility Agent (which shall promptly give notice of the same
     to the Banks) at any time cancel or reduce the Tranche 1 Commitments or the
     Tranche 2 Commitments in whole or in part (but, if in part, by a minimum of
     (Pounds)20,000,000 and in whole multiples of (Pounds)2,500,000 in each
     case) without incurring any penalty or other cost, provided that such
     cancellation or reduction may only be effected to the extent of the amount
     of the Tranche 1 Commitments or Tranche 2 Commitments (as the case may be)
     undrawn on the date therefor taking into account any repayment or
     prepayment of any Utilisation due to be made on that date. Any such notice
     by the Company shall be irrevocable and shall specify the date upon which
     the reduction is to become effective and the amount of the reduction.

7.4  REDUCTION CONSEQUENT ON REPAYMENT OR PREPAYMENT

(a)  Subject to Clause 7.4(b), the Tranche 1 Commitments shall be reduced and
     cancelled (such reduction being applied pro rata as between the Tranche 1
     Commitments of all of the Banks),  by the amount of any repayment or
     prepayment of any Tranche 1 Advance made pursuant to any provision of this
     Agreement.
<PAGE>
 
                                      42

(b)  Each Bank's Tranche 1 Commitment shall be reduced and cancelled by the
     amount of any prepayment of that Bank's participation in any Tranche 1
     Advance made pursuant to any of Clauses 13.6, 14.5, 15.2 or 16.

7.5  LIMITATIONS

     Save as expressly provided in this Agreement any amount of the Commitments
     cancelled or otherwise extinguished under this Agreement may not be
     reinstated.  Save as expressly provided in this Agreement none of the
     Commitments may be reduced or cancelled under this Agreement.

8.   REPAYMENT

8.1  REPAYMENT OF THE TRANCHE 1 ADVANCES

     Each Borrower, subject to the application of Clause 9, shall repay the
     Tranche 1 Advances made to it in full on the Final Repayment Date.

8.2  REPAYMENT OF THE TRANCHE 2 UTILISATIONS

     Each Borrower shall repay the full amount of each Tranche 2 Advance made to
     it on the last day of the Interest Period relating to that Tranche 2
     Advance, provided always that each Tranche 2 Utilisation then outstanding
     shall be repaid in full on the Final Repayment Date.

9.   PREPAYMENT

9.1  PROHIBITION

     No Borrower may prepay all or any part of any Utilisation except as
     expressly provided in this Agreement.

9.2  VOLUNTARY PREPAYMENT

(a)  Subject to Clause 9.2(b), the Company, on giving not less than  five
     Business Days' prior written notice to the Facility Agent (which shall
     promptly give notice of the same to the Banks) specifying, inter alia, the
     amount and date for prepayment and identifying the Utilisation concerned,
     may procure that any Utilisation is prepaid at any time in whole or in part
     by the Borrower by which it was made, provided that any prepayment shall be
     (if in part) in the case of a Tranche 1 Advance or a Tranche 2 Utilisation
     of an amount which is at least (Pounds)20,000,000 (or its equivalent in
     other currencies, in the case of a Tranche 2 Utilisation) (and, if more, a
     whole multiple of (Pounds)2,500,000).

(b)  Any such prepayment and any prepayment pursuant to Clause 9.3 shall be
     applied pro rata against the participations of the Banks in the Utilisation
     prepaid.

9.3  MANDATORY PREPAYMENT FROM NET PROCEEDS

     Subject to Clause  9.4 below, if:

     (a)  any of the assets, business or undertaking of any member of the
          Company Group are disposed of; or
<PAGE>
 
                                      43


     (b)   any funds are received by the Company which represent the proceeds of
           an equity subscription in it (other than any equity subscription made
           by Energyco to the extent permitted by Clause 21.6(f)); or

     (c)   any insurance proceeds are recovered by a member of the Group which
           represent Net Proceeds,

     the Company, unless the Majority Banks shall otherwise consent in writing,
     shall apply, or shall procure that (subject to the proviso set out below)
     there shall be applied, promptly an amount equal to the Net Proceeds
     arising from the disposal or recovery or subscription in or towards
     prepayment of the Utilisations in accordance with this Clause 9, provided
     that the foregoing shall not apply:

     (i)   to Net Proceeds arising from a disposal of trading stock in the
           ordinary course of trading; or

     (ii)  to Net Proceeds arising from a disposal of assets not constituting
           trading stock which are to be replaced by other assets being acquired
           for use for like purposes and are so replaced within three months of
           the date of such disposal (save to the extent the Net Proceeds exceed
           the acquisition cost of those other assets); or

     (iii) to Net Proceeds arising from any disposal permitted by Clause
           21.3(c)(ii)(A), (D), (E), (G), (I) or (J); or

     (iv)  to Net Proceeds arising from any insurance recovery where Net
           Proceeds arising out of the same or related claims do not exceed
           (Pounds)25,000,000 in the aggregate and/or (with respect only to any
           excess the Company confirms that such excess Net Proceeds are to be
           applied in the reinstatement of the asset in respect of which such
           recovery was made or purchasing a like replacement asset; or

     (v)   (other than in respect of the disposal or sale of assets permitted
           pursuant to Clause 21.3(c)(ii)(F)) to Net Proceeds arising from
           disposals (other than those falling within paragraphs (i) to (iv)
           above) made during any annual Accounting Period the aggregate
           consideration for which (taken together) does not exceed an amount
           equal to ten per cent. (10%) of the consolidated gross assets of the
           Bidco Group shown in the audited Accounts of the Bidco Group most
           recently delivered to the Facility Agent pursuant to Clause
           21.2(a)(i)(I) (or, at any time prior to the delivery of such
           Accounts, the Base Financial Statements) provided and to the extent
           that such consideration is applied within one year of receipt in
           acquiring other assets to be used in the course of the Bidco Group's
           business without any breach of Clause 21.10(a); or

     (vi)  50% of the Net Proceeds arising from any other disposals (other than
           in respect of the disposal or sale of assets permitted pursuant to
           Clause 21.3(c)(ii)(F)) which do not fall to be dealt with under
           paragraphs (i) to (v) above provided and to the extent that such 50%
           portion of the Net Proceeds is applied within one year of receipt in
           acquiring other assets to be used in the course of the Bidco Group's
           business carried on without breaching Clause 21.10(a); or
<PAGE>
 
                                      44


     (vii) to Net Proceeds arising as a result of any disposal referred to in
           the Structure Memorandum and carried out as contemplated therein.

9.4  AVAILABILITY OF NET PROCEEDS

     Where:

     (i)  the terms of a Licence restrict the ability of a member of the Bidco
          Group to make Net Proceeds available;

     (ii) a member of the Bidco Group is prohibited by section 151 et seq.
          Companies Act 1985 from applying Net Proceeds; or

     (ii) Net Proceeds cannot be remitted to any of Australia, USA or United
          Kingdom,

     in each case for the purpose of funding any prepayment required pursuant to
     Clause 9.3 consequent on the receipt of those Net Proceeds, then such
     prepayment shall only be required to be made when and to the extent that
     those Net Proceeds can be made available for such purpose without breaking
     the terms of such Licence or such law.  The Company will and will procure
     that the relevant member of the Bidco Group will use all reasonable
     endeavours to obtain as soon as reasonably practicable any consent or
     complete any procedure which may be required under the terms of such
     Licence or such law (as the case may be) in order for such Net Proceeds to
     be so made available.

9.5  GENERAL PROVISIONS RELATING TO PREPAYMENT

(a)  Any notice of prepayment given under this Agreement shall be irrevocable,
     and the Company or the Borrower named in such notice shall be bound to
     prepay (or, in the case of the Company, to procure prepayment) in
     accordance with such notice.

(b)  Amounts repaid and prepaid in respect of any Tranche 1 Advance under any
     provision of this Agreement may not be reborrowed hereunder.

(c)  Amounts repaid or prepaid pursuant to Clause 8.2 or 9.2 in respect of
     Tranche 2 Utilisations may, prior to the Final Repayment Date but subject
     to the terms of this Agreement, be redrawn as Tranche 2 Utilisations.  Any
     amounts repaid or prepaid in respect of Tranche 2 Utilisations under any
     other provision of this Agreement may not be redrawn.

(d)  Any prepayment of any Advance under any provision of this Agreement shall
     be made together with interest accrued on the amount prepaid, but (subject
     to Clause 25.2(c)), without premium or penalty.

9.6  ORDER OF APPLICATION

     The amount required to be applied in prepayment pursuant to Clauses 9.3 and
     9.4 shall be applied as follows:

     (a)  first, in prepayment of the Tranche 1 Utilisations until repaid or
          prepaid in full;

     (b)  second, against the Tranche 2 Advances (pro rata) in prepayment
          thereof (and cancellation of the corresponding amount of the Tranche 2
          Commitments); and
<PAGE>
 
                                      45

     (c)  third, against the Tranche 2 Utilisations not otherwise prepaid in
          accordance with (b) above, in prepayment thereof (and cancellation of
          the corresponding amount of the Tranche 2 Commitments).

9.7  DATE OF PREPAYMENT

(a)  If any Obligor becomes obliged to prepay or procure the prepayment of any
     amount under Clauses 9.3 or 9.4 the prepayment shall be made on the next
     Interest Date relating to the Advance to be repaid (or forthwith in the
     case of an outstanding Documentary Credit) and pending such application
     shall be deposited in an interest bearing blocked account (the "BLOCKED
     ACCOUNT") in the name of the relevant Borrower held with the Facility
     Agent, unless the Company by not less than 5 Business Days' written notice
     to the Facility Agent has specified that an immediate prepayment is to be
     made in which case the prepayment shall be made on or within 5 Business
     Days after the date of such recovery, disposal, claim, sale or
     subscription, as the case may be.

(b)  So long as any Utilisation remains outstanding or any of the Commitments
     are available for utilisation (whether or not subject to conditions
     precedent), no amount shall be withdrawn from any Blocked Account except
     for immediate application in making any required prepayment or accelerated
     repayment or as provided in (c) below.

(c)  The Facility Agent or the relevant Obligor shall be entitled (but not
     obliged) to apply the whole or any part of the sums standing to the credit
     of any Blocked Account in the name of any Obligor in or towards payment of
     any unpaid sums at any time due from the Obligor under this Agreement.

10.  INTEREST PERIODS

10.1 SELECTION AND AGREEMENT

     The relevant Borrower shall give notice to the Facility Agent not later
     than (in the case of any Advance denominated in Sterling) 10.00 a.m. on the
     Business Day prior to, or (in the case of any Advance denominated in an
     Optional Currency) three Business Days prior to the commencement of each
     (or the) Interest Period relative to any Advance made hereunder (or in the
     Request therefor in the case of the first Interest Period relative to any
     Tranche 1 Advance or the Interest Period in the case of any Tranche 2
     Advance) specifying the duration of such Interest Period, which in the case
     of any Tranche 1 Advance or Tranche 2 Advance shall be of one, two, three
     or six months, or in each case such other duration as may be agreed (or
     deemed agreed in accordance with Clause 10.4(c)) by the Facility Agent
     after consultation with the Reference Banks or as may be required in order
     to comply with Clause 10.3 (provided that if such duration is over six
     months then the Facility Agent may only agree with the unanimous consent of
     the Banks participating in such Advance and provided further that with
     respect to any Interest Period commencing prior to the earlier of (i) the
     date on which the Facility Agent notifies the Company that the general
     syndication of the Facilities has been completed (which the Facility Agent
     shall do promptly upon it being so completed) and (ii) six months of the
                                                   ---
     Unconditional Date, such Interest Periods shall, subject to Clause 10.4(c)
     be of one month's duration unless the Facility Agent otherwise agrees).  If
     the relevant Borrower fails to specify the duration of an Interest Period
     for any Advance the duration of that Interest Period shall be 
<PAGE>
 
                                      46
 
     three months subject as otherwise required in order to comply with any
     other provision of this Agreement.
 
10.2 SPLITTING

     Subject to Clause 10.4(d), the relevant Borrower may, in any notice given
     pursuant to Clause 10.1 (or in any Request therefor) split any Tranche 1
     Advance into any number of separate Tranche 1 Advances (each having an
     Interest Period of a different duration, separately designated in such
     notice or Request), provided that each such separate Advance must be of a
     minimum amount of (Pounds)20,000,000.  Each Advance resulting from any such
     splitting shall continue as a separate Advance unless and until
     consolidated with another Advance having the same Tranche designation.

10.3 RESTRICTIONS ON SELECTION

(a)  Each Borrower shall use its reasonable endeavours to ensure the selection
     by it of the duration of Interest Periods pursuant to Clause 10.1 so that
     the Final Repayment Date will also be an Interest Date relative to all
     outstanding Advances.

(b)  If it appears to the Facility Agent in good faith that the requirements of
     paragraph (a) above will not be met by a Borrower's selection of any
     Interest Period, the Facility Agent, on behalf of and after consultation
     with that Borrower, may (but shall not be obliged to) select a different
     duration for such Interest Period (which shall prevail over that selected
     by that Borrower) in order to facilitate the meeting of such requirements.

10.4 DURATION AND CONSOLIDATION

(a)  The first (or the) Interest Period relative to each Advance shall commence
     on its Utilisation Date and end on the last day of the period selected or
     provided for in accordance with this Clause.  Any subsequent Interest
     Periods in relation to a Tranche 1 Advance shall commence on the expiry of
     the immediately preceding Interest Period relating thereto and end on the
     last day of the period so selected or provided therefor.  If any Interest
     Period for any Advance would otherwise end on a day which is not a Business
     Day, such Interest Period shall end instead on the next Business Day.

(b)  If any Interest Period relating to any Tranche 1 Advance expires on an
     Interest Date relative to (respectively) another Tranche 1 Advance then,
     with effect from such Interest Date, such Tranche 1 Advances, subject to
     Clauses 10.1, 10.2 and 10.3, shall be aggregated and consolidated to form
     (respectively) a single Tranche 1 Advance.

(c)  Any Borrower in its Request for a Tranche 1 Advance shall be entitled to
     specify that the first Interest Period in respect of such Tranche 1 Advance
     shall be of a period  (the "SHORT PERIOD") other than one, two, three or
     six months (but in any event a period greater than 14 days but not
     exceeding six months) and where the last day of the period selected is an
     Interest Date relative to another Tranche 1 Advance then the Facility Agent
     and the Reference Banks shall be deemed to have agreed that the first
     Interest Period in respect of such Advance shall be the Short Period.

(d)  Bidco shall use its reasonable endeavours to procure (i) that the Tranche 1
     Advances shall be aggregated and consolidated to form not more than 20
     Tranche 1A Advances and five Tranche 
<PAGE>
 
                                      47

     1B Advances outstanding at any one time; and (ii) that until the earlier of
     the date 6 months after the date of the first Utilisation and the
     conclusion of general syndication, Interest Periods for all Advances shall
     be selected so as to facilitate so far as possible syndication and the
     effecting of all transfers pursuant thereto on Interest Dates relative to
     the outstanding Advances.

10.5 NOTIFICATION

     The Facility Agent will notify the relevant Banks and the Company and (if
     different) the relevant Borrower of the duration of each Interest Period
     relating to each Advance promptly after ascertaining the same.

11.  INTEREST

11.1 RATE

     The rate of interest applicable to each Advance for each (or the) Interest
     Period relative to it shall be the rate per annum determined by the
     Facility Agent to be the aggregate of:-

     (a)  the Margin;

     (b)  LIBOR relative to such Advance for such Interest Period; and

     (c)  the Additional Cost, if any, relative to such Advance from time to
          time during such Interest Period.

11.2 DUE DATES

     Save as otherwise provided herein, interest accrued on each Advance for
     each Interest Period relative thereto shall be paid by the Borrower in
     respect of such Advance in the currency of the Advance relative thereto in
     arrear on the last day of such Interest Period and also, in the case of an
     Interest Period of a duration exceeding six months, on the last day of each
     consecutive period of six months from the first day of such Interest
     Period.

11.3 DEFAULT INTEREST

     If any Obligor fails to pay any amount payable by it under this Agreement
     on the due date therefor, such Obligor, on demand by the Facility Agent
     from time to time, shall pay interest on such overdue amount (including
     overdue default interest) in the currency in which such overdue amount is
     for the time being denominated from the due date up to the date of actual
     payment, both before and after judgement, at a rate determined by the
     Facility Agent to be one per cent. (1%) per annum above that which would be
     payable if such overdue amount constituted, during the period of non-
     payment thereof, an Advance made to such Obligor in the same currency as
     the overdue amount for successive Interest Periods of such duration of up
     to three months as the Facility Agent, after consultation with the Company
     to the extent practicable in the circumstances, may designate from time to
     time.  Such rate shall be determined or redetermined on the first Business
     Day of each such Interest Period.  In calculating the amount of default
     interest due from the Guarantor in respect of any overdue amount due from
     any Borrower, the amount of default interest accrued due from such Borrower
     and the amount of overdue default interest accrued due from the Guarantor
     shall not be double counted.
<PAGE>
 
                                      48

11.4 BANK BASIS

     Interest shall accrue from day to day, and be computed on the basis of a
     year of 365 days (or, where customary in the relevant financial market, 360
     days in respect of interest on Advances made in an Optional Currency) for
     the actual number of days elapsed.

11.5 DETERMINATION CONCLUSIVE; NOTIFICATION

     Each determination of a rate of interest by the Facility Agent under this
     Agreement shall, in the absence of manifest error, be conclusive and shall
     be promptly notified to the Company, the relevant Borrower and the Banks.

12.  PAYMENTS

12.1 FUNDS, PLACE AND CURRENCY

     Payments under this Agreement to the Facility Agent shall be made in freely
     transferable funds for same day value on the due date at such times and in
     such manner as the Facility Agent may specify to the party concerned as
     being customary at the time for the settlement of transactions in the
     currency in which the amount concerned is denominated to such account of
     the Facility Agent at such bank or office as the Facility Agent shall
     designate by at least three Business Days' notice to the party liable.

12.2 APPLICATION

     Each payment received by the Facility Agent for the account of another
     person pursuant to Clause 12.1 shall:-

     (a)  in the case of a payment received for the account of any Borrower, be
          made available by the Facility Agent to that Borrower by application,
          on the date and in the funds of receipt:-

          (i)  first, in or towards payment of any amounts then due and payable
               (and unpaid) by that Borrower under this Agreement; and

          (ii) second, in payment to such account as that Borrower shall have
               properly designated for the purpose in the relevant Request or
               otherwise in writing; and

     (b)  in the case of any other payment, be made available by the Facility
          Agent to the person for whose account the payment was received (in the
          case of a Bank, for the account of its Facility Office) on the date
          and in the currency and funds of receipt to such account of the person
          with the office or bank in the country of the currency concerned as
          that person shall have previously notified to the Facility Agent for
          the purposes of this Agreement.

     The Facility Agent (or the Security Agent in the case of monies received
     pursuant to the Security Documents) shall promptly distribute monies
     received for the account of the Banks among the Banks pro rata to their
     respective entitlements and in the funds and currency of receipt, provided
     that the Facility Agent or Security Agent (as the case may be) may deduct
     therefrom any amount due to the Facility Agent pursuant to Clause 12.4 or
     31.2.
<PAGE>
 
                                      49

12.3 CURRENCY

(a)  Interest accrued under this Agreement shall be payable in the currency in
     which the relevant amount in respect of which it has accrued was
     denominated during the period of accrual.

(b)  The principal of each Advance shall be repaid or prepaid in the currency in
     which it is denominated.

12.4 RECOVERY OF PAYMENTS

     Unless the Facility Agent shall have received notice from a Bank or
     Borrower not later than (in the case of any Sterling amount) 3p.m. on the
     Business Day prior to, or (in the case of any amount denominated in an
     Option Currency) 11.00 a.m. on the second Business Day prior to the date
     upon which such Bank or Borrower (the "PARTY LIABLE") is to pay an amount
     to the Facility Agent for transfer to any Borrower or any Bank respectively
     (the "PAYEE") that the Party Liable does not intend to make that amount
     available to the Facility Agent on the due date, the Facility Agent may
     assume that the Party Liable has paid that amount to the Facility Agent on
     that date in accordance with this Agreement.  In reliance upon that
     assumption, the Facility Agent may (but shall not be obliged to) make
     available to the Payee(s) a corresponding sum.  If that amount is not in
     fact so made available to the Facility Agent, the Payee(s) shall forthwith
     on demand repay that sum to the Facility Agent together with interest on
     such sum until its repayment at a rate determined by the Facility Agent to
     reflect its cost of funds incurred in making available the corresponding
     amount to that Payee(s) (any such determination to be conclusive in the
     absence of manifest error).  The Facility Agent may make a demand on a
     Borrower as Payee only if and to the extent that the Facility Agent has
     demanded the appropriate funds from the relevant Bank and those funds have
     not been paid by that Bank forthwith after the demand.  The provisions of
     this Clause are without prejudice to any rights the Facility Agent and the
     Payee may have against the Party Liable.

12.5 NON-BUSINESS DAYS

     Whenever any payment under any Finance Document shall become due on a day
     which is not a Business Day, the due date for that payment shall be
     extended to the next Business Day.  During any such extension of the due
     date for payment of any principal, interest shall be payable on such
     principal at the rate payable on the original due date.

12.6 APPROPRIATIONS

     Other than in the case of prepayment to a specific Bank permitted by the
     terms of this Agreement, in the case of a partial payment by any Obligor of
     amounts due and payable under any Finance Document, the Facility Agent or,
     as the case may be, the Security Agent may appropriate such payment towards
     such of the amounts due and payable by such Obligor under this Agreement as
     the Facility Agent or, as the case may be, the Security Agent may with the
     approval of the Majority Banks decide (subject to the requirement that such
     payment shall be appropriated first towards those overdue amounts which
     attract the higher Margin), and each part of any payment so appropriated
     towards a particular amount due and payable under any Finance Document
     shall be treated as received by the Facility Agent or, as the case may be,
     the Security Agent for the account of the Banks to whom such particular
     amount is due, in each case pro rata to the respective amounts thereof due
     to each of them from such Obligor.  Any such appropriation shall override
     any appropriation made by any Obligor.
<PAGE>
 
                                      50

12.7 CERTIFICATIONS

     Save as otherwise provided herein, any certification or determination of a
     rate or amount or other matter as referred to herein and made by the
     Facility Agent or a Bank, as the case may be, shall be prima facie evidence
     of the same.

13.  TAXES

13.1 APPLICABLE TAXES

     As used in this Agreement, "APPLICABLE TAXES" means all Taxes imposed by or
     in the jurisdiction in which the relevant Obligor is resident or any other
     country through or out of which the relevant payment is made or by any
     federation or organisation of which that country may be a member or by or
     through any taxation authority of that country, federation or organisation
     on any payment by any Obligor or any Finance Party to any Finance Party,
     under any Finance Document, other than Taxes imposed on that payment which
     would not have been imposed on that payment if the Finance Party to which
     or for whose account that payment was made was a Recognised Bank.

13.2 NO SET-OFF OR DEDUCTIONS

     All payments to be made by any Obligor to any Finance Party under any of
     the Finance Documents shall be made:-

     (a)  without set-off or counterclaim; and

     (b)  free and clear of all and without deduction for or on account of any
          Applicable Taxes, except to the extent that such Obligor is compelled
          by law to make payment subject to the Applicable Taxes.

13.3 GROSS-UP

     If any Applicable Taxes or amounts in respect thereof must be deducted from
     any payment by an Obligor to any Finance Party under any Finance Document
     or any other deductions must be made from any amounts so paid by any
     Obligor (or from any corresponding payment by any Finance Party to any
     other Finance Party under or pursuant to the terms of any Finance
     Document), or any such payment shall otherwise be required to be made
     subject to any Applicable Tax, such Obligor shall pay such additional
     amounts as may be necessary to ensure that each Finance Party receives a
     net amount after deduction for and payment of all Applicable Taxes equal to
     the full amount which it would have received had payment not been made
     subject to the Applicable Tax.  All Applicable Taxes required to be
     deducted from any payment by any Obligor to any Finance Party under any
     Finance Document shall be deducted and paid when due by such Obligor to the
     applicable Tax authorities.  Each Finance Party shall notify each Obligor
     through the Facility Agent of the application of this Clause 13.3 to any
     payment then due or to become due to it under any Finance Document promptly
     upon its becoming aware of the same.

13.4 TAX RECEIPTS

     As soon as reasonably practicable after each payment by any Obligor of any
     Applicable Tax (or any Tax which would be an Applicable Tax save for the
     exception contained in Clause 
<PAGE>
 
                                      51

     13.1) on any payment by it to any Finance Party under any Finance Document,
     such Obligor shall deliver to the Facility Agent for the relevant payee
     Finance Party evidence reasonably satisfactory to the payee (including
     copies of relevant Tax receipts received by such Obligor, which such
     Obligor shall use its reasonable endeavours to obtain) that the relevant
     Tax has been duly remitted to the appropriate authority.
 
13.5 TAX SAVING

(a)  In the event that, following the imposition of any Applicable Tax on any
     payment by any Obligor (or any corresponding payment by any Finance Party
     to any other Finance Party under this Agreement) in consequence of which
     such Obligor is required under Clause 13.3 to pay such Applicable Tax or to
     pay any additional amount in respect of it, any Finance Party shall in its
     sole opinion and based on its own interpretation of any relevant laws or
     regulations (but acting in good faith) receive or be granted a credit
     against or remission for or deduction from or in respect of any Applicable
     Tax payable by it or for its account (or on its behalf) or shall obtain any
     other relief in respect of Applicable Tax on its profits or income, which
     in such Finance Party's opinion in good faith is both reasonably
     identifiable and quantifiable by it without requiring such Finance Party or
     its professional advisers to expend a material amount of time or incur a
     material cost in so identifying or quantifying (any of the foregoing, to
     the extent so reasonably identifiable and quantifiable, being referred to
     as a "SAVING"), such Finance Party shall, to the extent that it can do so
     without prejudice to the retention of the relevant saving and subject to
     such Obligor's obligation to repay the amount to such Finance Party if the
     relevant saving is subsequently disallowed or cancelled (which repayment
     shall be made promptly on receipt of notice by such Obligor from such
     Finance Party of such disallowance or cancellation), reimburse such Obligor
     promptly after receipt of such saving by such Finance Party with such
     amount as such Finance Party shall in its sole opinion (but acting in good
     faith) have concluded to be the amount or value of the relevant saving.

(b)  Nothing contained in this Agreement shall interfere with the right of any
     Finance Party to arrange its Tax and other affairs in whatever manner it
     thinks fit and, in particular, no Finance Party shall be under any
     obligation to claim relief from Tax on its corporate profits, or from any
     similar Tax liability, in respect of the Applicable Tax, or to claim relief
     in priority to any other claims, reliefs, credits or deductions available
     to it or to disclose details of its Tax affairs.  No Finance Party shall be
     required to disclose any confidential information relating to the
     organisation of its affairs.

(c)  Each Finance Party will notify the relevant Obligor through the Facility
     Agent promptly of the receipt by such Finance Party of any saving and of
     such Finance Party's opinion as to the amount or value of that saving.

13.6 RIGHT TO PREPAY

     In the event that any such Applicable Tax is required to be deducted from
     any payment to be made by any Borrower to any Finance Party under this
     Agreement (or on any corresponding payment by the Finance Party to any
     other Finance Party under this Agreement) and, in consequence, any Borrower
     is or would be obliged under Clause 13.3 to pay any additional amounts to
     such Finance Party in respect of the Applicable Tax, such Borrower may
     prepay the whole (but not part) of the then outstanding amount of such
     Finance Party's participation in the Utilisations made by it, together with
     all interest and other charges accrued on those participations and all
     other amounts payable to such Finance Party under the Finance 
<PAGE>
 
                                      52

     Documents, on giving not less than ten Business Days' prior written notice
     to such Finance Party (through the Facility Agent).

13.7 RECOGNISED BANK

     Each Finance Party (other than Goldman Sachs Credit Partners L.P.) confirms
     to the Company that it is a Recognised Bank and agrees to notify the
     Company promptly if it becomes aware that (a) it is no longer a Recognised
     Bank, or (b) Clause 13.3 may for any other reason apply in respect of
     payments made to it or to the Facility Agent for its account.

13.8 FILINGS

     Each Bank proposing to be a Recognised Bank by virtue of paragraph (c) of
     the definition of Recognised Bank in Clause 1.1 shall submit the
     appropriate Inland Revenue form (being at the date hereof form FD13 in the
     case of the United States/United Kingdom double tax treaty) to the relevant
     tax authorities as promptly as practicable after becoming a party hereto
     and, if such form is returned to such Bank by such tax authority, shall
     then promptly submit such form to the United Kingdom Inland Revenue (FICO
     Dept).  If a Bank is or becomes unable for any reason to submit such form
     or a Bank becomes aware that such a form previously submitted by it is no
     longer valid or becomes incorrect for any reason, such Bank shall notify
     the Company as promptly as practicable.

14.  MARKET DISRUPTION

14.1 DISRUPTION EVENTS

     If, in relation to any Advance or proposed Advance and any (or the)
     Interest Period relative thereto:-

     (a)  no (or where there is more than one Reference Bank, only one)
          Reference Bank supplies an interest rate to the Facility Agent as
          required by the definition of LIBOR after the Facility Agent has
          requested such a rate from the Reference Banks; or

     (b)  the Facility Agent shall have received notification from a Bank or
          Banks whose participations in such Advance constitute at least fifty
          per cent. (50%) by value of such Advance that by reason of
          circumstances affecting the London interbank eurocurrency market (in
          the case of any Optional Currency) or the London interbank market (in
          the case of Sterling):

          (i)  matching deposits for the same period as such Interest Period
               will not be readily available to them in the London interbank
               eurocurrency market (in the case of any Optional Currency) or the
               London interbank market (in the case of Sterling) (as the case
               may be) in sufficient amounts in the ordinary course of business
               to fund their respective participations in such Advance for such
               Interest Period; or

          (ii) whilst such deposits are so available, the cost of such deposits
               exceeds LIBOR as determined in relation to such Advance for such
               Interest Period,

     the Facility Agent shall promptly give written notice of such determination
     or notification to the relevant Borrower, the Company (if different) and
     each of the Banks.
<PAGE>
 
                                      53

14.2 EFFECT

     The giving of any notice by the Facility Agent pursuant to Clause 14.1(a)
     or 14.1(b) shall not relieve any Bank of any obligation it may have under
     this Agreement to advance, on the relative Utilisation Date, its
     participation in any Advance (including any Advance for which a Request was
     given prior to such notice by the Facility Agent).

14.3 NEGOTIATION AND SUBSTITUTE BASIS

     During the period of 15 days after the giving of any notice by the Facility
     Agent pursuant to Clause 14.1, the Facility Agent (in consultation with the
     Banks) shall negotiate with the relevant Borrower and the Company in good
     faith with a view to ascertaining whether a substitute basis (a "SUBSTITUTE
     BASIS") may be agreed for the making of further Advances and/or the
     maintaining of any existing Advances to which such notice by the Facility
     Agent related for the current Interest Period relative to those Advances.
     If a Substitute Basis is agreed by all the Banks, the relevant Borrower and
     the Company it shall apply in accordance with its terms from the
     commencement of such Interest Period.  The Facility Agent shall not agree
     any Substitute Basis on behalf of any Bank without the prior consent of
     that Bank.

14.4 COST OF FUNDS

     If a Substitute Basis is not so agreed by the relevant Borrower, the
     Company and all the Banks by the end of the 15 day period, each Bank's
     participation in each then existing Advance to which the notice by the
     Facility Agent related shall bear interest during the current Interest
     Period relative thereto at the rate certified by such Bank to be its cost
     of funds (from such sources as it may reasonably select out of those
     sources then available to it) for such Interest Period in relation to such
     Advance, plus the applicable Margin.

14.5 RIGHT TO PREPAY

     Where Clause 14.4 applies the relevant Borrower, upon giving not less than
     five Business Days' prior written notice (through the Facility Agent) to
     any Bank , may prepay the whole (but not part) of the participation of that
     Bank in all (but not some only of) the existing Advances to which the
     notice by the Facility Agent related and, if so specified in the notice, in
     all (but not some only of) the other outstanding Utilisations of that
     Borrower, together with all interest accrued on those Advances and all
     other amounts payable under this Agreement in connection with the
     Utilisations prepaid.

14.6 REVIEW OF SUBSTITUTE BASIS

     So long as any Substitute Basis is in force or Clause 14.4 shall apply in
     relation to any Advance, the Facility Agent, in consultation with the
     relevant Borrower, the Company and each Reference Bank shall from time to
     time, but not less often than monthly, review whether or not the
     circumstances referred to in Clause 14.1 still prevail with a view to
     returning to the normal interest provisions of this Agreement.
<PAGE>
 
                                      54

15.  INCREASED COSTS

15.1 INCREASED COSTS

     Subject to Clause 15.3, if the result of:-

     (a)    any change after the date hereof in or the introduction after the
            date hereof of, or any change after the date hereof in the
            interpretation, administration or application by any competent
            court, authority or organisation in the relevant jurisdiction of,
            any law, regulation or treaty or in or of any official directive or
            official request from, or the rules of, any governmental, fiscal,
            monetary or regulatory (including self-regulatory) authority,
            organisation or agency (whether or not having the force of law but,
            if not having the force of law, being a regulation, treaty, official
            directive, official request or rule which it is the practice of
            banks in the relevant jurisdiction to comply with) after the date
            hereof which affects banks or financial institutions of the same
            type as any Finance Party in that jurisdiction; or

     (b)    compliance by any Finance Party (or any Holding Company of such
            Finance Party) with any such change or introduction;

     including, in each case without limitation, those relating to Taxation,
     change in currency of a country, reserves, special deposit, cash ratio,
     liquidity or capital adequacy requirements or other forms of banking,
     fiscal, monetary or regulatory controls, is that:-

     (i)    any Finance Party (or any Holding Company of such Finance Party
            which is regulated as a financial institution or as a Holding
            Company of a financial institution) incurs an increased cost as a
            result of its (or such Finance Party's) having entered into, and/or
            performing and/or maintaining and/or funding its (or such Finance
            Party's) obligations under, any Finance Document; or

     (ii)   any Finance Party (or any such Holding Company of such Finance
            Party) incurs an increased cost in making, funding or maintaining
            all or any advances comprised in a class of advances or acceptances
            formed by or including its (or such Finance Party's) participation
            in some or all of the Utilisations made or to be made under this
            Agreement; or

     (iii)  any amount receivable by any Finance Party under any Finance
            Document is reduced (save to the extent matched by a reduction in
            the cost of providing the Facilities) or the effective rate of
            return to any Finance Party (or any such Holding Company of such
            Finance Party) under any Finance Document or on its (or such Holding
            Company's) capital employed for the purposes of this Agreement is
            reduced; or

     (iv)   any Finance Party (or any such Holding Company of such Finance
            Party) makes any payment or forgoes any interest or other return on
            or calculated by reference to any amount received or receivable by
            it (or by such Finance Party) from any Obligor or the Facility Agent
            or the Security Agent or any other Finance Party under any Finance
            Document;

     and such increased cost (or the relevant proportion thereof), reduction,
     payment, forgone interest or other return is not compensated for by any
     other provision of this Agreement 
<PAGE>
 
                                      55

     (including, without limitation, by any Additional Cost payable pursuant to
     Clause 11.1(c)), then and in each such case:-

     (A)  such Finance Party shall notify the Company through the Facility Agent
          in writing of that event promptly upon its becoming aware of the event
          including, in reasonable detail, particulars of the event;

     (B)  subject as provided below and to Clause 2.4(a), within five Business
          Days after receipt by any Borrower (directly or through the Company)
          of a written demand from time to time by such Finance Party through
          the Facility Agent accompanied by a certificate of such Finance Party
          specifying the amount of compensation claimed and setting out the
          calculation of the amount in reasonable detail, such Borrower shall
          pay to the Facility Agent for the account of such Finance Party (or,
          as the case may be, Holding Company of such Finance Party) such amount
          as shall compensate such Finance Party (or such Holding Company) for
          such increased cost (or, in the case of (i) or (ii) above, the portion
          of such increased cost as is attributable to its making, funding or
          maintaining Advances or maintaining its obligation, if any, to
          participate in Utilisations under this Agreement), reduction, payment
          or forgone interest or other return.  Nothing in this Clause shall
          oblige any Finance Party (or any Holding Company of such Finance
          Party) or the Facility Agent or the Security Agent to disclose any
          confidential information relating to the organisation of its affairs.
          Notwithstanding the foregoing, any claim by any Finance Party pursuant
          to this Clause 15.1 in respect of any period more than 90 days before
          such Finance Party gave notice pursuant to paragraph (A) above of the
          relevant event shall be disallowed.

15.2 RIGHT TO PREPAY

     Where Clause 15.1 applies the relevant Borrower, upon giving not less than
     five Business Days' notice to that Finance Party (being a Bank) may prepay
     the whole (but not part only) of that Finance Party's participation in all
     (and not some only of) the outstanding Utilisations, together with all
     interest and other charges on or in respect thereof, and all other amounts
     payable by it under the Finance Documents to such Finance Party, provided
     always that any such notice by such Borrower is given whilst circumstances
     exist entitling such Finance Party to claim compensation under this Clause
     15.

15.3 EXCEPTIONS

     Clause 15.1 shall not apply so as to oblige the Company or any other
     Borrower to compensate any Finance Party for Applicable Taxes (to the
     extent that the provisions of Clause 13.3 fully and effectively compensate
     therefor) or for any Taxes which would have been Applicable Taxes save only
     for any failure by the relevant Finance Party to satisfy the exception to
     Clause 13.1 or to comply with its obligations under Clause 13.8 or for any
     increased cost, reduction, payment or forgone interest or other return:-

     (a)  resulting from any change in or the introduction of, or any change in
          the interpretation or application of, any law, regulation, treaty,
          directive, request or rules relating to, or any change in the rate of,
          Taxation on the overall net income of such Bank imposed in the
          jurisdiction in which such Finance Party's principal office for the
          time being is situate or on the overall net income of such Finance
          Party's Facility Office imposed in the jurisdiction in which that
          office is situate; or
<PAGE>
 
                                      56

     (b)  resulting from the implementation by the applicable authorities having
          jurisdiction over such Finance Party and/or its Facility Office of any
          directive of the European Union in existence as at the date hereof
          and/or the matters set out in the statement of the Basle Committee on
          Banking Regulation and Supervisory Practices dated July, 1988 and
          entitled "International Convergence of Capital Measurement and Capital
          Standards", in each case to the extent, at the rates and according to
          the timetable provided for therein as at the date hereof; or

     (c)  attributable to such Finance Party after the date of this Agreement
          entering into a commitment to lend to a third party which is, at the
          time that commitment is entered into, in breach of any law,
          regulation, treaty, directive, request or rule relating thereto as
          aforesaid.

16.  ILLEGALITY

     If any change after the date hereof in or the introduction after the date
     hereof of any law, regulation, treaty or (whether or not having the force
     of law but, if not having the force of law, being one with which it is the
     practice of banks in the relevant jurisdiction to comply) official
     directive or rule of any governmental, fiscal, monetary or regulatory
     (including self regulatory) authority, organisation or agency, having
     jurisdiction (together "LAWS"), or any change after the date hereof in the
     interpretation, administration or application of Laws by a competent court
     or the relevant authority, organisation or agency or compliance by any
     Finance Party with any such change or introduction of Laws or change in
     interpretation, administration or application of Laws, shall make it (or
     make it apparent that it is) unlawful or a breach of Laws for any Finance
     Party to make available or fund or maintain the Utilisations or any part of
     the Utilisations under this Agreement or to give effect to its obligations
     and exercise its rights as contemplated by this Agreement, that Finance
     Party may, by notice to the Company through the Facility Agent, declare
     that to the extent necessary to avoid any such illegality or breach of Laws
     its obligations to the Company and the other Borrowers under the Finance
     Documents shall be terminated forthwith or, if later, on the latest date to
     which the obligations may remain in effect without causing the Finance
     Party to be in breach of Laws, whereupon:-

     (a)  PREPAY: each Borrower will forthwith, or by such later date as shall
          be immediately prior to the illegality or breach in question taking
          effect, prepay such part of such Finance Party's participation in the
          Utilisations made by such Borrower together with all interest and
          other charges accrued thereon to the date of the prepayment and all
          other amounts payable to such Finance Party under the Finance
          Documents as shall be necessary to avoid any such illegality or breach
          by such Finance Party of any Laws; and

     (b)  COMMITMENTS:  to the extent necessary to avoid any such illegality or
          breach of Laws such Finance Party's Commitments shall be cancelled and
          reduced to nil.
<PAGE>
 
                                      57

17.  MITIGATION

17.1 MITIGATION

     If circumstances arise in respect of any Finance Party which would, or upon
     the giving of notice would, result in the operation of Clause 13, 14, 15 or
     16 to the detriment of any Borrower:-

     (a)  such Finance Party shall promptly upon becoming aware of the same
          notify the Facility Agent and the Company and, upon the written
          request of such Borrower, shall enter into discussions with the
          Company and such Borrower with a view to determining what mitigating
          action might be taken by such Finance Party, including discussion of
          the possibility of a change in its Facility Office or transfer of its
          participation in the Facilities and its Commitments to another bank;
          and

     (b)  at the request of the Company, the Facility Agent will enter into
          discussions with the Company with a view to determining what
          mitigating action might be taken by the Facility Agent with respect to
          the administration of this Agreement by the Facility Agent.

     Without limiting or reducing the obligations of the Obligors (or any of
     them) under Clauses 13, 14, 15 or 16, the relevant Finance Party, shall
     upon the written request of the Company take such reasonable steps as may
     be practical and open to it to mitigate or remove the effects of such
     circumstances including, without limitation, a change in its Facility
     Office or transfer of its participation in the Facilities and its
     Commitments to another bank (or termination of its Commitments and
     prepayment of its participation in the Utilisations coupled with the
     assumption by another bank of a like participation and  Commitment)
     reasonably acceptable to or nominated by the relevant Borrower and the
     Company or the restructuring of its participation in this Agreement in a
     manner which will avoid the circumstances in question and on terms
     acceptable to the Facility Agent, such Finance Party and the relevant
     Borrower and the Company, provided that nothing in this Clause shall oblige
     any Finance Party or the Facility Agent to take any such step if, in the
     opinion of such Finance Party or the Facility Agent (such opinion being
     conclusive), as the case may be, any such step might reasonably be expected
     to have an adverse effect upon its business, operations or financial
     condition or the management of its Tax affairs or its return in relation to
     its participation in the Utilisations.

17.2 ADDITIONAL COST MITIGATION

     If circumstances exist or arise in respect of a Bank which result in its
     incurring, in relation to any Advance or overdue amount for any Interest
     Period, an Additional Cost falling within paragraph (ii) of the definition
     of Additional Cost in Clause 1.1, then at the request of the Company that
     Bank shall enter into discussions with the Company with a view to
     determining what mitigating action might be taken by that Bank, including
     the possibility of a change in the Facility Office of such Bank.  Without
     prejudice to any other provision of this Agreement obliging the Obligors or
     any of them, to pay, indemnify or otherwise compensate such Bank for such
     Additional Cost, upon the written request of the Company, the Bank shall
     take such steps as it considers reasonable and practical to mitigate and
     remove such circumstances provided nothing in this Clause shall oblige any
     Bank or the Facility Agent to take any step or action which it considers
     may reasonably be expected to have an adverse effect upon its business,
     operations, financial condition or Tax affairs.
<PAGE>
 
                                      58
 
17.3 COSTS AND EXPENSES

     Any costs and expenses reasonably incurred by any Finance Party pursuant to
     this Clause 17 shall be paid by the relevant Borrowers within five Business
     Days after receipt of a written demand specifying the same in reasonable
     detail.

18.  GUARANTEE

18.1 GUARANTEE

     In consideration of the Finance Parties entering into this Agreement and/or
     becoming party to this Agreement pursuant to a Substitution Certificate or
     otherwise and/or participating or agreeing to participate in any
     Utilisation, each Guarantor hereby irrevocably and unconditionally and
     jointly and severally:-

     (a)  guarantees to each Finance Party on demand, as principal obligor and
          not merely as surety (or similar in any applicable jurisdiction),
          prompt performance by each other Obligor of all its payment
          obligations under the Finance Documents and the payment of all sums
          payable now or in the future to such Finance Party by each other
          Obligor under or in connection with the Finance Documents when and as
          the same shall become due;

     (b)  undertakes with each Finance Party that, if and whenever any other
          Obligor does not pay any amount when due from it under or in
          connection with any Finance Document, such Guarantor will on demand
          pay such amount as if such Guarantor instead of such other Obligor
          were expressed to be the primary obligor, together with interest on
          that sum at the rate per annum from time to time payable by that other
          Obligor on that sum from the date when that sum becomes payable by
          such Guarantor under this Agreement until payment of that sum in full;
          and

     (c)  indemnifies each Finance Party on demand against any loss or liability
          suffered by it under any Finance Document as a result of any
          obligation guaranteed by such Guarantor being or becoming
          unenforceable, invalid or illegal.

18.2 CONTINUING GUARANTEE

     This guarantee is a continuing guarantee and shall extend to the ultimate
     balance of all sums payable by the Obligors or any of them under the
     Finance Documents.

18.3 REINSTATEMENT

     Where any discharge (whether in respect of the obligations of any Obligor,
     any security for such obligations or otherwise) is made in whole or in part
     or any arrangement is made on the faith of any payment, security or other
     disposition which is avoided or must be repaid on insolvency,
     administration, liquidation or otherwise without limitation, the liability
     of each Guarantor under this guarantee shall continue as if there had been
     no such discharge or arrangement. Each Finance Party shall be entitled to
     concede or compromise any claim that any such payment, security or other
     disposition is liable to avoidance or repayment.
<PAGE>
 
                                      59

18.4 WAIVER OF DEFENCES

     Except to the extent that such Guarantor is specifically released in
     writing or its obligations are specifically waived in a Waiver Letter, the
     obligations of each Guarantor under this Agreement shall not be affected by
     any circumstance, act, omission, matter or thing which but for this
     provision might operate to release or otherwise exonerate such Guarantor
     from its obligations hereunder in whole or in part, including without
     limitation and whether or not known to any Obligor or any Finance Party:-

     (a)  any time, indulgence or waiver granted to or composition with any
          other Obligor or any other person; or

     (b)  the taking, variation, compromise, exchange, renewal or release of, or
          refusal or neglect to perfect or take up or enforce any rights or
          remedies against any security or any other Obligor or any other person
          or any non-presentment or non-observance of any formality or other
          requirements in respect of any instruments or any failure to obtain
          the full value of any security; or

     (c)  any legal limitation, disability, incapacity, lack of power, authority
          or legal personality of, or dissolution or change in the members or
          status of, or other circumstance relating to any other Obligor or any
          other person; or

     (d)  any variation (however fundamental and whether or not involving any
          increase in the liability of any other Obligor thereunder) or
          replacement of any Finance Document or any other document or security
          (including without limitation any Substitute Basis agreed pursuant to
          Clause 14 and any agreement contemplated by this Agreement) so that
          references to such Finance Document or other document or security in
          this guarantee shall include each such variation or replacement; or

     (e)  any unenforceability, illegality, invalidity or frustration of any
          obligations of any other Obligor or any other person under any Finance
          Document or any other document or security, or any failure of any
          other Obligor or proposed Additional Obligor to become bound by the
          terms of any other Finance Document, in each case whether through any
          want of power or authority or otherwise; or

     (f)  any postponement, discharge, reduction, non-provability or other
          similar circumstance affecting any obligation of any other Obligor
          under a Finance Document resulting from any insolvency, liquidation or
          dissolution proceedings or from any law, regulation or order,

     to the intent that such Guarantor's obligations under this Agreement shall
     remain in full force and this guarantee be construed accordingly as if
     there were no such circumstance, act, omission, matter or thing.

18.5 IMMEDIATE RECOURSE

     Each Guarantor waives any right it may have of first requiring any Finance
     Party to proceed against or enforce any other rights or security of or
     claim payment from or file any proof or claim in any insolvency,
     administration, winding up, bankruptcy or liquidation proceedings 
<PAGE>
 
                                      60

     relating to, any other Obligor or any other person before claiming from
     such Guarantor under this Agreement.

18.6 PRESERVATION OF RIGHTS

     Until all amounts which may be or become payable by any and all Obligors
     under or in connection with the Finance Documents have been irrevocably
     paid and discharged in full (whether by any Borrower or Guarantor or
     otherwise), after a claim has been made pursuant to this guarantee each
     Finance Party may:-

     (a)  refrain from applying or enforcing any other security, monies or
          rights held or received by such Finance Party, as the case may be, in
          respect of (or capable of being applied in respect of) such amounts or
          apply and enforce the same in such manner and order as such Finance
          Party sees fit (whether against such amounts or otherwise) and no
          Guarantor shall be entitled to the benefit of the same; and

     (b)  hold in a suspense account (with liability to pay interest on the
          monies held therein at the rate payable to its corporate customers for
          deposits in the same currency on like terms and in like amounts) any
          monies received from any Guarantor or on account of any Guarantor's
          liability under this Agreement.

18.7 NON-COMPETITION

     Until all amounts which may be or become payable by any and all Obligors
     under or in connection with the Finance Documents have been irrevocably
     paid in full (whether by any Borrower or Guarantor or otherwise), no
     Guarantor shall, after a claim has been made on it pursuant to this
     guarantee:-

     (a)  be subrogated to any rights, security or monies held, received or
          receivable by any Finance Party or be entitled to any right of
          contribution or indemnity in respect of any payment made or monies
          received on account of any Obligor's liability under any Finance
          Document and, to the extent that any Guarantor is so subrogated or
          entitled by law, such Guarantor hereby (to the fullest extent
          permitted by law) waives and agrees not to exercise those rights or
          security or that right of contribution or indemnity;

     (b)  be entitled or claim to rank as a creditor in the insolvency,
          administration, winding-up, bankruptcy or liquidation of any Obligor
          in competition with any Finance Party unless otherwise required by the
          Facility Agent or by law (in which case the proceeds, if any, of any
          claim in respect of any rights, security or monies of any Finance
          Party to which such Guarantor was subrogated, filed by such Guarantor
          with a receiver or other similar official, will be paid by such
          Guarantor to the Facility Agent to be applied in accordance with the
          provisions of the Finance Documents); or

     (c)  be entitled to receive, claim or have the benefit of any payment,
          distribution or security from or on account of any Obligor or exercise
          any right of set-off as against any Obligor (and, without prejudice to
          the foregoing, each Guarantor shall forthwith pay to the Facility
          Agent for the Finance Parties an amount equal to any such set-off in
          fact exercised by it and forthwith pay or transfer, as the case may
          be, to the Finance Parties any such payment or distribution or benefit
          of security in fact received by it).
<PAGE>
 
                                      61


18.8 ADDITIONAL SECURITY

     This guarantee shall be in addition to and shall not in any way be
     prejudiced by any other security (including, without limitation, the
     Security Documents) now or hereafter held by any Finance Party as security
     for or capable of being applied against the obligations of any Obligor.

18.9 CERTIFICATE

     A certificate of the Facility Agent as to any amount due from any Borrower
     under this Agreement shall, in the absence of manifest error, be prima
     facie evidence of such amount as against each Guarantor.

19.  ADDITIONAL BORROWERS, GUARANTORS AND SECURITY

19.1 ADDITIONAL BORROWERS

(a)  Bidco shall use reasonable endeavours to ensure that each of the members of
     the Target Group identified in the Borrowings List as intended to become a
     Borrower (or, where more than one member of the Bidco Group is identified
     in respect of any particular Refinancing Debt, whichever of those members
     is selected by Bidco to be the borrower of any funds borrowed to refinance
     that Refinancing Debt) shall do so as promptly as practicable after the
     Unconditional Date in order that the Borrowings identified in the
     Borrowings List shall be refinanced (as and to the extent required by
     Clause 21.9) by Tranche 1B Advances and/or Tranche 2 Advances (as therein
     specified) borrowed by them, and that all conditions precedent applicable
     under Schedule G, Part II in respect of the making of Utilisations by those
     members of the Target Group shall be satisfied as promptly as practicable.
     To the extent that the procedures set out in S.155-158 Companies Act 1985
     need to be satisfied for that purpose, Bidco shall use reasonable
     endeavours to procure that those procedures are satisfied.

(b)  In order for any wholly-owned Subsidiary of Bidco to become a Borrower, it
     and the Company (for itself and on behalf of the existing Borrowers and
     Guarantors) shall execute and deliver to the Facility Agent a duly
     completed Borrower Accession Agreement.  If all the Banks confirm to the
     Facility Agent their agreement to the relevant Subsidiary becoming a
     Borrower (which confirmation is deemed given in respect of the members of
     the Target Group referred to in Clause 19.1(a)) , the Facility Agent shall
     execute such Borrower Accession Agreement for itself and on behalf of the
     other Finance Parties.

(c)  Subject to Clause 19.1(d), upon execution of such Accession Agreement by
     the relevant Subsidiary as Additional Borrower, the Company and the
     Facility Agent, such Subsidiary shall become an Additional Borrower in
     accordance with the terms hereof and thereof.  If included in the Borrower
     Accession Agreement, the Additional Borrower's right to make Utilisations
     hereunder may be limited in accordance with the terms so included.

(d)  The obligations of the Finance Parties to such Additional Borrower with
     respect to the making of the first Utilisation to it under this Agreement
     are subject to the condition precedent that the Facility Agent shall have
     received in form and substance satisfactory to it (acting reasonably) each
     of the documents listed in Schedule G Part II.
<PAGE>
 
                                      62


19.2 ADDITIONAL GUARANTORS

(a)  The Obligors shall procure that, subject to any provision of law
     prohibiting the relevant person from becoming an Additional Guarantor, the
     companies identified in Schedule G Part III shall, as soon as the
     procedures set out in section 155 et seq. Companies Act 1985 have been
     completed and the Unconditional Date has occurred, each become an
     Additional Guarantor by (i) executing and delivering to the Facility Agent
     a Guarantor Accession Agreement (duly executed by the Company for itself
     and on behalf of the existing Borrowers and Guarantors) and (ii) delivering
     to the Facility Agent each of the documents listed in Schedule G Part II,
     each in form and substance satisfactory to the Facility Agent (acting
     reasonably).

(b)  Where any such prohibition as is referred to above exists, each Obligor
     shall use its reasonable endeavours lawfully to overcome the prohibition.

(c)  The Company shall use its reasonable endeavours to ensure that any
     procedures set out in Section 155 et seq. Companies Act 1985 required to be
     completed to permit the companies identified in Schedule G Part III to give
     such guarantees, to permit the members of the Target Group to enter into
     the Intra Group Loan Agreement and to permit the Companies identified in
     Schedule G Part III to accede to the terms of the Debenture as Chargors as
     required by Clause 19.3(a) shall be implemented:

     (i)  if the requirements of S.429 Companies Act 1985 for the implementation
          of the procedures set out therein shall be met with respect to the
          Offer, promptly after the completion of those procedures; or

     (ii) if such requirements shall not be met within the period specified in
          S.429(3) Companies Act 1985, promptly after the expiry of such period.

19.3 ADDITIONAL SECURITY

(a)  The Obligors shall procure that (i) the Security Document specified in
     Schedule G Part IV is executed and delivered to the Security Agent on or
     before the Unconditional Date and (ii) as soon as the procedures set out in
     section 155 et seq. Companies Act 1985 have been completed the companies
     identified in Schedule G Part III accede to the terms of the Debenture as
     Chargors (as defined therein).

(b)  Where any such prohibition as is referred to above exists, the Obligors
     shall use their reasonable endeavours lawfully to overcome the prohibition.

(c)  The Obligors shall at their own expense execute and do all such assurances,
     acts and things as the Security Agent may reasonably require (i) for
     perfecting or protecting the security intended to be afforded by the
     Security Documents (and shall deliver to the Security Agent such directors
     and shareholders resolutions, title documents and other documents as the
     Security Agent may reasonably require) or (ii) for facilitating the
     realisation of all or any part of the assets which are subject to the
     Security Documents and the exercise of all powers, authorities and
     discretions vested in the Security Agent or in any receiver of all or any
     part of those assets.
<PAGE>
 
                                      63

20.  REPRESENTATIONS AND WARRANTIES

20.1 REPRESENTATIONS AND WARRANTIES ON AND FROM THE DATE HEREOF

     On and from the date hereof, each Obligor (or in the case of Clause
     20.1(l), the Company and Bidco only) represents and warrants to each of the
     Finance Parties (but, in the case of any Obligor other than the Company,
     only in relation to itself and its Subsidiaries or Material Subsidiaries
     (as the case may be)) that:-

     (a)  STATUS:  It is (and each of its Material Subsidiaries is) a company,
          duly incorporated and validly existing under the laws of the place of
          its incorporation and has the power to own its property and assets and
          carry on its business as it is now being and will be conducted.

     (b)  POWERS AND AUTHORITY:  It has the power to enter into and perform the
          Finance Documents and any other Transaction Documents to which it is a
          party and the transactions to be implemented pursuant thereto and has
          taken all necessary action to authorise the entry into and performance
          of those documents and transactions.

     (c)  LEGAL VALIDITY:  Subject to the Reservations, this Agreement
          constitutes, and any and each other Transaction Document to which it
          is or will become a party (when executed by it or on its behalf) will
          constitute, its legal, valid and binding obligations and (without
          limiting the generality of the foregoing) any Security Document to
          which it is a party creates the security interests  which that
          Security Document purports to create or, as the case may be,
          accurately evidences a security interest which has been validly
          created.

     (d)  NON-CONFLICT:  The entry into and performance by it of this Agreement
          and any and each other Transaction Document to which it is a party and
          the transactions to be implemented pursuant to those documents do not
          and will not conflict with:

          (i)   any law or regulation or any official or judicial order
                applicable to it or any Licence or any Licence Undertaking;

          (ii)  its memorandum or articles of association, statutes, by-laws or
                other constitutional or governing documents or any of its
                resolutions (having current effect); or
 
          (iii) any agreement or instrument to which it or any Subsidiary of it
                is a party or which is binding upon any of them or on its assets
                or those of any such Subsidiary (other than those agreements or
                instruments referred to in the Borrowings List to the extent
                that the liability is not materially greater than that indicated
                in the Borrowings List) in such a manner or to such an extent as
                to have a Material Adverse Effect, nor will it result in the
                creation or imposition of any Encumbrance on any of its assets
                or those of any Subsidiary (save for any Encumbrance permitted
                to exist by the terms of this Agreement).

     (e)  NO DEFAULT:  (i) No Event of Default has occurred and is continuing
          which has not been waived, and (ii) no event has occurred and is
          continuing which has not been waived and which constitutes or which,
          with the giving of notice or expiry of any grace 
<PAGE>
 
                                      64

          or cure period, is reasonably likely to constitute a default under or
          in respect of any other agreement or document to which it or any
          Material Subsidiary of it is a party (and any such event which by
          reason of express provisions in any such agreement or document
          requires satisfaction of a condition as to materiality (including,
          without limitation the existence or absence of an opinion or
          determination as to materiality) before it may constitute a default
          shall not be considered reasonably likely to constitute a default
          unless that condition is satisfied) in such a manner or to such an
          extent as to have a Material Adverse Effect.

     (f)  CONSENTS:  Any and all authorisations, approvals, consents, licences,
          exemptions, filings, registrations and other matters required on the
          part of any Obligor or the Target or any Material Subsidiary pursuant
          to any law or the terms of the Licence or any Licence Undertaking for
          or in consequence of (i) the Offer, and/or (ii) the entry into and
          performance by it of and/or the validity of any of the Finance
          Documents and/or the Transaction Documents to which it is a party or
          the transactions to be implemented pursuant thereto and/or (iii) the
          continued carrying on of the business of the Target and the Company
          Group in the ordinary course, have been obtained or effected or will
          be obtained or effected prior to the date required by law, in each
          case, to the extent that failure to do so would have a Material
          Adverse Effect, save (in the case of (ii)) for the filing in the
          United Kingdom of the prescribed particulars of the Security Documents
          pursuant to Section 395 of the Companies Act 1985 (as amended), the
          registration of the transfers of the shares which are the subject of
          mortgages and other Encumbrances created by the Security Documents and
          other filings and registrations necessary in connection with the
          enforcement of the Security Documents.

     (g)  ACCOUNTS:

          (i)   Its Accounts most recently delivered to the Facility Agent under
                Clause 21.2(a) have been prepared, save as disclosed in notes to
                or accompanying those Accounts, in accordance with the
                provisions of Clause 21.2(d) and (in the case of audited annual
                Accounts) present a true and fair view of or (in the case of
                unaudited Accounts) fairly present its and (if consolidated
                Accounts) its Subsidiaries' financial position as at the
                Accounting Date to which the same were prepared and/or (as
                appropriate) the results of operations and (in the case of
                annual Accounts) cashflow during the Accounting Period ending on
                the relevant Accounting Date, subject, in the case of quarterly
                and monthly Accounts, to normal year end adjustments and to the
                lack of notes thereto.

          (ii)  Each of the information, reports and documents delivered to the
                Facility Agent under Clause 21.2(b) was true and accurate in all
                material respects as of the date thereof and did not omit any
                material information required to be included therein.

          (iii) (I) The Model was prepared in accordance with the Applicable
                Accounting Principles with due care, (II) to the best of the
                Company and Bidco's knowledge and belief (reasonable enquiry
                having been made), the Model taken as a whole together with the
                assumptions on which it is based is not misleading in any
                material respect, and all projections and assumptions used for
                the 
<PAGE>
 
                                      65

                purposes of the Model were arrived at after careful
                consideration and to the best of the Company and Bidco's
                knowledge and belief were based on reasonable grounds. All such
                projections are illustrative exercises but the actual results
                may be materially affected by changes in economic and other
                circumstances. The reliance which can be placed upon the
                projections is a matter of commercial judgment. No
                representation or warranty is made that any projection will be
                achieved.

     (h)  LITIGATION:  No litigation, arbitration or administrative or
          regulatory proceedings or investigations for which process or
          initiation claims have been served on it or any of its Material
          Subsidiaries and, to its knowledge, no litigation, arbitration,
          administrative or regulatory proceedings involving it or any of its
          Material Subsidiaries are pending or threatened, which are reasonably
          likely to be determined adversely to it or to such Subsidiary, and
          which, if so adversely determined, would have a Material Adverse
          Effect.

     (i)  TAX LIABILITIES:  No claims are being or are reasonably likely to be
          asserted against it or any of its Subsidiaries with respect to Taxes
          which are reasonably likely to be determined adversely to it or to
          such Subsidiary and which, if so adversely determined, would have a
          Material Adverse Effect.  It and each of its Subsidiaries is not
          materially overdue in the filing of any Tax returns required to be
          filed where failure to make such filing would have a Material Adverse
          Effect, and it and any of its Subsidiaries has paid all Taxes shown to
          be due on any Tax returns required to be filed by it or on any
          assessments made against it (other than any being contested in good
          faith by appropriate process in respect of which adequate reserves are
          being maintained) non-payment, or a claim for payment, of which would
          in each such case have a Material Adverse Effect.

     (j)  ENCUMBRANCES:  No Encumbrance exists over its or any of its
          Subsidiaries' assets which would cause a breach of Clause 21.3(a) of
          this Agreement.

     (k)  INFORMATION MEMORANDUM:  (This representation and warranty is given
          only upon issue and approval by the Company in writing of an
          Information Memorandum.)  All material factual information contained
          in the Information Memorandum was true (or, in the case of information
          provided by any person other than the Company or Bidco or its or their
          advisors or relating to the Target or any of its Subsidiaries, was
          true to the best of the Company's or Bidco's knowledge and belief) in
          all material respects at the date (if any) ascribed thereto in the
          Information Memorandum or (if none) at the date of the relevant
          component of the Information Memorandum.  Any and all expressions of
          opinion or intention and any projections contained in the Information
          Memorandum were arrived at after careful consideration and to the best
          of the Company's and Bidco's knowledge and belief (reasonable enquiry
          having been made) were based on reasonable grounds. In all other
          respects, the Information Memorandum, taken as a whole, as of its date
          (insofar as based on information provided by any person other than the
          Company or Bidco or its or their advisors or relating to the Target or
          any of its Subsidiaries, to the best of the Company's or Bidco's
          knowledge or belief) was not misleading in any material respect and
          did not omit to disclose any matter failure to disclose which would
          result in any material information contained in the Information
          Memorandum being misleading in any material respect in the context of
          this Agreement.
<PAGE>
 
                                      66

     (l)  ACQUIRED ASSETS:  All of the Shares which are acquired by it (whether
          pursuant to the Offer, the implementation of the procedures set out in
          s.429 et seq. Companies Act 1985 or by transfer from Riki) will be
          beneficially owned by Bidco and Bidco will be entitled forthwith (but
          subject to registration in the shareholders' register of the Target of
          the transfer of those Shares, which registration will be completed as
          soon as reasonably practicable) to become the legal registered owner
          of such Shares free from all Encumbrances, claims and competing
          interests whatsoever save as expressly permitted or created pursuant
          to the Finance Documents.

     (m)  OWNERSHIP OF ASSETS:  Save to the extent disposed of without breaching
          the terms of any of the Finance Documents, it and each of its
          Subsidiaries has good title to or valid leases or licences of or is
          otherwise entitled to use all material assets necessary properly to
          conduct its business the absence of which would have a Material
          Adverse Effect.

     (n)  DOCUMENTS:

          (i)  The documents delivered to the Facility Agent by or on behalf of
               any Obligor pursuant to Clause 4.1 and any other provision of the
               Finance Documents were genuine and in the case of copy documents,
               were true, complete and accurate copies in all material respects,
               of originals which had not been amended, varied, supplemented or
               superseded in any way which would be likely to affect materially
               and adversely the interests of the Banks under the Finance
               Documents (taken as a whole), save as consented to pursuant to a
               Waiver Letter.

          (ii) The Press Release and Offer Document and any other documents
               relating to the Offer furnished to the Facility Agent, contain
               all the material terms of the Offer.  The terms of the Offer set
               out in the Offer Document correspond to the terms of the Offer
               set out in the Press Release in all material respects.

     (o)  ENVIRONMENTAL MATTERS:

          (i)   It and its Subsidiaries have obtained any and all requisite
                Environmental Licences required for the carrying on of its
                business as currently conducted and have at all times complied
                in all material respects with (A) the terms and conditions of
                such Environmental Licences and (B) all other applicable
                Environmental Law which in each case, if not obtained and
                complied with, would have a Material Adverse Effect, and there
                are to its knowledge no circumstances which may prevent or
                interfere with such compliance to that extent in the future.
 
          (ii)  No Dangerous Substance has been used, disposed of, generated,
                stored, transported, dumped, released, deposited, buried or
                emitted at, on, from or under any site or premises (whether or
                not owned, leased, occupied or controlled by any Obligor or any
                of its Subsidiaries and including any offsite waste management
                or disposal location utilised by any Obligor or any such
                Subsidiary) in circumstances where this would be likely to
                result in the 
<PAGE>
 
                                      67

                imposition of a liability on any Obligor which would have a
                Material Adverse Effect.
 
          (iii) There is no Environmental Claim (whether in respect of any site
                previously or currently owned or occupied by any member of the
                Company Group or otherwise) pending or threatened, and there are
                no past or present acts, omissions, events or circumstances that
                would be likely to form the basis of any Environmental Claim
                (whether in respect of any site previously or currently owned or
                occupied by any member of the Company Group or otherwise),
                against that Obligor or any of its Subsidiaries which in each
                case is reasonably likely to be determined against that Obligor
                or Subsidiary and which if so decided would have a Material
                Adverse Effect.

     (p)  THE COMPANY AND BIDCO:  At the first Utilisation Date, save as arises
          or is contemplated under or in connection with the Transaction
          Documents or the Offer  or referred to in the Structure Memorandum and
          save also for Offer Costs, neither the Company nor Bidco will have
          any material commitments or indebtedness.

     (q)  LICENCE:

          (i)  Each Licenceholder has been duly authorised by:

               (A)  the Secretary of State under Section 6 of the Act to
                    generate and/or distribute and/or supply (as appropriate in
                    each case) electricity; and/or

               (B)  the Director General of Gas Supply under Section 7 or 7A of
                    the Gas Act to transport and/or ship and/or supply (as
                    appropriate) gas,

               and such Licences are in full force and effect;

          (ii) no Licenceholder is in contravention of:

               (A)  any term or condition of any Licence; or

               (B)  any requirement of the Act and/or the Gas Act or any
                    regulations made thereunder; or

               (C)  any other statutory requirement or any final order or
                    confirmed provisional order made under the Act and/or the
                    Gas Act; or

               (D)  any undertaking given by it to the Director-General or the
                    Director General of Gas Supply or the Secretary of State in
                    relation to the conduct of its business as a generator of
                    electricity or, as a public electricity supplier or as a
                    public gas supplier (as the case may be),

                the contravention or consequence of which is reasonably likely
                to have a Material Adverse Effect;
<PAGE>
 
                                      68

          (iii) none of the Director-General, the Director General of Gas Supply
                or the Secretary of State has given notice to revoke a Licence
                except where a replacement licence is to be granted to a member
                of the Target Group or (after the Unconditional Date) the Bidco
                Group in its place (if such replacement Licence is required by
                statute or by regulation by a company to carry on the business
                of the relevant Licenceholder as carried on as at the date
                hereof);

          (iv)  save as described in writing to the Facility Agent no amendment
                of any of the terms of a Licence has been made or proposed which
                is reasonably likely to have a Material Adverse Effect; and
 
          (v)   there are no Licence Undertakings, other than those copies (or a
                reasonable summary) of which have been delivered to the Facility
                Agent.

     (r)  STRUCTURE MEMORANDUM:

          (i)   All those matters (including, without limitation,
                capitalisations, reorganisations, transfers, debt repayments and
                receipts) as described in the Structure Memorandum which are
                indicated in the Structure Memorandum to occur prior to or at or
                immediately after first Utilisation hereunder have been or will
                at or immediately after such Utilisation Date be completed in
                all material respects as contemplated thereby. Each flow of
                funds shown in the Structure Memorandum as occurring prior to or
                at or immediately after first Utilisation hereunder has been or
                will be completed substantially as contemplated in the Structure
                Memorandum.

          (ii)  The Structure Memorandum contains descriptions which (insofar as
                they relate to it and its Subsidiaries or any joint venture) in
                all material respects are true, complete and correct, of the
                corporate ownership structure of the Group (including details of
                any minority shareholders in any member of the group held by any
                person who is not a member of the Group).

20.2 REPETITION

     The representations and warranties set out in Clause 20.1 shall survive the
     execution of this Agreement and the making of each Utilisation hereunder
     and shall be made on the date hereof and (other than the representations
     and warranties set out in Clause 20.1(g)(iii)) shall be deemed to be
     repeated on the date of delivery of each Request hereunder and on each
     Utilisation Date and on each Interest Date, with reference to the facts and
     circumstances then subsisting, as if made at each such time, provided that:

     (a)  the representation and warranty set out in Clause 20.1(k) shall be
          made only on the date of issue and approval by the Company or Bidco in
          writing of any Information Memorandum;

     (b)  the representations and warranties set out in Clauses 20.1, (h), (i),
          (l), (n)(ii), (p) and (r) shall not be repeated after the first
          Utilisation Date; and

     (c)  prior to the Unconditional Date the representation and warranty set
          out in Clause 20.1(q)(v) shall be qualified by the actual knowledge of
          the Company and Bidco.
<PAGE>
 
                                      69

21.  UNDERTAKINGS

21.1 DURATION

     The undertakings in this Clause 21 shall remain in force from and after the
     date hereof and so long as any amount is or may be outstanding under this
     Agreement or any Commitment is in force and, in the case of any Obligor
     other than the Company, are given only in relation to itself and its
     Subsidiaries.
 
21.2 INFORMATION AND ACCOUNTING STANDARDS

(a)  ACCOUNTS: The Company shall furnish or procure that there shall be
     furnished to the Facility Agent in sufficient copies for each of the Banks:

     (i)   as soon as practicable after the end of each annual Accounting
           Period:

          (I)   (and in any event within 120 days thereof) the audited
                consolidated accounts of itself and of the Bidco Group for such
                Accounting Period;

          (II)  (and in any event within 180 days thereof) the audited accounts
                of itself and each Material Subsidiary for such Accounting
                Period, to the extent required to be prepared by law,

           in each case comprising at least an audited (in the case of Bidco,
           consolidated) balance sheet and profit and loss account and in the
           case of the Bidco Group, cash flow statement for such Accounting
           Period;

     (ii)  as soon as practicable (and in any event within 90 days) after the
           end of the first quarterly Accounting Period to commence after the
           Unconditional Date, a profit and loss statement, balance sheet and
           cash flow statement for such quarterly Accounting Period in the form
           customarily prepared by management, and as soon as practicable (and
           in any event within 60 days) after the end of each quarterly
           Accounting Period commencing with the second quarterly Accounting
           Period to commence after the Unconditional Date, the unaudited
           consolidated accounts of the Bidco Group for such quarterly
           Accounting Period showing at least the detailed information necessary
           to determine Bidco's compliance with its obligations under Clause
           23.1, and in each case comprising at least a consolidated balance
           sheet, profit and loss account and cash flow statement for such
           Accounting Period;
 
     (iii) at the same time as the Accounts for any annual Accounting Period are
           delivered (or, if not delivered, required to be delivered) pursuant
           to paragraph (i) above:

           (I)  a report of the Auditors setting out in reasonable detail
                computations establishing, as at the date of such Accounts,
                whether each of the financial ratios set out in Clause 23.1 were
                complied with; and

           (II) a certificate signed by the Chief Financial Officer, stating
                that as at the date of such certificate no Default has occurred
                and is then continuing which has not
<PAGE>
 
                                      70

                previously been waived pursuant to a Waiver Letter or providing
                details of any such Default and of the remedial action proposed
                to be taken; and

          (III) a certificate signed by the Chief Financial Officer
                identifying the Material Subsidiaries and setting out the result
                for each of them of the calculation of the tests provided for in
                the definition of Material Subsidiary in Clause 1.1 to determine
                the identity of the Material Subsidiaries and applied by
                reference to such Accounts;

     (iv) at the same time as the Accounts for any quarterly Accounting Period
          are delivered (or, if not delivered, required to be delivered)
          pursuant to paragraph (ii) above a certificate, signed by the Chief
          Financial Officer:

          (I)   setting out in reasonable detail computations establishing, as
                at the date of such Accounts, whether each of the financial
                ratios set out in Clause 23.1 was complied with; and

          (II)  stating that as at the date of such certificate no Default has
                occurred and is then continuing which has not been previously
                waived pursuant to a Waiver Letter or providing details of any
                such Default and of the remedial action proposed to be taken;

     (v)  at the same time as delivered to the Director General pursuant to
          Condition 2 of Part II of any Licence held by any member of the
          Company Group, copies of the accounting statements delivered to the
          Director General pursuant thereto after the Unconditional Date;

     (vi) as soon as practicable after the Unconditional Date (and in any event
          no later than the date of delivery, or, if not delivered, the last
          date for delivery, of Accounts pursuant to Clause 21.2(a)(ii) for the
          first full quarterly Accounting Period commencing after the
          Unconditional Date) consolidated unaudited accounts of the Bidco Group
          prepared on a pro forma basis for the three consecutive quarterly
          Accounting Periods last commencing (on a pro forma basis as described
          below) before the Unconditional Date, showing at least the detailed
          information necessary to determine the Bidco Group's compliance with
          its obligations under Clause 23.1 and comprising at least a
          consolidated balance sheet, profit and loss account and cash flow
          statement for such Accounting Periods and all prepared as if:

          (A)  the Unconditional Date had occurred on the first day of the first
               of those three pro forma Accounting Periods (and as if Bidco had
               then been in existence);

          (B)  all Utilisations had been made on dates falling at the same
               intervals after the Unconditional Date taken to have occurred as
               aforesaid as was the case relative to the actual Unconditional
               Date (but nevertheless applying the actual interest rates
               determined and applicable hereunder).

(b)  NOTIFICATIONS:  The Company shall furnish or procure that there shall be
     furnished to the Facility Agent in sufficient copies for each of the
     Banks:-
<PAGE>
 
                                      71

     (i)   promptly, all notices, reports or other documents despatched by the
           Company and by Bidco to their respective shareholders (in their
           capacity as shareholders convening or concerning shareholders
           meetings or to which they are entitled by statute or under the
           Company's or Bidco's (as the case may be) Articles of Association)
           generally (or any class of them);

     (ii)  promptly after becoming aware of the same being instituted or
           threatened and, in the case of (I) or (II) below, that the same
           would, if adversely determined, (A) have a Material Adverse Effect or
           (B) involve any such liability as is referred to in (II) below,
           details of any litigation, arbitration or administrative proceedings
           involving it or any of its Subsidiaries which, if adversely
           determined, would (I) have a Material Adverse Effect or (II) involve
           liability or potential liability or alleged liability in excess of
           (Pounds)5,000,000 or its equivalent in other currencies or which
           involves the Director General, the Secretary of State, any Licence
           held by any member of the Company Group or any Licence Undertaking;

     (iii) promptly, such further information regarding its financial condition,
           business and assets and that of the Company Group and/or any member
           thereof (including any requested explanation of any item in any
           Accounts) as the Facility Agent or the Majority Banks through the
           Facility Agent may reasonably request from time to time (subject to
           any duty of confidentiality);

     (iv)  promptly, upon being notified of the same, details of all transfers
           of shares by any member of the Company Group in the share capital of
           any Obligor, and details of any issue or transfer of shares in the
           capital of any Material Subsidiary made by any member of the Company
           Group after the date hereof to any person who is not a member of the
           Bidco Group;

     (v)   written details of any Default promptly after becoming aware of the
           same, and of any remedial steps being taken and proposed to be taken
           in respect of that Default;

     (vi)  during the period from the date of issue and approval by the Company
           to the earlier of (A) the date six months thereafter, and (B) the
           close of general syndication of the Facilities as determined and
           confirmed to the Company by the Facility Agent, the Company will
           notify the Facility Agent in reasonable detail of any matters
           (whether occurring prior to or after the date of approval and issue
           of the Information Memorandum) which (to the knowledge of the Chief
           Financial Officer and, after the Unconditional Date only, of the
           executive directors of the Target) cause the Information Memorandum
           taken as a whole when read without knowledge of such matters to be
           inaccurate or misleading in any material respect;

     (vii) promptly upon becoming aware that any modifications to the Licence
           are being proposed by the Director-General or the Secretary of State
           and/or that any Licence Undertaking is being requested by the
           Director General or the Secretary of State, reasonable details
           thereof, to be updated from time to time to reflect any changes,
           provided that such details shall be required to be reported to the
           Facility Agent hereunder, only to the extent that if such proposed
           modifications were to be made to the Licence or any such Licence
           Undertaking given, compliance with such modification or undertaking
           would have a Material Adverse Effect;
<PAGE>
 
                                      72

     (viii) promptly upon Energyco and/or the Company making any filing with
            the Securities and Exchange Commission, a copy thereof;

     (ix)   or to the English legal advisers to the Facility Agent, the Offer
            Document and each draft of the Offer Document produced on or after
            the date of the Press Release and delivered to the Target; and

     (x)    on the date on which Accounts are first furnished in accordance with
            Clause 21.2(a)(ii) and (vi), a certificate signed by the Chief
            Financial Officer identifying the Material Subsidiaries and setting
            out the result for each of them of the calculation of the tests
            provided for in the definition of Material Subsidiary in Clause 1.1
            to determine the identity of the Material Subsidiaries, applied by
            reference to such Accounts.

(c)  AUDIT AND ACCOUNTING DATES:  Bidco will ensure that:-

     (i)    the annual Accounts to be delivered to the Facility Agent pursuant
            to Clause 21.2(a)(i)(I) are audited by the Auditors;

     (ii)   Bidco shall at all times have duly appointed Auditors or, in the
            event of resignation of the Auditors, shall appoint replacement
            Auditors within a reasonable time;

     (iii)  each financial year and each quarterly Accounting Period of the
            Bidco Group shall end on an Accounting Date;

     (iv)   each of its financial years and each financial year of each
            Subsidiary (other than any Licenceholder and its Subsidiaries) shall
            end on an Accounting Date in December, and no member of the Bidco
            Group will change its financial year end (other than to an
            Accounting Date in December) without the prior written consent of
            the Facility Agent.

(d)  ACCOUNTING STANDARDS:  Bidco will ensure that all Consolidated Accounts of
     the Bidco Group shall be prepared in accordance with the Applicable
     Accounting Principles and (except in the case of annual audited Accounts
     provided pursuant to Clause 21.2(a)(i)(I)) in substantially the same format
     and with substantially the same headings and other characterisations as in
     the Base Financial Statements, or shall indicate in notes to or a letter
     accompanying such Accounts any material departures from the Applicable
     Accounting Principles and/or such format, headings and characterisations.

(e)  DEPARTURES:  Where any consolidated Accounts of the Bidco Group have been
     prepared in any respect so as to depart materially from the Applicable
     Accounting Principles and/or the format, headings and characterisations as
     applied and/or set out in the Base Financial Statements, the Company shall
     provide or procure that there is provided to the Facility Agent a written
     explanation of such departure which the Facility Agent shall forward to the
     Banks.  If the Majority Banks and Bidco agree, such departure shall become
     part of the Applicable Accounting Principles.  If the Majority Banks and
     Bidco do not so agree, the Facility Agent and Bidco shall negotiate in good
     faith to agree to any amendments to this Agreement (including, but not
     limited to, any amendment required to be made to the covenants set out in
     Clause 23.1 (and  the related definitions in Clause 1.1)) which would, if
     such a departure were to become part of the Applicable Accounting
     Principles ensure that the Finance Parties position and the protection
     afforded to them pursuant to Clauses 23.1 and 23.2 is maintained.  If such
     amendments are made to this Agreement then such departures shall become
     part of the 
<PAGE>
 
                                      73

     Applicable Accounting Principles. Unless and until such agreement or
     amendment (as the case may be) is made, such departure shall not become
     part of the Applicable Accounting Principles and the Majority Banks may
     require that Bidco include in each Reconciliation Statement a statement
     that such departure has not altered any of the numerical information
     required for the purpose of establishing whether or not Bidco is in
     compliance with its obligations under Clause 23.1 or (if it has) setting
     out the effects of such alteration in reasonable detail.

21.3 SECURITY VALUE

(a)  NEGATIVE PLEDGE:  No Obligor will, and each Obligor will procure that no
     other member of the Company Group will, create or permit to subsist any
     Encumbrance on the whole or any part of its respective present or future
     business, assets or undertaking, except for the following:-

     (i)   Encumbrances constituted or evidenced by the Security Documents;

     (ii)  Encumbrances expressly permitted by a Waiver Letter, provided that,
           except to the extent permitted by any of the following exceptions,
           the principal amount of the indebtedness secured by such Encumbrances
           shall not at any time be increased beyond the amount so permitted,
           save as permitted by a further Waiver Letter;

     (iii) Encumbrances arising by operation of law (or by agreement to the same
           effect) in the ordinary course of business and not as a result of any
           default or omission on the part of any member of the Company Group,
           including without limitation (but subject as aforesaid) (A) any
           rights of set-off with respect to demand or time deposits with
           financial institutions and bankers' liens with respect to property
           held by financial institutions, save in each case where such
           arrangements are deliberately established for the purpose of
           affording security to the bank or financial institution concerned and
           (B) Encumbrances with respect to Taxes;

     (iv)  Encumbrances over goods and documents of title to goods (and related
           insurances) arising in the ordinary course of letter of credit
           transactions entered into in the ordinary course of trade;

     (v)   Encumbrances over assets (other than the Shares) acquired by members
           of the Bidco Group and existing at the date of their acquisition but
           not created in contemplation of their acquisition, provided that the
           principal amount secured by any such Encumbrances is not prohibited
           by Clause 21.4 and shall not be increased beyond the amount secured
           thereby at the date of such acquisition;

     (vi)  Encumbrances over credit balances on accounts of members of the Bidco
           Group with a bank or financial institution created in order to
           facilitate the operation of such accounts and other accounts of such
           members of the Bidco Group with the same bank on a net balance basis
           with or without credit balances and debit balances on the various
           accounts being netted off for interest purposes or to comply with any
           net limit, or for cash management purposes, or as part of a back-to-
           back or similar arrangement;

     (vii) any Encumbrance created under or in connection with or arising out of
           any pooling and settlement and onshore transportation arrangements or
           agreements (including but without limitation the Pooling and
           Settlement Agreement (in the case of electricity) and the Network
           Code (in the case of gas)) of the electricity or gas generation,
<PAGE>
 
                                      74

            transportation, distribution and/or supply industry or
            telecommunications or water industry or energy or energy-related
            business or any transactions or arrangements entered into in a form
            usual in any such industry or business;

     (viii) any Encumbrance on Cash and Cash Equivalent Investments deposited in
            satisfaction of any requirement to place margin deposits to secure
            obligations in respect of Derivatives Transactions permitted by the
            terms hereof to be undertaken provided that the aggregate of such
            deposits shall not at any time exceed (Pounds)10,000,000 or the
            equivalent in other currencies;

     (ix)   the right of a counterparty to two or more Derivative Transactions
            effected with the same member of the Bidco Group to close out such
            Derivative Transactions if applicable margin and other requirements
            are not met and apply any proceeds to any resulting balance due;

     (x)    any Encumbrance over goods purchased in the ordinary course of
            business arising by virtue of retention of title Clauses in
            suppliers' standard terms of business, (or on terms more favourable
            to the Bidco Group) securing only the unpaid purchase price of goods
            supplied;

     (xi)   any Encumbrance created by or over the shares in the capital of a
            Project Finance Subsidiary to secure its Project Finance Borrowings
            or recourse to the holder of such shares;

     (xii)  any Encumbrance expressly disclosed against this undertaking in
            writing addressed to the Banks prior to the date hereof;

     (xiii) any Encumbrance created over shares and/or other securities held in
            any clearing system or listed on any exchange which arise as a
            result of such shares and/or securities being so held in such
            clearing system or listed on such exchange as a result of the rules
            and regulations of such clearing system or exchange;

     (xiv)  any Encumbrance over cash providing cash collateral as referred to
            in and for the purposes identified in Clause 2.2(g); and

     (xv)   Encumbrances (other than over the Shares and shares in the capital
            of a member of the Company Group) not otherwise permitted pursuant
            to paragraphs (i)-(xiv) (inclusive) above together securing
            indebtedness in an aggregate principal amount not exceeding
            (Pounds)75,000,000 (or its equivalent in other currencies).

(b)  TRANSACTIONS SIMILAR TO SECURITY:  No Obligor will, and each Obligor will
     procure that no member of the Company Group will, save as permitted by a
     Waiver Letter:

     (i)    sell or otherwise dispose of any of its assets on terms where such
            asset may be leased to or re-acquired by any member of the Bidco
            Group other than to the extent that such transaction (if structured
            as a Borrowing secured by an Encumbrance on such asset) could take
            place without causing or increasing any breach of either of Clauses
            21.3(a) and 21.4; or
<PAGE>
 
                                      75

     (ii)   purchase any asset on terms providing for a retention of title by
            the vendor or on conditional sale terms or on terms having a like
            substantive effect to any of the foregoing, except for assets
            purchased in the ordinary course of business as provided in Clause
            21.3(a) (x) above and any assets which, if the same were the subject
            of any Encumbrance arising as a result of such transaction, such
            Encumbrance would not be prohibited by the terms of Clause 21.3(a).

(c)  DISPOSALS:  No Obligor will, and each Obligor will procure that no member
     of the Company Group will, save as permitted by a Waiver Letter either in a
     single transaction or in a series of transactions whether related or not
     and whether voluntarily or involuntarily, sell, transfer, lease or
     otherwise dispose of:

     (i)    any Shares and any shares in Amazon Electricity or in any Holding
            Company thereof;

     (ii)   all or any substantial part of the assets or undertaking of the
            Group taken as a whole (not being an asset referred to in paragraph
            (i) above), other than:

            (A)  disposals in the ordinary course of trading;

            (B)  in any annual Accounting Period, disposals of assets by any
                 member of the Bidco Group, (I) the gross value of which (based,
                 in relation to disposals occurring before the first delivery of
                 any Accounts in accordance with Clause 21.2(a)(i)(I), on the
                 Base Financial Statements, and in relation to disposals
                 occurring thereafter, on the audited consolidated Accounts of
                 the Bidco Group most recently delivered to the Facility Agent)
                 when aggregated with all other disposals by each member of the
                 Bidco Group during such annual Accounting Period not permitted
                 by any other paragraph of this Clause 21.3(c)(ii), does not
                 exceed an amount equal to 10% of the gross value of the assets
                 of the Bidco Group as shown in such Accounts and (II) in
                 respect of which the Net Proceeds of such disposal will be
                 applied (A) within 12 months of the date of such disposal in or
                 towards acquiring for any member of the Bidco Group assets of a
                 type ordinarily employed in the operation of any business
                 permitted by Clause 21.10(a) or (B) in prepayment of any
                 Utilisation in accordance with Clause 9.3;

            (C)  disposals of plant and equipment or other like assets, not
                 required for the efficient operation of its business;

            (D)  transfers of cash unless otherwise prohibited by the terms of
                 the Finance Documents;

            (E)  the disposal of Cash Equivalent Investments for cash or in
                 exchange for other Cash Equivalent Investments;

            (F)  the disposal (on arm's length terms) or securitisation (on
                 normal market terms) of customer account receivables of Amazon
                 Electricity on a non-recourse basis (other than recourse as to
                 title and any requirement to repurchase receivables which do
                 not meet the eligibility criteria for inclusion in the disposal
                 or securitisation (other than on grounds of non-payment or
                 insolvency);
<PAGE>
 
                                      76

          (G)  disposals by one member of the Bidco Group to another member of
               the Bidco Group;

          (H)  disposals of assets not otherwise permitted pursuant to
               paragraphs (A)-(G) above or (I)-(K) below, the consideration for
               which (including any amount of intercompany debt repaid to any
               member of the continuing Group), when aggregated with the
               consideration for all other such disposals in the same annual
               Accounting Period do not exceed (Pounds)50,000,000 (or its
               equivalent in other currencies);

          (I)  the Asset Split and all such other matters as are contemplated by
               the Structure Memorandum;


          (J)  the disposal of Citizens;

          (K)  disposals permitted pursuant to Clause 21.3(b)(i).

          All disposals (save those permitted pursuant to paragraphs (D), (F)
          (in the case of securitisations on normal market terms only) or (G))
          shall be made on arm's length terms or on terms more favourable to the
          Bidco Group.

(d)  PARI PASSU RANKING:  Each Obligor undertakes that its obligations under
     this Agreement rank and will at all times rank at least pari passu in right
     and priority of payment and in point of security (save by reason of and to
     the extent of the security afforded thereto by the Security Documents) with
     all its other present and future unsecured and unsubordinated obligations,
     other than obligations applicable generally to companies incorporated in
     its jurisdiction of incorporation which have priority by operation of law
     (including, without prejudice to the generality of the foregoing, in
     respect of employees' remuneration, Taxes and like obligations).

21.4 LIABILITIES

(a)  BORROWINGS:

     (i)  The Company will procure that the aggregate Borrowings of the Target
          and its Subsidiaries taken together on a consolidated basis (including
          the amount of any Borrowings thereof permitted pursuant to Clause
          21.4(b) and (c) and giving effect to the proviso to the definition of
          Borrowings in Clause 1.1) outstanding at any one time will not exceed
          the sum of the following:

          (A)  the outstanding principal amount from time to time of any Tranche
               2 Utilisations made by such companies and any Tranche 1
               Utilisations drawn by such companies and applied for the purposes
               contemplated in Clause 3.1(a)(i)(B), (ii)(A) and (iii);

          (B)  the principal amount of all Borrowings of such companies
               outstanding at the Unconditional Date and disclosed in the
               Borrowings List until refinanced by Tranche 1 Utilisations or by
               Tranche 2 Utilisations made by such companies;

          (C)  the outstanding principal amount from time to time of all
               Borrowings where the creditor and debtor of such Borrowings are
               members of the Bidco Group;
<PAGE>
 
                                      77

           (D)  Borrowings to the extent covered by a Documentary Credit made
                available under this Agreement;
                
           (E)  (Pounds)75,000,000 (or its equivalent in other currencies) or
                such higher amount (if any) as may be permitted by a Waiver
                Letter;
                
           (F)  Project Finance Borrowings;

           (G)  Borrowings incurred to refinance the Facilities in full and
                discharge all outstanding liabilities under the Finance
                Documents in a principal amount (when aggregated with all
                amounts permitted to be outstanding under paragraph (iii)(G)
                below) of not less than the amount required to do so; and

           (H)  any guarantees, indemnities and like instruments permitted to
                exist pursuant to Clause 21.4(b) which constitute Borrowings.
                
     (ii)  The Company will procure that the members of the Bidco Group do not
           incur Borrowings of such amounts as result in the Company failing to
           be in compliance with Clause 23.1.
           
     (iii) The Company, Finance and Bidco shall not incur any Borrowings other  
           than:

           (A)  under this Agreement;

           (B)  Subordinated Debt and the Coalco/Bidco Loan;

           (C)  under the Energyco/Company Loan Agreement;

           (D)  Borrowings to the extent covered by a Documentary Credit made
                available under this Agreement;

           (E)  in the case of Bidco, where the other party to such Borrowing is
                a member of the Bidco Group;
 
           (F)  in the case of Borrowings incurred by the Company or Finance as
                debtor, where the creditor is Bidco and the loan has been made
                in compliance with the terms of Clause 21.6;

           (G)  Borrowings incurred to refinance the Facilities in full and
                discharge all outstanding liabilities under the Finance
                Documents in a principal amount (when aggregated with all
                amounts permitted to be outstanding under paragraph (i)(G)
                above) of not less than the amount required to do so;

           (H)  those represented by the loan notes referred to in the Offer.

(b)  THIRD PARTY GUARANTEES:  No Obligor will, and each Obligor will procure
     that no other member of the Company Group will, incur or permit to be
     outstanding, save as permitted by a Waiver Letter, any Borrowing falling
     within the provisions of paragraph (e) of the definition of that term in
     Clause 1.1, other than any such Borrowing arising under (A) the Finance
<PAGE>
 
                                      78

     Documents, or (B)  the endorsement of negotiable instruments for the
     purpose and in the ordinary course of carrying on the relevant entity's
     trade (if and to the extent that the same would fall within the definition
     of Borrowings in Clause 1.1), or (C) any guarantee, indemnity or similar
     assurance against financial loss given under or in connection with any
     pooling and settlement or onshore transportation arrangements or agreements
     of the electricity or gas generation, transportation, distribution and/or
     supply industry (including (but without limitation) the Pooling and
     Settlement Agreement (in the case of electricity) and the Network Code (in
     the case of gas)) or telecommunications or water industry or energy or
     energy-related business or in connection with any transactions or
     arrangements entered into in a form usual in any such industry or business
     (if and to the extent that the same would fall within the definition of
     Borrowings in Clause 1.1, or (D) the Gas Framework Agreement, or (E)
     arrangements created to facilitate the operation of accounts of members of
     the Bidco Group and other accounts of members of the Bidco Group with the
     same bank or financial institution on a net balance basis with (or without)
     credit balances and debit balances on the various accounts being netted off
     for interest purposes or to comply with any net limit, or for cash
     management purposes, or as part of a back-to-back or similar arrangement or
     (F) (to the extent such guarantees are outstanding in respect of Borrowings
     referred to in paragraph (I) under the heading Citizens Power LLC in the
     Borrowings List) guarantees by the Target in respect of obligations of
     Citizens existing at the Unconditional Date not exceeding an aggregate
     principal amount of $310,000,000, provided that such guarantees by the
     Target shall, unless otherwise agreed by the Majority Banks, be released
     within 270 days after the first Utilisation Date (G) guarantees by the
     member of Target Group existing at the Unconditional Date in respect of
     Borrowings identified in the Borrowings List which remain outstanding
     without breaching Clause 21.9, other than any such guarantees and
     Borrowings referred to in (F) above.

21.5 LOANS OUT

     No Obligor will, and each Obligor will procure that no member of the
     Company Group will, be the creditor in respect of any Borrowings, save
     for:-

     (a)  any Borrowing approved pursuant to a Waiver Letter;

     (b)  any Borrowing:

          (i)  under paragraph (b) of the definition of "Borrowing" in Clause
               1.1 where trade credit is extended by any member of the Group on
               normal commercial terms and in the ordinary course of its
               business; and

          (ii) under paragraph (c) of the definition of "Borrowing" in Clause
               1.1 where moneys are received in the ordinary course of business;

     (c)  loans made by one member of the Bidco Group to  another member of the
          Bidco Group the proceeds of which are used in the ordinary course of
          the business of the borrower carried on in compliance with the terms
          of this Agreement;

     (d)  loans made to trade customers of the Bidco Group in the ordinary
          course of business the purpose of which is to facilitate trade between
          such customers and members of the Bidco Group;
<PAGE>
 
                                      79

     (e)  Borrowings not otherwise permitted pursuant to paragraphs (a) - (d)
          above in an aggregate amount for the Bidco Group as a whole at any
          time outstanding not exceeding (Pounds)20,000,000 (or its equivalent
          in other currencies);

     (f)  finance leases entered into in the ordinary course of business;

     (g)  any Borrowing between Bidco as creditor and the Company or Finance as
          debtor which is permitted under Clause 21.6;

     (h)  any Borrowing between Finance as creditor and the Company as debtor
          (or vice versa);

     (i)  any Borrowing between the Company as creditor and Energyco as debtor;

     (j)  any Borrowing between the Company or Finance as creditor and Bidco as
          debtor constituting Subordinated Debt.

21.6 DISTRIBUTIONS, SUBORDINATED DEBT AND SHARE CAPITAL

(a)  Bidco will not and will procure that none of its Subsidiaries will, save as
     permitted by a Waiver Letter:

     (i)   pay any Interest in respect of any Subordinated Debt or repay or  
           prepay any amount of principal (or capitalised interest) of or in 
           respect of any Subordinated Debt or purchase or enter into any sub-
           participation arrangements in respect of any amount of the        
           Subordinated Debt (collectively "SUBORDINATED PAYMENTS");  or      

     (ii)  declare, make or pay any dividend (or interest on any unpaid
           dividend), charge, fee or other distribution (whether in cash or in
           kind) (the "DIVIDENDS") on or in respect of the share capital of
           Bidco (or any class of its share capital) or distribute any dividend
           or share premium reserve of Bidco; or

     (iii) pay (other than to a member of the Bidco Group) any amount (the
           "EXCESS AMOUNT") pursuant to the Tax Sharing Agreement in respect of
           any period where such amount is in excess of the amount by which the
           aggregate of the payments by the Bidco Group to the United Kingdom
           tax authorities in respect of that period is or will be reduced as a
           result of the UK tax losses made or to be made available to the Bidco
           Group in consequence of such payment; or

     (iv)  make any loans to Energyco or any Affiliate thereof which is not a
           member of the Bidco Group; or

     (v)   redeem, repurchase, defease, retire, return or repay any of its share
           capital or resolve to do so other than where such redemption,
           repurchase, defeasement, retirement or repayment occurs between
           members of the Bidco Group; or

     Provided that:

     (A)   Bidco may pay in cash Subordinated Payments; and

     (B)   Bidco may declare and pay in cash Dividends; and
<PAGE>
 
                                      80

     (C)  Bidco may make loans to the Company or Finance (the "COMPANY LOANS");
          and

     (D)  Bidco may pay any Excess Amount; and

     (E)  Bidco may redeem, repurchase, defease, retire, return or repay any of
          its share capital (a "REDEMPTION PAYMENT")

     (such Subordinated Payments, Dividends, Company Loans, Redemption Payments
     and Excess Amounts together being the "DISTRIBUTIONS") in accordance with
     and subject to Clause 21.6(b) or (f)(ii) of this Agreement and/or Clause
     7.2 of the Intercreditor Agreement.

(b)  Subject to the provisos below, Bidco shall be entitled to pay a
     Distribution in respect of any quarterly Accounting Period at any time
     after the tenth Business Day after delivery to the Facility Agent pursuant
     to Clause 21.2(a)(i) or (ii) of the consolidated Accounts of Bidco for that
     quarterly Accounting period (accompanied by a certificate as referred to in
     Clause 22.2(a)(iv)) in an amount equal to:

     (i)  if at all times during that quarterly Accounting Period Bidco has
          maintained and does also on the proposed payment date maintain senior
          long term debt ratings of BBB - or better (from Standard & Poor's
          Rating Group) and Baa3 or better (from Moody's Investor Services
          Group) (both ratings being required contemporaneously), fifty per
          cent. (50%) of Adjusted Net Income for that quarterly Accounting
          Period; or

     (ii) if either or both of such debt ratings were not maintained at any
          relevant time, twenty five per cent. (25%) of Adjusted Net Income for
          that quarterly Accounting Period;

     PROVIDED THAT notwithstanding the foregoing:

     (A)  if on the last Accounting Date (for which Accounts have been delivered
          to the Facility Agent pursuant to Clause 21.2(a)(ii)) prior to the
          proposed date for payment of the Distribution Consolidated Net Total
          Borrowings exceeded 70% of the sum of (i) Adjusted Capital and
          Reserves and (ii) Consolidated Net Total Borrowings (both as
          calculated by reference to the quarterly Accounts delivered pursuant
          to Clause 21.2(a)(ii) in respect of the quarterly Accounting Period
          ended on that Accounting Date and the certificate relating thereto
          delivered pursuant to Clause 21.2(a)(iv)), the amount payable by way
          of Distribution as aforesaid shall be limited so that the aggregate
          Distributions paid by Bidco during the quarterly Accounting  Period in
          which such Distribution is paid and the three immediately preceding
          quarterly Accounting Periods shall not exceed the Sterling Equivalent
          of $75,000,000;

     (B)  no Distribution may be paid if any Event of Default or any Default
          falling within Clause 24.1(a) has occurred and is continuing at the
          time for payment or would occur or be continuing immediately after the
          payment (whether or not caused by such payment) or as a result of the
          payment;

     (C)  for the purposes of applying provisos (A) and (B) above in respect of
          any proposed payment of a Distribution, the amount of such
          Distribution shall be deemed paid on, and (to the extent that Adjusted
          Capital and Reserves have not already been reduced on 
<PAGE>
 
                                      81

          account thereof) shall be deducted in calculating Adjusted Capital and
          Reserves as determined on, the last Accounting Date prior to the date
          for payment.

(c)  CERTIFICATION OF PAYMENT AMOUNTS

     Where  any payment of Distributions is proposed to be made, Bidco shall,
     prior to making such payment, provide to the Facility Agent not less than
     10 Business Days before the proposed date for payment a certificate signed
     by the Chief Financial Officer in a form reasonably satisfactory to the
     Facility Agent showing (i) the date and amount of such proposed payment and
     (ii) such calculations in reasonable detail as are necessary to show that
     such payment is justified in terms of Clause 21.6(b).

(d)  OVERPAYMENT OF DISTRIBUTIONS

     (i)  If the Accounts delivered to the Facility Agent pursuant to Clause
          21.2(a)(ii) with respect to any quarterly Accounting Period during
          which a payment of Distributions has been made show that the
          requirements of Clause 21.6(b) have not been met with respect to such
          payment (when tested by reference to such Accounts) the amount (the
          "QUARTERLY EXCESS PAYMENT") by which the aggregate payment exceeded
          that which could have been made while satisfying the requirements of
          Clause 21.6(b) (when so tested) shall be applied in reduction of the
          amount of Distributions otherwise permitted to be paid in respect of
          subsequent period(s) by Clause 21.6 until the amount of such Quarterly
          Excess Payment shall have been so applied in full.

     (ii) If the annual audited Accounts delivered to the Facility Agent
          pursuant to Clause 21.2(a)(i) with respect to any annual Accounting
          Period during which a payment of Distributions has been made show that
          the requirements of Clause 21.6(b) have not been met with respect to
          such payment (when tested by reference to such audited accounts
          instead of the relevant quarterly management accounts), the amount
          (the "ANNUAL EXCESS PAYMENT") by which the aggregate payment exceeded
          that which could have been made while satisfying the requirements of
          Clause 21.6(b) (when so tested) shall be applied in reduction of the
          amount of Distributions otherwise permitted to be paid in respect of
          subsequent period(s) by Clause 21.6 until the amount of such Annual
          Excess Payment shall have been so applied in full.

(e)  TIMING OF CERTAIN DISTRIBUTIONS

     Without prejudice to the restrictions set out in the foregoing provisions
     of this Clause 21.6 relating to Distributions, the Company shall ensure
     that payments (other than to any member of the Bidco Group) pursuant to the
     Tax Sharing Agreement are not made earlier than is provided for in the Tax
     Sharing Agreement.

(f)  SHARE CAPITAL AND DEBT

     The Company will not, and no Obligor will, and each Obligor will procure
     that no other member of the Company Group will, save as permitted by a
     Waiver Letter:

     (i)  save as contemplated by the Structure Memorandum, issue any new share
          capital or grant any option to any person to subscribe for any shares
          in its capital:
<PAGE>
 
                                      82

          (aa) save that Finance may issue to the Company and/or Bidco may issue
               to Finance share capital of a type carrying no mandatory
               redemption rights and no fixed dividend (provided always that
               such shares are charged immediately upon their issue to the
               Security Agent pursuant to the terms of the Debenture and, if
               required by the Security Agent, registered in its name in the
               books of Finance or Bidco (as the case may be)) and save also
               that the Company may issue shares to Energyco or (provided that
               the Net Proceeds of the issue are used to prepay outstandings
               under the Facilities in accordance with the terms of Clause 9.3)
               effect an IPO of shares representing less than 25% of the issued
               share capital of the Company; and

          (bb) save that any member of the Bidco Group may issue share capital
               to another member of the Bidco Group (provided that if the
               Security Agent or the Banks already have security over the shares
               of the issuer of any such new shares then the Company will
               procure that the member of the Group to whom such new shares are
               issued promptly provides security over such shares to the
               Security Agent and the Banks to the reasonable satisfaction of
               the Security Agent); or

     (ii) repay or prepay any amount of principal, capitalised interest or
          interest pursuant to the Energyco/Company Loan Agreement and/or the
          Company/Bidco Loan Agreement and/or the Pedro Global Subordinated Loan
          Note and/or in respect of any Subordinated Debt other than as
          permitted pursuant to Clause 21.6(a) and (b) and the terms of the
          Intercreditor Agreement and, with respect to the Pedro Global
          Subordinated Loan Note, interest may be paid to the extent that Pedro
          Global has declared or will promptly declare a dividend payment at
          least equal to the proceeds of such interest payment.

21.7 ENVIRONMENTAL MATTERS

     Each Obligor will and will procure that each member of the Company Group
     will:

     (a)  obtain all requisite Environmental Licences and comply in all material
          respects with (i) the terms and conditions of all Environmental
          Licences applicable to it and (ii) all other applicable Environmental
          Law in each case where failure to do so would have a Material Adverse
          Effect;

     (b)  promptly upon receipt of the same, notify the Facility Agent and the
          Security Agent of any claim, notice or other communication served on
          it in respect of any alleged breach of or corrective or remedial
          obligation or liability under any Environmental Law which it is aware
          would, if substantiated, have a Material Adverse Effect.

21.8 INSURANCE

     Each Obligor will, and will procure that each member of the Company Group
     will, insure and keep insured all its property and assets (including those
     taken on lease) of an insurable nature and which are customarily insured
     (either generally or by companies carrying on a similar business) against
     loss or damage by fire and other risks normally insured against by persons
     carrying on the same class of business as that carried on by it in a
     similar location and in a sum or sums and with deductibles and other terms
     consistent with prudent market practice for companies carrying on a similar
     business in a similar location.  Each Obligor will, and will 
<PAGE>
 
                                      83

       procure that each member of the Company Group will, with reasonable
       promptness after becoming aware of the relevant requirement effect and
       maintain all insurances required by any applicable law or by the Licence.

21.9   REFINANCING DEBT

       The members of the Bidco Group indicated in the Borrowings List as being
       the debtors in respect of Refinancing Debt which is to be refinanced (or,
       where more than one member is indicated in respect of any particular
       Refinancing Debt, whichever of those members is selected by Bidco to be
       the borrower of any funds borrowed to refinance that Refinancing Debt)
       shall accede as Borrowers hereunder in order to enable the relevant
       member to borrow hereunder to refinance the relevant Refinancing Debt.

       The Company shall procure that:

       (a)  within three months of the Unconditional Date the Refinancing Debt
            (other than that which is identified in the Borrowings List as being
            permitted to remain outstanding on its existing terms or terms
            negotiated in compliance with the terms hereof) shall be repaid or
            prepaid in full save to the extent that to do so would breach the
            prohibition set out in Section 151 Companies Act 1985; and

       (b)  as soon as the procedures set out in Section 155 et seq Companies
            Act 1985 required to be implemented to permit the repayment of
            Refinancing Debt not required to be repaid or prepaid in accordance
            with paragraph (a) above by reason of the exception relating to
            Section 151 of the Companies Act 1985 have been completed all such
            Refinancing Debt shall be repaid or prepaid (other than that which
            is identified in the Borrowings List as being permitted to remain
            outstanding as aforesaid).

       The Company shall ensure that any renegotiated terms applicable to any
       Refinancing Debt (other than that denominated according to the Borrowings
       List in the currency of the Czech Republic) which is identified in the
       Borrowings List as being permitted to remain outstanding shall not be
       more favourable in terms of all-in return in any material respect to the
       creditors therefor than the terms of this Agreement applicable to
       Utilisations by Bidco.

21.10  GENERAL UNDERTAKINGS

(a)    CHANGE OF BUSINESS: No Obligor will, and each Obligor will procure that
       no other member of the Company Group will, save as permitted by a Waiver
       Letter, carry on any business other than those which are usual for energy
       companies (including, without limitation, electricity distribution,
       supply and generation, and business activities related to the gas,
       telecommunications and water industries or the energy or energy related
       business) provided that any member of the Company Group may continue to
       carry on any business which it carries on as at the date hereof.

(b)    MERGERS: No member of the Company Group shall enter into any merger or
       consolidation with any other person, save that (i) members of the Bidco
       Group may do so with other members of the Bidco Group provided that the
       security provided for in the Security Documents (taken as a whole) will
       not be materially prejudiced thereby, and (ii) Finance may do so with the
       Company.
<PAGE>
 
                                      84

(c)  HOLDING COMPANY:  Save as permitted by a Waiver Letter, none of the
     Company, Finance or Bidco shall carry on any business (other than the
     provision of administrative services to members of the Company Group and
     the holding of shares and making of loans as provided for below) or acquire
     any assets other than Cash, Cash Equivalent Investments or shares or loans
     which (i) in the case of the Company, are shares in Finance or a share in
     Bidco held as nominee for Finance or loans to Finance or Bidco or (to the
     extent permitted by Clauses 21.5 and 21.6) Energyco, or (ii) in the case of
     Finance, are shares in Bidco or loans to Bidco or the Company, or (iii) in
     the case of Bidco, are Shares acquired in the Target by Bidco or loans to
     any member of the Bidco Group or (subject to Clause 21.6) to the Company or
     Finance, and in the case of (i), (ii) and (iii) and subject to Clause 2.6
     are or become on acquisition mortgaged, pledged or otherwise charged to the
     Security Agent pursuant to the Security Documents, provided that the
     foregoing restriction shall cease to apply to Bidco immediately upon any
     merger of it and the Target (whether by liquidation of the Target or
     otherwise).

(d)  ADMINISTRATION AND WINDING-UP ORDERS ETC.:  No Obligor will, and each
     Obligor will procure that no other member of the Company Group will, save
     as permitted by a Waiver Letter, make or join in making any application to
     any court for an administration, winding-up, receivership or other similar
     order to be made in relation to any Obligor or Material Subsidiary, other
     than in respect of a solvent winding-up or dissolution of a member of the
     Company Group where such application or the granting of any such
     application is made to effect a merger of two companies permitted under the
     terms of Clause 21.10(b) or would not have a Material Adverse Effect.

(e)  ARM'S-LENGTH TERMS:  No Obligor will, and each Obligor will procure that no
     other member of the Company Group will, enter into any material transaction
     with any person otherwise than on arm's length terms, save as permitted by
     a Waiver Letter, and save for (i) loans made by one member of the Company
     Group to a member of the Bidco Group or by Bidco to the Company or Finance,
     (ii) disposals by one member of the Company Group to a member of the Bidco
     Group permitted by Clause 21.3(c), (iii) transactions entered into on terms
     more favourable to a member of the Bidco Group than would have been the
     case had the transaction been entered into on arm's length terms, (iv)
     transactions expressly permitted by this Agreement, (v) other transactions
     between members of the Bidco Group not otherwise prohibited by the terms of
     this Agreement, (vi) the Asset Split and (vii) the Coalco/Bidco Loan
     Agreement and (viii) disposal by Pedro Investments to Coalco or any of its
     subsidiaries of net proceeds of any disposal of Citizens.

(f)  AMENDMENTS TO DOCUMENTS:  No Obligor will, and each Obligor will procure
     that no other member of the Company Group, save as permitted by a Waiver
     Letter, will or will agree to amend, supplement, supersede or waive any
     term of the Transaction Documents in any manner which would materially and
     adversely affect the interests of the Banks under the Finance Documents
     taken as a whole without the prior written consent of the Majority Banks.

(g)  CONSTITUTIONAL DOCUMENTS:  No Obligor will, and each Obligor will procure
     that no other member of the Company Group will, save as permitted by a
     Waiver Letter or as required by law, amend or seek or agree to amend or
     replace the memorandum or articles of association or other constitutional
     documents or by-laws of any member of the Company Group in any way which
     would materially and adversely affect the interests of the Banks under the
     Finance Documents (taken as a whole), provided that if any such undertaking
     would not be enforceable (having regard to the rule in Russell v. Northern
                                                            -------------------
     Bank Development Corporation Limited & Ors) against any Obligor it shall
     -------------------------------------------
     not be given by that Obligor.
<PAGE>
 
                                      85


(h)  COMPLIANCE WITH LAWS:  Each Obligor will, and will procure that each other
     member of the Company Group will, comply in all material respects with all
     applicable laws, rules, regulations and orders of any governmental
     authority, whether domestic or foreign, having jurisdiction over it or any
     of its assets, failure to comply with which would have a Material Adverse
     Effect.

(i)  CONSENTS:  Each Obligor will, and will procure that each other member of
     the Company Group will, obtain, promptly renew from time to time and
     maintain in full force and effect, and if so requested promptly furnish
     certified copies to the Facility Agent of all such material authorisations,
     approvals, consents, licences and exemptions as may be required under any
     applicable law or regulation or under the Licence or any Licence
     Undertaking:

     (i)  to enable each Obligor to perform its respective material obligations
          under the Finance Documents to which it is a party or required for the
          validity or enforceability of such Finance Documents or of any
          security provided for thereby; and/or

     (ii) to carry on its business as it is being conducted from time to time
          where failure to obtain, renew or maintain any such authorisation,
          approval, consent, licence or exemption or non-compliance with the
          terms of the same would have a Material Adverse Effect.

(j)  PENSION SCHEMES:  The Company shall procure that all pension schemes
     maintained by or for the benefit of any member of the Company Group and/or
     any of its employees are maintained and operated in all material respects
     in accordance with all applicable laws from time to time and will ensure
     that all such pension schemes are funded substantially in accordance with
     the governing provisions of such schemes with any shortfall in funding
     advised by actuaries of recognised standing, being rectified in accordance
     with such governing provisions.

(k)  SYNDICATION:  The Company shall ensure that such members of the Company
     Group as the Facility Agent may reasonably require shall provide reasonable
     assistance to the Facility Agent and the Arrangers in the preparation of
     the Information Memorandum for syndication of the Facilities and comply
     with all reasonable requests for information from potential syndicate
     members made through the Facility Agent or an Arranger and, in each case
     until the earlier of conclusion of the general syndication (as notified to
     the Company by the Facility Agent) or the date falling six months after the
     Unconditional Date.

(l)  LICENCE UNDERTAKINGS

     The Company shall procure that on and from the Unconditional Date each
          Licenceholder will:

     (i)  take all appropriate steps efficiently to perform and discharge the
          duties and functions of a generator of electricity or, as the case may
          be, public electricity supplier in accordance with the provisions of
          the Act and, in particular, to comply with:

          (A)  the terms and conditions of the Licence;

          (B)  the provisions of any final order or confirmed provisional order
               made under the Act; and
<PAGE>
 
                                      86


          (C)  all undertakings given by it to the Director-General and/or the
               Secretary of State in respect of the matters referred to in
               Section 25(5) of the Act,

          where failure to take all appropriate steps would have or would be
          reasonably likely to have a Material Adverse Effect;

    (ii)  take all appropriate steps efficiently to perform and discharge the
          duties and functions of a public gas transporter, shipper and/or
          supplier in accordance with the provisions of the Gas Act and, in
          particular, to comply with:

          (A)  the terms and conditions of the Licence; and

          (B)  the provisions of any final order or confirmed provisional order
               made under the Gas Act,

          where failure to take all appropriate steps would have or would be
          reasonably likely to have a Material Adverse Effect;

    (iii) not consent to any material amendment to the terms and condition of
          the Licence or to the giving of or amendment to any Licence
          Undertaking if that amendment or Licence Undertaking would
          have (whether immediately or in the course of time prior to the Final
          Repayment Date) a Material Adverse Effect and, if the amendment is
          required pursuant to a law or regulation applying to the electricity
          industry or gas industry (as the case may be) as a whole, within 30
          days the Company and the Facility Agent (on behalf of the Banks), have
          not agreed new terms for this Agreement acceptable to the Majority
          Banks, within 30 days the Company and the Agent (on behalf of the
          Banks) have not agreed new terms for this Agreement acceptable to the
          Majority Banks;

    (iv)  not consent to any revocation of any Licence except where a
          replacement licence is to be granted to a member of the Bidco Group in
          its place (if such replacement Licence is required by statute or by
          regulation by a company to carry on the business of a Licenceholder as
          carried on as at the date hereof);

    (v)   promptly and in any event not less than 10 Business Days prior to it
          so doing, inform the Agent of any Licence Undertaking to be given by
          it to the Director General and/or the Secretary of State and of any
          material amendment to be made by it to the terms and conditions of the
          Licence;

    (vi)  promptly supply to the Facility Agent:

          (A)  certified copies of all notices or orders served on it by the
               Director General or the Director General of Gas Supply or the
               Secretary of State in exercise of the powers conferred on him by
               the Act and/or the Gas Act (as the case may be);

          (B)  details of any references relating to it to the Monopolies and
               Mergers Commission; and

          (C)  details of the exercise or purported exercise by the Secretary of
               State or the Director General or the Director General of Gas
               Supply of the powers conferred on them by the Fair Trading Act
               1973, the Competition Act 1980, 
<PAGE>
 
                                      87

               Section 12 of the Act and/or Section 24 of the Gas Act relating
               to it or any business carried on by it and regulated thereby;

     (vii)  ensure that at all times the Licenceholder has sufficient working
            capital to finance the performance and discharge of its duties as a
            generator of electricity or, as the case may be, public electricity
            supplier, in accordance with the provisions of the Act and the terms
            and conditions of its Licence; and

     (viii) not permit any person other than a member of the Bidco Group to
            perform or manage on its behalf any of its functions as a public
            electricity and/or gas supplier, as set out in the relevant Licence
            and the Act (in the case of electricity) or the Gas Act (in the case
            of gas.

(m)  OFFER DOCUMENT:  Upon reasonable notice being given by the Facility Agent
     and at its reasonable request, the Company shall procure that Bidco shall
     explain or give details of any item in any draft of the, or the Offer
     Document and discuss with the Arrangers the contents thereof (such
     explanation and/or details being to the best of its knowledge and belief,
     in respect of any item relating to the Target and/or the Target Group).

(n)  OFFER TERMINATION DATE:  Promptly upon the occurrence of the Offer
     Termination Date Bidco shall give notice to the Facility Agent (who shall
     notify the Banks of the same) that the same has occurred.

(o)  SECTION 428: Promptly upon acquisition by it of 90% in value of the share
     capital in Target to which the Offer relates, Bidco shall implement the
     procedures set out in Section 429 of the Companies Act 1985 and use its
     reasonable endeavours to acquire 100% of the issued share capital of Target
     within 6 weeks of its implementation of such procedure.

(p)  HEDGING DOCUMENTS:  The Company will effect the interest rate hedging
     transactions described in the letter referred to in Clause 4.1(d) in
     amounts, and by the times contemplated in such letter.

(q)  STRUCTURE MEMORANDUM:  As soon as permitted by relevant law after the
     Unconditional Date the Company shall procure that:

     (i)  the American Depositary Shares in the capital of the Target shall be
          delisted from the New York Stock Exchange and shall be converted to
          ordinary shares in the capital of the Target; and

     (ii) those steps contemplated by the Structure Memorandum, not completed as
          at the date hereof, shall be completed substantially in accordance
          with and as set out in the Structure Memorandum.

(r)  ASSET SPLIT:  The Company will procure that within 270 days of the first
     Utilisation Date the Asset Split shall have occurred.

22.  THE OFFER

(a)  Each of the Company and Bidco undertakes that:
<PAGE>
 
                                      88

    (i)   without the prior agreement of the Majority Offer Banks (such
          agreement being conclusively evidenced by a written notice from the
          Facility Agent to the Company and, in the case of sub-paragraphs (A)
          and (C), not to be unreasonably withheld or delayed) neither Bidco
          nor, in respect of sub-paragraph (C) only, the Company will:

          (A)  amend or vary in any material respect any material term or
               condition of the Offer, other than by virtue of any extension of
               the time for acceptance of the Offer;

          (B)  take or permit to be taken any step as a result of which the
               offer price stated in the Offer is, or may be required to be,
               increased beyond the level agreed between Bidco and the Banks
               from time to time;

          (C)  issue or allow to be issued any press release or other publicity,
               the text of which has not been previously agreed with the
               Arrangers, which makes reference to the Facilities or to some or
               all of the Finance Parties unless the publicity is required by
               law, the Code or any stock exchange (in which case the Company or
               Bidco (as the case may be) shall notify the Facility Agent and
               the Banks as soon as practicable upon becoming aware that the
               publicity is required);

    (ii)  in all material respects relevant in the context of the Offer, it will
          comply with the Code (subject to any applicable waivers by the Panel),
          the Financial Services Act 1986, the Companies Act 1985 and all other
          applicable statutes, laws and regulations;

    (iii) it will keep the Facility Agent informed as to the status and
          progress of the Offer and, in particular, will from time to time and
          promptly on request give to the Facility Agent reasonable details as
          to the current level of acceptances of the Offer (including a copy of
          every certificate delivered by the receiving agent to Bidco and/or its
          advisers pursuant to the Code) and such other matters relevant to the
          Offer as the Facility Agent may reasonably request.

(b) Bidco undertakes that, without the prior agreement of the Majority Offer
    Banks, Bidco will not decide, declare or accept that valid acceptances in
    respect of less than 90 per cent. in nominal value of Amazon Securities to
    which the Offer relates shall be required for fulfilment of the condition
    set out in paragraph (a) of Appendix 1 to the Press Release, Provided that
    the Majority Offer Banks shall not unreasonably withhold or delay giving
    their agreement if it is shown to their reasonable satisfaction that Bidco
    will achieve acceptances sufficient to enable it to give notice under
    section 429 of the Companies Act 1985 in relation to the shares to which the
    Offer relates.

(c) Bidco shall keep the Facility Agent informed and consult with it as to:

    (i)  the terms of any undertaking or assurance proposed to be given by it,
         any of its Affiliates or any member of the Target Group to the Director
         General of Electricity Supply, the Director General of Gas Supply or
         the Secretary of State for Trade and Industry in connection with the
         Offer;

    (ii) the terms of any modification to any of the Target Group's licences
         under the Gas Act 1986 or the Electricity Act 1989 proposed in
         connection with the Offer;
<PAGE>
 
                                      89

     (iii) any terms proposed in connection with any authorisation or
           determination necessary or appropriate in connection with the Offer,
           including those from the Secretary of State for Trade and Industry
           and the Foreign Investment Review Board of Australia.

     If any of such proposed undertakings, assurances, modifications or terms
     are, where applicable, of a type materially more onerous than those
     accepted in connection with the acquisition of other regional electricity
     companies in the UK and the Majority Offer Banks, acting reasonably, state
     that in their opinion such proposed undertaking(s), assurance(s),
     modification(s) and/or term(s), or compliance therewith, would materially
     and adversely affect the ability of the Bidco Group to comply with its
     material obligations under the Finance Documents, Bidco shall promptly
     request the Panel to confirm (and shall use its reasonable endeavours to
     ensure that the Panel does confirm) that the Panel will not object to the
     lapsing of the Offer as a result of the non-satisfaction of whichever of
     conditions (b) to (f), (j) and (l) in Appendix 1 to the Press Release is
     relevant.  If the Panel gives a confirmation substantially in those terms,
     Bidco shall at the earliest opportunity declare the Offer lapsed by reason
     of the non-fulfilment of such condition(s).

(d)  If Bidco becomes aware (whether through notice from the Agent or any Bank
     or otherwise) of a circumstance or event which is or could reasonably be
     construed to be covered by any condition of the Offer (other than those
     contained in paragraphs (a) to (j) of Appendix 1 to the Press Release)
     which, if not waived, would entitle Bidco (with the Panel's consent, if
     needed) to lapse the Offer, Bidco shall promptly notify the Facility Agent
     and, if the Majority Offer Banks, acting reasonably, state that in their
     opinion such circumstance or event would materially and adversely affect
     the ability of the Bidco Group to comply with its material obligations
     under the Finance Documents, Bidco shall promptly request the Panel to
     confirm (and shall use its reasonable endeavours to ensure that the Panel
     does confirm) that the Panel will not object to the lapsing of the Offer as
     a result of the non-satisfaction of that condition.  If the Panel gives a
     confirmation substantially in those terms, Bidco shall not waive that
     condition or treat it as fulfilled and shall declare the Offer lapsed at
     the earliest opportunity.

23.  FINANCIAL RATIOS

23.1 FINANCIAL UNDERTAKINGS

     The Company and Bidco will procure that:-

     (a)  CONSOLIDATED NET TOTAL BORROWINGS TO THE SUM OF ADJUSTED CAPITAL AND
          RESERVES AND CONSOLIDATED TOTAL NET BORROWINGS:

          Consolidated Net Total Borrowings at all times during the periods set
          out below shall not be more than Y per cent. of the sum of Adjusted
          Capital and Reserves and Consolidated Total Net Borrowings on such
          Accounting Date, where Y has the value indicated for such Accounting
          Date in such table:-
<TABLE> 
<CAPTION> 

          PERIOD                                           Y%
          <S>                                              <C>  
          Unconditional Date to                            78
          31st March, 1998
          1st April, 1998 to 31st December, 1998           76
</TABLE> 
<PAGE>
 
                                      90

<TABLE> 

          <S>                                               <C>  
          1st January, 1999 to 31st December, 1999          75
          1st January, 2000 to 31st December, 2000          74
          1st January, 2001 to 31st December, 2001          72
          1st January, 2002 to Final Repayment Date         70
</TABLE>

     (b)  CONSOLIDATED EBITDA TO CONSOLIDATED TOTAL NET INTEREST PAYABLE:

          Consolidated EBITDA for any period comprising an annual Accounting
          Period of Bidco or four (taking into account the provisions of Clause
          23.2) consecutive quarterly Accounting Periods of Bidco (taken
          together as one period) ending on any Accounting Date falling closest
          to the date specified in the table below, shall not be less than Y
          times Consolidated Total Net Interest Payable for such period, where Y
          has the value indicated for such Accounting Date in such table:-

<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
          ACCOUNTING DATE                                  Y%
          (before any adjustment)
          <S>                                              <C>
          31st December, 1997                              2.3
          31st March, 1998                                 2.3
          30th June, 1998                                  2.3
          30th September, 1998                             2.3
          31st December, 1998                              2.3
          31st March, 1999                                 2.3
          30th June, 1999                                  2.3
          30th September, 1999                             2.3
          31st December, 1999                              2.3
          31st March, 2000                                 2.5
          30th June, 2000                                  2.5
          30th September, 2000                             2.5
          31st December, 2000                              2.5
          31st March, 2001                                 2.7
          30th June, 2001                                  2.7
          30th September, 2001                             2.7
          31st December, 2001                              2.7
          31st March, 2002                                 2.7
          30th June, 2002                                  2.7
</TABLE>


23.2  INITIAL CONSOLIDATED EBITDA TO CONSOLIDATED TOTAL NET INTEREST PAYABLE
      TESTS

     The first test of the covenant set out in Clause 23.1(b) shall be made in
     respect of a period ending on the expiry of the quarterly Accounting Period
     commencing on, or (if none) on the expiry of the first quarterly Accounting
     Period commencing after, the Unconditional Date.  The first three tests of
     such covenant shall be made in respect of periods which shall include such
     number of pro forma Accounting Periods commencing before the Unconditional
     Date as shall be required in order that each test is made for a period
     comprising four quarterly Accounting Periods and on the basis of pro forma
     Accounts for those pro forma Accounting Periods delivered to the Facility
     Agent pursuant to Clause 21.1(a)(vi) and Accounts delivered to the Facility
     Agent pursuant to Clause 21.2(a)(ii).
<PAGE>
 
                                      91

24.  DEFAULT

24.1 EVENTS OF DEFAULT

     Each of the events set out below is an Event of Default (whether or not
     caused by any reason outside the control of any or all of the Obligors or
     of any other person):-

     (a)  NON-PAYMENT: any Obligor does not pay on the due date any amount
          payable by it under any Finance Document at the place, in the currency
          and in the funds expressed to be payable, provided that this sub-
          clause shall not apply (i) to unpaid amounts which are paid in full
          within three Business Days of the due date where the failure to pay
          such amount on its due date is due solely to technical or
          administrative error, failure or delay in the transmission of funds;
          or (ii) to unpaid amounts (other than of principal of or interest or
          fee on any Utilisation) which are paid in full within five Business
          Days of the due receipt by the relevant Obligor of written notice from
          the Facility Agent requiring the failure to be remedied; or

     (b)  BREACH OF OBLIGATION:

          (i)   any Obligor fails to comply with any provision of Clause 23
                (Financial Undertakings); or

          (ii)  any Obligor fails to comply with any other provision of this
                Agreement (irrespective of whether or not such provision is
                valid and enforceable against such Obligor) and/or any other
                provision of any other Finance Document and, if such failure is
                capable of remedy within such period, such Obligor shall have
                failed to remedy such failure within 14 days after the earlier
                of the relevant Obligor becoming aware of such default (provided
                that such 14 day period shall be suspended from the date on
                which any Obligor notifies the Facility Agent of such failure,
                to the date on which the Facility Agent confirms to the relevant
                Obligor that such remedy is required) and receipt by the
                relevant Obligor of written notice from the Facility Agent to
                such Obligor requiring the failure to be remedied; or

          (iii) any Obligor shall do any of the things prohibited in Clauses
                21.6(a) (Dividends) or 21.6(f) (Share Capital), or any of the
                things prohibited in Clause 21.10(g) (Constitutional Documents)
                shall be done to or by any Obligor, whether or not (having
                regarding to the rule in Russell v. Northern Bank Development
                                         ------------------------------------
                Corporation Limited & Ors.) such undertaking is enforceable
                --------------------------
                against that Obligor, and, in each case, the thing, if
                remediable, shall not have been remedied within 14 days after
                the earlier of the relevant Obligor becoming aware thereof
                (provided that such 14 day period shall be suspended from the
                date on which any Obligor notifies the Facility Agent of such
                thing, to the date on which the Facility Agent confirms to the
                relevant Obligor such remedy is required) and receipt by the
                relevant Obligors of written notice from the Facility Agent to
                such Obligor requiring the thing to be remedied; or
<PAGE>
 
                                      92


     (c)  MISREPRESENTATION/BREACH OF WARRANTY: any representation, warranty or
          statement made or repeated by or on behalf of any Obligor, in any
          Finance Document or in any certificate or statement delivered by or on
          behalf of any Obligor or other member of the Company Group under or in
          connection with any Finance Document, is incorrect or misleading in
          any respect which is material when made or deemed to be made or
          repeated by reference to the facts and circumstances then subsisting
          and, if the circumstances causing such misrepresentation are capable
          of remedy within such period, such Obligor shall have failed to remedy
          such circumstances within 14 days after the earlier of the relevant
          Obligor becoming aware of such misrepresentation (provided that such
          14 day period shall be suspended from the date on which any Obligor
          notifies the Facility Agent of such misrepresentation, to the date on
          which the Facility Agent confirms to the relevant Obligor that such
          remedy is required) and receipt by the relevant Obligor of written
          notice from the Facility Agent to such Obligor requiring the
          circumstances causing such misrepresentation to be remedied; or

     (d)  INVALIDITY: any of the Finance Documents (other than any Documentary
          Credit or Substitution Certificate)shall cease to be in full force and
          effect in any material respect or shall cease to (or be alleged by any
          Obligor not to) constitute the legal, valid and binding obligation of
          any Obligor party to it or, in the case of any Security Document, fail
          to (or be alleged by any Obligor not to) provide effective security in
          favour of the Security Agent and the Banks over the assets over which
          security is intended to be given by that Security Document, in each
          case in a manner and to an extent materially adverse to the interests
          of the Banks under the Finance Documents (taken as a whole) or it
          shall be unlawful for any Obligor to perform any of its material
          obligations under any of the Finance Documents, provided that where
          the relevant Finance Documents are re-executed by the relevant
          Obligors in the same form in all material respects and none of the
          circumstances described in this paragraph apply in respect of those
          Finance Documents as so re-executed by the relevant Obligors and the
          interests of the Banks under the Finance Documents are not continuing
          to be materially and adversely affected as a result of any of the
          foregoing circumstances having occurred, the relevant Event of Default
          under this paragraph shall be treated as having been cured; or

     (e)  CROSS-DEFAULT:

          (i)  Any Borrowings (other than Project Finance Borrowings) of a
               member or any members of the Company  Group (taken together)
               aggregating (Pounds)30,000,000 (or its equivalent in other
               currencies) or more at any one time outstanding become (or become
               capable of being declared) due and payable or due for redemption
               before their normal maturity date or are placed on demand, in
               each case by reason of the occurrence of an event of default
               (howsoever characterised);

          (ii) Any Borrowings (other than Project Finance Borrowings) of any
               member or members of the Company Group (taken together)
               aggregating (Pounds)30,000,000 (or its equivalent in other
               currencies) or more are not paid when due (whether falling due by
               demand, at scheduled maturity or otherwise) nor within any
               applicable grace period provided for in the document evidencing
               or constituting those Borrowings unless being disputed in good
               faith; or
<PAGE>
 
                                      93

          (iii)  If funds aggregating (Pounds)30,000,000 (or its equivalent in
                 other currencies) are outstanding in respect thereof, any
                 commitment for or underwriting of any facility for Borrowings
                 (other than Project Finance Borrowings) aggregating
                 (Pounds)30,000,000 (or its equivalent in other currencies) or
                 more of any member or members of the Company Group (taken
                 together) is cancelled or suspended by the provider of that
                 facility by reason of the occurrence of an event of default
                 (howsoever characterised).

          For the purpose of this Clause 24.1(e) any amount arising pursuant to
          any arrangement falling within paragraph (f) of the definition of
          Borrowing in Clause 1.1 which is capable of being declared due and
          payable before its normal due date by reason of the occurrence of an
          event of default (howsoever characterised) shall be deemed to be the
          Negative Termination Amount in respect of such arrangement and shall
          be aggregated with all other relevant amounts accordingly; or

     (f)  LIQUIDATION: any order is made or resolution passed or any legal
          proceedings are initiated or are consented to by any Obligor or any
          Material Subsidiary, or any petition shall be presented or legal
          proceedings commenced by any person (and not, where that person is
          unconnected with that Obligor or Material Subsidiary save for being a
          creditor of such member, discharged or stayed within twenty-one days
          in the case of both legal proceedings and such petition), for the
          suspension of payments generally or for any process giving protection
          against creditors or for the dissolution, termination of existence,
          liquidation, winding up, bankruptcy or other like process, in each
          case with respect to the Obligor or any Material Subsidiary save to
          the extent any such liquidation is made to effect a merger of two
          companies permitted under the terms of Clause 21.10(b); or

     (g)  MORATORIUM: a moratorium in respect of all or any debts of any Obligor
          or Material Subsidiary  or a composition or an arrangement with
          creditors generally of such Obligor or Material Subsidiary or any
          other arrangement whereby its affairs and/or assets are submitted to
          the control of or are protected from its creditors is applied for,
          ordered or declared save where the relevant company is, in good faith,
          contesting such application, moratorium, composition or arrangement by
          appropriate proceedings diligently pursued and such application,
          moratorium, composition or arrangement is discharged within 21 days;
          or

     (h)  ADMINISTRATOR: an application is made for the appointment of an
          administrator (as such term is used in the Insolvency Act 1986) or
          similar official in relation to any Obligor or Material Subsidiary or
          an administrator or administrative receiver is appointed in respect of
          any Obligor or Material Subsidiary save where the relevant company is,
          in good faith, contesting such application or appointment by
          appropriate proceedings diligently pursued and such application is not
          discharged or appointment rescinded within 21 days or an effective
          resolution is passed by the directors or shareholders of any Obligor
          or Material Subsidiary for such an application to be made; or

     (i)  RECEIVER: a liquidator or provisional liquidator (save as excepted in
          paragraph (f) above) or, a trustee, receiver, administrative receiver,
          manager (being a person acting on behalf of all or any creditors) or
          similar officer is appointed in respect of any  Obligor or Material
          Subsidiary or in respect of (or takes possession of) all or any part
<PAGE>
 
                                      94


          of its assets with a value in excess of (Pounds)30,000,000 (or the
          equivalent in other currencies); or

     (j)  INSOLVENCY: any Obligor or Material Subsidiary is declared or deemed
          pursuant to any applicable legislation to be insolvent or is or is
          deemed pursuant to any applicable legislation to be unable, or admits
          in writing its inability, to pay its debts as they fall due or stops
          or threatens to stop payment of its debts generally or becomes
          insolvent within the terms of any applicable law excluding Section
          123(1)(a) of the Insolvency Act, 1986; or

     (k)  DISTRESS:  any distress, execution, attachment, sequestration or other
          like process affects any Obligor or Material Subsidiary save where
          (i)(I) the relevant member is, in good faith, contesting the distress,
          execution, attachment, sequestration or other like process by
          appropriate proceedings diligently pursued, or (II) such process is
          discharged within 21 days or (III) such process is being pursued in
          respect of an amount due not exceeding (Pounds)30,000,000 and (ii) the
          ability of any Obligor to comply with its obligations under the
          Finance Documents will not be materially and adversely affected whilst
          such distress, execution, attachment, sequestration or other process
          is being so contested; or

     (l)  ANALOGOUS PROCEEDINGS: there occurs, in relation to any Obligor or
          Material Subsidiary in any country or territory in which it is
          incorporated or carries on business or to the jurisdiction of whose
          courts it or any part of its assets is subject, any event which, in
          the reasonable opinion of the Majority Banks, corresponds in that
          country or territory with any of the events mentioned in paragraphs
          (f) to (k) (inclusive) above or any Obligor or Material Subsidiary
          otherwise becomes subject, in any of those countries or territories,
          to any law or proceedings relating to insolvency, bankruptcy,
          liquidation, reorganisation or dissolution having a similar effect to
          the events mentioned in paragraphs (f) to (k) (inclusive) above; or

     (m)  CESSATION: any  Obligor or Material Subsidiary ceases to carry on all
          or a substantial part of its business (save in consequence of any
          reorganisation, reconstruction or amalgamation permitted under this
          Agreement or approved pursuant to a Waiver Letter or and save as may
          result from any disposal of assets permitted by the terms of this
          Agreement or any solvent liquidation, dissolution or winding up of any
          Material Subsidiary (not being an Obligor, other than in the event of
          such liquidation made to effect a merger of two companies permitted
          under the terms of Clause 21.10(b)) which would not have a Material
          Adverse Effect); or

     (n)  CONTROL: without the prior written consent of the Majority Banks, any
          single person or group of persons acting in concert (as defined in the
          City Code on Takeovers and Mergers), other than one or more of Ricardo
          and any of its Affiliates acquires control (as defined in Section 416
          of the Income and Corporation Taxes Act 1988) of the Company; or

     (o)  PROCEEDINGS: there is current or pending at the Unconditional Date or
          there shall occur thereafter any litigation, arbitration,
          administrative, regulatory or other proceedings or enquiry (including
          without limitation, any such by the Office of Fair Trading, the
          Monopolies and Mergers Commission, the Department of Trade and
          Industry, or any equivalent body in any other jurisdiction or the
          European Commission or any division 
<PAGE>
 
                                      95


          of any thereof or authority deriving power from any thereof)
          concerning or arising in consequence of any of the Transaction
          Documents and/or the implementation of any matter or transaction
          provided for in the Transaction Documents or otherwise concerning or
          involving any Obligor or Material Subsidiary and, in each case the
          same has a Material Adverse Effect; or

     (p)  EXPROPRIATION:  the authority or ability of any Obligor or Material
          Subsidiary to conduct its business (i) is wholly curtailed by any
          seizure, expropriation, intervention, renationalisation or other
          action by or on behalf of any governmental, regulatory or other
          authority or (ii) is substantially curtailed by any seizure,
          expropriation, intervention, renationalisation, or other action by or
          on behalf of any governmental, regulatory or other authority which is
          reasonably likely to have a Material Adverse Effect; or

     (q)  DISTRIBUTION BUSINESS/GENERATION BUSINESS:

          (i)  the Bidco Group ceases, or threatens to cease, to carry on the
               Distribution Business; or

          (ii) any change is made in the statutory or regulatory requirements
               applicable to the Distribution Business or the Generation
               Business or any new statutory or regulatory requirements are
               imposed on it which have a Material Adverse Effect and, if the
               changed or new statutory or regulatory requirements apply to the
               electricity industry as a whole, within 30 days the Company and
               the Facility Agent (on behalf of the Banks) have not agreed new
               terms for this Agreement acceptable to the Majority Banks; or

     (r)  REVOCATION AND MODIFICATION OF LICENCE:

          (i)  The Secretary of State gives notice in writing of the revocation
               of a Licence for any reason or a Licence ceases to be in full
               force and effect in any material respect, in each case except
               where a similar licence is granted to a member of the Bidco Group
               in its place or where such Licence is no longer required (by law
               or regulation) to be held by any Licenceholder in order that it
               may carry on any business carried on by such Licenceholder on the
               date hereof.

         (ii)  Without prejudice to paragraph (i) above, any legislation
               (whether primary or subordinate) removing, reducing or qualifying
               the duties of the Secretary of State and/or the Director-General
               with regard to the creditors or the ability of the Licenceholder
               to raise finance under a Licence or of generators of electricity
               or public electricity suppliers generally is enacted and the
               enactment has a Material Adverse Effect.

        (iii)  Any amendment is made to the terms and
               conditions of a Licence and the amendment has a Material Adverse
               Effect and, if the amendment is required pursuant to a law or
               regulation applying to the electricity industry as a whole,
               within 30 days the Company and the Facility Agent (on behalf of
               the Banks) have not agreed new terms for this Agreement
               acceptable to the Majority Banks; or
<PAGE>
 
                                      96

     (s)  GAS FRAMEWORK AGREEMENT: Target or any other member of the Bidco Group
          ceases to be a party to the Gas Framework Agreement except where
          another member of the Bidco Group becomes a party to that agreement in
          its place or

     (t)  COMPLIANCE WITH ACT: Any member of the Bidco Group fails to comply
          with a final order (within the meaning of Section 25 of the
          Electricity Act) or with a provisional order (within the meaning of
          that section) which has been confirmed under that section (and not
          since been revoked) or any provisions of the Act detailing the rights,
          powers, authorities, obligations and duties of the Secretary of State
          or the Director-General or the manner in or time at which they are to
          be exercised, are repealed or amended in a manner which has (or is
          likely to have) a Material Adverse Effect; or

     (u)  POOLING AND SETTLEMENT AGREEMENT:  any notice requiring Target to
          cease to be a party to the Pooling and Settlement Agreement is given
          to Target or any member of the Bidco Group under Clauses 60.1.3 or
          60.2.2 of the Pooling and Settlement Agreement or Target or any member
          of the Bidco Group otherwise ceases to be a party to the Pooling and
          Settlement Agreement save where another member of the Bidco Group
          becomes a party in its place; or

     (v)  INTERCREDITOR AGREEMENT:

          (i)  any Affiliate of the Company (other than a member of the Company
               Group) party thereto fails to comply with any provision of the
               Intercreditor Agreement  or the Coalco Intercreditor Agreement
               and, if such failure is capable of remedy within such period,
               such party shall have failed to remedy such failure within 14
               days after the earlier of the relevant party becoming aware of
               such default (provided that such 14 day period shall be suspended
               from the date on which any such party notifies the Facility Agent
               of such failure, to the date on which the Facility Agent confirms
               to the relevant party that such remedy is required) and receipt
               by the relevant party of written notice from the Facility Agent
               to such party requiring the failure to be remedied; or

         (ii)  any representation, warranty or statement made or repeated by or
               on behalf of any Affiliate of the Company (other than a member of
               the Company Group) party thereto, in the Intercreditor Agreement
               or in the Coalco Intercreditor Agreement or in any certificate or
               statement delivered by or on behalf of any Obligor or other
               member of the Company Group under or in connection with the
               Intercreditor Agreement or in the Coalco Intercreditor Agreement,
               is incorrect or misleading in any respect which is material when
               made or deemed to be made or repeated by reference to the facts
               and circumstances then subsisting and, if the circumstances
               causing such misrepresentation are capable of remedy within such
               period, such Obligor shall have failed to remedy such
               circumstances within 14 days after the earlier of the relevant
               Obligor becoming aware of such misrepresentation (provided that
               such 14 day period shall be suspended from the date on which any
               Obligor notifies the Facility Agent of such misrepresentation, to
               the date on which the Facility Agent confirms to the relevant
               Obligor that such remedy is required) and receipt by the relevant
               Obligor of written notice from the Facility Agent to such Obligor
               requiring the circumstances causing such misrepresentation to be
               remedied; or
<PAGE>
 
                                      97

       (iii)   any of the Intercreditor Agreement or the Coalco Intercreditor
               Agreement is not or ceases to be in full force and effect in any
               material respect or shall cease to (or be alleged by any party
               not to) constitute the legal, valid and binding obligation of any
               Affiliate of the Company (other than a member of the Company
               Group) party thereto, in each case in a manner and to an extent
               to be materially adverse to the interests of the Banks under the
               Intercreditor Agreement or in the Coalco Intercreditor Agreement
               (taken as a whole) or it shall be unlawful for any such Affiliate
               to perform any of its material obligations under the
               Intercreditor Agreement or in the Coalco Intercreditor Agreement
               provided that where the relevant agreement is re-executed by the
               relevant party in the same form in all material respects and none
               of the circumstances described in this paragraph apply in respect
               of that agreement as so re-executed by the relevant party and the
               interests of the Banks under that agreement are not continuing to
               be materially and adversely affected as a result of any of the
               foregoing circumstances having occurred, the relevant Event of
               Default under this paragraph shall be treated as having been
               cured;

          and in each such case in the reasonable opinion of the Majority Banks
          the interests of the Banks under the Finance Documents (taken as a
          whole) shall be materially prejudiced thereby; or

     (w)  MATERIAL ADVERSE EFFECT: any event or series of events whether related
          or not occurs which has a Material Adverse Effect; or

     (x)  ASSET SPLIT AND CERTAIN GUARANTEES:  (i) the Asset Split shall not
          have occurred and been completed in all material respects as indicated
          in the Structure Memorandum within 270 days of the first Utilisation
          Date, or (ii) any of the guarantees referred to in Clause 21.4(b)(F)
          shall not be discharged or released within 270 days of the first
          Utilisation Date.

24.2 SANCTIONS

     Subject, where applicable, to Clause 24.3, upon the occurrence of an Event
     of Default and at any time thereafter while the same is continuing and has
     not been waived pursuant to a Waiver Letter, the Facility Agent may, and
     shall if so directed by the Majority Banks, by notice to the Company:-

     (a)  declare that an Event of Default has occurred; and/or

     (b)  declare that the Total Commitments shall be cancelled or reduced
          forthwith to the level specified by the Facility Agent, whereupon the
          same shall be so cancelled and all fees payable in relation to the
          amount of the Total Commitments so cancelled or reduced shall become
          immediately due and payable, provided that until all the Shares have
          been acquired pursuant to the Offer and/or the procedure set out in
          Section 428 et seq. Companies Act, 1985 or the Offer Termination Date
          has occurred this power shall not be exercised so as to result in (i)
          the maximum aggregate amount from time to time remaining to be paid
          (on the assumption that all outstanding Shares will be acquired) to
          accepting shareholders pursuant to the Offer and/or pursuant to
          procedures implemented or to be implemented under Section 428 et seq.
          Companies Act 1985 and 
<PAGE>
 
                                      98

          to the Optionholders under the proposals referred to in Clause
          3.1(a)(i)(B), less (ii) the amount (if any) by which the aggregate
          amount paid to Bidco by the Company in cash for share capital and
          Subordinated Debt and all Matching Amounts capable of being drawn
          pursuant to the Coalco/Bidco Loan Agreement from time to time exceeds
          the amount which has actually been paid to accepting shareholders
          pursuant to the Offer from time to time and/or used for any other
          purpose referred to in Clause 3.1(a)(i)(B) or (C) or (ii), exceeding
          (iii) the amount of the undrawn Commitments the proceeds of drawings
          of which are capable in accordance with Clause 3.1 of being applied in
          payment to accepting shareholders in the Target pursuant to the Offer
          and/or for any other purpose referred to in Clause 3.1(a)(i)(B) or
          (C); and/or

     (c)  declare that all or part of the Advances to some or all of the
          Borrowers be payable on demand, whereupon (to the extent so declared)
          they shall immediately become payable by the relevant Borrower on
          demand by the Facility Agent (and if and to the extent any such demand
          is subsequently made those Advances (to the extent so declared and
          demanded), together with accrued interest on and all other amounts
          accrued under this Agreement in respect of the Advances so declared
          and demanded, shall be immediately due and payable); and/or

     (d)  demand that all or part of the Advances to some or all of the
          Borrowers, together with accrued interest, and all other amounts
          accrued under this Agreement be immediately due and payable, whereupon
          (to the extent so demanded) they shall become immediately due and
          payable; and/or

     (e)  require the payment to the Facility Agent of a sufficient sum to cover
          the Outstanding Liability Amounts under some or all outstanding
          Documentary Credits issued for the account of some or all of the
          Borrowers, whereupon the same shall become immediately due and payable
          by the relevant Borrowers and, once paid, shall be held by the
          Facility Agent in an interest bearing account for application in
          reimbursing the LC Bank or the Banks forthwith for all payments made
          or to be made under such outstanding Documentary Credits.

     No Finance Party shall be entitled to enjoin the funding of the Offer or
     exercise any right of rescission or set-off or similar right (whether on
     the basis of misrepresentation or Event of Default or otherwise) (until
     after the Offer Termination Date) if to do so would prevent the funding of
     the Offer as contemplated hereby and in accordance with Clauses 4.2 and 22
     (other than Clauses 22(a)(i)(C), (ii) and (iii)) hereof.

24.3 CLEAN UP PERIOD

     If during the period ending on the date three months from the Unconditional
     Date any event or circumstance which (but for this Clause 24.3) would
     constitute a Default (the "POTENTIAL EVENT OF DEFAULT") shall exist which
     consists of, or is a direct consequence of any event or circumstance which
     occurred in relation to the Target or any of its Subsidiaries (or its or
     any of their business, assets or liabilities) on or before the
     Unconditional Date, then the following shall apply:

     (a)  the Company or Bidco or the Target shall notify the Facility Agent of
          that fact by fax promptly after becoming aware thereof, giving a
          reasonable description of:
<PAGE>
 
                                      99

          (i)   the Potential Event of Default and (so far as known to them) its
                causes; and

          (ii)  any remedial action in relation to that Potential Event of
                Default which the Company and/or Bidco and/or the Target propose
                to take or procure is taken;

     (b)  that Potential Event of Default shall not constitute a Default, and
          the Facility Agent shall not with respect to that Potential Event of
          Default (but, for the avoidance of doubt, not so as to restrict the
          Facility Agent's rights to take such action with respect to any other
          Event of Default which is not a Potential Event of Default) be
          entitled to take any of the actions set out in Clause 24.2, until
          (assuming that the Potential Event of Default is then continuing) the
          earlier of:

          (i)   the date three months after the Unconditional Date; or

          (ii)  the date on which, as a direct consequence of it being
                reasonably likely that a Material Adverse Effect would result
                from such Potential Event of Default or from the effects thereof
                or from the continued inaction by the Facility Agent and the
                Banks as regards the exercise of rights under this Agreement,
                the Facility Agent on the instructions of the Majority Banks has
                confirmed in writing to the Company that it is so reasonably
                likely; or

          (iii) a Material Adverse Effect actually occurring as a direct
                consequence of that Potential Event of Default.

     Provided that (A) the foregoing shall not apply with respect to any
     Potential Event of Default under any of Clauses 24.1(a),  (b)(iii), (d),
     (e)(i) (in consequence only of Borrowings being declared due and payable or
     capable of being declared due and payable which are not Refinancing Debt),
     (f), (g), (h), (i), (j), (l), (p), (q), (r), (s), (t), or (v) in each case
     irrespective of whether or not that Potential Event of Default occurred in
     consequence of any event or circumstance which occurred before the
     Unconditional Date, and (B) any Potential Event of Default shall
     nevertheless constitute a Default for the purposes of Clause 4.3, save (in
     the case only of a Potential Event of Default consisting of a Default
     arising under Clause 24.1 (b)(ii), (c) or (e) (i) (in consequence as
     aforesaid)) where it is demonstrated to the reasonable satisfaction of the
     Majority Offer Banks that such Potential Event of Default is likely to be
     cured within three months after the Unconditional Date without any Material
     Adverse Effect occurring.

25.  INDEMNITIES

25.1 CURRENCY INDEMNITY

(a)  If any amount payable by any Obligor under or in connection with any
     Finance Document is received by any Finance Party in a currency (the
     "PAYMENT CURRENCY") other than that agreed to be payable under that Finance
     Document (the "AGREED CURRENCY"), whether as a result of any judgement or
     order or the enforcement of the same, the liquidation of such Obligor or
     otherwise and the amount produced by converting the Payment Currency so
     received into the Agreed Currency at market rates prevailing at or about
     the time of receipt of the Payment Currency is less than the amount of the
     Agreed Currency due under that Finance Document, then the Obligors shall,
     as an independent and additional obligation, indemnify each Finance Party
     for the deficiency and any loss sustained as a result.
<PAGE>
 
                                      100

(b)  The above indemnities shall constitute separate and independent obligations
     of each of the Obligors from their other obligations under the Finance
     Documents and shall apply irrespective of any indulgence granted by any
     Finance Party.  The  Obligors shall pay the reasonable costs of making any
     conversion from the Payment Currency to the Agreed Currency.

(c)  Each Obligor waives any right it may have in any jurisdiction to pay any
     amount under this Agreement in a currency other than that in which it is
     expressed to be payable under that Finance Document.

25.2 OTHER INDEMNITIES

     The Obligors shall indemnify each Finance Party against any losses
     (excluding loss of the applicable Margin save in the case of paragraphs (a)
     and (b) below), charges or expenses which such Finance Party may sustain or
     incur as a consequence of:-

     (a)  the occurrence of any Default; or

     (b)  the operation of Clauses 2.5 or 24.2; or

     (c)  any repayment or prepayment of an Advance or payment of an overdue
          amount being made otherwise than on its Interest Date; or

     (d)  (other than by reason of default by any Finance Party) any Utilisation
          not being made (or not being made in full) to any Borrower after a
          Request has been given pursuant to Clause 5 or Clause 6 (as the case
          may be),

     including but not limited to any losses, charges or expenses on account of
     funds acquired, contracted for or utilised to fund any amount payable under
     this Agreement, any amount repaid or prepaid or any Utilisation (as the
     case may be).  A certificate of such Finance Party as to the amount of any
     such loss or expense shall be prima facie evidence in the absence of
     manifest error.

25.3 INDEMNITY RELATING TO FACILITIES

(a)  The Company agrees to indemnify each Finance Party and any Holding Company
     or subsidiary of any Finance Party and each of their respective directors,
     officers and employees against any and all claims, damages, liabilities,
     costs and expenses (including reasonable legal fees) which may be incurred
     by or asserted against such Finance Party or any such Holding Company or
     Subsidiary or their respective directors, officers and employees in
     connection with or arising out of any such proceedings, actions or enquiry
     by any regulatory authority of a type referred to in Clause 24.1(o)
     (ignoring the provision as to materiality contained therein) or any
     litigation or other proceedings (other than between Finance Parties)
     connected with the Offer except to any extent resulting from the gross
     negligence or wilful misconduct of any person otherwise entitled to be
     indemnified under this indemnity.  It is agreed that:

     (i)  each Finance Party shall notify the Company promptly in reasonable
          detail of any potential claim by it or any Holding Company or
          Subsidiary of it or any of their respective directors, officers or
          employees on the Company under this Clause 25.3 promptly upon its
          becoming aware of that potential claim; and
<PAGE>
 
                                      101

     (ii)   if the Company wishes any Finance Party to enter into any
            negotiations with a view to settlement of any dispute with any third
            party likely to give rise to any claims, damages, liability, costs
            and expenses for which a claim may be made under this Agreement, it
            shall notify that Finance Party accordingly, which Finance Party
            will then enter into such negotiations in good faith on a without
            prejudice basis but shall not be bound so to settle unless such
            Finance Party is agreeable so to settle (such agreement not to be
            unreasonably withheld); and

     (iii)  any payments required to be made by reason of this indemnity shall
            be in addition to any other amounts provided for in this Agreement
            or agreed to be paid in respect of the Facilities.

(b)  Each Finance Party shall give promptly to the Company such details and
     copies of legal opinions and process served concerning (or concerning the
     circumstances giving rise to) any claims, damages, liabilities, costs and
     expenses which may form the basis of any claim by it on the Company
     hereunder, as the Company may reasonably request.

(c)  At the request of the Company, from time to time, each Finance Party will
     discuss with the Company and will give careful consideration in good faith
     to the views of the Company concerning the appointment of professional
     advisers in connection with any such claims, damages, liabilities, costs
     and expenses (and in connection with the circumstances giving rise thereto
     and any proceedings current, pending or threatened relating thereto) and
     the conduct of any proceedings, and will use reasonable endeavours to
     procure that (once appointed) all professional advisers acting for it in
     relation thereto shall do likewise and that where possible and where such
     Finance Party does not reasonably consider that it is against such Finance
     Party's best interest, one firm of professional advisers only is appointed
     to represent all of the Finance Parties.

(d)  Notwithstanding the foregoing provisions of this Clause 25.3, no Finance
     Party shall be required to disclose to the Company or any other Obligor any
     matter with regard to which it is under a duty of non-disclosure.  All
     information which may be disclosed by any Finance Party pursuant to this
     Clause 25.3 shall be disclosed on the same conditions as to
     confidentiality, as are set out in Clause 33.

26.  AGENTS, ARRANGERS AND BANKS

26.1 APPOINTMENT

     Each Bank hereby appoints the Facility Agent and the Security Agent to act
     as its agent hereunder and with respect to the Finance Documents and
     irrevocably authorises the Facility Agent on such Bank's behalf to:

     (a)  enter into any Borrower Accession Agreement, Guarantor Accession
          Agreement or Security Agreement (whereupon and by which act such Bank
          shall become bound thereby); and

     (b)  perform such duties and exercise such rights and powers under the
          Finance Documents as are specifically delegated to such Agent by the
          terms thereof, together with such rights and powers as are reasonably
          incidental thereto.
<PAGE>
 
                                      102

     Each Agent shall have only those duties and powers which are expressly
     specified in the Finance Documents.  Each Agent's duties under the Finance
     Documents each are intended to be of a mechanical and administrative
     nature.

26.2 MAJORITY BANKS' DIRECTIONS

     In the exercise of any right or power granted and as to any matter not
     expressly provided for by the Finance Documents, each Agent shall act in
     accordance with the instructions of the Majority Banks or as this Agreement
     may require and shall be fully protected in so doing.  Any such
     instructions shall be binding on all the Banks.  Subject to Clauses 26.7
     and 26.16, in the absence of any such instructions and/or any relevant
     requirement contained in any Finance Document, each Agent may act or
     refrain from acting with respect to such right or power and as to any such
     matter as it shall see fit.

26.3 RELATIONSHIP

(a)  The relationship between each Bank and each Agent is that of principal and
     agent.  Nothing herein (other than in relation to the Security Agent and
     the Security Documents as to which the Security Agent shall be a trustee
     for the Banks) shall constitute the Facility Agent a trustee or (save, with
     regard to any Bank, as necessarily results from its agency relationship
     with that Bank) fiduciary for any Bank, any Obligor or any other person.

(b)  No Agent shall be liable to any Obligor for any breach by any Bank of this
     Agreement or be liable to any Bank for any breach by any Obligor of any
     Finance Document.

26.4 DELEGATION

     Without prejudice to its obligations hereunder, each Agent may act under
     the Finance Documents through its personnel and through agents selected by
     it with reasonable care (who shall be entitled to the same protections as
     those given to the Agents under this Clause 26).

26.5 DOCUMENTATION

     Neither any Agent or any of the Arrangers nor any of its officers,
     employees or agents shall be responsible to any Bank or to each other for:-

     (a)  the execution, genuineness, validity, enforceability or sufficiency of
          any Finance Document or any other document in connection therewith; or

     (b)  the collectability of amounts payable thereunder; or

     (c)  the accuracy of any statements (whether written or oral) made in or in
          connection with any Finance Document or other document in connection
          therewith.

26.6 DEFAULT

     No Agent shall be required to ascertain or inquire as to the performance or
     observance by any Obligor of the terms of any Finance Document or any other
     document in connection therewith.  No Agent shall be deemed to have
     knowledge of the occurrence of any Default unless that Agent has received
     notice from a party hereto describing such Default and stating that such
<PAGE>
 
                                      103

       notice is a "Notice of Default". If any Agent receives such a notice of
       default or officers of any Agent engaged in the performance of that
       Agent's functions under the Finance Documents otherwise acquire actual
       knowledge that a Default has occurred, that Agent shall give notice
       thereof promptly to the Banks. Each Agent shall take or refrain from
       taking such action with respect to such Default as shall be directed by
       the Majority Banks, provided that nothing herein contained shall oblige
       any Agent to institute any legal action or proceedings on behalf of any
       Bank. Until any Agent shall have received such directions, it may (but
       shall not be obliged to) take or refrain from taking such action with
       respect to such Default as it shall see fit.

26.7   EXONERATION

       Neither Agent nor any of its officers, employees or agents shall be
       liable to any Bank for any action taken or omitted under or in connection
       with any Finance Document unless caused by its or their gross negligence
       or wilful misconduct.

26.8   RELIANCE

       Each Agent may rely on any communication or document reasonably believed
       by it to be genuine and correct and may rely on any statement made by a
       director or employee of any person regarding any matters which may
       reasonably be assumed to be within his knowledge or within his power to
       verify. Each Agent may engage, pay for and rely on legal or other
       professional advisers selected by it and shall be protected in so
       relying.

26.9   CREDIT APPROVAL

       Each of the Banks severally represents and warrants to each Agent and
       each of the Arrangers that it has made its own independent investigation
       and assessment of the financial condition and affairs of each Obligor and
       their related entities and other parties considered by it to be relevant
       in connection with its participation in this Agreement and has not relied
       exclusively on any information, including the Information Memorandum
       provided to such Bank by any Agent or any Arranger in connection
       herewith. Each Bank represents, warrants and undertakes to each Agent and
       each Arranger that it shall continue to make its own independent
       appraisal of the creditworthiness of the Obligors and other parties
       considered by it to be relevant in connection with the Finance Documents
       and their related entities while any amount is or may be outstanding
       under the Finance Documents.

26.10  INFORMATION

(a)    The Facility Agent shall promptly furnish each Bank with a copy of any
       documents received by it under Clause 21.2. If so requested by any Bank,
       the Facility Agent shall furnish to such Bank (at the expense of the
       Company) a copy of any of the documents listed in Schedule G delivered on
       or prior to the first Utilisation Date.

(b)    The Facility Agent shall, without any liability on its part in the event
       of any failure to do so except in the case of its negligence or wilful
       default, send to the Banks (at the expense of the Company) any document
       (or a summary of the material details of such document) received by it
       from any Obligor pursuant to this Agreement which contains any
       information which the Facility Agent considers to be of direct and
       material interest and significance to the Banks and their interests under
       this Agreement and which can lawfully be distributed by the Facility
       Agent without incurring any liability to any person whatsoever.
<PAGE>
 
                                      104

(c)    Save as provided in paragraph (a) above neither Agent nor any Arranger
       shall have any duty either initially or on a continuing basis to provide
       any Bank with any credit or other information with respect to the
       financial condition or affairs of any Obligor or any of their related
       entities whether coming into its possession or that of any related
       entities of the Facility Agent or any Arranger before the entry into of
       this Agreement or at any time thereafter.

(d)    Unless specifically requested to do so by a Bank, neither Agent shall
       have any duty to request any certificates or other documents from any
       Obligor under any of the Finance Documents.

(e)    No Agent need disclose any information relating to any Obligor or any of
       their related entities or any other person if such disclosure would or
       might in the reasonable opinion of the Facility Agent constitute a breach
       of any law or regulation or be otherwise actionable at the suit of any
       person.

26.11  THE FACILITY AGENT AND THE ARRANGERS INDIVIDUALLY

(a)    Each Agent and each Arranger shall have the same rights and powers
       hereunder as any other Bank and may exercise the same as though it were
       not the Facility Agent or an Arranger.

(b)    Each Agent and each Arranger may accept deposits from, lend money to and
       generally engage in any kind of banking, trust, advisory or other
       business whatsoever with any Obligor and their related entities and
       accept and retain any fees payable by any Obligors or any related
       entities for its own account in connection herewith and/or therewith
       without liability to account therefor to any Bank or any Arranger.

26.12  INDEMNITY

       Each Bank agrees to indemnify each Agent and each Arranger on demand (to
       the extent not reimbursed by any Obligor and without prejudice to the
       liability of any Obligor under any Finance Document) for any and all
       liabilities, losses, damages, penalties, actions, judgements, costs,
       expenses or disbursements of any kind whatsoever which may be imposed on,
       incurred by or asserted against such Agent in any way relating to or
       arising out of its acting as an Agent under any of the Finance Documents
       or performing its duties thereunder or any action taken or omitted by any
       Agent thereunder (including, without limitation, the charges and expenses
       referred to in Clause 27.5 and all stamp Taxes on or in connection with
       any of the Finance Documents but excluding payment of its agency fee
       pursuant to Clause 27.3 and the normal administrative costs and expenses
       incidental to the performance of its agency duties hereunder save to the
       extent increased in consequence of a Default). Such indemnification by
       each Bank shall be pro rata to its Commitments. Notwithstanding the
       foregoing, no Bank shall be liable for any portion of the foregoing
       resulting from any Agent's gross negligence or wilful misconduct.

26.13  LEGAL RESTRICTIONS

       Each Agent may refrain from doing anything which would or might in its
       reasonable opinion (a) be contrary to the law of any applicable
       jurisdiction or any applicable official directive or regulation or (b)
       render it liable to any person, and may do anything which in its
       reasonable opinion (acting on legal advice) is necessary to comply with
       any such law or directive.
<PAGE>
 
                                      105

26.14  RESIGNATION

       Each Agent may (after consultation with the Company) resign by giving
       notice thereof to the Banks and the Company and may be removed by the
       Majority Banks giving notice to that effect to such Agent and the Company
       after prior consultation with the Company. In that event the Majority
       Banks, with the consent of the Company where the relevant Agent has so
       resigned (such consent not to be unreasonably withheld or delayed and the
       Company shall be deemed to have consented if it has not given notice
       refusing consent within 14 days of any request for consent) and in any
       event after consultation with the Company to the extent practicable, may
       appoint a successor for the relevant Agent which shall be a reputable and
       experienced bank, incorporated in or having a branch in England and
       acting through such branch. If the Majority Banks have not, within 30
       days after such notice of resignation or removal, so appointed a
       successor Agent which shall have accepted such appointment, the retiring
       Agent, after consultation with the Company, shall have the right to
       appoint a successor Agent which shall be a reputable and experienced Bank
       incorporated or having a branch in England and acting through such
       branch. The resignation or removal of the retiring Agent and the
       appointment of any successor Agent or Security Agent shall both become
       effective upon the successor Facility Agent or Security Agent notifying
       all the parties hereto in writing that it accepts such appointment,
       whereupon the successor Facility Agent or Security Agent shall succeed to
       the position of the retiring Facility Agent or Security Agent and the
       terms "FACILITY AGENT" and "SECURITY AGENT" in all of the Finance
       Documents shall include such successor Agent where appropriate. This
       Clause 26 shall continue to benefit a retiring Agent in respect of any
       action taken or omitted by it hereunder while it was an Agent.

26.15  ASSIGNMENTS

       Each Agent may treat each Bank named as a party hereto as continuing to
       be such a party, as entitled to payments hereunder and as acting
       hereunder through its Facility Office until it has received notice from
       such Bank to the contrary.

26.16  AMENDMENTS

(a)    If authorised by the Majority Banks, the Facility Agent or (in the case
       of the Security Documents) the Security Agent may (except where any other
       authority is required for the same by the express provisions of this
       Agreement) grant waivers or consents or (with the agreement of the
       Company) vary the terms of the Finance Documents. Any such waiver,
       consent or variation so authorised and effected by the Facility Agent or,
       as the case may be, the Security Agent shall be binding on all the Banks
       and the Facility Agent or, as the case may be, the Security Agent shall
       be under no liability whatsoever in respect of any such waiver, consent
       or variation, provided always that, except with the prior written consent
       of all the Banks and the Company, nothing in this Clause 26.16(a) shall
       authorise:-

       (i)    the extension of any Availability Period; or

       (ii)   any variation of the definition of "MAJORITY BANKS" in Clause 1.1;
              or

       (iii)  any extension of the date for, or alteration in the amount or
              currency of, or waiver of any payment of principal, interest,
              Margin, fee, commission or any other amount payable under any of
              the Finance Documents; or
<PAGE>
 
                                      106


       (iv) any change to any Bank's Commitment; or

       (v)  any variation of Clauses 12.2, 13, 31.2, 33 or this Clause 26.16; or

       (vi) any variation of any provision wherein (before such variation) it is
            provided that certain things may not be done without or may be done
            with the consent or approval of all the Banks.

(b)    If authorised by the Majority Banks, the Security Agent may grant any
       waiver or consent in relation to, or variation of the material provisions
       of, any Security Document (but not, for the avoidance of doubt, so as to
       release any security). Subject as otherwise provided for in this
       Agreement or any Security Document, any release of the security provided
       by any Security Document over the Shares requires the consent of all the
       Banks.

26.17  SECURITY AGENT AS TRUSTEE

(a)    The Security Agent in its capacity as trustee or otherwise shall not be
       liable for any failure, omission, or defect in perfecting the security
       constituted by any Security Document or any security created thereby
       including, without limitation, any failure to register the same in
       accordance with the provisions of any of the documents of title of the
       relevant Obligor to any of the property thereby charged.

(b)    The Security Agent in its capacity as Trustee or otherwise may accept
       without enquiry such title as any Obligor may have to the property over
       which security is intended to be created by any Security Document.

(c)    Save where the Security Agent holds a legal mortgage over or over an
       interest in, real property or shares, the Security Agent in its capacity
       as Trustee or otherwise shall not be under any obligation to hold any
       title deeds, Security Documents or any other documents in connection with
       the property charged by any Security Document or any other such security
       in its own possession or to take any steps to protect or preserve the
       same. The Security Agent may permit the relevant Obligor to retain all
       such title deeds and other documents in its possession.

(d)    Save as otherwise provided in the Security Documents, all moneys which
       under the trusts herein or therein contained are received by the Security
       Agent in its capacity as Trustee or otherwise may be invested in the name
       of or under the control of the Security Agent in any investment for the
       time being authorised by English law for the investment by trustees of
       trust money or in any other investments which may be selected by the
       Security Agent with the consent of the Majority Banks. Additionally, the
       same may be placed on deposit in the name of or under the control of the
       Security Agent at such bank or institution (including any Agent) and upon
       such terms as the Security Agent may think fit. Any and all such monies
       and all interest thereon shall be paid over to the Facility Agent
       forthwith upon demand by the Facility Agent.

(e)    Each Bank hereby confirms its approval of the Finance Documents and any
       security created or to be created pursuant thereto and hereby authorises,
       empowers and directs the Security Agent (by itself or by such person(s)
       as it may nominate) to execute and enforce the same as trustee or as
       otherwise provided (and whether or not expressly in the Banks' names) on
       its behalf.
<PAGE>
 
                                      107

26.18  BANKS

(a)    Each Bank (other than Goldman Sachs Credit Partners L.P.) represents to
       the Facility Agent that, in the case of a Bank which is a Bank on the
       date of this Agreement, on the date of this Agreement and, in the case of
       a Bank which becomes a Bank after the date of this Agreement, on the date
       it becomes a Bank it is:

       (i)    either:

              (A)  not resident in the United Kingdom for United Kingdom tax
                   purposes; or

              (B)  a "bank" as defined in section 840A of the Income and
                   Corporation Taxes Act 1988 and resident in the United
                   Kingdom; and

       (ii)   beneficially entitled to the principal and interest payment by the
              Facility Agent to it under this Agreement,

       and shall forthwith notify the Agent if either representation ceases to
       be correct.

(b)    The Facility Agent may at any time, and shall if requested to do so by
       the Majority Banks, convene a meeting of the Banks.

27.    FEES, EXPENSES AND STAMP TAXES

27.1   COMMITMENT FEE

(a)    Bidco shall pay to the Facility Agent for each Bank a commitment fee
       computed at the rate of zero point one zero (0.10%) per annum on that
       Bank's Tranche 1 Commitment and Tranche 2 Commitment during the period
       from the date of this Agreement up to the Unconditional Date.

(b)    Bidco shall pay to the Facility Agent for each Bank a commitment fee
       computed at the rate of fifty per cent. (50%) of the applicable Margin
       (as set out in Column 2 in the definition of Margin in Clause 1.1) from
       time to time per annum on the daily unutilised balance of that Bank's
       Tranche 1 Commitment and Tranche 2 Commitment on and from the
       Unconditional Date up to and including the last day of the relevant
       Availability Period.

(c)    Commitment fee shall accrue from day to day and be computed on the basis
       of a year of 365 days for the actual number of days elapsed. Accrued
       commitment fee is payable to the Facility Agent quarterly in arrear from
       the date of this Agreement on (i) the earlier of first occurring
       Utilisation Date hereunder and the expiry of the Tranche 1 Availability
       Period, (ii) the Final Repayment Date, and (iii) for any Bank(s) on the
       cancelled amount of its Commitment(s) at the time the cancellation takes
       effect.

27.2   FRONT END AND AGENCY FEES

(a)    Bidco shall pay to the Facility Agent for the account of the Arrangers
       front end fees in amounts and on the dates as stated in a letter dated on
       or around the date hereof from the Facility Agent to Bidco and
       countersigned by Bidco, to be distributed in the amounts and manner as
       heretofore agreed between the Arrangers.
<PAGE>
 
                                      108

(b)    Bidco shall pay to the Facility Agent for its own account the agency fees
       on the dates and in the amount agreed in the letter of even date herewith
       from the Facility Agent to Bidco and countersigned by Bidco.

(c)    Bidco shall pay to the Security Agent for its own account the agency fees
       on the dates and in the amount agreed in the letter of even date herewith
       for the Security Agent to Bidco and countersigned by Bidco.

27.3   DOCUMENTARY CREDIT ISSUANCE FEE

       Each Borrower shall pay to the Facility Agent on the Utilisation Date in
       respect of each Documentary Credit for the account of the relevant party
       a fee of:

       (a)  (in the case of a Documentary Credit issued by the LC Bank) point
            one two five per cent. (0.125%) flat calculated on the intended
            maximum Outstanding Liability Amount of such Documentary Credit as
            at the Utilisation Date payable to the LC Bank; or

       (b)  (in the case of a Documentary Credit issued by the Facility Agent on
            behalf of all of the Banks severally in proportion to their Tranche
            2 Commitments) an administration fee of (Pounds)1,000 to the
            Facility Agent.

27.4   DOCUMENTARY CREDIT PER ANNUM FEE

       Each Borrower shall pay to the Facility Agent for distribution amongst
       the Banks pro rata to their respective Commitments between it and the
       Banks in the case of payments arising under (a) below, or for
       distribution to the LC Bank in the case of payments arising under (b)
       below a fee equivalent to the aggregate of:

       (a)  the Margin applied on the Outstanding Liability Amount of each
            Documentary Credit issued at its request; and

       (b)  (in the only case of Documentary Credits issued by the LC Bank) an
            additional point one two five per cent. (0.125%) per annum applied
            on that portion of the face amount of each Documentary Credit for
            which the LC Bank is counter-indemnified by the Banks (other than
            itself where the LC Bank is also the Bank) pursuant to Clause 5.6,

       in each case in respect of the period between the date of issue of the
       Documentary Credit and the earlier of its Expiry Date and the date on
       which its Outstanding Liability Amount has been reduced to nil.

       The fee shall accrue from day to day and be calculated on the basis of a
       365 day year for the actual number of days elapsed and shall be payable
       quarterly in arrears and on the Expiry Date of such Documentary Credit.

27.5   INITIAL AND DOCUMENTATION EXPENSES

(a)    Subject to Clause 27.5(c) below, on the date of the first Utilisation if
       demanded before such date and otherwise promptly on demand by the
       Facility Agent after such date, the Company shall reimburse the Facility
       Agent for the reasonable out-of-pocket charges and expenses incurred by
       it in respect of the fees and expenses of its legal advisers incurred in
       connection with the negotiation, preparation, printing and execution of
       the Finance Documents (including 
<PAGE>
 
                                      109

       any thereof which may be executed at any time after the date of this
       Agreement), together in all cases with all value added and similar Taxes
       applicable.

(b)    Subject to Clause 27.5(c) below, the Company shall reimburse the Facility
       Agent within 30 days of demand for the reasonable out of pocket charges
       and expenses (including, but not limited to, the fees and expenses of
       legal advisers) incurred by it or the Arrangers in connection with the
       syndications of the Finance Documents and the Commitments and
       Utilisations thereunder within 12 months of the date hereof and the
       execution of any further Finance Documents from time to time, together
       with all value added tax and similar Taxes applicable to the same.

(c)    Where this Agreement provides that any document or other information is
       to be copied or provided by the Facility Agent to all or any of the Banks
       or the Security Agent (including, without limitation, as contemplated in
       Clause 26.10(a) or (b)) the Company will promptly on demand reimburse the
       Facility Agent for the reasonable out-of-pocket charges and expenses
       incurred by it in so copying or providing such document or other
       information, together with all value added and similar Taxes applicable
       to the same.

(d)    Upon the occurrence of the Unconditional Date the out-of-pocket charges
       and expenses referred to in Clause 27.5(b) shall be deemed not to include
       internal costs so incurred by the Arrangers.

27.6   EXPENSES OF ADMINISTRATION, ENFORCEMENT, WAIVER AND AMENDMENT

       The Company (or the relevant Borrower where in the reasonable opinion of
       the Facility Agent such amounts are referable to a particular Borrower)
       shall reimburse each of the Finance Parties promptly on demand for the
       out-of-pocket charges and expenses (including the fees and expenses of
       legal advisers and notaries and the fees and expenses of any accountants
       or other professional advisers (a) incurred by any of them in connection
       with the enforcement of, or the preservation of any rights under, any of
       the Finance Documents, (b) reasonably incurred by any of them in
       connection with any waiver or consent which may at any time be sought by
       any Obligor under or in relation to any of the Finance Documents, and (c)
       reasonably incurred by any of them in connection with any variation of or
       supplement to any of the Finance Documents (other than any Substitution
       Certificate or a variation or supplement requested by a Finance Party
       other than if requested pursuant to Clause 2.6), together, in each case,
       with all value added and similar Taxes applicable to the same.

27.7   STAMP TAXES

       The Company shall pay or indemnify the Finance Parties against any and
       all stamp, registration and similar Taxes (excluding such Taxes as are
       imposed by a jurisdiction other than the United Kingdom) which may be or
       become payable in connection with the entry into, performance or
       enforcement against any of the Obligors of any of the Finance Documents
       (other than any Substitution Certificate).

28.    WAIVERS, REMEDIES CUMULATIVE

28.1   WAIVERS

       No failure to exercise and no delay in exercising any right, power or
       privilege under any Finance Document by any of the Finance Parties shall
       operate as a waiver of the same, nor shall any single or partial exercise
       of any such right, power or privilege preclude any other or
<PAGE>
 
                                      110

       further exercise of the same, or the exercise of any other right, power
       or privilege. No waiver by any of the Finance Parties shall be effective
       unless it is in writing.

28.2   REMEDIES CUMULATIVE

       The rights and remedies of each of the Finance Parties in this Agreement
       may be exercised as often as necessary and are cumulative and not
       exclusive of any rights or remedies provided by law.

29.    NOTICES

29.1   ADDRESS

       Except as otherwise stated in this Agreement, all notices or other
       communications hereunder to any party hereto shall be made by letter or
       by facsimile transmission (and, in the case of communications to any
       Obligor shall be copied to Ricardo by facsimile transmission at such
       facsimile number as shall be notified in writing to the Facility Agent by
       Ricardo from time to time) and shall be deemed to be duly given or made
       when delivered (in the case of letter or facsimile transmission) to such
       party addressed to it at its address or telex number or facsimile number,
       and for such attention, specified in the relevant Part of Schedule A or
       Schedule B, or at such other address or telex number or facsimile number
       as such party may after the date of this Agreement specify for such
       purpose to the others by notice.

29.2   NON-WORKING DAYS

       A notice or other communication received on a non-working day or after
       5.00 p.m. on a working day in the place of receipt shall be deemed to be
       served on the next following working day in such place.

30.    ASSIGNMENTS, TRANSFERS AND SUBSTITUTIONS

30.1   SUCCESSORS

       This Agreement shall be binding upon and ensure to the benefit of the
       Obligors, the Banks, the Facility Agent, the Security Agent and their
       respective successors and permitted assigns.

30.2   ASSIGNMENTS AND TRANSFERS BY OBLIGORS

       Save as expressly provided in this Agreement, no Obligor may assign or
       transfer all or any part of its rights or obligations under this
       Agreement without the prior written consent of all the Banks (but this
       Clause shall be without prejudice to the operation of Clause 21.10(b)).

30.3   TRANSFERS BY BANKS

(a)    Subject to Clause 30.9, a Bank (the "EXISTING BANK") may at any time
       assign, transfer or novate any of its rights and/or obligations under
       this Agreement to another bank or financial institution (the "NEW BANK")
       provided that (i) save where the New Bank is a Bank or an Affiliate of
       the Existing Bank, the prior consent of the Company has been obtained
       (such consent not to be unreasonably withheld or delayed), and (ii) save
       where the New Bank is a Bank or Affiliate of the Existing Bank the New
       Bank takes an assignment, transfer or novation of a minimum amount of
       (Pounds)10,000,000.
<PAGE>
 
                                      111

       An Existing Bank shall not assign, transfer or novate in part (but shall
       not be prohibited from so doing in whole) any of its rights and/or
       obligations under this Agreement unless it will maintain a Commitment or
       Commitments aggregating a minimum amount of at least (Pounds)10,000,000
       as of the date immediately following the date of such transfer, provided
       that this sub-paragraph shall not apply to any such transfers made
       between Goldman Sachs International Bank and Goldman Sachs Credit
       Partners L.P.

(b)    A transfer of obligations will be effective only if either:

       (i)   the obligations are novated in accordance with Clause 30.4
             (Procedure for substitution); or

       (ii)  the New Bank confirms in writing to the Facility Agent and the
             Company that it undertakes to be bound by the terms of the Finance
             Documents as a Bank in form and substance satisfactory to the
             Facility Agent and the Company (acting reasonably). On the transfer
             becoming effective in this manner the Existing Bank shall be
             relieved of its obligations under the Finance Documents to the
             extent that they are transferred to the New Bank.

(c)    Nothing in this Agreement restricts the ability of a Bank to sub-
       participate or sub-contract an obligation if that Bank remains liable
       under this Agreement for that obligation.

(d)    On each occasion an Existing Bank assigns, transfers or novates any of
       its rights and/or obligations under this Agreement (other than where such
       assignment, transfer or novation is made on general syndication or to an
       Existing Bank or an Affiliate), the New Bank shall, on the date the
       assignment, transfer and/or novation takes effect, pay to the Facility
       Agent for its own account a fee of (Pounds)750.

(e)    Neither an Existing Bank nor any other Finance Party is responsible to a
       New Bank for:

       (i)   the execution, genuineness, validity, enforceability or sufficiency
             of any Finance Document or any other document;

       (ii)  the collectability of amounts payable under any Finance Document or
             the financial condition of or the performance of its obligations
             under the Finance Documents by any Obligor; or

       (iii) the accuracy of any statements or information (whether written or
             oral) made in or in connection with or supplied in connection with
             any Finance Document.

(f)    Each New Bank confirms to the Existing Bank and the other Finance Parties
       that it:

       (i)   has made its own independent investigation and assessment of the
             financial condition and affairs of each Obligor and its related
             entities in connection with its participation in this Agreement and
             has not relied exclusively on any information provided to it by the
             Existing Bank or any other Finance Party in connection with any
             Finance Document;
<PAGE>
 
                                      112

       (ii)  will continue to make its own independent appraisal of the
             creditworthiness of each Obligor and its related entities while any
             amount is or may be outstanding under this Agreement or any
             Commitment is in force; and

       (iii) is a bank or financial institution whose ordinary business includes
             participation in syndicated facilities of this type.

(g)    Nothing in any Finance Document obliges an Existing Bank to:

       (i)   accept a re-transfer from a New Bank of any of the rights and/or
             obligations assigned, transferred or novated under this Clause 30.3
             or Clause 30.4; or

       (ii)  support any losses incurred by the New Bank by reason of the non-
             performance by any Obligor of its obligations under this Agreement
             or otherwise.

(h)    Any reference in this Agreement to a Bank includes a New Bank, but
       excludes a Bank if no amount is or may be owed to or by that Bank under
       this Agreement and its Commitment has been cancelled or reduced to nil.

30.4   PROCEDURE FOR SUBSTITUTION

(a)    Subject to satisfaction of the requirements set out in Clause 30.3(a), a
       novation is effected if:

       (i)   the Existing Bank and the New Bank deliver to the Facility Agent a
             duly completed certificate executed by the Existing Bank and the
             New Bank, substantially in the form of Schedule D (a "SUBSTITUTION
             CERTIFICATE"); and

       (ii)  the Facility Agent executes it.

       Promptly upon its receipt (by facsimile transmission or otherwise) the
       Facility Agent hereby agrees to execute any Substitution Certificate
       delivered to it and which has been duly completed and executed by Goldman
       Sachs Credit Partners L.P. as Existing Bank and Goldman Sachs
       International Bank as New Bank or vice versa. The Facility Agent shall be
       permitted to rely on a facsimile copy of such Substitution Certificate.

(b)    Each Party (other than the Existing Bank and the New Bank) irrevocably
       authorises the Facility Agent to execute any duly completed Substitution
       Certificate on its behalf.

(c)    To the extent that they are expressed to be the subject of the novation
       in the Substitution Certificate:

       (i)   the Existing Bank and the other Parties (the "EXISTING PARTIES")
             will be released from their obligations to each other under the
             Finance Documents (the "DISCHARGED OBLIGATIONS"), except for any
             obligation which the Existing Bank has to the LC Bank pursuant to
             Clause 5.6 in respect of Documentary Credits issued prior to the
             date on which such novation takes effect as determined below unless
             otherwise agreed in writing by the LC Bank (provided that the LC
             Bank hereby agrees to any novation from Goldman Sachs Credit
             Partners L.P. to Goldman Sachs International Bank and vice versa);
<PAGE>
 
                                      113

       (ii)  the New Bank and the existing Parties will assume obligations
             towards each other under the Finance Documents which differ from
             the discharged obligations only insofar as they are owed to or
             assumed by the New Bank instead of the Existing Bank;

       (iii) the rights of the Existing Bank against the existing Parties under
             the Finance Documents and vice versa (the "DISCHARGED RIGHTS") will
             be cancelled; and

       (iv)  the New Bank and the existing Parties will acquire rights against
             each other under the Finance Documents which differ from the
             discharged rights only insofar as they are exercisable by or
             against the New Bank instead of the Existing Bank,

       all on the date of execution of the Substitution Certificate by the
       Facility Agent or, if later, the date specified in the Substitution
       Certificate and in each case, the provisions of Clause 30.4 are complied
       with.

       The discharged obligations shall not include any obligation under Clauses
       13 and 15 in respect of payments made prior to the effective date of such
       Substitution Certificate.

30.5   REFERENCE BANKS

       The Facility Agent may (subject to the Company giving its consent
       thereto, such consent not to be unreasonably withheld) nominate
       additional Banks or Affiliates thereof to become Reference Banks and such
       Banks or Affiliates shall become Reference Banks upon their indicating to
       the Facility Agent that they are prepared to act as such. The Facility
       Agent will give the Company written notice of such Banks or Affiliates
       having become Reference Banks as soon as practical thereafter. If a
       Reference Bank (or the Bank of which a Reference Bank is an Affiliate, in
       the case of any Reference Bank which is not itself a Bank) transfers the
       whole of its rights and obligations under this Agreement as a Bank or
       ceases to be one of the Banks, the Facility Agent, subject to agreement
       by the Company (such agreement not to be unreasonably withheld or
       delayed) will appoint another Bank to replace such Bank or Affiliate as a
       Reference Bank.

30.6   CHANGE OF FACILITY OFFICE

       Each Bank shall participate in this Agreement through its Facility
       Office(s), but any Bank may change its Facility Office with respect to
       any Utilisation from time to time, on giving not less than four Business
       Days' prior notice to the Facility Agent, to (a) any other location in
       the United Kingdom or (b) to any other location in any other jurisdiction
       provided (in respect of any Bank other than Goldman Sachs Credit Partners
       L.P.) it does not thereby cease to be a Recognised Bank.

30.7   INCREASED COSTS AND ILLEGALITY

(a)    Subject as provided in paragraph (b) below, if any assignment, transfer
       or substitution of or with respect to all or any part of the rights or
       obligations of a Bank under this Agreement pursuant to Clause 30.3 or
       30.4 or any change in Facility Office pursuant to Clause 30.6 is made
       which results (or would but for this Clause result) at the time thereof
       in amounts becoming payable under Clauses 13 or 15.1, then the assignee,
       transferee, New Bank or Bank acting through its new Facility Office shall
       be entitled to receive such amounts only to the extent that the assignor,
       transferor, Existing Bank or Bank acting through its original Facility
       Office would have been so entitled had there been no such assignment,
       transfer, substitution or
<PAGE>
 
                                      114

       change in Facility Office. No such assignment, transfer, substitution or
       change in Facility Office shall be made if the assignee, transferee or
       substitute or such Bank (in the case of a change in Facility Office)
       would be entitled immediately afterwards to give notice under Clause 16.

(b)    The provisions of the first sentence of paragraph (a) above shall not
       apply (i) in relation to any assignment, transfer or substitution of or
       with respect to the rights or obligations of the Original Banks, provided
       that the same is effected by the Original Banks within twelve months from
       the date of this Agreement, or (ii) with respect to any assignment,
       transfer or novation from Goldman Sachs Credit Partners L.P. to Goldman
       Sachs International Bank and, or (iii) with respect to any assignment,
       transfer or novation by Goldman Sachs Credit Partners L.P. to the extent
       that they would not have applied had such assignment, transfer or
       novation been effected by Goldman Sachs International Bank.

       However, the Original Banks (except with respect to assignments,
       transfers or novations by Goldman Sachs Credit Partners L.P. to Goldman
       Sachs International Bank and except, with respect to other assignments,
       transfers or novations by Goldman Sachs Credit Partners L.P., that the
       obligations of Goldman Sachs Credit Partners L.P. under this paragraph as
       it applies thereto shall be limited to those which would apply if such
       assignment, transfer or novation were made by Goldman Sachs International
       Bank) will use reasonable endeavours (to the extent not materially
       prejudicial to their ability successfully to syndicate the Facilities
       within twelve months of the Unconditional Date) to avoid making any
       assignment, transfer or substitution to or in favour of any assignee,
       transferee or New Bank having an entitlement at the time of such
       assignment, transfer or novation to receive amounts payable under Clauses
       15 or 16.1 in amounts greater than would have been payable by the
       Obligors hereunder at that time in the absence of such assignment,
       transfer or substitution.

30.8   TIMING

       Each Bank undertakes to the Facility Agent that it will not effect any
       assignment or transfer pursuant to Clause 30.3 and will not enter into
       any Substitution Certificate pursuant to Clause 30.4 on or within five
       Business Days before the due date for any payment to be made under any of
       the Finance Documents where it would have the effect of altering the
       amount to be paid by the Facility Agent to such Bank consequent on the
       receipt by the Facility Agent of such payment under the Finance Documents
       provided that this Clause 30.8 shall not apply to any assignment,
       transfer or Substitution Certificate entered into between Goldman Sachs
       International Bank and Goldman Sachs Credit Partners L.P.).

30.9   RESTRICTION

       Notwithstanding anything to the contrary contained in this Agreement,
       unless otherwise agreed by the Majority Banks and the Company in any
       particular case (which agreement is hereby given in respect of any
       transfers, assignments or substitutions of any Utilisations and/or
       Commitments between Goldman Sachs International Bank and Goldman Sachs
       Credit Partners L.P. and vice versa), each Bank may only effect an
       assignment or transfer of, or substitution with respect to, outstanding
       Utilisations and/or Commitments where the assignment, transfer or
       substitution relates to all Utilisations in which it participates and/or
       all its Commitments pro rata as between such Utilisations and/or such
       Commitments.
<PAGE>
 
                                      115


31.    SET-OFF AND REDISTRIBUTION

31.1   SET-OFF

       Each Bank may (but shall not be obliged to) whilst any Default shall be
       continuing set off against any obligation of any Obligor due and payable
       by it to or for the account of such Bank under this Agreement and not
       paid on the due date any moneys held by such Bank for the account of such
       Obligor at any office of such Bank anywhere and in any currency, whether
       or not matured. Such Bank may effect such currency exchanges as are
       appropriate to implement the set-off and any usual charges and all
       applicable Taxes in relation to such currency exchanges shall be paid by
       such Obligor. Any Bank which has set off shall give prompt notice of that
       fact to the relevant Obligor.

31.2   REDISTRIBUTION

(a)    If at any time the proportion which any Bank (the "RECEIVING BANK") has
       received or recovered (whether by set-off or otherwise) on account of any
       sum due from any Borrower or any Guarantor under this Agreement is
       greater (the amount of the excess being herein referred to as the "EXCESS
       AMOUNT") than the proportion received or recovered by the Bank receiving
       or recovering the smallest proportion (which shall include a nil receipt)
       in relation to the sum then due to the latter Bank from the relevant
       Borrower or the Guarantors under this Agreement, then the receiving Bank
       shall promptly notify the Facility Agent thereof and:-

       (i)   the receiving Bank shall promptly and in any event within ten days
             of receipt or recovery of the excess amount pay to the Facility
             Agent an amount equal to the excess amount;

       (ii)  the excess amount shall be treated as having been paid to or
             recovered by the receiving Bank for the account of the Facility
             Agent for payment to the Banks as provided in paragraph (iii)
             below, and the obligations of the relevant Borrower and the
             Guarantors to the receiving Bank shall only be reduced or
             discharged by the receipt or recovery by the receiving Bank of such
             excess amount to the extent of the receiving Bank's entitlement to
             payment by the Facility Agent pursuant to paragraph (iii) below;
             and

       (iii) the parties to this Agreement shall treat such payment as if it
             were a payment by the relevant Borrower or the Guarantors to the
             Facility Agent on account of a sum owed to the Banks and shall pay
             the same to the Banks (including the receiving Bank) pro rata to
             their respective entitlements in such sum;

       provided that where a receiving Bank is subsequently required to repay to
       any Obligor any amount received or recovered by it and dealt with under
       paragraphs (i), (ii) and (iii) above, each Bank shall promptly repay to
       the Facility Agent for the receiving Bank the portion of such amount
       distributed to it, together with interest on it at a rate sufficient to
       reimburse the receiving Bank for any interest which it has been required
       to pay to such Obligor in respect of such portion of such amount.

(b)    Where a receiving Bank has recovered any amount as a consequence of the
       satisfaction or enforcement of a judgement obtained in any legal action
       or proceedings to which it is a party, this Clause 31.2 shall not apply
       so as to benefit any other Bank which (being entitled so to do) did not
       join with the receiving Bank in such action or proceedings, unless the
       receiving Bank
<PAGE>
 
                                     116

       did not give prior notice of its involvement in such action or
       proceedings to the Facility Agent for disclosure to the other Banks.

(c)    Each Bank shall promptly give notice to the Facility Agent of:-

       (i)   the institution by such Bank of any legal action or proceedings
             under this Agreement or in connection with this Agreement prior to
             such institution; and

       (ii)  the receipt or recovery by such Bank of any amount received or
             recovered by it otherwise than through the Facility Agent.

       Upon receipt of any such notice, the Facility Agent will as soon as
       practicable thereafter notify all the other Banks.

31.3   LOSS SHARING

       Without prejudice to the foregoing provisions of this Clause 31, if it
       transpires for any reason that after enforcement in full of the Finance
       Documents any of the liabilities of any of the Obligors under the Finance
       Documents remain undischarged and for any reason any resulting losses are
       not being borne by the Banks pro rata to the amount which their
       respective aggregate Commitments bore to the aggregate of all the
       Commitments on the date on which an Enforcement Event occurred, the Banks
       shall make such payments inter se as shall be required to ensure that
       after taking into account such payments such losses are borne by the
       Banks pro rata. For this purpose, "ENFORCEMENT EVENT" means the Facility
       Agent first exercising any of its rights under Clause 24.2(b), (d) or (e)
       or, having exercised its rights under Clause 24.2(c), first making demand
       with respect to some or all of the Advances. Any assignment, transfer or
       substitution by a Bank pursuant to Clause 30 (whether occurring before or
       after an Enforcement Event) shall also be effective to assign, transfer
       or effect a substitution pursuant to that Clause with respect to the
       rights of such Bank under this Clause 31.3.

32.    GOVERNING LAW AND JURISDICTION

32.1   GOVERNING LAW

       This Agreement shall be governed by and construed in accordance with
       English law.

32.2   COURTS OF ENGLAND

(a)    For the benefit of each of the Finance Parties, each Obligor hereby
       irrevocably agrees that the High Courts of Justice in London, and all
       appellate courts therefrom have jurisdiction to settle any disputes which
       may arise out of or in connection with any of the Finance Documents and
       that any suit, action or proceedings (together "PROCEEDINGS") in
       connection with any Finance Document may be brought in the High Courts of
       Justice in London and all appellate courts therefrom and accordingly
       submits to the jurisdiction of the High Courts of Justice in London and
       all appellate courts therefrom.

(b)    Each Obligor hereby irrevocably and unconditionally agrees that nothing
       in any of the Finance Documents shall affect the right to serve process
       in any manner permitted by law.
<PAGE>
 
                                      117

32.3   NO LIMITATION

       Nothing in this Clause 32 shall limit the right of any of the Finance
       Parties to take Proceedings against any Obligor in any other court of
       competent jurisdiction, nor shall the taking of Proceedings in one or
       more jurisdiction preclude the taking of Proceedings in any other
       jurisdiction, whether concurrently or not.

33.    CONFIDENTIALITY

       Each Finance Party hereby severally undertakes to each Obligor that it
       will keep confidential and that it will not make use of for any purposes
       (otherwise than for the purposes of the Finance Documents and otherwise
       than in the context of an addition to its general experience, knowledge
       or expertise), any of the Transaction Documents or other documents
       relating to this Agreement and all of the information distributed on
       behalf of the Obligors or any of them during syndication or contained in,
       received under or obtained in the course of discussions relating to the
       Information Memorandum and/or the Transaction Documents, other than any
       such document or information which has become generally available to
       banks through no breach by it of this Clause, provided that each Finance
       Party shall be entitled to make disclosure of the same:-

       (a)  to its auditors, accountants, legal counsel and tax advisers and to
            any other professional advisers appointed to act in connection with
            the administration of the Finance Documents or the enforcement of,
            or realisation of any security provided under, any of the Finance
            Documents;

       (b)  (whether or not the relevant assignment, transfer, substitution, 
            sub-participation or other arrangement is made) to any proposed
            assignee, transferee or substitute of, or proposed party to any
            proposed sub-participation (or party to any actual sub-
            participation) or other arrangement with, any Bank permitted
            pursuant to this Agreement, provided that before any such disclosure
            such assignee, transferee, substitute or other party expressly
            undertakes to the Company and the Facility Agent in writing to be
            bound by this Clause 33 irrespective of whether such assignment,
            transfer, substitution or other arrangement shall proceed;

       (c)  to any other third party where the relevant Obligor has previously
            agreed in writing that disclosure may be made to that third party;

       (d)  to any banking or other regulatory or examining authorities (whether
            governmental or otherwise) where such disclosure is requested by
            them;

       (e)  pursuant to subpoena or other legal process, or in connection with
            any action, suit or proceeding relating to any of the Finance
            Documents;

       (f)  pursuant to any law or regulation having the force of law; and

       (g)  to Ricardo and to any member of the Company Group.

       The provisions of this Clause 33 shall supersede any undertakings with
       respect to confidentiality previously given by any Finance Party in
       favour of any Obligor.
<PAGE>
 
                                      118


34.  MISCELLANEOUS

34.1 SEVERABILITY

(a)  If any provision of any Finance Document is prohibited or unenforceable in
     any jurisdiction, such prohibition or unenforceability shall not invalidate
     the remaining provisions of such Finance Document or affect the validity or
     enforceability of such provision in any other jurisdiction.

(b)  If any of the undertakings given in Clause 21.6(a) (Dividends), 21.6(d)
     (Share Capital and Subordinated Debt) or 21.10(g) (Constitutional
     Documents) are not enforceable against any Obligor the obligation on each
     other Obligor to procure compliance with such undertaking shall remain
     enforceable.

34.2 CERTIFICATIONS

     Where any person gives any certificates on behalf of any of the parties to
     the Finance Documents pursuant to any provision hereof and such certificate
     proves to be incorrect, the individual shall incur no personal liability in
     consequence of such certificate being so incorrect save where such
     individual acted fraudulently, recklessly or negligently in giving such
     certificate (in which case any liability of such individual shall be
     determined in accordance with applicable law).

34.3 ACCOUNTS AS EVIDENCE

     Accounts maintained by the Facility Agent or each Bank in connection
     herewith shall constitute prima facie evidence of sums owing to such Bank
     under this Agreement.

34.4 COUNTERPARTS

     This Agreement may be executed in any number of counterparts and all of
     such counterparts taken together shall be deemed to constitute one and the
     same instrument.

IN WITNESS WHEREOF the parties to this Agreement have caused this Agreement to
be duly executed on the date first written above.
<PAGE>
 
                                      119

                                   SCHEDULE A
                                        
                                     PART I

                                   BORROWERS


PACIFICORP 
ACQUISITIONS

State of Incorporation:        England and Wales

Registered Office:             Barrington House, 
                               59/67 Gresham Street, London EC2V 7JA

Registered No:                 3386442

Address for Notices:           700 N.E. Multnomah, Suite 1600 
                               Portland, Oregon 97232

Attention:                     W.E. Peressini, Vice President and Treasurer

Fax:                           (503) 731 2027
<PAGE>
 
                                      120

                                    PART II
                                        
                                   GUARANTORS

PACIFICORP SERVICES 
LIMITED
State of Incorporation:       England and Wales

Registered Office:            Barrington House 
                              59/67 Gresham Street, London EC2V 7JA

Registered No:                3366016

Address for Notices:          700 N.E. Multnomah, Suite 1600
                              Portland, Oregon 97232

Attention:                    W.E. Peressini, Vice President and Treasurer

Fax:                          (503) 731 2027
 
PACIFICORP FINANCE 
(UK) LIMITED

State of Incorporation:       England and Wales

Registered Office:            Barrington House 
                              59/67 Gresham Street, London EC2V 7JA

Registered No:                3365681

Address for Notices:          700 N.E. Multnomah, Suite 1600 
                              Portland, Oregon 97232

Attention:                    W.E. Peressini, Vice President and Treasurer

Fax:                          (503) 731 2027
 
PACIFICORP 
ACQUISITIONS

State of Incorporation:       England and Wales

Registered Office:            Barrington House 
                              59/67 Gresham Street, London EC2V 7JA

Registered No:                3386442

Address for Notices:          700 N.E. Multnomah , Suite 1600 
                              Portland, Oregon 97232

Attention:                    W.E. Peressini, Vice President and Treasurer

Fax:                          (503) 731 2027
<PAGE>
 
                                      121

                                    PART III
                                        
FACILITY AGENT

Citibank International Plc
P.O. Box 242
336 Strand
London, WC2R 1HB

Address for notices: as above


Attention:            Loans Agency

Tel:                  0171 500 4247

Fax:                  0171 500 4482


SECURITY AGENT

Citibank, N.A.
P.O. Box 242
336 Strand
London, WC2R 1HB

Address for notices: as above


Attention:            Loans Agency

Tel:                  0171 500 4247

Fax:                  0171 500 4482
<PAGE>
 
                                      122

                                   SCHEDULE B


<TABLE>
<CAPTION>


BANK, FACILITY OFFICE AND NOTICE             TRANCHE 1A                TRANCHE 1B           TRANCHE 2 
DETAILS                                      COMMITMENT                COMMITMENT           COMMITMENT      
                                              (Pounds)                  (Pounds)            (Pounds)
 
<S>                                   <C>                       <C>                       <C>
CITIBANK, N.A.                              540,000,000               210,000,000               200,000,000
P.O. Box 242
336 Strand
London WC2R 1HB
England
 
Address for notices: as above
 
Attention:  Loans
            Administration -
 
Tel:  0171-500-4264
Fax:   0171-500-4482

GOLDMAN SACHS CREDIT PARTNERS L.P.          540,000,000               210,000,000               200,000,000
85 Broad Street
New York
New York 10004
 
Address for notices:
 
133 Fleet Street
London EC4A  2BB
 
Attention:  Sue Wolstenholme/
            Emanuel Mahe
Tel:  0171 774 2551/
      0171 774 2925
Fax:  0171 774 6337

MORGAN GUARANTY TRUST COMPANY OF            540,000,000               210,000,000               200,000,000
NEW YORK
60 Victoria Embankment
London EC4Y  0JP
 
Address for notices: as above
 
Attention: Credit Operations
Tel:  0171 325 5245
Fax:  0171 325 8190
</TABLE> 
<PAGE>
 
                                      123


                                   SCHEDULE C
                                        
                                FORMS OF REQUEST

                                        

To:  [


                   ]

         Attention:   [                 ]
 
 
From:     [Company or Borrower]                          Date: [            ]


                               REQUEST (ADVANCE)
                 FACILITY AGREEMENT DATED [        ] JUNE, 1997
                                        
Dear Sirs,

[On behalf of] [As] the Borrower named below, we hereby give you notice pursuant
to Clause 5.1 of the above Facility Agreement that we require an Advance to be
made to the Borrower named below under the Facility Agreement, as follows
 
(a)    Borrower:              [            ]
 
(b)    Utilisation Date:      [            ]
 
(c)    Requested Amount:      [Currency][                 ]
 
(d)    Interest Period:       [            ]
 
(e)    Tranche Designation:   [            ]
 
(f)    Payment Instructions:  [            ]/Beneficiary Details [        ]


Terms used in this Request and defined in the Facility Agreement have the same
meaning in this Request as in the Facility Agreement.

We confirm that all of the conditions precedent to the obligations of the Banks
with respect to the making of the proposed Advance provided for in Clause 4 of
the Facility Agreement are satisfied or have been waived pursuant to a Waiver
Letter.

                                Yours faithfully

                             [Authorised Signatory]
                             [for and on behalf of
                                [             ]
<PAGE>
 
                                      124

                                   SCHEDULE D
                                        
                            SUBSTITUTION CERTIFICATE


To:  [                        ] as Facility Agent

From:  [THE EXISTING BANK] and [THE NEW BANK]              Date: [         ]


                  PACIFICORP ACQUISITIONS (Pounds)[         ]
                TERM LOAN FACILITY AND REVOLVING CREDIT FACILITY
               DATED [     ] JUNE, 1997 (THE "CREDIT AGREEMENT")
                                        
References to Clauses are to Clauses of the Credit Agreement.

We refer to Clause 30.4 (Substitution Certificates).

1.   We [           ] (the "EXISTING BANK") and [           ] (the "NEW BANK")
     agree to the Existing Bank and the New Bank novating all the Existing
     Bank's rights and obligations referred to in the Schedule in accordance
     with Clause 30.4 (Substitution Certificates).

2.   From the date specified in paragraph 3 below, the New Bank becomes party to
     the Credit Agreement as a Bank and a party to the Intercreditor Agreement
     as a Senior Creditor, with the rights and obligations referred to in the
     Schedule below.

3.   The specified date for the purposes of Clause 30.4(c) is [date of
     novation].

4.   The Facility Office and address for notices of the New Bank for the
     purposes of Clause 29.1 (Address) are set out in the Schedule.

[5.  The New Bank undertakes to counter-indemnify the Existing Bank for the New
     Bank's pro rata share of all amounts payable by the Existing Bank (whether
     pursuant to Clause 5.6 or otherwise) in respect of any outstanding
     Documentary Credit.]/*/

6.   The Existing Bank and the New Bank acknowledge and agree that Clauses
     30.3(d), (e), (f) and (g) apply to this Substitution Certificate and the
     novation contemplated hereby as if set out in full herein, mutatis
     mutandis.

[7.  The New Bank confirms that it is a Recognised Bank and the Existing Bank
     confirms that any necessary consent of any Obligor required to be obtained
     from the Company in connection herewith has been obtained.]/*/

8.   This Substitution Certificate is governed by English law.


/*/  Not required for transfers between Goldman Sachs Credit Partners L.P. and
     Goldman Sachs International Bank
/*/  Not required for transfers between Goldman Sachs Credit Partners L.P. and
     Goldman Sachs International Bank

<PAGE>
 
                                      125

                                  THE SCHEDULE

                      Rights and obligations to be novated
                                        


[Details of the rights and obligations of the Existing Bank to be novated].

[NEW BANK]

[Facility Office  Address for notices]

[Existing Bank]        [New Bank]

By:                    By:

Date:                  Date:


[                       ]
for and on behalf of itself and as Facility Agent and on behalf of each of the
Obligors

By:

Date:
<PAGE>
 
                                      126

                                   SCHEDULE E
                                        
                         CALCULATION OF ADDITIONAL COST
                                        

(1)  The Additional Cost relative to each Advance where (and to the extent that)
     Banks making such Advance are subject to the Mandatory Liquid Asset
     requirements of the Bank of England, will be, subject as hereinafter
     provided, for the Interest Period relating to such Advance (or, if longer
     than three months, for each consecutive period of three months within such
     Interest Period and for any balance of such Interest Period) (which
     Interest Period if not longer than three months and each other such period
     is herein referred to as a "RELEVANT PERIOD") the percentage rate (or the
     arithmetic average of the percentage rates where there is more than one
     Reference Bank supplying the same) supplied by the Reference Banks (or such
     of them as supply it to the Facility Agent) arrived at by applying the
     following formula in relation to each Reference Bank:-

     Additional Cost = BY + L(Y-X) + S(Y-Z)% per annum
                       --------------------------------
                                 100-(B + S)

     Where:-

     B  =  The percentage of such Reference Bank's eligible liabilities then
           required to be held on a non-interest-bearing deposit account with
           the Bank of England pursuant to the cash ratio requirements of the
           Bank of England.

     Y  =  The rate at which Sterling deposits in an amount approximately equal
           to the principal amount of such Advance are offered by such Reference
           Bank to leading banks in the London Interbank Market at or about
           11.00 a.m. on the Utilisation Date relative to such Advance (or the
           first day of the relevant Interest Period) for a period comparable to
           the Relevant Period in relation to such Advance.

     L  =  The average percentage of eligible liabilities which the Bank of
           England from time to time requires each Reference Bank to maintain as
           secured money with members of the London Discount Market Association
           and/or as secured call money with those money brokers and gilt-edged
           market makers recognised by the Bank of England.

     X  =  The rate at which secured Sterling deposits in an amount
           approximately equal to the principal amount of such Advance may be
           placed by such Reference Bank with members of the London Discount
           Market Association and/or as secured call money with money brokers
           and gilt-edged market makers at or about 11.00 a.m. on such
           Utilisation Date (or the first day of the relevant Interest Period)
           for a period comparable to the Relevant Period in relation to such
           Advance.

     S  =  The percentage of such Reference Bank's eligible liabilities then
           required to be placed as a special deposit with the Bank of England.
<PAGE>
 
                                      127

     Z  =  The percentage interest rate per annum allowed by the Bank of England
           on special deposits.

     For the purposes of this paragraph "ELIGIBLE LIABILITIES" and "SPECIAL
     DEPOSITS" shall bear the meanings ascribed to them from time to time by the
     Bank of England.

(2)  In the application of the above formula, B, Y, L, X, S and Z will be
     included in the formula as figures and not as percentages, e.g. if B = 0.5%
     and Y = 15%, BY will be calculated as 0.5 x 15 and not as 0.5% x 15%.

(3)  The Additional Cost computed by the Facility Agent in accordance with this
     schedule shall be rounded upward, if necessary, to four decimal places.

(4)  The calculation in respect of the Additional Cost for each Advance
     denominated in Sterling will be made by the Facility Agent on the first day
     of each Relevant Period.

(5)  Calculations will be made on the basis of a year of 365 days and the actual
     number of days elapsed.

(6)  If no Reference Bank furnishes the appropriate information for the purposes
     of this Schedule, the Additional Cost shall be determined by the Facility
     Agent on the basis of such other information and quotations as the Facility
     Agent shall reasonably determine to be appropriate.

(7)  In the event of a change in circumstances (including the imposition of
     alternative or additional official requirements, excluding capital adequacy
     requirements) which renders the above formula inappropriate in the
     reasonable opinion of the Facility Agent, the Facility Agent shall promptly
     notify the Company and the Banks thereof and (after consultation with the
     Reference Banks and the Company) shall notify the Borrowers of the manner
     in which the Additional Cost shall thereafter be determined (which manner
     shall be determined in a bona fide manner and provide a fair assessment of
     the Additional Cost) and the Obligors and the Banks shall be bound thereby.
<PAGE>
 
                                      128

                                   SCHEDULE F
                                        
                                     PART I

                          BORROWER ACCESSION AGREEMENT
                                        

THIS ACCESSION AGREEMENT is dated the        day of June, 1997 and made BETWEEN
[                       ] (the "ADDITIONAL BORROWER") (1), PacifiCorp Services
Limited (the "COMPANY" and a "GUARANTOR") (2), PacifiCorp Acquisitions  ("BIDCO"
and an "EXISTING BORROWER" and a "GUARANTOR") (3), PacifiCorp Finance (UK)
Limited ("FINANCE" and a "GUARANTOR") (4), [                        ] (each also
an "EXISTING BORROWER") (5), and                                in its capacity
as Facility Agent under the Facility Agreement referred to in Recital (A) hereof
and on behalf of the Arrangers, the Banks, the LC Bank and the Security Agent
parties to and defined as such in such Facility Agreement and on behalf of each
of the parties to the Intercreditor Agreement (5) other than the Obligors.

WHEREAS:

(A)  By and upon and subject to the terms of a facility agreement (the "FACILITY
     AGREEMENT", which term includes any supplements and amendments thereto
     which may at any time be made in relation thereto and also any Substitution
     Certificates, Borrower Accession Agreements and Guarantor Accession
     Agreements) dated [                ], 1997 made between the Company and
     Bidco as Borrowers and Guarantors as therein defined, the Arrangers, the
     several banks parties thereto as Banks, Citibank International Plc as
     Facility Agent and Citibank, N.A. as Security Agent, term loan facilities
     and a revolving credit facility were made available to certain of the
     Borrowers (as defined in the Facility Agreement).

(B)  Each of the entities expressed to be party hereto (other than the
     Additional Borrower), whether directly or through signature hereof by the
     Facility Agent or the Company on its behalf, is a party to the Facility
     Agreement and the Intercreditor Agreement either by having been an original
     party thereto or pursuant to a Borrower Accession Agreement, a Guarantor
     Accession Agreement or a Substitution Certificate to which it is party or
     otherwise.

(C)  The Additional Borrower wishes to become party to the Facility Agreement as
     a Borrower  pursuant to the procedure established in Clause 19 of the
     Facility Agreement and a party to the Intercreditor Agreement pursuant to
     the procedure established in Clause 24 of the Intercreditor Agreement, by
     the execution of this Borrower Accession Agreement.

NOW IT IS HEREBY AGREED as follows:-

1.   DEFINITIONS

     Terms used herein which are defined in or to which a meaning or
     construction is assigned by or in the Facility Agreement shall, unless
     otherwise defined herein, have the same meaning and construction herein as
     therein.

2.   AGREEMENTS, CONFIRMATIONS AND REPRESENTATIONS

(a)  The Additional Borrower hereby:-
<PAGE>
 
                                      129

     (i)   confirms that it has received a copy of the Facility Agreement and
           the Intercreditor Agreement, together with such other documents and
           information as it has required in connection herewith and therewith;
           
     (ii)  agrees to become, with effect from the date of this Borrower
           Accession Agreement a Borrower under the Facility Agreement and an
           Obligor under the Intercreditor Agreement and agrees to be bound in
           such capacity with effect from such date by the terms of the Facility
           Agreement and the Intercreditor Agreement and undertakes accordingly
           to perform its obligations as a Borrower or, as the case may be,
           Obligor thereunder;

     (iii) confirms the accuracy of the information set out under its name at
           the end of this Borrower Accession Agreement;

     (iv)  represents and warrants as a Borrower to the Arranger, the Banks, the
           Security Agent and the Facility Agent in the terms of Clause 20.2
           (other than paragraphs (g)(iii), (k), (l), (n)(ii) and (p)] of the
           Facility Agreement by reference to the facts and circumstances
           existing at the date hereof; and
         
     (v)   confirms that it has not relied on any of the Finance Parties, to
           assess or inform it as to the legality, validity, effect or
           enforceability of the Facility Agreement or the Intercreditor
           Agreement or any other document referred to therein or the accuracy
           or completeness of any such information as is referred to in
           paragraph (i) above or the creditworthiness, affairs, condition or
           status of any of the parties to the Facility Agreement or the
           Intercreditor Agreement, or any such other document.

(b)  The Existing Borrower(s), the Guarantors and the Finance Parties and the
     parties to the Intercreditor Agreement hereby agree amongst themselves and
     with the Additional Borrower that the Additional Borrower shall become
     party to the Facility Agreement and the Intercreditor Agreement with effect
     from the date of this Borrower Accession Agreement.

3.   LAW

     This Borrower Accession Agreement shall be governed by and construed
     in accordance with English law.

IN WITNESS WHEREOF the parties hereto have caused this Borrower Accession
Agreement to be duly executed on the date first written above.

ADDITIONAL BORROWER:

COMPANY:

PACIFICORP SERVICES LIMITED

By:
<PAGE>
 
                                      130

for itself and as agent for and on
behalf of the Existing Borrowers and
the Guarantors

By:


FACILITY AGENT:

[                      ]


for itself and as Facility Agent and
for and on behalf of the Arrangers,
the Banks, the LC Bank and the
Security Agent and all parties to the
Intercreditor Agreement other than
the Obligors

By:
<PAGE>
 
                                      131

                                    PART II
                                        
                         GUARANTOR ACCESSION AGREEMENT



THIS ACCESSION AGREEMENT is dated the        day of June, 1997 and made BETWEEN
[                       ] (the "ADDITIONAL GUARANTOR") (1), PacifiCorp Services
Limited (the "COMPANY" and an "EXISTING GUARANTOR") (2), PacifiCorp Acquisitions
("BIDCO") and an "EXISTING GUARANTOR" and a "BORROWER") (3) PacifiCorp Finance
(UK) Limited ("FINANCE" and "EXISTING GUARANTOR") (4) [                        ]
(each also an "EXISTING GUARANTOR") (5), and [                              ] in
its capacity as Facility Agent under the Facility Agreement referred to in
Recital (A) hereof and on behalf of the Arrangers, the Banks, the LC Bank and
the Security Agent parties to and defined as such in such Facility Agreement and
on behalf of each of the parties to the Intercreditor Agreement other than the
Obligors (6).

WHEREAS:

(A)  By and upon and subject to the terms of a facility agreement (the "FACILITY
     AGREEMENT", which term includes any supplements and amendments thereto
     which may at any time be made in relation thereto and also any Substitution
     Certificates, Borrower Accession Agreements and Guarantor Accession
     Agreements) dated [                ], 1997 made between the Company and
     Bidco as Borrowers and Guarantors as therein defined, the Arrangers, the
     several banks parties thereto as Banks, Citibank International Plc as
     Facility Agent and Citibank, N.A. as Security Agent, term loan facilities
     and a revolving credit facility were made available to certain of the
     Borrowers (as defined in the Facility Agreement).

(B)  Each of the entities expressed to be party hereto (other than the
     Additional Guarantor), whether directly or through signature hereof by the
     Facility Agent or the Company on its behalf, is a party to the Facility
     Agreement and the Intercreditor Agreement either by having been an original
     party thereto or pursuant to a Borrower Accession Agreement, a Guarantor
     Accession Agreement or a Substitution Certificate to which it is party or
     otherwise.

(C)  The Additional Guarantor wishes to become party to the Facility Agreement
     as a Guarantor pursuant to the procedure established in Clause 19 of the
     Facility Agreement and a party to the Intercreditor Agreement pursuant to
     the procedure established in Clause 24 of the Intercreditor Agreement, by
     the execution of this Guarantor Accession Agreement.

NOW IT IS HEREBY AGREED as follows:-

1.   DEFINITIONS

     Terms used herein which are defined in or to which a meaning or
     construction is assigned by or in the Facility Agreement shall, unless
     otherwise defined herein, have the same meaning and construction herein as
     therein.

2.   AGREEMENTS, CONFIRMATIONS AND REPRESENTATIONS

(a)  The Additional Guarantor hereby:-
<PAGE>
 
                                      132

     (i)   confirms that it has received a copy of the Facility Agreement and
           the Intercreditor Agreement, together with such other documents and
           information as it has required in connection herewith and therewith;

     (ii)  agrees to become, with effect from the date of this Guarantor
           Accession Agreement a Guarantor under the Facility Agreement and an
           Obligor under the Intercreditor Agreement and agrees to be bound in
           such capacity with effect from such date by the terms of the Facility
           Agreement and the Intercreditor Agreement and undertakes accordingly
           to perform its obligations as a Guarantor or, as the case may be,
           Obligor thereunder;

     (iii) confirms the accuracy of the information set out under its name at
           the end of this Guarantor Accession Agreement;

     (iv)  represents and warrants as a Guarantor to the Arranger, the Banks,
           the Security Agent and the Facility Agent in the terms of Clause 20.2
           (other than paragraphs [(g)(iii), (k), (l), (n)(ii) and (p)] of the
           Facility Agreement by reference to the facts and circumstances
           existing at the date hereof; and

     (v)   confirms that it has not relied on any of the Finance Parties, to
           assess or inform it as to the legality, validity, effect or
           enforceability of the Facility Agreement or the Intercreditor
           Agreement or any other document referred to therein or the accuracy
           or completeness of any such information as is referred to in
           paragraph (i) above or the creditworthiness, affairs, condition or
           status of any of the parties to the Facility Agreement or the
           Intercreditor Agreement, or any such other document.

(b)  The Existing Borrower(s), the Guarantors and the Finance Parties and the
     parties to the Intercreditor Agreement hereby agree amongst themselves and
     with the Additional Guarantor that the Additional Guarantor shall become
     party to the Facility Agreement and the Intercreditor Agreement with effect
     from the date of this Guarantor Accession Agreement.

3.   LAW

     This Guarantor Accession Agreement shall be governed by and construed
     in accordance with English law.

IN WITNESS WHEREOF the parties hereto have caused this Guarantor Accession
Agreement to be duly executed on the date first written above.


ADDITIONAL GUARANTOR:


COMPANY:

PACIFICORP SERVICES LIMITED
<PAGE>
 
                                      133

for itself and as agent for and on
behalf of the Existing Guarantors and
the Borrowers

By:


Facility Agent:

[                                   ]


for itself and as Facility Agent and
for and on behalf of the Arrangers,
the Banks, the LC Bank and the
Security Agent and all parties to the
Intercreditor Agreement other than
the Obligors

By:
<PAGE>
 
                                      134


                                   SCHEDULE G
                                        
                        DOCUMENTARY CONDITIONS PRECEDENT
                                        
                                     PART I
                                        
1.   A certified copy of the memorandum and articles of association (if any),
     statutes or by-laws and of each other constitutional or governing document
     of each Obligor.

2.   A certified copy or originals of the Tax Sharing Agreement.

3.   The Fee Letter(s) referred to in Clause 27.2 duly executed by Bidco.

4.   At least two originals of (a) the Debenture, duly executed by each relevant
     Obligor, and (b) the Intercreditor Agreement, and the Coalco Intercreditor
     Agreement duly executed by all parties other than the Finance Parties.

5.   A certified copy of a resolution of the Directors (or of a duly constituted
     and empowered committee of the directors) of each Obligor approving the
     transactions and matters contemplated by this Agreement and the other
     Finance Documents to which it is a party and authorising an Authorised
     Signatory of such Obligor to execute respectively on their behalf all the
     Finance Documents to which they are party and in the case of documents to
     be executed under seal or as a deed, authorising the execution thereof as a
     deed or the affixation of the seal and the witnessing thereof by the
     appropriate officers in accordance with the relevant Obligor's articles of
     association, statutes, by-laws or other constitutional documents.

6.   A copy of (and of all applications for) any and all approvals, consents,
     licences, exemptions and other requirements of governmental and other
     authorities required for the entering into or performance of the Finance
     Documents.

7.   A specimen, of the signature of each person (each being an Authorised
     Signatory) authorised to execute any of the Finance Documents on behalf of
     any Obligor and/or to sign all notices, certificates and other documents or
     communications to be delivered by such Obligor thereunder.

8.   An opinion, addressed to the Facility Agent and the Banks, of English legal
     advisers to the Facility Agent and the Banks as to such matters relating to
     the Obligors and their obligations under the Finance Documents as the
     Facility Agent may reasonably require.

9.   The Offer Document, reflecting in all material respects the text of the
     Press Release.

10.  The Press Release.

11.  The Structure Memorandum.

12.  The letter referred to in Clause 4.1(d).

13.  Model.

14.  Borrowings List.
<PAGE>
 
                                      135

                                    PART II
                                        


Each of the documents referred to in paragraphs 1, 5, 6, 7 and 8 (and, in the
case of a company incorporated outside of England & Wales such opinion of
overseas counsel as the Facility Agent may reasonably require) of Part I of this
Schedule relating to the Additional Borrower or Additional Guarantor, in each
case in form and substance reasonably satisfactory to the Facility Agent.
<PAGE>
 
                                      136

                                    PART III
                                        
                       ADDITIONAL GUARANTORS AND CHARGORS

     The Energy Group PLC
     Rollalong Limited
     Rollalong Hire Limited
     Eastern Group PLC
<PAGE>
 
                                      137


                                    PART IV
                                        
                               SECURITY DOCUMENTS
                                        
THE DEBENTURE

PLEDGE AGREEMENT between (inter alios) PacifiCorp Powercoal LLC and Morgan
Guaranty Trust Company of New York as Collateral Agent for the Coalco Lenders
and (as regards that security) the Bidco Banks creating a pledge over all the
capital stock of TPC Corporation securing (inter alia) the Coalco Loan and
related obligations of Coalco under the Coalco Facility Agreement and the
obligations of Bidco as Borrower under this Agreement in respect of Tranche 1A
Loans the proceeds of which are applied in financing the acquisition of Shares
and/or financing Offer Costs, Tranche 1B Loans the proceeds of which are applied
in financing Offer Costs and Tranche 2 Utilisations outstanding at any time in
an aggregate Original Sterling Amount not exceeding (Pounds)50,000,000.

SECURITY AGREEMENT between (inter alios) TPC Corporation and Morgan Guaranty
Trust Company of New York as Collateral Agent for the Coalco Lenders and (as
regards that security) the Bidco Banks creating a pledge over certain personal
property of TPC Corporation securing the same obligations as are secured by the
aforementioned Pledge Agreement.
<PAGE>
 
                                      138


SCHEDULE H

                      TERMS OF BANKS' INDEMNITY TO LC BANK

1.   Each Bank ("TRANCHE 2 BANK") having a Tranche 2 Commitment or which had a
     Tranche 2 Commitment which it has assigned, transferred or novated without
     the written consent of the LC Bank will pay any amount demanded of it by
     the LC Bank pursuant to Clause 5.6 on the later of the date that the LC
     Bank has itself to make payment under the Documentary Credit (as notified
     by the LC Bank to such Tranche 2 Bank in the demand) and 2 Business Days
     after receipt by such Tranche 2 Bank of such demand.

2.   Where a Tranche 2 Bank makes a payment pursuant to paragraph 1 after the
     date on which the LC Bank makes the relevant payment under the Documentary
     Credit in question, such Tranche 2 Bank shall pay on demand to the LC Bank
     its pro rata share (as calculated in Clause 5.6) of such amount as the LC
     Bank certifies (such certification to be conclusive in the absence of
     manifest error) as necessary to compensate it for funding the amount
     demanded in the interim.

3.   No assurance, security or payment avoided under any law relating to
     bankruptcy, liquidation, insolvency, reconstruction or reorganisation or
     any similar laws and no release settlement, arrangement or discharge which
     may have been given or made on the basis of any such assurance, security or
     payment shall prejudice or affect the right of the LC Bank to recover from
     each of the Tranche 2 Bank to the full extent of their obligations under
     Clause 5.6 and this Schedule H.

4.   The obligations of each Tranche 2 Bank under Clause 5.6 and this Schedule H
     shall not be impaired, affected or revoked by any act, omission,
     transaction, limitation, matter, thing or circumstance whatsoever which but
     for this provision might operate to release or exonerate such Tranche 2
     Bank from all or any part of its obligations under Clause 5.6 and this
     Schedule H or reduce, impair or affect such obligations or cause all or any
     part of such obligations to be irrecoverable from or unenforceable against
     any Obligor or to discharge, reduce, affect or impair any of such
     obligations, including without limitation:

     (a)  any time, waiver or indulgence granted to any Obligor or any other
          person or the forbearance of the LC Bank in enforcing the obligations
          of any Obligor or any other person under this Agreement or any of the
          other Finance Documents or in respect of any other guarantee,
          security, obligation, right or remedy;

     (b)  the recovery of any judgment against any Obligor or any other person
          or any action to enforce the same;

     (c)  the taking of any other security from any Obligor or any other person
          or the failure, refusal or neglect to take, perfect or enforce, any
          rights, remedies or securities from or against any Obligor or any
          other person or all or any part of the security constituted by any of
          the Finance Documents;

     (d)  any alteration in the constitution of any Obligor or any defect in or
          irregular exercise of the borrowing or other powers of any Obligor or
          any other person or any legal limitation, disability, incapacity or
          other circumstance relating to any Obligor or any
<PAGE>
 
                                      139

          other person whether arising in relation to this Agreement, any of the
          other Finance Documents or any other guarantee or security or
          otherwise howsoever;

     (e)  any amendment or supplement to or variation of any Finance Document;

     (f)  the insolvency, bankruptcy, liquidation, reconstruction or
          reorganisation of, or analogous proceedings relating to any Obligor or
          any other person or any composition or arrangement made by any of them
          with the LC Bank, any Bank or any other person or any transfer or
          extinction of any liabilities of or any Obligor by any law, order,
          regulation, decree, court order or similar instrument; or

     (g)  any irregularity, unenforceability or invalidity of any obligations of
          any Obligor or any other person under any security or document (to the
          intent that such Tranche 2 Bank's obligations under Clause 5.6 and
          this Schedule H shall remain in full force as if there were no such
          irregularity, unenforceability or invalidity).

5.   The LC Bank shall be entitled to enforce the obligations of each Bank under
     Clause 5.6 and this Schedule H without making any demand on or taking any
     proceedings against or filing any proof or claim in any insolvency, winding
     up or liquidation of any Obligor or any other person or exhausting any
     right or remedy against any Obligor or any other person or taking any
     action to enforce any part of the security constituted or evidenced by any
     of the Finance Documents.

6.   The obligations of each Tranche 2 Bank under Clause 5.6 and this Schedule H
     shall be continuing obligations and shall extend to the ultimate balance of
     the obligations referred to in paragraph (a) thereof.  If, for any reason,
     such obligations cease to be continuing obligations, the LC Bank may open a
     new account with or continue any existing account with any Obligor or other
     person and the liability of each Tranche 2 Bank in respect of amounts
     guaranteed by it pursuant to Clause 5.6 and this Schedule H at the date of
     such cessation shall remain regardless of any payments in or out of any
     such account.

7.   The LC Bank's rights under Clause 5.6 and this Schedule H shall be in
     addition to and shall be in no way prejudiced by any other rights of or
     security held by the LC Bank in relation to the obligations of any Obligor.
     The LC Bank's rights under Clause 5.6 and this Schedule H are in addition
     to and are not exclusive of those provided by law.

8.   A certificate of the LC Bank as to any amount due to it from any Bank
     pursuant to Clause 5.6 and this Schedule H shall be conclusive in the
     absence of manifest error.
<PAGE>
 
                                      140

                                   SCHEDULE I
                                        
                                  RESERVATIONS
                                        

1.   The principle that equitable remedies are remedies which may be granted or
     refused at the discretion of the court.

2.   The limitation of enforcement by law relating to bankruptcy, insolvency,
     liquidation, reorganisation, court schemes, moratoria, administration or
     other laws generally affecting the rights of creditors.

3.   The time barring of claims under the Limitation Acts.

4.   The possibility that following the judgement in the case of In re Charge
                                                                 ------------
     Card Services Limited (1986) it may not be possible for a bank to obtain a
     ---------------------
     charge to secure obligations owed to it over monies deposited with it.

5.   The possibility that an undertaking to assume liability for or to indemnify
     a person against non-payment of UK stamp duty may be void.

6.   Defences of set-off or counterclaim and similar principles.

7.   Rights and defences under the laws of any foreign jurisdictions in which
     relevant obligations may have to be performed.

8.   The possibility that penalty interest may not be recoverable.

9.   Circumstances in which an English court would not treat as conclusive those
     certificates and determinations which the Finance Documents state at to be
     so treated.

10.  Clause 34.1 (Severability) and the corresponding clauses of other Finance
     Documents may not be effective in certain circumstances depending on the
     nature of the prohibition or unenforceability in question.

11.  Documents may be amended orally by the parties thereto notwithstanding
     provisions therein to the contrary.

12.  The effectiveness of the Debenture as regards assets (if any) situated
     outside England and Wales will be governed to some extent by laws other
     than English.

13.  The priority rules for any security created by the Finance Documents.

14.  English courts do not necessarily give full effect to an indemnity for the
     costs of litigation.

15.  Security created by the Debenture over any shares will only constitute an
     equitable charge until such shares are registered in the name of the
     Security Agent or its nominee.

16.  That the provisions of Clause 18.7(b) may constitute a charge which is
     required to be registered under Section 395 Companies Act 1985 (as
     amended).
<PAGE>
 
                                      141

17.  That the exercise by a Security Agent of powers and remedies expressed to
     be given to it pursuant to the terms of the Debenture may be limited.
<PAGE>
 
                                      142

                       SIGNATORIES TO FACILITY AGREEMENT
                                        
THE COMPANY

PACIFICORP SERVICES LIMITED

By:  W.E. PERESSINI


FINANCE

PACIFICORP FINANCE (UK) LIMITED

BY:  W.E. PERESSINI


BIDCO

PACIFICORP ACQUISITIONS

By:  W.E. PERESSINI


THE ARRANGERS

CITIBANK, N.A.

By:  NIELS C. KIRK


GOLDMAN SACHS INTERNATIONAL

By:  ANDREW SWINBURNE


J.P. MORGAN SECURITIES LTD

By:  CHARLOTTE SEAGRAVE


THE ORIGINAL BANKS

CITIBANK, N.A.

By:  NIELS C. KIRK


GOLDMAN SACHS CREDIT PARTNERS L.P.

By:   ED FORST


MORGAN GUARANTY TRUST COMPANY OF NEW YORK

By:  KATHRYN SAYKO-YANES
<PAGE>
 
                                      143

THE LC BANK

CITIBANK, N.A.

By:  NIELS C. KIRK



THE FACILITY AGENT

CITIBANK INTERNATIONAL PLC

By:  JOHN STAFFORD


THE SECURITY AGENT

CITIBANK, N.A.

By:  NIELS C. KIRK

<PAGE>
 
                                                                  CONFORMED COPY


                                   DEBENTURE
                              (Multiple Chargors)



                             Dated 13th June, 1997


                                    BETWEEN



                          PACIFICORP SERVICES LIMITED


                                      and


                        PACIFICORP FINANCE (UK) LIMITED


                                      and


                            PACIFICORP ACQUISITIONS

                                  as Chargors


                                      and


                                CITIBANK, N.A.
                               as Security Agent



                      THIS DEBENTURE IS ENTERED INTO WITH
                 THE BENEFIT OF AND SUBJECT TO THE TERMS OF AN
                 INTERCREDITOR AGREEMENT AS REFERRED TO IN THE
                     FACILITY AGREEMENT REFERRED TO HEREIN



                                 ALLEN & OVERY
                                    London
<PAGE>
 
- --------------------------------------------------------------------------------

                                     INDEX
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>

Clause                                                                  Page
<S>                                                                     <C>
1.   Interpretation.......................................................1
2.   Covenant To Pay......................................................4
3.   Charges On Shares....................................................4
4.   Floating Charges.....................................................5
5.   Continuing Security, Etc.............................................6
6.   Representations And Warranties.......................................9
7.   Undertakings........................................................10
8.   Special Provisions Relating To The Security Shares..................11
9.   When Security Becomes Enforceable...................................12
10.  Enforcement Of Security.............................................13
11.  Receiver............................................................13
12.  Application Of Proceeds.............................................16
13.  No Liability As Mortgagee In Possession.............................16
14.  Protection Of Third Parties.........................................17
15.  Taxes...............................................................17
16.  Expenses............................................................17
17.  Delegation By Security Agent........................................18
18.  Further Assurances..................................................18
19.  Redemption Of Prior Mortgages.......................................19
20.  Power Of Attorney...................................................19
21.  New Accounts........................................................19
22.  Stamp Taxes.........................................................20
23.  Assignments, Etc....................................................20
24.  Waivers, Remedies Cumulative........................................20
25.  Set-Off.............................................................21
26.  Severability........................................................21
27.  Counterparts........................................................21
28.  Notices.............................................................21
29.  Covenant To Release.................................................22
30.  Governing Law And Jurisdiction......................................22

Schedules

1.   The Chargors........................................................23
2.   Group Shares........................................................25
3.   Form Of Deed Of Accession...........................................26

Signatories..............................................................29
Signatories..............................................................30
</TABLE>
<PAGE>
 
THIS DEBENTURE is dated 13th June, 1997 and is made BETWEEN:

(1)  PACIFICORP SERVICES LIMITED a company incorporated under the laws of
     England and Wales (No. 3366016) whose registered office is at Barrington
     House, 59-67 Gresham Street, London EC2V 7JA (the "Company");

(2)  THE COMPANIES identified in Schedule 1 (together with the Company and each
     company which becomes a party hereto by executing a Deed of Accession, each
     a "Chargor", together the "Chargors"); and

(3)  CITIBANK, N.A., P.O. Box 242, 336 Strand, London WC2R 1HB (the "Security
     Agent") as agent and trustee for itself and each of the Lenders (as defined
     below).

WHEREAS:

(A)  The Banks (as defined in the Facility Agreement referred to below) have
     agreed to make available to the Borrowers (as defined in the Facility
     Agreement) certain term loan and revolving credit facilities (the
     "Facilities") on and subject to the terms of the Facility Agreement.

(B)  It is a condition precedent to the Banks making the Facilities available
     that the Chargors enter into this Debenture.

(C)  It is intended by the parties hereto that this document shall take effect
     as a deed notwithstanding the fact that a party may only execute this
     document under hand.

NOW IT IS AGREED as follows:

1.   INTERPRETATION

1.1  Definitions

     In this Debenture:

     "Declared Default" means an Event of Default which has resulted in the
     Facility Agent serving notice under any provision of Clause 24.2 of the
     Facility Agreement and/or an Event of Default (as defined therein) under
     the Coalco Facility Agreement which has resulted in the Paying Agent (as
     defined therein) serving notice under any provision of Article VII of the
     Coalco Facility Agreement;

     "Deed of Accession" means a deed substantially in the form set out in
     Schedule 3 hereto;

     "Default Rate" means, until the Discharge Date, at any time, a rate
     determined in accordance with Clause 11.3 of the Facility Agreement;

     "Discharge Date" means the date on which all the Secured Liabilities
     arising pursuant to or in respect of any of the Finance Documents and, the
     Coalco/Bidco Loan Agreement have been unconditionally and irrevocably paid
     and discharged in full and all commitments cancelled;
<PAGE>
 
                                       2

     "Facility Agent" means Citibank International Plc in its capacity as agent
     under the Facility Agreement and its permitted successors and assigns;

     "Facility Agreement" means the facility agreement of even date herewith
     between the Company, Finance, Bidco, the Arrangers, the Original Banks, the
     LC Bank (each as defined therein), the Facility Agent and the Security
     Agent, together with each Borrower Accession Agreement, Guarantor Accession
     Agreement and Substitution Certificate relating thereto and any and each
     other agreement or instrument supplementing or amending it;

     "Finance Documents" has the meaning given to that term in the Facility
     Agreement;

     "Group Shares" means all shares specified in Schedule 2, or, when used in
     relation to a particular Chargor, such of those shares as are specified
     against its name in Schedule 2 together in each case with all other stocks,
     shares, debentures, bonds, warrants, coupons or other securities and
     investments now or in the future owned by any or (when used in relation to
     a particular Chargor) that Chargor from time to time excluding all Shares
     now or in the future owned by any Chargor from time to time until the de-
     listing on The New York Stock Exchange of the Target's American Depositary
     Receipt Shares whereupon all such Shares shall become Group Shares and be
     subject to the security created by this Debenture.

     "Lender" means each of the Facility Agent, the LC Banks, the Hedging Banks,
     the Security Agent, the Arrangers and the Banks parties to or having an
     interest under the Finance Documents from time to time and prior to the
     completion of the Asset Split in accordance with the Facility Agreement,
     Coalco in its capacity as lender under the Coalco/Bidco Loan Agreement;

     "Receiver" means a receiver and manager or (if the Security Agent so
     specifies in the relevant appointment) a receiver;

     "Related Rights" means, in relation to the Group Shares, all dividends and
     other distributions paid or payable after the date hereof on all or any of
     the Group Shares and all stocks, shares, securities (and the dividends or
     interest thereon), rights, money or property accruing or offered at any
     time by way of redemption, bonus, preference, option rights or otherwise to
     or in respect of any of the Group Shares or in substitution or exchange for
     any of the Group Shares;

     "Secured Liabilities" means all present and future obligations and
     liabilities (whether actual or contingent and whether owed jointly or
     severally or in any other capacity whatsoever) of each Obligor to the
     Lenders (or any of them) under each or any of the Finance Documents
     together with all costs, charges and expenses incurred by any Lender in
     connection with the protection, preservation or enforcement of its
     respective rights under the Finance Documents or any other document
     evidencing or securing any such liabilities and prior to the completion of
     the Asset Split in accordance with the terms of the Facility Agreement and
     the Structure Memorandum, all present and future obligations of Bidco to
     Coalco under and in respect of the Coalco/Bidco Loan Agreement (the
     "Coalco/Bidco Liabilities") PROVIDED THAT with effect from the completion
     of the Asset Split as aforesaid, the Coalco/Bidco Liabilities shall cease
     to be included within the definition of "Secured Liabilities" for all the
     purposes of this Debenture; and PROVIDED FURTHER THAT no obligation or
     liability shall be included in the definition of "Secured Liabilities" to
     the extent that, if it were so included, this Debenture (or any part
<PAGE>
 
                                       3

     thereof) would constitute unlawful financial assistance within the meaning
     of Sections 151 and 152 of the Companies Act 1985;

     "Security Assets" means all assets, rights and property of the Chargors or
     any of them the subject of any security created hereby or pursuant hereto
     and includes, for the avoidance of doubt each Chargor's rights to or
     interests in any chose in action and the Security Shares;

     "Security Documents" means this Debenture and every other document entered
     into by the Chargors pursuant to this Debenture;

     "Security Period" means the period beginning on the date hereof and ending
     on the Discharge Date;

     "Security Shares" means the Group Shares and the Related Rights and in the
     case of each Chargor means such of the Group Shares as are held by it at
     the relevant time together with all Related Rights in respect thereof;

     "Shares" has the meaning ascribed thereto in the Facility Agreement; and

     "Share Mortgages" means the mortgages and charges created or purported to
     be created by Clause 3 hereof.

1.2  Interpretation

(a)  Save as expressly herein defined, capitalised terms defined in the Facility
     Agreement shall have the same meaning when used herein. Terms defined in
     the recitals to this Debenture have the same meaning when used in the
     remainder of this Debenture.

(b)  The provisions of Clause 1.2 of the Facility Agreement shall also apply
     hereto as if expressly set out herein (mutatis mutandis) with each
     reference to the Facility Agreement being deemed to be a reference to this
     Debenture.

(c)  For the avoidance of doubt, this Debenture (or any part thereof) shall not
     constitute unlawful financial assistance for the purposes of the proviso to
     the definition of "Secured Liabilities" in Clause 1.1 to the extent that it
     constitutes financial assistance within the meaning of the Sections therein
     cited but the provisions of Sections 155-158 of the Companies Act 1985 have
     been complied with in respect of the giving of such financial assistance.
     Each Chargor confirms that, if and to the extent that it is required by law
     to do so, it has complied with the provisions of Sections 155-158 of the
     Companies Act 1985.

(d)  If the Security Agent (on the basis of legal advice received by it for this
     purpose) reasonably considers that an amount paid by any Obligor to any
     Lender under any Finance Document or the Coalco/Bidco Loan Agreement, is
     capable of being avoided or otherwise set aside on the liquidation or
     administration of such Obligor or otherwise, then such amount shall not be
     considered to have been irrevocably paid for the purposes hereof.
<PAGE>
 
                                       4


1.3  Certificates

     A certificate of the Security Agent setting forth the amount of any Secured
     Liability due from any Obligor shall in the absence of manifest error, be
     prima facie evidence and shall be promptly notified to the Company, the
     relevant Borrower and the Banks.

2.   COVENANT TO PAY

2.1  Covenant

     Each Chargor hereby, as primary obligor and not merely as surety, covenants
     with the Security Agent (as agent and trustee as aforesaid) that it will
     pay or discharge the Secured Liabilities on the due date therefor in the
     manner provided in the relevant Finance Document or in the Coalco/Bidco
     Loan Agreement. Any amount not paid hereunder in respect of or under any
     Finance Document or the Coalco/Bidco Loan Agreement when due shall bear
     interest (as well after as before judgment and payable on demand) at the
     Default Rate from time to time from the due date until the date such amount
     is unconditionally and irrevocably paid and discharged in full, save to the
     extent that interest at such rate on such amount for such period is charged
     pursuant to the relevant Finance Document and itself constitutes a Secured
     Liability.

2.2  Right of appropriation

     Upon the occurrence of a Declared Default and at any time thereafter while
     the same is continuing, the Security Agent shall be entitled to appropriate
     moneys and/or assets to Secured Liabilities in such manner or order as it
     sees fit (subject to Clause 12) and any such appropriation shall override
     any appropriation by any Obligor. This Clause 2.2 shall not, however,
     override the principle that (subject to Clause 12) the Lenders are to share
     in recoveries on a pro rata basis.

3.   CHARGES ON SHARES

     Each Chargor, as sole beneficial owner and with full title guarantee,
     hereby as continuing security for the payment, discharge and performance of
     all the Secured Liabilities:

     (a)  mortgages and charges and agrees to mortgage and charge to the
          Security Agent (as agent and trustee as aforesaid) all Group Shares
          held now or in the future by it and/or any nominee on its behalf, the
          same to be a security by way of a first mortgage; and

     (b)  mortgages and charges and agrees to mortgage and charge to the
          Security Agent (as agent and trustee as aforesaid) all the Related
          Rights accruing to all or any of the Group Shares held now or in the
          future by it and/or any nominee on its behalf, the same to be a
          security by way of a first mortgage or charge.

          PROVIDED THAT:

          (i)  whilst no Declared Default exists, all dividends and other
               distributions paid or payable as referred to in paragraph (b)
               above may be paid directly to the relevant Chargor free from the
               security created hereunder (in which case the Security Agent or
               its nominee shall execute any necessary dividend mandate) 
<PAGE>
 
                                       5

               and, if paid directly to the Security Agent, shall be paid
               promptly by it to the relevant Chargor; and

          (ii) subject to Clause 8.2, whilst no Declared Default exists, all
               voting rights attaching to the relevant Group Shares may be
               exercised by the relevant Chargor or, where the shares have been
               registered in the name of the Security Agent or its nominee, as
               the relevant Chargor may direct in writing, and the Security
               Agent and any nominee of the Security Agent in whose name such
               Group Shares are registered shall execute any form of proxy or
               other document reasonably required in order for the relevant
               Chargor to do so.

4.   FLOATING CHARGES

4.1  Creation of floating charge

     Each Chargor as beneficial owner and with full title guarantee, as security
     for the payment, discharge and performance of the Secured Liabilities,
     charges in favour of the Security Agent (as agent and trustee as aforesaid)
     by way of a first floating charge all its undertaking and assets whatsoever
     and wheresoever both present and future (including, without limitation, any
     undertaking and assets situated in Scotland (whether or not the same may be
     mortgaged or charged by way of standard security)), subject always to the
     Share Mortgages or any other provision of this Debenture, PROVIDED THAT the
     provisions of this Clause shall not apply to the Shares owned now or in the
     future by Bidco until such time as such Shares shall be Group Shares, in
     accordance with the terms of that definition.

4.2  Restrictions on dealing

     Each Chargor undertakes to each Lender that, save as expressly permitted
     under the terms of this Debenture and/or the Facility Agreement it will
     not:

     (a)  create or permit to subsist any Encumbrance over all or any of its
          assets, rights or property other than pursuant to this Debenture or
          any other Security Document; or

     (b)  part with, lease, sell, transfer, assign or otherwise dispose of or
          agree to part with, lease, sell, transfer, assign or otherwise dispose
          of all or any part of its assets, rights or property or any interest
          therein,

     PROVIDED THAT the provisions of this Clause shall not apply to the Shares
     owned now or in the future by Bidco until such time as such Shares shall be
     Group Shares, in accordance with the terms of that definition.

4.3  Conversion of Floating Charge

(a)  The Security Agent may by notice to any Chargor convert the floating charge
     hereby created into a specific charge as regards all or any of such
     Chargor's assets, rights and property:

     (i)  if a Declared Default has occurred; or
<PAGE>
 
                                       6

     (ii) if such Chargor fails to comply, or takes or threatens to take any
          action which in the reasonable opinion of the Security Agent is likely
          to result in it failing to comply with its obligations under Clause
          4.2.

(b)  The floating charge hereby created shall (in addition to the circumstances
     in which the same will occur under general law) automatically be converted
     into a fixed charge over the assets, rights and property of any Chargor on
     the convening of any meeting of the members of such Chargor to consider a
     resolution to wind such Chargor up.

(c)  The giving by the Security Agent of a notice pursuant to paragraph (a)
     above in relation to any class of any Chargor's assets, rights and property
     shall not be construed as a waiver or abandonment of the Security Agent's
     rights to give other similar notices in respect of any other class of
     assets or of any other of the rights of the Lenders (or any of them) or
     under any of the other Finance Documents.

5.   CONTINUING SECURITY, ETC.

5.1  Continuing security

     The security constituted by this Debenture shall be continuing and will
     extend to the ultimate balance of the Secured Liabilities, regardless of
     any intermediate payment or discharge in whole or in part.

5.2  Breaking of accounts

     If for any reason the security constituted hereby ceases to be a continuing
     security in respect of any Obligor (other than by way of discharge of such
     security), the Lenders (and each or any of them) may open a new account
     with or continue any existing account with such Obligor and the liability
     of each Chargor in respect of the Secured Liabilities relating to such
     Obligor at the date of such cessation shall remain regardless of any
     payments in or out of any such account.

5.3  Reinstatement

(a)  Where any discharge (whether in respect of the obligations of any Obligor
     or any security for those obligations or otherwise) is made in whole or in
     part or any arrangement is made on the faith of any payment, security or
     other disposition which is avoided or must be restored on insolvency,
     liquidation or otherwise without limitation, the liability of each Chargor
     under this Debenture shall continue as if the discharge or arrangement had
     not occurred.

(b)  The Security Agent may concede or compromise any claim that any payment,
     security or other disposition is liable to avoidance or restoration.
<PAGE>
 
                                       7

5.4  Waiver of defences

(a)  The liability of each Chargor hereunder will not be affected by any act,
     omission, circumstance, matter or thing which but for this provision would
     release or prejudice any of its obligations hereunder or prejudice or
     diminish such obligations in whole or in part, including without limitation
     and whether or not known to any Chargor, any Lender or any other person
     whatsoever:

     (i)   any time, indulgence or waiver granted to, or composition with, any
           Obligor or any other person; or

     (ii)  the taking, variation, compromise, exchange, renewal or release of,
           or refusal or neglect to perfect or take up or enforce any rights or
           remedies against, or any security over assets of, any Obligor or any
           other person or any non-presentment or non-observance of any
           formality or other requirement in respect of any instruments or any
           failure to realise the full value of any other security; or

     (iii) any legal limitation, disability, incapacity or lack of powers,
           authority or legal personality of or dissolution or change in the
           members or status of or other circumstance relating to, any Obligor
           or any other person; or

     (iv)  any variation (however fundamental and whether or not involving any
           increase in the liability of any Obligor thereunder) or replacement
           of a Finance Document or the Coalco/Bidco Loan Agreement, or any
           other document or security so that references to that Finance
           Document or the Coalco/Bidco Loan Agreement, or other documents or
           security in this Debenture shall include each such variation or
           replacement; or

     (v)   any unenforceability, illegality, invalidity or frustration of any
           obligation of any Obligor or any other person under any Finance
           Document or any other document or security, or any failure of any
           other Obligor or proposed Obligor to become bound by the terms of any
           Finance Document, in each case whether through any want of power or
           authority or otherwise; or

     (vi)  any postponement, discharge, reduction, non-provability or other
           similar circumstance affecting any obligation of any Obligor under a
           Finance Document or affecting any obligation of Bidco under the
           Coalco/Bidco Loan Agreement resulting from any insolvency,
           liquidation or dissolution proceedings or from any law, regulation or
           order, this Debenture be construed as if there were no such
           circumstance,

     to the intent that each Chargor's obligations under this Debenture shall
     remain in full force, and this Debenture be construed accordingly, as if
     there were no such circumstance, act, variation, limitation, omission,
     unenforceability, illegality, matter or thing.

     No Lender shall be concerned to see or investigate the powers or
     authorities of any of the Chargors or their respective officers or agents,
     and moneys obtained or Secured Liabilities incurred in purported exercise
     of such powers or authorities or by any person purporting to be an Obligor
     shall be deemed to form a part of the Secured Liabilities, and "Secured
     Liabilities" shall be construed accordingly.
<PAGE>
 
                                       8

(b)  For the avoidance of doubt, each Chargor shall be bound by this Debenture
     notwithstanding the fact that not all of the other members of the Group may
     have executed this Debenture and/or any of the other Security Documents
     required by the terms of the Finance Documents to be entered into by it or
     that any such document which has been entered into may be invalid,
     unenforceable or otherwise ineffective.

5.5  Immediate recourse

     Each Chargor waives any right it may have of first requiring any Lender to
     proceed against or enforce any other rights or security before enforcing
     the security constituted hereby.

5.6  Appropriations

     Upon and after the occurrence of a Declared Default and until all the
     Secured Liabilities have been unconditionally and irrevocably paid and
     discharged in full, each Lender may:

     (a)  refrain from applying or enforcing any other moneys, security or
          rights held or received by it in respect of the Secured Liabilities or
          apply and enforce the same in such manner and order as it sees fit
          (whether against the Secured Liabilities or otherwise) and no Chargor
          shall be entitled to the benefit of the same; and

     (b)  hold in a suspense account any moneys received from any Obligor or on
          account of any Obligor's liability in respect of the Secured
          Liabilities.  Amounts standing to the credit of any such suspense
          account shall bear interest at a rate considered by such Lender to be
          a fair market rate.

5.7  Non-competition

     Until all the Secured Liabilities have been unconditionally and irrevocably
     paid and discharged in full no Chargor shall by virtue of any payment made,
     security realised or moneys received or recovered under any of the Finance
     Documents or the Coalco/Bidco Loan Agreement for or on account of the
     liability of any other Obligor(s):

     (a)  be subrogated to any rights, security or moneys held, received or
          receivable by any Lender or be entitled to any right of contribution
          or indemnity; or

     (b)  claim, rank, prove or vote as a creditor of any Obligor or its estate
          in competition with any Lender; or

     (c)  unless the Security Agent directs it to do so after a Declared Default
          has occurred and is continuing, receive, claim or have the benefit of
          any payment, distribution or security from or on account of any
          Obligor, or exercise any right of set-off as against any Obligor.

     Each Chargor will hold in trust for and forthwith pay or transfer to the
     Security Agent (acting as agent and trustee as aforesaid) any payment or
     distribution or benefit of security received by it contrary to the above.
     If any Chargor exercises any right of set-off contrary to the above, it
     will forthwith pay an amount equal to the amount set off to the Security
     Agent (acting as agent and trustee as aforesaid).
<PAGE>
 
                                       9


5.8  Additional security

     This Debenture is in addition to and is not in any way prejudiced by any
     other security now or hereafter held by any Lender.

5.9  Security held by the Chargor

     No Chargor will without the prior written consent of the Security Agent
     hold any security from any other Obligor in respect of such Chargor's
     liability hereunder. Each Chargor will hold any security held by it in
     breach of this provision on trust for the Security Agent (as agent and
     trustee as aforesaid).

6.   REPRESENTATIONS AND WARRANTIES

6.1  To whom made

     Each Chargor makes the representations and warranties set out in the
     balance of this Clause 6 to each Lender.

6.2  Matters represented

(a)  Security Shares

     (i)   It is and will (save as otherwise permitted by the Facility
           Agreement) remain the sole beneficial owner of the Security Shares
           and save where the Security Shares have been registered in the name
           of the Security Agent or its nominee pursuant hereto, it and/or its
           nominee is and will (save as otherwise permitted by the Facility
           Agreement) remain the absolute legal owner of the Security Shares.

     (ii)  The Share Mortgages constitute first priority security interests over
           the Security Shares which are not subject to any prior or pari passu
           Encumbrances.

     (iii) It will not take any action whereby the rights attaching to the
           Security Shares are altered or diluted.

     (iv)  The Group Shares are fully paid and non-assessable and neither the
           Group Shares nor the Related Rights are subject to any options to
           purchase or similar rights of any person.

(b)  Security

     Subject to the Reservations, this Debenture (i) constitutes its legally
     binding obligation enforceable in accordance with its terms, (ii) creates
     those Encumbrances it purports to create, and (iii) is not liable to be
     avoided or otherwise set aside on its liquidation or administration or
     otherwise.
<PAGE>
 
                                      10

6.3  Times for making representations and warranties

     The representations and warranties set out in this Clause 6:

     (a)   will survive the execution of each Finance Document and the making of
           each Utilisation under the Facility Agreement;
        
     (b)   are made on the date hereof and are deemed to be repeated on each
           date during the Security Period on which any of the representations
           and warranties set out in Clause 20.1 of the Facility Agreement are
           repeated, with reference to the facts and circumstances then
           existing.

7.   UNDERTAKINGS

7.1  Duration and with whom made

     The undertakings in this Clause 7:

     (a)   shall remain in force throughout the Security Period; and
        
     (b)   are given by each Chargor to each Lender.

7.2  General Undertakings

     Covenant to perform. Each Chargor shall at all times comply with the terms
     (express or implied) of this Debenture and the other Finance Documents.

7.3  Undertakings relating to Group Shares

     Deposit of securities. Each Chargor shall promptly deposit with the
     Security Agent or as the Security Agent may direct all bearer instruments,
     share certificates and other documents of title or evidence of ownership in
     relation to such Group Shares as are owned by it or in which it has or
     acquires an interest and their Related Rights and shall execute and deliver
     to the Security Agent all such share transfers and other documents as may
     be requested by the Security Agent in order to enable the Security Agent or
     its nominees to be registered as the owner or otherwise to obtain a legal
     title to the same and, without limiting the generality of the foregoing,
     shall deliver to the Security Agent on or before the first Utilisation Date
     executed (and, if required to be stamped, pre-stamped) share transfers for
     all Group Shares specified in Schedule 2 in favour of the Security Agent
     and/or its nominee(s) as transferees or, if the Security Agent so directs,
     with the transferee left blank and shall procure that all such share
     transfers are at the request of the Security Agent promptly registered by
     the relevant company and that share certificates in the name of the
     Security Agent and/or such nominee(s) in respect of all Group Shares are
     promptly delivered to the Security Agent. Each Chargor shall provide the
     Security Agent with certified copies of all resolutions and authorisations
     approving the execution of such transfer forms and registration of such
     transfers as the Security Agent may reasonably require.
<PAGE>
 
                                      11

8.   SPECIAL PROVISIONS RELATING TO THE SECURITY SHARES

8.1  Registration on Transfer

     Each Chargor hereby authorises the Security Agent (at any time) to arrange
     for the Security Shares to be delivered to any nominee for the Security
     Agent or any purchaser or transferee (under the powers of realisation
     herein conferred) or registered as the Security Agent may feel appropriate
     to perfect the security thereover and to transfer or cause the Security
     Shares to be transferred to and registered in the name of any suitably
     qualified nominees of the Security Agent (as agent and trustee, as
     aforesaid) and each Chargor undertakes from time to time promptly to
     execute and sign all transfers, contract notes, powers of attorney and
     other documents (and promptly to register any such transfer of the Security
     Shares in the shareholders' register of such Chargor) which the Security
     Agent may reasonably require for perfecting its title to any of the
     Security Shares or for vesting the same in itself or its nominee or in any
     purchasers or transferees (under the powers of realisation herein
     conferred).

8.2  Powers

     The Security Agent and its nominee may at any time after a Declared Default
     has occurred and whilst the same is continuing, exercise or refrain from
     exercising (in the name of each Chargor, the registered holder or otherwise
     and without any further consent or authority from each Chargor and
     irrespective of any direction given by any Chargor) in respect of the
     Security Shares any voting rights and any powers or rights under the terms
     thereof or otherwise which may be exercised by the person or persons in
     whose name or names the Security Shares are registered or who is the holder
     thereof, including, without limitation, all the powers given to trustees by
     Section 10(3) and (4) of the Trustee Act 1925 as amended by Section 9 of
     the Trustee Investments Act 1961 in respect of securities or property
     subject to a trust PROVIDED THAT in the absence of notice from the Security
     Agent each Chargor may and shall continue to exercise any and all voting
     rights with respect to the Group Shares subject always to the terms hereof.
     No Chargor shall without the previous consent in writing of the Security
     Agent, exercise the voting rights attached to any of the Group Shares in
     favour of resolutions having the effect of changing the terms of the Group
     Shares (or any class of them) or any Related Rights or prejudicing the
     security hereunder or impairing the value of the Security Shares. Each
     Chargor hereby irrevocably appoints the Security Agent or its nominees its
     proxy to exercise all voting rights so long as the Group Shares remain
     registered in the names of the Chargors and to the extent that the Security
     Agent is entitled to exercise such voting rights in accordance with the
     terms of this Debenture.

8.3  Calls

     Each Chargor during the continuance of this security will make all payments
     which may become due in respect of any of the Security Shares and in the
     event of default in making any such payment the Security Agent may if it
     thinks fit make such payment on behalf of each Chargor. Any sums so paid by
     the Security Agent shall be repayable by the relevant Chargor to the
     Security Agent on demand together with interest at the Default Rate from
     the date of such payment by the Security Agent, and pending such repayment
     shall constitute part of the Secured Liabilities.
<PAGE>
 
                                      12

8.4  Liability to Perform

     It is expressly agreed that, notwithstanding anything to the contrary
     herein contained, each Chargor shall remain liable to observe and perform
     all of the conditions and obligations assumed by it in respect of the
     Security Shares and none of the Security Agent or the Lenders shall be
     under any obligation or liability by reason of or arising out of the Share
     Mortgages. None of the Lenders shall be required in any manner to perform
     or fulfil any obligation of any Chargor in respect of the Security Shares,
     or to make any payment, or to receive any enquiry as to the nature or
     sufficiency of any payment received by them, or to present or file any
     claim or take any other action to collect or enforce the payment of any
     amount to which they may have been or to which they may be entitled
     hereunder at any time or times.

8.5  Enforcement

     Upon the occurrence of a Declared Default and at any time thereafter while
     the same is continuing, the Security Agent shall be entitled to put into
     force and exercise immediately as and when it may see fit any and every
     power possessed by the Security Agent by virtue of the Share Mortgages or
     available to a secured creditor (so that Sections 93 and 103 of the Law of
     Property Act 1925 shall not apply to this security) and in particular
     (without limitation):

     (i)   to sell all or any of the Security Shares in any manner permitted by
           law upon such terms as the Security Agent shall in its absolute
           discretion determine;

     (ii)  to collect, recover or compromise and give a good discharge for any
           moneys payable to any Chargor in respect of the Security Shares or in
           connection therewith; and

     (iii) to act generally in relation to the Security Shares in such manner
           as the Security Agent acting reasonably shall determine.

     For the avoidance of doubt, each Chargor agrees that the enforceability of
     the Share Mortgages is not dependent on the performance or non-performance
     by any Lender of its respective obligations under the Facility Agreement.


9.   WHEN SECURITY BECOMES ENFORCEABLE

     The security constituted hereby shall become immediately enforceable upon
     the occurrence of a Declared Default and at any time thereafter whilst the
     same is continuing and the power of sale and other powers conferred by
     Section 101 of the Law of Property Act, 1925 as varied or amended by this
     Debenture shall be immediately exerciseable upon the occurrence of a
     Declared Default and at any time thereafter whilst the same is continuing.
     After the security constituted hereby has become enforceable, the Security
     Agent may in its absolute discretion enforce all or any part of such
     security in such manner as it sees fit or as the Majority Banks direct.
<PAGE>
 
                                      13


10.  ENFORCEMENT OF SECURITY

10.1 General

     For the purposes of all powers implied by statute the Secured Liabilities
     shall be deemed to have become due and payable on the date hereof and
     Section 103 of the Law of Property Act 1925 (restricting the power of sale)
     and Section 93 of the same Act (restricting the right of consolidation)
     shall not apply to this security. The statutory powers of leasing conferred
     on the Security Agent shall be extended so as to authorise the Security
     Agent to lease, make agreements for leases, accept surrenders of leases and
     grant options as the Security Agent shall think fit and without the need to
     comply with any of the provisions of sections 99 and 100 of the Law of
     Property Act 1925.

10.2 Contingencies

(a)  If the Security Agent enforces the security constituted by this Debenture
     (whether by the appointment of a Receiver or otherwise) at a time when no
     amounts are due under the Finance Documents or the Coalco/Bidco Loan
     Agreement (but at a time when amounts may become so due), the Security
     Agent (or such Receiver) may pay the proceeds of any recoveries effected by
     it into such number of interest bearing realisations accounts as it
     considers appropriate.

(b)  The Security Agent (or such Receiver) may (subject to the payment of any
     claims having priority to this security) withdraw amounts standing to the
     credit of such realisation accounts to:

     (i)   meet all costs, charges and expenses incurred and payments made by
           the Security Agent (or such Receiver) in the course of such
           enforcement;

     (ii)  pay remuneration to the Receiver as and when the same becomes due and
           payable; and

     (iii) meet amounts due and payable under the Finance Documents and the
           Coalco/Bidco Loan Agreement;

     in each case, together with interest thereon (as well after as before
     judgment and payable on demand) at the Default Rate from the date the same
     become due and payable until the date the same are unconditionally and
     irrevocably paid and discharged in full (provided that like interest
     payable under any of the Finance Documents should not be double counted).

(c)  No Chargor will be entitled to withdraw all or any moneys (including
     interest) standing to the credit of any such realisation account until the
     expiry of the Security Period.

11.  RECEIVER

11.1 Appointment of Receiver

(a)  At any time after this security becomes enforceable or if any Chargor so
     requests the Security Agent in writing at any time, the Security Agent may
     without further notice appoint under seal or in writing under its hand any
     one or more qualified persons to be a Receiver of all or any 
<PAGE>
 
                                      14

     part of the Security Assets in like manner in every respect as if the
     Security Agent had become entitled under the Law of Property Act 1925 to
     exercise the power of sale thereby conferred.

(b)  In this Clause "qualified person" means a person who, under the Insolvency
     Act 1986, is qualified to act as a receiver of the property of any company
     with respect to which he is appointed or (as the case may require) an
     administrative receiver of any such company.

11.2 Powers of Receiver

(a)  Every Receiver appointed in accordance with Clause 11.1 shall have and be
     entitled to exercise all of the powers set out in paragraph (b) below in
     addition to those conferred by the Law of Property Act 1925 on any receiver
     appointed thereunder. A Receiver who is an administrative receiver of any
     Chargor shall have all the powers of an administrative receiver under the
     Insolvency Act 1986. If at any time there is more than one Receiver of all
     or any part of the Security Assets, each such Receiver may (unless
     otherwise stated in any document appointing him) exercise all of the powers
     conferred on a Receiver under this Debenture individually and to the
     exclusion of each other Receiver.

(b)  The powers referred to in the first sentence of paragraph (a) above are:

     (i)   Take possession to take immediate possession of, get in and collect
           the Security Assets or any part thereof;

     (ii)  Carry on business to carry on the business of such Chargor as he may
           think fit;

     (iii) Protection of assets  to make and effect all repairs and insurances
           and do all other acts which such Chargor might do in the ordinary
           conduct of its business as well for the protection as for the
           improvement of the Security Assets;

     (iv)  Employees to appoint and discharge managers, officers, agents,
           accountants, servants, workmen and others for the purposes hereof
           upon such terms as to remuneration or otherwise as he may think
           proper and to discharge any such persons appointed by any such
           Chargor;

     (v)   Borrow Money for the purpose of exercising any of the powers,
           authorities and discretions conferred on him by or pursuant to this
           Debenture and/or of defraying any costs, charges, losses or expenses
           (including his remuneration) which shall be incurred by him in the
           exercise thereof or for any other purpose, to raise and borrow money
           either unsecured or on the security of the Security Assets or any
           part thereof either in priority to the security constituted by this
           Debenture or otherwise and generally on such terms and conditions as
           he may think fit and no person lending such money shall be concerned
           to enquire as to the propriety or purpose of the exercise of such
           power or to see to the application of any money so raised or
           borrowed;

     (vi)  Sell assets to sell, exchange, convert into money and realise all or
           any part of the Security Assets by public auction or private contract
           and generally in such manner and on such terms as he shall think
           proper. Without prejudice to the generality of the foregoing he may
           do any of these things for a consideration consisting of cash,
           debentures or other obligations, shares, stock or other valuable
           consideration and any
<PAGE>
 
                                      15

            such consideration may be payable in a lump sum or by instalments
            spread over such period as he may think fit. All fixtures and
            fittings (including trade fixtures and fittings) and fixed plant and
            machinery, other than landlords' fixtures, may be severed and sold
            separately from the property containing them without the consent of
            such Chargor;
          
     (vii)  Leases to let all or any part of the Security Assets for such term
            and at such rent (with or without a premium) as he may think proper
            and to accept a surrender of any lease or tenancy thereof on such
            terms as he may think fit (including the payment of money to a
            lessee or tenant on a surrender);

     (viii) Compromise  to settle, adjust, refer to arbitration, compromise and
            arrange any claims, accounts, disputes, questions and demands with
            or by any person who is or claims to be a creditor of such Chargor
            or relating in any way to the Security Assets or any part thereof;
         
     (ix)   Legal Actions  to bring, prosecute, enforce, defend and abandon all
            such actions, suits and proceedings in relation to the Security
            Assets or any part thereof as may seem to him to be expedient;
         
     (x)    Receipts  to give valid receipts for all moneys and execute all
            assurances and things which may be proper or desirable for realising
            the Security Assets;
         
     (xi)   Subsidiaries to form a subsidiary or subsidiaries of such Chargor
            and transfer to any such subsidiary all or any part of the Security
            Assets; and

     (xii)  General powers to do all such other acts and things as he may
            consider desirable or necessary for realising the Security Assets or
            any part thereof or incidental or conducive to any of the matters,
            powers or authorities conferred on a Receiver under or by virtue of
            this Debenture, to exercise in relation to the Security Assets or
            any part thereof all such powers, authorities and things as he would
            be capable of exercising if he were the absolute beneficial owner of
            the same and to use the name of such Chargor for all or any of such
            purposes.

11.3 Removal and remuneration

     The Security Agent may from time to time by writing under its hand (subject
     to any requirement for an order of the court in the case of an
     administrative receiver) remove any Receiver appointed by it and may,
     whenever it may deem it expedient, appoint a new Receiver in the place of
     any Receiver whose appointment may for any reason have terminated and may
     from time to time fix the remuneration of any Receiver appointed by it.

11.4 Security Agent may exercise

     To the fullest extent permitted by law, all or any of the powers,
     authorities and discretions which are conferred by this Debenture (either
     expressly or impliedly) upon a Receiver of the Security Assets may be
     exercised after the security hereby created becomes enforceable by the
     Security Agent in relation to the whole of such Security Assets or any part
     thereof without first 
<PAGE>
 
                                      16

     appointing a Receiver of such property or any part thereof or
     notwithstanding the appointment of a Receiver of such property or any part
     thereof.

12.  APPLICATION OF PROCEEDS

     Any moneys received by the Security Agent or by any Receiver appointed by
     it pursuant to this Debenture and/or under the powers hereby conferred
     shall, after the security hereby constituted shall have become enforceable
     but subject to the payment of any claims having priority to this security
     and to the Security Agent's and such Receiver's rights under Clauses 10.2
     and 11.2, be applied by the Security Agent for the following purposes and,
     unless otherwise determined by the Security Agent or such Receiver, in the
     following order or priority (but without prejudice to the right of the
     Security Agent or any Lender to recover any shortfall from any Chargor):

     (a)  in satisfaction of or provision for all costs, charges and expenses
          incurred and payments made by the Security Agent or any Receiver
          appointed hereunder and of all remuneration due hereunder together
          with interest on the foregoing (as well after as before judgment and
          payable on demand) at the Default Rate from time to time from the date
          the same become due and payable until the date the same are
          unconditionally and irrevocably paid and discharged in full;

     (b)  in or towards repayment to the Security Agent of all amounts repayable
          by the Chargors pursuant to Clause 8.3;

     (c)  in or towards payment of the Secured Liabilities or such part of them
          as is then due and payable in accordance with the terms of the
          Intercreditor Agreement; and

     (d)  in payment of the surplus (if any) to any Chargor or other person
          entitled thereto.

13.  NO LIABILITY AS MORTGAGEE IN POSSESSION

     The Security Agent shall not nor shall any Receiver appointed as aforesaid
     by reason of it or the Receiver entering into possession of the Security
     Assets or any part thereof be liable to account as mortgagee in possession
     or be liable for any loss on realisation or for any default or omission for
     which a mortgagee in possession might be liable. Every Receiver duly
     appointed by the Security Agent under the powers in that behalf herein
     contained shall be deemed to be the agent of the relevant Chargor for all
     purposes and shall as such agent for all purposes be deemed to be in the
     same position as a Receiver duly appointed by a mortgagee under the Law of
     Property Act 1925. The relevant Chargor alone shall be responsible for his
     contracts, engagements, acts, omissions, defaults and losses and for
     liabilities incurred by him and neither the Security Agent nor any Lender
     shall incur any liability therefor (either to the Company, any other
     Chargor or to any other person whatsoever) by reason of the Security
     Agent's making his appointment as such Receiver or for any other reason
     whatsoever. Every such Receiver and the Security Agent shall be entitled to
     all the rights, powers, privileges and immunities by the Law of Property
     Act 1925 conferred on mortgagees and receivers when such receivers have
     been duly appointed under the said Act but so that Section 103 of the Law
     of Property Act 1925 shall not apply.
<PAGE>
 
                                      17

14.   PROTECTION OF THIRD PARTIES

      No purchaser, mortgagee or other person or company dealing with the
      Security Agent or the Receiver or its or his agents shall be concerned to
      enquire whether the Secured Liabilities have become payable or whether any
      power which the Receiver is purporting to exercise has become exercisable
      or whether any money remains due under this Debenture, the Finance
      Documents or the Coalco/Bidco Loan Agreement or to see to the application
      of any money paid to the Security Agent or to such Receiver.

15.   TAXES

      All payments by any Chargor under this Debenture to or for the account of
      any Lender shall be made without any set off, counterclaim or other
      deductions and free and clear of and without deduction for or on account
      of any Applicable Taxes (as provided for and subject to the qualifications
      and exceptions in Clause 13.1 of the Facility Agreement). If any
      Applicable Tax or amounts in respect thereof must be deducted, or any
      other deductions must be made, from any amounts payable or paid by such
      Chargor, or paid or payable by the Security Agent to another Lender, under
      this Debenture, or any such payment shall otherwise be required to be made
      subject to any Applicable Tax, such Chargor shall pay such additional
      amounts as may be necessary to ensure that the relevant Lender receives a
      net amount equal to the full amount which it would have received had
      payment not been made subject to the Applicable Tax.

16.   EXPENSES

16.1  Undertaking to pay

      All reasonable costs, charges and expenses incurred and all payments made
      by the Security Agent or any Receiver appointed hereunder in the lawful
      exercise of the powers hereby conferred whether or not occasioned by any
      act, neglect or default of any Chargor shall carry interest (as well after
      as before judgment) at the Default Rate from time to time from the date on
      which demand is made on any Chargor for reimbursement until the date the
      same are unconditionally and irrevocably paid and discharged in full. The
      amount of all such costs, charges, expenses and payments and all such
      interest thereon and all remuneration payable hereunder shall be payable
      by the Chargors on demand. All such costs, charges, expenses and payments
      shall be paid and charged as between the Security Agent and the Chargors
      on the basis of a full indemnity and not on the basis of party and party
      or any other kind of taxation.

16.2  Indemnity

      The Lenders and every Receiver, attorney, manager, agent or other person
      appointed by the Security Agent hereunder shall be entitled to be
      indemnified out of the Security Assets in respect of all liabilities and
      expenses properly incurred by them in the execution or purported execution
      of any of the powers, authorities or discretions vested in them pursuant
      hereto and against all actions, proceedings, costs, claims and demands in
      respect of any matter or thing done or omitted in any way relating to the
      Security Assets and the Lenders and any such Receiver may retain and pay
      all sums in respect of the same out of any moneys received under the
      powers hereby conferred. Notwithstanding the foregoing no Lender or
      Receiver and no person appointed by the Security Agent as aforesaid shall
      be entitled to be indemnified in 

<PAGE>
 
                                      18

      respect of any part of the foregoing which results from such party's gross
      negligence or wilful misconduct.

17.   DELEGATION BY SECURITY AGENT

      The Security Agent or any Receiver appointed hereunder may at any time and
      from time to time delegate by power of attorney or in any other manner to
      any properly qualified person or persons all or any of the powers,
      authorities and discretions which are for the time being exercisable by
      the Security Agent or such Receiver under this Debenture in relation to
      the Security Assets or any part thereof. Any such delegation may be made
      upon such terms (including power to sub-delegate) and subject to such
      regulations as the Security Agent or such Receiver may think fit. The
      Security Agent or such Receiver shall not be in any way be liable or
      responsible to any Chargor for any loss or damage arising from any act,
      default, omission or misconduct on the part of any such delegate or sub-
      delegate.

18.   FURTHER ASSURANCES

18.1  General
 
      Each Chargor shall at its own expense execute and do all such assurances,
      acts and things as the Security Agent may reasonably require for
      perfecting or protecting the security intended to be created hereby over
      the Security Assets or any part thereof or for facilitating (if and when
      this security becomes enforceable) the realisation of the Security Assets
      or any part thereof and in the exercise of all powers, authorities and
      discretions vested in the Security Agent or any Receiver of the Security
      Assets or any part thereof or in any such delegate or sub-delegate as
      aforesaid. To that intent, each Chargor shall in particular execute all
      transfers, conveyances, assignments and assurances of such property
      whether to the Security Agent or to its nominees and give all notices,
      orders and directions and make all registrations which the Security Agent
      may reasonably think expedient.

18.2  Further subsidiaries

(a)   Each Chargor hereby undertakes to ensure that each company incorporated in
      the United Kingdom which becomes a Subsidiary (whether direct or indirect)
      of any Chargor after the date hereof shall, forthwith upon being required
      to grant security pursuant to Clause 19.3 of the Facility Agreement,
      execute a Deed of Accession substantially in the form set out in Schedule
      3 and such company shall on the date on which such Deed of Accession is
      executed by it become a party to this Debenture in the capacity of a
      Chargor and this Debenture shall be read and construed for all purposes as
      if such company had been an original party hereto as a Chargor (but for
      the avoidance of doubt the security created by such company shall be
      created on the date of the Deed of Accession). The Security Agent is
      authorised to agree any amendments or change to the form or manner in
      which any such member of the Group gives such a guarantee and security
      (including acceptance of a limit on the liability of such member of the
      Group) which is in the opinion of the Security Agent necessary in order
      that such guarantee or security may lawfully be given.

(b)   The Company shall procure that all registrations or other steps necessary
      to perfect or protect any security created pursuant to any Deed of
      Accession is completed as soon as practicable after the date thereof and
      in any event within any applicable time limit.

<PAGE>
 
                                      19

(c)   Any company which becomes a party hereto as a Chargor pursuant to any Deed
      of Accession shall also become party to and be bound by the terms of the
      Intercreditor Agreement as an Obligor, in accordance with the terms of the
      Intercreditor Agreement.

19.   REDEMPTION OF PRIOR MORTGAGES

      The Security Agent may, at any time after the security hereby constituted
      has become enforceable, redeem any prior Encumbrance over or against the
      Security Assets or any part thereof or procure the transfer thereof to
      itself and may settle and pass the accounts of the prior mortgagee,
      chargee or encumbrancer. Any accounts so settled and passed shall be
      conclusive and binding on each Chargor. All principal moneys, interest,
      costs, charges and expenses of and incidental to such redemption and
      transfer shall be paid by the Chargor to the Security Agent on demand.

20.   POWER OF ATTORNEY

20.1  Appointment

      Each Chargor hereby by way of security and in order more fully to secure
      the performance of its obligations hereunder irrevocably appoints the
      Security Agent and every Receiver of the Security Assets or any part
      thereof appointed hereunder and every such delegate or sub-delegate as
      aforesaid to be its attorney acting severally, and on its behalf and in
      its name or otherwise, after the occurrence of a Default, to execute and
      do all such assurances, acts and things which such Chargor is required to
      do and fails to do under the covenants and provisions contained in this
      Debenture (including, without limitation, to make any demand upon or to
      give any notice or receipt to any person owing moneys to such Chargor and
      to execute and deliver any charges, legal mortgages, assignments or other
      security and any transfers of securities) and generally in its name and on
      its behalf to exercise all or any of the powers, authorities and
      discretions conferred by or pursuant to this Debenture or by statute on
      the Security Agent or any such Receiver, delegate or sub-delegate and
      (without prejudice to the generality of the foregoing) to seal and deliver
      and otherwise perfect any deed, assurance, agreement, instrument or act
      which it or he may reasonably deem proper in or for the purpose of
      exercising any of such powers, authorities and discretions.

20.2  Ratification

      Each Chargor hereby ratifies and confirms and agrees to ratify and confirm
      whatever any such attorney as is mentioned in Clause 21.1 shall do or
      purport to do in the exercise or purported exercise of all or any of the
      powers, authorities and discretions referred to in such Clause.

21.   NEW ACCOUNTS

      If the Security Agent or any Lender receives or is deemed to be affected
      by notice whether actual or constructive of any subsequent charge or other
      interest affecting any part of the Security Assets and/or the proceeds of
      sale thereof, the Security Agent or such Lender (as the case may be) may
      open a new account or accounts with any Obligor. If the Security Agent or
      such Lender (as the case may be) does not open a new account it shall
      nevertheless be treated as if it had done so at the time when it received
      or was deemed to have received notice and as 

<PAGE>

                                      20
 
      from that time all payments made to the Security Agent or such Lender (as
      the case may be) shall be credited or be treated as having been credited
      to the new account and shall not operate to reduce the amount for which
      this Debenture is security.

22.   STAMP TAXES

      Each Chargor shall pay and, promptly on demand, indemnify the Security
      Agent and each Lender against any liability it incurs in respect of any
      stamp, registration and similar Tax which is or becomes payable in
      connection with the entry into, performance or enforcement of this
      Debenture.

23.   ASSIGNMENTS, ETC.

23.1  The Security Agent

      The Security Agent may assign and transfer all of its respective rights
      and obligations hereunder to a replacement Security Agent appointed in
      accordance with the terms of the Facility Agreement. Upon such assignment
      and transfer taking effect, the replacement Security Agent shall be and be
      deemed to be acting as agent and trustee for each of the Lenders for the
      purposes of this Debenture in place of the old Security Agent.

23.2  Assignments and Transfers

      Each Chargor shall be bound by the terms of Clause 30 (Assignments,
      Transfers and Substitutions) of the Facility Agreement and, accordingly,
      each Chargor, for the purposes of any transfer pursuant to any of such
      Clauses, hereby irrevocably authorises the Security Agent to execute on
      its behalf (i) Substitution Certificates (without any need for the prior
      consent of such Chargor) in accordance with the provisions of the Facility
      Agreement, and (ii) any other document required to perfect the security
      granted to the Lenders pursuant to the Finance Documents.

24.   WAIVERS, REMEDIES CUMULATIVE

(a)   The rights of the Security Agent and each Lender under this Debenture:

      (i)  may be exercised as often as necessary;

      (ii) are cumulative and not exclusive of its rights under general law; and

      (iii)  may be waived only in writing and specifically.

      Delay in exercising or non-exercise of any such right is not a waiver of
      that right.

(b)   The Security Agent may waive any breach by any Chargor of any of such
      Chargor's obligations hereunder if so instructed by the Majority Banks.


<PAGE>
 
                                      21

25.   SET-OFF

      The Security Agent and each Lender, whilst any Default shall be
      continuing, may (but shall not be obliged to) set off any obligation which
      is due and payable by any Chargor and unpaid (whether under the Finance
      Documents or which has been assigned to the Security Agent by any other
      Chargor hereunder) against any obligation (whether or not matured) owed by
      the Security Agent or such Lender (as the case may be) to such Chargor,
      regardless of the place of payment, booking branch or currency of either
      obligation. If the obligations are in different currencies, the Security
      Agent or such Lender (as the case may be) may convert either obligation at
      a market rate of exchange in its usual course of business for the purpose
      of the set-off. The Security Agent or such Lender (as the case may be)
      shall notify the relevant Chargor promptly after taking any such action.

26.   SEVERABILITY

26.1  General

      If a provision of this Debenture is or becomes illegal, invalid or
      unenforceable in any jurisdiction in respect of any Chargor, that shall
      not affect:

      (a)  in respect of such Chargor, the validity or enforceability in that
           jurisdiction of any other provision of this Debenture; or

      (b)  in respect of such Chargor, the validity or enforceability in other
           jurisdictions of that or any other provision of this Debenture.

26.2  Deemed separate charges

      This Debenture shall, in relation to each Chargor, be read and construed
      as if it were a separate Debenture relating to such Chargor to the intent
      that if any Encumbrance created by any other Chargor in this Debenture
      shall be invalid or liable to be set aside for any reason, this shall not
      affect any Encumbrance created hereunder by such first Chargor.

27.   COUNTERPARTS

      This Debenture may be executed in any number of counterparts and this will
      have the same effect as if the signatures on the counterparts were on a
      single copy of this Debenture.

28.   NOTICES

28.1  Giving of Notices

      All notices under, or in connection with, this Debenture shall be given in
      writing or by telex or fax (and, in the case of notices to any Chargor,
      shall be copied to Ricardo by facsimile transmission at such facsimile
      number, and for such attention, as shall be notified in writing to the
      Security Agent by Ricardo from time to time). Any such notice is deemed to
      be given as follows:

      (a)  if in writing when delivered;

<PAGE>
                                      22
 
      (b)  if by telex when despatched, but only if, at the time of
           transmission, the correct answerback appears at the start and at the
           end of the sender's copy of the notice; and

      (c)  if by fax when received.

      However, a notice given to a Chargor in accordance with the above but
      received on a non-working day or after business hours in the place of
      receipt is deemed to be given on the next working day in that place.

28.2  Addresses for notices

      The address, telex number and facsimile number of the Chargors and the
      Security Agent for all notices under, or in connection with, this
      Debenture are, in the case of the Chargors, as set out in Schedule 1 and,
      in the case of the Security Agent, as set out in the Facility Agreement.

29.   COVENANT TO RELEASE

      Upon the expiry of the Security Period (but not otherwise), the Security
      Agent and each Lender shall, at the request and cost of the Chargors,
      execute and do all such deeds, acts and things as may be necessary to
      release the Security Assets from the security constituted hereby.

30.   GOVERNING LAW AND JURISDICTION

30.1  Governing Law

      This Debenture shall be governed by and construed in accordance with
      English law.

30.2  Courts of England

(a)   For the benefit of each of the Lenders, each Chargor agrees that the High
      Courts of Justice in London and all appellate courts therefrom have
      jurisdiction to settle any disputes which may arise out of or in
      connection with this Debenture and that any suit, action or proceedings
      (together the "Proceedings") in connection with this Debenture may be
      brought in High Courts of Justice in London and all appellate courts
      therefrom and accordingly submits to the jurisdiction of the High Courts
      of Justice in London and all appellate courts therefrom.

(b)   The Chargors hereby irrevocably and unconditionally agree that nothing in
      this Debenture shall affect the right to serve process in any manner
      permitted by law.

IN WITNESS whereof this Debenture has been duly executed as a deed on the date
first above written.

<PAGE>
 
                                      23

                                  SCHEDULE 1

The Chargors:

PACIFICORP SERVICES LIMITED

State of Incorporation:         England and Wales
Registered Office:              Barrington House
                                59-67 Gresham Street
                                London  EC2V 7JA

Address for Notices:            700 N.E. Multnomah Street
                                Suite 1600
                                Portland
                                Oregon 97232-4116

Attention:                      William E. Peressini

Fax:                            (503) 731 2027


PACIFICORP FINANCE (UK) LIMITED

State of Incorporation:         England and Wales

Registered Office:              Barrington House
                                59-67 Gresham Street
                                London  EC2V 7JA

Address for Notices:            700 N.E. Multnomah Street
                                Suite 1600
                                Portland
                                Oregon 97232-4116


Attention:                      William E. Peressini

Fax:                            (503) 731 2027


PACIFICORP ACQUISITIONS

State of Incorporation:         England and Wales

Registered Office:              Barrington House
                                59-67 Gresham Street
                                London  EC2V 7JA


<PAGE>
 
                                      24


Address for Notices:            700 N.E. Multnomah Street
                                Suite 1600
                                Portland
                                Oregon 97232-4116


Attention:                      William E. Peressini

Fax:                            (503) 731 2027


<PAGE>
 
                                      25

                                  SCHEDULE 2

                                 Group Shares

<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
The Chargor                        Name of Company in           Name of Nominee (if   Class of Shares held   Number of Shares
                                   which Shares are held        any) by whom Shares                          held           
                                                                are held                                                 
<S>                                <C>                          <C>                   <C>                    <C>
                                                                                                             
Pacificorp Services Limited        Pacificorp Finance (UK)      None                  Ordinary               One
                                   Limited                                                                   
                                                                                                             
Pacificorp Finance (UK)            Pacificorp Acquisitions      Richard O'Brien       Ordinary               Two
Limited                                                    

</TABLE>

<PAGE>
 
                                      26

                                  SCHEDULE 3

                           Form of Deed of Accession


THIS DEED OF ACCESSION dated [           ], 19[  ] is made BETWEEN:

(1)  [               ] (the "Subsidiary"), a company incorporated in England or
     Wales whose registered office is situate at [           ];

(2)  [               ] (the "Company") for itself and as agent for and on behalf
     of each of the other Chargors named in the Debenture referred to below; and

(3)  CITIBANK, N.A. as the Security Agent.

WHEREAS

(A)  The Subsidiary is a [wholly-owned] Subsidiary of the Company.

(B)  The Company has entered into a debenture dated [   ] June, 1997 (as
     supplemented and amended by Deeds of Accession or otherwise from time to
     time, the "Debenture") between the Company, each of the companies named
     therein as Chargors, and Citibank, N.A. as agent and trustee for certain
     Lenders identified therein.

(C)  The Subsidiary has at the request of the Company and in consideration of
     the Lenders making or continuing to make facilities available to Bidco or
     any other member of the Bidco Group and after giving due consideration to
     the terms and conditions of the Finance Documents, the Coalco/Bidco Loan
     Agreement and the Debenture and satisfying itself that there are reasonable
     grounds for believing that the entry into this Deed by it will be of
     benefit to it, decided in good faith and for the purpose of carrying on its
     business to enter into this Deed and thereby become a Chargor under the
     Debenture.  The Subsidiary will also, by execution of a separate
     instrument, become a party to the Intercreditor Agreement as an Obligor.

NOW THIS DEED WITNESSES as follows:

1.   Terms defined in the Debenture shall have the same meaning in this Deed.

2.   The Subsidiary hereby agrees to become a party to and to be bound by the
     terms of the Debenture as a Chargor with immediate effect and so that the
     Debenture shall be read and construed for all purposes as if the Subsidiary
     had been an original party thereto in the capacity of Chargor (but so that
     the security created consequent on such accession shall be created on the
     date hereof).  The Subsidiary hereby undertakes to be bound by all the
     covenants and agreements in the Debenture which are expressed to be binding
     on a Chargor.  In accordance with the foregoing, the Subsidiary now grants
     to the Security Agent as agent and trustee for the Lenders the assignments,
     charges, mortgages and other security described in the Debenture as being
     granted, created or made by Chargors thereunder, to the intent that its
     assignments, charges, mortgages and other security shall be effective and
     binding upon it and its property and assets and shall not in any way be
     avoided, discharged or released or otherwise adversely affected by any
     ineffectiveness or invalidity of the Debenture or of any other party's
     execution 


<PAGE>
 
                                      27

     thereof or any other Deed of Accession, or by any avoidance, invalidity,
     discharge or release of any guarantee, assignment or charge contained in
     the Debenture or in any other Deed of Accession. The Debenture and this
     Deed shall be read as one to this extent and so that references in the
     Debenture to "this Debenture", "herein", and similar phrases shall be
     deemed to include this Deed and all references in the Debenture to
     "Schedule 2" (or any part thereof) shall be deemed to include a reference
     to the Schedule to this Deed (or relevant part thereof).

3.   The Company, for itself and as agent for and on behalf of all other
     Chargors under the Debenture, hereby agrees to all matters provided for
     herein.

4.   Without limiting the generality of the other provisions of this Deed and
     the Debenture, pursuant to the terms hereof and of the Debenture, the
     Subsidiary as beneficial owner and with full title guarantee, as security
     for the payment, discharge and performance of all Secured Liabilities,
     hereby and by the Debenture in favour of the Security Agent (as agent and
     trustee for itself and each of the Lenders) hereby agrees that the
     Subsidiary's estates and other interests in certain Group Shares for the
     purposes of Clause 3 of the Debenture, as such provisions apply in relation
     to the Subsidiary, are specified in the Schedule to this Deed and (together
     with all Related Rights) are hereby mortgaged or charged as provided in
     such provisions and the other provisions of the Debenture.

5.   This Deed shall be governed by and construed in accordance with English
     law.

<PAGE>
 
                                      28
SCHEDULE

Insert details of Group Shares in which the Subsidiary has an interest.




<PAGE>
 
                                      29

                                  SIGNATORIES
                           (to Accession Agreement)

The Subsidiary
(For a Company incorporated in the United Kingdom)
 
Executed as a deed by         )              ------------------------
[           ]                 )                       Director
acting by [         ]         )
and [           ]             )              ------------------------  
                                                      Director


The Company
[        ]                    )
(for itself and as            )
agent for the                 )
other Chargors party to the   )
Debenture herein referred to  )
 
 
Executed as a deed by         )
[           ]                 )              ------------------------
acting by                     )                       Director
[          ] and              )
[              ]              )              ------------------------
                                                      Director

The Security Agent

CITIBANK, N.A.

By:

<PAGE>
 
                                      30

                                  SIGNATORIES


The Company

Executed as a deed by         )               RICHARD T. O'BRIEN
PACIFICORP SERVICES LIMITED   )                    Director
                              )
acting by RICHARD T. O'BRIEN  )
and WILLIAM E. PERESSINI      )
                              )              WILLIAM E. PERESSINI
                                                   Director


The Other Chargors

Executed as a deed by         )               RICHARD T. O'BRIEN
PACIFICORP FINANCE (UK)       )                    Director
LIMITED                       )
                              )
acting by RICHARD T. O'BRIEN  )
and WILLIAM E. PERESSINI      )
                              )              WILLIAM E. PERESSINI
                                                   Director


Executed as a deed by         )  RICHARD T. O'BRIEN
PACIFICORP ACQUISITIONS       )     Director
                              )
acting by RICHARD T. O'BRIEN  )
and WILLIAM E. PERESSINI      )
                              )              WILLIAM E. PERESSINI
                                                   Director


The Security Agent

CITIBANK, N.A.


By:  NIELS C. KIRK


<PAGE>
 
                        FORM OF IRREVOCABLE UNDERTAKING

From:    
          -----------------------

To:       PacifiCorp Acquisitions
          Barrington House
          55-67 Gresham Street
          London EC2V 7JA

          (the "Offeror")
                -------  

                                                                          , 1997
                                                                 ---------

Dear Sirs,

            Proposed Offer on behalf of the Offeror for the whole of
        the issued share capital of The Energy Group PLC (the "Company")
                                                               -------  

     In consideration of you agreeing to make before 11th July, 1997 or such
later time as may be permitted by the Panel on Takeovers and Mergers (the
"Panel") an offer to acquire the whole of the issued ordinary share capital of
 -----                                                                        
the Company including any such share capital represented by American Depositary
Shares (other than any ordinary shares or American Depositary Shares
representing such share capital currently held by you) substantially on the
terms and subject to the conditions set out in the attached draft press
announcement (the "Press Announcement") (subject to such modification thereto as
                   ------------------                                           
may be agreed by a duly authorized committee of the board of directors of the
Company and together with such additional terms and conditions as may be
required to comply with the requirements of the London Stock Exchange Limited
(the "Stock Exchange") or the City Code on Takeovers and Mergers (the "Code")),
      --------------                                                   ----    
I agree with you as follows:

1.   Irrevocable undertakings

1.1  Acceptance of Offer

     I undertake to accept the offer mentioned above (the "Offer") in respect
                                                           -----             
     of:

     1.1.1  the ordinary shares and American Depositary Shares in the Company
            listed in the Schedule to this letter;

     1.1.2  any other ordinary shares and American Depositary Shares in the
            Company of which I may hereafter and while the Offer remains open
            become the registered holder and beneficial owner; and
<PAGE>
 
     1.1.3  any other ordinary shares and American Depositary Shares in the
            Company deriving from shares falling within either of paragraphs
            1.1.1 and 1.1.2 above (such shares together with shares falling
            within those paragraphs being referred to below as the "Shares").
                                                                    ------

     I agree to fulfill this undertaking by returning to you, or as you may
     direct, not later than 3:00 p.m. on the tenth business day after despatch
     to shareholders of the Company of the formal document containing the Offer
     (or, in relation to Shares falling within either of paragraphs 1.1.2 and
     1.1.3 above, as soon as practicable after I become the registered holder
     and beneficial owner of such Shares), duly completed and signed form(s) of
     acceptance, letter(s) of transmittal and/or notice of guaranteed delivery
     relating to the Offer. I also agree to forward with such form(s) of
     acceptance, letter(s) of transmittal and/or notice of guaranteed delivery
     or as soon as possible thereafter the share certificate(s) or other
     document(s) of title in respect of the relevant Shares.

1.2  Dealings with Shares

     I agree:

     1.2.1  notwithstanding the provisions of the Code or any terms of the Offer
            regarding withdrawal, not to withdraw such acceptances(s);

     1.2.2  except pursuant to the Offer, not to dispose of, charge, pledge or
            otherwise encumber or grant any option or other right over or
            otherwise deal with any of the Shares of any interest therein
            (whether conditionally or unconditionally); and

     1.2.3  not to acquire any Interest (as defined in Part VI of the Companies
            Act 1985) in any shares in the Company other than an interest in
            shares deriving from shares falling within either of paragraphs
            1.1.1 and 1.1.2 above.

1.3  Action to facilitate the Offer

     I agree:

     1.3.1  subject to my fiduciary duties as a director, in the announcement of
            the Offer and in the offer document containing the formal Offer, to
            recommend all members of the Company to accept the Offer;

     1.3.2  subject to my fiduciary duties as a director, to co-operate with the
            Company in the production of an offer document containing the formal
            Offer together with, among other things, the information required by
            Rules 24 and 25 of the Code and to take responsibility for the
            information in that document concerning the

                                       2
<PAGE>
 
            Company, its directors, their close families and any related
            companies and trusts in the terms required or permitted by Rule 19.2
            of the Code;

     1.3.3  subject to any fiduciary duties as a director, not to solicit any
            general offer for the Company's ordinary shares or any other class
            of its shares from any third party or any proposal for a merger of
            the Company with any other entity; and

     1.3.4  subject to my fiduciary duties as a director and to any duties of
            confidence (whether contractual or not), to endeavor to procure that
            you are notified of the details of any approach by any third party
            made with a view to the making of such an offer or such a merger and
            also of any such discussions (whether or not in breach of the
            obligations set out in this letter) immediately I become aware of
            the relevant matter.

1.4  Information

     I agree promptly on demand to supply, or to endeavor to procure the supply
     to you of:

     1.4.1  all information relating to me, my close relatives and any related
            companies and trusts required to be contained in any document
            relating to the Offer by the rules of any relevant regulatory
            authority (and, in particular, Rule 24.3 of the Code); and

     1.4.2  any such information relative to the Company and to subsidiaries and
            associated companies.

2.   Warranties and undertakings

2.1  Warranties etc.

     I warrant and undertake to you:

     2.1.1  that the Shares include all the ordinary shares and American
            Depositary Shares in the Company registered in my name and
            beneficially owned by me (as defined in Part VI of the Companies Act
            1985);

     2.1.2  that the Shares will be transferred pursuant to the Offer free from
            all charges, liens and encumbrances and with all rights now or
            hereafter attaching thereto, including the right to all dividends
            declared, made or paid after the announcement of the Offer and
            excluding any dividend which holders of ordinary shares or American
            Depositary Shares of the Company may be entitled to retain pursuant
            to the terms of the Offer; and

                                       3
<PAGE>
 
     2.1.3  that I have full power and authority to accept the Offer and execute
            any document recording acceptance thereof or to undertake the Offer
            will be accepted, in respect of all the Shares.

     Such warranties and undertaking shall not be extinguished or affected by
     completion of the sale of the Shares.

3.   Publicity

     I consent to the announcement of the Offer containing references to me and
     to this letter substantially in the terms set out in the Press
     Announcement, to particulars of this letter being set out in the formal
     document containing the Offer and to this letter being available for
     inspection during all or part of the period for which the Offer remains
     open for acceptance.

4.   Interpretation

4.1  Revised Offers

     In this letter, references to the Offer shall include any revised offer
     which, in the opinion of Goldman Sachs International (the "Bank"), is at
                                                                ----     
     least as favorable to shareholders of the Company as the original Offer.

4.2  Obligations to procure

     Each undertaking and agreement set out in this letter to do or not to do
     certain things shall be construed as including an undertaking or agreement
     to procure that those things are done or, as the case may be, not done.

4.3  Time

     Time shall be of the essence of the obligations set out in this letter.

4.4  Meaning

     References in this letter to "subsidiaries" include subsidiary undertakings
                                   ------------          
     and the expressions "subsidiaries", "subsidiary undertakings" and "wholly-
                          ------------    -----------------------       -------
     owned subsidiaries" have the same meanings as in the Companies Act 1985.
     ----- ------------

5.   Conditions and termination

                                       4
<PAGE>
 
5.1  Unconditional and irrevocable obligations

     Except to the extent otherwise specified, the undertakings, agreements,
     warranties, appointments, consents and waivers set out in this letter
     (collectively "Obligations") are unconditional and irrevocable.
                    -----------                                     

5.2  Making of Offers

     Your agreement to make the Offer is conditional upon:

     5.2.1  the release of the Press Announcement (with such amendments as you
            may approve) being authorized by or pursuant to a resolution of the
            board of directors of the Company or a duly authorized committee
            thereof, such authorization not being withdrawn prior to the release
            and the release occurring on or prior to 16th June, 1997; and

     5.2.2  no event or circumstances occurring or becoming known to you before
            the time specified in the first paragraph of this letter in
            consequence of which the Panel requires or permits you not to make
            this Offer (or, in the case of an event or circumstance becoming
            known to you prior to the release of the Press Announcement, which
            is of such a nature that, had it occurred thereafter, the Panel
            would have required or permitted you not make the Offer).

     My obligations shall not be affected by the non-fulfillment of any of these
     conditions.

5.3  Acceptance of Offer

     My Obligations under paragraph 1.1 above are conditional upon the
     announcement of the Offer and upon the Offer being publicly recommended by
     the board of directors of the Company.

5.4  Lapse

     My Obligations shall lapse if:

     5.4.1  the Offer is not made (by the posting of an offer document) by the
            time specified in the first paragraph of this letter; or

     5.4.2  the Offer lapses or is withdrawn without having become wholly
            unconditional;

     Provided that, the lapsing of my Obligations shall not affect any rights or
     liabilities in respect of breaches of contract committed prior to the
     lapsing.

                                       5
<PAGE>
 
6.   Enforcement

6.1  Governing law, etc.

     This letter shall be governed by and construed in accordance with English
     law and I agree that the courts of England are to have exclusive
     jurisdiction to settle any disputes which may arise out of or in connection
     with this letter and I waive any objection to any suit, action or
     proceedings ("Proceedings") in such courts on the ground of venue or on the
                   -----------          
     ground that such Proceedings are brought in an inconvenient forum.

6.2  Specific performance

     I agree that, if I should fail to accept or procure the acceptance of the
     Offer in accordance with my Obligations under this letter or should
     otherwise be in breach of any of my Obligations, an order of specific
     performance may be the only adequate remedy.

7.   Customer relationship

     I confirm that the Bank has indicated to me that it is not acting for me in
     relation to the Offer and will not be responsible to me for providing
     protections afforded to customers of the Bank or advising me on any matter
     relating to the Offer. I accept this.




EXECUTED as a DEED by  )
                       )
- ---------------
in the presence of:    )

                                       6


© 2022 IncJournal is not affiliated with or endorsed by the U.S. Securities and Exchange Commission